273415 |
21-Oct-2014 |
delphij |
Fix rtsold(8) remote buffer overflow vulnerability. [SA-14:20]
Fix routed(8) remote denial of service vulnerability. [SA-14:21]
Fix memory leak in sandboxed namei lookup. [SA-14:22]
Fix OpenSSL multiple vulnerabilities. [SA-14:23]
Approved by: so |
259128 |
09-Dec-2013 |
gjb |
Remove svn:mergeinfo from the releng/10.0 branch.
After branch creation from stable/10, the stable/10 branch mergeinfo was moved to the root of the branch.
Since there have not been any merges from stable/10 to releng/10.0 yet, we do not need to track any of the existing mergeinfo here.
Merges to releng/10.0 should now be done to the root of the branch.
For future branches during the release cycle, unless otherwise noted, this change will be done as part of the stable/ and releng/ branch creation.
Discussed with: peter Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
259065 |
07-Dec-2013 |
gjb |
- Copy stable/10 (r259064) to releng/10.0 as part of the 10.0-RELEASE cycle. - Update __FreeBSD_version [1] - Set branch name to -RC1
[1] 10.0-CURRENT __FreeBSD_version value ended at '55', so start releng/10.0 at '100' so the branch is started with a value ending in zero.
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation |
257706 |
05-Nov-2013 |
jimharris |
MFC r257531:
Do not exit with error status after printing data for perftest.
Sponsored by: Intel Approved by: re (glebius)
|
257468 |
31-Oct-2013 |
trociny |
MFC r257154:
Merging local and remote bitmaps must be protected by hr_amp lock.
This is believed to fix hastd crashes, which might occur during synchronization, triggered by the failed assertion:
Assertion failed: (amp->am_memtab[ext] > 0), function activemap_write_complete, file activemap.c, line 351.
Approved by: re (glebius)
|
257321 |
29-Oct-2013 |
glebius |
Merge r256824 from head: Provide a working example line for an interface with 1 address running with CARP.
Currently, we've got a problem that interface isn't IFF_UP at the time we assign it a redundant address, and the latter gets stuck in INIT state. Additional SIOCSIFFLAGS from ifconfig(8) kicks it to a working state.
A proper fix is kernel side and appeared to be non-trivial, not to be checked in before 10.0-RELEASE.
Submitted by: Ole Myhre <ole.myhre dataoppdrag.no>
Approved by: re (kib)
|
256318 |
11-Oct-2013 |
mav |
MFC r256317: Fix mode page length calculation to remove last garbage line from the `camcontrol mode daX -l` output.
Approved by: re (gjb)
|
256281 |
10-Oct-2013 |
gjb |
Copy head (r256279) to stable/10 as part of the 10.0-RELEASE cycle.
Approved by: re (implicit) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
256261 |
10-Oct-2013 |
trasz |
Remove unimplemented options from iscsi.conf(5) manual page, mention that it's being used by both initiators, and change the title to make it more easily searchable.
Approved by: re (glebius) Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
256152 |
08-Oct-2013 |
jimharris |
Extend some 32-bit fields and variables to 64-bit to prevent overflow when calculating stats in nvmecontrol perftest.
Sponsored by: Intel Reported by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com> Reviewed by: carl Approved by: re (hrs) MFC after: 1 week
|
256137 |
08-Oct-2013 |
glebius |
When destination parameter is missing, exit with a clear synopsis, instead of writing to kernel and printing EINVAL description.
PR: bin/181532 Submitted by: Kurt Jaeger <fbsd-pr opsec.eu> Approved by: re (hrs)
|
256133 |
08-Oct-2013 |
markj |
Fix an inverted check for the master user in "camcontrol security -U".
PR: bin/182703 Submitted by: Scott Burns <scott@bqinternet.com> Approved by: re (gjb) MFC after: 3 days
|
256113 |
07-Oct-2013 |
emaste |
Fix resource leaks
Found by: Coverity Scan, CID 1016673, 1007118 Approved by: re
|
255977 |
01-Oct-2013 |
pluknet |
Sweep man pages replacing ad -> ada.
Approved by: re (blackend) MFC after: 1 week X-MFC note: stable/9 only
|
255734 |
20-Sep-2013 |
hiren |
Improve grammar and readability.
Reviewed by: sbruno, loos Approved by: re (gjb)
|
255730 |
20-Sep-2013 |
hiren |
Fix a range check and a display string.
Reviewed by: loos Approved by: sbruno (mentor, implicit) Approved by: re (glebius)
|
255717 |
19-Sep-2013 |
trociny |
Fix comments.
Approved by: re (marius) MFC after: 3 days
|
255716 |
19-Sep-2013 |
trociny |
When updating the map of dirty extents, most recently used extents are kept dirty to reduce the number of on-disk metadata updates. The sequence of operations is:
1) acquire the activemap lock; 2) update in-memory map; 3) if the list of keepdirty extents is changed, update on-disk metadata; 4) release the lock.
On-disk updates are not frequent in comparison with in-memory updates, while require much more time. So situations are possible when one thread is updating on-disk metadata and another one is waiting for the activemap lock just to update the in-memory map.
Improve this by introducing additional, on-disk map lock: when in-memory map is updated and it is detected that the on-disk map needs update too, the on-disk map lock is acquired and the on-memory lock is released before flushing the map.
Reported by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org Tested by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org Reviewed by: pjd Approved by: re (marius) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
255714 |
19-Sep-2013 |
trociny |
Use cv_broadcast() instead of cv_signal() when waking up threads waiting on an empty queue as the queue may have several consumers.
Before the fix the following scenario was possible: 2 threads are waiting on empty queue, 2 threads are inserting simultaneously. The first inserting thread detects that the queue is empty and is going to send the signal, but before it sends the second thread inserts too. When the first sends the signal only one of the waiting threads receive it while the other one may wait forever.
The scenario above is is believed to be the cause of the observed cases, when ggate_recv_thread() was getting stuck on taking free request, while the free queue was not empty.
Reviewed by: pjd Tested by: Yamagi Burmeister yamagi.org Approved by: re (marius) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
255570 |
14-Sep-2013 |
trasz |
Bring in the new iSCSI target and initiator.
Reviewed by: ken (parts) Approved by: re (delphij) Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
255344 |
07-Sep-2013 |
joel |
- Begin sentence on a new line. - Minor language fixes.
|
255339 |
07-Sep-2013 |
pfg |
newfs_msdos: fix inaccurate comments.
The fields from deMTime and deMDate in the DOS directory entry are actually the last-modified time/date.
According to some online documentation these are the only timestamps available in FAT12/FAT16.
MFC after: 3 days
|
255332 |
06-Sep-2013 |
cy |
Update ipfilter 4.1.28 --> 5.1.2.
Approved by: glebius (mentor) BSD Licensed by: Darren Reed <darrenr@reed.wattle.id.au> (author)
|
255330 |
06-Sep-2013 |
bryanv |
Bump .Dd after r255307 and r255310
Requested by: joel
|
255310 |
06-Sep-2013 |
bryanv |
Add firmware downloading support for Samsung drives
Tested on Samsung SM1625 SSDs.
|
255307 |
06-Sep-2013 |
bryanv |
Add camcontrol support for the SCSI sanitize command
Reviewed by: ken, mjacob (eariler version) Sponsored by: Netapp
|
255267 |
05-Sep-2013 |
hrs |
Style clean-ups.
Reviewed by: md5
|
255265 |
05-Sep-2013 |
hrs |
Enable "late" option when a file= option is specified in /etc/fstab. The file= option requires rw mount where the backing store exists but it does not work because rc.d/swap runs before rc.d/fsck. Reported by: wblock
|
255219 |
05-Sep-2013 |
pjd |
Change the cap_rights_t type from uint64_t to a structure that we can extend in the future in a backward compatible (API and ABI) way.
The cap_rights_t represents capability rights. We used to use one bit to represent one right, but we are running out of spare bits. Currently the new structure provides place for 114 rights (so 50 more than the previous cap_rights_t), but it is possible to grow the structure to hold at least 285 rights, although we can make it even larger if 285 rights won't be enough.
The structure definition looks like this:
struct cap_rights { uint64_t cr_rights[CAP_RIGHTS_VERSION + 2]; };
The initial CAP_RIGHTS_VERSION is 0.
The top two bits in the first element of the cr_rights[] array contain total number of elements in the array - 2. This means if those two bits are equal to 0, we have 2 array elements.
The top two bits in all remaining array elements should be 0. The next five bits in all array elements contain array index. Only one bit is used and bit position in this five-bits range defines array index. This means there can be at most five array elements in the future.
To define new right the CAPRIGHT() macro must be used. The macro takes two arguments - an array index and a bit to set, eg.
#define CAP_PDKILL CAPRIGHT(1, 0x0000000000000800ULL)
We still support aliases that combine few rights, but the rights have to belong to the same array element, eg:
#define CAP_LOOKUP CAPRIGHT(0, 0x0000000000000400ULL) #define CAP_FCHMOD CAPRIGHT(0, 0x0000000000002000ULL)
#define CAP_FCHMODAT (CAP_FCHMOD | CAP_LOOKUP)
There is new API to manage the new cap_rights_t structure:
cap_rights_t *cap_rights_init(cap_rights_t *rights, ...); void cap_rights_set(cap_rights_t *rights, ...); void cap_rights_clear(cap_rights_t *rights, ...); bool cap_rights_is_set(const cap_rights_t *rights, ...);
bool cap_rights_is_valid(const cap_rights_t *rights); void cap_rights_merge(cap_rights_t *dst, const cap_rights_t *src); void cap_rights_remove(cap_rights_t *dst, const cap_rights_t *src); bool cap_rights_contains(const cap_rights_t *big, const cap_rights_t *little);
Capability rights to the cap_rights_init(), cap_rights_set(), cap_rights_clear() and cap_rights_is_set() functions are provided by separating them with commas, eg:
cap_rights_t rights;
cap_rights_init(&rights, CAP_READ, CAP_WRITE, CAP_FSTAT);
There is no need to terminate the list of rights, as those functions are actually macros that take care of the termination, eg:
#define cap_rights_set(rights, ...) \ __cap_rights_set((rights), __VA_ARGS__, 0ULL) void __cap_rights_set(cap_rights_t *rights, ...);
Thanks to using one bit as an array index we can assert in those functions that there are no two rights belonging to different array elements provided together. For example this is illegal and will be detected, because CAP_LOOKUP belongs to element 0 and CAP_PDKILL to element 1:
cap_rights_init(&rights, CAP_LOOKUP | CAP_PDKILL);
Providing several rights that belongs to the same array's element this way is correct, but is not advised. It should only be used for aliases definition.
This commit also breaks compatibility with some existing Capsicum system calls, but I see no other way to do that. This should be fine as Capsicum is still experimental and this change is not going to 9.x.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
255064 |
30-Aug-2013 |
pluknet |
Typo in strtol(3).
Noticed by: bde
|
254954 |
27-Aug-2013 |
mav |
Add missing newlines to Fibre Channel attributes output.
|
254657 |
22-Aug-2013 |
trasz |
Move the old iSCSI initiator source to a more appropriate place (sys/dev/iscsi_initiator/ instead of sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/), to make room for the new one. This is also more logical location (kernel module being named iscsi_initiator.ko, for example). There is no ongoing work on this I know of, so it shouldn't make life harder for anyone.
There are no functional changes, apart from "svn mv" and adjusting paths.
|
254553 |
20-Aug-2013 |
des |
Fix the zeroing loop. I must have been drunk when I wrote this...
MFC after: 3 days
|
254288 |
13-Aug-2013 |
jilles |
init: Set kernel login class and CPU mask on new processes.
In particular, this makes the kernel login class on processes started from /etc/rc "daemon" instead of "default".
Reviewed by: trasz
|
254015 |
07-Aug-2013 |
marcel |
Change <sys/diskpc98.h> to not redefine the same symbols that are being defined in <sys/diskmbr.h>. Instead give the symbols here a "PC98_" prefix. This way, both <sys/diskmbr.h> and <sys/diskpc98.h> can be included in the same C source file.
The renaming is trivial. The only gotcha is that DOSBBSECTOR is also redefined from 0 to 1. This because DOSBBSECTOR was always used in conjunction with an addition of 1. The PC98_BBSECTOR symbol is defined as 1 and the expression is simplified.
Note: it is not believed that ports are seriously impacted; or at all for that matter.
Approved by: nyan@
|
253957 |
05-Aug-2013 |
crees |
Note NULL encryption method for GELI
PR: docs/180551 Submitted by: r4721@tormail.org Approved by: gjb (mentor)
|
253852 |
01-Aug-2013 |
hrs |
Fix boundary check of sockaddr array.
Reported by: uqs
|
253834 |
31-Jul-2013 |
delphij |
Make two buffer variables static for now. It is not safe to reference stack memory after return.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
253833 |
31-Jul-2013 |
delphij |
Resolve fflag with realpath().
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
253828 |
31-Jul-2013 |
scottl |
Document the -S flag to fsck_ffs
Obtained from: Netflix
|
253822 |
30-Jul-2013 |
scottl |
Add a 'surrender' mode to fsck_ffs. With the -S flag, once hard read errors are encountered, the fsck will stop instead of wasting time chewing through possibly other errors.
Obtained from: Netflix MFC after: 3 days
|
253750 |
28-Jul-2013 |
avg |
Revert r253748,253749
This WIP should not have been committed yet.
Pointyhat to: avg
|
253749 |
28-Jul-2013 |
avg |
remove needless inclusion of machine/cpu.h in userland
MFC after: 21 days
|
253597 |
24-Jul-2013 |
se |
Remove duplicated parapgraph.
MFC after: 3 days
|
253589 |
24-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Fix a bug in cp += SA_SIZE() in RTA_* loop. This could prevent RTA_IFP from displaying correctly in route get subcommand.
Spotted by: dim
|
253569 |
23-Jul-2013 |
loos |
Add a new flag (ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID) to say what vlangroups are in use. This fix the case when etherswitch is printing the information of port 0 vlan group (in port based vlan mode) with no member ports.
Add the ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID support to ip17x driver.
Add the ETHERSWITCH_VID_VALID support to rt8366 driver.
arswitch doesn't need to be updated as it doesn't support vlans management yet.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
|
253568 |
23-Jul-2013 |
loos |
Fix the usage error message. The valid range is up to max. vlan - 1 since vlangroups starts at 0.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
|
253519 |
21-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
- Use getnameinfo() for both of AF_INET and AF_INET6 in routename(). - Add missing "static".
|
253517 |
21-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
- Fix nflag in routename(). - Display a AF_LINK address in #linkN when sdl_{nlen,alen,slen) == 0 and sdl_index != 0. - Reduce unnecessary loop in pmsg_addrs(). - Remove iso_ntoa(). This is not used.
|
253504 |
20-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
- Simplify getaddr() and print_getmsg() by using RTAX_* instead of RTA_* as the argument. - Reduce unnecessary loop in print_getmsg().
|
253503 |
20-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Show "default" for the zero-filled address consistently when nflag == 0.
|
253502 |
20-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Add cast to (void *) to the following cases to suppress warnings by -Wcast-align. These do not increase the alignment requirement:
- rtm = (struct rt_msghdr *)(rtm + rtm->rtm_msglen) - struct sockaddr *sa = &sa0; sX = (struct sockaddr_X *)sa
|
253476 |
19-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Add message when nvd disks are attached and detached.
As part of this commit, add an nvme_strvis() function which borrows heavily from cam_strvis(). This will allow stripping of leading/trailing whitespace and also handle unprintable characters in model/serial numbers. This function goes into a new nvme_util.c file which is used by both the driver and nvmecontrol.
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253474 |
19-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Fix nvme(4) and nvd(4) to support non 512-byte sector sizes.
Recent testing with QEMU that has variable sector size support for NVMe uncovered some of these issues. Chatham prototype boards supported only 512 byte sectors.
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253459 |
18-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Use _PATH_DEV (from paths.h) for the "/dev/" string, rather than hard-coding it.
Sponsored by: Intel Suggested by: kib Reviewed by: kib, carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253458 |
18-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Simplify open_dev() by returning errno values rather than just 0 or 1.
Also remove stat() call and just rely on errno from open() call to discern whether dev node exists or not.
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: kib, carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253445 |
18-Jul-2013 |
joel |
Minor mdoc fixes.
|
253443 |
18-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Fix a gcc warning.
Pointy hat to: hrs
|
253437 |
17-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Define constants for the lengths of the serial number, model number and firmware revision in the controller's identify structure.
Also modify consumers of these fields to ensure they only use the specified number of bytes for their respective fields.
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253436 |
17-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Always initialize fd to 0 in open_dev().
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: carl MFC after: 3 days
|
253433 |
17-Jul-2013 |
rodrigc |
In this GRN, Marcel Moolenaar overhauled the logic for mounting the root file system on bootup:
|------------------------------------------------------------------------ |r214006 | marcel | 2010-10-17 22:01:53 -0700 (Sun, 17 Oct 2010) | 20 lines | | Re-implement the root mount logic using a recursive approach, whereby each |root file system (starting with devfs and a synthesized configuration) can |contain directives for mounting another file system as root. |------------------------------------------------------------------------
This commit adds a mount.conf(8) man page which documents the root mount logic. mount.conf(8) also provides some examples for the /.mount.conf file, which can be used to change the root mount behavior.
Reviewed by: marcel bjk
|
253429 |
17-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Use NET_RT_DUMP.0.FIB leaf node instead of setting td_proc->p_fibnum.
|
253427 |
17-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
- Add support of MK_INET_SUPPORT=no. - Fix a bug in sodump() which prevented struct sockaddr_in6 from displaying. - Fix a bug in in fiboptlist_csv() which could cause free() of uninitialized pointer. - Style cleanups: . Add missing "static" keywords. . Use an array of struct sockaddr_storage instead of sockunion for rtmsg. . Use err() and errx() instead of pair of fprintf(stderr, "...") + exit(1). . Use nitems() macro. . Various style(9) fixes.
|
253424 |
17-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Simplify keywords.h generation.
|
253393 |
16-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Do not throw an error if the user requests to activate the image from an empty firmware slot, as long as the user has specified a firmware image to download into the empty firmware slot.
Sponsored by: Intel Reported by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
253372 |
15-Jul-2013 |
rmh |
Add -n flag for compatibility with Linux version of mount(8).
Reviewed by: freebsd-fs, eadler, mckusick, jh, wblock
|
253279 |
12-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
%d should be used for printing int32_t instead of %zd.
clang does not complain about this - only gcc.
MFC after: 3 days
|
253256 |
12-Jul-2013 |
oleg |
Fix 'SEE ALSO' list.
|
253252 |
12-Jul-2013 |
jh |
Clarify how "hide" and "unhide" commands work on directories.
|
253116 |
09-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Ensure controller or namespace node name is specified before trying to access it.
While here, also fix the identify usage message to show the -v and -x parameters.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
253115 |
09-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Condense the output for displaying LBA formats.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
253114 |
09-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Send per-namespace logpage commands to the controller devnode, so they are processed as admin commands, not I/O commands.
As part of this change, pull out the code for parsing a namespace node string into a separate function, since it is used for both identify and logpage commands.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
253110 |
09-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Try to read firmware image before prompting the user to confirm firmware download. This correctly prints an error and exits for an incorrect firmware image name before prompting the user to confirm the download.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
253109 |
09-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Incorporate feedback from bde@ based on r252672 changes:
* Use 0/1 instead of sysexits. Man pages are confusing on this topic, but 0/1 is sufficient for nvmecontrol. * Use err function family where possible instead of fprintf/exit. * Fix some typing errors. * Clean up some error message inconsistencies.
Sponsored by: Intel Submitted by: bde (parts of firmware.c changes) MFC after: 3 days
|
253051 |
09-Jul-2013 |
rmacklem |
Document the "gssname" and "allgssname" mount options added by the host-based initiator credential patches. This is a content change.
|
253046 |
08-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
Correct the printf format specifier for total_events. Add __printflike argument checking for devdlog().
Reported by: pjd Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)
|
252697 |
04-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
Fix dhclient for interfaces that are down. The discover_interfaces() function that looks for interface skips interfaces that are not UP. We need to call dhclient-script PREINIT before we call discover_interfaces(), so the script has a chance to bring the interface UP.
Reported by: alfred
|
252672 |
04-Jul-2013 |
jimharris |
Fix printf argument mismatch reported by gcc on i386.
Reported by: kargl
|
252634 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229488:
Sandbox unprivileged process using capability mode.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252633 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229487:
Revoke all capability rights from STDIN and allow only for write to STDOUT and STDERR. All those descriptors are redirected to /dev/null.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252632 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229486:
Once PID is written to the pidfile, revoke all capability rights. We just want to keep the pidfile open.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252631 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229485:
Only allow to overwrite lease file.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252630 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229484:
Limit routing socket so only poll(2) and read(2) are allowed (CAP_POLL_EVENT and CAP_READ). This prevents unprivileged process from adding, removing or modifying system routes.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252629 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229483:
Limit communication pipe with privileged process to CAP_READ and CAP_WRITE.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252628 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229482:
- Limit bpf descriptor in unprivileged process to CAP_POLL_EVENT, CAP_READ and allow for SIOCGIFFLAGS, SIOCGIFMEDIA ioctls. - While here limit bpf descriptor in privileged process to only CAP_WRITE.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252626 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229481:
Currently it was allowed to send any UDP packets from unprivileged process and possibly any packets because /dev/bpf was open for writing.
Move sending packets to privileged process. Unprivileged process has no longer access to not connected UDP socket and has only access to /dev/bpf in read-only mode.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252625 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229480:
Shutdown write direction of the routing socket. We only need to read from it.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252624 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229479:
- Add new request (IMSG_SEND_PACKET) that will be handled by privileged process. - Add $FreeBSD$.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252623 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229477:
The gethostname(3) function won't work in capability mode, because reading kern.hostname sysctl is not permitted there. Cache hostname early and use cached value later.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252621 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
Remove redundant white-spaces.
|
252620 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229476,229478:
Make use of two fields: rfdesc and wfdesc to keep bpf descriptor open for reading only in rfdesc and bpf descriptor open for writing only in wfdesc. In the end they will be used by two different processes.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252619 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229474:
iov_base field is 'void *' in FreeBSD, no need to cast.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252618 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229473:
No caller checks send_packet() return value, so make it void.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252616 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229472:
Use the same type for 'from' and 'to' argument in send_packet().
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252615 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229471:
Remove unused argument from assemble_hw_header().
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252614 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4 @229470:
Remove unused argument from send_packet().
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252612 |
03-Jul-2013 |
pjd |
MFp4: @229469:
Garbage-collect dead prototypes.
Reviewed by: brooks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
252557 |
03-Jul-2013 |
hrs |
Fix a typo (s/error/errno/).
|
252523 |
02-Jul-2013 |
delphij |
When listing with -f, skip all memory disks that are not vnode-backed.
Noticed by: kevlo MFC after: 3 days
|
252514 |
02-Jul-2013 |
delphij |
Plug a memory leak.
|
252508 |
02-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
Explicitly include <cstdarg> to fix compilation with libc++. It is implicitly included by libstdc++.
Reported By: Oliver Hartmann Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor, implicit)
|
252506 |
02-Jul-2013 |
bms |
When acquiring a lease, record the value of the BOOTP siaddr field contained in the DHCP offer, and write it out to the lease file as an unquoted value of the "next-server" keyword. The value is ignored when the lease is read back by dhclient, however other applications are free to parse it.
The intent behind this change is to allow easier interoperability with automated installation systems e.g. Cobbler, Foreman, Razor; FreeBSD installation kernels can automatically probe the network to discover deployment servers. There are no plans to MFC this change unless a backport is specifically requested.
The syntax of the "next-server <ip>" lease keyword is intended to be identical to that used by the ISC DHCPD server in its configuration files. The required defines are already present in dhclient but were unused before this change. (Note: This is NOT the same as Option 66, tftp-server-name).
It has been exercised in a university protocol testbed environment, with Cobbler and an mfsBSD image containing pc-sysinstall (driven by Cobbler Cheetah templates). The SYSLINUX memdisk driver is used to boot mfsBSD. Currently this approach requires that a dedicated system profile has been created for the node where FreeBSD is to be deployed. If this is not present, the pc-sysinstall wrapper will be unable to obtain a node configuration. There is code in progress to allow mfsBSD images to obtain the required hints from the memdisk environment by parsing the MBFT ACPI chunk. This is non-standard as it is not linked into the platform's ACPI RSDT.
Reviewed by: des
|
252492 |
01-Jul-2013 |
wblock |
Add a new gptboot(8) man page. Factor out the redundant information in gpart(8) and boot(8), adding references to gptboot(8) in both.
Reviewed by: jhb, ae, pjd, Paul Schenkeveld <bsdcan@psconsult.nl>, david_a_bright@dell.com (portions), gjb MFC after: 1 week
|
252485 |
01-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
style(9) fixes, including the removal of page break characters. No functional changes.
Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)
|
252482 |
01-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
Add a SIGINFO handler to devd. It will send useful statistics to syslog or stderr as appropriate. Currently, the only statistic printed is the number of events received.
Reviewed by: eadler Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor)
|
252481 |
01-Jul-2013 |
asomers |
Add syslog(3) support to devd(8).
sbin/devd/devd.cc All output will now go to syslog(3) if devd is daemonized, or stderr if it's running in the foreground.
sbin/devd/devd.8 Remove the "-D" flag. Filtering messages by priority now happens in the usual syslog way. For performance reasons, a few extra-verbose debugging statements are now conditional on the "-d" (do not daemonize) flag.
etc/syslog.conf etc/newsyslog.conf Direct messages from devd(8) to /var/log/devd.log, but leave it disabled by default
Reviewed by: eadler Approved by: gibbs (co-mentor) MFC after: never (removed a command-line option from devd)
|
252480 |
01-Jul-2013 |
delphij |
Correct a typo in comment.
|
252472 |
01-Jul-2013 |
trociny |
Make hastctl(1) ('list' command) output a worker pid.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
252421 |
30-Jun-2013 |
schweikh |
Correct some grammar.
|
252408 |
30-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Do not display a warning message in a jail without AF_INET6 support.
MFC after: 3 days
|
252388 |
29-Jun-2013 |
delphij |
- Modify swapon(8) so that it uses most of geli(8) defaults for swap, which is presently: AES-XTS, no authentication. Create provider with pagesize as sectorsize by default. - Rewrite parsing code for geli(8)-backed swap options, now options are required to be exact match, and unrecognized options will trigger a warning. - Don't initialize GELI device if it's already initialized. This restores previous behavior. - Don't duplicate file descriptor when working with geli(8) and gbde(8) as there is no need to communicate with the utility other than exit status. - When calling swap_on_off_* routines, which_prog can only be SWAP_ON or SWAP_OFF. Eliminate unneeded case branches by replacing switch with if's. - Plug a few memory leaks.
Reviewed by: hrs (but bugs are mine) MFC after: 1 week X-MFC-with: r252310, r252332, r252345
|
252386 |
29-Jun-2013 |
ed |
Don't let hastd use C11 atomics.
Due to possible concerns about the stability of C11 atomics, use our existing atomics API instead.
Requested by: pjd
|
252379 |
29-Jun-2013 |
joel |
mdoc: remove EOL whitespace.
|
252356 |
28-Jun-2013 |
davide |
- Trim an unused and bogus Makefile for mount_smbfs. - Reconnect with some minor modifications, in particular now selsocket() internals are adapted to use sbintime units after recent'ish calloutng switch.
|
252345 |
28-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Fix build with gcc.
|
252332 |
28-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Fix build.
Spotted by: gjb
|
252310 |
27-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
- Add vnode-backed swap space specification support. This is enabled when device names "md" or "md[0-9]*" and a "file" option are specified in /etc/fstab like this:
md none swap sw,file=/swap.bin 0 0
- Add GBDE/GELI encrypted swap space specification support, which rc.d/encswap supported. The /etc/fstab lines are like the following:
/dev/ada1p1.bde none swap sw 0 0 /dev/ada1p2.eli none swap sw 0 0
.eli devices accepts aalgo, ealgo, keylen, and sectorsize as options.
swapctl(8) can understand an encrypted device in the command line like this:
# swapctl -a /dev/ada2p1.bde
- "-L" flag is added to support "late" option to defer swapon until rc.d/mountlate runs.
- rc.d script change:
rc.d/encswap -> removed rc.d/addswap -> just display a warning message if $swapfile is defined rc.d/swap1 -> renamed to rc.d/swap rc.d/swaplate -> newly added to support "late" option
These changes alleviate a race condition between device creation/removal and swapon/swapoff.
MFC after: 1 week Reviewed by: wblock (manual page)
|
252302 |
27-Jun-2013 |
glebius |
Fix build.
|
252278 |
27-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add firmware replacement and activation support to nvmecontrol(8) through a new firmware command.
NVMe controllers may support up to 7 firmware slots for storing of different firmware revisions. This new firmware command supports firmware replacement (i.e. firmware download) with or without immediate activation, or activation of a previously stored firmware image. It also supports selection of the firmware slot during replacement operations, using IDENTIFY information from the controller to check that the specified slot is valid.
Newly activated firmware does not take effect until the new controller reset, either via a reboot or separate 'nvmecontrol reset' command to the same controller.
Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com> Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division MFC after: 3 days
|
252277 |
27-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add log page support to nvmecontrol(8) through a new logpage command.
This includes pretty printers for all of the standard NVMe log pages (Error, SMART/Health, Firmware), as well as hex output for non-standard or vendor-specific log pages.
Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com> Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division MFC after: 3 days
|
252275 |
27-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add generalized helper functions for printing hex data as part of nvmecontrol commands.
Submitted by: Joe Golio <joseph.golio@emc.com> Obtained from: EMC / Isilon Storage Division MFC after: 3 days
|
252274 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Ensure that a device node is specified when invoking the identify or reset commands.
Also improve the checking of device node names, so that better error messages are displayed when incorrect names are specified.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252270 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Create #defines for NVME_CTRLR_PREFIX and NVME_NS_PREFIX for the "nvme" and "ns" strings, rather than hardcoding the string values throughout the nvmecontrol code base.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252269 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add an nvme_function structure array, defining the name, C function and usage message for each nvmecontrol command. This helps reduce some code clutter both now and for future commits which will add logpage and firmware support to nvmecontrol(8).
Also move helper function prototypes to the end of the header file, after the per-command functions.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252268 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Break out code related to the reset command into a separate source file.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252267 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Break out code related to the perftest command into a separate file.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252266 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Break out code related to the identify command into a separate source file.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252265 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Break out code related to the devlist command into a separate source file.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252264 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add separate *_usage() functions for each nvmecontrol command.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252263 |
26-Jun-2013 |
jimharris |
Add an open_dev() helper function to be used in the various places where nvmecontrol needs to open a handle to a controller or namespace device node.
Sponsored by: Intel MFC after: 3 days
|
252051 |
21-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
- Use length of _PATH_DEV instead of a hardcoded value[*]. - Use MD_NAME for "md".
Pointed out by: trasz [*] MFC after: 1 week
|
252036 |
20-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
eturn -1 when the specified backing store file is not found in the md device list.
MFC after: 1 week
|
252033 |
20-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
- Add "-f file" support to listing mode (-l). When a -f option is specified, only md(4) devices which have the specified file as backing store are displayed. - Use MD_NAME instead of "md". - Use _PATH_DEV instead of "/dev/".
MFC after: 1 week
|
251796 |
15-Jun-2013 |
ed |
Let hastd use C11 atomics.
C11 atomics now work on all the architectures. Have at least a single piece of software in our base system that uses C11 atomics. This somewhat makes it less likely that we break it because of LLVM imports, etc.
|
251743 |
14-Jun-2013 |
mav |
Improve firmware download status check. Previous check was insufficient for ATA since it ignored transport errors like command timeouts, while for SCSI it was just wrong.
|
251664 |
12-Jun-2013 |
mav |
Fix build after r251654.
|
251659 |
12-Jun-2013 |
mav |
Use CAM_DIR_NONE for requests without data. Wrong values there confuse some drivers.
MFC after: 1 week
|
251618 |
11-Jun-2013 |
flo |
Move the check whether the clear flag is set. This has 2 advantages
- When operating on a core file (-M) and -c is specified we don't clear the message buffer of the running system. - If we don't have permission to clear the buffer print the error message only. That's what Linux does in this case, where this feature was ported from, and it ensures that the error message doesn't get lost in the noise.
Discussed with: antoine, cognet Approved by: cognet
|
251588 |
09-Jun-2013 |
marcel |
Change the set and unset ctlreqs by making the index argument optional. This allows setting attributes on tables. One simply does not provide an index in that case. Otherwise the entry corresponding the index has the attribute set or unset.
Use this change to fix a relatively longstanding bug in our GPT scheme that's the result of rev 198097 (relatively harmless) followed by rev 237057 (damaging). The damaging part being that our GPT scheme always has the active flag set on the PMBR slice. This is in violation with EFI. Existing EFI implementions for both x86 and ia64 reject the GPT. As such, GPT disks created by us aren't usable under EFI because of that.
After this change, GPT disks never have the active flag set on the PMBR slice. In order to make the GPT disk bootable under some x86 BIOSes, the reason of rev 198097, one must now set the active attribute on the gpt table. The kernel will apply this to the PMBR slice For (S)ATA: gpart set -a active ada0
To fix an existing GPT disk that has the active flag set in the PMBR, and that does not need the flag, use (again for (S)ATA): gpart unset -a active ada0
The EBR, MBR & PC98 schemes, which also impement at least 1 attribute, now check to make sure the entry passed is valid. They do not have attributes that apply to the table.
|
251581 |
09-Jun-2013 |
hrs |
Fix a bug that the gateway address was not shown when a -gateway modifier was used.
|
251485 |
07-Jun-2013 |
jh |
Revert r238399.
The "failok" option doesn't have any effect at all unless specified in fstab(5) and combined with the -a flag. The "failok" option is already documented in fstab(5).
PR: 177630 No objection: eadler MFC after: 1 week
|
250914 |
22-May-2013 |
jkim |
Improve compatibility with old flex and fix build with GCC.
|
250759 |
18-May-2013 |
melifaro |
Fix ipfw(8) sets of ipv6 addresses handling. Conditionally use stack buffer instead of calling strdup().
PR: bin/104921 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
250718 |
16-May-2013 |
delphij |
Constify string pointers.
Verified with: sha256(1) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
250710 |
16-May-2013 |
mckusick |
When running the -m option to generate a newfs(8) command suitable for recreating the filesystem, check for and output the -i, -k, and -l options if appropriate.
Note the remaining deficiencies of the -m option in the dumpfs(8) manual page. Specifically that newfs(8) options -E, -R, -S, and -T options are not handled and that -p is not useful so is omitted. Also document that newfs(8) options -n and -r are neither checked for nor output but should be. The -r flag is needed if the filesystem uses gjournal(8).
PR: bin/163992 Reported by: Dieter <freebsd@sopwith.solgatos.com> Submitted by: Andy Kosela <akosela@andykosela.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
250708 |
16-May-2013 |
mckusick |
Clean up trailing whitespace.
Submitted by: Andy Kosela MFC after: 1 week
|
250662 |
15-May-2013 |
asomers |
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c If an expander returns 0x00 (no device attached) in the ATTACHED DEVICE field of the SMP DISCOVER response, ignore the value of ATTACHED SAS ADDRESS, because it is invalid. Some expanders zero out the address when the attached device is removed, but others do not. Section 9.4.3.10 of the SAS Protocol Layer 2 revision 04b does not require them to do so.
Approved by: ken (mentor) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
250604 |
13-May-2013 |
joel |
mdoc sweep
|
250582 |
12-May-2013 |
joel |
mdoc sweep.
|
250503 |
11-May-2013 |
trociny |
Get rid of libl dependency. We needed it only to provide yywrap. But yywrap is not necessary when parsing a single hast.conf file.
Suggested by: kib Reviewed by: pjd
|
250451 |
10-May-2013 |
eadler |
Bump .Dd for recent content change.
Reported by: delphij
|
250430 |
10-May-2013 |
eadler |
Add support for 'dmesg -c' which clears the dmesg buffer after it has been printed. This provides compatibility with other *nix systems (including Linux).
While here use stdbool booleans for 'all'.
PR: bin/178295 Submitted by: Levent Serinol <lserinol@gmail.com> Reviewed by: will
|
250388 |
08-May-2013 |
joel |
Remove EOL whitespace.
|
250387 |
08-May-2013 |
joel |
mdoc: new sentence, new line.
|
250382 |
08-May-2013 |
adrian |
Add vlan configuration support to etherswitchcfg.
This adds the support to the config keyword (vlan operation mode), ports flags, prints the vlan mode and vlan capabilities. It also adds some basic information to usage() and support the keyword 'help' as a shortcut to usage(). The manual page is also updated with the new options.
Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com> Reviewed by: ray
|
250377 |
08-May-2013 |
eadler |
Allow the use of lowercase 'yes'
PR: bin/178422 Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yaneurabeya@gmail.com>
|
250303 |
06-May-2013 |
eadler |
Remove includes for old versions of FreeBSD.
Reviewed by: stass Obtained From: DragonFlyBSD MFC After: 1 week
|
250251 |
04-May-2013 |
hrs |
Use FF02:0:0:0:0:2:FF00::/104 prefix for IPv6 Node Information Group Address. Although KAME implementation used FF02:0:0:0:0:2::/96 based on older versions of draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookup, it has been changed in RFC 4620.
The kernel always joins the /104-prefixed address, and additionally does /96-prefixed one only when net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo_oldmcprefix=1. The default value of the sysctl is 1.
ping6(8) -N flag now uses /104-prefixed one. When this flag is specified twice, it uses /96-prefixed one instead.
Reviewed by: ume Based on work by: Thomas Scheffler PR: conf/174957 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
250235 |
04-May-2013 |
crees |
Introduce and use new flag -L to mount for mounting only late filesystems.
Previously, rc.d/mountlate mounted *all* filesystems, causing problems with background NFS mounts being mounted twice.
PR: conf/137629 Submitted by: eadler (original concept) Reviewed by: mjg Approved by: hrs
|
250227 |
04-May-2013 |
jkim |
Improve compatibility with recent flex from flex.sourceforge.net.
|
250186 |
02-May-2013 |
eadler |
Prefer using the C++ version of the standard headers. These place the names within the std namespace (and possibly within the global namespace).
The main advantage is that the C++ versions can provide optimized versions or simplified interfaces.
|
250095 |
30-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Adapt to the fact that minidumps are now on by default.
PR: 177188
|
250057 |
29-Apr-2013 |
des |
Style nit.
|
250056 |
29-Apr-2013 |
des |
Add a -Z option which zeroes unused blocks. It can be combined with -E, in which case unused blocks are first zeroed and then erased.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC after: 3 weeks
|
249970 |
27-Apr-2013 |
ed |
Partially revert my last change.
I forgot that I still had a locally applied patch to my copy of Clang that needs to be pushed in before we should use C11 atomics.
|
249969 |
27-Apr-2013 |
ed |
Use C11 <stdatomic.h> instead of our non-standard <machine/atomic.h>.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
249951 |
26-Apr-2013 |
asomers |
According to devctl(4), clients must read events whole; they may not piece them together from multiple reads(). It's as if /dev/devctl is a datagram device instead of a stream device. However, devd's internal buffer was too small (1025 bytes) to read an entire ereport.fs.zfs.checksum event (variable, up to ~1300 bytes). This commit enlarges the buffer to 8k.
Reviewed by: imp Approved by: ken (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
249904 |
25-Apr-2013 |
joel |
mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
249897 |
25-Apr-2013 |
glebius |
Don't free memory that is going to be used as error string.
PR: bin/178121 Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yaneurabeya gmail.com>
|
249895 |
25-Apr-2013 |
smh |
Adds Host Protected Area (HPA) support for ATA disks to camcontrol
Reviewed by: mav Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
249789 |
23-Apr-2013 |
mckusick |
Fix error check.
Submitted by: Andrey Chernov (ache@) MFC after: 3 days
|
249768 |
22-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Minor clarificiation.
PR: 177455
|
249766 |
22-Apr-2013 |
jhb |
Use a higher TTL (128) for DHCP packets. This matches the ISC DHCP client.
PR: bin/170279 MFC after: 1 week
|
249752 |
22-Apr-2013 |
adrian |
Convert over the etherswitch framework to use VLAN IDs per port, rather than VLAN groups.
Some chips (eg this rtl8366rb) has a VLAN group per port - you first define a set of VLANs in a vlan group, then you assign a VLAN group to a port.
Other chips (eg the AR8xxx switch chips) have a VLAN ID array per port - there's no group per se, just a list of vlans that can be configured.
So for now, the switch API will use the latter and rely on drivers doing the heavy lifting if one wishes to use the VLAN group method. Maybe later on both can be supported.
PR: kern/177878 PR: kern/177873 Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com> Reviewed by: ray
|
249748 |
22-Apr-2013 |
adrian |
etherswitchcfg(8) crashes when you don't set vlangroup members. Fix this to require an argument.
PR: kern/177872 Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>
|
249747 |
22-Apr-2013 |
adrian |
Initialise this to zero before using it to configure the vlangroup information.
PR: kern/177871 Submitted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza <loos.br@gmail.com>
|
249743 |
21-Apr-2013 |
ed |
Unbreak the build of newfs_nandfs.
Mark global variables static. While there, make some small style(9) cleanups and remove a variable that is unused.
|
249741 |
21-Apr-2013 |
trociny |
Remove code duplication.
|
249720 |
21-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Move EXAMPLES descriptions to before the actual command.
PR: 177870 Submitted by: Bjorn Heidotting <b.heidotting@yahoo.com>
|
249657 |
19-Apr-2013 |
ed |
Add the Clang specific -Wmissing-variable-declarations to WARNS=6.
This compiler flag enforces that that people either mark variables static or use an external declarations for the variable, similar to how -Wmissing-prototypes works for functions.
Due to the fact that Yacc/Lex generate code that cannot trivially be changed to not warn because of this (lots of yy* variables), add a NO_WMISSING_VARIABLE_DECLARATIONS that can be used to turn off this specific compiler warning.
Announced on: toolchain@
|
249500 |
15-Apr-2013 |
delphij |
Use arc4random() instead of random().
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
249477 |
14-Apr-2013 |
jmg |
update information about debugging sysctl...
MFC after: 1 week
|
249422 |
12-Apr-2013 |
jimharris |
Remove the NVME_IDENTIFY_CONTROLLER and NVME_IDENTIFY_NAMESPACE IOCTLs and replace them with the NVMe passthrough equivalent.
Sponsored by: Intel
|
249375 |
11-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Minor spelling and grammar fixes.
|
249373 |
11-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Remove contractions.
|
249371 |
11-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Remove kernel options from the SYNOPSIS. They are already documented in the geom(4) manual page SYNOPSIS.
|
249244 |
08-Apr-2013 |
ed |
Prevent the creation of an unused variable.
We're only interested in the enumeration fields; we don't want to create a variable to store them.
MFC after: 1 week
|
249215 |
06-Apr-2013 |
joel |
mdoc: new sentence should be on a new line. Also remove EOL whitespace while here.
|
249153 |
05-Apr-2013 |
joel |
mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
249115 |
04-Apr-2013 |
smh |
Adds security options to camcontrol this includes the ability to secure erase disks such as SSD's
Adds the ability to run ATA commands via the SCSI ATA Pass-Through(16) comand
Reviewed by: mav Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
249092 |
04-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Minor rewording.
Discussed with: mav
|
249087 |
04-Apr-2013 |
joel |
Remove references to ataraid(4) and atacontrol(8).
|
249083 |
04-Apr-2013 |
mav |
Remove all legacy ATA code parts, not used since options ATA_CAM enabled in most kernels before FreeBSD 9.0. Remove such modules and respective kernel options: atadisk, ataraid, atapicd, atapifd, atapist, atapicam. Remove the atacontrol utility and some man pages. Remove useless now options ATA_CAM.
No objections: current@, stable@ MFC after: never
|
249067 |
03-Apr-2013 |
jimharris |
Fix typo (devicde -> device).
|
248772 |
26-Mar-2013 |
jimharris |
Use errno and strerror to print more descriptive messages when operations fail in nvmecontrol(8).
While here, use consistent checks of return values from stat, open and ioctl.
Sponsored by: Intel Suggested by: carl Reviewed by: carl
|
248746 |
26-Mar-2013 |
jimharris |
Add controller reset capability to nvme(4) and ability to explicitly invoke it from nvmecontrol(8).
Controller reset will be performed in cases where I/O are repeatedly timing out, the controller reports an unrecoverable condition, or when explicitly requested via IOCTL or an nvme consumer. Since the controller may be in such a state where it cannot even process queue deletion requests, we will perform a controller reset without trying to clean up anything on the controller first.
Sponsored by: Intel Reviewed by: carl
|
248700 |
25-Mar-2013 |
maxim |
o Typo: IEE -> IEEE.
PR: docs/173069 Submitted by: Bjorn Heidotting MFC after: 1 week
|
248691 |
24-Mar-2013 |
mckusick |
Note that output is in seconds, not msec. KNF indentation. No functional change. No change to printf strings. No change to casting of printf arguments.
Reported by: Bruce Evans
|
248680 |
24-Mar-2013 |
sbruno |
Resolve clang compile errors on amd64/i386 for certain by casting.
compile tested with clang on i386, amd64 compile tested with gcc on i386, amd64, sparc64
Submitted by: delphij
|
248673 |
24-Mar-2013 |
sbruno |
Minor formatting fix for printf() to fix clang builds.
Submitted by: db Reviewed by: gjb
|
248658 |
23-Mar-2013 |
mckusick |
Revert 248634 and 248643 (e.g., restoring 248625 and 248639).
Build verified by: Glen Barber (gjb@)
|
248643 |
23-Mar-2013 |
gjb |
Revert r248639 to fix build failure on head/
|
248639 |
23-Mar-2013 |
mckusick |
Fix the build after addition of cylinder group cacheing (r248625)
Reported by: Glen Barber (gjb@) Pointy hat to: Kirk McKusick (mckusick@)
|
248634 |
23-Mar-2013 |
sbruno |
Revert svn r248625
Clang errors around printf could be trivially fixed, but the breakage in sbin/fsdb were to significant for this type of change.
Submitter of this changeset has been notified and hopefully this can be restored soon.
|
248625 |
22-Mar-2013 |
mckusick |
Speed up fsck by caching the cylinder group maps in pass1 so that they do not need to be read again in pass5. As this nearly doubles the memory requirement for fsck, the cache is thrown away if other memory needs in fsck would otherwise fail. Thus, the memory footprint of fsck remains unchanged in memory constrained environments.
This work was inspired by a paper presented at Usenix's FAST '13: www.usenix.org/conference/fast13/ffsck-fast-file-system-checker
Details of this implementation appears in the April 2013 of ;login: www.usenix.org/publications/login/april-2013-volume-38-number-2. A copy of the April 2013 ;login: paper can also be downloaded from: www.mckusick.com/publications/faster_fsck.pdf.
Reviewed by: kib Tested by: Peter Holm MFC after: 4 weeks
|
248623 |
22-Mar-2013 |
mckusick |
The purpose of this change to the FFS layout policy is to reduce the running time for a full fsck. It also reduces the random access time for large files and speeds the traversal time for directory tree walks.
The key idea is to reserve a small area in each cylinder group immediately following the inode blocks for the use of metadata, specifically indirect blocks and directory contents. The new policy is to preferentially place metadata in the metadata area and everything else in the blocks that follow the metadata area.
The size of this area can be set when creating a filesystem using newfs(8) or changed in an existing filesystem using tunefs(8). Both utilities use the `-k held-for-metadata-blocks' option to specify the amount of space to be held for metadata blocks in each cylinder group. By default, newfs(8) sets this area to half of minfree (typically 4% of the data area).
This work was inspired by a paper presented at Usenix's FAST '13: www.usenix.org/conference/fast13/ffsck-fast-file-system-checker
Details of this implementation appears in the April 2013 of ;login: www.usenix.org/publications/login/april-2013-volume-38-number-2. A copy of the April 2013 ;login: paper can also be downloaded from: www.mckusick.com/publications/faster_fsck.pdf.
Reviewed by: kib Tested by: Peter Holm MFC after: 4 weeks
|
248578 |
21-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Remove EOL whitespace.
|
248553 |
20-Mar-2013 |
melifaro |
Remove unused variable.
|
248552 |
20-Mar-2013 |
melifaro |
Add ipfw support for setting/matching DiffServ codepoints (DSCP).
Setting DSCP support is done via O_SETDSCP which works for both IPv4 and IPv6 packets. Fast checksum recalculation (RFC 1624) is done for IPv4. Dscp can be specified by name (AFXY, CSX, BE, EF), by value (0..63) or via tablearg.
Matching DSCP is done via another opcode (O_DSCP) which accepts several classes at once (af11,af22,be). Classes are stored in bitmask (2 u32 words).
Many people made their variants of this patch, the ones I'm aware of are (in alphabetic order):
Dmitrii Tejblum Marcelo Araujo Roman Bogorodskiy (novel) Sergey Matveichuk (sem) Sergey Ryabin
PR: kern/102471, kern/121122 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
248535 |
19-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Add simple example.
|
248525 |
19-Mar-2013 |
imp |
Add a comment about why aout support is still here: We need it for compat2x, which is still in use, as evidence by recent bug reports.
|
248496 |
19-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Remove obsolete objformat information.
Submitted by: db
|
248475 |
18-Mar-2013 |
pjd |
Reduce stack usage.
|
248385 |
16-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Cross-reference gvinum(8) instead of vinum(8).
|
248384 |
16-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Remove reference to vinum(4). The manual page was removed in r248370.
|
248297 |
14-Mar-2013 |
pjd |
Now that ioctl(2) is allowed in capability mode and we can limit ioctls for the given descriptors, use Capsicum sandboxing for hastd in primary and secondary modes. Allow for DIOCGDELETE and DIOCGFLUSH ioctls on provider descriptor and for G_GATE_CMD_MODIFY, G_GATE_CMD_START, G_GATE_CMD_DONE and G_GATE_CMD_DESTROY on GEOM Gate descriptor.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
248296 |
14-Mar-2013 |
pjd |
Minor corrections.
|
248294 |
14-Mar-2013 |
pjd |
Delete requests can be larger than MAXPHYS.
|
248291 |
14-Mar-2013 |
marck |
Rename 'status' command to 'list' and introduce new 'status' which produces more terse output more observable for both scripts and humans.
Also, it shifts hastctl closer to GEOM utilities with their list/status command pairs.
Approved by: pjd MFC after: 4 weeks
|
248286 |
14-Mar-2013 |
pjd |
Removed redundant includes.
|
248279 |
14-Mar-2013 |
delphij |
Correct type for DIOCGSTRIPESIZE. Without this there would be a stack overflow which will crash the program later.
PR: bin/176953 Submitted by: r4721 tormail org MFC after: 3 days
|
248274 |
14-Mar-2013 |
joel |
Minor mdoc fixes.
|
248068 |
08-Mar-2013 |
sbruno |
Add legacy support to geom raid to create a /dev/arX device for support of upgrading older machines using ataraid(4) to newer releases.
This optional parameter is controlled via kern.geom.raid.legacy_aliases and will create a /dev/ar0 device that will point at /dev/raid/r0 for example.
Tested on Dell SC 1425 DDF-1 format software raid controllers installing from stable/7 and upgrading to stable/9 without having to adjust /etc/fstab
Reviewed by: mav Obtained from: Yahoo! MFC after: 2 Weeks
|
247861 |
06-Mar-2013 |
jkim |
Use build_iovec() to make it less cryptic. This also fixes warnings.
|
247860 |
06-Mar-2013 |
jkim |
GC unused mount_* directories. mount_reiserfs was disconnected from build with r158666. mount_ext2fs and mount_std were disconnected with r164527.
|
247859 |
05-Mar-2013 |
jkim |
Update the manual page to reflect reality. With r138509 and r152355, "nostrictjoliet" option for mount_cd9660(8) was completely replaced with "brokenjoliet" somehow.
MFC after: 3 days
|
247856 |
05-Mar-2013 |
jkim |
GC unused variables. Prefer NULL over 0 for pointers.
|
247811 |
04-Mar-2013 |
melifaro |
Do not suddenly fail on some rulesets if -n (syntax check only) is specified and ipfw(4) module is not loaded.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
247763 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Correct typo in comment.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247762 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Use simpler dst += *x instead of str.append(x, 1).
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247761 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Use string::empty() instea of string::length() == 0.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247760 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Remove unnecessary empty default constructors.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247759 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Remove empty virtual destructor from class, which has noch subclasses.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247758 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Avoid unnecessary temporary objects (and simplify the code) when handling std::string.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247757 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Use the standard constructor of std::string instead of string("").
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247756 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Simplify while (1) { if (x) break; } to while (!x) {}.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247755 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Remove call to _exit() from signal handler, which also sets a stop flag.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247754 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
devd: Use volatile sig_atomic_t for the flag set by a signal handler.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de> Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247751 |
04-Mar-2013 |
eadler |
Constify where possible.
Approved by: cperciva (mentor)
|
247712 |
03-Mar-2013 |
melifaro |
Implement buffer size checking in ipfw(8) add cmd.
PR: bin/65961 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
247666 |
02-Mar-2013 |
melifaro |
Fix ipfw table argument parsing/printing. Fix style.
PR: kern/175909 Submitted by: Daniel Hagerty <hag@linnaean.org> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
247665 |
02-Mar-2013 |
attilio |
Garbage collect NTFS bits which are now completely disconnected from the tree since few months.
This patch is not targeted for MFC.
|
247628 |
02-Mar-2013 |
attilio |
Garbage collect HPFS bits which are now already completely disconnected from the tree since few months (please note that the userland bits were already disconnected since a long time, thus there is no need to update the OLD* entries).
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
247399 |
27-Feb-2013 |
pho |
The .journal file needs to reside on the ROOTINO which must not extend beyond direct blocks. A typo caused this check to fail.
|
247370 |
27-Feb-2013 |
benno |
Fix typo in EFI GPT GUID.
|
247359 |
26-Feb-2013 |
n_hibma |
Clarify that overriding the -h/-D flags through flags in device.hints only works for sio(4) but not for uart(4) which no longer has this flag.
|
247345 |
26-Feb-2013 |
trociny |
Fix casting.
MFC after: 3 days
|
247281 |
25-Feb-2013 |
trociny |
Add i/o error counters to hastd(8) and make hastctl(8) display them. This may be useful for detecting problems with HAST disks.
Discussed with and reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
247269 |
25-Feb-2013 |
kientzle |
Fix ARM build by assigning the computed time here to a variable of the right type for printf.
|
247234 |
24-Feb-2013 |
pluknet |
Catch up with internal API changes for initbarea() and getdatablk() of fsck_ffs introduced with r247212.
Submitted by: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>
|
247212 |
24-Feb-2013 |
mckusick |
When running with the -d option, instrument fsck_ffs to track the number, data type, and running time of its I/O operations.
No functional changes.
|
247134 |
21-Feb-2013 |
pluknet |
Reflect CARP media-type departure.
X-MFC after: never
|
247129 |
21-Feb-2013 |
pluknet |
Separate items in the list of System values with .Pp to ease readability.
|
246922 |
17-Feb-2013 |
pjd |
- Add support for 'memsync' mode. This is the fastest replication mode that's why it will now be the default. - Bump protocol version to 2 and add backward compatibility for version 1. - Allow to specify hosts by kern.hostid as well (in addition to hostname and kern.hostuuid) in configuration file.
Sponsored by: Panzura Tested by: trociny
|
246823 |
15-Feb-2013 |
pluknet |
Remove write only assignments and thus fix the build after struct bufarea TAILQ conversion (r246812).
|
246812 |
15-Feb-2013 |
mckusick |
Update fsck_ffs buffer cache manager to use TAILQ macros. No functional changes.
|
246622 |
10-Feb-2013 |
pjd |
Fix minor memory leak.
|
246621 |
10-Feb-2013 |
pjd |
Assert that if we are not dealing with keyfile we are dealing with passfile.
|
246620 |
10-Feb-2013 |
pjd |
Use arc4random_buf(3) instead of reimplementing it.
|
246505 |
07-Feb-2013 |
monthadar |
Mark a mesh path to a mesh gate with a 'G'.
Approved by: adrian (mentor)
|
246361 |
05-Feb-2013 |
zeising |
Bump .Dd for the change in r246121.
Approved by: joel (mentor)
|
246329 |
04-Feb-2013 |
delphij |
Use stripesize as smallest block size if it's available.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
246143 |
31-Jan-2013 |
glebius |
Retire struct sockaddr_inarp.
Since ARP and routing are separated, "proxy only" entries don't have any meaning, thus we don't need additional field in sockaddr to pass SIN_PROXY flag.
New kernel is binary compatible with old tools, since sizes of sockaddr_inarp and sockaddr_in match, and sa_family are filled with same value.
The structure declaration is left for compatibility with third party software, but in tree code no longer use it.
Reviewed by: ru, andre, net@
|
246134 |
30-Jan-2013 |
ian |
Improve devd startup time, by tweaking some string handling routines that are heavily used when parsing config files. Mostly these changes avoid making temporary copies of the strings, and avoid doing byte at a time append operations, on the most-used code path.
On a 1.2 GHz ARM processor this reduces the time to parse the config files from 13 to 6 seconds.
Reviewed by: imp Approved by: cognet (mentor)
|
246121 |
30-Jan-2013 |
ian |
Fix a descriptor leak in devd. Clients reading /var/run/devd.pipe can close their socket connection any time, and devd only notices that when it gets an error trying to write an event to the client. On a system with no device change activity, clients could connect and disappear repeatedly without devd noticing, leading to an ever-growing list of open socket descriptors in devd.
Now devd uses poll(2) looking for POLLHUP on all existing clients every time a new client connection is established, and also periodically (once a minute) to proactively find zombie clients and reap the socket descriptors. It also now has a connection limit, configurable with a new -l <num> command line arg. When the maximum number of connections is reached it stops accepting new connections until some current clients drop off.
Reviewed by: imp Approved by: cognet (mentor)
|
245910 |
25-Jan-2013 |
wblock |
Expand description of how gptboot and gptzfsboot choose a partition for booting.
Reviewed by: ae MFC after: 1 week
|
245648 |
19-Jan-2013 |
pfg |
newfs_msdos: cosmetical cleanups
- Simplify diagnostic messages. - Adopt lowercase first letters to make the messages more canonical.
PR: bin/175404 Submitted by: Christoph Mallon Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 3 days
|
245522 |
17-Jan-2013 |
mav |
For Promise/AMD metadata add support for disks with capacity above 2TiB and for volumes with sector size above 512 bytes.
|
245492 |
16-Jan-2013 |
eadler |
Correct prefix for "locally installed things"
Approved by: cperciva MFC After: 3 days
|
245456 |
15-Jan-2013 |
mav |
Allow to insert new component to geom_raid3 without specifying number.
PR: kern/160562 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
245361 |
13-Jan-2013 |
delphij |
Use the right format string for line buffer.
PR: bin/174910 Submitted by: Fabian Keil <fk fabiankeil.de>
|
245230 |
09-Jan-2013 |
ume |
Add no_prefer_iface option. It stops treating the address on the interface as special by source address selection rule even when the interface is outgoing interface. This is desired in some situation.
Requested by: hrs Reviewed by: IHANet folks including hrs MFC after: 1 week
|
245168 |
08-Jan-2013 |
hrs |
Fix -iface and -interface modifiers.
Spotted by: Ian FREISLICH
|
245074 |
05-Jan-2013 |
kib |
Use tabs for indentation.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
245072 |
05-Jan-2013 |
kib |
Do not round up the size of the UFS filesystem to the fragment size when comparing its size with the size of the media, to determine if the last disk block is unused.
Submitted by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz@incore.de> Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 2 weeks
|
245012 |
03-Jan-2013 |
wblock |
Document the output of the show command. Modified version of patch provided by Bas Smeelen <b.smeelen@ose.nl>. Use of 'gpart list' suggested by by Andrey V. Elsukov <ae@FreeBSD.org>.
PR: docs/174270 Submitted by: Ronald F.Guilmette <rfg@tristatelogic.com> Reviewed by: ae (block sizes) MFC after: 1 week
|
245005 |
03-Jan-2013 |
kib |
Allow to specify "cache" and "nocache" as an option for mount_nullfs(8).
Tested by: pho MFC after: 2 weeks
|
244929 |
01-Jan-2013 |
antoine |
pflogd does not depend on libutil
|
244538 |
21-Dec-2012 |
kevlo |
Fix socket calls on error post-r243965.
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper
|
244325 |
16-Dec-2012 |
hrs |
- Fix strtol() error handling. - Add a range condition of given FIB number and the related error messages. - Fix free() problem.
Spotted by: Artyom Mirgorodskiy Discussed with: glebius
|
244321 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
With rotating kernel dumps the higest dump number is not necessarily the last one. To make it easier to find the last one create symlinks with 'last' suffix that will point to the files of the last coredump, eg.:
info.last -> info.5 textdump.tar.last.gz -> textdump.tar.5.gz
Reviewed by: avg Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244320 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Implement -m option to savecore(8) that allows to limit number of kernel dumps stored. Once the limit is reached it restarts from 0.
Reviewed by: avg Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244319 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Make use of the fact that we changed working directory to the dump directory earlier.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244318 |
16-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
Minor wording improvments to some manual pages
Approved by: bcr (mentor) Obtained from: DragonflyBSD (a5294ca835317c68c919ab43936da4f05ab6e926) MFC after: 3 days
|
244317 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Sort flags properly.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244316 |
16-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Prefer snprintf() over sprintf().
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244295 |
16-Dec-2012 |
trasz |
When growing a filesystem, don't leave unused space at the end if there is not enough room for a full cylinder group.
Reviewed by: mckusick@
|
244243 |
15-Dec-2012 |
trasz |
Fix extending filesystems of weird size by making sure the actual size is always multiple of fragment size.
|
244218 |
14-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
- When checking if a dump exists on the given device there is no need to provide dump directory. Eliminate this redundant argument. This changes the usage, but the only risk here is that a warning will be printed about directory given as device.
- Update usage of -C option.
- When clearing dump header from the given device there is also no need to provide dump directory, although additional arguments for -c were not documented.
- Document that -v can be used with -c and that list of devices can be given.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244217 |
14-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
The clear option (-c) is not compatible with keep (-k) and compress (-z) options.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244216 |
14-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
If we are not going to clear the dump (we are either just checking if the dump exists or we want to keep it), open device read-only.
Obtained from: WHEEL Systems
|
244215 |
14-Dec-2012 |
pjd |
Whitespace cleanups.
|
244198 |
13-Dec-2012 |
delphij |
Teach sysctl(8) about parsing a file (while I'm there also give it capability of parsing both = and : formats).
Submitted by: hrs (initial version, bugs are mine) MFC after: 3 months
|
244133 |
12-Dec-2012 |
alfred |
Make Tflag and Wflag filters work for more sysctl options.
To do this move the Tflag and Wflag checks earlier in show_var() so we bail earlier for variables not matching our query.
|
244106 |
11-Dec-2012 |
alfred |
Allow sysctl to filter boot and runtime tunables.
Add the following flags to sysctl: -W - show only writable sysctls -T - show only tuneable sysctls
This can be used to create a /var/run/sysctl.boot to compare set tunables versus booted tunables.
Sponsored by: iXsystems
|
244104 |
11-Dec-2012 |
delphij |
In parse():
- Only operate on copy, don't operate on source. - Eliminate home-rolled strsep(). - Constify the parameter.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
244055 |
09-Dec-2012 |
rmacklem |
Document the new NFS mount options added by r244042. This is a content change.
|
244040 |
08-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
A number of places in the source tree still reference cuad.* after sio(4) was deprecated by uart(4).
s/cuad/cuau/g/
PR: docs/171533 Reviewed by: imp Approved by: cperciva (implicit) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
243932 |
06-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
Prefer the use of initalizer lists to ctor assignment.
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 2 weeks
|
243931 |
06-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
Avoid the creation of a temporary object by using the prefix operator for non-primitive types.
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 2 weeks
|
243930 |
06-Dec-2012 |
eadler |
Constify where possible
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 2 weeks
|
243907 |
05-Dec-2012 |
dim |
Fix an old bug in devd, where it uses std::sort() to sort the various lists it reads from its configuration files on the priority field.
Because some items in the lists have the same priority, and std::sort() is not stable, the exact order in which the items are enumerated does not have to correspond to the order they appear in the configuration files.
Apparently this was never noticed with libstdc++, but with libc++ it could cause the "uhid" entry from /etc/devd/usb.conf to be used instead of the "ums" entry (which is earlier in the file). This caused the problem described in the PR: the USB mouse module was never loaded, and the other actions (such as starting moused) were not executed.
To fix the problem, make devd use std:stable_sort() instead.
Reported by: Jan Beich <jbeich@tormail.org> PR: bin/172958 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
243903 |
05-Dec-2012 |
hrs |
- Move definition of V_deembed_scopeid to scope6_var.h. - Deembed scope id in L3 address in in6_lltable_dump(). - Simplify scope id recovery in rtsock routines. - Remove embedded scope id handling in ndp(8) and route(8) completely.
|
243867 |
04-Dec-2012 |
glebius |
Fix fallout from r243019, which broke parsing of shortened network prefixes.
Reported and tested by: delphij
|
243866 |
04-Dec-2012 |
hrs |
- Fix LOR in sa6_recoverscope() in rt_msg2()[1]. - Check V_deembed_scopeid before checking if sa_family == AF_INET6. - Fix scope id handing in route(8)[2] and ifconfig(8).
Reported by: rpaulo[1], Mateusz Guzik[1], peter[2]
|
243860 |
04-Dec-2012 |
glebius |
Flush stdout after RTM_IFANNOUNCE message.
PR: bin/151600 Submitted by: Eric van Gyzen <eric vangyzen.net>
|
243859 |
04-Dec-2012 |
glebius |
No need to be root when running with -t or -d.
|
243665 |
29-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
Mark non-returning function as such
PR: bin/172978 Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
243372 |
21-Nov-2012 |
jh |
Disallow attaching preloaded memory disks via ioctl.
- The feature is dangerous because the kernel code didn't check validity of the memory address provided from user space. - It seems that mdconfig(8) never really supported attaching preloaded memory disks. - Preloaded memory disks are automatically attached during md(4) initialization. Thus there shouldn't be much use for the feature.
PR: kern/169683 Discussed on: freebsd-hackers
|
243248 |
18-Nov-2012 |
joel |
Remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
243246 |
18-Nov-2012 |
trasz |
Make it possible to resize filesystems mounted read-write, using newly introduced UFS write suspension mechanism.
Reviewed by: kib, mckusick Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
243187 |
17-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Fill sin6_scope_id in sockaddr_in6 before passing it from the kernel to userland via routing socket or sysctl. This eliminates the following KAME-specific sin6_scope_id handling routine from each userland utility:
sin6.sin6_scope_id = ntohs(*(u_int16_t *)&sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[2]);
This behavior can be controlled by net.inet6.ip6.deembed_scopeid. This is set to 1 by default (sin6_scope_id will be filled in the kernel).
Reviewed by: bz
|
243185 |
17-Nov-2012 |
hrs |
Add -fib modifier to specify FIB number. The FIB number can be in a comma-separated list and/or range specification:
# route add -inet 192.0.2.0/24 198.51.100.1 -fib 1,3-5,6
Although all of the subcommands supports the modifier, "monitor" does not support the list or range specification at this moment.
Reviewed by: bz
|
243082 |
15-Nov-2012 |
eadler |
Fix memory leak in umount.c
PR: bin/172553 Submitted by: Erik Cederstrand <erik@cederstrand.dk> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
243019 |
14-Nov-2012 |
glebius |
Remove remnants of classful addressing. These magic transformations of supplied arguments is not what a modern sysadmin expect.
|
243017 |
14-Nov-2012 |
jeff |
- blk_equals() is too strict. If the journal entry defines more frags than we're claiming it should still be considered an exact match. This would previously leak frags that had been extended. - If there is a sequence number problem in the journal print the sequence numbers we've seen so far for debugging. - Clean up the block mask related debuging printfs. Some are redundant.
MFC after: 1 week
|
242705 |
07-Nov-2012 |
wblock |
Actually change "silent" to "silence" this time (reviewed by adri@).
MFC after: 1 week
|
242704 |
07-Nov-2012 |
wblock |
Remove fifteen-year-old notes on media selection (suggested by simon@). Add commas after "e.g." and "i.e.". Change "silent" to "silence" in wireless create section (reviewed by adri@).
MFC after: 1 week
|
242697 |
07-Nov-2012 |
wblock |
Add devd.conf(5) and devd(8) to SEE ALSO xrefs. Give users a pointer to seemingly mysterious actions that are not done by ifconfig itself, but by devd triggering on events caused by ifconfig.
PR: docs/173405 Submitted by: Mateusz Kwiatkowski <mateusz.kwiatkowski@atlashost.eu> MFC after: 1 week
|
242593 |
05-Nov-2012 |
pjd |
Revert r228695. We use __func__ here as a format to distinguish between abort and assert. It would be cleaner to use NULL or "" here, but gcc complains in both cases.
|
242546 |
04-Nov-2012 |
wblock |
Add an example showing the use of gnop(8) to skip over header data.
PR: kern/145999 Reviewed by: mjg MFC after: 1 week
|
242511 |
03-Nov-2012 |
jh |
Print a newline after the error message.
PR: bin/168447 Submitted by: Boris Kochergin
|
242486 |
02-Nov-2012 |
alfred |
Document that you can use -v along with -l.
Noticed by: pjd
|
242463 |
02-Nov-2012 |
ae |
Remove the recently added sysctl variable net.pfil.forward. Instead, add protocol specific mbuf flags M_IP_NEXTHOP and M_IP6_NEXTHOP. Use them to indicate that the mbuf's chain contains the PACKET_TAG_IPFORWARD tag. And do a tag lookup only when this flag is set.
Suggested by: andre
|
242451 |
01-Nov-2012 |
alfred |
Add an option to display the current dump device via dumpon -l.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
242379 |
30-Oct-2012 |
trasz |
Fix problem with geom_label(4) not recognizing UFS labels on filesystems extended using growfs(8). The problem here is that geom_label checks if the filesystem size recorded in UFS superblock is equal to the provider (i.e. device) size. This check cannot be removed due to backward compatibility. On the other hand, in most cases growfs(8) cannot set fs_size in the superblock to match the provider size, because, differently from newfs(8), it cannot recompute cylinder group sizes.
To fix this problem, add another superblock field, fs_providersize, used only for this purpose. The geom_label(4) will attach if either fs_size (filesystem created with newfs(8)) or fs_providersize (filesystem expanded using growfs(8)) matches the device size.
PR: kern/165962 Reviewed by: mckusick Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
242265 |
28-Oct-2012 |
trasz |
Declare functions as static and move global variables to the top; no functional changes.
|
242079 |
25-Oct-2012 |
ae |
Remove the IPFIREWALL_FORWARD kernel option and make possible to turn on the related functionality in the runtime via the sysctl variable net.pfil.forward. It is turned off by default.
Sponsored by: Yandex LLC Discussed with: net@ MFC after: 2 weeks
|
241852 |
22-Oct-2012 |
eadler |
Check the return error of set[ug]id. While this can never fail in the current version of FreeBSD, this isn't guarenteed by the API. Custom security modules, or future implementations of the setuid and setgid may fail.
PR: bin/172289 PR: bin/172290 PR: bin/172291 Submittud by: Erik Cederstrand <erik@cederstrand.dk> Discussed by: freebsd-security Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
241848 |
22-Oct-2012 |
eadler |
Check the return error of set[e][ug]id. While this can never fail in the current version of FreeBSD, this isn't guarenteed by the API. Custom security modules, or future implementations of the setuid and setgid may fail.
Submitted by: Erik Cederstrand Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
241844 |
22-Oct-2012 |
eadler |
remove duplicate semicolons where possible.
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
241842 |
22-Oct-2012 |
eadler |
Add support for gjournal to dumpfs
PR: 165821 Submitted by: Andreas Longwitz <longwitz@incore.de> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
241807 |
21-Oct-2012 |
uqs |
Make fsck and fsck_msdosfs WARNS=6 clean
- sprinkle const - add volatile qualifier to avoid vfork clobbering
Inspired by: NetBSD PR: bin/139802 Reviewed by: ed
|
241806 |
21-Oct-2012 |
uqs |
sbin/fsck: s/perror/perr/ to avoid shadowing
- rename some other vars too - merge NetBSD license changes
Obtained from: NetBSD PR: bin/139802 Reviewed by: ed
|
241772 |
20-Oct-2012 |
avg |
document acpi_cpu devd notification about _CST change
Based on prodding and a submission by Lars Engels <lars.engels@0x20.net>.
MFC after: 5 days
|
241737 |
19-Oct-2012 |
ed |
More -Wmissing-variable-declarations fixes.
In addition to adding `static' where possible:
- bin/date: Move `retval' into extern.h to make it visible to date.c. - bin/ed: Move globally used variables into ed.h. - sbin/camcontrol: Move `verbose' into camcontrol.h and fix shadow warnings. - usr.bin/calendar: Remove unneeded variables. - usr.bin/chat: Make `line' local instead of global. - usr.bin/elfdump: Comment out unneeded function. - usr.bin/rlogin: Use _Noreturn instead of __dead2. - usr.bin/tset: Pull `Ospeed' into extern.h. - usr.sbin/mfiutil: Put global variables in mfiutil.h. - usr.sbin/pkg: Remove unused `os_corres'. - usr.sbin/quotaon, usr.sbin/repquota: Remove unused `qfname'.
|
241736 |
19-Oct-2012 |
ed |
Add missing const keywords.
|
241720 |
19-Oct-2012 |
ed |
Fix warnings found by -Wmising-variable-declarations.
This self-written compiler warning, which is hopefully going to be committed into LLVM sources soon, warns about potentially missing `static' keywords, similar to -Wmissing-prototypes.
- bin/pax: Move external declaration of chdname and s_mask into extern.h. - bin/setfacl: Move setfacl.c-specific stuff out of setfacl.h. - sbin/mount_fusefs: Remove char *progname; use getprogname(). - others: add `static' where possible.
|
241680 |
18-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE SMBFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netsmb, which is a base requirement for SMBFS.
In the while SMBFS regular users can use FUSE interface and smbnetfs port to work with their SMBFS partitions.
Also, there are ongoing efforts by vendor to support in-kernel smbfs, so there are good chances that it will get relinked once properly locked.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241636 |
17-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE NTFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. This code is particulary broken and fragile and other in-kernel implementations around, found in other operating systems, don't really seem clean and solid enough to be imported at all. If someone wants to reconsider in-kernel NTFS implementation for inclusion again, a fair effort for completely fixing and cleaning it up is expected.
In the while NTFS regular users can use FUSE interface and ntfs-3g port to work with their NTFS partitions.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241629 |
17-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE NWFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS. In addition, disconnect also netncp, which is a base requirement for NWFS.
In the possibility of a future maintenance of the code and later readd to the FreeBSD base, maybe we should think about a better location for netncp. I'm not entirely sure the / top location is actually right, however I will let network people to comment on that more specifically.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241606 |
16-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Disconnect non-MPSAFE PORTALFS from the build in preparation for dropping GIANT from VFS.
This is not targeted for MFC.
|
241581 |
15-Oct-2012 |
eadler |
Fix minor nits: use a comma after "i.e." sentences begin on new lines.
No .Dd bump for trivial modification.
Approved by: wblock MFC after: 3 days
|
241527 |
14-Oct-2012 |
joel |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
241526 |
14-Oct-2012 |
joel |
Minor mdoc and language fixes.
|
241522 |
14-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
getopt_long() returns an int. Use the return value accordingly.
Pointy hat to: me MFC after: 2 months X-MFC: r241519,241521
|
241519 |
14-Oct-2012 |
attilio |
Import a FreeBSD port of the FUSE Linux module. This has been developed during 2 summer of code mandates and being revived by gnn recently. The functionality in this commit mirrors entirely content of fusefs-kmod port, which doesn't need to be installed anymore for -CURRENT setups.
In order to get some sparse technical notes, please refer to: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-fs/2012-March/013876.html
or to the project branch: svn://svn.freebsd.org/base/projects/fuse/
which also contains granular history of changes happened during port refinements. This commit does not came from the branch reintegration itself because it seems svn is not behaving properly for this functionaly at the moment.
Partly Sponsored by: Google, Summer of Code program 2005, 2011 Originally submitted by: ilya, Csaba Henk <csaba-ml AT creo DOT hu > In collabouration with: pho Tested by: flo, gnn, Gustau Perez, Kevin Oberman <rkoberman AT gmail DOT com> MFC after: 2 months
|
241052 |
29-Sep-2012 |
glebius |
- Get rid of #ifdef __FreeBSD__. - Use correct format when printing uint64_t.
|
241035 |
28-Sep-2012 |
mdf |
Fix some nearby type and style errors.
Pointed out by: bde
|
241013 |
27-Sep-2012 |
mdf |
Fix sbin/ build with a 64-bit ino_t.
Original code by: Gleb Kurtsou
|
241012 |
27-Sep-2012 |
mdf |
Fix fsck_ffs build with a 64-bit ino_t.
Original code by: Gleb Kurtsou
|
240893 |
24-Sep-2012 |
melifaro |
Whitespace fixes
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
240892 |
24-Sep-2012 |
melifaro |
Permit table to be used as IPv6 address.
Reported by: Serhiy Popov <sergiuspso@ukr.net> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
240823 |
22-Sep-2012 |
pjd |
Use O_CLOEXEC for open instead of separate fcntl(2) call.
|
240656 |
18-Sep-2012 |
bjk |
Fix grammar in the portion about FIBs. Also, cross-reference setfib(2) instead of setfib(1) for the 16-FIB limit.
PR: docs/157452 Approved by: hrs (mentor)
|
240633 |
18-Sep-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
240628 |
18-Sep-2012 |
bjk |
Whitespace cleanup for ipfw.8 -- start each sentence on a new line, and put a comma after e.g. and i.e.. While here, wrap long lines.
PR: docs/157452 Approved by: hrs (mentor)
|
240621 |
17-Sep-2012 |
jimharris |
Integrate nvmecontrol(8) into the amd64 and i386 builds.
This includes adding NVMe header files to /usr/include/dev/nvme.
Sponsored by: Intel
|
240620 |
17-Sep-2012 |
jimharris |
Add nvmecontrol(8) source code and beginnings of a man page to the tree.
Sponsored by: Intel Contributions from: Joe Golio/EMC <joseph dot golio at emc dot com>
|
240497 |
14-Sep-2012 |
joel |
Minor mdoc fix.
|
240494 |
14-Sep-2012 |
glebius |
o Create directory sys/netpfil, where all packet filters should reside, and move there ipfw(4) and pf(4).
o Move most modified parts of pf out of contrib.
Actual movements:
sys/contrib/pf/net/*.c -> sys/netpfil/pf/ sys/contrib/pf/net/*.h -> sys/net/ contrib/pf/pfctl/*.c -> sbin/pfctl contrib/pf/pfctl/*.h -> sbin/pfctl contrib/pf/pfctl/pfctl.8 -> sbin/pfctl contrib/pf/pfctl/*.4 -> share/man/man4 contrib/pf/pfctl/*.5 -> share/man/man5
sys/netinet/ipfw -> sys/netpfil/ipfw
The arguable movement is pf/net/*.h -> sys/net. There are future plans to refactor pf includes, so I decided not to break things twice.
Not modified bits of pf left in contrib: authpf, ftp-proxy, tftp-proxy, pflogd.
The ipfw(4) movement is planned to be merged to stable/9, to make head and stable match.
Discussed with: bz, luigi
|
240465 |
13-Sep-2012 |
mav |
Add global and per-module sysctls/tunables to enable/disable metadata taste. That should help to handle some cases when disk has some RAID metadata that should be ignored, especially during boot.
MFC after: 3 days
|
240463 |
13-Sep-2012 |
zont |
- Fix a typo in debug message.
Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
240406 |
12-Sep-2012 |
obrien |
Remove needless (int) casts of write(2)'s 3rd argument. Also change blwrite() 'size' parameter to a ssize_t to better match write(2).
|
240405 |
12-Sep-2012 |
obrien |
Simply printf-like strings and outdent strings so that it is easy to see if they fit on a standard terminal.
|
240351 |
11-Sep-2012 |
kevlo |
Remove unused values
|
239991 |
01-Sep-2012 |
ed |
Rework all non-contributed files that use `struct timezone'.
This structure is not part of POSIX. According to POSIX, gettimeofday() has the following prototype:
int gettimeofday(struct timeval *restrict tp, void *restrict tzp);
Also, POSIX states that gettimeofday() shall return 0 (as long as tzp is not used). Remove dead error handling code. Also use NULL for a nul-pointer instead of integer 0.
While there, change all pieces of code that only use tv_sec to use time(3), as this provides less overhead.
|
239836 |
29-Aug-2012 |
des |
Change the gptboot example so the boot partition is aligned on a 4 kB boundary.
MFC after: 3 days
|
239781 |
28-Aug-2012 |
brooks |
Don't overwrite the global default CFLAGS when setting include paths.
MFC after: 3 days
|
239775 |
28-Aug-2012 |
issyl0 |
Link ipfilter(4) and ipfilter(5) to the build to stop the wrong man page displaying for 'man 4 ipfilter'.
PR: docs/118020 Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 5 days
|
239612 |
23-Aug-2012 |
jh |
Check the return value of sbuf_finish().
|
239564 |
22-Aug-2012 |
jhb |
Revert r239356 and use an alternate algorithm.
First, don't exit when the link goes down on an interface. Instead, teach dhclient to track changes in link state and to enter the reboot state when the link on an interface goes up causing dhclient to attempt to renew its existing lease.
Second, remove the change I added to clear the old lease when dhclient exits due to an error (such as ifconfig down). If an interface is using autoconfiguration it should keep its autoconfiguration as much as possible. If the next time it needs a configuration it is able to reuse the previous autoconfiguration, then leaving the settings intact allows existing connections to survive temporary outages, etc.
PR: bin/166656 MFC after: 1 month
|
239468 |
20-Aug-2012 |
pluknet |
Avoid segfault in the 'smpphylist' subcommand. Initialize devlist.dev_queue tail queue early enough before its any potential traversal in freebusdevlist() when in smpphylist error path.
Reported by: Pavel Polyakov <bsd kobyla org> (on irc) Reviewed by: ken MFC after: 5 days
|
239356 |
17-Aug-2012 |
jhb |
Fix dhclient to properly exit and teardown the configured lease when link is lost. devd will start a new dhclient instance when link is restored.
PR: bin/166656 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy (mostly) Reviewed by: brooks (earlier version from Peter) MFC after: 1 month
|
239106 |
06-Aug-2012 |
dim |
Make sure the compiler knows g_gate_xvlog() and g_gate_xlog() do not return. This silences a warning from clang 3.2 about uninitialized use of the variable 'mediasize' in sbin/ggate/shared/ggate.c.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
239059 |
05-Aug-2012 |
dim |
In sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c, function smpcmd(), initialize the 'error' variable to zero, to avoid returning garbage in several cases.
This fixes the following clang 3.2 warnings:
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4634:8: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false [-Wsometimes-uninitialized] if (amt_written == -1) { ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here return (error); ^~~~~
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4619:7: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is true [-Wsometimes-uninitialized] if (fd_response == 0) { ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here return (error); ^~~~~
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4617:6: warning: variable 'error' is used uninitialized whenever 'if' condition is false [-Wsometimes-uninitialized] if (((ccb->ccb_h.status & CAM_STATUS_MASK) == CAM_REQ_CMP) ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c:4656:10: note: uninitialized use occurs here return (error); ^~~~~
MFC after: 1 week
|
239022 |
03-Aug-2012 |
jimharris |
Document "destroy" as an alias for "stop".
|
239012 |
03-Aug-2012 |
thomas |
New command "gmultipath prefer" to force selection of a specified provider in an Active/Passive configuration.
Reviewed by: mav MFC after: 4 weeks
|
238984 |
02-Aug-2012 |
kib |
fsck_ffs shall accept the configured journal size, and not refuse to operate on it if journal size is greater then SUJ_MAX. The later constant is only to select maximal journal size when user did not specified size explicitely.
Submitted by: Andrey Zonov <andrey@zonov.org> Reviewed by: mckusick MFC after: 1 week
|
238968 |
01-Aug-2012 |
des |
Restore a piece of BSD history.
PR: 169127 Submitted by: Ruben de Groot <ruben@hacktor.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
238964 |
01-Aug-2012 |
delphij |
Teach md5(1) about sha512.
MFC after: 1 month
|
238903 |
30-Jul-2012 |
luigi |
remove the last __unused instance in sbin/ipfw. This particular function (show_prerequisites() ) we should actually remove the argument from the callers as well, but i'll do it at a later time.
|
238900 |
30-Jul-2012 |
luigi |
Fix some compile errors at high WARNS, including one for an uninitialized variable.
unused parameters and variables are annotated with (void)foo; /* UNUSED */ instead of __unused, because this code needs to build also on linux and windows.
|
238899 |
30-Jul-2012 |
joel |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
238813 |
26-Jul-2012 |
issyl0 |
The ad(4) driver no longer exists in FreeBSD CURRENT or 9, so change the references to it in gsched(8) to the existing ada(4) driver.
PR: docs/170085 Submitted by: olgeni Approved by: gavin MFC after: 5 days
|
238540 |
16-Jul-2012 |
issyl0 |
In ipfw(8), make the text about dynamic rules consistent.
PR: docs/120539 Approved by: gabor (mentor) MFC after: 5 days
|
238538 |
16-Jul-2012 |
trociny |
Metaflush on/off values don't need quotes.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
238399 |
12-Jul-2012 |
eadler |
Document the behavior of mount with failok specified.
PR: docs/163742 Submitted by: gcooper Discussion by: gcooper Discussion by: bjk Approved by: gabor MFC after: 3 days
|
238277 |
09-Jul-2012 |
hrs |
Make ipfw0 logging pseudo-interface clonable. It can be created automatically by $firewall_logif rc.conf(5) variable at boot time or manually by ifconfig(8) after a boot.
Discussed on: freebsd-ipfw@
|
238273 |
09-Jul-2012 |
hrs |
Remove "prefer_source" address selection option. FreeBSD has had an implementation of RFC 3484 for this purpose for a long time and "prefer_source" was never implemented actually. ND6_IFF_PREFER_SOURCE macro is left intact.
|
238215 |
07-Jul-2012 |
trasz |
Make it possible to resize md(4) devices.
Reviewed by: kib Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
238204 |
07-Jul-2012 |
eadler |
Remove unneeded variable reported by gcc46 which stopped being used in r234178.
Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
238202 |
07-Jul-2012 |
eadler |
Remove ancient vnconfig symlink
Submitted by: ak Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
238120 |
04-Jul-2012 |
pjd |
Make use of GEOM Gate direct reads feature. This allows HAST to serve reads with native speed of the underlying provider. There are three situations when direct reads are not used: 1. Data is being synchronized and synchronization source is the secondary node, which means secondary node has more recent data and we should read from it. 2. Local read failed and we have to try to read from the secondary node. 3. Local component is unavailable and all I/O requests are served from the secondary node.
Sponsored by: Panzura, http://www.panzura.com MFC after: 1 month
|
238117 |
04-Jul-2012 |
pjd |
Improve description of various key used by GELI.
PR: docs/169089 Submitted by: John W. O'Brien <john@saltant.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
238063 |
03-Jul-2012 |
issyl0 |
- Make ipfw's sched rules case insensitive, for user-friendliness. - Add a note to the ipfw(8) man page about the rules no longer being case sensitive. - Fix some typos in the man page.
PR: docs/164772 Reviewed by: bz Approved by: gabor (doc mentor, src committer) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
237942 |
02-Jul-2012 |
delphij |
Use timeclear() instead of home grown version.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
237931 |
01-Jul-2012 |
pjd |
Check if there is cmsg at all.
MFC after: 3 days
|
237645 |
27-Jun-2012 |
gavin |
The -S option, to specify the sector size, has been usable on all types of memory disks since r135340. Update the man page to reflect this.
Noticed by: avg MFC after: 3 days
|
237620 |
27-Jun-2012 |
wblock |
Use possessive "its", no apostrophe.
MFC after: 1 day
|
237452 |
22-Jun-2012 |
ken |
Change 'camcontrol defects' to first probe a drive to find out how much defect information it has before grabbing the full defect list.
This works around a bug with some Hitachi drives that generate data overrun errors when they are asked for more defect data than they have.
The change is done in a spec-compliant way, so it should have no negative impact on drives that don't have this issue.
This is based on work originally done at Sandvine.
scsi_da.h: Add a define for the maximum amount of data that can be contained in a defect list.
camcontrol.c: Update the readdefects() function to issue an initial command to determine the length of the defect list, and then use that length in the request for the full defect list.
camcontrol.8: Add a note that some drives will report 0 defects available if you don't request either the PLIST or GLIST.
Submitted by: Mark Johnston <markjdb@gmail.com> (original version) MFC after: 3 days
|
237285 |
20-Jun-2012 |
scottl |
Add progress.c and progress.h, missed in the previous commit to camcontrol.
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper Obtained from: Netflix, Inc.
|
237281 |
20-Jun-2012 |
scottl |
Update the 'fwdownload' command to also flash disks connected over an ATA/SATA transport. The detection logic is automatic, so it should Just Work. While here, also improve the progress meter that is displayed during firmware download.
Submitted by: Alistair Crooks Obtained from: Netflix, Inc. MFC after: 3 days
|
237263 |
19-Jun-2012 |
np |
- Updated TOE support in the kernel.
- Stateful TCP offload drivers for Terminator 3 and 4 (T3 and T4) ASICs. These are available as t3_tom and t4_tom modules that augment cxgb(4) and cxgbe(4) respectively. The cxgb/cxgbe drivers continue to work as usual with or without these extra features.
- iWARP driver for Terminator 3 ASIC (kernel verbs). T4 iWARP in the works and will follow soon.
Build-tested with make universe.
30s overview ============ What interfaces support TCP offload? Look for TOE4 and/or TOE6 in the capabilities of an interface: # ifconfig -m | grep TOE
Enable/disable TCP offload on an interface (just like any other ifnet capability): # ifconfig cxgbe0 toe # ifconfig cxgbe0 -toe
Which connections are offloaded? Look for toe4 and/or toe6 in the output of netstat and sockstat: # netstat -np tcp | grep toe # sockstat -46c | grep toe
Reviewed by: bz, gnn Sponsored by: Chelsio communications. MFC after: ~3 months (after 9.1, and after ensuring MFC is feasible)
|
236976 |
12-Jun-2012 |
kib |
For incompleted block allocations or frees, the inode block count usage must be recalculated. The blk_check pass of suj checker explicitely marks inodes which owned such blocks as needing block count adjustment. But ino_adjblks() is only called by cg_trunc pass, which is performed before blk_check. As result, the block use count for such inodes is left wrong. This causes full fsck run after journaled run to still find inconsistencies like 'INCORRECT BLOCK COUNT I=14557 (328 should be 0)' in phase 1.
Fix this issue by running additional adj_blk pass after blk_check, which updates the field.
Reviewed by: jeff, mckusick MFC after: 1 week
|
236919 |
11-Jun-2012 |
hselasky |
Revert: r236909
Pointyhat: me
|
236909 |
11-Jun-2012 |
hselasky |
Use the correct clock source when computing timeouts.
MFC after: 1 week
|
236824 |
09-Jun-2012 |
melifaro |
Update maximum number of tables available in ipfw to reflect changes done in r233478.
Approved by: kib(mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
236809 |
09-Jun-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: fix a few badly nested blocks.
|
236780 |
09-Jun-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: minor improvements to a few lists with tags.
|
236626 |
05-Jun-2012 |
joel |
Remove repeated words.
|
236625 |
05-Jun-2012 |
joel |
Minor spelling fixes.
|
236555 |
04-Jun-2012 |
mav |
Add -p argument for `camcontrol debug` to allow enabling CAM_DEBUG_PROBE added at r208911.
|
236507 |
03-Jun-2012 |
pjd |
Simplify the code by using snprlcat().
MFC after: 3 days
|
236502 |
03-Jun-2012 |
joel |
Minor mdoc improvements.
|
236437 |
02-Jun-2012 |
mav |
Rewrite enabling NCQ for SATA devices in a way more alike to SCSI TCQ. This allows to control it with `camcontrol negotiate adaX -T (en|dis)able` on the fly, same as for SCSI devices.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
|
236388 |
01-Jun-2012 |
dim |
Make devd build with libc++.
MFC after: 3 days
|
236355 |
31-May-2012 |
eadler |
Fix a variety of compile errors with gcc48 and clang
PR: bin/165699 Submitted by: Arne Meyer <meyer.arne83@gmail.com> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
236285 |
30-May-2012 |
eadler |
Add missing flag enable when certain arguments are parsed
PR: bin/163053 Submitted by: Peter <pmc@citylink.dinoex.sub.org> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
236213 |
29-May-2012 |
kevlo |
Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end, especially in error cases.
|
236178 |
28-May-2012 |
rea |
if_lagg: allow to invoke SIOCSLAGGPORT multiple times in a row
Currently, 'ifconfig laggX down' does not remove members from this lagg(4) interface. So, 'service netif stop laggX' followed by 'service netif start laggX' will choke, because "stop" will leave interfaces attached to the laggX and ifconfig from the "start" will refuse to add already-existing interfaces.
The real-world case is when I am bundling together my Ethernet and WiFi interfaces and using multiple profiles for accessing network in different places: system being booted up with one profile, but later this profile being exchanged to another one, followed by 'service netif restart' will not add WiFi interface back to the lagg: the "stop" action from 'service netif restart' will shut down my main WiFi interface, so wlan0 that exists in the lagg0 will be destroyed and purged from lagg0; the "start" action will try to re-add both interfaces, but since Ethernet one is already in lagg0, ifconfig will refuse to add the wlan0 from WiFi interface.
Since adding the interface to the lagg(4) when it is already here should be an idempotent action: we're really not changing anything, so this fix doesn't change the semantics of interface addition.
Approved by: thompsa Reviewed by: emaste MFC after: 1 week
|
236176 |
28-May-2012 |
bz |
Removed the IFCAP_ prefix when printing the IPv6 checksum capabilities.
Submitted by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
236170 |
28-May-2012 |
bz |
It turns out that too many drivers are not only parsing the L2/3/4 headers for TSO but also for generic checksum offloading. Ideally we would only have one common function shared amongst all drivers, and perhaps when updating them for IPv6 we should introduce that. Eventually we should provide the meta information along with mbufs to avoid (re-)parsing entirely.
To not break IPv6 (checksums and offload) and to be able to MFC the changes without risking to hurt 3rd party drivers, duplicate the v4 framework, as other OSes have done as well.
Introduce interface capability flags for TX/RX checksum offload with IPv6, to allow independent toggling (where possible). Add CSUM_*_IPV6 flags for UDP/TCP over IPv6, and reserve further for SCTP, and IPv6 fragmentation. Define CSUM_DELAY_DATA_IPV6 as we do for legacy IP and add an alias for CSUM_DATA_VALID_IPV6.
This pretty much brings IPv6 handling in line with IPv4. TSO is still handled in a different way and not via if_hwassist.
Update ifconfig to allow (un)setting of the new capability flags. Update loopback to announce the new capabilities and if_hwassist flags.
Individual driver updates will have to follow, as will SCTP.
Reported by: gallatin, dim, .. Reviewed by: gallatin (glanced at?) MFC after: 3 days X-MFC with: r235961,235959,235958
|
236020 |
25-May-2012 |
jilles |
init: Remove unnecessary 2-second delay before calling reboot(2).
|
235897 |
24-May-2012 |
mav |
MFprojects/zfsd: - Add low-level support for SATA Enclosure Management Bridge (SEMB) devices -- SATA equivalents of the SCSI SES/SAF-TE devices. - Add some utility functions for SCSI SAF-TE devices access.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
|
235873 |
24-May-2012 |
wblock |
Fixes to man8 groff mandoc style, usage mistakes, or typos.
PR: 168016 Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru Approved by: gjb MFC after: 3 days
|
235855 |
23-May-2012 |
jilles |
shutdown: Remove unnecessary 2-second delay.
|
235837 |
23-May-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: move two sentences from synopsis to description (where they really belong). With this change, mandoc now formats these manpages properly.
|
235789 |
22-May-2012 |
bapt |
Fix world after byacc import: - old yacc(1) use to magicially append stdlib.h, while new one don't - new yacc(1) do declare yyparse by itself, fix redundant declaration of 'yyparse'
Approved by: des (mentor)
|
235671 |
19-May-2012 |
bz |
MFp4 bz_ipv6_fast:
Allow tso4 and tso6 be set individually given we have the bits. This will help with drivers not working as expected during the transition time and later.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: iXsystems
Reviewed by: gnn MFC After: 1 week
|
235544 |
17-May-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: remove whitespace.
|
235542 |
17-May-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
235537 |
17-May-2012 |
gber |
Import work done under project/nand (@235533) into head.
The NAND Flash environment consists of several distinct components: - NAND framework (drivers harness for NAND controllers and NAND chips) - NAND simulator (NANDsim) - NAND file system (NAND FS) - Companion tools and utilities - Documentation (manual pages)
This work is still experimental. Please use with caution.
Obtained from: Semihalf Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation, Juniper Networks
|
235400 |
13-May-2012 |
joel |
Minor mdoc nits.
|
235355 |
12-May-2012 |
joel |
Remove end of line whitespace.
|
235344 |
12-May-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: use Po and Pc macros instead of parens. Also avoid starting a line with Ns.
|
235337 |
12-May-2012 |
gjb |
General mdoc(7) and typo fixes.
PR: 167804 Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru (kogane!jp.freebsd.org) MFC after: 3 days
|
235336 |
12-May-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: remove redundant paragraph macro.
|
235289 |
11-May-2012 |
adrian |
Add etherswitchcfg.
Submitted by: Stefan Bethke <stb@lassitu.de>
|
235285 |
11-May-2012 |
hrs |
Skip nd6 line with no warning message when the system does not support INET6.
Spotted by: flo
|
235211 |
10-May-2012 |
gjb |
General mdoc(7) and typo fixes.
PR: 167696 Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru (kogane!jp.freebsd.org) MFC after: 3 days
|
235205 |
09-May-2012 |
eadler |
Document the -c option in --help output
PR: bin/167463 Submitted by: "Bryan Drewery" <bryan@shatow.net> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
235201 |
09-May-2012 |
eadler |
Clarify error that geli generates when it finds corrupt data.
PR: kern/165695 Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com> Reviewed by: pjd Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
235079 |
06-May-2012 |
trasz |
Fix offset calculation to actually rewrite the _last_ block.
|
235076 |
06-May-2012 |
mav |
Add support for RAID5R. Slightly improve support for RAIDMDF.
|
235071 |
06-May-2012 |
mav |
Add description for GEOM RAID tunables/sysctls.
MFC after: 1 week
|
235033 |
04-May-2012 |
ae |
Don't ignore start offset value when user specifies it together with alignment.
PR: bin/167567 Tested by: Warren Block MFC after: 1 week
|
234993 |
04-May-2012 |
mav |
Implement read-only support for volumes in optimal state (without using redundancy) for the following RAID levels: RAID4/5E/5EE/6/MDF.
|
234940 |
03-May-2012 |
mav |
Add optional -o argument to the `graid label ` to specify some metadata format options. Use it for specifying byte order for the DDF metadata: big-endian defined by specification and little-endian used by Adaptec.
|
234933 |
02-May-2012 |
monthadar |
Update man page date to the date of the last commit.
Approved by: adrian
|
234895 |
01-May-2012 |
monthadar |
* Modified ifconfig to show the IEEE80211_MESHRT_FLAGS_DISCOVER flag with a 'D';
Approved by: adrian
|
234893 |
01-May-2012 |
monthadar |
* Added new command to ifconfig to activate Mesh Gate Announcement called meshgate with corresponding explanation;
Approved by: adrian
|
234848 |
30-Apr-2012 |
mav |
Add to GEOM RAID class module, supporting the DDF metadata format, as defined by the SNIA Common RAID Disk Data Format Specification v2.0.
Supports multiple volumes per array and multiple partitions per disk. Supports standard big-endian and Adaptec's little-endian byte ordering. Supports all single-layer RAID levels. Dual-layer RAID levels except RAID10 are not supported now because of GEOM RAID design limitations.
Some work is still to be done, but the present code already manages basic interoperation with RAID BIOS of the Adaptec 1430SA SATA RAID controller.
MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
|
234846 |
30-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Improve growfs(8) in a few ways; unfortunately, it's somewhat hard to untangle them and commit separately.
1. Rewrite the way growfs(8) finds the device and mount point. This makes it possible to use e.g. "growfs /mnt"; it's also used to display more helpful messages.
2. Be more user-friendly, using descriptive messages, like this:
OK to grow filesystem on /dev/md0, mounted on /mnt, from 9.8GB to 20GB? [Yes/No]"
3. Allow to specify the size (-s option) just like with mdconfig(8), i.e. with postfixes ("mdconfig -s 10g").
4. Reload read-only filesystem after growing.
Reviewed by: kib, mckusick (earlier version) Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
234770 |
28-Apr-2012 |
gjb |
As of r226840, GELI starts one thread per CPU.
PR: 167382 Submitted by: John W. O'Brien (john%saltant.com) X-Needs-MFC: r226840
|
234458 |
19-Apr-2012 |
mav |
Add to GEOM RAID class module for reading non-degraded RAID5 volumes and some environment to differentiate 4 possible RAID5 on-disk layouts.
Tested with Intel and AMD RAID BIOSes.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
234425 |
18-Apr-2012 |
jpaetzel |
Unbreak tinderbox.
Fix FreeBSD paradigms in the upstream code.
PR: bin/166933 Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>
|
234420 |
18-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Style.
|
234415 |
18-Apr-2012 |
mav |
Some improvements to GEOM MULTIPATH: - Implement "configure" command to allow switching operation mode of running device on-fly without destroying and recreation. - Implement Active/Read mode as hybrid of Active/Active and Active/Passive. In this mode all paths not marked FAIL may handle reads same time, but unlike Active/Active only one path handles write requests at any point in time. It allows to closer follow original write request order if above layers need it for data consistency (not waiting for requisite write completion before sending dependent write). - Hide duplicate messages about device status change. - Remove periodic thread wake up with 10Hz rate.
MFC after: 2 weeks Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
|
234345 |
16-Apr-2012 |
marck |
VMware environment is frequent nowadays. Add VMFS id.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
234314 |
15-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Style.
|
234312 |
15-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Remove FSIRAND and FSMAXSWAP ifdefs, removing code unconditionally.
Reviewed by: kib, mckusick Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
234233 |
13-Apr-2012 |
jpaetzel |
Update to version 2.3.1.0
Obtained from: Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il>
|
234189 |
12-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Style.
|
234178 |
12-Apr-2012 |
trasz |
Remove block reallocation used to make room for the cylinder group summary structure. From now on, when there is no room for it, we simply allocate new one in a newly added cylinder group.
This patch removes a conditional in updcsloc(), reindents some code there, and removes unused routines. I decided to do it this way instead of disabling reallocation when the filesystem is live and leaving it as it is otherwise, because this allows for removal of lots of complicated and hard to test code. Also, conditionally disabling it would result in a different layout in filesystems resized online and offline, which would look somewhat weird.
Reviewed by: mckusick No objections from: kib Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
234134 |
11-Apr-2012 |
eadler |
s/Free Memory Pages/Free Memory/ to avoid confusion, since we're reporting a number of bytes rather than a number of pages
PR: misc/165208 Submitted by: Arnaud Lacombe <lacombar@gmail.com> Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 days
|
234122 |
11-Apr-2012 |
ae |
It seems that libdisk(3) incorrectly sets d_secperunit value. Automatically fix it like GEOM_PART_BSD does.
MFC after: 1 week
|
234069 |
09-Apr-2012 |
rmh |
Include <signal.h> (for SIGINFO).
|
234047 |
09-Apr-2012 |
bjk |
Fix a couple of style issues. Tweak grammar and markup while here.
Approved by: hrs (mentor)
|
233993 |
07-Apr-2012 |
joel |
Remove end of line whitespace introduced in previous commit.
|
233992 |
07-Apr-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: fix column names, indentation, column separation within each row, and quotation. Also make sure we have the same amount of columns in each row as the number of columns we specify in the head arguments.
Reviewed by: brueffer
|
233945 |
06-Apr-2012 |
ed |
Properly clear the O_NONBLOCK flag after opening the TTY.
Though we should open the TTY with O_NONBLOCK to prevent rc(8) execution from potentially stalling, we must not forget to clear the flag later on, to prevent read(2) calls from failing later on.
This prevented the shell pathname prompt from working properly.
Reported by: kib
|
233848 |
03-Apr-2012 |
glebius |
Document syncdev, syncpeer and defer keywords for pfsync(4) interfaces.
|
233847 |
03-Apr-2012 |
glebius |
Make it possible to switch pfsync(4) deferral mechanism on/off.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
233679 |
29-Mar-2012 |
trociny |
If hastd is invoked with "-P pidfile" option always create pidfile regardless of whether -F (foreground) option is set or not.
Also, if -P option is specified, ignore pidfile setting from configuration not only on start but on reload too. This fixes the issue when for hastd run with -P option reload caused the pidfile change.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
233656 |
29-Mar-2012 |
trasz |
Remove disklabel handling code from growfs. This should be done via geom_part(4), and it doesn't belong in growfs anyway.
Reviewed by: kib, mckusick Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
233648 |
29-Mar-2012 |
eadler |
Remove trailing whitespace per mdoc lint warning
Disussed with: gavin No objection from: doc Approved by: joel MFC after: 3 days
|
233522 |
26-Mar-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: correct .Bd/.Bl arguments.
Reviewed by: brueffer
|
233510 |
26-Mar-2012 |
joel |
mdoc: terminate quoted strings.
Reviewed by: brueffer
|
233478 |
25-Mar-2012 |
melifaro |
- Permit number of ipfw tables to be changed in runtime.
net.inet.ip.fw.tables_max is now read-write.
- Bump IPFW_TABLES_MAX to 65535 Default number of tables is still 128
- Remove IPFW_TABLES_MAX from ipfw(8) code.
Sponsored by Yandex LLC
Approved by: kib(mentor)
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
233458 |
25-Mar-2012 |
joel |
Remove superfluous paragraph macro.
|
233418 |
24-Mar-2012 |
joel |
Document the show alias and add an EXAMPLES section.
|
233392 |
23-Mar-2012 |
trociny |
Fix typo.
MFC after: 3 days
|
233382 |
23-Mar-2012 |
bschmidt |
Also fix the parameter usage in set80211meshpeering().
Submitted by: Monthadar Al Jaberi MFC after: 1 week X-MFC after: r233328
|
233328 |
22-Mar-2012 |
adrian |
Fix an incorrect parameter usage here.
Submitted by: monthadar@gmail.com
|
233179 |
19-Mar-2012 |
ae |
Document GEOM_PART_LDM scheme and partition types.
MFC after: 1 month
|
233109 |
18-Mar-2012 |
hselasky |
Add option to ignore error codes if the module specified is already loaded.
MFC after: 1 week
|
232977 |
14-Mar-2012 |
ed |
Make init(8) slightly more robust when /dev/console is missing.
If the environment doesn't offer a working /dev/console, the existing version of init(8) will simply refuse running rc(8) scripts. This means you'll only have a system running init(8) and nothing else.
Change the code to do the following:
- Open /dev/console like we used to do, but make it more robust to use O_NONBLOCK to prevent blocking on a carrier. - If this fails, use /dev/null as stdin and /var/log/init.log as stdout and stderr. - If even this fails, use /dev/null as stdin, stdout and stderr.
So why us this useful? Well, if you remove the `getpid() == 1' check in main(), you can now use init(8) inside jails to properly execute rc(8). It still requires some polishing, as existing tools assume init(8) has PID 1.
Also it is now possible to use use init(8) on `headless' devices that don't even have a serial boot console.
|
232964 |
14-Mar-2012 |
trasz |
Add missing "static".
|
232865 |
12-Mar-2012 |
melifaro |
- Add ipfw eXtended tables permitting radix to be used for any kind of keys. - Add support for IPv6 and interface extended tables - Make number of tables to be loader tunable in range 0..65534. - Use IP_FW3 opcode for all new extended table cmds
No ABI changes are introduced. Old userland will see valid tables for IPv4 tables and no entries otherwise. Flush works for any table.
IP_FW3 socket option is used to encapsulate all new opcodes: /* IP_FW3 header/opcodes */ typedef struct _ip_fw3_opheader { uint16_t opcode; /* Operation opcode */ uint16_t reserved[3]; /* Align to 64-bit boundary */ } ip_fw3_opheader;
New opcodes added: IP_FW_TABLE_XADD, IP_FW_TABLE_XDEL, IP_FW_TABLE_XGETSIZE, IP_FW_TABLE_XLIST
ipfw(8) table argument parsing behavior is changed: 'ipfw table 999 add host' now assumes 'host' to be interface name instead of hostname.
New tunable: net.inet.ip.fw.tables_max controls number of table supported by ipfw in given VNET instance. 128 is still the default value.
New syntax: ipfw add skipto tablearg ip from any to any via table(42) in ipfw add skipto tablearg ip from any to any via table(4242) out
This is a bit hackish, special interface name '\1' is used to signal interface table number is passed in p.glob field.
Sponsored by Yandex LLC
Reviewed by: ae Approved by: ae (mentor)
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
232858 |
12-Mar-2012 |
dim |
After r232548, clang complains about the apparent '=-' operator (a left-over from ancient C times, and a frequent typo) in growfs.c:
sbin/growfs/growfs.c:1550:8: error: use of unary operator that may be intended as compound assignment (-=) [-Werror] blkno =- 1; ^~
Use 'blkno = -1' instead, to silence the error.
|
232841 |
11-Mar-2012 |
ed |
Fix whitespace.
MFC after: 1 week
|
232749 |
09-Mar-2012 |
dim |
Partially undo r228693, by removing NO_WFORMAT.clang in fsdb's Makefile, and fixing the format string in sbin/fsdb/fsdbutil.c instead.
Note the remark "Work around a problem with format string warnings and ntohs macros" was actually incorrect. The DIP(dp, di_nlink) macro invocation actually returned an int, due to its ternary expression, even though the di_nlink members of struct ufs1_dinode and struct ufs2_dinode are both defined as int16_t.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
232712 |
09-Mar-2012 |
eadler |
Fix a variety of grammar and style nits
PR: docs/165841 Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com> Approved by: brd MFC after: 1 week
|
232638 |
07-Mar-2012 |
thompsa |
Fix typo and bump the document date which I also forgot.
Spotted by: Andrey Zonov
|
232629 |
06-Mar-2012 |
thompsa |
Add the ability to set which packet layers are used for the load balance hash calculation.
|
232548 |
05-Mar-2012 |
trasz |
Make growfs(8) mostly style compliant. No functional changes, verified with MD5.
|
232502 |
04-Mar-2012 |
eadler |
Fix a variety of grammar issues and style nits.
PR: docs/165668 Submitted by: Robert Simmons <rsimmons0@gmail.com> Reviewed by: kaduk@mit.edu Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
232347 |
01-Mar-2012 |
luigi |
remove some write-only variables. There is another block of code that is now useless as the computation is done in the kernel.
|
232316 |
29-Feb-2012 |
brueffer |
Update bridge(4) default values.
PR: 164564 Submitted by: "Rudy (bulk)" <crapsh@monkeybrains.net> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
232263 |
28-Feb-2012 |
dim |
Define several extra macros in bsd.sys.mk and sys/conf/kern.pre.mk, to get rid of testing explicitly for clang (using ${CC:T:Mclang}) in individual Makefiles.
Instead, use the following extra macros, for use with clang: - NO_WERROR.clang (disables -Werror) - NO_WCAST_ALIGN.clang (disables -Wcast-align) - NO_WFORMAT.clang (disables -Wformat and friends) - CLANG_NO_IAS (disables integrated assembler) - CLANG_OPT_SMALL (adds flags for extra small size optimizations)
As a side effect, this enables setting CC/CXX/CPP in src.conf instead of make.conf! For clang, use the following:
CC=clang CXX=clang++ CPP=clang-cpp
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
232250 |
28-Feb-2012 |
gavin |
Correct capitalization of "Hz" in user-visible text (manpages, printf(), etc).
MFC after: 3 days
|
232158 |
25-Feb-2012 |
gjb |
Whitespace cleanup: o Wrap sentences on to new lines o Cleanup trailing whitespace
Found with: textproc/igor MFC after: 1 week X-MFC-With: r232157
|
232157 |
25-Feb-2012 |
gjb |
Fix various typos in manual pages.
Submitted by: amdmi3 PR: 165431 MFC after: 1 week
|
231994 |
22-Feb-2012 |
kevlo |
Handle NULL return from crypt(3). Mostly from DragonFly
|
231992 |
22-Feb-2012 |
eadler |
Remove reference to gsched_as module, which doesn't actually exist.
PR: docs/163043 Submitted by: olgeni Approved by: brd MFC after: 3 days
|
231852 |
17-Feb-2012 |
bz |
Merge multi-FIB IPv6 support from projects/multi-fibv6/head/:
Extend the so far IPv4-only support for multiple routing tables (FIBs) introduced in r178888 to IPv6 providing feature parity.
This includes an extended rtalloc(9) KPI for IPv6, the necessary adjustments to the network stack, and user land support as in netstat.
Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. Reviewed by: melifaro (basically) MFC after: 10 days
|
231642 |
14-Feb-2012 |
rmh |
Disable jail support in ifconfig when either building a rescue image or MK_JAIL knob has been set to "no".
Reviewed by: bz Approved by: adrian (mentor)
|
231564 |
12-Feb-2012 |
ed |
Globally replace u_int*_t from (non-contributed) man pages.
The reasoning behind this, is that if we are consistent in our documentation about the uint*_t stuff, people will be less tempted to write new code that uses the non-standard types.
I am not going to bump the man page dates, as these changes can be considered style nits. The meaning of the man pages is unaffected.
MFC after: 1 month
|
231534 |
11-Feb-2012 |
ed |
Move utmpx handling out of init(8).
This has the following advantages:
- During boot, the BOOT_TIME record is now written right after the file systems become writable, but before users are allowed to log in. This means that they can't cause `hidden logins' by logging in right before init(8) kicks in.
- The pututxline(3) function may potentially block on file locking, though this is very rare to occur. By placing it in an rc script, the user can still kill it with ^C if needed.
- Most importantly: jails don't use init(8). This means that a force reboot of a system running jails will leave stale entries in the accounting database of the jails individually.
|
231525 |
11-Feb-2012 |
pjd |
Nice range comparison.
MFC after: 3 days
|
231377 |
10-Feb-2012 |
trasz |
Be more helpful about alternate superblocks.
|
231129 |
07-Feb-2012 |
emaste |
Add BSD copyright notice.
Approved by: gordon@
|
231102 |
06-Feb-2012 |
truckman |
Improve sparse file handling when printing the block list for an inode by not bailing out early when a hole is encountered in the direct block list. Print NULL block pointers in the direct block list. Simplify the code that prints the fragment count.
Match the style of the existing code.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC after: 1 week
|
231078 |
06-Feb-2012 |
glebius |
Bump .Dd for r231076.
Submitted by: bz
|
231076 |
06-Feb-2012 |
glebius |
Make the 'tcpwin' option of ipfw(8) accept ranges and lists.
Submitted by: sem
|
231016 |
05-Feb-2012 |
trociny |
If a local write request is from the synchronization thread, when it is synchronizing data that is out of date on the local component, we should not send G_GATE_CMD_DONE acknowledge to the kernel.
This fixes the issue, observed in async mode, when on synchronization from the remote component the worker terminated with "G_GATE_CMD_DONE failed" error.
Reported by: Artem Kajalainen <artem kayalaynen ru> Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
231015 |
05-Feb-2012 |
trociny |
Fix the regression introduced in r226859: if the local component is out of date BIO_READ requests got lost instead of being sent to the remote component.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
230989 |
04-Feb-2012 |
hrs |
Fix a possible infinite loop in "route flush" on 64-bit archs.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230976 |
04-Feb-2012 |
pjd |
Fix typo in comment.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230812 |
31-Jan-2012 |
emaste |
Add -e to set arbitrary kernel environment variables.
Nextboot(8) can now set any combination of kernel name (-k), kernel options (-o), and environment strings (-e). As a result of this change -k also becomes optional.
Reviewed by: freebsd-current (Ian Lepore, pluknet@, jhb@)
|
230727 |
29-Jan-2012 |
nyan |
Fix build when RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined.
|
230642 |
28-Jan-2012 |
jh |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
230612 |
27-Jan-2012 |
trasz |
Rewrite option parsing in mdconfig(8). This makes it more user-friendly by removing the ordering requirements and adding more descriptive error messages; it also makes it more readable and maintainable.
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
230590 |
26-Jan-2012 |
ken |
Add CAM infrastructure to allow reporting when a drive's long read capacity data changes.
cam_ccb.h: Add a new advanced information type, CDAI_TYPE_RCAPLONG, for long read capacity data.
cam_xpt_internal.h: Add a read capacity data pointer and length to struct cam_ed.
cam_xpt.c: Free the read capacity buffer when a device goes away. While we're here, make sure we don't leak memory for other malloced fields in struct cam_ed.
scsi_all.c: Update the scsi_read_capacity_16() to take a uint8_t * and a length instead of just a pointer to the parameter data structure. This will hopefully make this function somewhat immune to future changes in the parameter data.
scsi_all.h: Add some extra bit definitions to struct scsi_read_capacity_data_long, and bump up the structure size to the full size specified by SBC-3.
Change the prototype for scsi_read_capacity_16().
scsi_da.c: Register changes in read capacity data with the transport layer. This allows the transport layer to send out an async notification to interested parties. Update the dasetgeom() API.
Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of scsi_extract_sense().
scsi_xpt.c: Add support for the new CDAI_TYPE_RCAPLONG advanced information type.
Make sure we set the physpath pointer to NULL after freeing it. This allows blindly freeing it in the struct cam_ed destructor.
sys/param.h: Bump __FreeBSD_version from 1000005 to 1000006 to make it easier for third party drivers to determine that the read capacity data async notification is available.
camcontrol.c, mptutil/mpt_cam.c: Update these for the new scsi_read_capacity_16() argument structure.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
|
230547 |
25-Jan-2012 |
jhb |
Add a timeout on positive name cache entries in the NFS client. That is, we will only trust a positive name cache entry for a specified amount of time before falling back to a LOOKUP RPC, even if the ctime for the file handle matches the cached copy in the name cache entry. The timeout is configured via a new 'nametimeo' mount option and defaults to 60 seconds. It may be set to zero to disable positive name caching entirely.
Reviewed by: rmacklem MFC after: 1 week
|
230515 |
24-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
- Fix documentation to note that /etc/hast.conf is the default configuration file for hastd(8) and hastctl(8) and not hast.conf. - In copyright statement correct that this file is documentation, not software. - Bump date.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230457 |
22-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Free memory that won't be used in child.
MFC after: 1 week
|
230436 |
21-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Fix minor memory leak.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230423 |
21-Jan-2012 |
trasz |
Replace the beerware license on mdconfig(8) with standard 2-clause BSD.
Approved by: phk@
|
230396 |
20-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Remove another unused token.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230395 |
20-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Remove unused token 'port'.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230377 |
20-Jan-2012 |
jh |
Don't print the nmount(2) provided error message if it is empty.
|
230373 |
20-Jan-2012 |
jh |
Change mount_fs() to not exit on error. The "failok" mount option requires that errors are passed to the caller.
PR: 163668 Reviewed by: Garrett Cooper
|
230372 |
20-Jan-2012 |
jh |
- Clean up checkpath(). - Remove unneeded sysexits.h include.
No functional change.
Submitted by: bde
|
230289 |
17-Jan-2012 |
ed |
Allow growfs to be built with GCC 4.7 and -Werror.
The dp1 variable is only used when FSIRAND is defined. Just place the variable behind #ifdefs entirely.
|
230226 |
16-Jan-2012 |
jh |
Change checkpath() to not exit on error. This is a prerequisite for fixing the mount(8) "failok" option.
PR: 163668 Reviewed by: Garrett Cooper, delphij (previous version)
|
230092 |
13-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Style cleanups.
MFC after: 3 days
|
230059 |
13-Jan-2012 |
des |
Provide a better explanation for the sizing of the boot partition, and reduce the size of the partition in the example from 128 blocks to 94 blocks so it will end on a 128-block boundary. Also remove the -b option from the next example.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
230045 |
13-Jan-2012 |
kevlo |
Fix a style bug
|
229946 |
10-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
- Fix a bug where pidfile was removed in SIGHUP when it hasn't changed in configuration file. - Log the fact that pidfile has changed.
MFC after: 3 days
|
229945 |
10-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
For functions that return -1 on failure check exactly for -1 and not for any negative number.
MFC after: 3 days
|
229944 |
10-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Don't touch pidfiles when running in foreground. Before that change we would create an empty pidfile on start and check if it changed on SIGHUP.
MFC after: 3 days
|
229919 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'freq' set but not used error: variable 'mode_pars' set but not used
Reviewed by: mav Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229918 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'blksfree' set but not used
Reviewed by: pjd Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229917 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'inumber' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229916 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'secsz' set but not used
Reviewed by: ae Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229915 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'op' set but not used error: variable 'cmd' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229914 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'firstkey' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229913 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'c' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229912 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'origextlen' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229911 |
10-Jan-2012 |
eadler |
Fix warning when compiling with gcc46: error: variable 'Sflag' set but not used
Approved by: dim MFC after: 3 days
|
229886 |
09-Jan-2012 |
jimharris |
Add support for >2TB disks in GEOM RAID for Intel metadata format.
Reviewed by: mav Approved by: scottl MFC after: 1 week
|
229847 |
09-Jan-2012 |
wblock |
Whitespace-only fix. Translators, please feel free to ignore.
Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 3 days X-MFC-with: r227774, r227777, r227800
|
229838 |
09-Jan-2012 |
wblock |
Clarity improvements.
Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
229778 |
07-Jan-2012 |
uqs |
Spelling fixes for sbin/
|
229766 |
07-Jan-2012 |
ume |
Handle the internal scope address representation of the KAME IPv6 stack for the node-local multicast address.
Spotted by: Rainer Bredehorn <Bredehorn__at__gmx.de> MFC after: 1 week
|
229744 |
06-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
fork(2) returns -1 on failure, not some random negative number.
MFC after: 3 days
|
229702 |
06-Jan-2012 |
glebius |
Fix build.
|
229699 |
06-Jan-2012 |
pjd |
Constify argument.
MFC after: 3 days
|
229697 |
06-Jan-2012 |
uqs |
Fix mdoc date from previous commit.
|
229652 |
05-Jan-2012 |
uqs |
Document the detrimental effect of kern.cam.XX.retry_count for recoverdisk(1)
recoverdisk(1) wants to know about read errors when doing the 1MB/64k reads as fast as possible so it can continue and retry them later with smaller reads (down to sector size). Any retries by lower layers will only slow it down.
Prodded by: arundel
|
229518 |
04-Jan-2012 |
rwatson |
Adjust the VLAN section of the ifconfig(8) man page to better reflect reality:
1. Only 12-bit VLAN Identifiers, not full 16-bit VLAN tags can be set using ifconfig vlan.
2. When we mean VLAN Identifiers, spell it that way, rather than as VLAN tag.
MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: Adara Networks, Inc.
|
229403 |
03-Jan-2012 |
ed |
Replace index() and rindex() calls with strchr() and strrchr().
The index() and rindex() functions were marked LEGACY in the 2001 revision of POSIX and were subsequently removed from the 2008 revision. The strchr() and strrchr() functions are part of the C standard.
This makes the source code a lot more consistent, as most of these C files also call into other str*() routines. In fact, about a dozen already perform strchr() calls.
|
229049 |
31-Dec-2011 |
sobomax |
Use in-label sectorsize to determine position of the label when writing label into a file image. The most common use - putting disklabel into ISO file. Before this change the label would always go to the offset 512, while geom_part code expects it to be in the 1st sector (i.e. 2048 incase of ISO). BSD disklabels provide good and lightweight way to logically split livecds. It is non-intrusive as far as ISO9660 goes (both boot-wise and metadata-wise) and completely transparent to anything but BSD, so you can have BSD-specific area appended after regular ISO.
And with a little bit of GEOM trickery you can do even more interesting stuff with it.
For example we make "hybrid" bootable CDs using this method. We create bootable ISO with kernel and such and append UFS image compressed with UZIP and it works like a charm. We put label based on the offsef of the BSD part into the ISO. The kernel boots off normal ISO9660 part, tastes label attaches it, tastes UZIP, attaches it and finally mounts UFS using GEOM_LABEL. This provides much better way of eliminating waste than doing "crunched" build.
MFC after: 1 month
|
229002 |
30-Dec-2011 |
dumbbell |
Set svn:executable on dhclient-script
Sponsored by: Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)
|
229000 |
30-Dec-2011 |
dumbbell |
Invalid Domain Search option isn't considered as a fatal error
In the original Domain Search option patch, an invalid option value would cause the whole lease to be rejected. However, DHCP servers who emit such an invalid value are more common than I thought. With this new patch, just the option is rejected, not the entire lease.
PR: bin/163431 Submitted by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de> (earlier version) Reviewed by: Fabian Keil <fk@fabiankeil.de> Sponsored by: Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)
|
228898 |
26-Dec-2011 |
brueffer |
Add missing -l flag to usage().
PR: 163629 Submitted by: olgeni MFC after: 1 week
|
228871 |
24-Dec-2011 |
eadler |
- Add fallthrough comment
Approved by: pluknet Found with: Coverity Prevent(tm) CID: 10125
|
228794 |
21-Dec-2011 |
mckusick |
Reduce NFPI by half to keep the default number of inodes the same with the now default 32K/4K filesystem the same as the number of inodes in the previously default 16K/2K filesystem.
PR: bin/16265 Reported by: Olivier Cochard-Labbe <olivier@cochard.me> MFC: 4 weeks (9 is the only affected branch)
|
228751 |
20-Dec-2011 |
kib |
Change the type of real_dev_bsize variable from long to u_int. The DIOCGSECTORSIZE takes u_int * as an argument, using long * causes failures on big-endian targets.
Diagnosed by: Michiel Boland <boland37 xs4all nl> PR: sparc64/163460 Tested by: pho (x86), flo (sparc64) MFC after: 1 week
|
228740 |
20-Dec-2011 |
pfg |
Many style fixes. Remove C99 initializers: they don't help in this case. Set errno to 0 before strtoll() (from NetBSD).
PR: 151850 Suggested by: bde Approved by: jhb (Mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
228712 |
19-Dec-2011 |
dim |
Use NO_WCAST_ALIGN for usr.bin/hastctl and usr.bin/hastd; the alignment warnings in sbin/hastd/lzf.c are only emitted for i386 and amd64, and there they can be safely ignored.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228699 |
19-Dec-2011 |
maxim |
o Sort .Xrs.
|
228696 |
18-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
Use lex's standard way of not generating unused function.
Inspired by: r228555 MFC after: 1 week
|
228695 |
18-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
Don't use function name as format string.
Detected by: clang MFC after: 1 week
|
228693 |
18-Dec-2011 |
dim |
Revert r228603, and add the workaround to sbin/fsdb/Makefile instead.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228641 |
17-Dec-2011 |
bz |
Allow toggling of IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM for hardware that supports checksum offloading on vlans and document the new option.
MFC after: 2 weeks Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
228618 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/devd/devd.h, 'event_proc' and 'eps' are declared as structs. In devd.hh, there are redeclared as classes. Fix the inconsistency.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228615 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/dhclient, since we know the size of the source strings anyway, we might as well use memcpy; strlcpy is really unnecessary here.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228614 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/dhclient, work around warnings about the size argument to strlcpy appearing to be the size of the source buffer, instead of the destination.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228612 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
Use both NO_WFORMAT and NO_WARRAY_BOUNDS for sbin/ipf, it would be too disruptive to actually fix all the warnings, and the code hasn't been maintained for several years.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228611 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/atm/atmconfig/diag.c, fix a few warnings about format strings not being literals.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228610 |
17-Dec-2011 |
dim |
Use NO_WCAST_ALIGN for sbin/gbde, this is more appropriate to fix the alignment warnings than using WARNS=3, and it also works for clang.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228607 |
16-Dec-2011 |
dim |
Use NO_WARRAY_BOUNDS for sbin/routed/rtquery.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228603 |
16-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/fsdb/fsdbutil.c, work around a clang false positive with printf format warnings and conditional operators. (See LLVM PR 11313 for more information.)
MFC after: 1 week
|
228602 |
16-Dec-2011 |
dim |
In sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c, fix a few warnings about format strings not being literals.
MFC after: 1 week
|
228577 |
16-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
Rename ifcarp.c to carp.c
|
228574 |
16-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
Since size of struct in_aliasreq has just been changed in r228571, and thus ifconfig(8) needs recompile, it is a good chance to make parameter checks on SIOCAIFADDR arguments more strict.
|
228571 |
16-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
A major overhaul of the CARP implementation. The ip_carp.c was started from scratch, copying needed functionality from the old implemenation on demand, with a thorough review of all code. The main change is that interface layer has been removed from the CARP. Now redundant addresses are configured exactly on the interfaces, they run on.
The CARP configuration itself is, as before, configured and read via SIOCSVH/SIOCGVH ioctls. A new prefix created with SIOCAIFADDR or SIOCAIFADDR_IN6 may now be configured to a particular virtual host id, which makes the prefix redundant.
ifconfig(8) semantics has been changed too: now one doesn't need to clone carpXX interface, he/she should directly configure a vhid on a Ethernet interface.
To supply vhid data from the kernel to an application the getifaddrs(8) function had been changed to pass ifam_data with each address. [1]
The new implementation definitely closes all PRs related to carp(4) being an interface, and may close several others. It also allows to run a single redundant IP per interface.
Big thanks to Bjoern Zeeb for his help with inet6 part of patch, for idea on using ifam_data and for several rounds of reviewing!
PR: kern/117000, kern/126945, kern/126714, kern/120130, kern/117448 Reviewed by: bz Submitted by: bz [1]
|
228566 |
16-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
Xref re_format(7) in devd.conf(5), not in devd(8).
Pointy hat to: glebius
|
228565 |
16-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
Xref re_format(7).
|
228544 |
15-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
Remove redundant assignment.
Found by: Clang Static Analyzer MFC after: 1 week
|
228543 |
15-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
Simplify code by changing functions types from int to avoid, as the functions always return 0.
Found by: Clang Static Analyzer MFC after: 1 week
|
228542 |
15-Dec-2011 |
pjd |
Remove redundant setting of the error variable.
Found by: Clang Static Analyzer MFC after: 1 week
|
228463 |
13-Dec-2011 |
glebius |
dhclient-script relied on incorrect behavior of SIOCAIFADDR ioctl, that changed 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 prefix to 0.0.0.0/255.0.0.0.
In the r228313 this behavior was fixed, and since dhclient-script got broken.
I'm not sure this fix is a perfect one, it just changes dhclient-script to set 0.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 explicitly.
PR: kern/163206
|
228458 |
13-Dec-2011 |
ed |
Staticify dumpfs.
This tool only consists of a single C file, so we can simply mark everything except main() static. This seems to shave off about 8% of the binary size.
|
228422 |
11-Dec-2011 |
ed |
Add more static keywords to rcorder(8).
The global variables and functions provided by rcorder.c are not used in the other C files, as the other C files only provide memory allocation and hash functions. This reduces the binary size by 10%.
|
228417 |
11-Dec-2011 |
ed |
Add missing static keyword.
All global variables and functions are marked static. Simply because this is an enum, doesn't mean we can't do so as well.
|
228408 |
11-Dec-2011 |
ed |
Let reboot(8) use getprogname() to compare the program name.
While there, mark the global variable dohalt static, as reboot(8) only consists of a single C file.
|
228407 |
11-Dec-2011 |
ed |
Add missing static keywords to global variables in camcontrol.
While there, make the vendor list const and add appropriate keywords to functions that use this list.
|
228259 |
04-Dec-2011 |
dumbbell |
Support domain-search in dhclient(8)
The "domain-search" option (option 119) allows a DHCP server to publish a list of implicit domain suffixes used during name lookup. This option is described in RFC 3397.
For instance, if the domain-search option says: ".example.org .example.com" and one wants to resolve "foobar", the resolver will try: 1. "foobar.example.org" 2. "foobar.example.com"
The file /etc/resolv.conf is updated with a "search" directive if the DHCP server provides "domain-search".
A regression test suite is included in this patch under tools/regression/sbin/dhclient.
PR: bin/151940 Sponsored by Yakaz (http://www.yakaz.com)
|
228203 |
02-Dec-2011 |
emaste |
Restore comment with credit to Marc Frajola.
fwdownload.c is derived from Andre Albsmeier's fwdownload.c, which was written from scratch but was inspired by Marc's original idea and code.
|
228181 |
01-Dec-2011 |
jhb |
If the -d flag is specified, ignore any new values specified and only display the descriptions of specified nodes.
Reported by: Jason Hellenthal jhell of dataix net MFC after: 2 weeks
|
227963 |
25-Nov-2011 |
delphij |
Fix build.
|
227961 |
25-Nov-2011 |
emaste |
Add firmware update support for SCSI devices.
Firmware can be reprogrammed on devices from Hitachi, HP, IBM, Plextor, Quantum, and Seagate. At least one device from each manufacturer has been tested with some version of this code, and it has been used to update thousands of drives so far.
The man page suggests having a backup of the drive's data, and the operation must be confirmed, either interactively or on the command line. (This is the same as the confirmation on the format command.)
This work is largely derived from fwprog.c by Andre Albsmeier.
Submitted by: Nima Misaghian Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated MFC after: 3 months
|
227901 |
23-Nov-2011 |
glebius |
Fix parsing of redirect_addr argument.
PR: kern/162739 MFC after: 3 days
|
227800 |
21-Nov-2011 |
wblock |
Correct and expand BSD partitioning scheme description. Correct GUID to GPT in RECOVERING section.
Reviewed by: ae Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
227777 |
21-Nov-2011 |
wblock |
Fix date.
Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
227774 |
21-Nov-2011 |
wblock |
Add a section that explicitly describes partitioning schemes. Modify existing sections to refer to the new one. Rearrange partitioning scheme list so MBR and EBR types are together. Also add several corrections for grammar, clarity, and consistency.
Approved by: gjb (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
227738 |
19-Nov-2011 |
glebius |
For unknown reason, since rev 1.1 of ifconfig.c, sin_family isn't set properly for the mask argument.
Since I'd like to improve argument sanity checking in kernel side, in in_control(), fix this.
|
227507 |
14-Nov-2011 |
jhb |
Finish making 'wcommitsize' an NFS client mount option.
Reviewed by: rmacklem MFC after: 1 week
|
227491 |
13-Nov-2011 |
eadler |
- new sentence should start on new line.
PR: bin/146541 Submitted by: bjk Approved by: bjk
|
227489 |
13-Nov-2011 |
eadler |
- fix duplicate "a a" in some comments
Submitted by: eadler Approved by: simon MFC after: 3 days
|
227488 |
13-Nov-2011 |
eadler |
- add "check" option to MD5 and friends to compare files against known hash.
PR: bin/146541 Submitted by: eadler Reviewed by: jhell@dataix.net Approved by: secteam (cperciva) Approved by: cperciva MFC after: 3 weeks
|
227479 |
12-Nov-2011 |
adrian |
Bump date.
|
227477 |
12-Nov-2011 |
adrian |
Add documentation for the new quiet time IE options.
Submitted by: Himali Patel <himali.patel@sibridgetech.com> Sponsored by: Sibridge Technologies
|
227473 |
12-Nov-2011 |
mav |
Fix build on some archs after r227464.
|
227471 |
12-Nov-2011 |
dim |
Fix buildworld breakage due after r227464.
Pointy hat to: mav
|
227464 |
12-Nov-2011 |
mav |
Major GEOM MULTIPATH class rewrite: - Improved locking and destruction process to fix crashes. - Improved "automatic" configuration method to make it consistent and safe by reading metadata back from all specified paths after writing to one. - Added provider size check to reduce chance of ordering conflict with other GEOM classes. - Added "manual" configuration method without using on-disk metadata. - Added "add" and "remove" commands to allow manage paths manually. - Failed paths are no longer dropped from geom, but only marked as FAIL and excluded from I/O operations. - Automatically restore failed paths when all others paths are marked as failed, for example, because of device-caused (not transport) errors. - Added "fail" and "restore" commands to manually control FAIL flag. - geom is now destroyed on last path disconnection. - Added optional Active/Active mode support. Unlike Active/Passive mode, load evenly distributed between all working paths. If supported by the device, it allows to significantly improve performance, utilizing bandwidth of all paths. It is controlled by -A option during creation. Disabled by default now. - Improved `status` and `list` commands output.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, inc. MFC after: 1 month
|
227454 |
11-Nov-2011 |
delphij |
Use __packed to prevent alignment from taking place, which otherwise may change the on-disk format in an incompatible way. Without this change, msdosfs created on FreeBSD/arm would not be mountable.
PR: bin/162486 Submitted by: Ian Lepore <freebsd damnhippie dyndns org> Reported by: Mattia Rossi <mrossi at swin.edu.au> MFC after: 3 days
|
227419 |
10-Nov-2011 |
glebius |
Note that NAT instance argument can be tablearg.
PR: misc/162265 Submitted by: Paul Procacci <pprocacci gmail.com>
|
227407 |
09-Nov-2011 |
ed |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
227336 |
08-Nov-2011 |
adrian |
Add quiet time element configuration support to ifconfig.
This allows a hostap to specify to a set of stations that they should not transmit for a certain period of time after each beacon interval has expired. This is used when searching for radar pulses or general interference.
Submitted by: Himali Patel <himali.patel@sibridgetech.com> Sponsored by: Sibridge Technologies
|
227296 |
07-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Fix multi-line comment formatting.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
227295 |
07-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Fix multi-line comment formatting.
Pointed by: jh MFC after: 1 week
|
227292 |
07-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Improve error reporting when MBR can not be written. Remove obsolete code which uses DIOCSMBR ioctl. When writing MBR first check that GEOM_MBR is available, if it is not available, then try write MBR directly to provider. If both are failed, then recommend to use gpart(8).
MFC after: 2 week
|
227280 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Initialize "acc" value inside the loop to reset failed attempts.
PR: misc/162262 MFC after: 3 days
|
227273 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Add reference to gpart(8).
MFC after: 3 days
|
227272 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Add reference to gpart(8).
MFC after: 3 days
|
227270 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Add recommendation to use gpart(8) when user tries write disklabel or bootcode to already opened provider.
MFC after: 1 week
|
227262 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
Remove unneeded checks.
MFC after: 1 week
|
227248 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
bsdlabel(8) could automatically fill many of disklabel's deprecated fields, but user could specify some of those fields when edits disklabel with `bsdlabel -e`. But without -A flag these fields might be overwritten with default values from the virgin disklabel. So, don't overwrite such fields if they are not zero. Also add checks to prevent creating disklabel with less than DEFPARTITIONS and more than MAXPARTITIONS partitions.
PR: bin/162332 Tested by: Eugene Grosbein MFC after: 1 week
|
227231 |
06-Nov-2011 |
ae |
To be in sync with GEOM_PART_BSD limit the maximum number of supported partitions to 20.
MFC after: 1 week
|
227081 |
04-Nov-2011 |
ed |
Add missing static keywords for global variables to tools in sbin/.
These tools declare global variables without using the static keyword, even though their use is limited to a single C-file, or without placing an extern declaration of them in the proper header file.
|
226908 |
29-Oct-2011 |
jmg |
remove trailing whitespace...
MFC after: 1 week
|
226907 |
29-Oct-2011 |
jmg |
error if /boot/mbr is empty... This can happen on a system like arm that doesn't have a /boot/mbr, and you touch it to get past the previous error message...
MFC after: 1 week
|
226861 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Remove redundant space.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226859 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Implement 'async' mode for HAST.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226857 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Minor cleanups.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226856 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Reduce indentation.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226855 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Improve comment so it doesn't suggest race is possible, but that we handle the race.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226854 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
- Eliminate the need for hio_nv. - Introduce hio_clear() function for clearing hio before returning it onto free queue.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226852 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Monor cleanups.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226851 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Delay resuid generation until first connection to secondary, not until first write. This way on first connection we will synchronize only the extents that were modified during the lifetime of primary node, not entire GEOM provider.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226842 |
27-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Correct comments.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226816 |
26-Oct-2011 |
mav |
Clarify disks/volumes above 2TiB support in geom_raid: - add support for volumes above 2TiB with Promise metadata format; - enforse and document other limitations: - Intel and Promise metadata formats do not support disks above 2TiB; - NVIDIA metadata format does not support volumes above 2TiB.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc. MFC after: 2 weeks
|
226775 |
26-Oct-2011 |
hrs |
- Add support for a "!" character in regex matching in devd(8). It inverts the logic (true/false) of the matching.
- Add "!usbus[0-9]+" to IFNET ATTACH notification handler in the default devd.conf to prevent rc.d/netif from running when usbus[0-9]+ is attached.
Reviewed by: imp
|
226742 |
25-Oct-2011 |
ed |
Build swapon with WARNS=6.
Don't use a variable called stat, because it collides with stat(2).
|
226733 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Add support for creating GELI devices with older metadata version for use with older FreeBSD versions: - Add -V option to 'geli init' to specify version number. If no -V is given the most recent version is used. - If -V is given don't allow to use features not supported by this version. - Print version in 'geli list' output. - Update manual page and add table describing which GELI version is supported by which FreeBSD version, so one can use it when preparing GELI device for older FreeBSD version.
Inspired by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
226731 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Revert r226726. The line was not duplicated.
Spotted by: pluknet MFC after: 3 days
|
226726 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Remove duplicated line.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226723 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Add 'geli version' subcommand, which will print GELI metadata version of each given GEOM provider or if not providers are given it will print versions supported by userland geli(8) utility and by ELI GEOM class.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226722 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
When we detect GELI metadata version that is newer than the highest we support, inform the user about that instead of 'MD5 hash mismatch'.
Suggested by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
226720 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Simplify eli_resize() function.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226719 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Simplify eli_dump() function and allow to dump metadata stored in backup file.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226718 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
If 'req' is NULL, print error on stderr.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226717 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Simplify eli_is_attached() function and make it return boot instead of int.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226716 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Simplify eli_backup_create() and eli_backup_restore() functions. As a side-effect it is now possible to backup unsupported (newer) GELI metadata versions.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226715 |
25-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Sort includes.
MFC after: 3 days
|
226712 |
25-Oct-2011 |
sobomax |
Add new option -F to specify alternative location of the /etc/fstab file.
MFC after: 1 month
|
226711 |
25-Oct-2011 |
sobomax |
Add new option -c to specify alternatve location of the /etc/fstab file.
MFC after: 1 month
|
226520 |
18-Oct-2011 |
mckusick |
The current /etc/dumpdates file restricts device names to 32 characters. With the addition of various GEOM layers some device names now exceed this length, for example /dev/mirror/encrypted.elig.journal. This change expands the field to 53 bytes which brings the /etc/dumpdates lines to 80 characters. Exceeding 80 characters makes the /etc/dumpdates file much less human readable. A test is added to dump so that it verifies that the device name will fit in the 53 character field failing the dump if it is too long.
This change has been checked to verify that its /etc/dumpdates file is compatible with older versions of dump.
Reported by: Martin Sugioarto <martin@sugioarto.com> PR: kern/160678 MFC after: 3 weeks
|
226463 |
17-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to specify pidfile in HAST configuration file.
MFC after: 1 week
|
226462 |
17-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
Remove redundant space.
MFC after: 1 week
|
226461 |
17-Oct-2011 |
pjd |
When path to the configuration file is relative, obtain full path, so we can always find the file, even after daemonizing and changing working directory to /.
MFC after: 1 week
|
226440 |
16-Oct-2011 |
cognet |
Unbreak NO_DYNAMICROOT by explicitely linking to libcrypto if MK_OPENSSL isn't set to no, as libbsnmp needs it.
|
226436 |
16-Oct-2011 |
eadler |
- change "is is" to "is" or "it is" - change "the the" to "the"
Approved by: lstewart Approved by: sahil (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
226345 |
13-Oct-2011 |
des |
Make dhclient use a pid file. Modify the rc script accordingly; while there, clean it up and add some error checks.
Glanced at by: brooks@ MFC after: 3 weeks
|
226266 |
11-Oct-2011 |
mckusick |
After creating a filesystem using newfs -j the time stamps are all zero and thus report as having been made in January 1970. Apart from looking a bit silly, it also triggers alarms from scripts that detect weird time stamps. This update sets all 4 (or 3, in the case of UFS1) time stamps to the current time when enabling journaling during newfs or later when enabling it with tunefs.
Reported by: Hans Ottevanger <hans@beastielabs.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
226179 |
09-Oct-2011 |
rodrigc |
Add a "kern.features.ata_cam" sysctl in the kernel when the ATA_CAM kernel option is defined. This sysctl can be queried by feature_present(3).
Query for this feature in /sbin/atacontrol and /usr/sbin/burncd. If these utilities detect that ATA_CAM is enabled, then these utilities will error out. These utilities are compatible with the old ATA driver, but are incomptible with the new ATA_CAM driver. By erroring out, we give end-users an idea as to what remedies to use, and reduce the need for them to file PR's. For atacontrol, camcontrol must be used instead, and for burncd, alternative utilties from the ports collection must be used such as sysutils/cdrtools.
In future, maybe someone can re-write burncd to work with ATA_CAM, but at least for now, we give a somewhat useful error message to end users.
PR: 160979 Reviewed by: jh, Arnaud Lacombe <lacombar at gmail dot com> Reported by: Joe Barbish <fbsd8 at a1poweruser dot com> MFC after: 3 days
|
225950 |
03-Oct-2011 |
ken |
Add descriptor sense support to CAM, and honor sense residuals properly in CAM.
Desriptor sense is a new sense data format that originated in SPC-3. Among other things, it allows for an 8-byte info field, which is necessary to pass back block numbers larger than 4 bytes.
This change adds a number of new functions to scsi_all.c (and therefore libcam) that abstract out most access to sense data.
This includes a bump of CAM_VERSION, because the CCB ABI has changed. Userland programs that use the CAM pass(4) driver will need to be recompiled.
camcontrol.c: Change uses of scsi_extract_sense() to use scsi_extract_sense_len().
Use scsi_get_sks() instead of accessing sense key specific data directly.
scsi_modes: Update the control mode page to the latest version (SPC-4).
scsi_cmds.c, scsi_target.c: Change references to struct scsi_sense_data to struct scsi_sense_data_fixed. This should be changed to allow the user to specify fixed or descriptor sense, and then use scsi_set_sense_data() to build the sense data.
ps3cdrom.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() instead of setting sense data manually.
cam_periph.c: Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of using scsi_extract_sense() or accessing sense data directly.
cam_ccb.h: Bump the CAM_VERSION from 0x15 to 0x16. The change of struct scsi_sense_data from 32 to 252 bytes changes the size of struct ccb_scsiio, but not the size of union ccb. So the version must be bumped to prevent structure mis-matches.
scsi_all.h: Lots of updated SCSI sense data and other structures.
Add function prototypes for the new sense data functions.
Take out the inline implementation of scsi_extract_sense(). It is now too large to put in a header file.
Add macros to calculate whether fields are present and filled in fixed and descriptor sense data
scsi_all.c: In scsi_op_desc(), allow the user to pass in NULL inquiry data, and we'll assume a direct access device in that case.
Changed the SCSI RESERVED sense key name and description to COMPLETED, as it is now defined in the spec.
Change the error recovery action for a number of read errors to prevent lots of retries when the drive has said that the block isn't accessible. This speeds up reconstruction of the block by any RAID software running on top of the drive (e.g. ZFS).
In scsi_sense_desc(), allow for invalid sense key numbers. This allows calling this routine without checking the input values first.
Change scsi_error_action() to use scsi_extract_sense_len(), and handle things when invalid asc/ascq values are encountered.
Add a new routine, scsi_desc_iterate(), that will call the supplied function for every descriptor in descriptor format sense data.
Add scsi_set_sense_data(), and scsi_set_sense_data_va(), which build descriptor and fixed format sense data. They currently default to fixed format sense data.
Add a number of scsi_get_*() functions, which get different types of sense data fields from either fixed or descriptor format sense data, if the data is present.
Add a number of scsi_*_sbuf() functions, which print formatted versions of various sense data fields. These functions work for either fixed or descriptor sense.
Add a number of scsi_sense_*_sbuf() functions, which have a standard calling interface and print the indicated field. These functions take descriptors only.
Add scsi_sense_desc_sbuf(), which will print a formatted version of the given sense descriptor.
Pull out a majority of the scsi_sense_sbuf() function and put it into scsi_sense_only_sbuf(). This allows callers that don't use struct ccb_scsiio to easily utilize the printing routines. Revamp that function to handle descriptor sense and use the new sense fetching and printing routines.
Move scsi_extract_sense() into scsi_all.c, and implement it in terms of the new function, scsi_extract_sense_len(). The _len() version takes a length (which should be the sense length - residual) and can indicate which fields are present and valid in the sense data.
Add a couple of new scsi_get_*() routines to get the sense key, asc, and ascq only.
mly.c: Rename struct scsi_sense_data to struct scsi_sense_data_fixed.
sbp_targ.c: Use the new sense fetching routines to get sense data instead of accessing it directly.
sbp.c: Change the firewire/SCSI sense data transformation code to use struct scsi_sense_data_fixed instead of struct scsi_sense_data. This should be changed later to use scsi_set_sense_data().
ciss.c: Calculate the sense residual properly. Use scsi_get_sense_key() to fetch the sense key.
mps_sas.c, mpt_cam.c: Set the sense residual properly.
iir.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() instead of building sense data by hand.
iscsi_subr.c: Use scsi_extract_sense_len() instead of grabbing sense data directly.
umass.c: Use scsi_set_sense_data() to build sense data.
Grab the sense key using scsi_get_sense_key().
Calculate the sense residual properly.
isp_freebsd.h: Use scsi_get_*() routines to grab asc, ascq, and sense key values.
Calculate and set the sense residual.
MFC after: 3 days Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
|
225847 |
28-Sep-2011 |
ed |
Get rid of major/minor number distinction.
As of FreeBSD 6, devices can only be opened through devfs. These device nodes don't have major and minor numbers anymore. The st_rdev field in struct stat is simply based a copy of st_ino.
Simply display device numbers as hexadecimal, using "%#jx". This is allowed by POSIX, since it explicitly states things like the following (example taken from ls(1)):
"If the file is a character special or block special file, the size of the file may be replaced with implementation-defined information associated with the device in question."
This makes the output of these commands more compact. For example, ls(1) now uses approximately four columns less. While there, simplify the column length calculation from ls(1) by calling snprintf() with a NULL buffer.
Don't be afraid; if needed one can still obtain individual major/minor numbers using stat(1).
|
225835 |
28-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Correct typo.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225832 |
28-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
If the underlying provider doesn't support BIO_FLUSH, log it only once and don't bother trying in the future.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225831 |
28-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Break a bit earlier.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225830 |
28-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
After every activemap change flush disk's write cache, so that write reordering won't make the actual write to be committed before marking the coresponding extent as dirty.
It can be disabled in configuration file.
If BIO_FLUSH is not supported by the underlying file system we log a warning and never send BIO_FLUSH again to that GEOM provider.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225787 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Use PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_ABORT() everywhere instead of assert().
MFC after: 3 days
|
225786 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
No need to wrap pjdlog functions around with KEEP_ERRNO() macro.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225785 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Prefer PJDLOG_ASSERT()/PJDLOG_ABORT() over assert().
MFC after: 3 days
|
225784 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
- Convert some impossible conditions into assertions. - Add missing 'if' in comment.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225783 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Correct two mistakes when converting asserts to PJDLOG_ASSERT()/PJDLOG_ABORT().
MFC after: 3 days
|
225782 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Prefer PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_ABORT() over assert() and abort(). pjdlog versions will log problem to syslog when application is running in background.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225781 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
No need to use KEEP_ERRNO() macro around pjdlog functions, as they don't modify errno.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225773 |
27-Sep-2011 |
pjd |
Ensure that pjdlog functions don't modify errno.
MFC after: 3 days
|
225672 |
19-Sep-2011 |
hrs |
- Document inet6 no_radr flag. - Add descriptions of sysctl(8) variables which can control the default configuration of the inet6 flags.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
225534 |
13-Sep-2011 |
kib |
Do not try to change the mode or ownership of the root of the mountpoint when newly established mdmfs mount is readonly.
PR: bin/128427 Tested and reviewed by: jchandra MFC after: 1 week Approved by: re (bz)
|
225445 |
08-Sep-2011 |
ae |
Don't use the whole free space when resizing partition to a larger size on a disk with non zero stripesize (e.g. disks with 4k sector size)[1]. Also do not use automatic alignment when size is exactly specified, but an alignment is not. Use automatic alignment only for case when user omits both "-s" and "-a" options.
Reported by: Mikael Fridh <frimik at gmail> [1] Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225416 |
06-Sep-2011 |
kib |
dd -t switch for mdmfs to enable TRIM on the configured filesystem. While there, fix minor style issues.
Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam rm-rf kiev ua> MFC after: 1 week Approved by: re (bz)
|
225359 |
03-Sep-2011 |
des |
Forgot this nit in r221107.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
225341 |
02-Sep-2011 |
jhb |
Clear the mountprog variable after each mountfs() call so that mountprog options don't leak over into subsequent mounts listed in /etc/fstab. While here, fix a memory leak in debug mode.
Reported by: rank1seeker @ gmail Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225338 |
02-Sep-2011 |
delphij |
Fix the check in dircheck() on namlen.
The value of namlen is copied from on-disk d_namlen, which is a 8-bit unsigned integer which can never exceed MAXNAMLEN (255) so the test is always true. Moreover, UFS does not allow d_namelen being zero.
Change namlen from u_int to u_int8_t, and replace the unneeded test with a useful test.
PR: bin/160339 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen grosbein.pp.ru> MFC after: 2 weeks Approved by: re (kib)
|
225044 |
20-Aug-2011 |
bz |
Add support for IPv6 to ipfw fwd: Distinguish IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and optional port numbers in user space to set the option for the correct protocol family. Add support in the kernel for carrying the new IPv6 destination address and port. Add support to TCP and UDP for IPv6 and fix UDP IPv4 to not change the address in the IP header. Add support for IPv6 forwarding to a non-local destination. Add a regession test uitilizing VIMAGE to check all 20 possible combinations I could think of.
Obtained from: David Dolson at Sandvine Incorporated (original version for ipfw fwd IPv6 support) Sponsored by: Sandvine Incorporated PR: bin/117214 MFC after: 4 weeks Approved by: re (kib)
|
225023 |
20-Aug-2011 |
ae |
o Fix mdoc formatting for the '.Fx' macro. [1] o Add information about APM scheme and fix typos. [2]
Submitted by: gjb [1], nwhitehorn [2] Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225018 |
19-Aug-2011 |
mav |
Fix WWN printing in `camcontrol identify` output.
Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
225007 |
19-Aug-2011 |
ae |
The decimal() function was changed in r217808 to take the maximum value instead of number of bits. But for case when limitation is not needed it erroneously skips conversion to number and always returns zero. So, don't skip conversion for case when limitation is not needed.
PR: bin/159765 Approved by: re (kib)
|
225003 |
19-Aug-2011 |
ae |
Add new section "BOOTSTRAPPING" to the gpart(8), that describes bootstrap code images used to boot from MBR, GPT, BSD and VTOC8 schemes.
Reviewed by: marius (previous version) Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
224942 |
17-Aug-2011 |
jhb |
Fix a regression where a rule containing a source port option after a destination IP would incorrectly display the source port as a destination port.
Reviewed by: luigi Approved by: re (kib) MFC after: 1 week
|
224673 |
06-Aug-2011 |
dougb |
Gavin documented these alternate options in good faith in r222751 based on the patch in the PR, however he was unaware that they were undocumented intentionally. This patch moves the information about these alternates into a comment which also explains why they are undocumented.
Approved by: re (hrs)
|
224503 |
30-Jul-2011 |
mckusick |
Update to -r224294 to ensure that only one of MNT_SUJ or MNT_SOFTDEP is set so that mount can revert back to using MNT_NOWAIT when doing getmntinfo.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
224294 |
24-Jul-2011 |
mckusick |
Move the MNTK_SUJ flag in mnt_kern_flag to MNT_SUJ in mnt_flag so that it is visible to userland programs. This change enables the `mount' command with no arguments to be able to show if a filesystem is mounted using journaled soft updates as opposed to just normal soft updates.
Approved by: re (bz)
|
224224 |
20-Jul-2011 |
adrian |
This patch removes a check in ifconfig which disables HT/40 channels on frequency bands with DFS. All Atheros chipsets >= AR9001 support radar event detection on HT40 extension channels.
This should be a chipset specific item rather than enforced in the regulatory domain database.
In addition, it's irrelevant for STA mode, as the radar detection is done by the access point, not the STA.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
224219 |
19-Jul-2011 |
adrian |
This patch enables listing DFS related flags when 'ifconfig -v wlanX list channel' is run. The following new options are introduced:
* D: channel requires DFS * R: channel has a radar event * I: channel has detected inteference * C: the CAC period has completed on a channel that requires it (ie, DFS + PASSIVE.)
It's relevant for developing, debugging and using the DFS and interference options.
Approved by: re (bz)
|
224179 |
18-Jul-2011 |
bz |
If compiling RESCUE always ignore feature_present(3) calls so that a /rescue/ifconfig more modern than the kernel could still configure IPv4 or IPv6 addresses.
Reported by: Andrzej Tobola (ato iem.pw.edu.pl) Reported by: gcooper MFC after: 1 day X-MFC: will not MFC any time soon, just reminder for r222527
|
224150 |
17-Jul-2011 |
rstone |
The MBR uses a 32-bit unsigned integer to store the size of a slice, but fdisk(1) internally uses a signed int. Should a user attempt to specify a slice containing more than 2^31 - 1 sectors, an error will be reported on systems with sizeof(long) == 4 and the slice size will be silently truncated on systems with sizeof(long) > 4.
Instead use an unsigned long to store the slice size in fdisk(1). This allows the user to specify a slice size up to the maximum permitted by the MBR on-disk format and does not have any problems with silent truncation should the use specify an slice size larger than 2^32 on systems with sizeof(long) > 4.
Submitted by: Mark Johnston (markjdb AT gmail DOT com) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
224059 |
15-Jul-2011 |
mckusick |
Break out the pass 5 inode and block map updating into a separate function so that the function can be used by the journaling soft updates recovery.
|
224040 |
14-Jul-2011 |
mckusick |
When using -A option (unmount all mounted filesystems), do not attempt to unmount /dev as it will always fail.
|
224025 |
14-Jul-2011 |
delphij |
Use _PATH_DEV and make the format more consistent with GEOM_LABEL.
Submitted by: ivoras
|
224004 |
14-Jul-2011 |
delphij |
Add a -l option to show file system's corresponding /dev/ufsid path. This is useful for scripts that converts existing system's fstab to use their /dev/ufsid devices.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223992 |
14-Jul-2011 |
gjb |
Remove trailing whitespace in the shutdown(8) manual.
MFC after: 1 week
|
223991 |
14-Jul-2011 |
gjb |
Improvements to the shutdown(8) manual.
PR: 158807 Submitted by: arundel MFC after: 1 week
|
223976 |
13-Jul-2011 |
trociny |
When exiting with error because of an invalid command line argument use errx(3), not err(3), and the exit code from sysexits(3).
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
223974 |
13-Jul-2011 |
trociny |
Fix indentation.
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
223946 |
12-Jul-2011 |
ae |
Use NULL instead of 0 for third argument of sigaction(2).
Pointed by: kib MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223945 |
12-Jul-2011 |
ae |
Add SIGINFO handler.
Reviewed by: kib Obtained from: NetBSD (partly) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223780 |
05-Jul-2011 |
trociny |
Remove useless initialization.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
223758 |
04-Jul-2011 |
attilio |
With retirement of cpumask_t and usage of cpuset_t for representing a mask of CPUs, pc_other_cpus and pc_cpumask become highly inefficient.
Remove them and replace their usage with custom pc_cpuid magic (as, atm, pc_cpumask can be easilly represented by (1 << pc_cpuid) and pc_other_cpus by (all_cpus & ~(1 << pc_cpuid))).
This change is not targeted for MFC because of struct pcpu members removal and dependency by cpumask_t retirement.
MD review by: marcel, marius, alc Tested by: pluknet MD testing by: marcel, marius, gonzo, andreast
|
223735 |
03-Jul-2011 |
bz |
Add infrastructure to allow all frames/packets received on an interface to be assigned to a non-default FIB instance.
You may need to recompile world or ports due to the change of struct ifnet.
Submitted by: cjsp Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru) (original versions) Reviewed by: julian Reviewed by: Alexander V. Chernikov (melifaro ipfw.ru) MFC after: 2 weeks X-MFC: use spare in struct ifnet
|
223713 |
01-Jul-2011 |
sem |
Fix a typo.
Approved by: kib
|
223689 |
30-Jun-2011 |
jeff |
- Handle the JOP_SYNC case as appropriate.
Reported by: pho
|
223666 |
29-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Add new rule actions "call" and "return" to ipfw. They make possible to organize subroutines with rules.
The "call" action saves the current rule number in the internal stack and rules processing continues from the first rule with specified number (similar to skipto action). If later a rule with "return" action is encountered, the processing returns to the first rule with number of "call" rule saved in the stack plus one or higher.
Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov Discussed by: ipfw@, luigi@
|
223661 |
29-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Improve error reporting. Use corresponding error message when file to be preprocessed is missing. Also suggest to use absolute pathname if -p option is specified.
PR: bin/156653 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
223655 |
28-Jun-2011 |
trociny |
Check the returned value of activemap_write_complete() and update matadata on disk if needed. This should fix a potential case when extents are cleared in activemap but metadata is not updated on disk.
Suggested by: pjd Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
223654 |
28-Jun-2011 |
trociny |
Make activemap_write_start/complete check the keepdirty list, when stating if we need to update activemap on disk. This makes keepdirty serve its purpose -- to reduce number of metadata updates.
Discussed with: pjd Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
223652 |
28-Jun-2011 |
trasz |
Revert the mechanical change from 'file system' to 'filesystem', committed in r223429. As bde@ pointed out, it was mostly backwards.
|
223637 |
28-Jun-2011 |
bz |
Update packet filter (pf) code to OpenBSD 4.5.
You need to update userland (world and ports) tools to be in sync with the kernel.
Submitted by: mlaier Submitted by: eri
|
223586 |
27-Jun-2011 |
pjd |
Compile hastd and hastctl with capsicum support.
X-MFC after: capsicum merge
|
223585 |
27-Jun-2011 |
pjd |
Compile capsicum support only if HAVE_CAPSICUM is defined.
MFC after: 3 days
|
223584 |
27-Jun-2011 |
pjd |
Log a warning if we cannot sandbox using capsicum, but only under debug level 1. It would be too noisy to log it as a proper warning as CAPABILITIES are not compiled into GENERIC by default.
MFC after: 3 days
|
223499 |
24-Jun-2011 |
glebius |
Actually, if code had followed style(9), there would be less stupid errors like the one fixed in r223416.
Noticed by: julian
|
223494 |
24-Jun-2011 |
kevlo |
Remove duplicated header files
|
223430 |
22-Jun-2011 |
trasz |
Advertise growfs(8) a little better.
|
223429 |
22-Jun-2011 |
trasz |
Cosmetic fixes; mostly s/file system/filesystem/g and removing weird indent from messages.
|
223416 |
22-Jun-2011 |
glebius |
One more braino from me.
Pointy hat to: glebius Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov <melifaro ipfw.ru>
|
223364 |
21-Jun-2011 |
ae |
When user specifies the bootcode with size smaller than VTOC_BOOTCODE, gpart_write_partcode_vtoc8 does access out of range of allocated memory. Check size of bootcode before writing it.
Pointed out by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
223356 |
21-Jun-2011 |
delphij |
Mod the offset padding by alignment. Without this change we may pad too much when underlying GEOM object have a zero stripesize.
MFC after: 1 month
|
223355 |
21-Jun-2011 |
ae |
The "size" param needs no adjusting to stripeoffset.
Reported by: Kris Moore
|
223278 |
18-Jun-2011 |
pjd |
Correct subcommand name 'unset' -> 'unscript'.
|
223262 |
18-Jun-2011 |
benl |
Fix clang warnings.
Approved by: philip (mentor)
|
223185 |
17-Jun-2011 |
glebius |
- Fix my braino in the 220835, when I used strtok(). It isn't applicable here, since modifies the string. Switch to strchr(). - Restore support for undocumented optional parameters of redir_port and redir_proto, that were disabled in 220835. - While here, change !isalpha() checks on optinal parameters for isdigit().
Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov <melifaro ipfw.ru> PR: kern/143653
|
223181 |
17-Jun-2011 |
trociny |
In HAST we use two sockets - one for only sending the data and one for only receiving the data. In r220271 the unused directions were disabled using shutdown(2).
Unfortunately, this broke automatic receive buffer sizing, which currently works only for connections in ETASBLISHED state. It was a root cause of the issue reported by users, when connection between primary and secondary could get stuck.
Disable the code introduced in r220271 until the issue with automatic buffer sizing is not resolved.
Reported by: Daniel Kalchev <daniel@digsys.bg>, danger, sobomax Tested by: Daniel Kalchev <daniel@digsys.bg>, danger Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
223158 |
16-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Add "alignment" param to the request before calling gpart_autofill().
|
223143 |
16-Jun-2011 |
sobomax |
Revert r222688.
Requested by: Mikolaj Golub
|
223081 |
14-Jun-2011 |
gibbs |
Lay groundwork in CAM for recording and reporting physical path and other device attributes stored in the CAM Existing Device Table (EDT). This includes some infrastructure requried by the enclosure services driver to export physical path information.
Make the CAM device advanced info interface accept store requests.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c: sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h: - Replace scsi_get_sas_addr() with a scsi_get_devid() which takes a callback that decides whether to accept a particular descriptor. Provide callbacks for NAA IEEE Registered addresses and for SAS addresses, replacing the old function. This is needed because the old function doesn't work for an enclosure address for a SAS device, which is not flagged as a SAS address, but is NAA IEEE Registered. It may be worthwhile merging this interface with the devid match interface. - Add a few more defines for some device ID fields.
sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.c: - Update for the CCB_DEV_ADVINFO interface change.
cam/cam_xpt_internal.h: - Add the new fields for the physical path string to the CAM EDT. cam/cam_ccb.h: - Rename CCB_GDEV_ADVINFO to simply CCB_DEV_ADVINFO, and the ccb structure to ccb_dev_advinfo. - Add a flag that changes this CCB's action to store, rather than the default, retrieve. - Add a new buffer type, CDAI_TYPE_PHYS_PATH, for the new CAM EDT physpath field. - Remove the never-implemented transport & proto flags. cam/cam_xpt.c: cam/cam_xpt.h: - Add xpt_getattr(), which provides a wrapper for fetching a device's attribute using the GEOM strings as key. This method currently supports "GEOM::ident" and "GEOM::physpath".
Submitted by: will Reviewed by : gibbs
Extend the XPT_DEV_MATCH api to allow a device search by device ID. As far as the API is concerned, device ID is a binary blob to be interpreted by the transport layer. The SCSI implementation assumes it is an array of VPD device ID descriptors.
sys/cam/cam_ccb.h: Create a new structure, device_id_match_pattern, and update the XPT_DEV_MATCH datastructures and flags so that this pattern type can be used.
sys/cam/cam_xpt.c: - A single pattern matching on both inquiry data and device ID is invalid. Report any violators. - Pass device ID match requests through to the new routine scsi_devid_match(). The direct call of a SCSI routine is a layering violation, but no worse than the one a few lines up that checks inquiry data. Defer cleaning this up until our future, larger, rototilling of CAM. - Zero out cam_ed and cam_et nodes on allocation. Prior to this change, device_id_len and device_id were not inialized, preventing proper detection of the presence of this information.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c: sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h: Add the scsi_match_devid() routine.
Add a helper function for extracting peripherial driver names
sys/cam/cam_periph.c: sys/cam/cam_periph.h: Add the cam_periph_list() method which fills an sbuf with a comma delimited list of the peripheral instances associated with a given CAM path.
Add a helper functions for SCSI commands used by the SES driver.
sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c: sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.h: Add structure definitions and csio filling functions for the receive diagnostic results and send diagnostic commands.
Misc CAM XPT cleanups.
sys/cam/cam_xpt.c: Broadcast AC_FOUND_DEVICE and AC_PATH_REGISTERED events at the time async event handlers are attached even when registering just for events on a partitular SIM. Previously, you had to register for these events on all SIMs in the system in order to get the initial broadcast even though subsequent device and path arrivals would be delivered.
sys/cam/cam_xpt.c: Remove SIM mutex held asserts from path accessors. CAM paths are reference counted and it is this reference count, not the sim mutex, that garantees they are stable.
Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
|
223080 |
14-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Implement "global" mode for ipfw nat. It is similar to natd(8) "globalport" option for multiple NAT instances.
If ipfw rule contains "global" keyword instead of nat_number, then for each outgoing packet ipfw_nat looks up translation state in all configured nat instances. If an entry is found, packet aliased according to that entry, otherwise packet is passed unchanged.
User can specify "skip_global" option in NAT configuration to exclude an instance from the lookup in global mode.
PR: kern/157867 Submitted by: Alexander V. Chernikov (previous version) Tested by: Eugene Grosbein
|
223079 |
14-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Check nat id a bit more strictly.
|
223078 |
14-Jun-2011 |
luigi |
Grab one of the ifcap bits for netmap, and enable printing in ifconfig.
Document the fact that we might want an IFCAP_CANTCHANGE mask, even though the value is not yet used in sys/net/if.c
(asked on -current a week ago, no feedback so i assume no objection).
|
222958 |
10-Jun-2011 |
jeff |
Implement fully asynchronous partial truncation with softupdates journaling to resolve errors which can cause corruption on recovery with the old synchronous mechanism.
- Append partial truncation freework structures to indirdeps while truncation is proceeding. These prevent new block pointers from becoming valid until truncation completes and serialize truncations. - On completion of a partial truncate journal work waits for zeroed pointers to hit indirects. - softdep_journal_freeblocks() handles last frag allocation and last block zeroing. - vtruncbuf/ffs_page_remove moved into softdep_*_freeblocks() so it is only implemented in one place. - Block allocation failure handling moved up one level so it does not proceed with buf locks held. This permits us to do more extensive reclaims when filesystem space is exhausted. - softdep_sync_metadata() is broken into two parts, the first executes once at the start of ffs_syncvnode() and flushes truncations and inode dependencies. The second is called on each locked buf. This eliminates excessive looping and rollbacks. - Improve the mechanism in process_worklist_item() that handles acquiring vnode locks for handle_workitem_remove() so that it works more generally and does not loop excessively over the same worklist items on each call. - Don't corrupt directories by zeroing the tail in fsck. This is only done for regular files. - Push a fsync complete record for files that need it so the checker knows a truncation in the journal is no longer valid.
Discussed with: mckusick, kib (ffs_pages_remove and ffs_truncate parts) Tested by: pho
|
222883 |
08-Jun-2011 |
ken |
Add dump.c to the rtsol build. It is needed now that sec2str is non-static and used in rtsold.c.
|
222832 |
07-Jun-2011 |
delphij |
Add a special mount option "failok" to indicate that the administrator wants the system to proceed to boot without bailing out into single user mode, even when the file system can not be successfully mounted.
This option is implemented in mount(8) and not passed into kernel.
MFC after: 1 month
|
222819 |
07-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Do not use LCM from stripesize and user specified alignment value. When user wants have specific alignment - do what user wants. Use stripesize as alignment value in case, when some of gpart's arguments are ommitted for automatic calculation.
Suggested by: mav
|
222813 |
07-Jun-2011 |
attilio |
etire the cpumask_t type and replace it with cpuset_t usage.
This is intended to fix the bug where cpu mask objects are capped to 32. MAXCPU, then, can now arbitrarely bumped to whatever value. Anyway, as long as several structures in the kernel are statically allocated and sized as MAXCPU, it is suggested to keep it as low as possible for the time being.
Technical notes on this commit itself: - More functions to handle with cpuset_t objects are introduced. The most notable are cpusetobj_ffs() (which calculates a ffs(3) for a cpuset_t object), cpusetobj_strprint() (which prepares a string representing a cpuset_t object) and cpusetobj_strscan() (which creates a valid cpuset_t starting from a string representation). - pc_cpumask and pc_other_cpus are target to be removed soon. With the moving from cpumask_t to cpuset_t they are now inefficient and not really useful. Anyway, for the time being, please note that access to pcpu datas is protected by sched_pin() in order to avoid migrating the CPU while reading more than one (possible) word - Please note that size of cpuset_t objects may differ between kernel and userland. While this is not directly related to the patch itself, it is good to understand that concept and possibly use the patch as a reference on how to deal with cpuset_t objects in userland, when accessing kernland members. - KTR_CPUMASK is changed and now is represented through a string, to be set as the example reported in NOTES.
Please additively note that no MAXCPU is bumped in this patch, but private testing has been done until to MAXCPU=128 on a real 8x8x2(htt) machine (amd64).
Please note that the FreeBSD version is not yet bumped because of the upcoming pcpu changes. However, note that this patch is not targeted for MFC.
People to thank for the time spent on this patch: - sbruno, pluknet and Nicholas Esborn (nick AT desert DOT net) tested several revision of the patches and really helped in improving stability of this work. - marius fixed several bugs in the sparc64 implementation and reviewed patches related to ktr. - jeff and jhb discussed the basic approach followed. - kib and marcel made targeted review on some specific part of the patch. - marius, art, nwhitehorn and andreast reviewed MD specific part of the patch. - marius, andreast, gonzo, nwhitehorn and jceel tested MD specific implementations of the patch. - Other people have made contributions on other patches that have been already committed and have been listed separately.
Companies that should be mentioned for having participated at several degrees: - Yahoo! for having offered the machines used for testing on big count of CPUs. - The FreeBSD Foundation for having sponsored my devsummit attendance, which has been instrumental. - Sandvine for having offered offices and infrastructure during development.
(I really hope I didn't forget anyone, if it happened I apologize in advance).
|
222778 |
06-Jun-2011 |
gavin |
Rework parts of this man page to improve grammar.
Inspired by, and parts submitted by... PR: docs/157467 Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <kaduk mit.edu> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222772 |
06-Jun-2011 |
ed |
Remove redundant assignments to WARNS.
For these directories, WARNS is already implied to be 6.
|
222754 |
06-Jun-2011 |
gavin |
Add another example to mount(8) on using the "-o" argument.
PR: docs/157389 Submitted by: Warren Block <wblock wonkity.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
222752 |
06-Jun-2011 |
gavin |
Bump .Dd
Forgotten by: gavin MFC after: 1 week
|
222751 |
06-Jun-2011 |
gavin |
Document that REQUIRES, PROVIDES and KEYWORDS are alos accepted. This chnage is different to the one suggested in the PR to try to avoid cluttering the man page too much.
PR: docs/154494 Submitted by: kilian <kilian.klimek googlemail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
222745 |
06-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Initialize co.use_set variable before parsing each new rule.
PR: bin/134975 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222744 |
06-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Increase buffer size for the command line.
PR: bin/125370 Submitted by: sem MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222728 |
06-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
- Accept Router Advertisement messages even when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1.
- A new per-interface knob IFF_ND6_NO_RADR and sysctl IPV6CTL_NO_RADR. This controls if accepting a route in an RA message as the default route. The default value for each interface can be set by net.inet6.ip6.no_radr. The system wide default value is 0.
- A new sysctl: net.inet6.ip6.norbit_raif. This controls if setting R-bit in NA on RA accepting interfaces. The default is 0 (R-bit is set based on net.inet6.ip6.forwarding).
Background:
IPv6 host/router model suggests a router sends an RA and a host accepts it for router discovery. Because of that, KAME implementation does not allow accepting RAs when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1. Accepting RAs on a router can make the routing table confused since it can change the default router unintentionally.
However, in practice there are cases where we cannot distinguish a host from a router clearly. For example, a customer edge router often works as a host against the ISP, and as a router against the LAN at the same time. Another example is a complex network configurations like an L2TP tunnel for IPv6 connection to Internet over an Ethernet link with another native IPv6 subnet. In this case, the physical interface for the native IPv6 subnet works as a host, and the pseudo-interface for L2TP works as the default IP forwarding route.
Problem:
Disabling processing RA messages when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1 and accepting them when net.inet6.ip6.forward=0 cause the following practical issues:
- A router cannot perform SLAAC. It becomes a problem if a box has multiple interfaces and you want to use SLAAC on some of them, for example. A customer edge router for IPv6 Internet access service using an IPv6-over-IPv6 tunnel sometimes needs SLAAC on the physical interface for administration purpose; updating firmware and so on (link-local addresses can be used there, but GUAs by SLAAC are often used for scalability).
- When a host has multiple IPv6 interfaces and it receives multiple RAs on them, controlling the default route is difficult. Router preferences defined in RFC 4191 works only when the routers on the links are under your control.
Details of Implementation Changes:
Router Advertisement messages will be accepted even when net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1. More precisely, the conditions are as follow:
(ACCEPT_RTADV && !NO_RADR && !ip6.forwarding) => Normal RA processing on that interface. (as IPv6 host)
(ACCEPT_RTADV && (NO_RADR || ip6.forwarding)) => Accept RA but add the router to the defroute list with rtlifetime=0 unconditionally. This effectively prevents from setting the received router address as the box's default route.
(!ACCEPT_RTADV) => No RA processing on that interface.
ACCEPT_RTADV and NO_RADR are per-interface knob. In short, all interface are classified as "RA-accepting" or not. An RA-accepting interface always processes RA messages regardless of ip6.forwarding. The difference caused by NO_RADR or ip6.forwarding is whether the RA source address is considered as the default router or not.
R-bit in NA on the RA accepting interfaces is set based on net.inet6.ip6.forwarding. While RFC 6204 W-1 rule (for CPE case) suggests a router should disable the R-bit completely even when the box has net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1, I believe there is no technical reason with doing so. This behavior can be set by a new sysctl net.inet6.ip6.norbit_raif (the default is 0).
Usage:
# ifconfig fxp0 inet6 accept_rtadv => accept RA on fxp0 # ifconfig fxp0 inet6 accept_rtadv no_radr => accept RA on fxp0 but ignore default route information in it. # sysctl net.inet6.ip6.norbit_no_radr=1 => R-bit in NAs on RA accepting interfaces will always be set to 0.
|
222711 |
05-Jun-2011 |
hrs |
Add the "nd6 options" line handler as af_other_status() of AF_INET6, not as an own address family.
Reviewed by: bz
|
222688 |
04-Jun-2011 |
sobomax |
Read from the socket using the same max buffer size as we use while sending. What happens otherwise is that the sender splits all the traffic into 32k chunks, while the receiver is waiting for the whole packet. Then for a certain packet sizes, particularly 66607 bytes in my case, the communication stucks to secondary is expecting to read one chunk of 66607 bytes, while primary is sending two chunks of 32768 bytes and third chunk of 1071. Probably due to TCP windowing and buffering the final chunk gets stuck somewhere, so neither server not client can make any progress.
This patch also protect from short reads, as according to the manual page there are some cases when MSG_WAITALL can give less data than expected.
MFC after: 3 days
|
222646 |
03-Jun-2011 |
ru |
Generally clean up markup.
|
222631 |
02-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Always use LCM when stripesize > 0.
|
222630 |
02-Jun-2011 |
ae |
Use stripesize and stripeoffset in the automatic calculation of partition offsets. If user requests specific alignment and provider's stripesize is not zero, then use a least common multiple from the stripesize and user specified value. Also fix "gpart resize" implementation: do not try to align the partition size, because the start offset may be not aligned. Instead align the end offset and then calculate size. Also use stripesize and stripeoffset for "gpart resize" command.
|
222599 |
02-Jun-2011 |
uqs |
mdoc: fix markup
|
222541 |
31-May-2011 |
rmacklem |
Add a sentence to the umount.8 man page to clarify the behaviour for forced dismount when used on an NFS mount point. Requested by Jeremy Chadwick. This is a content change.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222527 |
31-May-2011 |
bz |
Conditionally compile in the af_inet and af_inet6, af_nd6 modules. If compiled in for dual-stack use, test with feature_present(3) to see if we should register the IPv4/IPv6 address family related options.
In case there is no "inet" support we would love to go with the usage() and make the address family mandatory (as it is for anything but inet in theory). Unfortunately people are used to ifconfig IF up/down etc. as well, so use a fallback of "link". Adjust the man page to reflect these minor details.
Improve error handling printing a warning in addition to the usage telling that we do not know the given address family in two places.
Reviewed by: hrs, rwatson Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: iXsystems MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222495 |
30-May-2011 |
ae |
Document kern.geom.part.check_integrity sysctl variable.
|
222473 |
30-May-2011 |
ae |
Add tablearg support for ipfw setfib.
PR: kern/156410 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222467 |
29-May-2011 |
trociny |
If READ from the local node failed we send the request to the remote node. There is no use in doing this for synchronization requests.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
222466 |
29-May-2011 |
rmacklem |
Modify the umount(8) command so that it doesn't do a sync(2) syscall before unmount(2) for the "-f" case. This avoids a forced dismount from getting stuck for an NFS mountpoint in sync() when the server is not responsive. With this commit, forced dismounts should normally work for the NFS clients, but can take up to about 1minute to complete.
PR: kern/157365 Reviewed by: kib MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222423 |
28-May-2011 |
mckusick |
Update the manual page to reflect the new 32K/4K defaults.
Reminded by: Ivan Voras
|
222359 |
27-May-2011 |
ae |
Add example how to create MBR and BSD schemes and install boot code.
|
222357 |
27-May-2011 |
ae |
Synchronize manpage's synopsis with program's usage. Since -l and -r keys are mutually exclusive for the `gpart show` command, then mark them so.
Requested by: ru
|
222319 |
26-May-2011 |
mckusick |
Raise the default blocksize for UFS/FFS filesystems from 16K to 32K and the default fragment size from 2K to 4K.
The rational is that most disks are now running with 4K sectors. While they can (slowly) simulate 512-byte sectors by doing a read-modify-write, it is desirable to avoid this functionality. By raising the minimum filesystem allocation to 4K, the filesystem will never trigger the small sector emulation.
Also, the growth of disk sizes has lead us to double the default block size about every ten years. The rise from 8K to 16K blocks was done in 2001. So, by the 10-year metric, the time has come for 32K blocks.
Discussed at: May 2011 BSDCan Developer Summit Reference: http://wiki.freebsd.org/201105DevSummit/FileSystems
|
222264 |
24-May-2011 |
ae |
Simplify ALIGNDOWN macro.
|
222263 |
24-May-2011 |
ae |
Fix calculation of alignment for odd values. Also do not change value when it is already aligned.
|
222228 |
23-May-2011 |
pjd |
Keep statistics on number of BIO_READ, BIO_WRITE, BIO_DELETE and BIO_FLUSH requests as well as number of activemap updates.
Number of BIO_WRITEs and activemap updates are especially interesting, because if those two are too close to each other, it means that your workload needs bigger number of dirty extents. Activemap should be updated as rarely as possible.
MFC after: 1 week
|
222224 |
23-May-2011 |
pjd |
To handle BIO_FLUSH and BIO_DELETE requests in secondary worker we need to use ioctl(2). This is why we can't use capsicum for now to sandbox secondary. Capsicum is still used to sandbox hastctl.
MFC after: 1 week
|
222176 |
22-May-2011 |
uqs |
Re-encode files from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
222164 |
21-May-2011 |
pjd |
Recognize HIO_FLUSH requests.
MFC after: 1 week
|
222121 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Document IPv6 support.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222120 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
If no listen address is specified, bind by default to:
tcp4://0.0.0.0:8457 tcp6://[::]:8457
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222119 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Rename ipv4/ipv6 to tcp4/tcp6.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222118 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Now that hell is fully frozen it is good time to add IPv6 support to HAST.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222117 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Allow [ ] characters in strings. They might be used in IPv6 addresses.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222116 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Rename tcp4 to tcp in preparation for IPv6 support.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222115 |
20-May-2011 |
pjd |
Rename proto_tcp4.c to proto_tcp.c in preparation for IPv6 support.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
222108 |
19-May-2011 |
pjd |
In preparation for IPv6 support allow to specify multiple addresses to listen on.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
222087 |
18-May-2011 |
pjd |
- Add support for AF_INET6 sockets for %S format character. - Use inet_ntop(3) instead of reimplementing it. - Use %hhu for unsigned char instead of casting it to unsigned int and using %u.
MFC after: 1 week
|
222023 |
17-May-2011 |
pluknet |
mdoc: - use a proper macro for interface name ipfw0. - add missing section number for bpf cross reference.
|
221967 |
15-May-2011 |
ae |
Some partitioning schemes want to have partitions that are aligned with geometry. And they do recalculation of user specified parameters. MBR, PC98, VTOC8, EBR schemes are doing that. For these schemes an auto alignment feature (ie. gpart add -a alignment) would not work. But it can work for GPT and BSD schemes. BSD scheme usualy is created inside MBR, so we can use knowledge about offset of MBR partition to calculate aligned values for BSD partitions.
Use "offset" attribute of the parent provider for better alignment.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
221954 |
15-May-2011 |
marius |
When setting media always and not just in case of switching to IFM_AUTO clear the options of the current media, i.e. only inherit the instance, which matches what NetBSD does. Without this it's really non-intuitive that the following sequence: ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX results in 100baseTX full-duplex to be set or that: ifconfig bge0 media autoselect mediaopt flowcontrol ifconfig bge0 media 1000baseT mediaopt full-duplex tries to set 1000baseT full-duplex with flowcontrol, which isn't suported und thus fails while the following: ifconfig re0 media 1000baseT mediaopt flowcontrol,full-duplex ifconfig re0 media autoselect just switches to autoselection without flowcontrol.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
221952 |
15-May-2011 |
ae |
Simplify the code a bit. For own providers GEOM_PART always provides "start" and "end" config attributes.
MFC after: 1 week
|
221899 |
14-May-2011 |
pjd |
Currently we are unable to use capsicum for the primary worker process, because we need to do ioctl(2)s, which are not permitted in the capability mode. What we do now is to chroot(2) to /var/empty, which restricts access to file system name space and we drop privileges to hast user and hast group.
This still allows to access to other name spaces, like list of processes, network and sysvipc.
To address that, use jail(2) instead of chroot(2). Using jail(2) will restrict access to process table, network (we use ip-less jails) and sysvipc (if security.jail.sysvipc_allowed is turned off). This provides much better separation.
MFC after: 1 week
|
221898 |
14-May-2011 |
pjd |
When using capsicum to sanbox, still use other methods first, just in case one of them have some problems.
|
221719 |
10-May-2011 |
bms |
Typo. For USB devices, 'serial' should be 'sernum'. See sys/dev/usb/usb_device.c for what devctl_notify() gets.
|
221659 |
08-May-2011 |
gavin |
We now have multiple filesystems (UFS, ZFS, ...), so for tools that only operate on one type of filesystem, mention this. While here, capitalise the use of "UFS" in growfs.8 to match other uses of the term in other man pages.
MFC after: 1 week
|
221643 |
08-May-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to specify remote as 'none' again which was broken by r219351, where 'none' was defined as a value for checksum.
Reported by: trasz MFC after: 1 week
|
221633 |
08-May-2011 |
pjd |
Document the following sysctls:
kern.geom.eli.version kern.geom.eli.key_cache_limit kern.geom.eli.key_cache_hits kern.geom.eli.key_cache_misses
MFC after: 1 week
|
221632 |
08-May-2011 |
trociny |
Fix isitme(), which is used to check if node-specific configuration belongs to our node, and was returning false positive if the first part of a node name matches short hostname.
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
221436 |
04-May-2011 |
ru |
Implemented a mount option "nocto" that disables cache coherency checking at open time. It may improve performance for read-only NFS mounts. Use deliberately.
MFC after: 1 week Reviewed by: rmacklem, jhb (earlier version)
|
221363 |
03-May-2011 |
ae |
Add "-a alignment" option to gpart(8). When it specified gpart(8) tries to align partition start offset and size to be multiple of alignment value.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
221304 |
01-May-2011 |
uqs |
recoverdisk(8): treat output file consistently and abort on EINVAL
This improves usability a little as we no longer require using touch. Also reword the manpage wrt. parameters and fix usage() [1]
With no media in a cd(4) drive, the reads will loop producing EINVAL, abort in that case [2].
Document the shortcoming of sectorsize and MAXPHYS (a quick solution to this might be having MAXPHYS as the "bigsize", in short testing it didn't make a difference on throughput).
Submitted by: arundel [1] PR: bin/154528 [2]
|
221288 |
01-May-2011 |
rmacklem |
Fix the Makefile for mount_nfs so that it creates a link for mount_oldnfs.8 instead of mount_newnfs.8.
|
221233 |
29-Apr-2011 |
des |
Add an -E option to mirror newfs's. The idea is that if you have a system that was built before ffs grew support for TRIM, your filesystem will have plenty of free blocks that the flash chip doesn't know are free, so it can't take advantage of them for wear leveling. Once you've upgraded your kernel, you enable TRIM on the filesystem (tunefs -t enable), then run fsck_ffs -E on it before mounting it.
I tested this patch by half-filling an mdconfig'ed filesystem image, running fsck_ffs -E on it, then verifying that the contents were not damaged by comparing them to a pristine copy using rsync's checksum functionality. There is no reliable way to test it on real hardware.
Many thanks to mckusick@, who provided the tricky parts of this patch and reviewed the final version.
Reviewed by: mckusick@ MFC after: 3 weeks
|
221232 |
29-Apr-2011 |
des |
Somewhere around the 473rd time I mistyped "mdconfig file" instead of "mdconfig -f file", I decided that it would be easier to make mdconfig DWIM than to teach my fingers to type the correct command line.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
221194 |
29-Apr-2011 |
rmacklem |
Another man page update related to the switchover of the NFS clients done by r221124. This is a content change.
Submitted by: jh
|
221145 |
28-Apr-2011 |
rmacklem |
Update man pages related to the change in default NFS client applied by r221124. I also deleted references to idmapd, since that daemon no longer exists. This is a content change.
|
221144 |
27-Apr-2011 |
des |
whitespace nit - sorry for the churn
|
221143 |
27-Apr-2011 |
des |
whitespace nit
|
221124 |
27-Apr-2011 |
rmacklem |
This patch changes head so that the default NFS client is now the new NFS client (which I guess is no longer experimental). The fstype "newnfs" is now "nfs" and the regular/old NFS client is now fstype "oldnfs". Although mounts via fstype "nfs" will usually work without userland changes, an updated mount_nfs(8) binary is needed for kernels built with "options NFSCL" but not "options NFSCLIENT". Updated mount_nfs(8) and mount(8) binaries are needed to do mounts for fstype "oldnfs". The GENERIC kernel configs have been changed to use options NFSCL and NFSD (the new client and server) instead of NFSCLIENT and NFSSERVER. For kernels being used on diskless NFS root systems, "options NFSCL" must be in the kernel config. Discussed on freebsd-fs@.
|
221110 |
27-Apr-2011 |
des |
Mechanical whitespace cleanup.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
221108 |
27-Apr-2011 |
des |
Fix boo-boo in previous commit.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
221107 |
27-Apr-2011 |
des |
Alphabetize the options. No date bump since no actual change to the text.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
221078 |
26-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
Add missing ifdef. This fixes build with NO_OPENSSL.
Reported by: Pawel Tyll <ptyll@nitronet.pl> Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
221076 |
26-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
Rename HASTCTL_ defines, which are used for conversion between main hastd process and workers, remove unused one and set different range of numbers. This is done in order not to confuse them with HASTCTL_CMD defines, used for conversation between hastctl and hastd, and to avoid bugs like the one fixed in in r221075.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
221075 |
26-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
For conversation between hastctl and hastd we should use HASTCTL_CMD defines.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
221074 |
26-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
Fix assert messages.
Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
221049 |
26-Apr-2011 |
cperciva |
Stop trying to zero UFS1 superblocks if we fall off the end of the disk.
This avoids a potentially many-hours-long loop of failed writes if newfs finds a partially-overwritten superblock (or, for that matter, random garbage which happens to have superblock magic bytes); on one occasion I found newfs trying to zero 800 million superblocks on a 50 MB disk.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC after: 1 week
|
220935 |
22-Apr-2011 |
adrian |
Revert r220907 and r220915.
Changing the size of struct ieee80211_mimo_info changes the STA info data, breaking ifconfig in general.
|
220907 |
21-Apr-2011 |
adrian |
Change the MIMO userland export ABI to include flags, number of radio chains, extended EVM statistics and EXT channel data.
ifconfig still displays 3 chains worth of ctl noise/rssi.
|
220899 |
20-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Correct comment.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220898 |
20-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
When we become primary, we connect to the remote and expect it to be in secondary role. It is possible that the remote node is primary, but only because there was a role change and it didn't finish cleaning up (unmounting file systems, etc.). If we detect such situation, wait for the remote node to switch the role to secondary before accepting I/Os. If we don't wait for it in that case, we will most likely cause split-brain.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220890 |
20-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
If we act in different role than requested by the remote node, log it as a warning and not an error.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220889 |
20-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Timeout must be positive.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220887 |
20-Apr-2011 |
mav |
When calling XPT_REL_SIMQ to ajust number of openings, do not try to really release device. We haven't frozen the device before and attempt to release it will at least cause warning message from kernel.
|
220865 |
19-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Scenario: - We have two nodes connected and synchronized (local counters on both sides are 0). - We take secondary down and recreate it. - Primary connects to it and starts synchronization (but local counters are still 0). - We switch the roles. - Synchronization restarts but data is synchronized now from new primary (because local counters are 0) that doesn't have new data yet.
This fix this issue we bump local counter on primary when we discover that connected secondary was recreated and has no data yet.
Reported by: trociny Discussed with: trociny Tested by: trociny MFC after: 1 week
|
220835 |
19-Apr-2011 |
glebius |
Rewrite NAT configuration parser, so that memory allocation size is calculated dynamically.
PR: kern/143653
|
220808 |
18-Apr-2011 |
sobomax |
Furthermore condition IP waiting behaviour also on -dynamic flag. This should preserve POLA in all other cases (foreground || non-dynamic).
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
220806 |
18-Apr-2011 |
sobomax |
Only wait for the IP to appear on the interface if natd is running in the background.
Suggested by: Garrett Cooper <yanegomi@gmail.com>
Use EAGAIN instead of magic value of -2 to report this condition from the SetAliasAddressFromIfName routine.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
220804 |
18-Apr-2011 |
glebius |
More whitespace fixes.
Checked with: md5, diff -x -w
|
220802 |
18-Apr-2011 |
glebius |
Whitespace fixes.
Checked with: md5, diff -w
|
220801 |
18-Apr-2011 |
ru |
Changed "conscontrol unset" to accept an existing virtual console device as an argument. Unsetting virtual console using /dev/console seems to have never worked.
MFC after: 3 days
|
220744 |
17-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
Remove hast_proto_recv(). It was used only in one place, where hast_proto_recv_hdr() may be used. This also fixes the issue (introduced by r220523) with hastctl, which crashed on assert in hast_proto_recv_data().
Suggested and approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
220736 |
17-Apr-2011 |
sobomax |
If we can retrieve interface address sleep for one second and try again. This can happen during start-up, when natd starts before dhclient has a chance to receive IP address from the upstream provider.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
220617 |
14-Apr-2011 |
pluknet |
Remove vestiges of disklabel(5).
Reviewed by: uqs MFC after: 5 days
|
220573 |
12-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
The replication mode that is currently support is fullsync, not memsync. Correct this and print a warning if different replication mode is configured.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220523 |
10-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
In hast_proto_recv() remove unnecessary check. The size is checked later in hast_proto_recv_data().
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
220522 |
10-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
In hast_proto_recv_data() check that the size of the data to be received does not exceed the buffer size.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
220521 |
10-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
Fix a typo in comments.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
220520 |
10-Apr-2011 |
trociny |
hastd(8) maintains a map of dirty extents, not hastctl(8). Fix this.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
220382 |
06-Apr-2011 |
gjb |
Correct 'list scan' description in the examples. The previous description was incorrect - 'list scan' does not actually do a scan, but instead lists the results of the background 'scan' cache.
Submitted by: Fabian Keil (freebsd-listen of fabiankeil de) (via email) Discussed with: bschmidt MFC after: 3 days
|
220370 |
05-Apr-2011 |
obrien |
* Add the readline(3) API to libedit. The libedit versions of {readline,history}.h are in /usr/include/edit so as to not conflict with the GNU libreadline versions. To use the libedit readline(3) one should add "-I/usr/include/edit" to their Makefile (spelled "-I${DESTDIR}/${INCLUDEDIR}/edit" within the FreeBSD source tree).
* Enable its use in the BSD licensed utilities that support readline(3).
* To make it easier to sync libedit development with NetBSD, histedit.h is moved into libedit's directory as history shows shown we keep merging it into that location.
Obtained from: NetBSD Sponsored by: Juniper Networks
|
220274 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Increase default timeout from 5 seconds to 20 seconds. 5 seconds is definitely to short under heavy load and I was experiencing those timeouts in my recent tests.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220273 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Handle ENOBUFS on send(2) by retrying for a while and logging the problem.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220272 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
When we are operating on blocking socket and get EAGAIN on send(2) or recv(2) this means that request timed out. Translate the meaningless EAGAIN to ETIMEDOUT to give administrator a hint that he might need to increase timeout in configuration file.
MFC after: 1 month
|
220271 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Declare directions for sockets between primary and secondary. In HAST we use two sockets - one for only sending the data and one for only receiving the data.
MFC after: 1 month
|
220270 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to disable sends or receives on a socket using shutdown(2) by interpreting NULL 'data' argument passed to proto_common_send() or proto_common_recv() as a will to do so.
MFC after: 1 month
|
220266 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Handle the problem described in r220264 by using GEOM GATE queue of unlimited length. This should fix deadlocks reported by HAST users.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220265 |
02-Apr-2011 |
pjd |
Because ggatel(8) operates on local GEOM providers, use unlimited queue size in GEOM GATE to fix the issue described in r220264. This also means that we no longer need -q option, remove it. Don't bother to leaving it as a no-op, as ggatel(8) is just an example utility.
|
220007 |
25-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Add mapsize to the header just before sending the packet. Before it could change later and we were sending invalid mapsize. Some time ago I added optimization where when nodes are connected for the first time and there were no writes to them yet, there is no initial full synchronization. This bug prevented it from working.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220006 |
25-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Use timeout from configuration file not only when sending and receiving, but also when establishing connection.
MFC after: 1 week
|
220005 |
25-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Use role2str() when setting process title.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219974 |
24-Mar-2011 |
mav |
MFgraid/head: Add new RAID GEOM class, that is going to replace ataraid(4) in supporting various BIOS-based software RAIDs. Unlike ataraid(4) this implementation does not depend on legacy ata(4) subsystem and can be used with any disk drivers, including new CAM-based ones (ahci(4), siis(4), mvs(4), ata(4) with `options ATA_CAM`). To make code more readable and extensible, this implementation follows modular design, including core part and two sets of modules, implementing support for different metadata formats and RAID levels.
Support for such popular metadata formats is now implemented: Intel, JMicron, NVIDIA, Promise (also used by AMD/ATI) and SiliconImage.
Such RAID levels are now supported: RAID0, RAID1, RAID1E, RAID10, SINGLE, CONCAT.
For any all of these RAID levels and metadata formats this class supports full cycle of volume operations: reading, writing, creation, deletion, disk removal and insertion, rebuilding, dirty shutdown detection and resynchronization, bad sector recovery, faulty disks tracking, hot-spare disks. For Intel and Promise formats there is support multiple volumes per disk set.
Look graid(8) manual page for additional details.
Co-authored by: imp Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc. and iXsystems, Inc.
|
219969 |
24-Mar-2011 |
mav |
MFgraid/head r217014: Make `geom XXX list` and `geom XXX status` outputs more consistent: Add -a options to print all geoms, not only ones with providers. Add -g option for `status` to report geom's names, not provider's. Make `status` by default report provider's status (if present), not geom's. Make `status` report consumer's statuses, not only "synchronized" field.
|
219955 |
24-Mar-2011 |
ru |
It's possible to unmount multiple items at once, make it clear.
|
219904 |
23-Mar-2011 |
glebius |
Fix SYNOPSIS.
|
219900 |
23-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Don't create socketpair for connection forwarding between parent and secondary. Secondary doesn't need to connect anywhere.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219899 |
23-Mar-2011 |
jmallett |
Add support for displaying newfs flags for SU+J and TRIM.
|
219887 |
22-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Add my copyright.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219884 |
22-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Forgot to commit this as part of r219873.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219882 |
22-Mar-2011 |
trociny |
After synchronization is complete we should make primary counters be equal to secondary counters:
primary_localcnt = secondary_remotecnt primary_remotecnt = secondary_localcnt
Previously it was done wrong and split-brain was observed after primary had synchronized up-to-date data from secondary.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
219879 |
22-Mar-2011 |
trociny |
For requests that are sent only to remote component use the error from remote. Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
219873 |
22-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
The proto API is a general purpose API, so don't use 'hast' in structures or function names. It can now be used outside of HAST.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219864 |
22-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
White space cleanups.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219847 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
When dropping privileges prefer capsicum over chroot+setgid+setuid. We can use capsicum for secondary worker processes and hastctl. When working as primary we drop privileges using chroot+setgid+setuid still as we need to send ioctl(2)s to ggate device, for which capsicum doesn't allow (yet).
X-MFC after: capsicum is merged to stable/8
|
219844 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Initialize localcnt on first write. This fixes assertion when we create resource, set role to primary, do no writes, then sent it to secondary and accept connection from primary.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219843 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Fix typo.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219837 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Before handling any events on descriptors check signals so we can update our info about worker processes if any of them was terminated in the meantime.
This fixes the problem with 'hastctl status' running from a hook called on split-brain: 1. Secondary calls a hooks and terminates. 2. Hook asks for resource status via 'hastctl status'. 3. The main hastd handles the status request by sending it to the secondary worker who is already dead, but because signals weren't checked yet he doesn't know that and we get EPIPE.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219834 |
21-Mar-2011 |
gjb |
Bump date from previous commit.
|
219833 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Remove stale comment. Yes, it is valid to set role back to init.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219832 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Increase debug level of "Checking hooks." message.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219831 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Be pedantic and free nvout before exiting.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219830 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Detect situation where resource internal identifier differs. This means that both nodes have separately managed resources that don't have the same data.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219821 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Forgot to commit this as a part of r219818.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219818 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
In hast.conf we define the other node's address in 'remote' variable. This way we know how to connect to secondary node when we are primary. The same variable is used by the secondary node - it only accepts connections from the address stored in 'remote' variable. In cluster configurations it is common that each node has its individual IP address and there is one addtional shared IP address which is assigned to primary node. It seems it is possible that if the shared IP address is from the same network as the individual IP address it might be choosen by the kernel as a source address for connection with the secondary node. Such connection will be rejected by secondary, as it doesn't come from primary node individual IP.
Add 'source' variable that allows to specify source IP address we want to bind to before connecting to the secondary node.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219817 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Log when we start hooks checking and when we execute a hook.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219816 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Use snprlcat() instead of two strlcat(3)s.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219815 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Add snprlcat() and vsnprlcat() - the functions I'm always missing. They work as a combination of snprintf(3) and strlcat(3) - the caller can append a string build based on the given format.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219814 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
When creating connection on behalf of primary worker, set pjdlog prefix to resource name and role, so that any logs related to that can be identified properly.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219813 |
21-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
If there is any traffic on one of out descriptors, we were not checking for long running hooks. Fix it by not using select(2) timeout to decide if we want to check hooks or not.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219805 |
20-Mar-2011 |
gjb |
Use 'list scan' in favor of 'scan', as 'scan' has a different purpose.
Pointed out by: bschmidt MFC after: 1 day
|
219739 |
18-Mar-2011 |
ume |
Use resolvconf(8) to update /etc/resolv.conf. If you don't want to use resolvconf(8) to update /etc/resolv.conf, you can put resolvconf_enable="NO" into /etc/dhclient-enter-hooks.
|
219738 |
18-Mar-2011 |
ume |
Add resolvconf(8) which manages resolv.conf.
|
219721 |
17-Mar-2011 |
trociny |
For secondary, set 2 * HAST_KEEPALIVE seconds timeout for incoming connection so the worker will exit if it does not receive packets from the primary during this interval.
Reported by: Christian Vogt <Christian.Vogt@haw-hamburg.de> Tested by: Christian Vogt <Christian.Vogt@haw-hamburg.de> Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
219669 |
15-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Remove #include needed for debugging.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219620 |
13-Mar-2011 |
trociny |
In command line options allow size to be specified using k/M/G/T suffixes.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
219581 |
12-Mar-2011 |
ae |
Fix grammar.
Pointed out: Ben Kaduk MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219575 |
12-Mar-2011 |
gjb |
Remove unneeded newline.
MFC after: 1 week
|
219574 |
12-Mar-2011 |
gjb |
Add example of using 'scan' for wireless networks, similarly to OpenBSD's ifconfig(8).
PR: 151952 Submitted by: Jared (rhyous of yahoo com) MFC after: 1 week
|
219573 |
12-Mar-2011 |
ae |
Document GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT option.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219482 |
11-Mar-2011 |
trociny |
Make workers inherit debug level from the main process.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
219449 |
10-Mar-2011 |
uqs |
Widen fields that display partition offset/length.
This makes partitions between 50GiB and 2TiB (16TiB for 4k drives) print correctly aligned.
While here, fix type of secsize. g_sectorsize() returns ssize_t, don't store this in an unsigned var. Bump WARNS to 6.
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
219448 |
10-Mar-2011 |
uqs |
Remove dead code in bsdlabel depending on __alpha__
|
219447 |
10-Mar-2011 |
uqs |
Remove bsdlabel test-script that was full of broken assumptions.
- the default label now includes an a: partition by default - the c: partition is no longer exported via devfs - writing of the labels usually works in all cases, though the script assumes half of them have to fail
|
219446 |
10-Mar-2011 |
uqs |
Remove bsdlabel.5, which hasn't been installed in over 7 years and contains little more than an out-dated copy of <sys/disklabel.h>
|
219424 |
09-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Change example to not be controversial. I'm sorry to anyone who felt offended by this.
PR: docs/155385 Reported by: maga_lena <mirto@riseup.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
219416 |
08-Mar-2011 |
ae |
It is better to sometimes have not aligned columns than often have wrapped lines.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219415 |
08-Mar-2011 |
ae |
Add -p option to `gpart show` command to show provider's names of partitions instead of partition's indexes. This may be useful with GPT partitioning scheme or EBR without GEOM_PART_EBR_COMPAT option.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219385 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Unbreak the build.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219373 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Print some of the numbers in human readable form (using %N).
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219372 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
- Log size of data to synchronize in human readable form (using %N). - Log synchronization time (using %T). - Log synchronization speed in human readable form (using %N).
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219371 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Use %S to print IP address and port number.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219370 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
- Turn on printf extentions. - Load support for %T for pritning time. - Add support for %N for printing number in human readable form. - Add support for %S for printing sockaddr structure (currently only AF_INET family is supported, as this is all we need in HAST). - Disable gcc compile-time format checking as this will no longer work.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219369 |
07-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Provides three states for pjdlog_initialized, so we can also tell that this is fist initialization ever.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219354 |
06-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to compress on-the-wire data using two algorithms: - HOLE - it simply turns all-zero blocks into few bytes header; it is extremely fast, so it is turned on by default; it is mostly intended to speed up initial synchronization where we expect many zeros; - LZF - very fast algorithm by Marc Alexander Lehmann, which shows very decent compression ratio and has BSD license.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219351 |
06-Mar-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to checksum on-the-wire data using either CRC32 or SHA256.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
219040 |
25-Feb-2011 |
dougb |
Revert r217871.
|
218965 |
23-Feb-2011 |
brucec |
Fix typos - remove duplicate "is".
PR: docs/154934 Submitted by: Eitan Adler <lists at eitanadler.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
218951 |
22-Feb-2011 |
jh |
Xref makefs(8).
PR: 154708 Submitted by: jhs
|
218726 |
16-Feb-2011 |
mckusick |
Add the -j option to enable soft updates journaling when creating a new file system.
Reviewed by: Kostik Belousov <kostikbel@gmail.com>
|
218700 |
15-Feb-2011 |
keramida |
Note that a UFS filesystem can have up to 20 active snapshots.
PR: docs/151104 Submitted by: Aldis Berjoza <aldis@bsdroot.lv> MFC after: 3 days
|
218677 |
14-Feb-2011 |
brucec |
Add a check to make sure the provider name is "mdN" before printing the unit number.
Suggested by: jh MFC after: 3 days
|
218652 |
13-Feb-2011 |
brucec |
Only print the unit number when invoked with the -n flag.
PR: bin/144300 Submitted by: arundel MFC after: 3 days
|
218604 |
12-Feb-2011 |
kib |
In checker, read journal by sectors.
Due to UFS insistence to pretend that device sector size is 512 bytes, sector size is obtained from ioctl(DIOCGSECTORSIZE) for real devices, and from the label otherwise. The file images without label have to be made with 512 sector size.
In collaboration with: pho Reviewed by: jeff Tested by: bz, pho
|
218603 |
12-Feb-2011 |
kib |
When creating a directory entry for the journal, always read at least the fragment, and write the full block. Reading less might not work due to device sector size bigger then size of direntries in the last directory fragment.
Reported by: bz In collaboration with: pho Reviewed by: jeff Tested by: bz, pho
|
218474 |
09-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
When we decide to unlink socket file, sun_path must be set. If it is set, but there is problem unlinking the file, log a warning.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218465 |
08-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Explicitly include <sys/types.h> as suggested by getpid(2) and don't rely on <sys/un.h> including what's needed.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218464 |
08-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Unlink UNIX domain socket file only if: 1. The descriptor is the one we are listening on (not the one when we connect as a client and not the one which is created on accept(2)). 2. Descriptor was created by us (PID matches with the PID stored on bind(2)).
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
218376 |
06-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Now that we break the loop on fstat(2) failure we no longer need to satisfy gcc's imperfections.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218375 |
06-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Add (void) cast before snprintf(3)s for which we are not interested in return values.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218374 |
06-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Treat fstat(2) failure (different than EBADF) as fatal error.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
218373 |
06-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Open syslog when logging sysconf(3) failure.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
218370 |
06-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Close more descriptors that can be open if the worker process for the given resource is already running.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
218218 |
03-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Setup another socketpair between parent and child, so that primary sandboxed worker can ask the main privileged process to connect in worker's behalf and then we can migrate descriptor using this socketpair to worker. This is not really needed now, but will be needed once we start to use capsicum for sandboxing.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218217 |
03-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Add missing locking after moving keepalive_send() to remote send thread in r214692.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218215 |
03-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Drop privileges after connecting to hastd, but before sending or receiving anything.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218214 |
03-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Let the caller log info about successful privilege drop. We don't want to log this in hastctl.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218201 |
02-Feb-2011 |
bz |
Add missing argument after r218192.
|
218194 |
02-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
- Rename proto_descriptor_{send,recv}() functions to proto_connection_{send,recv} and change them to return proto_conn structure. We don't operate directly on descriptors, but on proto_conns. - Add wrap method to wrap descriptor with proto_conn. - Remove methods to send and receive descriptors and implement this functionality as additional argument to send and receive methods.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218193 |
02-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Add proto_connect_wait() to wait for connection to finish. If timeout argument to proto_connect() is -1, then the caller needs to use this new function to wait for connection.
This change is in preparation for capsicum, where sandboxed worker wants to ask main process to connect in worker's behalf and pass descriptor to the worker. Because we don't want the main process to wait for the connection, it will start async connection and pass descriptor to the worker who will be responsible for waiting for the connection to finish.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218192 |
02-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Allow to specify connection timeout by the caller.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218191 |
02-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Move protocol allocation and deallocation to separate functions.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218185 |
02-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Be prepared that hp_client or hp_server might be NULL now.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218158 |
01-Feb-2011 |
pjd |
Do not set socket send and receive buffer. It will be auto-tuned.
Confirmed by: rwatson MFC after: 1 week
|
218148 |
31-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Fix build on ia64.
I found no way how to use CMSG_NXTHDR() macro on ia64 without alignment warnings.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218147 |
31-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Until I fix the build on ia64 comment out problematic lines. Those lines are part of the (for now) unused functions.
|
218139 |
31-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Implement two new functions for sending descriptor and receving descriptor over UNIX domain sockets and socket pairs. This is in preparation for capsicum.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218138 |
31-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
- Use pjdlog for assertions and aborts as this will log assert/abort message to syslog if we run in background. - Asserts in proto.c that method we want to call is implemented and remove dummy methods from protocols implementation that are only there to abort the program with nice message.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218132 |
31-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Rename pjdlog_verify() to pjdlog_abort() as it better describes what the the function does and mark it with __dead2.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218093 |
30-Jan-2011 |
bschmidt |
Fix the 'scan hang' issue.
When requesting a scan and one is already in progess, e.g. while in scan state, we happily wait for a scan done notification. Though, this notification might never be sent, e.g. if we are trying to find a network to associate to and there is none. Instead of always waiting for a notification just do so if a new scan has been started. For both cases the scan cache is used to report available networks even if the content might not be fresh.
MFC after: 1 month
|
218090 |
30-Jan-2011 |
bschmidt |
When doing a scan while being associated it is possible that the scan is deferred for the time it takes to flush the TX queue. This work being done the scan then is continued, but only if it is marked to do so. As the 'ifconfig scan' request is meant to be used after the interface is brought up, request a background scan by default. This behaviour is already documented in manual page.
This fixes on possible case where 'ifconfig scan' hangs infinitely.
MFC after: 1 month
|
218049 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Drop privileges in worker processes.
Accepting connections and handshaking in secondary is still done before dropping privileges. It should be implemented by only accepting connections in privileged main process and passing connection descriptors to the worker, but is not implemented yet.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218048 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Implement function that drops privileges by: - chrooting to /var/empty (user hast home directory), - setting groups to 'hast' (user hast primary group), - setting real group id, effective group id and saved group id to 'hast', - setting real user id, effective user id and saved user id to 'hast'. At the end verify that those operations where successfull.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218045 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Use newly added descriptors_assert() function to ensure only expected descriptors are open.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218044 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add function to assert that the only descriptors we have open are the ones we expect to be open. Also assert that they point at expected type.
Because openlog(3) API is unable to tell us descriptor number it is using, we have to close syslog socket, remember assert message in local buffer and if we fail on assertion, reopen syslog socket and log the message.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218043 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Close all unneeded descriptors after fork(2).
MFC after: 1 week
|
218042 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add comments to places where we treat errors as ciritical, but it is possible to handle them more gracefully.
MFC after: 1 week
|
218041 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add function to close all unneeded descriptors after fork(2).
MFC after: 1 week
|
218040 |
28-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Initialize all global variables on pjdlog_init().
MFC after: 1 week
|
218015 |
28-Jan-2011 |
ae |
Document the "bios-boot" partition type.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
217969 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Remember created control connection so on fork(2) we can close it in child.
Found with: procstat(1) MFC after: 1 week
|
217967 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Close the control socket before exiting, so it will be unlinked.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217966 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Extend pjdlog_verify() to support the following additional macros: PJDLOG_RVERIFY() - always check expression and on false log the given message and exit. PJDLOG_RASSERT() - check expression when NDEBUG is not defined and on false log given message and exit. PJDLOG_ABORT() - log the given message and exit.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217965 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add functions to initialize/finalize pjdlog. This allows to open/close log file at will.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217964 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Use my copyright for 2011 work.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217962 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add LOG_NDELAY flag to openlog(3) - we want descriptor to be immediately open so there are no surprises once we start chrooting or using capsicum.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217961 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
- Remove obvious NOTREACHED comment after abort() call. - Remove redundant newline at the end of the file.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217958 |
27-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Remove __dead2 from pjdlog_verify() prototype, it does return sometimes.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217871 |
26-Jan-2011 |
dougb |
Clarify the availability of the noatime option on network file systems
|
217859 |
25-Jan-2011 |
cracauer |
Fix compilation with debug on. Fix segfault when TargetAddress is missing or mis-spelled in config file.
|
217808 |
25-Jan-2011 |
sobomax |
Supply maximum value as an argument to the decimal() function instead of supplying number of bits.
Submitted by: bde
|
217784 |
24-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Don't open configuration file from worker process. Handle SIGHUP in the master process only and pass changes to the worker processes over control socket. This removes access to global namespace in preparation for capsicum sandboxing.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
217780 |
24-Jan-2011 |
ivoras |
Added a blurb about thin provisioning, fixed some formatting.
|
217771 |
24-Jan-2011 |
sobomax |
o Cylinder numbers are 10 bits in the MBR;
o Sector numbers are only 6 bits in the MBR;
o bde'cize name of the local variable.
Submitted by: bde
|
217769 |
24-Jan-2011 |
mckusick |
The dump, fsck_ffs, fsdb, fsirand, newfs, makefs, and quot utilities include sys/time.h instead of time.h. This include is incorrect as per the manpages for the APIs and the POSIX definitions. This commit replaces sys/time.h where necessary with time.h.
The commit also includes some minor style(9) header fixup in newfs.
This commit is part of a larger effort by Garrett Cooper started in //depot/user/gcooper/posix-conformance-work/ -- to make FreeBSD more POSIX compliant.
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper yanegomi at gmail dot com
|
217753 |
23-Jan-2011 |
jilles |
init(8): Document that login(1) is now responsible for recording logouts.
init(8) only uses utmpx for recording reboots and shutdowns.
|
217750 |
23-Jan-2011 |
jilles |
init: Only run /etc/rc.shutdown if /etc/rc was run.
It does not make sense to shut down daemons that were not started. In particular, this fixes loss of mixer settings when shutting down using shutdown(8), init(8) or ctrl+alt+del from single-user mode.
If /etc/rc reboots, /etc/rc.shutdown is not run.
Also fix segfaults and other erratic behaviour if init receives SIGHUP or SIGTSTP while in single-user mode.
This commit does not attempt to fix any badness with signal handlers (assumption that pointers can be read and written atomically, EINTR race condition). I believe it does not make this badness any worse.
Silence on: -arch@
|
217737 |
22-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add missing logs.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217732 |
22-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add nv_assert() which allows to assert that the given name exists.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217731 |
22-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Use more consistent function name with the others (pjdlogv_prefix_set() instead of pjdlog_prefix_setv()).
MFC after: 1 week
|
217730 |
22-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Use int16 for error.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217729 |
22-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
- On primary worker reload, update hr_exec field. - Update comment.
MFC after: 1 week
|
217726 |
22-Jan-2011 |
marcel |
s/utime/modtime/g -- utime shadows utime(3).
Submitted by: Garrett Cooper
|
217714 |
22-Jan-2011 |
sobomax |
Warn user when value entered is greated than the amount supported by the MBR for the given parameter and set that parameter to the maximum value instead of just truncating the most significant part silently.
Could happen for example if the capacity of the device is more than 2TB, so that the number of sectors is greater than 2Mib.
MFC after: 1 month
|
217616 |
19-Jan-2011 |
mdf |
Introduce signed and unsigned version of CTLTYPE_QUAD, renaming existing uses. Rename sysctl_handle_quad() to sysctl_handle_64().
|
217586 |
19-Jan-2011 |
mdf |
sysctl(8) should use the CTLTYPE to determine the type of data when reading. (This was already done for writing to a sysctl). This requires all SYSCTL setups to specify a type. Most of them are now checked at compile-time.
Remove SYSCTL_*X* sysctl additions as the print being in hex should be controlled by the -x flag to sysctl(8).
Succested by: bde
|
217522 |
17-Jan-2011 |
mdf |
Fix typo and bump date.
|
217521 |
17-Jan-2011 |
mdf |
The kernel is not exporting any "T,dev_t" sysctl nodes anymore, so remove the capability and mention from sysctl(8).
|
217344 |
13-Jan-2011 |
maxim |
o Somehow I revert Dd macro in the previous commit. Re-revert it.
|
217343 |
13-Jan-2011 |
maxim |
o Start each sentence on a new line. No content changes.
Suggested by: jhb MFC after: 1 week
|
217342 |
13-Jan-2011 |
maxim |
o Typo fixes.
PR: docs/153933 Submitted by: jpaetzel@, Warren Block MFC after: 1 week
|
217334 |
12-Jan-2011 |
brucec |
Fix formatting of cross-references.
|
217327 |
12-Jan-2011 |
brucec |
Fix sorting of cross-references.
|
217316 |
12-Jan-2011 |
brucec |
Fix cross-reference to gvinum(8).
|
217314 |
12-Jan-2011 |
ae |
Fix up the grammar.
PR: docs/153933 MFC after: 3 days
|
217312 |
12-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
execve(2), not fork(2) resets signal handler to the default value (if it isn't ignored). Correct comment talking about that.
Pointed out by: kib MFC after: 3 days
|
217308 |
12-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Add a note that when custom signal handler is installed for a signal, signal action is restored to default in child after fork(2). In this case there is no need to do anything with dummy SIGCHLD handler, because after fork(2) it will be automatically reverted to SIG_IGN.
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com MFC after: 3 days
|
217307 |
12-Jan-2011 |
pjd |
Install default signal handlers before masking signals we want to handle. It is possible that the parent process ignores some of them and sigtimedwait() will never see them, eventhough they are masked.
The most common situation for this to happen is boot process where init(8) ignores SIGHUP before starting to execute /etc/rc. This in turn caused hastd(8) to ignore SIGHUP.
Reported by: trasz Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com MFC after: 3 days
|
217305 |
12-Jan-2011 |
ae |
Sector size can not be greater than MAXPHYS. Since GRAID3 calculates sector size from user-specified block size, report to user about big blocksize.
PR: kern/147851 MFC after: 1 week
|
217016 |
05-Jan-2011 |
ken |
The camcontrol smppc option to clear a PHY error log is 'clearerrlog', not 'clearerrorlog'.
|
217013 |
05-Jan-2011 |
marius |
Teach ifconfig(8) the handy shared option shortcut aliases the NetBSD counterpart also takes, i.e. "fdx" for "full-duplex", "flow" for "flowcontrol", "hdx" for "half-duplex" as well as "loop" and "loopback" for "hw-loopback".
MFC after: 1 week
|
216823 |
30-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
For compatibility with Linux and Solaris add poweroff(8).
It is implemented as a hard link to shutdown(8) and it is equivalent of:
# shutdown -p now
While I'm here put one line of usage into one line of C code so it is easier to grep(1) and separate unrelated code with empty line.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
216798 |
29-Dec-2010 |
kib |
Add support for FS_TRIM to user-mode UFS utilities.
Reviewed by: mckusick, pjd, pho Tested by: pho MFC after: 1 month
|
216725 |
26-Dec-2010 |
simon |
Fix deprecated warning about -L which said -i was deprecated.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216722 |
26-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
Detect when resource is configured more than once.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216721 |
26-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
When node-specific configuration is missing in resource section, provide more useful information. Instead of:
hastd: remote address not configured for resource foo
Print the following:
No resource foo configuration for this node (acceptable node names: freefall, freefall.freebsd.org, 44333332-4c44-4e31-4a30-313920202020).
MFC after: 3 days
|
216619 |
21-Dec-2010 |
ae |
Check number of arguments before trying to read arg0. This prevents access to arg0 and dumping core when `gpart bootcode` called without arguments.
|
216561 |
19-Dec-2010 |
charnier |
Add __unused. Ansi prototypes.
|
216494 |
16-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
The 'ret' variable is of type ssize_t and we use proper format for it (%zd), so no (bogus) cast is needed.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216493 |
16-Dec-2010 |
obrien |
Revert r216473. WARNS=6 causes "warning: cast increases required alignment of target type" on arm, ia64, mips, and sparc64.
|
216479 |
16-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
Improve problems logging.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216478 |
16-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
Don't ignore errors from remote requests.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216477 |
16-Dec-2010 |
pjd |
Log the fact of launching and include protocol version number.
MFC after: 3 days
|
216473 |
16-Dec-2010 |
obrien |
Bump WARNS to 6.
|
216472 |
16-Dec-2010 |
obrien |
GEOM virstor .so does not need libmd.
|
216470 |
15-Dec-2010 |
obrien |
Rename the generic "CLASS" to the more specific "GEOM_CLASS". While I'm here remove redundancy and inconsistencies.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks
|
216468 |
15-Dec-2010 |
obrien |
Rename the generic "CLASS" to the more specific "GEOM_CLASS". While I'm here remove redundancy and inconsistencies.
Obtained from: Juniper Networks
|
216453 |
15-Dec-2010 |
kib |
Add the missed 'p' flag to getopt() optstring argument.
MFC after: 1 week
|
216399 |
12-Dec-2010 |
joel |
Remove the advertising clause from UCB copyrighted files in sbin. This is in accordance with the information at ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
|
216361 |
10-Dec-2010 |
ken |
Fix a few issues related to the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.
camcontrol.c: In buildbusdevlist(), don't attempt to get call getdevid() for an unconfigured device, even when the verbose flag is set. The cam_open_btl() call will almost certainly fail.
Probe for the buffer size when issuing the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB. Probing for the buffer size first helps us avoid allocating the maximum buffer size when it really may not be necessary. This also helps avoid errors from cam_periph_mapmem() if we attempt to map more than MAXPHYS.
cam_periph.c: In cam_periph_mapmem(), if the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB shows a bufsiz of 0, we don't have anything to map, so just return.
Also, set the maximum mapping size to MAXPHYS instead of DFLTPHYS for XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs, since they don't actually go down to the hardware.
scsi_pass.c: Don't bother mapping the buffer in XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs if bufsiz is 0.
|
216297 |
08-Dec-2010 |
glebius |
- Fix array bounds checking. [1] - Add message length checking.
PR: 151664 [1] Submitted by: Alexey Illarionov <littlesavage rambler.ru> [1] Reviewed by: yar
|
216296 |
08-Dec-2010 |
glebius |
Add RTM_IEEE80211 to array of route message descriptions.
PR: 151664 Submitted by: Alexey Illarionov <littlesavage rambler.ru>
|
216267 |
07-Dec-2010 |
weongyo |
Introduces IFF_CANTCONFIG interface flag to point that the interface isn't configurable in a meaningful way. This is for ifconfig(8) or other tools not to change code whenever IFT_USB-like interfaces are registered at the interface list.
Reviewed by: brooks No objections: gavin, jkim
|
216178 |
04-Dec-2010 |
uqs |
Move most of the remaining USD/PSD/SMM papers into share/doc
|
216147 |
03-Dec-2010 |
delphij |
* Recommend a overwrite of whole geli provider before use. * Correct a typo while I'm there.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 2 weeks
|
216095 |
01-Dec-2010 |
kevlo |
Closing file descriptors when it's done
|
216089 |
01-Dec-2010 |
weongyo |
Don't print usbus[0-9] interfaces that it's not the interesting interface type for ifconfig(8).
|
216088 |
30-Nov-2010 |
ken |
Add Serial Management Protocol (SMP) passthrough support to CAM.
This includes support in the kernel, camcontrol(8), libcam and the mps(4) driver for SMP passthrough.
The CAM SCSI probe code has been modified to fetch Inquiry VPD page 0x00 to determine supported pages, and will now fetch page 0x83 in addition to page 0x80 if supported.
Add two new CAM CCBs, XPT_SMP_IO, and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO. The SMP CCB is intended for SMP requests and responses. The ADVINFO is currently used to fetch cached VPD page 0x83 data from the transport layer, but is intended to be extensible to fetch other types of device-specific data.
SMP-only devices are not currently represented in the CAM topology, and so the current semantics are that the SIM will route SMP CCBs to either the addressed device, if it contains an SMP target, or its parent, if it contains an SMP target. (This is noted in cam_ccb.h, since it will change later once we have the ability to have SMP-only devices in CAM's topology.)
smp_all.c, smp_all.h: New helper routines for SMP. This includes SMP request building routines, response parsing routines, error decoding routines, and structure definitions for a number of SMP commands.
libcam/Makefile: Add smp_all.c to libcam, so that SMP functionality is available to userland applications.
camcontrol.8, camcontrol.c: Add smp passthrough support to camcontrol. Several new subcommands are now available:
'smpcmd' functions much like 'cmd', except that it allows the user to send generic SMP commands.
'smprg' sends the SMP report general command, and displays the decoded output. It will automatically fetch extended output if it is available.
'smppc' sends the SMP phy control command, with any number of potential options. Among other things, this allows the user to reset a phy on a SAS expander, or disable a phy on an expander.
'smpmaninfo' sends the SMP report manufacturer information and displays the decoded output.
'smpphylist' displays a list of phys on an expander, and the CAM devices attached to those phys, if any.
cam.h, cam.c: Add a status value for SMP errors (CAM_SMP_STATUS_ERROR).
Add a missing description for CAM_SCSI_IT_NEXUS_LOST.
Add support for SMP commands to cam_error_string().
cam_ccb.h: Rename the CAM_DIR_RESV flag to CAM_DIR_BOTH. SMP commands are by nature bi-directional, and we may need to support bi-directional SCSI commands later.
Add the XPT_SMP_IO CCB. Since SMP commands are bi-directional, there are pointers for both the request and response.
Add a fill routine for SMP CCBs.
Add the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB. This is currently used to fetch cached page 0x83 data from the transport later, but is extensible to fetch many other types of data.
cam_periph.c: Add support in cam_periph_mapmem() for XPT_SMP_IO and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.
cam_xpt.c: Add support for executing XPT_SMP_IO CCBs.
cam_xpt_internal.h: Add fields for VPD pages 0x00 and 0x83 in struct cam_ed.
scsi_all.c: Add scsi_get_sas_addr(), a function that parses VPD page 0x83 data and pulls out a SAS address.
scsi_all.h: Add VPD page 0x00 and 0x83 structures, and a prototype for scsi_get_sas_addr().
scsi_pass.c: Add support for mapping buffers in XPT_SMP_IO and XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCBs.
scsi_xpt.c: In the SCSI probe code, first ask the device for VPD page 0x00. If any VPD pages are supported, that page is required to be implemented. Based on the response, we may probe for the serial number (page 0x80) or device id (page 0x83).
Add support for the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO CCB.
sys/conf/files: Add smp_all.c.
mps.c: Add support for passing in a uio in mps_map_command(), so we can map a S/G list at once.
Add support for SMP passthrough commands in mps_data_cb(). SMP is a special case, because the first buffer in the S/G list is outbound and the second buffer is inbound.
Add support for warning the user if the busdma code comes back with more buffers than will work for the command. This will, for example, help the user determine why an SMP command failed if busdma comes back with three buffers.
mps_pci.c: Add sys/uio.h.
mps_sas.c: Add the SAS address and the parent handle to the list of fields we pull from device page 0 and cache in struct mpssas_target. These are needed for SMP passthrough.
Add support for the XPT_SMP_IO CCB. For now, this CCB is routed to the addressed device if it supports SMP, or to its parent if it does not and the parent does. This is necessary because CAM does not currently support SMP-only nodes in the topology.
Make SMP passthrough support conditional on __FreeBSD_version >= 900026. This will make it easier to MFC this change to the driver without MFCing the CAM changes as well.
mps_user.c: Un-staticize mpi_init_sge() so we can use it for the SMP passthrough code.
mpsvar.h: Add a uio and iovecs into struct mps_command for SMP passthrough commands.
Add a cm_max_segs field to struct mps_command so that we can warn the user if busdma comes back with too many segments.
Clear the cm_reply when a command gets freed. If it is not cleared, reply frames will eventually get freed into the pool multiple times and corrupt the pool. (This fix is from scottl.)
Add a prototype for mpi_init_sge().
sys/param.h: Bump __FreeBSD_version to 900026 for the for the inclusion of the XPT_GDEV_ADVINFO and XPT_SMP_IO CAM CCBs.
|
215704 |
22-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
Fix some more warnings found by clang.
|
215702 |
22-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
Fix use of AND operator: should be bitwise instead of logical.
|
215676 |
22-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
Don't generate input() since it's not used.
|
215674 |
22-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
Don't generate input() since it's not used.
|
215672 |
22-Nov-2010 |
ae |
Add SIGINT handler to `gpart restore` action.
MFC after: 1 week
|
215671 |
22-Nov-2010 |
ae |
Always dump partition labels with `gpart backup`, but `gpart restore` does restore them only when -l option is specified [1]. Make number of entries field in backup format optional. Document -l and -r options of `gpart show` action.
Suggested by: pjd [1] MFC after: 1 week
|
215658 |
22-Nov-2010 |
kevlo |
Plug an fd leak
|
215607 |
21-Nov-2010 |
kevlo |
Fix missing closedir()
Reviewed by: imp
|
215576 |
20-Nov-2010 |
mckusick |
Delete /sys/ufs/ffs/README.snapshot as it is no longer relevant. Drop reference to it in mount(8).
MFC: 3 days
|
215570 |
20-Nov-2010 |
ae |
Add to gpart(8) an ability to backup partition table and restore it from given backup.
Discussed with: geom@ Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
215507 |
19-Nov-2010 |
rstone |
When doing a camcontrol rescan all or a camcontrol reset all, use the wildcard path id for enumerating the available busses. Previously camcontrol was implicitly passing 0 as the first path id, which meant that if bus 0 was not present camcontrol would fail with EINVAL instead of rescanning/resetting any busses that were present.
Approved by: emaste (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
215426 |
17-Nov-2010 |
jhb |
Remove unused autofs userland bits.
Approved by: core
|
215332 |
15-Nov-2010 |
pjd |
Move timeout.tv_sec initialization outside the loop - sigtimedwait(2) won't modify it.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
215331 |
15-Nov-2010 |
pjd |
1. Exit when we cannot create incoming connection. 2. Improve logging to inform which connection can't be created.
Submitted by: [1] Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
215272 |
13-Nov-2010 |
marius |
When setting a media with no sub-type specified also reset the type specific options along with the global ones so these options don't stick when f.e. switching to IFM_AUTO.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
215259 |
13-Nov-2010 |
marius |
When printing media with more than one media option set aggregate these in a comma delimited list instead of repeating "mediaopt" for each one. This matches how the options of the active media are printed with print_media_word() and brings us in line what NetBSD does.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
215248 |
13-Nov-2010 |
kib |
In printfile(), exit the process instead of only printing the warning. This fixes verbose mode when either -i specified non-existent kldfile id, or the file was unloaded between two kldnext(2) calls.
While there, fix printfile() definition to be style(9)-compliant.
Submitted by: arundel MFC after: 1 week
|
215247 |
13-Nov-2010 |
joel |
Use "cylinder" instead of "cyl" for consistency.
Reviewed by: phk
|
215179 |
12-Nov-2010 |
luigi |
The first customer of the SO_USER_COOKIE option: the "sockarg" ipfw option matches packets associated to a local socket and with a non-zero so_user_cookie value. The value is made available as tablearg, so it can be used as a skipto target or pipe number in ipfw/dummynet rules.
Code by Paul Joe, manpage by me.
Submitted by: Paul Joe MFC after: 1 week
|
214834 |
05-Nov-2010 |
rpaulo |
Append to CFLAGS, don't clobber it.
Submitted by: loos
|
214807 |
04-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
r214781 caused the timer value to be rounded down, so that if the user asked for 59 minutes 30 was sent to the drive. The timer value is now always rounded up.
Reported by: mav
|
214781 |
04-Nov-2010 |
brucec |
Fix standby timer calculation: the timer was being set 30 minutes later than the user requested. Also, 21 minutes is encoded as 252 and 22-29 minutes cannot be encoded so must be rounded up to 30.
PR: bin/151871
|
214692 |
02-Nov-2010 |
pjd |
Send packets to remote node only via the send thread to avoid possible races - in this case a keepalive packet was send from wrong thread which lead to connection dropping, because of corrupted packet.
Fix it by sending keepalive packets directly from the send thread. As a bonus we now send keepalive packets only when connection is idle.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
214536 |
29-Oct-2010 |
rpaulo |
Add a ${.CURDIR} reference to the previous commit.
Submitted by: dim
|
214533 |
29-Oct-2010 |
rpaulo |
Force include ../../libpcap/config.h since privsep.c groks pcap's internals.
|
214419 |
27-Oct-2010 |
jh |
Correct a typo.
PR: 151321 Submitted by: Simon Walton MFC after: 3 days
|
214404 |
26-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Use fprintf(stderr) instead of gctl_error() to print a warning about too big sector size. When gctl error is set gctl_has_param() always returns 'false', which prevents geli(8) from finding some arguments and also masks an error, which is generates in such case.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214352 |
25-Oct-2010 |
ae |
Reimplemented "gpart destroy -F". Now it does all work in kernel. This was needed for recover implementation.
Implement the recover command for GPT. Now GPT will marked as corrupt when any of three types of corruption will be detected: 1. Damaged primary GPT header or table 2. Damaged secondary GPT header or table 3. Secondary header is not located in the last LBA Marked GPT becomes read-only. Any changes with corrupt table are prohibited. Only "destroy" and "recover" commands are allowed.
Discussed with: geom@ (mostly silence) Tested by: Ilya A. Arhipov Approved by: mav (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
214321 |
25-Oct-2010 |
mav |
Do some whitespace and `identify` output cleanup.
Submitted by: arundel MFC after: 2 weeks
|
214284 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Before this change on first connect between primary and secondary we initialize all the data. This is huge waste of time and resources if there were no writes yet, as there is no real data to synchronize.
Optimize this by sending "virgin" argument to secondary, which gives it a hint that synchronization is not needed.
In the common case (where noth nodes are configured at the same time) instead of synchronizing everything, we don't synchronize at all.
MFC after: 1 week
|
214283 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Implement nv_exists() function that returns true if argument of the given name exists.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214282 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Move all NV defines into nv.c, they are not used externally thus there is no need to make then visible from outside.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214276 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Simplify code a bit.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214275 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leak.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214274 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leaks.
Found with: valgrind MFC after: 3 days
|
214273 |
24-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Load geom_gate.ko module after parsing arguments.
MFC after: 3 days
|
214132 |
21-Oct-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: make pages render with mandoc
It's a bit more pedantic regarding .Bl list elements. This has an added benefit of unbreaking the ipfw(8) manpage, where groff was silently skipping one list element.
|
214119 |
20-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Use closefrom(2) instead of close(2) in a loop.
MFC after: 1 week
|
214118 |
20-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Bring in geli suspend/resume functionality (finally).
Before this change if you wanted to suspend your laptop and be sure that your encryption keys are safe, you had to stop all processes that use file system stored on encrypted device, unmount the file system and detach geli provider.
This isn't very handy. If you are a lucky user of a laptop where suspend/resume actually works with FreeBSD (I'm not!) you most likely want to suspend your laptop, because you don't want to start everything over again when you turn your laptop back on.
And this is where geli suspend/resume steps in. When you execute:
# geli suspend -a
geli will wait for all in-flight I/O requests, suspend new I/O requests, remove all geli sensitive data from the kernel memory (like encryption keys) and will wait for either 'geli resume' or 'geli detach'.
Now with no keys in memory you can suspend your laptop without stopping any processes or unmounting any file systems.
When you resume your laptop you have to resume geli devices using 'geli resume' command. You need to provide your passphrase, etc. again so the keys can be restored and suspended I/O requests released.
Of course you need to remember that 'geli suspend' won't clear file system cache and other places where data from your geli-encrypted file system might be present. But to get rid of those stopping processes and unmounting file system won't help either - you have to turn your laptop off. Be warned.
Also note, that suspending geli device which contains file system with geli utility (or anything used by 'geli resume') is not very good idea, as you won't be able to resume it - when you execute geli(8), the kernel will try to read it and this read I/O request will be suspended.
|
214073 |
19-Oct-2010 |
brucec |
Stop disallowing device nodes to be passed to camcontrol(8) since libcam already allows both device names and nodes to be specified.
Reviewed by: avg
|
214054 |
19-Oct-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: drop even more redundant .Pp calls
No change in rendered output, less mandoc lint warnings.
Tool provided by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru n-kogane at syd.odn.ne.jp
|
213981 |
17-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Log correct connection when canceling half-open connection.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213939 |
16-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Use one fprintf() instead of two.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213938 |
16-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Clear signal mask before executing a hook.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213810 |
13-Oct-2010 |
luigi |
document logging through bpf
|
213697 |
11-Oct-2010 |
ed |
Remove stale reference to wtmp(5).
Reported by: pluknet
|
213668 |
10-Oct-2010 |
jh |
- Print the nmount(2) provided error message only when it is set. - Ensure that the error message is NUL-terminated before printing it.
PR: bin/147482 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
213662 |
09-Oct-2010 |
ae |
Replace strlen(_PATH_DEV) with sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1.
Suggested by: kib Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 5 days
|
213646 |
09-Oct-2010 |
imp |
Allow the kernel to generate more spacy things and still have devd cope. Skip multiple spaces in a few contexts.
PR: 96854 Submitted by: Shin'ya Kumabuchi MFC after: 1 week
|
213580 |
08-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
We can't zero out ggio request, as we have some fields in there we initialize once during start-up.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213579 |
08-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
We close the event socketpair early in the mainloop to prevent spaming with error messages, so when we clean up after child process, we have to check if the event socketpair is still there.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213573 |
08-Oct-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: drop redundant .Pp and .LP calls
They have no effect when coming in pairs, or before .Bl/.Bd
|
213533 |
07-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Clear ggate structures before using them. We don't initialize all the field and there can be some garbage from the stack.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213531 |
07-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Log error message when we fail to destroy ggate provider.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213530 |
07-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Start the guard thread first, so we can handle signals from the very begining.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
213529 |
07-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Don't close local component on exit as we can hang waiting on g_waitidle. I'm unable to reproduce the race described in comment anymore and also the comment is incorrect - localfd represents local component from configuration file, eg. /dev/da0 and not HAST provider.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
213430 |
04-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
Decrease report interval to 5 seconds, as this also means we will check for signals every 5 seconds and not every 10 seconds as before.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213429 |
04-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
hook_check() is now only used to report about long-running hooks, so the argument is redundant, remove it.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213428 |
04-Oct-2010 |
pjd |
We can't mask ignored signal, so install dummy signal hander for SIGCHLD before masking it.
This fixes bogus reports about hooks running for too long and other problems related to garbage-collecting child processes.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213298 |
30-Sep-2010 |
jh |
Fix printing of the "rw" mount option in fstab(5) format (-p option). fstab(5) format requires that one of "rw", "rq" or "ro" is always specified.
PR: bin/123021 Reviewed by: keramida, rodrigc MFC after: 2 weeks
|
213245 |
28-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Document recently added GPT attributes (bootme, bootonce, bootfailed) and list other schemes attributes.
Reviewed by: simon, rpaulo MFC after: 2 weeks
|
213187 |
26-Sep-2010 |
ae |
Remove superfluous word from "gpart bootcode" usage message.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
213183 |
26-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leak on fork(2) failure.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213172 |
25-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Add support for loading passphrase from a file (-J and -j options). This is especially useful for things like installers, where regular geli prompt can't be used. - Add support for specifing multiple -K or -k options, so there is no need to cat all keyfiles and read them from standard input.
Requested by: Kris Moore <kris@pcbsd.org>, thompsa MFC after: 2 weeks
|
213119 |
24-Sep-2010 |
mckusick |
Reported problem: Large (60GB) filesystems created using "newfs -U -O 1 -b 65536 -f 8192" show incorrect results from "df" for free and used space when mounted immediately after creation. fsck on the new filesystem (before ever mounting it once) gives a "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" error in phase 5.
This error hasn't occurred in any runs of fsck immediately after "newfs -U -b 65536 -f 8192" (leaving out the "-O 1" option).
Solution: The default UFS1 superblock is located at offset 8K in the filesystem partition; the default UFS2 superblock is located at offset 64K in the filesystem partition. For UFS1 filesystems with a blocksize of 64K, the first alternate superblock resides at 64K which is the the location used for the default UFS2 superblock. By default, the system first checks for a valid superblock at the default location for a UFS2 filoesystem. For a UFS1 filesystem with a blocksize of 64K, there is a valid UFS1 superblock at this location. Thus, even though it is expected to be a backup superblock, the system will use it as its default superblock. So, we have to ensure that all the statistcs on usage are correct in this first alternate superblock as it is the superblock that will actually be used.
While tracking down this problem, another limitation of UFS1 became evident. For UFS1, the number of inodes per cylinder group is stored in an int16_t. Thus the maximum number of inodes per cylinder group is limited to 2^15 - 1. This limit can easily be exceeded for block sizes of 32K and above. Thus when building UFS1 filesystems, newfs must limit the number of inodes per cylinder group to 2^15 - 1.
Reported by: Guy Helmer<ghelmer@palisadesys.com> Followup by: Bruce Cran <brucec@freebsd.org> PR: 107692 MFC after: 4 weeks
|
213097 |
24-Sep-2010 |
ae |
Implement "force" (-F) option for gpart destroy verb. This option doesn't passed to kernel and handled in user-space. With -F option gpart creates new "delete" request for each partition in table. Each request has flags="X" that disables auto-commit feature. Last request is the original "destroy" request. It has own flags and can have disabled or enabled auto-commit feature. If error is occurred when deleting partitions, then new "undo" request is created and all changes will be rolled back.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
213074 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Simplify code by using g_*() API. - Don't use u_char and u_int in userland. - Change 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int'. - Update copyright years.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213073 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Update copyright years.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213071 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Document AES-XTS.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213060 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- When trashing metadata, repeat overwrite kern.geom.eli.overwrites times. - Flush write cache after each write.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213059 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Use g_*() API when doing backups. - fsync() created filed.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213058 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Because we first write metadata into new place and then trash old place we don't want situation where old size is equal to new size, as we will trash newly written metadata.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213057 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Make use of g_*() API. - Flush cache after writing metadata.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213056 |
23-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Simplify code a bit by using g_*() API from libgeom.
MFC after: 1 week
|
213009 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Switch to sigprocmask(2) API also in the main process and secondary process. This way the primary process inherits signal mask from the main process, which fixes a race where signal is delivered to the primary process before configuring signal mask.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213008 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Assert that descriptor numbers are sane.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213007 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Fix possible deadlock where worker process sends an event to the main process while the main process sends control message to the worker process, but worker process hasn't started control thread yet, because it waits for reply from the main process.
The fix is to start the control thread before sending any events.
Reported and fix suggested by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
213006 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Fix descriptor leaks: when child exits, we have to close control and event socket pairs. We did that only in one case out of three.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213004 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
If we are unable to receive control message is most likely because the main process died. Instead of entering infinite loop, terminate.
MFC after: 3 days
|
213003 |
22-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Sort includes.
MFC after: 3 days
|
212959 |
21-Sep-2010 |
ed |
Add a notice to the man page that batteries should be installed.
|
212934 |
20-Sep-2010 |
brian |
Add a geli resize subcommand to resize encrypted filesystems prior to growing the filesystem.
Refuse to attach providers where the metadata provider size is wrong. This makes post-boot attaches behave consistently with pre-boot attaches. Also refuse to restore metadata to a provider of the wrong size without the new -f switch. The new -f switch forces the metadata restoration despite the provider size, and updates the provider size in the restored metadata to the correct value.
Helped by: pjd Reviewed by: pjd
|
212899 |
20-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Add __dead2 to functions that we know they are going to exit.
MFC after: 3 days
|
212886 |
20-Sep-2010 |
marcel |
Unbreak the build on strong-aligned architectures (arm, ia64). Casting from (char *) to (struct ufs1_dinode *) changes the alignment requirement of the pointer and GCC does not know that the pointer is adequately aligned (due to malloc(3)), and warns about it. Cast to (void *) first to by-pass the check.
|
212846 |
19-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Fix indent.
|
212839 |
19-Sep-2010 |
brian |
Revise r197763 which fixes filesystem corruption when extending into un-zeroed storage.
The original patch was questioned by Kirk as it forces the filesystem to do excessive work initialising inodes on first use, and was never MFC'd. This change mimics the newfs(8) approach of zeroing two blocks of inodes for each new cylinder group.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC after: 3 weeks
|
212789 |
17-Sep-2010 |
avg |
nextboot: warn about limitations of /boot/nextboot.conf on ZFS
MFC after: 1 week
|
212726 |
16-Sep-2010 |
zec |
Make the format of "Real Memory" and "Virtual Memory" lines more consistent with the rest of sysctl vm.vmtotal output.
MFC after: 3 days
|
212724 |
16-Sep-2010 |
brian |
Add support for identifying a journaled root filesystem. Fix support for identifying the given /dev/vinum/root example.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
212708 |
15-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
GPART_PARAM_INDEX is now G_TYPE_NUMBER.
|
212622 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Remove dead code.
|
212615 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Remove now unused G_TYPE_ASCNUM.
|
212614 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Change all places where G_TYPE_ASCNUM is used to G_TYPE_NUMBER. It turns out the new type wasn't really needed. - Reorganize code a little bit.
|
212613 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Update two last places where "arg0" should be used instead of "geom".
|
212610 |
14-Sep-2010 |
gjb |
Synchronize newfs(8) manual with code.
PR: 61716 Submitted by: Radim Kolar <hsn at netmag cz> Patch by: arundel Approved by: keramida (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
212608 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
All gpart(8) subcommands apart from the 'bootcode' subcommand handle given geom/provider names with and without /dev/ prefix. Teach the 'bootcode' subcommand to handle /dev/<foo> names as well.
|
212607 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Remove dot which shouldn't be here, as err(3) will attach error message at the end of the string.
|
212606 |
14-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Introduce special G_VAL_OPTIONAL define, which when given in value field tells geom(8) to ignore it when it is not given and don't try to obtain default value.
|
212555 |
13-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
Add G_TYPE_MULTI flag, which when set for the given option, will allow the option to be specified multiple times. This will help to implement things like passing multiple keyfiles to geli(8) instead of cat(1)ing them all into stdin and reading from there using one '-k -' option.
|
212554 |
13-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Remove gc_argname field. It was introduced for gpart(8), but if I understand everything correctly, we don't really need it. - Provide default numeric value as strings. This allows to simplify a lot of code. - Bump version number.
|
212547 |
13-Sep-2010 |
pjd |
- Allow to specify value as const pointers. - Make optional string values always an empty string.
|
212527 |
13-Sep-2010 |
imp |
MF tbemd: Move to using Makefile.arch to select what to build.
Reviewed by: arch@ (no objection)
|
212498 |
12-Sep-2010 |
gjb |
Rewording and typo fixes in newfs(8).
PR: 150490 Submitted by: Eitan Adler <foreignuser at eitanadler com> Additional fixes by: Warren Block <wblock at wonkity com>, keramida Approved by: keramida (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
212253 |
06-Sep-2010 |
brian |
Document dhclient-enter-hooks and dhclient-exit-hooks and mention how to configure dhclient to clear the interface of IP numbers prior to configuring it.
PR: 149351 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212247 |
06-Sep-2010 |
brian |
Handle geli-encrypted root disk devices.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212221 |
05-Sep-2010 |
daichi |
Allowed unionfs to use whiteout not supporting file system as upper layer. Until now, unionfs prevents to use that kind of file system as upper layer. This time, I changed to allow that kind of file system as upper layer. By this change, you can use whiteout not supporting file system (e.g., especially for tmpfs) as upper layer. It's very useful for combination of tmpfs as upper layer and read only file system as lower layer.
By difinition, without whiteout support from the file system backing the upper layer, there is no way that delete and rename operations on lower layer objects can be done. EOPNOTSUPP is returned for this kind of operations as generated by VOP_WHITEOUT() along with any others which would make modifica tions to the lower layer, such as chmod(1).
This change is suggested by ed.
Submitted by: ed
|
212195 |
04-Sep-2010 |
kevlo |
Shut the compiler up; initializes the sotype variable to zero in nfs_tryproto().
Reviewed by: rmacklem
|
212084 |
01-Sep-2010 |
maxim |
o List MOUNTVER and SCHED classes. X-ref gsched(8). Bump Dd.
PR: docs/149925 Submitted by: arundel
|
212052 |
31-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Include process PID in log messages.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212051 |
31-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Correct error message.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
212049 |
31-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Forgot to add event.c and event.h in r212038.
Pointed out by: pluknet <pluknet@gmail.com> MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212046 |
31-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Mask only those signals that we want to handle.
Suggested by: jilles MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212038 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Because it is very hard to make fork(2) from threaded process safe (we are limited to async-signal safe functions in the child process), move all hooks execution to the main (non-threaded) process.
Do it by maintaining connection (socketpair) between child and parent and sending events from the child to parent, so it can execute the hook.
This is step in right direction for others reasons too. For example there is one less problem to drop privs in worker processes.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212037 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
We only want to know if descriptors are ready for reading.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212036 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
When someone gives NULL as data, assume this is because he want to declare connection side only.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212034 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Use pjdlog_exit() before fork().
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
212033 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Constify arguments we can constify.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211990 |
30-Aug-2010 |
maxim |
Make flags in usage() and SYNOPSYS more style(9)-ish.
Suggested by: brian MFC after: 3 days
|
211984 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Execute hook when connection between the nodes is established or lost.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211983 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Execute hook when split-brain is detected.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211982 |
30-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Use sigtimedwait(2) for signals handling in primary process. This fixes various races and eliminates use of pthread* API in signal handler.
Pointed out by: kib With help from: jilles MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211981 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Move functionality responsible for checking one connection to separate function to make code more readable. - Be sure not to reconnect too often in case of signal delivery, etc.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211979 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Disconnect after logging errors.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211978 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Call hook on role change. - Document new event.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211977 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Allow to run hooks from the main hastd process.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211976 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Add hook_fini() which should be called after fork() from the main hastd process, once it start to use hooks. - Add hook_check_one() in case the caller expects different child processes and once it can recognize it, it will pass pid and status to hook_check_one().
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211975 |
29-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Implement mtx_destroy() and rw_destroy().
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211962 |
29-Aug-2010 |
uqs |
gsched(8): fix example usage, mdoc nits
- ad0 was referred to as da0 - wrong parameter -s instead of -a in example - use double quotes consistently
PR: docs/150082 Submitted by: N.J. Mann <njm@njm.me.uk> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
211936 |
28-Aug-2010 |
brucec |
Fix incorrect usage of 'assure' and 'insure'.
Approved by: rrs (mentor)
|
211899 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
When SIGTERM or SIGINT is received, terminate worker processes.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211898 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
When logging to stdout/stderr, flush after each log.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211897 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Correct when we log interrupted synchronization.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211896 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Check if no signals were delivered just before going to sleep.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211895 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Add hooks execution.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211887 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Document new 'exec' parameter.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211886 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Allow to execute specified program on various HAST events.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211885 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Run hooks in background - don't block waiting for them to finish. - Keep all hooks we're running in a global list, so we can report when they finish and also report when they are running for too long.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211884 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
When logging to stdout/stderr don't close those descriptors after fork().
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211883 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Reduce indent where possible.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211882 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Implement keepalive mechanism inside HAST protocol so we can detect secondary node failures quickly for HAST resources that are rarely modified.
Remove XXX from a comment now that the guard thread never sleeps infinitely.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211881 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Remove redundant and incorrect 'old' word from debug message. - Log disconnects as warnings.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211880 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Don't increase number synchronized bytes in case of an error.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211879 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Log that synchronization was interrupted in a proper place.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211878 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
We have sync_start() function to start synchronization, introduce sync_stop() function to stop it.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211877 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Add QUEUE_INSERT() and QUEUE_TAKE() macros that simplify the code a bit.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211876 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Add mtx_owned() implementation.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211875 |
27-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Make comment more readable.
MFC after: 2 weeks Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com
|
211873 |
27-Aug-2010 |
jh |
Don't attempt to write label with GEOM_BSD based method if the class is not available. This improves error reporting when bsdlabel(8) is unable to open a device for writing. If GEOM_BSD was unavailable, only a rather obscure error message "Class not found" was printed.
PR: bin/58390 Reviewed by: ae Discussed with: marcel MFC after: 1 month
|
211725 |
23-Aug-2010 |
imp |
MFtbemd:
Prefer MACHNE_CPUARCH to MACHINE_ARCH in most contexts where you want to test of all the CPUs of a given family conform.
|
211500 |
19-Aug-2010 |
des |
expand_number(3) takes a uint64_t * now; intmax_t was never correct except by accident.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
211499 |
19-Aug-2010 |
des |
expand_number(3) takes a uint64_t * now.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
211452 |
18-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
For some setups sending data in 128kB chunks makes communication very slow. No idea why. 32kB on the other hand seems to work properly everywhere.
Reported by: Thomas Steen Rasmussen <thomas@gibfest.dk> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
211407 |
16-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
The 'size' variable is there to limit how many bytes we want to copy from 'addr'. It is very likely that size of 'addr' is larger than 'size', so checking strlcpy() return value is bogus.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
211397 |
16-Aug-2010 |
joel |
Fix typos, spelling, formatting and mdoc mistakes found by Nobuyuki while translating these manual pages. Minor corrections by me.
Submitted by: Nobuyuki Koganemaru <n-kogane@syd.odn.ne.jp>
|
211342 |
15-Aug-2010 |
jh |
- Check that strtoul(3) succeeds to convert the entire string in a few places. - In getasciilabel(), set the disk type only when a valid type is given.
PR: bin/86765 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
211282 |
13-Aug-2010 |
mjacob |
Avoid a memory leak.
Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov via Alexander Motin MFC after: 1 week
|
211095 |
09-Aug-2010 |
des |
- Add full support for header / data digests. - Increase target limit from 4 to 64; this limit will be removed entirely at a later time. - Improve recovery from lost network connections. - Fix some potential deadlocks and a serious memory leak. - Fix incorrect use of MH_ALIGN (instead of M_ALIGN), which makes no practical difference, but triggers a KASSERT with INVARIANTS. - Fix some warnings in iscontrol(8) and improve the man page somewhat.
Submitted by: Daniel Braniss <danny@cs.huji.ac.il> Sponsored by: Dansk Scanning A/S, Data Robotics Inc.
|
210936 |
06-Aug-2010 |
jhb |
Ethernet vlan(4) interfaces have valid Ethernet link layer addresses but use a different interface type (IFT_L2VLAN vs IFT_ETHER). Treat IFT_L2VLAN interfaces like IFT_ETHER interfaces when handling link layer addresses.
Reviewed by: syrinx (bsnmpd) MFC after: 1 week
|
210933 |
06-Aug-2010 |
joel |
Fix typos and spelling mistakes.
|
210909 |
06-Aug-2010 |
dougb |
Update the arguments to yy_config_parse() to match r210883.
Choose the more conservative option ('yes' to exit on error) to match the equivalent code in hastd.
|
210892 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Document 'none' value for remote.
Reviewed by: dougb MFC after: 1 month
|
210886 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Implement configuration reload on SIGHUP. This includes: - Load added resources. - Stop and forget removed resources. - Update modified resources in least intrusive way, ie. don't touch /dev/hast/<name> unless path to local component or provider name were modified.
Obtained from: Wheel Systems Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheelsystems.com MFC after: 1 month
|
210883 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Prepare configuration parsing code to be called multiple times: - Don't exit on errors if not requested. - Don't keep configuration in global variable, but allocate memory for configuration. - Call yyrestart() before yyparse() so that on error in configuration file we will start from the begining next time and not from the place we left of.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210882 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Make control_set_role() more public. We will need it soon.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210881 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Allow to use 'none' keywork as remote address in case second cluster node is not setup yet.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210880 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Reset signal handlers after fork().
MFC after: 1 month
|
210879 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
- Use pjdlog_exitx() to log errors and exit instead of errx(). - Use 'unable to' (instead of 'cannot') consistently.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210876 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Assert that various buffers we are large enough.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210875 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Problem with assertion is that it logs on stderr. Add two macros: PJDLOG_ASSERT() and PJDLOG_VERIFY() that will check the given condition and log the problem where appropriate. The difference between those two is that PJDLOG_VERIFY() always work and PJDLOG_ASSERT() can be turned off by defining NDEBUG.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210873 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Keep $FreeBSD$ in __FBSDID() only for C files.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210872 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Mark two more places that we won't reach.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210870 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Now that TCP will be checked last we don't need any knowledge about other protocols.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210869 |
05-Aug-2010 |
pjd |
Add an argument to the proto_register() function which allows protocol to declare it is the default and be placed at the end of the queue so it is checked last.
MFC after: 1 month
|
210793 |
03-Aug-2010 |
bz |
One question mark per question; everything else is just exaggerating. reply() will output a '?', when printing the question along with [yn], so no need to have another here.
|
210702 |
31-Jul-2010 |
joel |
Spelling fixes.
|
210645 |
30-Jul-2010 |
uqs |
gsched(8) was first released with FreeBSD 8.1
MFC after: 3 days
|
210628 |
29-Jul-2010 |
pjd |
Fix typo.
PR: docs/149033 Submitted by: Kolar <hsn@sendmail.cz> MFC after: 3 days
|
210610 |
29-Jul-2010 |
lulf |
- Avoid calling the copy constructor when it is not necessary.
|
210609 |
29-Jul-2010 |
lulf |
- Remove unused instance of string.
|
210544 |
27-Jul-2010 |
bcr |
Small typo fix: s/ommited/omitted
PR: docs/148977 Submitted by: Warren Block (wblock at wonkity dot com) MFC after: 4 days
|
210539 |
27-Jul-2010 |
glebius |
Document that the "ngtee" action no longer accepts packet, and thus don't depend on one_pass flag anymore.
This is a POLA violation, but it is quite difficult to restore the old behavior with new code. Also, the new behavior matches behavior of the older "tee" action, and this is more intuitive.
|
210471 |
25-Jul-2010 |
mav |
Export PCI IDs of ATA/SATA controllers through CAM and ata(4) layers to GEOM. This information needed for proper soft-RAID's on-disk metadata reading and writing.
|
210463 |
25-Jul-2010 |
bcr |
Clarify that the "number of bytes per sector"-range in the -S option is meant to be "inclusive".
The original issue of the PR was already fixed.
PR: docs/142418 Submitted by: David Naylor (naylor dot b dot david at gmail dot com) No objection from: kib MFC after: 5 days
|
210415 |
23-Jul-2010 |
mckusick |
Note that foreground fsck should be run after a filesystem related panic.
Suggested by: Mikhail Teterin (mi@) MFC after: 1 week
|
210408 |
23-Jul-2010 |
ae |
Document that SI unit suffixes are supported for -b and -s options of add verb. Mention about maximum size limit for "freebsd-boot" partition. It should be smaller than 545 KB (hardcoded in pmbr). Show usage of SI unit suffixes in example.
Approved by: mav (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
210382 |
22-Jul-2010 |
mckusick |
Note that foreground fsck should be run after a filesystem related panic.
Suggested by: Mikhail Teterin (mi@) MFC after: 1 week
|
210368 |
22-Jul-2010 |
pjd |
Actually, only the fullsync mode is implemented, not memsync mode. Correct manual page.
MFC after: 3 days
|
210118 |
15-Jul-2010 |
luigi |
better printing of headers when listing flows
|
210058 |
14-Jul-2010 |
mav |
Do not bzero() NULL pointer on malloc() error.
Submitted by: Dmitry Luhtionov
|
209972 |
13-Jul-2010 |
maxim |
o Restore missed flag in the synopsis.
PR: docs/148534 Submitted by: Warren Block MFC after: 1 week
|
209971 |
13-Jul-2010 |
maxim |
o Add -q flag to usage().
MFC after: 1 week
|
209970 |
13-Jul-2010 |
maxim |
o Add -q flag to the synopsis.
PR: docs/148535 Submitted by: Warren Block MFC after: 1 week
|
209756 |
07-Jul-2010 |
brian |
When dhclient obtains a lease, it runs dhclient-script and expects it to configure the interface. When the script is complete, dhclient monitors the routing socket and will terminate if its address is deleted or if its interface is removed or brought down.
Because the routing socket is already open when dhclient-script is run, dhclient ignores address deletions for 10 seconds after the script was run.
If the address that will be obtained is already configured on the interface before dhclient starts, and if dhclient-script takes more than 10 seconds (perhaps due to dhclient-*-hooks latencies), on script completion, dhclient will immediately and silently exit when it sees the RTM_DELADDR routing message resulting from the script reassigning the address to the interface.
This change logs dhclient's reason for exiting and also changes the 10 second timeout to be effective from completion of dhclient-script rather than from when it was started.
We now ignore RTM_DELADDR and RTM_NEWADDR messages when the message contains no interface address (which should not happen) rather than exiting.
Not reviewed by: brooks (timeout) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
209716 |
06-Jul-2010 |
jeff |
- Permit zero length directories as a handled inconsistency. This allows directory truncation to proceed before the link has been cleared. This is accomplished by detecting a directory with no . or .. links and clearing the named directory entry in the parent. - Add a new function ino_remref() which handles the details of removing a reference to an inode as a result of a lost directory. There were some minor errors in various subcases of this routine.
|
209704 |
04-Jul-2010 |
mjacob |
Fix the clear function which has been broken for a bit.
MFC after: 1 week
|
209703 |
04-Jul-2010 |
bcr |
Let boot(8) refer to the uart(4) serial driver, which is the replacement for the obsolete sio(4) driver.
PR: docs/144498 Submitted by: Bruce Cran (bruce at cran dot org dot uk) Approved by: marcel MFC after: 2 weeks
|
209677 |
03-Jul-2010 |
marcel |
sysctlbyname() returns -1 on error and sets errno. It does not return the error itself.
|
209625 |
01-Jul-2010 |
mav |
Correct explanation for idle and standby subcommands' -t argument.
|
209614 |
30-Jun-2010 |
jh |
- Don't assign the return value from read(2) to a variable of type int. - Use errx(3) instead of err(3) to print the error message on short reads in readlabel(). errno won't be set on short reads which can easily occur here due to the fixed size read request.
PR: 144307 Reviewed by: bde
|
209583 |
29-Jun-2010 |
imp |
Expand system into my_system, and add the necessary tidyness that we need. Close the pidfile. Then close all descriptors >= 3 to avoid information leakage to children.
This solves the problem of not being able to restart devd when you have, for example, a dhclient forked to configure your network...
MFC after: 3 days
|
209408 |
22-Jun-2010 |
delphij |
Improve fsck robustness for SU+J cases:
- Use err/errx only when the case is really fatal. For other cases, fall back to full fsck instead of quiting fsck. - Plug a memory leak. - Avoid divide by zero when printing summary. - Output "FILE SYSTEM IS MARKED CLEAN" when a successful journal recovering is done. - When -f is specified, do full fsck instead of journal recovery.
|
209392 |
21-Jun-2010 |
ae |
Check for overflow before it occurs. Also add check for negative numbers.
Suggested by: ache Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
209388 |
21-Jun-2010 |
ae |
Remove G_TYPE_ASCLBA type and replace it with G_TYPE_STRING in gpart. Move code that converts params from humanized numbers to sectors count to subr.c and adjust comment. Add post-processing for "size" and "start offset" params in gpart, now they are properly converted to sectors count with known sector size that can be greater that 512 bytes. Also replace "unsigned long long" type to "off_t" for unify code since it used for medium size in libgeom(3) and DIOCGMEDIASIZE ioctl.
PR: bin/146277 Reviewed by: marcel (previous version) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
209366 |
20-Jun-2010 |
ed |
Small style fixes:
- ANSIfy prototypes. - Remove unneeded whitespace. - Add const keyword to function where it can be used.
|
209364 |
20-Jun-2010 |
brian |
Fix some style(9), although there's a lot more issues here. Fix some casting errors.
PR: 142384 Submitted by: giffunip at tutopia dot com Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 3 weeks
|
209350 |
19-Jun-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc nitpicking for gsched.8 - remove stray argument [1] - remove stray whitespace - use canonical wording for the HISTORY section
PR: docs/147119 [1] Submitted by: Alexander Best <alexbestms@wwu.de> [1] MFC after: 1 week
|
209236 |
16-Jun-2010 |
brucec |
Call free and freeaddrinfo before exiting.
PR: bin/144730 PR: bin/144974 Submitted by: Earl R. Lapus <earl.lapus at gmail.com> Approved by: rrs (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
209185 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Correct various log messages.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
209184 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Fix typos.
MFC after: 3 days
|
209183 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Initialize gctl_seq for synchronization requests.
Reported by: hiroshi@soupacific.com Analysed by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> Tested by: hiroshi@soupacific.com, Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
209182 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leak.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 7057 MFC after: 3 days
|
209181 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leak.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 7056 MFC after: 3 days
|
209180 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leak.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 7051 MFC after: 3 days
|
209179 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Plug memory leaks.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 7052, 7053, 7054, 7055 MFC after: 3 days
|
209177 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Remove macros that are not really needed. The idea was to have them in case we grow more descriptors, but I'll reconsider readding them once we get there.
Passing (a = b) expression to FD_ISSET() is bad idea, as FD_ISSET() evaluates its argument twice.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 5243 MFC after: 3 days
|
209175 |
14-Jun-2010 |
pjd |
Eliminate dead code.
Found by: Coverity Prevent CID: 5158 MFC after: 3 days
|
209052 |
11-Jun-2010 |
uqs |
Remove dead variable assignments
Found by: clang static analyzer Verified by: md5(1)
|
209051 |
11-Jun-2010 |
uqs |
Initialize variables before usage.
Found by: clang static analyzer Found by: Coverity Prevent[tm] (CID 7736, 7760)
|
208886 |
07-Jun-2010 |
ae |
bgeom(3) does strdup of param name. Don't leak memory when deleting param from gctl_req.
Reviewed by: marcel Approved by: mav (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
208778 |
03-Jun-2010 |
marius |
- Mention that VTOC8 labels are found in Fujitsu SPARC64 machines as well. - Add information regarding VTOC8 bootrstrap code and how it's handled with r208777 in place. - Document the mapping of partition types to VTOC8 tags. - Add examples for VTOC8 to the respective section. - Eliminated hard sentence breaks.
Reviewed by: marcel (slightly buggy version) MFC after: 3 days
|
208777 |
03-Jun-2010 |
marius |
- In gpart_bootfile_read() fix an off-by-one error preventing the bootstrap file to be of maximum size. - Add special handling required for SMI/VTOC8 disklabel partcode, i.e. avoid overwriting the label when writing the bootstrap code to the partition starting at 0 and install it to all partitions when the -i option is omitted just like geom_sunlabel(4) and sunlabel(8) do by default. - Add missing prototypes. - Add const where applicable.
Reviewed by: marcel MFC after: 3 days
|
208647 |
29-May-2010 |
jilles |
Clarify devfs manpages slightly.
mount(8): add xref to devfs(5) devfs(5): change example to something more likely to be useful (it is not necessary to mount a devfs on /dev manually, but for chroots/jails it is often needed), mention since when devfs is preferred to device nodes on ufs
PR: 146600 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
208596 |
27-May-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: .Ud has attitude, it takes no argument!
|
208330 |
20-May-2010 |
mckusick |
Add support to background fsck to delete zero-length directories.
|
208291 |
19-May-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: consistently spell our email addresses <foo@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: ru
|
208241 |
18-May-2010 |
jeff |
- Round up the journal size to the block size so we don't confuse fsck.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com>
- Only require 256k of blocks per-cg when trying to allocate contiguous journal blocks. The storage may not actually be contiguous but is at least within one cg. - When disabling SUJ leave SU enabled and report this to the user. It is expected that users will upgrade SU filesystems to SUJ and want a similar downgrade path.
|
208173 |
16-May-2010 |
nwhitehorn |
Teach gpart about bootcode on APM.
|
208132 |
16-May-2010 |
kevlo |
Use setresuid/setresgid to drop privileges
|
208077 |
14-May-2010 |
bz |
Document the 'short preamble' capability for 802.11bg.
Reviewed by: sam MFC after: 4 days
|
208074 |
14-May-2010 |
uqs |
fsirand(8): make WARNS=3 clean
- Drop bogus quad_t cast for di_gen, it is a 32bit type - Print di_gen with leading zeros, to get consistent output Before this change, amd64 would print:
ino 18 gen 616ca2bd ino 19 gen ffffffff95c2a3ff ino 20 gen 25c3a3d5 ino 21 gen 8dc1472 ino 22 gen 3797056b ino 23 gen 1d47853a ino 24 gen ffffffff82d26995
After the change
ino 18 gen 616ca2bd ino 19 gen 95c2a3ff ino 20 gen 25c3a3d5 ino 21 gen 08dc1472 ino 22 gen 3797056b ino 23 gen 1d47853a ino 24 gen 82d26995
PR: bin/139994 (sort of) Reviewed by: mckusick
|
208028 |
13-May-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: move remaining sections into consistent order
This pertains mostly to FILES, HISTORY, EXIT STATUS and AUTHORS sections.
Found by: mdocml lint run Reviewed by: ru
|
208027 |
13-May-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: move CAVEATS, BUGS and SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS sections to the bottom of the manpages and order them consistently.
GNU groff doesn't care about the ordering, and doesn't even mention CAVEATS and SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS as common sections and where to put them.
Found by: mdocml lint run Reviewed by: ru
|
207998 |
12-May-2010 |
brueffer |
Fix grammar in a line of output.
PR: 145343 Submitted by: Hywel Mallett <hywel@hmallett.co.uk> MFC after: 1 week
|
207964 |
12-May-2010 |
brueffer |
Casting size_t to uintmax_t is not necessary anymore. This also removes the need for stdint.h inclusion.
PR: 146046 Submitted by: Alexander Best <alexbestms@wwu.de> Reviewed by: kan MFC after: 1 week
|
207736 |
07-May-2010 |
mckusick |
Merger of the quota64 project into head.
This joint work of Dag-Erling Smørgrav and myself updates the FFS quota system to support both traditional 32-bit and new 64-bit quotas (for those of you who want to put 2+Tb quotas on your users).
By default quotas are not compiled into the kernel. To include them in your kernel configuration you need to specify:
options QUOTA # Enable FFS quotas
If you are already running with the current 32-bit quotas, they should continue to work just as they have in the past. If you wish to convert to using 64-bit quotas, use `quotacheck -c 64'; if you wish to revert from 64-bit quotas back to 32-bit quotas, use `quotacheck -c 32'.
There is a new library of functions to simplify the use of the quota system, do `man quotafile' for details. If your application is currently using the quotactl(2), it is highly recommended that you convert your application to use the quotafile interface. Note that existing binaries will continue to work.
Special thanks to John Kozubik of rsync.net for getting me interested in pursuing 64-bit quota support and for funding part of my development time on this project.
|
207499 |
02-May-2010 |
mav |
Make SATA XPT negotiate and enable some additional SATA features, such as: - device initiated power management (some devices support only this way); - Automatic Partial to Slumber Transition (more power saving); - DMA auto-activation (expected to slightly improve performance). More features could be added later, when hardware supports.
|
207498 |
02-May-2010 |
mav |
Add -d and -f arguments to `camcontrol cmd`, to execute DMA ATA commands.
|
207462 |
01-May-2010 |
edwin |
Improve usage of tunefs:
Document -j switch in usage() to reflect recent SUJ work.
Submitted by: Alastair Hogge MFC after: 1 week
|
207421 |
30-Apr-2010 |
jeff |
- Use the path to the filesystem mountpoint to look up the statfs structure so that we correctly reload. Note that tunefs doesn't properly detect the need to reload if the disk device is specified for a read-only mounted filesystem. - Lessen the contiguity requirement for the journal so that it is more likely to succeed.
|
207390 |
29-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Default connection timeout is way too long. To make it shorter we have to make socket non-blocking, connect() and if we get EINPROGRESS, we have to wait using select(). Very complex, but I know no other way to define connection timeout for a given socket.
Reported by: hiroshi@soupacific.com MFC after: 3 days
|
207372 |
29-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
- Check if the worker process was killed by signal and restart it. - Improve logging.
Pointed out by: Garrett Cooper <yanefbsd@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
207371 |
29-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Fix a problem where hastd will stuck in recv(2) after sending request to secondary, which died between send(2) and recv(2). Do it by adding timeout to recv(2) for primary incoming and outgoing sockets and secondary outgoing socket.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> Tested by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
207348 |
28-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Restart worker thread only if the problem was temporary. In case of persistent problem we don't want to loop forever.
MFC after: 3 days
|
207347 |
28-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Mark temporary issues as such.
MFC after: 3 days
|
207345 |
28-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Use WEXITSTATUS() to obtain real exit code.
MFC after: 3 days
|
207343 |
28-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Don't assume that "resource" property is in metadata.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
207321 |
28-Apr-2010 |
rpaulo |
Bump man page date.
|
207320 |
28-Apr-2010 |
rpaulo |
Fix typos.
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD
|
207145 |
24-Apr-2010 |
jeff |
- Temporarily lower WARNS until I fix alignment warnings on sparc64.
Reported by: Florian Smeets
|
207144 |
24-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
suj.c seems to contain two versions of the code. Remove the one that doesn't compile.
|
207143 |
24-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Protect fsck.h from being included twice.
|
207141 |
24-Apr-2010 |
jeff |
- Merge soft-updates journaling from projects/suj/head into head. This brings in support for an optional intent log which eliminates the need for background fsck on unclean shutdown.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Yahoo!, and Juniper. With help from: McKusick and Peter Holm
|
207096 |
23-Apr-2010 |
marcel |
Add and describe GEOM_PART_EBR.
|
207095 |
23-Apr-2010 |
marcel |
Implement the resize command for resizing partitions. Without new size, the partition in question is resized to fill all available space. Quality work by Andrey!
Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
|
207072 |
22-Apr-2010 |
thompsa |
Document the new USB notification types.
|
207070 |
22-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Fix compilation with WITHOUT_CRYPT or WITHOUT_OPENSSL options.
Reported by: Andrei V. Lavreniyuk <andy.lavr@reactor-xg.kiev.ua> MFC after: 3 days
|
206889 |
20-Apr-2010 |
maxim |
o Add do-not-fragment option support to ping6(8).
PR: bin/145759 Submitted by: pluknet MFC after: 1 month
|
206846 |
19-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
fix 64-bit build
Reported by: Robert Noland
|
206843 |
19-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
Slightly different handling of printf/snprintf for unaligned uint64_t, which should improve readability, and also to ease the port to platforms that do not support %llu
MFC after: 3 days
|
206697 |
16-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Fix log size calculation which caused message truncation.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
206696 |
16-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Fix control socket leak when worker process exits.
Submitted by: Mikolaj Golub <to.my.trociny@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
206669 |
15-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Increase ggate queue size to maximum value. HAST was not able to stand heavy random load.
Reported by: Hiroyuki Yamagami MFC after: 3 days
|
206666 |
15-Apr-2010 |
pjd |
Flush disk write cache after storing and clearing metadata.
|
206637 |
14-Apr-2010 |
delphij |
When an underlying ioctl(2) handler returns an error, our ioctl(2) interface considers that it hits a fatal error, and will not copyout the request structure back for _IOW and _IOWR ioctls, keeping them untouched.
The previous implementation of the SIOCGIFDESCR ioctl intends to feed the buffer length back to userland. However, if we return an error, the feedback would be defeated and ifconfig(8) would trap into an infinite loop.
This commit changes SIOCGIFDESCR to set buffer field to NULL to indicate the previous ENAMETOOLONG case.
Reported by: bschmidt MFC after: 2 weeks
|
206622 |
14-Apr-2010 |
uqs |
mdoc: order prologue macros consistently by Dd/Dt/Os
Although groff_mdoc(7) gives another impression, this is the ordering most widely used and also required by mdocml/mandoc.
Reviewed by: ru Approved by: philip, ed (mentors)
|
206571 |
13-Apr-2010 |
marcel |
The sequence number is now a node under which the MCA records are hung by CPU id. When showing the MCA record, print the MIB as a comment.
PR: ia64/113102
|
206552 |
13-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
fix copyright format, as requested by Joel Dahl
|
206550 |
13-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
use correct .PATH, remove unused CFLAGS
|
206497 |
12-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
Bring in geom_sched, support for scheduling disk I/O requests in a device independent manner. Also include an example anticipatory scheduler, gsched_rr, which gives very nice performance improvements in presence of competing random access patterns.
This is joint work with Fabio Checconi, developed last year and presented at BSDCan 2009. You can find details in the README file or at
http://info.iet.unipi.it/~luigi/geom_sched/
|
206494 |
12-Apr-2010 |
luigi |
fix a buffer overflow with large (100k+) number of input lines.
MFC after: 3 days
|
206266 |
06-Apr-2010 |
ume |
Set net.inet6.ip6.fw.enable as well.
|
205847 |
29-Mar-2010 |
mjacob |
Change how multipath labels are created and managed. This makes it easier to support various storage boxes which really aren't active-active.
We only write the label on the *first* provider. For all other providers we just "add" the disk. This also allows for an "add" verb.
A usage implication is that you should specificy the currently active storage path as the first provider.
Note that this does not add RDAC-like functionality, but better allows for autovolumefailover configurations (additional checkins elsewhere will support this).
Sponsored by: Panasas MFC after: 1 month
|
205738 |
27-Mar-2010 |
pjd |
Don't hold connection lock when doing reconnects as it makes I/Os wait for connection timeouts.
Reported by: Kevin Day <toasty@dragondata.com>
|
205672 |
26-Mar-2010 |
maxim |
o Fix typo.
PR: docs/145031 Submitted by: olgeni MFC after: 1 week
|
205631 |
24-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
fix another bug in "ipfw set N ..."
Submitted by: Marcin Wisnicki
|
205514 |
23-Mar-2010 |
rpaulo |
Add a missing LINE_BREAK() after printing the roaming parameters in verbose mode.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, inc. MFC after: 2 weeks
|
205412 |
21-Mar-2010 |
mjacob |
Add 'rotate' and 'getactive' verbs to provide some control and information about what the currently active path is.
Sponsored by: Panasas MFC after: 1 month
|
205372 |
20-Mar-2010 |
gavin |
Tweak language to make one point potentially clearer for non-native spekers
PR: bin/121424 Submitted by: "Julian H. Stacey" <jhs berklix.org>
|
205222 |
16-Mar-2010 |
qingli |
Verify interface up status using its link state only if the interface has such capability. The interface capability flag indicates whether such capability exists. This approach is much more backward compatible. Physical device driver changes will be part of another commit.
Also updated the ifconfig utility to show the LINKSTATE capability if present.
Reviewed by: rwatson, imp, juli MFC after: 3 days
|
205181 |
15-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
accept lower case m as a synonym for Mega (bit/s or bytes/s).
|
205179 |
15-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
print correctly commands of the form
ipfw add 100 allow ip from { 1.2.3.4 or 5.6.7.8 }
(note that the above example could be better written as
ipfw add 100 allow dst-ip 1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8
Submitted by: Riccardo Panicucci
|
205173 |
15-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
+ implement (two lines) the kernel side of 'lookup dscp N' to use the dscp as a search key in table lookups;
+ (re)implement a sysctl variable to control the expire frequency of pipes and queues when they become empty;
+ add 'queue number' as optional part of the flow_id. This can be enabled with the command
queue X config mask queue ...
and makes it possible to support priority-based schedulers, where packets should be grouped according to the priority and not some fields in the 5-tuple. This is implemented as follows: - redefine a field in the ipfw_flow_id (in sys/netinet/ip_fw.h) but without changing the size or shape of the structure, so there are no ABI changes. On passing, also document how other fields are used, and remove some useless assignments in ip_fw2.c
- implement small changes in the userland code to set/read the field;
- revise the functions in ip_dummynet.c to manipulate masks so they also handle the additional field;
There are no ABI changes in this commit.
|
205169 |
15-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
Implement "lookup dscp N" which does a lookup of the DSCP (top 6 bits of ip->ip_tos) in a table. This can be useful to direct traffic to different pipes/queues according to the DSCP of the packet, as follows:
ipfw add 100 queue tablearg lookup dscp 3 // table 3 maps dscp->queue
This change is a no-op (but harmless) until the two-line kernel side is committed, which will happen shortly.
|
205118 |
13-Mar-2010 |
brucec |
Free the memory allocated via strdup.
PR: bin/113881 Submitted by: Alexander Drozdov dzal_mail mtu-net.ru Approved by: rrs (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
205076 |
12-Mar-2010 |
uqs |
Fix several typos in macros or macro misusage.
Found by: make manlint Reviewed by: ru Approved by: philip (mentor)
|
205050 |
11-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
implement listing of a subset of pipes/queues/schedulers. The filtering of the output is done in the kernel instead of userland to reduce the amount of data transfered.
|
204966 |
10-Mar-2010 |
uqs |
nos-tun(8): make WARNS=3 clean
The renames are in spirit of DragonflyBSD, to keep diff minimal.
PR: bin/140060 Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204936 |
10-Mar-2010 |
sobomax |
Fix "Empty input line" mdoc warning.
Submitted by: Alexander Best
|
204919 |
09-Mar-2010 |
sobomax |
o bdeficize expand_number_int() function;
o revert most of the recent changes (int -> int64_t conversion) by using this functon for parsing all options.
|
204909 |
09-Mar-2010 |
sobomax |
Change secrorsize back to int, since that's the data type expected by the ioctl(DIOCGSECTORSIZE). It creates issues on some architectures.
MFC after: 1 week Reported by: Jayachandran C.
|
204869 |
08-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
add back DPADD (removed by mistake in a previous commit)
|
204840 |
07-Mar-2010 |
bz |
As statfs.f_flags are uint64_t the local variables should be as well. We'll start noticing this with the next flag introduced as the lower 32bit are all used. As this is old code we might need to do a full tree sweep one day, unless changing our strategy to use a different `API' for getting/setting flags along with the rest of the statfs data.
While here compare to 0 explicitly [1].
Suggested by: kib [1] Reviewed by: kib MFC after: 5 days
|
204758 |
05-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
more documentation on new dummynet features.
|
204725 |
04-Mar-2010 |
joel |
Use our standard license text. No more voices in the authors head. :-)
Approved by: trasz
|
204718 |
04-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
make the listing of queues/pipes/schedulers handle the case of data size increasing while we fetch the info.
|
204717 |
04-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
fix handling of sets
|
204716 |
04-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
reduce diffs with the cross-platform version (windows needs some extra initialization)
|
204712 |
04-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
remove stale comment
|
204672 |
03-Mar-2010 |
imp |
Cast these to intmax_t before printing to fix build bustage. Better solutions welcome.
|
204665 |
03-Mar-2010 |
lulf |
- Make function of finding an available drive name a macro. - Move check of /dev/ prefix and copy into a function to save code duplication. This also fixes a bug where the /dev/ prefix could not be used when creating volumes on the command line.
Tested by: Niclas Zeising <niclas.zeising - at - gmail.com>
|
204654 |
03-Mar-2010 |
sobomax |
Use expand_number(3) from libutil instead of home-grown function to parse human-friendly power-of-two numbers (i.e. 2k, 5M etc).
Suggested by: many MFC after: 1 week
|
204615 |
03-Mar-2010 |
sobomax |
Teach newfs(8) to understand size modifiers for all options taking size or size-like argument. I.e. "-s 32k" instead of "-s 32768". Size parsing function has been shamelessly stolen from the truncate(1). I'm sure many sysadmins out there will appreciate this small improvement.
MFC after: 1 week
|
204596 |
02-Mar-2010 |
uqs |
Remove redundant WARNS?=6 overrides and inherit the WARNS setting from the toplevel directory.
This does not change any WARNS level and survives a make universe.
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204591 |
02-Mar-2010 |
luigi |
Bring in the most recent version of ipfw and dummynet, developed and tested over the past two months in the ipfw3-head branch. This also happens to be the same code available in the Linux and Windows ports of ipfw and dummynet.
The major enhancement is a completely restructured version of dummynet, with support for different packet scheduling algorithms (loadable at runtime), faster queue/pipe lookup, and a much cleaner internal architecture and kernel/userland ABI which simplifies future extensions.
In addition to the existing schedulers (FIFO and WF2Q+), we include a Deficit Round Robin (DRR or RR for brevity) scheduler, and a new, very fast version of WF2Q+ called QFQ.
Some test code is also present (in sys/netinet/ipfw/test) that lets you build and test schedulers in userland.
Also, we have added a compatibility layer that understands requests from the RELENG_7 and RELENG_8 versions of the /sbin/ipfw binaries, and replies correctly (at least, it does its best; sometimes you just cannot tell who sent the request and how to answer). The compatibility layer should make it possible to MFC this code in a relatively short time.
Some minor glitches (e.g. handling of ipfw set enable/disable, and a workaround for a bug in RELENG_7's /sbin/ipfw) will be fixed with separate commits.
CREDITS: This work has been partly supported by the ONELAB2 project, and mostly developed by Riccardo Panicucci and myself. The code for the qfq scheduler is mostly from Fabio Checconi, and Marta Carbone and Francesco Magno have helped with testing, debugging and some bug fixes.
|
204585 |
02-Mar-2010 |
uqs |
Always assign WARNS using ?=
- fix some nearby style bugs - include Makefile.inc where it makes sense and reduces duplication
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204407 |
27-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
rtsol(8)/rtsold(8): make WARNS=3 clean
It is actually WARNS=6 clean for non-strict alignment archs.
Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204406 |
27-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
route(8): make WARNS=3 clean
- add static and const where appropriate - check pointers against NULL - minor styling nits - it is actually WARNS=6 clean for non-strict alignment platforms
This is shamelessly stolen from DragonflyBSD and reduces our diff.
PR: bin/140078 Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204405 |
27-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
routed(8)/rtquery(8) bump/demote to WARNS=3 for all archs
- The MACHINE_ARCH check is not exhaustive (missing at least powerpc), and generally not worth maintaining. - While here, fix whitespace and ordering of the Makefile
PR: bin/140081 Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204404 |
27-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
mount_ntfs(8): make WARNS=6 clean
PR: bin/140000 Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204403 |
27-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
mount_hpfs(8): make WARNS=6 clean
PR: bin/139995 Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
204352 |
26-Feb-2010 |
ru |
Fixed static linkage.
|
204329 |
25-Feb-2010 |
ru |
Fixed dependencies (make checkdpadd).
|
204195 |
22-Feb-2010 |
mav |
Improve output for controllers that doesn't report SATA speed.
|
204177 |
21-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Changing proto_socketpair.c compilation and linking order revealed a problem - we should simply ignore proto_server() if address doesn't start with socketpair://, and not abort.
|
204166 |
21-Feb-2010 |
gavin |
Document the interaction between /etc/devfs.conf and /etc/defaults/devfs.conf
PR: docs/117308 Submitted by: Mel <mel.xyzzy rachie.is-a-geek.net> (partially) MFC after: 1 week
|
204150 |
20-Feb-2010 |
yongari |
Add TSO support on VLAN in fconfig(8).
Reviewed by: thompsa
|
204111 |
20-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
Fix common misspelling of hierarchy
Pointed out by: bf1783 at gmail Approved by: np (cxgb), kientzle (tar, etc.), philip (mentor)
|
204076 |
18-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Please welcome HAST - Highly Avalable Storage.
HAST allows to transparently store data on two physically separated machines connected over the TCP/IP network. HAST works in Primary-Secondary (Master-Backup, Master-Slave) configuration, which means that only one of the cluster nodes can be active at any given time. Only Primary node is able to handle I/O requests to HAST-managed devices. Currently HAST is limited to two cluster nodes in total.
HAST operates on block level - it provides disk-like devices in /dev/hast/ directory for use by file systems and/or applications. Working on block level makes it transparent for file systems and applications. There in no difference between using HAST-provided device and raw disk, partition, etc. All of them are just regular GEOM providers in FreeBSD.
For more information please consult hastd(8), hastctl(8) and hast.conf(5) manual pages, as well as http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST.
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: OMCnet Internet Service GmbH Sponsored by: TransIP BV
|
204075 |
18-Feb-2010 |
pjd |
Style nits.
|
203970 |
16-Feb-2010 |
imp |
The NetBSD Foundation has granted permission for people to remove clause 3 and 4 from their software.
|
203917 |
15-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
sysctl(8): make WARNS=3 clean
Fixes inspired by work done in DragonflyBSD.
PR: bin/140016 Approved by: ed (Co-mentor)
|
203916 |
15-Feb-2010 |
uqs |
Bump WARNS where possible.
Checked by: make universe Approved by: ed (co-mentor)
|
203874 |
14-Feb-2010 |
kib |
Rename fields to match better the msdosfs headers. This work is still incomplete as some info doesn't really belong to the structs where it is defined.
Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com> Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203872 |
14-Feb-2010 |
kib |
Bug fixes from NetBSD - fix sign-compare issues. - ANSIfy a couple of functions. - Remove more duplicate #includes. - Memory leak found by Coverity on NetBSD.
Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com> Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203871 |
14-Feb-2010 |
kib |
License changes from NetBSD. Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203869 |
14-Feb-2010 |
kib |
Rename variables to match msdosfs headers.
Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com> Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203868 |
14-Feb-2010 |
kib |
Some cleanups from NetBSD: - C99 initializers. - Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME". - Set OEM String to "BSD4.4 " following the unnamed spacing convention in that other OS that suggests "MSWIN4.1" Also, David Naylor's changes for Clang, mostly changing the signess of constants.
Submitted by: Pedro F. Giffuni <giffunip tutopia com> Clang fixes by: David Naylor <naylor.b.david gmail com> Reviewed by: bde (with some disagreement about Clang issues) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203835 |
13-Feb-2010 |
gavin |
When growing a UFS1 filesystem, we need to initialise all inodes in any new cylinder groups that are created. When the filesystem is first created, newfs always initialises the first two blocks of inodes, and then in the UFS1 case will also initialise the remaining inode blocks. The changes in growfs.c 1.23 broke the initialisation of all inodes, seemingly based on this implementation detail in newfs(8). The result was that instead of initialising all inodes, we would actually end up initialising all but the first two blocks of inodes. If the filesystem was grown into empty (all-zeros) space then the resulting filesystem was fine, however when grown onto non-zeroed space the filesystem produced would appear to have massive corruption on the first fsck after growing. A test case for this problem can be found in the PR audit trail.
Fix this by once again initialising all inodes in the UFS1 case.
PR: bin/115174 Submitted by: Nate Eldredgei nge cs.hmc.edu Reviewed by: mjacob MFC after: 1 month
|
203816 |
13-Feb-2010 |
jh |
Don't try to determine tape block size when the -P option is used. This was missed in r203157.
PR: bin/121502
|
203784 |
11-Feb-2010 |
mckusick |
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
|
203770 |
11-Feb-2010 |
mckusick |
Quiet spurious warnings.
|
203769 |
11-Feb-2010 |
mckusick |
Quiet spurious warnings.
|
203764 |
10-Feb-2010 |
mckusick |
Ensure that newfs will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes by cutting back on the number of inodes per cylinder group if necessary to stay under the limit. For a default (16K block) file system, this limit begins to take effect for file systems above 32Tb.
This fix is in addition to -r203763 which corrected a problem in the kernel that treated large inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default (16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system size above about 16Tb.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans Followup by: Jeff Roberson PR: 133980 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203757 |
10-Feb-2010 |
jh |
- Remove reference to nfs4. mount_nfs4(8) was removed in r192578. - Add newnfs.
|
203717 |
09-Feb-2010 |
gavin |
Add -i to usage()
Noticed by: ru MFC after: 5 days
|
203547 |
06-Feb-2010 |
gavin |
Add the -i option to the synopsis.
Submitted by: dhw MFC after: 1 week (with r203310)
|
203534 |
06-Feb-2010 |
delphij |
Correct two typos.
Reported by: Brandon Falk <falkman gamozo org> MFC after: 1 week
|
203505 |
04-Feb-2010 |
mjacob |
Add the long missing "destroy" option.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203490 |
04-Feb-2010 |
ume |
Introduce '[ipaddr]:path' notation. Since the existing implementation searches ':' backward, a path which includes ':' could not be mounted. You can now mount such path by enclosing an IP address by '[]'. Though we should change to search ':' forward, it will break 'ipv6addr:path' which is currently working. So, it still searches ':' backward, at least for now.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203486 |
04-Feb-2010 |
ru |
Shortening a passphrase caused wrong authentication key to be used. Fix this in a FreeBSD and OpenBSD compatible way.
MFC after: 3 days
|
203461 |
04-Feb-2010 |
delphij |
static'ify function prototypes and convert K&R to ANSI.
MFC after: 1 month
|
203460 |
04-Feb-2010 |
delphij |
pukeText is an internal function so define it as static rather than exporting it.
MFC after: 1 month
|
203459 |
03-Feb-2010 |
delphij |
Plug two memory leaks in error case.
MFC after: 1 month
|
203376 |
02-Feb-2010 |
mav |
- Give ATA/SATA SIMs info about ATAPI packet size, supported by device. - Make ATA XPT to reject longer SCSI CDBs then supported by device, or any SCSI CDBs, if device doesn't support ATAPI.
|
203310 |
31-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
Implement the "-i" option to sysctl(8), to ignore failures while retrieving individual OIDs. This allows the same list of OIDs to be passed to sysctl(8) across different systems where particular OIDs may not exist, and still get as much information as possible from them.
PR: bin/123644 Submitted by: dhw Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203277 |
31-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Allow mknod(8) to be only invoked with a pathname as an argument.
In 99% of the cases people just want to recreate device nodes they removed from /dev. There is no reason to pass the additional "c 0 0" anymore.
Also slightly improve the manpage. Remove references to non-existent device names and platforms.
|
203157 |
29-Jan-2010 |
jh |
- Handle short reads when the -P option is used. Short reads must be handled when reading from pipes. - Remove dead code related to the -P option from getvol(). pipein and pipecmdin are never set at the same time.
PR: bin/121502 Approved by: trasz (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
203155 |
29-Jan-2010 |
jh |
- Cast time_t, int64_t and some int32_t values to intmax_t and use "%jd" in format strings. - Use (void) instead of (void *) when discarding strcat(3) return value. - Format string fixes to match variable types. - Change canon() len parameter and getcmd() size parameter type from int to size_t. - Style Makefile and increase WARNS to 2.
PR: bin/140061 Submitted by: uqs Approved by: trasz (mentor)
|
203096 |
27-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Remove stale inclusion of <ulog.h>.
This tool doesn't require libulog anymore.
|
203052 |
27-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Revised revision 199201 (add interface description capability as inspired by OpenBSD), based on comments from many, including rwatson, jhb, brooks and others.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc. MFC after: 1 month
|
202784 |
22-Jan-2010 |
jh |
Make mdconfig(8) WARNS=6 clean:
- Constify geom_config_get() name argument. - Add void keyword for usage(). - Initialize mdunit to NULL. - Don't call md_prthumanval() at all if length is NULL.
Approved by: trasz (mentor)
|
202772 |
21-Jan-2010 |
rmacklem |
Document the negnametimeo option for mount_nfs as implemented by r202767. This is a content change.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
202756 |
21-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Remove stale references to utmp(5) and its corresponding filenames.
I removed utmp and its manpage, but not other manpages referring to it.
|
202694 |
20-Jan-2010 |
mav |
- Add -v argument to `camcontrol identify` command. It makes camcontrol print full identify data block. - Improve identify result view and add TRIM support.
|
202586 |
18-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Also output stripeoffset for consumer even if stripesize is zero, while stripeoffset is non-zero.
Pointed out by: mav
|
202573 |
18-Jan-2010 |
jh |
Print sizes up to INT64_MAX in md_prthumanval().
PR: bin/125365 Approved by: trasz (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
202532 |
17-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Raise WARNS for various tools where possible.
Submitted by: Marius Nünnerich <marius@nuenneri.ch>
|
202531 |
17-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Mute some (hidden) warnings about old-style function definitions.
Submitted by: Marius Nünnerich <marius nuenneri ch>
|
202519 |
17-Jan-2010 |
brueffer |
Small fixes.
|
202457 |
17-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Stripe offset may be usable even without stripe size known, so give the output when either is non-zero.
Suggested by: mav
|
202454 |
17-Jan-2010 |
delphij |
Expose stripe offset and stripe size through libgeom and geom(8) userland utilities.
Reviewed by: pjd, mav (earlier version)
|
202437 |
16-Jan-2010 |
trasz |
Add gmountver, disk mount verification GEOM class.
Note that due to e.g. write throttling ('wdrain'), it can stall all the disk I/O instead of just the device it's configured for. Using it for removable media is therefore not a good idea.
Reviewed by: pjd (earlier version)
|
202386 |
15-Jan-2010 |
ru |
Use the newly brought %U macro.
|
202289 |
14-Jan-2010 |
emaste |
Reject invalid CIDR widths rather than silently stopping at the first non-digit character.
Due to an issue with rc(8) in a test configuration, ifconfig was being invoked with the address used again as the width - for example,
ifconfig vlan0 10.0.0.1/10.0.0.1
Prior to this change, that address/width would be interpreted as 10.0.0.1/10.
|
202195 |
13-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Port the remaining apps in sbin/ to utmpx; only reboot(8).
|
202194 |
13-Jan-2010 |
ed |
Migrate init(8) towards utmpx.
According to a comment, we cannot safely remove utmpx entries here anymore. This is because the libc routines may block on file locking. In an ideal world login(1) should just remove the entries, which is why I'm disabling this code for now. If it turns out we get lots of stale entries here, we should figure out a way to deal with that.
|
202161 |
12-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
Spell "Hz" correctly wherever it is user-visible.
PR: bin/142566 Submitted by: N.J. Mann njm njm.me.uk Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
202131 |
11-Jan-2010 |
mckusick |
Cast 64-bit quantity to intptr_t rather than int so as to work properly with 64-bit architectures (such as amd64).
Reported by: Xin LI and Josh Paetzel
|
202109 |
11-Jan-2010 |
mckusick |
This update utilizes new fsck sysctl commands that allow fsck running in background mode to correct expected inconsistencies that arise during directory rename (see immediately previous update to this file for details). If run on a kernel without the new functionality, background fsck will simply ignore these inconsistencies rather than fail.
Reported by: jeff
|
202107 |
11-Jan-2010 |
mckusick |
When renaming a directory it passes through several intermediate states. First its new name will be created causing it to have two names (from possibly different parents). Next, if it has different parents, its value of ".." will be changed from pointing to the old parent to pointing to the new parent. Concurrently, its old name will be removed bringing it back into a consistent state. When fsck encounters an extra name for a directory, it offers to remove the "extraneous hard link"; when it finds that the names have been changed but the update to ".." has not happened, it offers to rewrite ".." to point at the correct parent. Both of these changes were considered unexpected so would cause fsck in preen mode or fsck in background mode to fail with the need to run fsck manually to fix these problems.
This update changes these errors to be expected so that in preen mode fsck will simply fix these transitional errors. For now, background fsck will note these errors, but will need additional kernel support to fix them, so will simply ignore them rather than fail. A future update will allow background fsck to fix these problems.
Reported by: jeff
|
201708 |
07-Jan-2010 |
mckusick |
Add some error messages suggested in PR bin/138043. The code to correct the problem was added in r176575 by delphij on 2008-02-25.
PR: 138043 Reported by: Heikki Suonsivu
|
201700 |
07-Jan-2010 |
mckusick |
This corrects a bug that manifested itself as identifying the last cylinder group of a UFS1 filesystem as bad. The error was in the check and not in the cylinder group itself. So even though fsck fixed the cylinder group correctly, it was still endlessly reported as bad.
PR: 141992 MFC after: 2 weeks Reported by: Dan Strick
|
201658 |
06-Jan-2010 |
mav |
Increase default block size from 4K to 64K. It was reduces 6 yeard ago, when trees were big and FAST mode was enabled by default.
So small block size doesn't benefits linear I/O operations in FAST and significantly slowdowns in ECONOMIC (default) mode. For single stream random I/Os so small block doesn't give much benefits, as access time is usually bigger then transfer time there. Same time it requires all heads to seek together for every single request, reducing performance on parallel load.
|
201647 |
06-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
Print leading zeros in the UFS2 FSID.
PR: bin/142155 Submitted by: Efstratios Karatzas gpf.kira gmail.com Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
201578 |
05-Jan-2010 |
mav |
For completeness, add -s argument, manually specifying array block size.
|
201432 |
03-Jan-2010 |
trasz |
Add manual page for gcache(8).
|
201401 |
02-Jan-2010 |
gavin |
Remove dead code. This section of code is only run in the (sblock.fs_magic == FS_UFS1_MAGIC) case, so the check within the loop is redundant.
Submitted by: Nate Eldredge nge cs.hmc.edu Reviewed by: mjacob Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
201400 |
02-Jan-2010 |
kib |
Remove reference to the bug in FreeBSD 2.0.
Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev <netch segfault kiev ua> MFC after: 3 days
|
201399 |
02-Jan-2010 |
mbr |
Fix typo: s/partion/partition/
Submitted by: Marc Balmer <marc@msys.ch> MFC after: 3 days
|
201252 |
30-Dec-2009 |
ed |
Let umount build with -Wold-style-definition.
|
201227 |
29-Dec-2009 |
ed |
ANSIfy almost all applications that use WARNS=6.
I was considering committing all these patches one by one, but as discussed with brooks@, there is no need to do this. If we ever need/want to merge these changes back, it is still possible to do this per application.
|
201217 |
29-Dec-2009 |
ed |
ANSIfy ldconfig and the aout bits it still uses from rtld-aout.
(Why is aout support still there?)
|
201182 |
29-Dec-2009 |
ed |
Add forgotten `void' keyword. This function has no arguments.
|
201180 |
29-Dec-2009 |
ed |
Add missing `void' for functions without arguments.
While there, rename die_you_gravy_sucking_pig_dog() to something that's less moronic.
|
201145 |
28-Dec-2009 |
antoine |
(S)LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER takes a (S)LIST_HEAD as an argument. Fix some wrong usages. Note: this does not affect generated binaries as this argument is not used.
PR: 137213 Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin (initial version) MFC after: 1 month
|
201135 |
28-Dec-2009 |
delphij |
Make umount(8) WARNS=6 clean: - Cast delimiter width to integer [1] - Solve name conflicts against system header - Constify parameters to avoid qualifier conflict
PR: bin/140017 [1] Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein <uqs spoerlein net> [1] MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc
|
201015 |
26-Dec-2009 |
ru |
- Display current settings when run without options. - Revise a manpage to NOT sound confusing. [1]
In collaboration with: sat [1]
|
200796 |
21-Dec-2009 |
trasz |
Implement NFSv4 ACL support for UFS.
Reviewed by: rwatson
|
200587 |
15-Dec-2009 |
gavin |
ifconfig(8) is documented to take a ISO 3166-1 country code to set the regulatory domain with the "country" parameter, but will also take a full country name. The man page warns that only the ISO code is unambiguous. In reality, however, the first match on either would be accepted, leading to "DE" being interpreted as the "DEBUG" country rather than Germany, and "MO" selecting Morocco rather than the correct country, Macau.
Fix this by always checking for an ISO CC match first, and only search on the full country name if that fails.
PR: bin/140571 Tested by: Dirk Meyer dirk.meyer dinoex.sub.org Reviewed by: sam Approved by: ed (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
200567 |
15-Dec-2009 |
luigi |
implement a new match option,
lookup {dst-ip|src-ip|dst-port|src-port|uid|jail} N
which searches the specified field in table N and sets tablearg accordingly. With dst-ip or src-ip the option replicates two existing options. When used with other arguments, the option can be useful to quickly dispatch traffic based on other fields.
Work supported by the Onelab project.
MFC after: 1 week
|
200566 |
15-Dec-2009 |
luigi |
fix the indentation for addr: values
MFC after: 3 days
|
200290 |
09-Dec-2009 |
ru |
The default balance algorithm has changed from "split" to (the improved version of) "load".
|
200282 |
08-Dec-2009 |
mav |
Change gmirror default balance algorithm from "split" to "load". "split" is very ineffective for devices with rotating media as HDDs. To be effective, it needs that transfer time reduction due to block splitting was bigger then access time increase due to non-sequential access. For modern HDDs I was able to reproduce it only with read sizes of 2MB and above, which is almost not applicable in real life. "load" algorithm same time is more universal and effective now.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
200183 |
06-Dec-2009 |
luigi |
restore setting of sin_len (was removed in 1.146 last february) as it seems that now it is necessary for 'forward' to work outside lo0. The bug (and fix) was reported on 8.0. This patch probably applies to RELENG_7 as well. It seems that 'pf' has a similar bug.
Submitted by: Lytochkin Boris MFC after: 3 days
|
200171 |
06-Dec-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: Introduce ATA_CAM kernel option, turning ata(4) controller drivers into cam(4) interface modules. When enabled, this options deprecates all ata(4) peripheral drivers (ad, acd, ...) and interfaces and allows cam(4) drivers (ada, cd, ...) and interfaces to be natively used instead.
As side effect of this, ata(4) mode setting code was completely rewritten to make controller API more strict and permit above change. While doing this, SATA revision was separated from PATA mode. It allows DMA-incapable SATA devices to operate and makes hw.ata.atapi_dma tunable work again.
Also allow ata(4) controller drivers (except some specific or broken ones) to handle larger data transfers. Previous constraint of 64K was artificial and is not really required by PCI ATA BM specification or hardware.
Submitted by: nwitehorn (powerpc part)
|
200161 |
05-Dec-2009 |
ed |
Let init(8) and reboot(8) use utmpx to log wtmp entries.
logwtmp() gets called with the raw strings that are written to disk. For regular user entries, this isn't too bad, but when booting/shutting down, the contents get rather cryptic.
Just call the standardized pututxline().
|
200101 |
04-Dec-2009 |
luigi |
fix argument type in the call to expand_number
Submitted by: gcc 4.3 MFC after: 3 days
|
200056 |
03-Dec-2009 |
luigi |
use qsort_r instead of heapsort; staticize two functions.
MFC after: 3 days
|
199822 |
26-Nov-2009 |
mav |
Drop USB mass storage devices support from ata(4). It is out of the build as long as I remember, and completely superseded by better maintained umass(4). It's main idea was to optionally avoid CAM dependency for such devices, but with move ATA to CAM, it is not actual any more.
No objections: hselasky@, thompsa@, arch@
|
199821 |
26-Nov-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: Improve ATA mode/SATA revision control.
|
199770 |
25-Nov-2009 |
will |
Make ``ifconfig -l ether'' only list interfaces that speak Ethernet.
PR: 118987 Approved by: ken (mentor)
|
199747 |
24-Nov-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: - Extend XPT-SIM transfer settings control API. Now it allows to report to SATA SIM number of tags supported by each device, implement ATA mode and SATA revision negotiation for both SATA and PATA SIMs. - Make ahci(4) and siis(4) to use submitted maximum tag number, when scheduling requests. It allows to support NCQ on devices with lower tags count then controller supports. - Make PMP driver to report attached devices connection speeds. - Implement ATA mode negotiation between user settings, device and controller capabilities.
|
199644 |
22-Nov-2009 |
mav |
Add some missing WDMA/UDMA modes.
|
199626 |
21-Nov-2009 |
netchild |
Fix minor resource leak in a function.
Reviewed by: luigi MFC after: 1 week
|
199584 |
20-Nov-2009 |
netchild |
Fix minor memory leak in a function.
MFC after: 1 week
|
199582 |
20-Nov-2009 |
netchild |
Fix minor resource leak in a function which was introduced by changing an err() to a return in r106254.
MFC after: 1 week
|
199231 |
12-Nov-2009 |
delphij |
Revert revision 199201 for now as it has introduced a kernel vulnerability and requires more polishing.
|
199201 |
11-Nov-2009 |
delphij |
Add interface description capability as inspired by OpenBSD.
MFC after: 3 months
|
199182 |
11-Nov-2009 |
trasz |
Add links to zfs(8) and zpool(8) to mount(8) manual page.
|
199130 |
10-Nov-2009 |
des |
More rational usage()
|
199101 |
09-Nov-2009 |
mav |
Fix variable type.
|
199079 |
09-Nov-2009 |
mav |
Add support for ATA Power Management.
|
198897 |
04-Nov-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: - Add support for sector size > 512 bytes and physical sector of several logical sectors, introduced by ATA-7 specification. - Remove some obsoleted code.
|
198850 |
03-Nov-2009 |
ed |
Just use devname(3) to print device names.
Right now sysctl just prints the major/minor numbers of a device. Instead of rolling our own routine for this, we'd better just call devname(3) to perform a translation to a device name for us.
|
198820 |
02-Nov-2009 |
jhb |
Ensure 'kvm' is always initialized. If "-M" was not specified and the garbage value on the stack was not zero, then 'ddb capture' would try to use the garbage value as a kvm_t pointer.
MFC after: 1 week
|
198768 |
01-Nov-2009 |
brueffer |
Refine r198714, it's not as easy as just leaving the major number zero.
Submitted by: ed MFC after: 1 week
|
198714 |
31-Oct-2009 |
brueffer |
The majors file was removed long ago, 0 should be used instead.
PR: 139230 Submitted by: pluknet <pluknet@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
198709 |
31-Oct-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: Sync connection speed reporting with kernel. Report speed in identify command, same as done by inquiry.
|
198585 |
29-Oct-2009 |
jhb |
When extracting the capture buffer from a crashdump, only read the valid portion of the capture buffer (db_capture_bufoff vs db_capture_bufsize). This could result in outputting garbage (e.g. lots of 'p' characters if DIAGNOSTIC is enabled) after the end of the capture buffer. While here, fix a spelling nit.
Reported by: Mikolaj Golub to my trociny of gmail MFC after: 3 days
|
198491 |
26-Oct-2009 |
jh |
Fix parsing of mount options specified with -o in case an option with value is preceded by an option without value (for example -o option1,option2=value). Options must be separated before searching for '='. Also compare pnextopt explicitly against NULL.
PR: bin/134069 Approved by: trasz (mentor)
|
198478 |
26-Oct-2009 |
lulf |
- Initialize variable in order to avoid GCC warning and enable WARNS=6.
PR: bin/139970 Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein <uqs -at- spoerlein.net>
|
198352 |
21-Oct-2009 |
philip |
Make dhclient use bootpc (68) as the source port for unicast DHCPREQUEST packets instead of allowing the protocol stack to pick a random source port.
This fixes the behaviour where dhclient would never transition from RENEWING to BOUND without going through REBINDING in networks which are paranoid about DHCP spoofing, such as most mainstream cable-broadband ISP networks.
Reviewed by: brooks Obtained from: OpenBSD (partly - I'm not convinced their solution can work) MFC after: 1 week (pending re approval)
|
198340 |
21-Oct-2009 |
ed |
Make input parsing in Farhenheit actually work.
Don't clobber *p with '\0' when testing whether it has the value of 'F'. Just use the semantics of strtof() properly. If it returns p, we know that it parsed the string until it reached 'C' or 'F'.
The code has not changed since it has been imported (r161951, Sep 3, 2006).
Submitted by: Alexandre Perrin <kaworu@kaworu.ch> MFC after: 1 week
|
198316 |
21-Oct-2009 |
remko |
The tunefs utility does not work on active filesystems.
PR: docs/139705 Submitted by: Warren Block <wblock at wonkity dot com> Approved by: imp (mentor, implicit)
|
198236 |
19-Oct-2009 |
ru |
Switch the default WARNS level for sbin/ to 6.
Submitted by: Ulrich Spörlein
|
198235 |
19-Oct-2009 |
ru |
Clean up markup (mainly).
|
198231 |
19-Oct-2009 |
ru |
Properly re-create "-s size" argument to newfs(8).
|
198006 |
12-Oct-2009 |
hrs |
Use printb() to display the "nd6 options=" line.
|
197980 |
12-Oct-2009 |
rpaulo |
Update for latest 802.11s changes in meshconf format.
MFC after: 3 days
|
197763 |
05-Oct-2009 |
mjacob |
The cylinder group tag cg_initediblk needs to match the number of inodes actually initialized. In the growfs case for UFS2, no inodes were actually being initialized and the number of inodes noted as initialized was the number of inodes per group. This created a filesystem that was deemed corrupted because the inodes thus added were full of garbage.
MFC after: 1 month
|
197560 |
28-Sep-2009 |
delphij |
Static'ify internal methods and use prototype.
|
197545 |
27-Sep-2009 |
mav |
Fethch more information from IDENTIFY result.
|
197526 |
26-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Fix several logic bugs in the previous IPv6 variable change and re-add $ipv6_enable support for backward compatibility. From UPDATING:
1. To use IPv6, simply define $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 like $ifconfig_IF for IPv4. For aliases, $ifconfig_IF_aliasN should be used. Note that both variables need the "inet6" keyword at the head.
Do not set $ipv6_network_interfaces manually if you do not understand what you are doing. It is not needed in most cases.
$ipv6_ifconfig_IF and $ipv6_ifconfig_IF_aliasN still work, but they are obsolete.
2. $ipv6_enable is obsolete. Use $ipv6_prefer and/or "inet6 accept_rtadv" keyword in ifconfig(8) instead.
If you define $ipv6_enable=YES, it means $ipv6_prefer=YES and all configured interfaces have "inet6 accept_rtadv" in the $ifconfig_IF_ipv6. These are for backward compatibility.
3. A new variable $ipv6_prefer has been added. If NO, IPv6 functionality of interfaces with no corresponding $ifconfig_IF_ipv6 is disabled by using "inet6 ifdisabled" flag, and the default address selection policy of ip6addrctl(8) is the IPv4-preferred one (see rc.d/ip6addrctl for more details). Note that if you want to configure IPv6 functionality on the disabled interfaces after boot, first you need to clear the flag by using ifconfig(8) like:
ifconfig em0 inet6 -ifdisabled
If YES, the default address selection policy is set as IPv6-preferred.
The default value of $ipv6_prefer is NO.
4. If your system need to receive Router Advertisement messages, define "inet6 accept_rtadv" in $ifconfig_IF_ipv6. The rc(8) scripts automatically invoke rtsol(8) when the interface becomes UP. The Router Advertisement messages are used for SLAAC (State-Less Address AutoConfiguration).
|
197419 |
22-Sep-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: Reduce code duplication.
|
197312 |
18-Sep-2009 |
brueffer |
Fix setfib(1) section number.
PR: 133765 Submitted by: Konstantin Zolotukhin <erebus@gorodok.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
197299 |
17-Sep-2009 |
ru |
Fixed markup.
|
197298 |
17-Sep-2009 |
rmacklem |
Change the default transport protocol for use by the Mount protocol from UDP to TCP, so that it is consistent with TCP for NFS, which became the default at r176198. Without this change, doing an NFS mount against a server that only supports UDP would result in an unusable mount point if a transport protocol option wasn't specified for the mount.
Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
197275 |
17-Sep-2009 |
brueffer |
Fix an xref.
PR: 138833 Submitted by: Alex Keda <admin@lissyara.su> MFC after: 3 days
|
197274 |
17-Sep-2009 |
brueffer |
Fix the example, -w is the right switch for write failure probability.
PR: 136219 Submitted by: Kouki Hashimoto <hsmtkk@gmail.com> Patch by: gavin MFC after: 3 days
|
197200 |
14-Sep-2009 |
pjd |
Modify mount(8) to skip MNT_IGNORE file systems by default, just like df(1) does. This is not POLA violation, because there is no single file system in the base that use MNT_IGNORE currently, although ZFS snapshots will be mounted with MNT_IGNORE after next commit.
Reviewed by: kib MFC after: 3 days
|
197142 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Document accept_rev_ethip_ver and send_rev_ethip_ver flags of EtherIP (gif(4) + if_bridge(8)).
MFC after: 3 days
|
197138 |
12-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Improve flexibility of receiving Router Advertisement and automatic link-local address configuration:
- Convert a sysctl net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv to one for the default value of a per-IF flag ND6_IFF_ACCEPT_RTADV, not a global knob. The default value of the sysctl is 0.
- Add a new per-IF flag ND6_IFF_AUTO_LINKLOCAL and convert a sysctl net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal to one for its default value. The default value of the sysctl is 1.
- Make ND6_IFF_IFDISABLED more robust. It can be used to disable IPv6 functionality of an interface now.
- Receiving RA is allowed if ip6_forwarding==0 *and* ND6_IFF_ACCEPT_RTADV is set on that interface. The former condition will be revisited later to support a "host + router" box like IPv6 CPE router. The current behavior is compatible with the older releases of FreeBSD.
- The ifconfig(8) now supports these ND6 flags as well as "nud", "prefer_source", and "disabled" in ndp(8). The ndp(8) now supports "auto_linklocal".
Discussed with: bz and jinmei Reviewed by: bz MFC after: 3 days
|
197044 |
09-Sep-2009 |
pjd |
Actually component with the greatest priority is used by the prefer balance algorithm.
|
196931 |
07-Sep-2009 |
hrs |
Use printb() instead of rolling its own routine to display bits in options=<>.
Pointed out by: ume MFC after: 3 days
|
196929 |
07-Sep-2009 |
ume |
Suppress an options line when no bit is on.
Reviewed by: hrs MFC after: 3 days
|
196879 |
06-Sep-2009 |
pjd |
Add support for changing providers priority.
Submitted by: Mel Flynn
|
196878 |
06-Sep-2009 |
pjd |
Update copyright years.
|
196877 |
06-Sep-2009 |
pjd |
For any given subcommand allow to specify multi-line usage (separated by \n).
Submitted by: Mel Flynn
|
196833 |
04-Sep-2009 |
kmacy |
remove stale references to RTF_CLONING and RTF_LLINFO
MFC after: 3 days
|
196831 |
04-Sep-2009 |
mav |
Add to `camcontrol cmd` support for sending arbitrary ATA commands.
It could be used for broad range of tasks, such as configuring drive power management modes, caching, security and any other features and tasks, not supported by existing drivers.
|
196659 |
30-Aug-2009 |
mav |
Short ATA command format has 28bit address, not 36bit. Rename ata_36bit_cmd() into ata_28bit_cmd(), while it didn't become legacy.
MFC after: 2 days
|
196658 |
30-Aug-2009 |
mav |
MFp4: - Tune protocol version reporting, - Add supported DMA/PIO modes reporting. - Fix IDENTIFY for ATAPI devices. - Remove confusing "-" for NCQ status.
|
196528 |
25-Aug-2009 |
lulf |
- Add a SIGINFO handler for savecore.
|
196527 |
25-Aug-2009 |
charnier |
ANSIfy functions declarations, adjust prototypes. Rename local variable to not conflict with err().
|
196476 |
23-Aug-2009 |
ivoras |
Remove (c) line.
Requested by: pjd Approved by: gnn (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
196383 |
19-Aug-2009 |
marcel |
Remove the dependency on the kernel -- in particular the gctl request to the GEOM_BSD class -- to translate the absolute offsets in the label to relative ones. This makes bslabel(8) work correctly with GEOM_PART and also when the BSD label is nested under arbitrary partitioning schemes.
Inspired by: Eygene Ryabinkin <rea-fbsd@codelabs.ru> Approved by: re (kib)
|
196287 |
17-Aug-2009 |
pjd |
Be more precise how to get fsids - 'mount -v' doesn't show fsids unless is run by root.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
196278 |
16-Aug-2009 |
marcel |
Emit a proper error message instead of dumping core when 1) GEOM_PART does not exist in the kernel, and 2) the GEOM in question does not exist. Additionally abort in case of programming errors that result in neither the class nor geom not being present in the gctl request.
Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru> Approved by: re (kib)
|
195942 |
29-Jul-2009 |
rmacklem |
Delete the descriptions of the gssname and allgssname optionss from mount_nfs.8 since these options are not implemented in FreeBSD8. This is content change for the man page.
Approved by: re (kensmith), kib (mentor)
|
195908 |
27-Jul-2009 |
rpaulo |
Mesh fixes, namely: * don't clobber proxy entries * HWMP seq number processing, including discard of old frames * flush routing table entries based on nexthop * print route flags in ifconfig * more debugging messages and comments
Proxy changes submitted by sam.
Approved by: re (kib)
|
195890 |
26-Jul-2009 |
bz |
Make ifconfig ifN -vnet <jname|jid> actually work:
- fix ifconfig to ignore the non-existent interface in the current network stack in case of '-vnet'. - in ifconfig: actually use the local variables defined for the vnet functions rather than modifying the global.
Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: re (kib)
|
195805 |
21-Jul-2009 |
sam |
Fix the logic to count the number of "live interfaces". With this change dhclient now terminates when the underlying ifnet is destroyed (e.g. on card eject).
Reviewed by: brooks Approved by: re (kib)
|
195784 |
20-Jul-2009 |
rpaulo |
More mesh bits, namely: * bridge support (sam) * handling of errors (sam) * deletion of inactive routing entries * more debug msgs (sam) * fixed some inconsistencies with the spec. * decap is now specific to mesh (sam) * print mesh seq. no. on ifconfig list mesh * small perf. improvements
Reviewed by: sam Approved by: re (kib)
|
195618 |
11-Jul-2009 |
rpaulo |
Implementation of the upcoming Wireless Mesh standard, 802.11s, on the net80211 wireless stack. This work is based on the March 2009 D3.0 draft standard. This standard is expected to become final next year. This includes two main net80211 modules, ieee80211_mesh.c which deals with peer link management, link metric calculation, routing table control and mesh configuration and ieee80211_hwmp.c which deals with the actually routing process on the mesh network. HWMP is the mandatory routing protocol on by the mesh standard, but others, such as RA-OLSR, can be implemented.
Authentication and encryption are not implemented.
There are several scripts under tools/tools/net80211/scripts that can be used to test different mesh network topologies and they also teach you how to setup a mesh vap (for the impatient: ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ... wlanmode mesh).
A new build option is available: IEEE80211_SUPPORT_MESH and it's enabled by default on GENERIC kernels for i386, amd64, sparc64 and pc98.
Drivers that support mesh networks right now are: ath, ral and mwl.
More information at: http://wiki.freebsd.org/WifiMesh
Please note that this work is experimental. Also, please note that bridging a mesh vap with another network interface is not yet supported.
Many thanks to the FreeBSD Foundation for sponsoring this project and to Sam Leffler for his support. Also, I would like to thank Gateworks Corporation for sending me a Cambria board which was used during the development of this project.
Reviewed by: sam Approved by: re (kensmith) Obtained from: projects/mesh11s
|
195573 |
10-Jul-2009 |
scottl |
Fix alignment issue with ATA IDENTIFY structure.
Approved by: re
|
195534 |
10-Jul-2009 |
scottl |
Separate the parallel scsi knowledge out of the core of the XPT, and modularize it so that new transports can be created.
Add a transport for SATA
Add a periph+protocol layer for ATA
Add a driver for AHCI-compliant hardware.
Add a maxio field to CAM so that drivers can advertise their max I/O capability. Modify various drivers so that they are insulated from the value of MAXPHYS.
The new ATA/SATA code supports AHCI-compliant hardware, and will override the classic ATA driver if it is loaded as a module at boot time or compiled into the kernel. The stack now support NCQ (tagged queueing) for increased performance on modern SATA drives. It also supports port multipliers.
ATA drives are accessed via 'ada' device nodes. ATAPI drives are accessed via 'cd' device nodes. They can all be enumerated and manipulated via camcontrol, just like SCSI drives. SCSI commands are not translated to their ATA equivalents; ATA native commands are used throughout the entire stack, including camcontrol. See the camcontrol manpage for further details. Testing this code may require that you update your fstab, and possibly modify your BIOS to enable AHCI functionality, if available.
This code is very experimental at the moment. The userland ABI/API has changed, so applications will need to be recompiled. It may change further in the near future. The 'ada' device name may also change as more infrastructure is completed in this project. The goal is to eventually put all CAM busses and devices until newbus, allowing for interesting topology and management options.
Few functional changes will be seen with existing SCSI/SAS/FC drivers, though the userland ABI has still changed. In the future, transports specific modules for SAS and FC may appear in order to better support the topologies and capabilities of these technologies.
The modularization of CAM and the addition of the ATA/SATA modules is meant to break CAM out of the mold of being specific to SCSI, letting it grow to be a framework for arbitrary transports and protocols. It also allows drivers to be written to support discrete hardware without jeopardizing the stability of non-related hardware. While only an AHCI driver is provided now, a Silicon Image driver is also in the works. Drivers for ICH1-4, ICH5-6, PIIX, classic IDE, and any other hardware is possible and encouraged. Help with new transports is also encouraged.
Submitted by: scottl, mav Approved by: re
|
195075 |
26-Jun-2009 |
oleg |
- 'burst' description rewritten.
Submitted by: Ben Kaduk Approved by: re (kib)
|
195036 |
26-Jun-2009 |
maxim |
o Kill grammar nits.
PR: docs/136061 Submitted by: Ben Kaduk MFC after: 1 week
|
194930 |
24-Jun-2009 |
oleg |
- fix dummynet 'fast' mode for WF2Q case. - fix printing of pipe profile data. - introduce new pipe parameter: 'burst' - how much data can be sent through pipe bypassing bandwidth limit.
|
194880 |
24-Jun-2009 |
dfr |
Don't use sys/nfs/rpcv2.h - it is part of the old kernel RPC implementation and will be removed.
|
194871 |
24-Jun-2009 |
jamie |
Add the "vnet" and "-vnet" options, to allow moving interfaces between jails with VIMAGE.
Approved by: bz (mentor)
|
194802 |
23-Jun-2009 |
delphij |
Add a note about the implication of secure level setting against kldload, and cross reference security(7).
|
194799 |
23-Jun-2009 |
delphij |
- Use size_t instead of int when appropriate; - Use C99 sparse initialization.
With these changes ifconfig(8) is WARNS=2 clean.
|
194684 |
23-Jun-2009 |
jhay |
time_t does not always fit into long, for instance on arm. So rather cast it intmax_t and use %j in printf.
|
194333 |
17-Jun-2009 |
lulf |
- Back out the previous change in order to maintain compatibility.
|
194257 |
15-Jun-2009 |
ed |
Remove redundant code from runshutdown() now tcsetsid(3) works reliably.
We can now just call setctty() without any problems. This means the shell running the shutdown script is now the session leader, just like on startup.
|
194244 |
15-Jun-2009 |
lulf |
- The maximum number of heads is 255, not 256.
Pointed out by: marcel
|
194198 |
14-Jun-2009 |
ed |
Fix the staircase issue properly this time.
Even though I thought this bug was somewhere in the TTY layer, it turns out init(8) doesn't make sure /dev/console is opened initially properly. I've added revoke() to two pieces of code:
- death(): Apart from killing the gettys on shutdown, this doesn't guarantee the TTY to be closed immediately. - runshutdown(): Just like setctty(), we should revoke /dev/console. Applications like syslogd may have file descriptors to the console.
|
194136 |
13-Jun-2009 |
sam |
Rev IEEE80211_IOC_STA_INFO abi: ni_flags grew from 16 bits to 32 bits but isi_state did not follow; expand it to 32 bits and pad to maintain alignment. Note this is an incompatible change that requires rebuilding of user applications.
Submitted by: rpaulo, cbzimmer, avatar
|
194092 |
13-Jun-2009 |
ivoras |
Add support for labels derived from GPT metadata.
Approved by: gnn (mentor) Reviewed by: pjd PR: 128398 Submitted by: Marius Nuennerich < marius at nuenneri.ch >
|
193943 |
10-Jun-2009 |
avg |
fsck_msdosfs: accept no-op -C option for compatibilty with fsck
Submitted by: marck Reviewed by: current@ Approved by: jhb (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
193765 |
08-Jun-2009 |
brian |
Fix an off by one error when we limit append/prepend text sizes based on our internal buffer sizes.
When we 'append', assume we're appending to text. Some MS dhcp servers will give us a string with the length including the trailing NUL. when we 'append domain-name', we get something like "search x.y\000 z" in resolv.conf :(
MFC after: 1 week Security: A buffer overflow (by one NUL byte) was possible.
|
193728 |
08-Jun-2009 |
jhb |
Change the printf format string to match the variable type to quiet warnings.
|
193715 |
08-Jun-2009 |
luigi |
Permit the specification of bandwidth values within "profile" files (bandwidth is mandatory when using a profile, so it makes sense to have everything in one place).
Update the manpage accordingly.
Submitted by: Marta Carbone
|
193702 |
08-Jun-2009 |
luigi |
add a missing format in a printf Detected building with gcc 4.3.3
MFC after: 3 days
|
193673 |
08-Jun-2009 |
marcel |
Make the size (-s) and start (-b) parameters of the add verb optional. The missing parameter(s) are automatically filled-in.
|
193664 |
07-Jun-2009 |
hrs |
Fix and add a workaround on an issue of EtherIP packet with reversed version field sent via gif(4)+if_bridge(4). The EtherIP implementation found on FreeBSD 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, 7.1, and 7.2 had an interoperability issue because it sent the incorrect EtherIP packets and discarded the correct ones.
This change introduces the following two flags to gif(4):
accept_rev_ethip_ver: accepts both correct EtherIP packets and ones with reversed version field, if enabled. If disabled, the gif accepts the correct packets only. This flag is enabled by default.
send_rev_ethip_ver: sends EtherIP packets with reversed version field intentionally, if enabled. If disabled, the gif sends the correct packets only. This flag is disabled by default.
These flags are stored in struct gif_softc and can be set by ifconfig(8) on per-interface basis.
Note that this is an incompatible change of EtherIP with the older FreeBSD releases. If you need to interoperate older FreeBSD boxes and new versions after this commit, setting "send_rev_ethip_ver" is needed.
Reviewed by: thompsa and rwatson Spotted by: Shunsuke SHINOMIYA PR: kern/125003 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
193648 |
07-Jun-2009 |
marcel |
Allow humanized numbers for LBAs, as well as partition indices for gpart(8). LBAs in particular are ugly. The ganularity is a sector, but users expect byte granularity when specifying the size or offset with a SI unit. Handle LBAs specially to deal with this.
|
193516 |
05-Jun-2009 |
luigi |
Several ipfw options and actions use a 16-bit argument to indicate pipes, queues, tags, rule numbers and so on. These are all different namespaces, and the only thing they have in common is the fact they use a 16-bit slot to represent the argument.
There is some confusion in the code, mostly for historical reasons, on how the values 0 and 65535 should be used. At the moment, 0 is forbidden almost everywhere, while 65535 is used to represent a 'tablearg' argument, i.e. the result of the most recent table() lookup.
For now, try to use explicit constants for the min and max allowed values, and do not overload the default rule number for that.
Also, make the MTAG_IPFW declaration only visible to the kernel.
NOTE: I think the issue needs to be revisited before 8.0 is out: the 2^16 namespace limit for rule numbers and pipe/queue is annoying, and we can easily bump the limit to 2^32 which gives a lot more flexibility in partitioning the namespace.
MFC after: 5 days
|
193500 |
05-Jun-2009 |
luigi |
remove a printf that was only useful for debugging.
MFC after: 3 days
|
193480 |
05-Jun-2009 |
benno |
Bump document date.
Pointed out by: trhodes
|
193475 |
04-Jun-2009 |
benno |
Perform some checking on the requested list of modules to warn people if they try to load modules by filename out of the current directory where the module in question may be further up the module path or not in the module path at all.
Also add some text to the man page to help explain what's going on.
Sponsored by: Redacted Consulting
|
193473 |
04-Jun-2009 |
benno |
style(9) pass prior to further changes.
Sponsored by: Redacted Consulting
|
193447 |
04-Jun-2009 |
sam |
track rename of CSA ie
Submitted by: wxs
|
193372 |
03-Jun-2009 |
pjd |
Correct comment.
|
193333 |
02-Jun-2009 |
pjd |
Initialize iov and iovlen before use.
Reported by: Lucius Windschuh <lwindschuh@googlemail.com>
|
193325 |
02-Jun-2009 |
lulf |
- Use volatile for signal variables.
Suggested by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh -at- saunalahti.fi>
|
193191 |
01-Jun-2009 |
rodrigc |
Code for parsing nmount options in kernel was merged to stable/7 branch in r190315. So only resort to fallback_mount() could which passes struct nfs_args to kernel in kernel versions less than 702100.
|
193059 |
29-May-2009 |
lulf |
- Use sig_atomic_t for signal handler variables.
MFC after: 1 week
|
193051 |
29-May-2009 |
pjd |
- Move from mount(2) to nmount(2). This should allow to convert MNT_SNAPSHOT flag from a mount flag to FS-specific flag. - Simplify usage. Instead of 'mksnap_ffs /mnt/foo /mnt/foo/snap' allow to give only one argument: 'mksnap_ffs /mnt/foo/snap'. Old usage is also accepted for now. - Add an example of how to mount a snapshot.
|
193022 |
29-May-2009 |
brian |
Make dump -W show the level correctly.
PR: 129110 Submitted by: Mike Voorhis <mvoorhis@cs.wpi.edu> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
192930 |
27-May-2009 |
rmacklem |
Add support for the experimental nfs client to mount_nfs. The experimental client is used when the fstype is "newnfs" or the "nfsv4" option is specified. It includes the addition of the option: gssname - to specify a client side initiator host based principal name which is specific to NFSv4. It also includes a change to mount.c, so that it knows about mount_newnfs, but not mount_nfs4.
Reviewed by: dfr Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
192772 |
25-May-2009 |
brian |
Bump the document date to reflect the 'p' command enhancements.
Suggested by: trhodes
|
192747 |
25-May-2009 |
maxim |
o Fix typo in the example.
PR: docs/134930 Submitted by: Alex Keda MFC after: 1 week
|
192745 |
25-May-2009 |
brian |
Enhance the 'p' command so that it understands size qualifiers (K/M/G) and so that it understands '*' as 'DTRT'.
PR: 68312 Submitted by: Rene de Vries - rene at tunix dot nl (mostly) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
192586 |
22-May-2009 |
trasz |
Make 'struct acl' larger, as required to support NFSv4 ACLs. Provide compatibility interfaces in both kernel and libc.
Reviewed by: rwatson
|
192578 |
22-May-2009 |
rwatson |
Remove the unmaintained University of Michigan NFSv4 client from 8.x prior to 8.0-RELEASE. Rick Macklem's new and more feature-rich NFSv234 client and server are replacing it.
Discussed with: rmacklem
|
192376 |
19-May-2009 |
trasz |
Add links to libgeom(3) where appropriate.
|
191693 |
30-Apr-2009 |
thompsa |
Do no spam the ifconfig output for the aggregated interface with 'laggdev laggX'.
|
191656 |
29-Apr-2009 |
trasz |
Slightly improve gjournal documentation.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
191415 |
23-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Let pflogd's Makefile just use WARNS instead of changing CFLAGS.
This change allows me to disable -Werror by using NO_WERROR. Right now I can't build pflogd using Clang, because Clang generates more warnings when passing -Wall.
|
191414 |
23-Apr-2009 |
brueffer |
Correct the information about when the respective functionality first appeared in FreeBSD.
PR: 133785 Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uqs@spoerlein.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
191252 |
18-Apr-2009 |
rwatson |
ifconfig(8) no longer needs to know how to print the IFF_NEEDSGIANT flag, since it shortly won't be defined at all.
|
191121 |
15-Apr-2009 |
brooks |
The structs ifaliasreq and in_aliasreq have exactly the same layout and member names, but we really do mean to use in_aliasreq here.
MFC after: 1 week
|
191080 |
14-Apr-2009 |
kmacy |
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing
This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built.
Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
|
190936 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Style fixes to the newfs_msdos manpage.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190933 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Update documentation (forgotten in r190929).
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190932 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Do not prepend /dev/ when -C is used.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190931 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
When using -C, do not warn when the file is not a character device, but warn when it is not a regular file.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190930 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Fix a bug in r185587.
fstat(fd, &sb) was not executed unconditionally anymore so sb was read uninitialised when -C is used.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190929 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Use ftruncate() instead of lseek()+write()+lseek() to set the created file (-C) to the requested size.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190927 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
De-static local variables in main() (which is not recursive) and const-ify others.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190925 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Show -@ and -C in usage, which were added in r185587.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190924 |
11-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Clean up the usage() function to use a single fprintf().
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph mallon gmx de>
|
190913 |
11-Apr-2009 |
rrs |
Fix broken case where caused by last patch where a user uses 0.0.0.0/0 as an alias for default. Obtained from: Mykola Dzham (freebsd@levsha.org.ua)
|
190911 |
11-Apr-2009 |
trhodes |
Kill hard sentence break added in the previous revision.
|
190910 |
11-Apr-2009 |
trhodes |
Bump doc date for previous changes.
|
190891 |
10-Apr-2009 |
lulf |
- Better wording in comment.
Suggested by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon - at - gmx.de>
|
190884 |
10-Apr-2009 |
lulf |
- Implement the grow command to make it easier for users to extend plexes without having to understand all gvinum internals. - Document the grow command in the manpage and update examples to use the command where possible.
|
190882 |
10-Apr-2009 |
lulf |
- Move logic for finding a unique drive name into its own routine for future code reuse.
|
190881 |
10-Apr-2009 |
lulf |
- Move out allocation part of different gvinum objects into its own routine and make use of it in the gvinum userland code.
|
190865 |
09-Apr-2009 |
luigi |
Add emulation of delay profiles, which lets you model various types of MAC overheads such as preambles, link level retransmissions and more.
Note- this commit changes the userland/kernel ABI for pipes (but not for ordinary firewall rules) so you need to rebuild kernel and /sbin/ipfw to use dummynet features.
Please check the manpage for details on the new feature.
The MFC would be trivial but it breaks the ABI, so it will be postponed until after 7.2 is released.
Interested users are welcome to apply the patch manually to their RELENG_7 tree.
Work supported by the European Commission, Projects Onelab and Onelab2 (contract 224263).
|
190851 |
08-Apr-2009 |
maxim |
o Grammar.
|
190846 |
08-Apr-2009 |
luigi |
Various cleanup of text, moving a couple of paragraphs above to avoid referencing undefined terms (humans are not compilers but still care about these things).
Change some .Sh to .Ss to better reflect the structure of the text.
No new content.
|
190799 |
07-Apr-2009 |
trhodes |
Remove contractions, reword a sentence to avoid a double negative, and bump document date for previous change.
OKed by: piso
|
190775 |
06-Apr-2009 |
rrs |
Ok, looking at the solution a bit closer, the level calculation was too agressive. Instead we should only look at each nibble. This makes it so we make 10.2.0.0 become 10.2/16 NOT 10.2/17.
Need to explore the non-cidr address issue. The two may not be seperable..
MFC after: 1 week
|
190758 |
06-Apr-2009 |
rrs |
Class based addressing went out in the early 90's. Basically if a entry is not route add -net xxx/bits then we should use the addr (xxx) to establish the number of bits by looking at the first non-zero bit. So if we enter route add -net 10.1.1.0 10.1.3.5 this is the same as doing route add -net 10.1.1.0/24 Since the 8th bit (zero counting) is set to 1 we set bits to 32-8.
Users can of course still use the /x to change this behavior or in cases where the network is in the trailing part of the address, a "netmask" argument can be supplied to override what is established from the interpretation of the address itself. e.g:
route add -net 10.1.1.8 -netmask 0xff00ffff
should overide and place the proper CIDR mask in place.
PR: 131365 MFC after: 1 week
|
190757 |
06-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Only raise WARNS to 6 on i386 and amd64, strict alignment platforms still barf at some of the gratuitous pointer gymnastics, and I do not see a simple solution.
|
190751 |
05-Apr-2009 |
ed |
Remove if_ppp(4) and if_sl(4).
Not only did these two drivers depend on IFF_NEEDSGIANT, they were broken 7 months ago during the MPSAFE TTY import. if_ppp(4) has been replaced by ppp(8). There is no replacement for if_sl(4).
If we see regressions in for example the ports tree, we should just use __FreeBSD_version 800045 to check whether if_ppp(4) and if_sl(4) are present. Version 800045 is used to denote the import of MPSAFE TTY.
Discussed with: rwatson, but also rwatson's IFF_NEEDSGIANT emails on the lists.
|
190745 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Silence a printf warning
|
190718 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Add some consts, remove some unused stuff and other attempts to calm FlexeLint down.
|
190717 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Fix casts which are not by definition safe, but which malloc(3) makes safe for us.
|
190716 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Some constifications
|
190715 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Modernize prototypes (ie: no extern)
Make lots of stuff static.
|
190714 |
05-Apr-2009 |
piso |
Improve a bit reass documentation:
-document fragment handling sysctls -mention some caveats about fragments handling (and to deal with it)
|
190713 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Convert list of remote interfaces to LIST_* macros
|
190712 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Kick WARNS level up to 6 by fixing various trivial warnings.
|
190711 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Use <sys/queue.h> to manage the interface list.
|
190710 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Remove newlines from string argument of __COPYRIGHT(), it results in assembler warning messages.
|
190709 |
05-Apr-2009 |
phk |
Send multicast on p2p interfaces if they can and are not prohibited from doing so with no_rip_mcast in /etc/gateways.
This allows routed(8) to work with the way ports/security/openvpn employs the tun(4) interface.
|
190633 |
01-Apr-2009 |
piso |
Implement an ipfw action to reassemble ip packets: reass.
|
190507 |
28-Mar-2009 |
lulf |
Import the gvinum work that have been done during and after Summer of Code 2007. The work have been under testing and fixing since then, and it is mature enough to be put into HEAD for further testing.
A lot have changed in this time, and here are the most important: - Gvinum now uses one single workerthread instead of one thread for each volume and each plex. The reason for this is that the previous scheme was very complex, and was the cause of many of the bugs discovered in gvinum. Instead, gvinum now uses one worker thread with an event queue, quite similar to what used in gmirror. - The rebuild/grow/initialize/parity check routines no longer runs in separate threads, but are run as regular I/O requests with special flags. This made it easier to support mounted growing and parity rebuild. - Support for growing striped and raid5-plexes, meaning that one can extend the volumes for these plex types in addition to the concat type. Also works while the volume is mounted. - Implementation of many of the missing commands from the old vinum: attach/detach, start (was partially implemented), stop (was partially implemented), concat, mirror, stripe, raid5 (shortcuts for creating volumes with one plex of these organizations). - The parity check and rebuild no longer goes between userland/kernel, meaning that the gvinum command will not stay and wait forever for the rebuild to finish. You can instead watch the status with the list command. - Many problems with gvinum have been reported since 5.x, and some has been hard to fix due to the complicated architecture. Hopefully, it should be more stable and better handle edge cases that previously made gvinum crash. - Failed drives no longer disappears entirely, but now leave behind a dummy drive that makes sure the original state is not forgotten in case the system is rebooted between drive failures/swaps. - Update manpage to reflect new commands and extend it with some examples.
Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 Mentored by: le Tested by: Rick C. Petty <rick-freebsd2008 -at- kiwi-computer.com>
|
190456 |
26-Mar-2009 |
sam |
add superg+tdma include files for protocol defs needed to do ie parsing
|
190424 |
25-Mar-2009 |
ivoras |
Man page accompanying r190423 - introduce UFS ID labels.
Actually-by: pjd Approved by: gnn (mentor)
|
190317 |
23-Mar-2009 |
phk |
Save (empty) worklist at successful completion
|
190027 |
19-Mar-2009 |
nyan |
Use the common PC98_SID_ACTIVE define instead of a local define.
|
190026 |
19-Mar-2009 |
brueffer |
Mdoc style, spelling, grammar and wording fixes. This manpage needs more work.
|
189864 |
15-Mar-2009 |
jamie |
Default to AF_LOCAL instead of AF_INET sockets for non-family-specific operations. This allows the query operations to work in non-IPv4 jails, and will be necessary in a future of possible non-INET networking.
Approved by: bz (mentor)
|
189703 |
11-Mar-2009 |
ed |
Also use %zu to print the allocation size when malloc(3) fails.
Discussed with: phk
|
189700 |
11-Mar-2009 |
phk |
Fix printf warnings on amd64 etc.
|
189692 |
11-Mar-2009 |
phk |
One Pp is more than enough.
Says: brueffer
|
189691 |
11-Mar-2009 |
phk |
Some improvements to recoverdisk
|
189538 |
08-Mar-2009 |
maxim |
o Spell. Sort .Xrs.
|
189534 |
08-Mar-2009 |
kib |
Document several notifications, among them are DEVFS, update to ifneti, coretemp and kern.
The asmc(4) and zfs(5) are still not documented.
Based on the patch by Roland Smith <rsmith xs4all nl>. MFC after: 1 week
|
189397 |
05-Mar-2009 |
rodrigc |
Add a -o mountprog parameter to mount which explicitly allows an alternative program to be used for mounting a file system. Ideally, all file systems should be converted to pass string arguments to nmount(), so that /sbin/mount can handle them. However, certain file systems such as FUSE have not done this, and want to have their own userland mount programs.
For example, to mount an NTFS file system with the FUSE NTFS driver:
mount -t ntfs -o mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g /dev/acd0 /mnt
or via an fstab entry:
/dev/acd0 /mnt ntfs ro,noauto,mountprog=/usr/local/bin/ntfs-3g 0 0
PR: 120784 Requested by: Dominic Fandrey
|
189396 |
05-Mar-2009 |
luigi |
move a variable declaration to the beginning of the block (unfortunately, it is far away; we need to pack this code in a better way).
|
189395 |
05-Mar-2009 |
luigi |
remove some signed/unsigned and one const/!const warning
|
189394 |
05-Mar-2009 |
luigi |
mark a function static, as it is
|
189267 |
02-Mar-2009 |
cy |
Verify that the filesystem being referenced in fstab is indeed a UFS filesystem. This avoids confusion with nullfs and unionfs filesystems which reference the root of a UFS filesystem as a target.
PR: 116849 Approved by: kib
|
189112 |
27-Feb-2009 |
avg |
newfs_msdos: allow to work with media that doesn't have any CHS params
Either use parameters provided by user or make them up. The code for faking CHS params is borrowed from disklabel code. The logic for using user-provided and auto-guessed parameters is not perfect, so to speak.
PR: bin/121182 Approved by: jhb (mentor)
|
189096 |
27-Feb-2009 |
rpaulo |
Replace clone_setcallback() with a new function clone_setdefcallback() that selects a callback from an interface prefix name. This allows us to report a meaningful error when the user types 'ifconfig wlan0 create', for example, and also kills some redundant code.
Reviewed by: sam (earlier version)
|
188959 |
23-Feb-2009 |
mav |
Bring SATA revision reporting into conformance with SATA-IO guidelines.
|
188922 |
22-Feb-2009 |
mav |
Add SATA and USB modes for completeness. USB modes principally can't be set, SATA mode setting is not implementes at this time.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon
|
188919 |
22-Feb-2009 |
pjd |
- Punctuation fixes. - New sentence - new line.
Reported by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot@gmail.com>
- No more than 80 chars per line.
|
188829 |
19-Feb-2009 |
rdivacky |
Display an error message when the requested mode is not known. So the user can distinguish between a typo in the mode name and that the device does not support a certain mode (till now both causes show the same result, i.e. the old mode is displayed).
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon gmx.de> Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
188784 |
19-Feb-2009 |
sam |
Fixup handling of roaming and xmit parameters to support 1/2 and 1/4-width channel modes: o usurp 'h' mode flag for half-width channels o add 'q' mode flag for quarter-width channels o rewrite rate parameter parsing to handle fractional values o merge mode loops to eliminate ordering assumptions o replace 0x80 with IEEE80211_RATE_MCS
|
188729 |
17-Feb-2009 |
pjd |
Correct the year.
Reported by: Florian Smeets <flo@kasimir.com>
|
188728 |
17-Feb-2009 |
pjd |
Document kern.geom.journal.* sysctls.
PR: docs/130548 Submitted by: Hywel Mallett <hywel@hmallett.co.uk> MFC after: 1 week
|
188520 |
12-Feb-2009 |
cognet |
Don't add a bwrite() symbol, it breaks the build when building newfs statically. Instead, bring in a stripped down version of sbwrite(), and add the offset to every bwrite() calls.
|
188330 |
08-Feb-2009 |
marcel |
Prefer the start and end attributes over the offset and size attributes. The start and end more accurately describe the space taken by a partition. The offset and size are used to describe the effective (usable) storage of that partition.
|
188294 |
07-Feb-2009 |
piso |
Add SCTP NAT support.
Submitted by: CAIA (http://caia.swin.edu.au)
|
188258 |
07-Feb-2009 |
sam |
Regulatory fixups: o add missing channel flags for ECM, indoor, and outdoor constraints o use HT capabilities to short-circuit HT20/HT40 channel construction o rewrite 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling yet again; previously we assumed there was a full-width version of the channel in the calibration table but that's not always true (e.g. for the Public Safety Band), now we first check the calibration table for the exact channel we want then fall back to the heuristics we used before o fix HT channel construction; wasn't adjusting band edges for HT40 channel bandwidth requirements
|
188218 |
06-Feb-2009 |
rodrigc |
Set NFSMNT_ACDIRMAX flag in fallback_mount() function.
|
188217 |
06-Feb-2009 |
rodrigc |
Set NFSMNT_ACREGMIN, NFSMNT_ACREGMAX, and NFSMNT_ACDIRMIN flags in fallback_mount() function. Add a comment to indicate that the fallback_mount() function should eventually go away.
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
|
188155 |
05-Feb-2009 |
sam |
add support for max antenna gain (not used at the moment)
|
188110 |
04-Feb-2009 |
mckusick |
Update the actions previously attempted by the -D option to make them robust. With these changes fsck is now able to detect and reliably rebuild corrupted cylinder group maps. The -D option is no longer necessary as it has been replaced by a prompt asking whether the corrupted cylinder group should be rebuilt and doing so when requested. These actions are only offered and taken when running fsck in manual mode. Corrupted cylinder groups found during preen mode cause the fsck to fail.
Add the -r option to free up excess unused inodes. Decreasing the number of preallocated inodes reduces the running time of future runs of fsck and frees up space that can allocated to files. The -r option is ignored when running in preen mode.
Reviewed by: Xin LI <delphij@> Sponsored by: Rsync.net
|
188038 |
03-Feb-2009 |
delphij |
Use %u instead of %zu when we intend to print integer constant.
|
188017 |
02-Feb-2009 |
lulf |
- Use a separate pointer to the allocated memory for freeing, as strsep may modify the pointer argument passed to it. This triggered an assert in malloc when a geom command being run under the livefs environment.
PR: bin/130632 Submitted by: Dimitry Andric <dimitry -at- andric.com> Pointy hat to: me MFC after: 2 days
|
188005 |
02-Feb-2009 |
luigi |
Explain that we assume AF_INET and only use the addr and port field from a struct sockaddr_in, so there is no need to initialize sin_len
|
188004 |
02-Feb-2009 |
luigi |
remove duplicate #include
|
187983 |
01-Feb-2009 |
luigi |
put the altq-related functions into a separate file. Minor cleanup of the includes used by the various source files, including annotations of why certain headers are used.
|
187956 |
31-Jan-2009 |
bz |
Remove and unused variable.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon christoph.mallon@gmx.de MFC after: 2 weeks
|
187931 |
30-Jan-2009 |
obrien |
Add the '-C' "check clean" flag. If the FS is marked clean, skip file system checking. However, if the file system is not clean, perform a full fsck.
Reviewed by: delphij Obtained from: Juniper Networks
|
187845 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
include the channel list in list caps when -v is set; ieee channel #'s are not available and we have to hack around the mapchan routine but it lets us see the calibration table w/o forcing the debug regdomain
|
187844 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
pritize the channel we display with list chans so that, among other things, 1/2 and 1/4 width channels are hidden behind the full width channel; this is needed because they are ordered such that they appear after in the channel table
|
187843 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
simplify display of 1/2 and 1/4 width channels
|
187842 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
improve debug msgs for regdomain operations; print channel flags symbolically so it's easier to identify channels and why they are added (or not)
|
187841 |
28-Jan-2009 |
sam |
Fix 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling: o only include 1/2 and 1/4 width channels when they are specified in the regulatory database description; previously we treated them as if they were part of the band and blindly added them for 11a/g o check the channel list returned in the devcaps to identify whether a device supports 1/2 or 1/4 width channels on a band; this might be better brought out as a capability bit to avoid filling the channel list w/ 1/2 and 1/4 width channels but then cards that only support these channels in a range of frequencies could not be described (though right now we don't check frequency range only band)
|
187828 |
28-Jan-2009 |
imp |
Restore necessary NUL termination of locname.
Submitted by: ian dowse MFC after: 2 days
|
187820 |
28-Jan-2009 |
rwatson |
Print disk offets as %jd rather than %lld; I fixed one before committing but missed the other, which breaks 64-bit builds.
Reported by: bf <bf2006a at yahoo dot com> MFC after: 1 week
|
187819 |
28-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Avoid the use of duplicated typedefs -- see the comment for details.
|
187818 |
28-Jan-2009 |
trhodes |
Bump doc date for recent change.
|
187814 |
28-Jan-2009 |
rwatson |
Add a new flag to dumpfs(8), -f, which causes dumpfs to list all free fragments in the file system by fragment (block) number. This new mode does the necessary arithmetic to generate absolute fragment numbers rather than than the cg-relative numbers printed in the default mode.
If -f is passed once, contiguous fragment ranges are collapsed into an X-Y format as free block lists are currently printed in regular dumpfs output, but if specified twice, all block numbers are printed individually, allowing both compact and more script-friendly representation.
This proves quite handy when attempting to recover deleted data, as it allows exclusion of non-deleted data from blocks searched. MFC after: 1 week Discussed with: jeff, Richard Clayton <richard dot clayton at cl.cam.ac.uk> Sponsored by: Google, Inc.
|
187812 |
28-Jan-2009 |
rodrigc |
Fix parsing of acregmin, acregmax, acdirmin and acdirmax NFS mount options when passed as strings via nmount().
Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh saunalahti fi>
|
187801 |
27-Jan-2009 |
sam |
Remove assumptions about the max # channels in ioctl's: o change ioctl's that pass channel lists in/out to handle variable-size arrays instead of a fixed (compile-time) value; we do this in a way that maintains binary compatibility o change ifconfig so all channel list data structures are now allocated to hold MAXCHAN entries (1536); this, for example, allows the kernel to return > IEEE80211_CHAN_MAX entries for calls like IEEE80211_IOC_DEVCAPS
|
187798 |
27-Jan-2009 |
sam |
remove %b msg bit defines now public
|
187787 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
fix printing of uint64_t values, so we can use WARNS=2
|
187771 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
fix wrong variable usage...
|
187770 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Put nat and ipv6 support in their own files.
Usual moving of code with no changes from ipfw2.c to the newly created files, and addition of prototypes to ipfw2.h
I have added forward declarations for ipfw_insn_* in ipfw2.h to avoid a global dependency on ip_fw.h
|
187769 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Put dummynet-related code in a separate file. To this purpose, add prototypes for global functions in ipfw2.h and move there also the list of tokens used in various places in the code.
|
187768 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
never mind, for the time being let's stick with WARNS=0 until we sort out all proper printf formats.
|
187767 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Start splitting the monster file in smaller blocks.
In this episode: - introduce a common header with a minimal set of common definitions; - bring the main() function and options parser in main.c - rename the main functions with an ipfw_ prefix
No code changes except for the introduction of a global variable, resvd_set_number, which stores the RESVD_SET value from ip_fw.h and is used to remove the dependency of main.c from ip_fw.h (and the subtree of dependencies) for just a single constant.
|
187765 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
put the usage() function inline, it was only 1 line and used once; slightly reformat the help() text; slightly correct the text for the 'extraneous filename' error message;
|
187764 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
put all options in a single struct, and document them.
This will allow us to easily restore the original values when processing commands from a file (where each individual line can have its own options).
|
187763 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
I believe this is safe to build with WARNS=2 now
|
187762 |
27-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
remove a couple of rarely used #define;
change PRINT_UINT from a macro to a function (renaming is postponed to reduce clutter)
|
187748 |
27-Jan-2009 |
delphij |
Follow up with previous commit: mention -D, not -C when cg check failed.
Submitted by: obrien
|
187716 |
26-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
wrap all malloc/calloc/realloc calls so they exit on failure without having to check in each place.
Remove an wrong strdup from previous commit.
|
187713 |
26-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Some implementations of getopt() expect that argv[0] is always the program name, and ignore that entry. ipfw2.c code instead skips this entry and starts with options at offset 0, relying on a more tolerant implementation of the library.
This change fixes the issue by always passing a program name in the first entry to getopt. The motivation for this change is to remove a potential compatibility issue should we use a different getopt() implementation in the future.
No functional changes.
Submitted by: Marta Carbone (parts) MFC after: 4 weeks
|
187604 |
22-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
remove some useless #include, document why timeconv.h is needed
MFC after: 3 days
|
187501 |
20-Jan-2009 |
delphij |
Rename option 'C' to 'D' (damaged) in order to avoid a conflict with upcoming Juniper 'C' (clean) flag.
Requested by: obrien MFC after: 1 week
|
187477 |
20-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Fix a number of (innocuous) warnings, and remove a useless test. There are still several signed/unsigned warnings left, which require a bit more study for a proper fix.
This file has grown beyond reasonable limits.
We really need to split it into separate components (ipv4, ipv6, dummynet, nat, table, userland-kernel communication ...) so we can make mainteinance easier.
MFC after: 1 weeks
|
187459 |
20-Jan-2009 |
sobomax |
Tone down warning about the quality of the NTFS VFS module. It appears that not all developers share luigi opinion about quality of sysutils/fusefs-ntfs compared to our kernel NTFS module.
|
187436 |
19-Jan-2009 |
sobomax |
In the CAVEATS section mention the fact that the NTFS kernel support isn't very well maintained and point user to sysutils/fusefs-ntfs, which at the time of this writing seems to be a better alternative.
Suggested by: luigi
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
187384 |
18-Jan-2009 |
mav |
Fix regression introduced in rev. 173124: 0.0.0.0/1 is not the same as 0.0.0.0/0.
MFC after: 1 month
|
187360 |
17-Jan-2009 |
phk |
Bail on ENXIO, you won't get any further any way.
Submitted by: tobez
|
187342 |
16-Jan-2009 |
sam |
Fix 1/2 and 1/4 width channel handling for non-GSM operation: o correct typo that caused random channel selection o explicitly add 1/2 and 1/4 width channels because channel lookups match flags that include IEEE80211_CHANNEL_HALF and IEEE80211_CHANNEL_QUARTER
|
187253 |
14-Jan-2009 |
sam |
use correct interface name when setting flags; fixes ifconfig ... create ... up
Noticed by: Chris Anderson
|
187248 |
14-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Reword some entries for NTFS and DOS. Add entries for DELL and ASUS recovery partitions.
MFC after: 3 days
|
187246 |
14-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Another change from Christoph: replace the table of partition with a simpler and faster array of strings. The change in the array is done mechanically, using vi commands. Most entries in the table are probably 15+ years old and largely outdated, so the next step is to remove stale entries with more current values.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon, with small changes from me MFC after: 3 days
|
187241 |
14-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
more changes from Christoph: pass a pointer instead of an index to print_part() so it does not depend on a static variable.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon MFC after: 3 days
|
187239 |
14-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
remove unused argument to print_s0()
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon MFC after: 3 days
|
187203 |
13-Jan-2009 |
luigi |
Some small fixes submitted by Christoph Mallon, specifically:
+ Remove a dead field of a struct. It serves no purpose anymore. + Remove a \n at the end of the format string of err(); the err() function already adds a \n ; + remove many unnecessary casts which obfuscate the code.
This file has a huge number of indentation bugs, but I'd rather fix them when/if we happen to modify the relevant parts of the code.
Submitted by: Christoph Mallon MFC after: 3 days
|
187130 |
13-Jan-2009 |
obrien |
r187093 failed to keep the lifetime of the pointer suitable for reentrancy. Fix that. Also move the current buffer size into the 'cpa' structure.
|
187093 |
12-Jan-2009 |
obrien |
Use a dynamically grown buffer for building the argv for the sub-mounts. Also fix RCSid spamage.
Inspired by patch from: Christoph Mallon <christoph.mallon@gmx.de>
|
187079 |
12-Jan-2009 |
delphij |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot gmail com> MFC after: 3 days
|
187067 |
11-Jan-2009 |
danger |
- improve readability
Reviewed by: trhodes, keramida MFC after: 3 days
|
187035 |
10-Jan-2009 |
obrien |
Explicitly check each mount argv building assignment for buffer over flowing.
Reviewed by: imp (earlier version of patch)
|
187027 |
10-Jan-2009 |
trasz |
Add the possibility to specify "-o force" with "mdconfig -du".
Reviewed by: scottl Approved by: rwatson (mentor) Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
186904 |
08-Jan-2009 |
sam |
TDMA support for long distance point-to-point links using ath devices: o add net80211 support for a tdma vap that is built on top of the existing adhoc-demo support o add tdma scheduling of frame transmission to the ath driver; it's conceivable other devices might be capable of this too in which case they can make use of the 802.11 protocol additions etc. o add minor bits to user tools that need to know: ifconfig to setup and configure, new statistics in athstats, and new debug mask bits
While the architecture can support >2 slots in a TDMA BSS the current design is intended (and tested) for only 2 slots.
Sponsored by: Intel
|
186843 |
07-Jan-2009 |
danger |
- rename the RETURN VALUES section to EXIT STATUS - not bumping a date as this is not a real content change
Approved by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
186839 |
06-Jan-2009 |
simon |
Minor markup fix for the r186836 update.
|
186836 |
06-Jan-2009 |
cperciva |
Strengthen some of the language concerning attacks on MD5, in light of the recent demonstration of a forged SSL certificate. Add text pointing out that SHA-1 is at least theoretically broken. Add a recommendation that new applications use SHA-256.
MFC after: 1 month
|
186768 |
05-Jan-2009 |
trhodes |
Add missing qualifier which was missed in the previous commit.
Noticed by: brooks
|
186737 |
04-Jan-2009 |
danger |
- grammar and language fixes - hard sentence breaks - trim EXIT STATUS section and move it to DIAGNOSTICS as well as use .Er macro - sort SEE ALSO
MFC after: 7 days
|
186735 |
04-Jan-2009 |
ivoras |
Several significant updates: * Better wording of sections dealing with physical storage * A new section on assumptions gvirstor has on its consumer devices (components) and its interaction with file systems * Improved markup (by hrs@)
Reviewed by: hrs Approved by: gnn (mentor)
|
186516 |
27-Dec-2008 |
lulf |
- Back out r186038. Rather than changing the intent of the caller, the problem should be handled internally in gvinum.
Suggested by: pjd
|
186505 |
26-Dec-2008 |
obrien |
style(9)
|
186504 |
26-Dec-2008 |
obrien |
Make the sub-'argc' static to make it harder to overwrite thru a buffer overflow.
|
186478 |
24-Dec-2008 |
trhodes |
Apply various fixes:
Silence mdoc(7) warnings; Xref correct manual pages; Point user to the ddb.8 manual page.
PR: 129398 Submitted by: gavin
|
186471 |
24-Dec-2008 |
obrien |
Garbage collect 'fflags'.
|
186431 |
23-Dec-2008 |
trhodes |
Note that when shutdown is run without options, it will place the system into single user mode at the time specified.
PR: 129765
|
186429 |
23-Dec-2008 |
trhodes |
Document the "-o large" option.
PR: 129792
|
186398 |
22-Dec-2008 |
thompsa |
Only show the pathname in verbose output as intended in the last commit (r172862).
|
186298 |
18-Dec-2008 |
piso |
Update the ipfw man page to reflect last change (-q option with nat option).
MFC after: 3 days
|
186297 |
18-Dec-2008 |
piso |
Honor the quiet (-q) option while adding a nat rule.
Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov<bu7cher@yandex.ru> MFC after: 3 days
|
186291 |
18-Dec-2008 |
obrien |
Be a little bit more pestimistic in argument handling - check if we've overflown our internal buffer (though after the fact), and s/strncpy/strlcpy/
Reviewed by: rodrigc Obtained from: Juniper Networks
|
186119 |
15-Dec-2008 |
qingli |
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code,
The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries.
Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently:
- Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
|
186108 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
back out unintended change
|
186105 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
move channel parsing to a getchannel routine so it can be reused to check the channel argument supplied to chanswitch
|
186104 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
fix handling of sku codes like country codes
|
186103 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
fix handling of unknown country codes; atoi doesn't return -1 for an invalid string as I thought; so use strtol instead
|
186102 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
0 is a potential ISO CC; use new NO_COUNTRY #define to identify when the CC is not set. Note NO_COUNTRY is set to 0xffff for now (must be 16 bits as ieee80211_regdomain struct defines sku's and cc's as uint16_t which may need fixing).
|
186101 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
o distinguish between adhoc and ahdemo modes o do not require 1/2 and 1/4 rate channels be present in the calibration list when doing a gsm regulatory change; the existing 900MHz cards are not self-identifying so there is no way (using the calibration channel list) to check
|
186100 |
15-Dec-2008 |
sam |
Improve regdomain.xml parser: o store XML_Parser in the state block so we can report line numbers for errors o complain about netband w/o mode o complain about unknown modes o complain about band w/o enclosing netband o complain about duplicate freqband o complain about unknown channel flags o complain about band w/o freqband's o complain about band w/o maxpower o complain about country w/o ISO cc o complain about country w/o regdomain reference
|
186079 |
14-Dec-2008 |
ru |
Fix the fallouts from r146267:
- Add the forgotten "mode" argument to the "mode" command. - Move the description of "info" to where it belongs.
|
186078 |
14-Dec-2008 |
phk |
Send all debug to stderr.
|
186077 |
14-Dec-2008 |
phk |
Clarify that configuration files must be named '*.conf'
|
186038 |
13-Dec-2008 |
lulf |
- When writing metadata to a geom provider, open the it as read-write since it might do subsequent reads from other providers. This stopped geli (and probably other classes using g_metadata_store as well) from being put on top of gvinum raid5 volumes.
Note: The reason it fails in the gvinum raid5 case is that gvinum will read back the old parity stripe before calculating the new parity stripe to be written out again. The write will then fail because the underlying disk to be read is opened write only.
MFC after: 1 week
|
185990 |
12-Dec-2008 |
luigi |
Move the check for the ending char in the partition name where it was before -- the check is only made when getdisklabel() returns valid info. On passing, use MAXPARTITIONS to identify the max partition number, instead of the hardwired 'h'
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
185594 |
03-Dec-2008 |
mlaier |
Fix build - cast off_t to (intmax_t) for printing.
|
185588 |
03-Dec-2008 |
luigi |
Enable operation of newfs on plain files, which is useful when you want to prepare disk images for emulators (though 'makefs' in port can do something similar).
This relies on: + minor changes to pass the consistency checks even when working on a file;
+ an additional option, '-p partition' , to specify the disk partition to initialize;
+ some changes on the I/O routines to deal with partition offsets.
The latter was a bit tricky to implement, see the details in newfs.h: in newfs, I/O is done through libufs which assumes that the file descriptor refers to the whole partition. Introducing support for the offset in libufs would require a non-backward compatible change in the library, to be dealt with a version bump or with symbol versioning.
I felt both approaches to be overkill for this specific application, especially because there might be other changes to libufs that might become necessary in the near future.
So I used the following trick: - read access is always done by calling bread() directly, so we just add the offset in the (few) places that call bread(); - write access is done through bwrite() and sbwrite(), which in turn calls bwrite(). To avoid rewriting sbwrite(), we supply our own version of bwrite() here, which takes precedence over the version in libufs.
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
185587 |
03-Dec-2008 |
luigi |
Some useful operational extensions to newfs_msdos, especially when preparing images for emulators or flash devices:
+ option '-C size' to create the underlying image file with given size. Saves doing a 'dd' before, and especially it creates a sparse file
+ option '-@ offset' to build the FAT image at the specified offset in the image file or device;
+ make the cluster size adaptive on the filesystem size. Previously the default was 4k which is really unconvenient with large media; now it goes from 512 bytes to 32k depending on filesystem size (i still need to check whether it makes sense to go further up, to 64k or above);
+ fix default geometry when not specified on the command line, use 63 sectors/255 heads by default. Also trim the size so it exactly a multiple of a track, to avoid complaints in some filesystem code.
+ document all the above, plus some manual page clarifications.
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
185496 |
30-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Print error messages as-is, when they don't conform to <errno> [<parameter> 'value'] These are error messages from (lib)geom itself.
|
185495 |
30-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Call gctl_free() after we processed the error string. It's being freed as part of the request.
|
185454 |
29-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Parse the error string returned by the kernel. The format is: <errno> [<parameter> <value>] So, rather than printing the error: gpart: 22 scheme 'gpt' gpart(8) now prints: gpart: scheme 'gpt': invalid argument
|
185422 |
29-Nov-2008 |
imp |
Noticed the following error message:
mount_msdosfs: /dev/cf0s1: : Operation not supported by device
and thought I'd fix it to be:
mount_msdosfs: /dev/cf0s1: Operation not supported by device
Not sure why errmsg isn't getting filled in, or why this error is even happening at all... (fsck_msdosfs is clean, and I can mount this same CF elsewhere).
|
185345 |
26-Nov-2008 |
luigi |
Create a fake geometry (16 heads, 64 sectors) when dealing with a plain file and a geometry is not explicitly supplied through command line or disktab entry.
This way you can a FAT image on a file as simply as this:
newfs_msdos ./some/file
(right now you need a much longer command
newfs_msdos -h 32 -u 64 -S 512 -s $total_blocks -o 0 ./some/file
Will be merged after 7.1 and 6.4 are released. See also the related PR which suggests a similar change.
PR: bin/121182 MFC after: 4 weeks
|
185289 |
25-Nov-2008 |
scottl |
Big update to the iSCSI initiator code. Highlights include IPv6 support, many bugs fixes, many more performance improvements.
Submitted by: Danny Braniss
M sbin/iscontrol/iscsi.conf.5 M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.8 M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.h M sbin/iscontrol/config.c M sbin/iscontrol/fsm.c M sbin/iscontrol/login.c M sbin/iscontrol/pdu.c M sbin/iscontrol/misc.c M sbin/iscontrol/auth_subr.c M sbin/iscontrol/iscontrol.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_cam.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.h M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_soc.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi_subr.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsivar.h M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_subr.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/iscsi.c M sys/dev/iscsi/initiator/isc_sm.c
|
185057 |
18-Nov-2008 |
delphij |
Grammar improvements.
Submitted by: kensmith
|
185046 |
18-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Use humanize_number(), rather than a home-grown algorithm for formatting a number in a human-friendly way.
Note that with this commit a megabyte changed from 1000000 to 1048576 and a 80G disk is now printed as being 75G in size. This is deliberate. It's consistent with the core of geom(8). However, the original choice for a megabyte being 1000000 was on purpose and matches what disk vendors put on the box. The consistency is considered more important.
Submitted by: delphij
|
185044 |
18-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Sort includes
Submitted by: delphij
|
185038 |
18-Nov-2008 |
marcel |
Pad the bootcode we write to the partition to a multiple of the sector size.
Submitted by: Alexey Shuvaev <shuvaev@physik.uni-wuerzburg.de> Prompted by: delphij MFC after: 3 days
|
184672 |
05-Nov-2008 |
maxim |
o One more s/gpt/gpart/.
|
184671 |
05-Nov-2008 |
maxim |
o Replace Xr to gpt(8) which is gone by gpart(8).
|
184588 |
03-Nov-2008 |
dfr |
Implement support for RPCSEC_GSS authentication to both the NFS client and server. This replaces the RPC implementation of the NFS client and server with the newer RPC implementation originally developed (actually ported from the userland sunrpc code) to support the NFS Lock Manager. I have tested this code extensively and I believe it is stable and that performance is at least equal to the legacy RPC implementation.
The NFS code currently contains support for both the new RPC implementation and the older legacy implementation inherited from the original NFS codebase. The default is to use the new implementation - add the NFS_LEGACYRPC option to fall back to the old code. When I merge this support back to RELENG_7, I will probably change this so that users have to 'opt in' to get the new code.
To use RPCSEC_GSS on either client or server, you must build a kernel which includes the KGSSAPI option and the crypto device. On the userland side, you must build at least a new libc, mountd, mount_nfs and gssd. You must install new versions of /etc/rc.d/gssd and /etc/rc.d/nfsd and add 'gssd_enable=YES' to /etc/rc.conf.
As long as gssd is running, you should be able to mount an NFS filesystem from a server that requires RPCSEC_GSS authentication. The mount itself can happen without any kerberos credentials but all access to the filesystem will be denied unless the accessing user has a valid ticket file in the standard place (/tmp/krb5cc_<uid>). There is currently no support for situations where the ticket file is in a different place, such as when the user logged in via SSH and has delegated credentials from that login. This restriction is also present in Solaris and Linux. In theory, we could improve this in future, possibly using Brooks Davis' implementation of variant symlinks.
Supporting RPCSEC_GSS on a server is nearly as simple. You must create service creds for the server in the form 'nfs/<fqdn>@<REALM>' and install them in /etc/krb5.keytab. The standard heimdal utility ktutil makes this fairly easy. After the service creds have been created, you can add a '-sec=krb5' option to /etc/exports and restart both mountd and nfsd.
The only other difference an administrator should notice is that nfsd doesn't fork to create service threads any more. In normal operation, there will be two nfsd processes, one in userland waiting for TCP connections and one in the kernel handling requests. The latter process will create as many kthreads as required - these should be visible via 'top -H'. The code has some support for varying the number of service threads according to load but initially at least, nfsd uses a fixed number of threads according to the value supplied to its '-n' option.
Sponsored by: Isilon Systems MFC after: 1 month
|
184070 |
20-Oct-2008 |
marcel |
Add support for multiple attributes. This is required for the PC98 scheme.
|
184057 |
19-Oct-2008 |
keramida |
Tiny wording nits.
MFC after: 1 week
|
183974 |
17-Oct-2008 |
brooks |
Support the remaining options listed in dhcp-options(5) and RFC 2132.
PR: bin/127076 Submitted by: jkim MFC after: 1 week
|
183890 |
14-Oct-2008 |
maxim |
o Remove a debug code and restore an accidentally deleted code in a previous commit.
|
183889 |
14-Oct-2008 |
maxim |
o Do nothing in show_nat() for a test mode (-n). This prevents show_nat() from endless loop and makes work ipfw -n nat <...>.
PR: bin/128064 Submitted by: sem MFC after: 1 month
|
183821 |
13-Oct-2008 |
kib |
Background fsck applies twice some summary totals changes. The next background fsck on the same file system might then print negative numbers for reclaimed directories/files/fragments.
Address the issue in a limited degree, by using old summary data for cg when bgfsck is performed.
Submitted by: tegge MFC after: 1 week
|
183820 |
13-Oct-2008 |
kib |
check_maps() in /usr/src/sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c seems to be limited to file systems less than 1 TB, due to using 32-bits integers for file system block numbers. This also causes incorrect error reporting for foreground fsck.
Convert it to use ufs2_daddr_t for block numbers.
PR: kern/127951 Submitted by: tegge MFC after: 1 week
|
183718 |
09-Oct-2008 |
delphij |
Add some examples to demostrate gpart(8). --此行及以下内容将会被忽略-- > Description of fields to fill in above: 76 columns --| > PR: If a GNATS PR is affected by the change. > Submitted by: If someone else sent in the change. > Reviewed by: If someone else reviewed your modification. > Approved by: If you needed approval for this commit. > Obtained from: If the change is from a third party. > MFC after: N [day[s]|week[s]|month[s]]. Request a reminder email. > Security: Vulnerability reference (one per line) or description. > Empty fields above will be automatically removed.
M gpart.8
|
183616 |
05-Oct-2008 |
maxim |
o Typo fixes.
PR: docs/127866 Submitted by: Marius Korsmo
|
183554 |
02-Oct-2008 |
sam |
add duplicate cmd entries for vlan and vlandev that are marked !clone so they can be used when not doing a create operation
Reviewed by: ed
|
183496 |
30-Sep-2008 |
lulf |
- A call to close(2) might overwrite errno and thus give a wrong error message on g_providername failure.
Suggested by: pjd Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
183487 |
30-Sep-2008 |
lulf |
- Improve error message given on g_providername call failure. - While there, make error messages consistent with the rest.
Approved by: kib (mentor)
|
183466 |
29-Sep-2008 |
sam |
Distinguish between cmd/parameters used for clone operations and all others. Use this to disambiguate cmd line arguments that can be either clone params or regular parameters so, in particular, "bssid" again works as a regular parameter.
While here leverage the above to improve the logic for flushing clone operations on the first !clone cmd line parameter.
Reviewed by: jhay
|
183456 |
29-Sep-2008 |
maxim |
o Add missed dot.
|
183415 |
27-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Fix the build.
Noted by: ganbold@
|
183408 |
27-Sep-2008 |
rik |
* add all keyword for table list & flush actions. * add tables_max sysctl. * add default_rule sysctl.
PR: 127058 (partially)
|
183407 |
27-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Add keyword all in addtion to the table number for the 'list' and the 'flush' actions on tables. Part of PR: 127058.
PR: 127058 (based on) MFC after: 1 month
|
183391 |
27-Sep-2008 |
delphij |
Static-ify procedures in init(8).
|
183296 |
23-Sep-2008 |
ru |
Add missing library dependencies.
PR: bin/127573 Submitted by: Eygene Ryabinkin
|
183263 |
22-Sep-2008 |
keramida |
Unbreak the build.
|
183261 |
22-Sep-2008 |
sam |
MIMO power save and RIFS; while here also update per-node state/flags for ampdu
|
183260 |
22-Sep-2008 |
sam |
"ampdudensity -" is too subtle; use "NA" for any and accept it as a parameter
|
183244 |
21-Sep-2008 |
sam |
check for undefined identifiers
|
183242 |
21-Sep-2008 |
sam |
add new build knobs and jigger some existing controls to improve control over the result of buildworld and installworld; this especially helps packaging systems such as nanobsd
Reviewed by: various (posted to arch) MFC after: 1 month
|
183241 |
21-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Add the check of the table number.
|
183228 |
21-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Move table list to a separate function.
|
183209 |
20-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Free allocated memory.
|
183208 |
20-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Remove some unused variables.
|
183206 |
20-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Style(9) the show_nat() function.
|
183205 |
20-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Do not do the useless job for an empty table.
MFC after: 1 month
|
183182 |
19-Sep-2008 |
rodrigc |
Use the version of the kernel returned by getosreldate() to determine whether to call the fallback_mount() backwards compatibility function or not.
Reviewed by: dfr
|
183143 |
18-Sep-2008 |
lulf |
- Make bsdlabel use libgeom to determine provider name, device path, the media size and the sector size. - Fix a bug where bsdlabel would try to read a regular file using the geom_bsd class.
Quick review by: phk Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
183110 |
17-Sep-2008 |
remko |
Document the -F 's return statement. If the application returns succesfully the return code is 7 (which means the filesystem is clean).
PR: 127432 Submitted by: edwin MFC after: 3 days
|
183008 |
13-Sep-2008 |
rodrigc |
Instead of building up a "struct nfs_args" to pass to the kernel via nmount(), build up an iovec where each iovec member is an NFS mount option, and pass the iovec down to the kernel via nmount(). These options are then parsed in the kernel. This should make it easier to add new NFS mount options in future.
Many, many thanks to Doug Rabson for taking my initial patches, and cleaning them up. In addition, Doug added a fallback_mount() function so that the newer mount_nfs program will work against older kernels, to facilitate upgrading/downgrading scenarios. Doug also re-wrote the mount_nfs.8 man page.
Reviewed by: dfr
|
182847 |
07-Sep-2008 |
trhodes |
Bring a paragraph in this manual page a bit closer to the present date.
Discussed with: des
|
182844 |
07-Sep-2008 |
lulf |
- Make use of the new and g_device_path utility function in libgeom to avoid duplication of code in fdisk and boot0cfg. Also make use of g_providername to fix an issue with fdisk and boot0cfg not using the correct provider when writing the MBR.
Reviewed by: phk Approved by: pjd (mentor)
|
182825 |
06-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Check rule numbers against maximum value to avoid rules cleanup due to overflow.
MFC after: 5 days.
|
182823 |
06-Sep-2008 |
rik |
Use IPFW_DEFAULT_RULE instead of hardcoded value since now it is available.
MFC after: 5 days.
|
182672 |
02-Sep-2008 |
kevlo |
Use RUSAGE_SELF for the current process instead of hardcoded value
|
182570 |
31-Aug-2008 |
matteo |
Don't return always 0. Return what we get from exec_mountprog or mount_fs.
PR: bin/125154 MFC after: 1 day
|
182452 |
29-Aug-2008 |
pjd |
By default backup geli metadata to a file. It is quite critical 512 bytes, once it is lost, all data is gone.
Option '-B none' can by used to prevent backup. Option '-B path' can be used to backup metadata to a different file than the default, which is /var/backups/<prov>.eli.
The 'geli init' command also prints backup file location and gives short procedure how to restore metadata.
The 'geli setkey' command now warns that even after passphrase change or keys update there could be version of the master key encrypted with old keys/passphrase in the backup file.
Add regression tests to verify that new functionality works as expected.
Update other regression tests so they don't create backup files.
Reviewed by: keramida, rink Dedicated to: a friend who lost 400GB of his live by accidentally overwritting geli metadata MFC after: 2 weeks
|
182451 |
29-Aug-2008 |
pjd |
- Give algorithms recommendation. - Keep options in alphabetical order.
|
182414 |
28-Aug-2008 |
jfv |
Add support in ifconfig to control the vlan hardware filter feature.
Reviewed by: EvilSam and moi MFC after:1 week
|
182277 |
27-Aug-2008 |
ivoras |
Trivial typo fix.
Approved by: gnn (mentor)
|
182276 |
27-Aug-2008 |
matteo |
Implement -R support, similar to ping(8)'s -A. ping(8)'s -a was mapped to -e, but -E was already taken in ping6 (old option) so rename -e to -r. Now: ping -a => ping6 -r ping -A => ping6 -R
MFC after: 2 days
|
182269 |
27-Aug-2008 |
matteo |
Add -e to usage()
MFC after: 2 days
|
182263 |
27-Aug-2008 |
rpaulo |
Fix typo.
|
182195 |
26-Aug-2008 |
matteo |
Implement audible support similar to ping(8) -a option. Since -a was already taken, I chose -e (no real argument for this) but I'm willing to change to a different character if needed/desired.
PR: bin/123752 (inspired by) MFC after: 2 days
|
182027 |
23-Aug-2008 |
rodrigc |
Instead of passing MNT_UPDATE, MNT_SNAPSHOT, MNT_RELOAD from userspace to kernel via nmount(), pass in the strings "update", "snapshot", "reload".
We want to move away from passing MNT_ flags from userspace -> kernel via nmount(), and instead favor passing the string options.
|
181722 |
14-Aug-2008 |
thompsa |
Fix channel parsing which was broken in r179958, the channel number may be suffixed with :flag and /width.
|
181639 |
12-Aug-2008 |
pjd |
geli onetime command can take only one GEOM provider at a time.
|
181471 |
09-Aug-2008 |
ivoras |
Clean up of dead code and possible unassigned variable usage.
Found by: LLVM/Clang Static Checker Approved by: gnn (mentor)
|
181463 |
09-Aug-2008 |
des |
Add sbuf_new_auto as a shortcut for the very common case of creating a completely dynamic sbuf.
Obtained from: Varnish MFC after: 2 weeks
|
181454 |
09-Aug-2008 |
sam |
recognize WPS ie's
Submitted by: "Chuck Tuffli" <chuck@tuffli.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
181349 |
06-Aug-2008 |
antoine |
Make atacontrol(8) rebuild work when /usr is not mounted or from /rescue
PR: bin/125680 MFC after: 1 month Tested by: Stef Walter
|
181240 |
03-Aug-2008 |
rwatson |
DDB scripting, textdumps, output capture, etc, all will appear in FreeBSD 7.1 before 8.0 ships.
Spotted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein at gmail dot com> MFC after: 3 days
|
181224 |
03-Aug-2008 |
thompsa |
Move the grekey to its own file, ifconfig.c does not have interface specific code.
Submitted by: sam
|
181199 |
02-Aug-2008 |
sam |
change list wme to only print the channel parameters; to get channel+bss use -v
|
181198 |
02-Aug-2008 |
sam |
don't silently exit if the regdomain.xml file is missing
|
181141 |
01-Aug-2008 |
julian |
Slight wordsmithing. prompted by danger@
|
181140 |
01-Aug-2008 |
julian |
Document the use of the tablearg keyword together with the skipto command.
|
181102 |
01-Aug-2008 |
sam |
add missing capability bits
|
181036 |
31-Jul-2008 |
obrien |
Add a -q[uiet] flag for scripts.
|
180999 |
30-Jul-2008 |
sam |
correct description of how to clear a desired channel
Pointed out by: Chris Buechler MFC after: 1 week
|
180993 |
30-Jul-2008 |
phk |
Update routed to use the RFC 3678 protocol-independent multicast API. Use IP_MULTICAST_IF with struct ip_mreqn (obtained from Linux) to tell the stack which interface index to use for sending IPv4 datagrams.
Submitted by: bms Tested by: phk
|
180973 |
29-Jul-2008 |
phk |
Clarify which route property routed(8) looks at.
|
180822 |
26-Jul-2008 |
kib |
Note that snapshots may cause a panic on the full UFS filesystem.
Submitted by: pho MFC after: 3 days
|
180785 |
24-Jul-2008 |
julian |
Note that setfib is not a terminal rule.
|
180435 |
10-Jul-2008 |
kris |
Fix -o mntudp after the conversion to default TCP mounts
Submitted by: danfe MFC after: 1 week
|
180331 |
06-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
Obsolete bsdlabel(8) on powerpc. Use gpart(8) instead.
|
180247 |
04-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
Make sunlabel specific to sparc64. This is mostly for backward compatibility reasons. Sun labels, with VTOC8, are handled by gpart(8).
|
180229 |
03-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
Stop building bsdlabel(8) and fdisk(8) on ia64. Both tools are obsoleted by gpart(8). This avoids the following bugs in fdisk: - initializing a disk without MBR bogusly emits the error: fdisk: invalid fdisk partition table found - initializing a disk with or without MBR bogusly emits either: fdisk: Class not found or fdisk: Geom not found: "XXX" - the default geometry for non-ATA and non-SCSI disks is either invalid or sub-optimizal.
|
180228 |
03-Jul-2008 |
marcel |
Add NO_MAN for the static variant of geom(8). Both the RESCUE and the RELEASE_CRUNCH builds use NO_MAN anyway, so this change is primarily to avoid that developers have to set NO_MAN manually when they build the static variant.
|
180187 |
02-Jul-2008 |
des |
Drag this code kicking and screaming into the twenty-first century.
|
180132 |
30-Jun-2008 |
rik |
Do not set IFF_DEBUG directly from the driver.
MFC after: 1 month.
|
180130 |
30-Jun-2008 |
ed |
Run the privileged dhclient process in its own session.
In the MPSAFE TTY branch, I noticed PTY's to be leaked, because dhclient's privileged process was run inside the session of, say, the login shell. Make sure we call setsid() here.
Approved by: philip (mentor), brooks
|
180060 |
27-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Support for filtering on major device number was removed in rev. 1.7 or rule.c. Update man page example accordingly.
Submitted by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> PR: docs/124892
|
180020 |
26-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
The signature for a pthread function requires that it return a pointer to a void. The send_thread() and disk_thread() funtions; however, do not have a return value because they run for the duration of the daemon's lifetime. This causes gcc to barf when running with -O3. Make these functions return a null pointer to quiet it.
PR: bin/124342 Submitted by: Garrett Cooper <gcooper@FreeBSD.org> (minus his comments) MFC after: 1 week
|
180005 |
25-Jun-2008 |
bz |
Document spindown constraints as given in the original commit message[1] and later clarification provided by phk.
[1] http://docs.freebsd.org/cgi/mid.cgi?200803171033.m2HAXOeN055116
Reviewed by: brueffer, phk, ed
|
179966 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Add a -q flag to swapon(8) to suppress informational messages. Use it in rc.d. Note: errors are not affected by this flag.
|
179965 |
23-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
The sysctl(8) program exits on some errors and only emits warnings on others. In the case where it displayed warnings it would still return succesfully. Modify it so that it returns the number of sysctls that it was not able to set.
Make use of this in rc.d to display only *unsuccessfull* attempts to set sysctls.
|
179958 |
23-Jun-2008 |
thompsa |
Ensure the channel is a number and not a range, the 'channel' command can be easily mixed up with 'chanlist' and would give unexpected results by fixing the channel on the first number in the range.
|
179937 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mav |
Add exit_delay parameter to control daemon exit delay after signal.
PR: bin/58696 Submitted by: sp@alkor.ru
|
179935 |
22-Jun-2008 |
mav |
Use strdup() instead of static buffer allocation to avoid 128 bytes limit on -redirect_XXX arguments length.
PR: bin/86647 Submitted by: Stephen Hurd <shurd@sasktel.net>
|
179910 |
21-Jun-2008 |
marck |
Add -v (verbose) option to -l command, to show size and backing store of all md devices at one time.
Approved by: phk MFC after: 2 weeks
|
179900 |
20-Jun-2008 |
gonzo |
Fix spelling
PR: kern/124723 Event: Bugathon#5
|
179894 |
20-Jun-2008 |
thompsa |
Add support for the optional key in the GRE header.
PR: kern/114714 Submitted by: Cristian KLEIN
|
179854 |
18-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Implement the set and unset verbs. While here, have the manpage catch up with various changes.
|
179769 |
13-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Implement the -l and -r options for gpart show. The -l option changes the output to show the partition label, if applicable and when present. The -r option changes the output to show the raw (i.e. scheme-specific) partition types.
|
179690 |
09-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Remove gpt(8). It's replaced by gpart(8).
|
179689 |
09-Jun-2008 |
brooks |
Use the -n flag to route(8) when calling "route get". Otherwise we hang for a long time if we get a lease, but DNS isn't working.
MFC after: 1 week
|
179680 |
09-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Disconnect gpt(8) from the build. gpt(8) is replaced by gpart(8).
|
179669 |
09-Jun-2008 |
mtm |
Document the misleading nature of the REQUIRE line. The patch in the PR has been heavily edited for style(9) and clarity. Mistakes are mine.
PR: bin/124251
|
179656 |
08-Jun-2008 |
stas |
- Display '-C' option in usage().
Approved by: kib
|
179630 |
07-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Document the new -p and -i options for writing bootstrap code into a partition. Make it clear that the -b option embeds boot code in the meta-data.
|
179629 |
07-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Enhance the bootcode command to also allow bootcode to be written to a partition. This avoids that users need to use dd(1) to install boot code (as is needed for VTOC8 and booting GPT on PCs).
|
179628 |
06-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Add two support functions: o gctl_delete_param() -- intended for parameters that are consumed by geom(8) itself and which should not be passed to the kernel. o gctl_has_param() -- intended to check if optional parameters are present.
Both are needed by gpart(8) to process the optional parameter for writing bootcode to a partition (as part of the bootcode verb). However, the kernel is itself not involved in this matter and the parameter needs to be removed from the request destined for the kernel.
|
179607 |
06-Jun-2008 |
brian |
Don't abend if we get ENOMEM from sysctl(3). The data returned is sufficient
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
179596 |
06-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Update the manpage to reflect reality: o The BSD, PC98 and VTOC8 schemes are supported. o The bootcode command was added to allow installing bootstrap code into the scheme's metadata.
|
179562 |
05-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Allow building a static geom(8) for release related crunched binaries. In particular, this allows geom to be added to the boot_crunch binary on ia64.
|
179550 |
04-Jun-2008 |
marcel |
Replace checks for RESCUE in sources with checks for STATIC_GEOM_CLASSES and define STATIC_GEOM_CLASSES when building the rescue binary. This way geom can more easily be part of other crunched binaries, as it requires only a Makefile change.
|
179514 |
03-Jun-2008 |
ru |
Fix markup.
|
179513 |
03-Jun-2008 |
kib |
Add note about a reason to use mount(8) instead of mount_somefs.
Reported and proof-readed by: pho Discussed with: rodrigc MFC after: 3 days
|
179356 |
27-May-2008 |
bz |
Change the exit status for 0 and 2 to be the same as with ping(1) and be usable in scripts, etc.
This also changes the semantics in case when we lose one of n packets. In that case, before we exited by SIG, now we exit with return(0).
Submitted by: Gert Doering (gert space.net) MFC after: 10 days
|
179308 |
25-May-2008 |
rwatson |
Remove netatm from HEAD as it is not MPSAFE and relies on the now removed NET_NEEDS_GIANT. netatm has been disconnected from the build for ten months in HEAD/RELENG_7. Specifics:
- netatm include files - netatm command line management tools - libatm - ATM parts in rescue and sysinstall - sample configuration files and documents - kernel support as a module or in NOTES - netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm - ctags data for netatm. - netatm-specific device drivers.
MFC after: 3 weeks Reviewed by: bz Discussed with: bms, bz, harti
|
179275 |
24-May-2008 |
mckusick |
Expand dump to allow MAX_INT dump levels.
PR: bin/100732 Submitted by: Matthew Vincenz <msvincen@midway.uchicago.edu>
|
179267 |
23-May-2008 |
mckusick |
When using dump to generate level 0 dumps which are then rsync'ed to a remote machine, the fact that the dump date is stored with each header (inode) record makes rsync significantly less efficient than necessary. This also applies to inode access times when they are not important data to retain. When implementing an offsite backup solution of this type, these dates in particular are not important, especially if it prevents effective offsite backups.
PR: bin/91049 Submitted by: Forrest W Christian <fwc@mt.net>
|
179255 |
23-May-2008 |
mckusick |
Fix nits pointed out in PR bin/39905 that have not already been corrected since it was filed. With this change the PR will be closed.
PR: bin/39905
|
179219 |
22-May-2008 |
mckusick |
This fixes the "getfile: lost data" panic when restoring dumps on a 7.0 or later system that were created on a pre-5.0 system. We must ensure that restore zeros out the previously undefined birthtime and external attribute size fields when reading dump tapes made by the UFS1 dump program.
The problem is that UFS2 dump carefully zeros out the unused birthtime and external attribute size fields in the dump header when dumping UFS1 filesystems, but the UFS1 dump didn't know about those fields (they were spares) so just left whatever random junk was in them. So, when restoring one of these pre-UFS2 dumps, the new restore would eventually trip across a header that had a non-zero external attribute size and try to extract it. That consumed several tape blocks which left it totally out of sync and very unhappy (i.e., the panic). The fix is in the gethead() function which modernizes old headers by copying old fields to their new location (and with this fix) zeroing out previously undefined fields.
PR: bin/120881 Review by: David Malone & Scott Lambert MFC after: 1 week
|
179218 |
22-May-2008 |
mckusick |
Follow on to fix 1.51 for "Header with wrong dumpdate" message.
Must ensure that dump tapes from UFS1 filesystems properly copy old fields of dump headers to new locations. Move check of dumpdate to follow the code which ensures that the appropriate fields have been copied.
PR: bin/118087 Help from: David Malone, Scott Lambert, Javier Martín Rueda MFC after: 2 weeks
|
179154 |
20-May-2008 |
pjd |
- Change the meaning of -h flag from giving the output in megabytes to giving the output in a human-readable form. This behaviour is consistent with most of system tools. - Add -m and -g options to give output in megabytes and gigabytes respectively.
|
179005 |
15-May-2008 |
phk |
Fix for a bug I introduced when I cleaned up atacontrol: Don't terminate if we are listing devices, a controller might legitimately not be there.
Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
|
178916 |
10-May-2008 |
julian |
Change two variables to size_t to improve portability. Submitted by: Xin Li
|
178888 |
09-May-2008 |
julian |
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints: ------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience: -------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next: --------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
|
178852 |
08-May-2008 |
cokane |
Update the lib/expat tree for the new v2.0.1 expat import. The bsdxml.h header is now in two parts: bsdxml.h and bsdxml_external.h, representing the expat.h and expat_external.h headers. Updated the info on the man page as well. Also, fixed a type-error in a printf in sbin/ifconfig/regdomain.c that would cause a compiler warning.
Approved by: sam, phk
|
178515 |
25-Apr-2008 |
rwatson |
Add "ddb capture print" and "ddb capture status" commands do ddb(8), alowing the DDB output capture buffer to be easily extracted from user space. Both of these commands include -M/-N arguments, allowing them to be used with kernel crash dumps (or /dev/mem).
This makes it easier to use DDB scripting and output capture with minidumps or full dumps rather than with text dumps, allowing DDB output (scripted or otherwise) to be easily extracted from a crash dump.
MFC after: 1 week Discussed with: brooks, jhb
|
178354 |
20-Apr-2008 |
sam |
Multi-bss (aka vap) support for 802.11 devices.
Note this includes changes to all drivers and moves some device firmware loading to use firmware(9) and a separate module (e.g. ral). Also there no longer are separate wlan_scan* modules; this functionality is now bundled into the wlan module.
Supported by: Hobnob and Marvell Reviewed by: many Obtained from: Atheros (some bits)
|
178232 |
15-Apr-2008 |
brooks |
When sending packets directly to the DHCP server, use a socket and send directly rather than bogusly sending it out as a link layer broadcast (which fails to be received on some networks).
PR: bin/96018 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
178205 |
14-Apr-2008 |
mckusick |
restore(8) does not check for write failure while building two temp files containing directory and ownership data. If /tmp fills, the console is blasted with zillions of "file system full" errors, and restore continues on, even though directory and/or ownership data has been lost. This is particularly likely to happen when running from the live CD, which has little /tmp space.
PR: bin/93603, also probably bin/107213 Fix from: Ken Lalonde
|
178180 |
13-Apr-2008 |
marcel |
Add the bootcode verb for installing boot code. Boot code is supported for the MBR, GPT and PC98 schemes, where GPT installs boot code into the PMBR.
|
178177 |
13-Apr-2008 |
remko |
I keep taking timemachines to get back in time. Update the year to 2008.
Noticed by: ceri
|
178174 |
13-Apr-2008 |
remko |
Add missing device in tunefs entry.
PR: docs/122702 Submitted by: Yoshihiro Ota <ota@j.email.ne.jp> MFC After: 3 days
|
178126 |
11-Apr-2008 |
mckusick |
Avoid printing spurious ``Header with wrong dumpdate.'' message.
|
178125 |
11-Apr-2008 |
mckusick |
Correctly set file group when restore is run by a user other than root.
|
178088 |
10-Apr-2008 |
delphij |
Add a new flag, '-C' which enables a special mode that is intended for catastrophic recovery. Currently, this mode only validates whether a cylindergroup has good signature data, and prompts the user to decide whether to clear it as a whole.
This mode is useful when there is data damage on a disk and you are working on copy of the original disk, as fsck_ffs(8) tends to abnormally exit in such case, as a last resort to recover data from the disk.
|
178065 |
10-Apr-2008 |
ru |
Fix printing of sockaddr prefixes in verbose mode.
PR: bin/122403 Submitted by: az MFC after: 3 days
|
177984 |
07-Apr-2008 |
jhb |
Add 'zfs' as an alias for the FreeBSD ZFS UUID.
MFC after: 3 days PR: bin/119976 Submitted by: Cian Hughes Ci of nhugh.es
|
177909 |
04-Apr-2008 |
ru |
- Normalize usage(), add "ddb pathname" syntax. - Revise the manpage.
|
177905 |
04-Apr-2008 |
rodrigc |
Add comment about specifying "ro" mount option when doing an update mount on a read-only file system.
Requested by: yar
|
177894 |
03-Apr-2008 |
imp |
Use safer string handling.
Reviewed by: security-team
|
177799 |
31-Mar-2008 |
sam |
Fix handling of create operation together with setting other parameters: o mark cmds/parameters to indicate they are potential arguments to a clone operation (e.g. vlantag) o when handling a create/clone operation do the callback on seeing the first non-clone cmd line argument so the new device is created and can be used; and re-setup operating state to reflect the newly created device
Reviewed by: Eugene Grosbein MFC after: 2 weeks
|
177730 |
30-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Add a new function is_default_interface() which determines if this interface is one with the default route (or there isn't one). Use it to decide if we should adjust the default route and /etc/resolv.conf.
Fix the delete of the default route. The if statement was totally bogus and the delete only worked due to a typo. [1]
Reported by: Jordan Coleman <jordan at JordanColeman dot com> [1] MFC after: 1 week
|
177714 |
29-Mar-2008 |
ru |
Remove options MK_LIBKSE and DEFAULT_THREAD_LIB now that we no longer build libkse. This should fix WITHOUT_LIBTHR builds as a side effect.
|
177517 |
23-Mar-2008 |
rodrigc |
Remove comment about "-r" flag from readlabel. "-r" is a no-op. The is comment is left over from the old disklabel command.
Reviewed by: phk
|
177501 |
22-Mar-2008 |
sam |
Defer state change on disassociate to avoid unnecessarily dropping the lease: track the current bssid and if it changes (as reported in an assoc/reassoc) event only then kick the state machine. This gives us immediate response when roaming but otherwise causes us to fallback on the normal state machine.
Reviewed by: brooks, jhb MFC after: 3 weeks
|
177500 |
22-Mar-2008 |
sam |
correct syslog mask so LOG_DEBUG msgs are not lost
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
177496 |
22-Mar-2008 |
remko |
In route.c in newroute() there's a call to exit(0) if the command was 'get'. Since rtmsg() always gets called and returns 0 on success and -1 on failure, it's possible to exit with a suitable exit code by calling exit(ret != 0) instead, as is done at the end of newroute().
PR: bin/112303 Submitted by: bruce@cran.org.uk MFC after: 1 week
|
177483 |
21-Mar-2008 |
imp |
No need to be gratuitously style(9) non-compliant here, even though C++ lets me get away with it.
|
177482 |
21-Mar-2008 |
remko |
Replace reference from vinum.8 to gvinum.8, it was advised in the PR to replace this with vinum.4, but that's the kernel interface manual, which is not appropriate in my understanding. I think that gvinum is a suitable replacement for this.
PR: docs/121938 Submitted by: "Federico" <federicogalvezdurand at yahoo dot com> MFC after: 3 days
|
177298 |
17-Mar-2008 |
phk |
Add a "spindown" facility to ata-disks: If no requests have been received for a configurable number of seconds, spin the disk down. Spin it back up on the next request.
Notice that the timeout is only armed by a request, so to spin down a disk you may have to do:
atacontrol spindown ad10 5 dd if=/dev/ad10 of=/dev/null count=1
To disable spindown, set timeout to zero:
atacontrol spindown ad10 0
In order to debug any trouble caused, this code is somewhat noisy on the console.
Enabling spindown on a disk containing / or /var/log/messages is not going to do anything sensible.
Spinning a disk up and down all the time will wear it out, use sensibly.
Approved by: sos
|
177262 |
16-Mar-2008 |
phk |
Un-cut&paste argument processing, fix things lint found.
|
177150 |
13-Mar-2008 |
brueffer |
- Use an uppercase provider name in the example, to make the name change after labeling the provider more obvious. (1) - Correct nomenclature usage
PR: 121487 (1) Submitted by: Anatoly Borodin <anatoly.borodin@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
177076 |
12-Mar-2008 |
tmclaugh |
- Update with a better example which shows that options specific to a file system may be passed using -o.
Approved by: remko, rodrigc
|
177038 |
10-Mar-2008 |
tmclaugh |
- Also change the /sbin/mount_unionfs line I managed to miss just two lines down to '-o below'.
Approved by: remko Noticed by: rodrigc Pointyhat by: me
|
177035 |
10-Mar-2008 |
tmclaugh |
- unionfs -b option is deprecated in favor of '-o below' as per mount_unionfs(8).
Approved by: remko
|
176932 |
08-Mar-2008 |
brueffer |
Fix typos.
PR: 121486 Submitted by: Anatoly Borodin <anatoly.borodin@gmail.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
176852 |
05-Mar-2008 |
delphij |
Make it possible to build glabel into rescue geom(8) utility.
Ok'ed by: marcel No objection: -current@
|
176851 |
05-Mar-2008 |
delphij |
Use calloc().
|
176833 |
05-Mar-2008 |
brooks |
Add the ability to read a file of commands to ddb(8) modeled after the feature in ipfw(8).
|
176828 |
05-Mar-2008 |
pjd |
Add info about few missing GEOM classes that use geom(8).
|
176822 |
05-Mar-2008 |
rodrigc |
For a mounted file system which is read-only, when doing the MNT_RELOAD, pass in "ro" and "update" string mount options to nmount() instead of MNT_RDONLY and MNT_UPDATE flags.
Due to the complexity of the mount parsing code especially with respect to the root file system, passing in MNT_RDONLY and MNT_UPDATE flags would do weird things and would cause fsck to convert the root file system from a read-only mount to read-write.
To test: - boot into single user mode - show mounted file systems with: mount - root file system should be mounted read-only - fsck / - show mounted file systems with: mount - root file system should still be mounted read-only
PR: 120319 MFC after: 1 month Reported by: yar
|
176814 |
05-Mar-2008 |
rodrigc |
Remove hacks to filter out MNT_ROOTFS, since we now do that internally inside nmount() in revision 1.267 of vfs_mount.c.
|
176666 |
29-Feb-2008 |
sam |
explain that you must set a default transmit key for WEP
Submitted by: Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
176626 |
27-Feb-2008 |
dwmalone |
Dummynet has a limit of 100 slots queue size (or 1MB, if you give the limit in bytes) hard coded into both the kernel and userland. Make both these limits a sysctl, so it is easy to change the limit. If the userland part of ipfw finds that the sysctls don't exist, it will just fall back to the traditional limits.
(100 packets is quite a small limit these days. If you want to test TCP at 100Mbps, 100 packets can only accommodate a DBP of 12ms.)
Note these sysctls in the man page and warn against increasing them without thinking first.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
176575 |
26-Feb-2008 |
delphij |
In pass1(), cap inosused to fs_ipg rather than allowing arbitrary number read from cylinder group. Chances that we read a smarshed cylinder group, and we can not 100% trust information it has supplied. fsck_ffs(8) will crash otherwise for some cases.
|
176574 |
26-Feb-2008 |
delphij |
In pass2check(): Be more strict with the inode information before further processing the information. chk1 is more prone to crash when insane information is provided by the on-disk inode, and does not even work if the inode is being smarshed badly.
|
176573 |
26-Feb-2008 |
delphij |
Be more careful when checking superblock. We have already checked whether fs_bsize is larger than MINBSIZE, which is larger than the value that is used to compared with fs_bsize, the sizeof fs, so the check followed, will be always true.
By inspecting the code and some old commit log, I believe that the check must be that *fs_sbsize* is larger than sizeof fs. We round up the size to nearest dev_bsize, as the smallest accepted fs_sbsize, personally, I think this can be even changed to equal, because this number is mostly an invariant in file systems.
With this check, fsck_ffs(8) will be more picky and has better chance rejecting bad first superblock rather than referring to bad value it supplied, thus gives better chance for it to check the filesystem carefully.
|
176549 |
25-Feb-2008 |
silby |
Decrease ping6's minimum allowed interval from .01 to .000001.
Note that due to the architecture of ping6, you are still limited to kern.hz pings per second.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
176517 |
24-Feb-2008 |
piso |
Add table/tablearg support to ipfw's nat.
MFC After: 1 week
|
176445 |
21-Feb-2008 |
piso |
-Fix display of nat range. -Whitespace elimination.
Bug spotted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza MFC After: 3 days
|
176407 |
19-Feb-2008 |
ru |
getopt(3) returns -1, not EOF.
|
176394 |
18-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Undo the damage I did in sys/kern/vfs_mount.c #1.274 and sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.c #1.76. Let the dragons sleep.
Requested by: rodrigc, des PR: kern/120319 (welcome the bug back)
|
176393 |
18-Feb-2008 |
piso |
Fix display of multiple nat rules.
Bug spotted by: Luiz Otavio O Souza PR: 120734 MFC After: 3 days
|
176391 |
18-Feb-2008 |
julian |
Instead of using a heuristic to decide whether to display table 'values' as IP addresses, use an explicit argument (-i). This is a 'POLA' issue. This is a low risk change and should be MFC'd to RELENG_6 and RELENG 7. it might be put as an errata item for 6.3. (not sure about 6.2).
Fix suggested by: Eugene Grosbein PR: 120720 MFC After: 3 days
|
176384 |
18-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Add a work-around to make it possible again to remount NFS root r/w.
The real solution would be to bring the whole nmount(2) framework, including FS drivers and userland tools, into a consistent state at last; but things should work in the meantime, too.
Reported by: kris
|
176377 |
18-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Back out rev. 1.74 because the kernel isn't ready yet to see NFS specific string options.
|
176376 |
18-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Don't forget to prepare string options for nmount(2). Otherwise things won't work as intended, e.g., it'll be impossible to upgrade NFS root mount to read-write.
Reported by: kris
|
176370 |
17-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Correct the description of getmnt_silent: unknown options are silently ignored if this variable is non-zero, which is quite logical given the variable's name.
|
176202 |
12-Feb-2008 |
ceri |
Add the -4 option to the synopsis.
|
176201 |
12-Feb-2008 |
ceri |
Bump .Dd for r1.48.
|
176198 |
11-Feb-2008 |
kris |
Switch the default NFS mount mode from UDP to TCP. UDP mounts are a historical relic, and are no longer appropriate for either LAN or WAN mounting. At modern (gigabit and 10 gigabit) LAN speeds packet loss from socket buffer fill events is common, and sequence numbers wrap quickly enough that data corruption is possible. TCP solves both of these problems without imposing significant overhead.
MFC after: 1 month
|
176095 |
07-Feb-2008 |
obrien |
style(9) (verifed no-change in .o's)
|
176084 |
07-Feb-2008 |
yar |
Add a note that ipfw states do not implicitly match ICMP error messages.
|
176034 |
06-Feb-2008 |
pb |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: danny at cs.huji.ac.il (author)
|
176033 |
06-Feb-2008 |
pb |
Update fix from rev 1.2.
Submitted by: danny at cs.huji.ac.il (author) MFC after: 1 week
|
176012 |
05-Feb-2008 |
pb |
Fix a bug in hexadecimal formatting of the CHAP digest: bytes >= 0x80 were formatted as 0xff, causing the authentication to fail.
Reviewed by: scottl MFC after: 1 week
|
176011 |
05-Feb-2008 |
ceri |
Bump .Dd for r1.19; use consistent whitespace.
|
176010 |
05-Feb-2008 |
jhb |
Add ZFS support.
MFC after: 1 week PR: bin/119976 Submitted by: Simun Mikecin numisemis of yahoo.com
|
175985 |
05-Feb-2008 |
lulf |
- Update geom(8) to explain that GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH can take a comma-separated list of paths.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 2 days
|
175971 |
04-Feb-2008 |
ru |
Improve rev. 1.63. Document -instance and -globalport options. Add a MULTIPLE INSTANCES section which provides an example of setting up natd in multi-instance mode (based on the notes.natd file from phk@).
Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru> Reviewed by: ru
|
175967 |
04-Feb-2008 |
lulf |
- Make geom commands handle multiple library paths in the GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable using ':' as a separator.
Approved by: pjd (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
175964 |
04-Feb-2008 |
matteo |
Fix mount -p and mount -u -ocurrent on gjournaled FS
PR: bin/120162 Submitted by: Niki Denev MFC after: 1 week
|
175953 |
03-Feb-2008 |
sam |
correct tx rate displayed by list sta: the reported legacy tx rate is still an index into the rate set and not (yet) the rate code
Noticed by: JoaoBR
|
175952 |
03-Feb-2008 |
sam |
fix list mac; broken in delta 1.48
Noticed by: JoaoBR
|
175949 |
03-Feb-2008 |
matteo |
Fix printing of unionfs mounts when using the -p option
PR: bin/75585 MFC after: 1 week
|
175854 |
31-Jan-2008 |
yar |
Spot two more bugs WRT adherence to the local prompt style.
|
175853 |
31-Jan-2008 |
yar |
Use consistent style in user prompts: the question is in a new line and begins with a capital letter. The rest of pwarn/ask pairs here follows this style.
Requested by: bde
|
175822 |
30-Jan-2008 |
jhb |
Map 'boot' to GPT_ENT_TYPE_FREEBSD_BOOT when parsuing UUIDs so that things like 'gpt add -t boot' work.
MFC after: 1 week Submitted by: Niki Denev nike_d of cytexbg.com
|
175782 |
29-Jan-2008 |
delphij |
Don't coredump when executed with -o.
|
175678 |
26-Jan-2008 |
mpp |
Sync up quotacheck's preen.c with fsck's. This makes quotacheck process parallel checks in the same way as fsck, since fsck supports pass numbers other than 0, 1 or 2. Without this, quotacheck would ignore file systems with pass numbers > 2.
The -l (maxrun) option is now deprecated and can be tuned with pass numbers in /etc/fstab if needed.
|
175659 |
25-Jan-2008 |
rwatson |
Hide ipfw internal data structures behind IPFW_INTERNAL rather than exposing them to all consumers of ip_fw.h. These structures are used in both ipfw(8) and ipfw(4), but not part of the user<->kernel interface for other applications to use, rather, shared implementation.
MFC after: 3 days Reported by: Paul Vixie <paul at vix dot com>
|
175554 |
21-Jan-2008 |
brooks |
During PREINIT, when giving the interface the address 0.0.0.0, do it as an alias to avoid distrubing other addresses.
PR: bin/119255 Submitted by: Jaakko Heinonen <jh at saunalahti dot fi>
|
175552 |
21-Jan-2008 |
trhodes |
Note that the punch_fw option does not work in securelevel 3 and Xref init.8. Bump .Dd.
PR: 41807
|
175511 |
20-Jan-2008 |
maxim |
o Fix ipfw(8) command line parser bug: "ipfw nat 1 config if" requires an argument.
PR: bin/119815 Submitted by: Dierk Sacher MFC after: 1 week
|
175344 |
15-Jan-2008 |
mpp |
Quotacheck may possibly skip quota accounting for up to 2 files on a filesystem if the quota data files reside on a different filesystem (e.g. the userquota=/somepath,groupquota=/somepath2 options are specified in /etc/fstab to place the quota files somewhere other than the default location).
Fix quotacheck to only skip accounting if the quota data file actually resides on the filesystem being checked.
|
175287 |
13-Jan-2008 |
yar |
Prevent the `fix?' question from running together with the problem description on the terminal: use conventional punctuation.
|
175248 |
12-Jan-2008 |
maxim |
o Allow setkey(8) to recognize esp as a protocoal name for spdadd.
PR: bin/107392 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein MFC after: 1 month
|
174944 |
27-Dec-2007 |
rwatson |
Compare kernel dump header magic with textdump magic using strncmp() rather than the memcmp() which is used for regular dumps: the textdump string is one character shorter, so we need to stop comparing at the end of the string.
Use independent version checking logic for architecture-specific version number vs. textdump version number, as the version sequences may (someday) differ.
Run into by: rrs
|
174925 |
26-Dec-2007 |
rwatson |
Minor formatting tweaks.
Point at ddb(4) and textdump(4) man pages for more script examples.
MFC after: 3 months
|
174923 |
26-Dec-2007 |
rwatson |
Teach savecore(8) how to extract textdump(4) dumps.
Update savecore(8) man page to reflect textdump additions.
MFC after: 3 months
|
174915 |
26-Dec-2007 |
rwatson |
Add command-line tool ddb(8), which allows DDB(4) scripts to be managed from userspace. It is largely a wrapper for sysctl() calls, but because the sysctls for adding and removing scripts are awkward to use directly, this provides an easier-to-use interface.
MFC after: 3 months
|
174824 |
21-Dec-2007 |
imp |
Minor initialization change to not trigger bogus gcc warning about passing literal strings to the constructors of string.
|
174713 |
17-Dec-2007 |
oleg |
Calculate p.fs.lookup_step correctly. This should prevent zeroing of w_q_lookup table (used in RED algorithm for (1 - w_q)^t computation).
MFC after: 1 months
|
174706 |
17-Dec-2007 |
das |
Fix an int overflow on very large file systems.
PR: bin/113399 Submitted by: Staffan Ulfberg <staffan@ulfberg.se>
|
174683 |
16-Dec-2007 |
phk |
Recognize CFA devices using either identification method.
|
174676 |
16-Dec-2007 |
phk |
Report erase interval (correctly) in sectors.
|
174675 |
16-Dec-2007 |
phk |
Rename the undocumented -E option to -X.
Implement -E option which will erase the filesystem sectors before making the new filesystem. Reserved space in front of the superblock (bootcode) is not erased.
NB: Erasing can take as long time as writing every sector sequentially.
This is relevant for all flash based disks which use wearlevelling.
|
174665 |
16-Dec-2007 |
phk |
Report CFA extension, CFA -> (Compact) Flash Association
|
174591 |
14-Dec-2007 |
maxim |
o Markup and grammar fixes.
|
174508 |
10-Dec-2007 |
ceri |
Bump .Dd for r1.63; fix small nit from the same.
|
174506 |
10-Dec-2007 |
phk |
Add a bit more detailed description about a configuration file format and about using NAT "instances".
Submitted by: "Andrey V. Elsukov" <bu7cher@yandex.ru>
|
174505 |
10-Dec-2007 |
sam |
Wake On Lan (WOL) infrastructure
Submitted by: Stefan Sperling <stsp@stsp.name> Reviewed by: brooks
|
174501 |
09-Dec-2007 |
marcel |
Allow bsdlabel to operate on labels that have at most 26 partitions by virtue of there not being any (lower-case) letters avaliable for more partitions.
|
174478 |
09-Dec-2007 |
remko |
Be more accurate in the maximum filesize, it's 4GB not 4.3GB.
Reported by: njl
|
174467 |
08-Dec-2007 |
remko |
Remove redundant whitespace.
Noticed by: brueffer
|
174466 |
08-Dec-2007 |
remko |
.Ed is not needed here, remove it.
Noticed by: brueffer
|
174460 |
08-Dec-2007 |
remko |
Add information about the maximum file size for msdosfs.
PR: docs/112935 Submitted by: Julian Stacey <jhs at berklix dot org> Actually this was inspired by the ticket submitted by Julian. MFC After: 3 days
|
174449 |
08-Dec-2007 |
remko |
Attempt to describe the ''auto'' type a bit better in the default section (if nothing had been specified, or if the auto type had been specified, a default layout is used).
PR: docs/116047 Submitted by: Ian Smith <smithi at nimnet dot asn dot au> Minor modifications by me.
|
174314 |
05-Dec-2007 |
jkim |
Teach dhclient(8) about net80211 link (association) status.
Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 3 days
|
174034 |
28-Nov-2007 |
remko |
Expand the EXAMPLES section for atacontrol.8
PR: docs/117310 Submitted by: Ted Mittelstaedt <tedm at ipinc dot net> with minor modifications by me.
|
174024 |
28-Nov-2007 |
remko |
Remove mentionings of kern.dumpdev which is no longer available.
PR: docs/113570 Submitted by: lawrance MFC After: 3 days (where applicable)
|
174020 |
28-Nov-2007 |
remko |
Every newline should start on it's own line. I didn't do that in the previous commit, so make it happen now.
Prodded by: brueffer
|
174019 |
28-Nov-2007 |
remko |
Sync with md(4)'s information regarding the swap backend.
PR: docs/115721 Submitted by: Stefan Lambrev <stefan.lambrev@moneybookers.com> MFC After: 3 days
|
174012 |
28-Nov-2007 |
yar |
- Pay attention to the fact that ioctl(2) is only known to return -1 on error while any other return value from it can indicate success. (See RETURN VALUE in our ioctl(2) manpage and the POSIX spec.)
- Avoid assumptions about the state of the data buffer after ioctl(2) failure.
|
174011 |
28-Nov-2007 |
yar |
MFp4:
Add a new option to newfs(8), -r, to specify reserved space at the end of the device. It can be useful, e.g., when the device is to become a member of a gmirror array later w/o losing the file system on it.
Document the new option in the manpage.
While I'm here, improve error handling for -s option, which is syntactically similar to -r; and document the fact that -s0 selects the default fs size explicitly, which can be useful, e.g., in a menu-based wrapper around newfs(8) requiring some value be entered for the fs size.
Also fix a small typo in the help line for -s (missing space).
Idea and initial implementation by: marck Discussed on: -fs Critical review by: bde Tested with: cmp(1)
|
173994 |
27-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Properly sort 'sync' in the list of options passed to -o.
MFC after: 3 days
|
173920 |
26-Nov-2007 |
danger |
Polish this manual page a bit:
- refer to the dummynet(4) man page only once, later use rather the .Nm macro. - use .Va macro when refering to the sysctl variables - grammar and markup fixes
Reviewed by: keramida, trhodes, ru (roughly) MFC-after: 1 week
|
173879 |
24-Nov-2007 |
brueffer |
Minor language cleanup.
MFC after: 3 days
|
173787 |
20-Nov-2007 |
obrien |
Addition style(9) change.
|
173785 |
20-Nov-2007 |
obrien |
style(9)
|
173765 |
20-Nov-2007 |
dd |
Add -o option to match ping(8)
Reviewed by: dwmalone, maxim MFC after: 2 weeks
|
173764 |
20-Nov-2007 |
jb |
Use an intermediate pointer to avoid strict alias check warnings on gcc 4.2. This is required for tinderbox which doesn't have -f-no-strict-aliasing in it's custom CFLAGS.
|
173739 |
19-Nov-2007 |
jb |
Reduce the WARNS level across the board due to a warning that occurs on at least arm and sparc64. i386/pc98, ia64 and amd64 are all OK.
|
173727 |
18-Nov-2007 |
maxim |
o Fix Dd format.
Pointed out by: ru
|
173722 |
18-Nov-2007 |
jb |
This makefile builds contrib code, so I won't try to fix all the casts from pointer to int here.
|
173721 |
18-Nov-2007 |
jb |
Fix signed/unsigned comparison compiler warning.
|
173717 |
18-Nov-2007 |
jb |
Use a cast that doesn't create a compiler warning.
|
173706 |
17-Nov-2007 |
oleg |
- New sysctl variable: net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_fast If it is set to zero value (default) dummynet module will try to emulate real link as close as possible (bandwidth & latency): packet will not leave pipe faster than it should be on real link with given bandwidth. (This is original behaviour of dummynet which was altered in previous commit) If it is set to non-zero value only bandwidth is enforced: packet's latency can be lower comparing to real link with given bandwidth.
- Document recently introduced dummynet(4) sysctl variables.
Requested by: luigi, julian MFC after: 3 month
|
173695 |
17-Nov-2007 |
maxim |
o Mask maximum file permissions we get from mount_ntfs -m with ACCESSPERMS. Document in mount_ntfs(8) only the nine low-order bits of mask are used (taken from mount_msdosfs(8)).
PR: kern/114856 Submitted by: Ighighi MFC after: 1 month
|
173676 |
16-Nov-2007 |
flz |
Fix exit code when using -l on a non-existent md(4) device.
PR: conf/116177 Submitted by: Remi Guyomarch <rguyom@pobox.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
173624 |
15-Nov-2007 |
ru |
Briefly document what the -c option of the "label" command does.
MFC after: 3 days
|
173623 |
15-Nov-2007 |
ru |
Revise the markup and apply some wordsmithing.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 3 days
|
173539 |
11-Nov-2007 |
keramida |
* Expand the example descriptions, fix mdoc-bugs in "(-a and -t vnode are implied)" and reuse it near the cd9660 example. * Spell 'backing store' as two words.
|
173507 |
09-Nov-2007 |
keramida |
Instead of hardcoding md10 as the device node in the cd9660 example, use a trick submitted by Ruslan.
MFC after: 1 day
|
173412 |
07-Nov-2007 |
kevlo |
Cleanup of userland __P use
|
173321 |
04-Nov-2007 |
mtm |
Don't mask the address in inet_makenetandmask() according to what class it appears to be in: there is also CIDR.
Noticed by: tegge
|
173320 |
04-Nov-2007 |
thompsa |
Add an option to limit the number of source MACs that can be behind a bridge interface. Once the limit is reached packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed. Useful to use with the STICKY cache option.
Sponsored by: miniSuperHappyDevHouse NZ
|
173313 |
04-Nov-2007 |
marcel |
Allow building of a special rescue version of geom that has a subset of the classes compiled-in.
|
173275 |
02-Nov-2007 |
sam |
sync with vap code base; updates for 11n support and some general code cleanups
Reviewed by: thompsa, avatar MFC after: 1 week
|
173274 |
02-Nov-2007 |
sam |
minor wireless-related corrections
MFC after: 1 week
|
173265 |
01-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Don't look for GPT primary and secondary tables on a disk unless we have a valid PMBR. Without this fix, if label a disk with a GPT, then relabel it with an MBR the GPT tables are still present. If you then try to create a GPT with 'gpt create', gpt(8) will fail to open the device because the partitions in the stale GPT overlap with the slices in the MBR.
MFC after: 1 week
|
173262 |
01-Nov-2007 |
jhb |
Fix 'gpt boot' to work on disk devices and not just plain files. Writes to disk devices have to consist of a block of sectors. Thus, when writing gptboot to the boot partition, round the size of the gptboot file up to a sector boundary, pre-zero it, and write out the full buffer to disk.
|
173261 |
01-Nov-2007 |
obrien |
Document -t.
|
173124 |
29-Oct-2007 |
mtm |
Fix an error in bit shifting logic for network addresses. The route command would add incorrect routing entries if network numbers weren't fully "spelled" out according to their class. For example: # route add 128.0/16 (works) # route add 128/16 (doesn't work) # route add 193.0.0/24 (works) # route add 193/24 (doesn't work)
Also, rework the way a netmask is deduced from network number if it [netmask] is not specified.
Submitted by: Nuno Antunes <nuno.antunes@gmail.com> (mostly) MFC after: 1 week
|
173080 |
27-Oct-2007 |
maxim |
o Fix indentation. No functional changes.
|
172940 |
24-Oct-2007 |
jhb |
First cut at support for booting a GPT labeled disk via the BIOS bootstrap on i386 and amd64 machines. The overall process is that /boot/pmbr lives in the PMBR (similar to /boot/mbr for MBR disks) and is responsible for locating and loading /boot/gptboot. /boot/gptboot is similar to /boot/boot except that it groks GPT rather than MBR + bsdlabel. Unlike /boot/boot, /boot/gptboot lives in its own dedicated GPT partition with a new "FreeBSD boot" type. This partition does not have a fixed size in that /boot/pmbr will load the entire partition into the lower 640k. However, it is limited in that it can only be 545k. That's still a lot better than the current 7.5k limit for boot2 on MBR. gptboot mostly acts just like boot2 in that it reads /boot.config and loads up /boot/loader. Some more details: - Include uuid_equal() and uuid_is_nil() in libstand. - Add a new 'boot' command to gpt(8) which makes a GPT disk bootable using /boot/pmbr and /boot/gptboot. Note that the disk must have some free space for the boot partition. - This required exposing the backend of the 'add' function as a gpt_add_part() function to the rest of gpt(8). 'boot' uses this to create a boot partition if needed. - Don't cripple cgbase() in the UFS boot code for /boot/gptboot so that it can handle a filesystem > 1.5 TB. - /boot/gptboot has a simple loader (gptldr) that doesn't do any I/O unlike boot1 since /boot/pmbr loads all of gptboot up front. The C portion of gptboot (gptboot.c) has been repocopied from boot2.c. The primary changes are to parse the GPT to find a root filesystem and to use 64-bit disk addresses. Currently gptboot assumes that the first UFS partition on the disk is the / filesystem, but this algorithm will likely be improved in the future. - Teach the biosdisk driver in /boot/loader to understand GPT tables. GPT partitions are identified as 'disk0pX:' (e.g. disk0p2:) which is similar to the /dev names the kernel uses (e.g. /dev/ad0p2). - Add a new "freebsd-boot" alias to g_part() for the new boot UUID.
MFC after: 1 month Discussed with: marcel (some things might still change, but am committing what I have so far)
|
172862 |
22-Oct-2007 |
jb |
Add the full module path name to the kld_file_stat structure for kldstat(2).
This allows libdtrace to determine the exact file from which a kernel module was loaded without having to guess.
The kldstat(2) API is versioned with the size of the kld_file_stat structure, so this change creates version 2.
Add the pathname to the verbose output of kldstat(8) too.
MFC: 3 days
|
172856 |
21-Oct-2007 |
marcel |
Fix a last-minute, but more importantly, an untested change that made the previous commit non-functional: the usage string was put in the wrong field...
|
172837 |
21-Oct-2007 |
marcel |
Add the show command to print the partition information ala gpt(8). Update the manpage accordingly. While here, mention the MBR scheme and add a bugs section. With this commit gpt(8) can be obsoleted.
|
172818 |
19-Oct-2007 |
rpaulo |
Change IPTOS_CE to IPTOS_ECN_CE.
Approved by: njl (mentor)
|
172801 |
19-Oct-2007 |
rpaulo |
Comply with the removal of IPTOS_CE and IPTOS_ECT. Discussed on freebsd-net with no objections.
Approved by: njl (mentor), rwatson
|
172788 |
19-Oct-2007 |
rodrigc |
Remove stale reference to mount_std.
|
172674 |
15-Oct-2007 |
netchild |
Backout sensors framework.
Requested by: phk Discussed on: cvs-all
|
172643 |
14-Oct-2007 |
daichi |
Added whiteout behavior option. ``-o whiteout=always'' is default mode (it is established practice) and ``-o whiteout=whenneeded'' is less disk-space using mode especially for resource restricted environments like embedded environments. (Contributed by Ed Schouten. Thanks)
Submitted by: Masanori Ozawa <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> (unionfs developer) Reviewed by: jeff, kensmith Approved by: re (kensmith) MFC after: 1 week
|
172631 |
14-Oct-2007 |
netchild |
Import OpenBSD's sysctl hardware sensors framework.
This commit includes the following core components:
* sample configuration file for sensorsd * rc(8) script and glue code for sensorsd(8) * sysctl(3) doc fixes for CTL_HW tree * sysctl(3) documentation for hardware sensors * sysctl(8) documentation for hardware sensors * support for the sensor structure for sysctl(8) * rc.conf(5) documentation for starting sensorsd(8) * sensor_attach(9) et al documentation * /sys/kern/kern_sensors.c o sensor_attach(9) API for drivers to register ksensors o sensor_task_register(9) API for the update task o sysctl(3) glue code o hw.sensors shadow tree for sysctl(8) internal magic * <sys/sensors.h> * HW_SENSORS definition for <sys/sysctl.h> * sensors display for systat(1), including documentation * sensorsd(8) and all applicable documentation
The userland part of the framework is entirely source-code compatible with OpenBSD 4.1, 4.2 and -current as of today.
All sensor readings can be viewed with `sysctl hw.sensors`, monitored in semi-realtime with `systat -sensors` and also logged with `sensorsd`.
Submitted by: Constantine A. Murenin <cnst@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 (GSoC2007/cnst-sensors) Mentored by: syrinx Tested by: many OKed by: kensmith Obtained from: OpenBSD (parts)
|
172627 |
14-Oct-2007 |
maxim |
o Fix a typo in ipfw table usage example.
PR: docs/117172 Submitted by: novel MFC after: 1 week
|
172500 |
09-Oct-2007 |
obrien |
Tweak the handling of "WITHOUT_LIBPTHREAD". Also remove the accidental treatment of 'LIBKSE' as an "old style" knob.
Submitted by: ru Approved by: re(kensmith)
|
172491 |
09-Oct-2007 |
obrien |
Repo copy libpthreads to libkse. This introduces the WITHOUT_LIBKSE nob, and changes WITHOUT_LIBPTHREADS to mean with neither threading libs. Approved by: re(kensmith)
|
172438 |
04-Oct-2007 |
thompsa |
Fix the module name matching to the drivers present in the kernel. Previously it would return true on a partial match where it would think the edsc module was already present by having a positive match on 'ed'. This changes it so that it compares the full string including the nul terminators.
This also fixes a buffer overflow in the ifkind variable where the length of the interface name in *argv wasnt checked for size.
Reviewed by: brooks Approved by: re (gnn)
|
172403 |
01-Oct-2007 |
ru |
Always install libpthread.* symlinks if at least one of the threading libraries is built. This simplifies the logic in makefiles that need to check if the pthreads support is present. It also fixes a bug where we would build a threading library that we shouldn't have built: for example, building with WITHOUT_LIBTHR and the default value of DEFAULT_THREADING_LIB (libthr) would mistakenly build the libthr library, but not install it.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172306 |
23-Sep-2007 |
maxim |
o Cosmetic: fix the issue when "ipfw(8) show" produces "not" twice:
$ ipfw -n add 1 allow layer2 not mac-type ip 00001 allow ip from any to any layer2 not not mac-type 0x0800
PR: bin/115372 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov Approved by: re (hrs) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
172305 |
23-Sep-2007 |
maxim |
o s/filesystem/file system/g.
Pointed out by: ru Approved by: re (bmah) MFC after: 3 days
|
172302 |
23-Sep-2007 |
pjd |
Bring in the GEOM Virtualisation class, which allows to create huge GEOM providers with limited physical storage and add physical storage as needed.
Submitted by: Ivan Voras Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2006 Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172273 |
21-Sep-2007 |
pjd |
For arguments declared as numbers always use expand_number(3). This allows to use numbers in human-readable form in many geom(8) utilities. Such a simple change and makes live so much nicer. Some examples:
gstripe label -s 16k gmirror label -s 4k gnop create -o 1g -s 128m -S 2k gjournal label -s 2g geli label -i 128k -s 4k
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172272 |
21-Sep-2007 |
pjd |
Use 'val' function argument instead of 'optarg' global variable. This doesn't fix any real bug, because in those tw ocases we always passed 'optarg' as 'val'.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
172252 |
20-Sep-2007 |
gabor |
- Remove references to unexisting man pages
PR: docs/116099 Submitted by: Ben Kaduk <minimarmot@gmail.com> Approved by: re (bmah) MFC after: 3 days
|
172236 |
19-Sep-2007 |
rodrigc |
Convert fsck_ffs to nmount(). This seems to solve an intermittent problem where MNT_RELOAD fails for the root file system.
Reported and tested by: phk Approved by: re (bmah)
|
172193 |
16-Sep-2007 |
mpp |
Fix "quotacheck -a" from core dumping on 64 bit systems by correctly declaring the return value used by the routines in preen.c as a pointer type, instead of "int", which was causing the pointer to be truncated.
Tested by: marck Approved by: re (bmah)
|
172168 |
14-Sep-2007 |
mpp |
Flush stdout at the end of the update phase to prevent possible duplicate output when "quotacheck -a -v" is used.
Approved by: re (bmah)
|
172093 |
08-Sep-2007 |
ken |
Add SCSI READ CAPACITY support to camcontrol. The new 'readcap' subcommand will automatically issue the 16 byte verison of read capacity if the device in question is larger than 2TB.
There are also a number of output options here (last block, number of blocks, human readable) that should meet most needs, and also aid in scripting.
Approved by: re (bmah) MFC after: 1 week
|
172031 |
01-Sep-2007 |
pjd |
Add support for Camellia encryption algorithm.
PR: kern/113790 Submitted by: Yoshisato YANAGISAWA <yanagisawa@csg.is.titech.ac.jp> Approved by: re (bmah)
|
171989 |
26-Aug-2007 |
maxim |
o Fix bug I introduced in the previous commit (ipfw set extention): pack a set number correctly.
Submitted by: oleg
o Plug a memory leak.
Submitted by: oleg and Andrey V. Elsukov Approved by: re (kensmith) MFC after: 1 week
|
171955 |
24-Aug-2007 |
danger |
document hw.realmem
Submitted by: cnst@ (Constantine A. Murenin) Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2007 Approved by: re@ (bmah) MFC after: 1 week
|
171883 |
18-Aug-2007 |
danger |
- Sweep the boot(8) man page after addition of boot.config(5).
Reviewed by: keramida Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171819 |
13-Aug-2007 |
jhb |
Expand the data structure returned by the ATA RAID status ioctl to include detailed status on each of the backing subdisks. This allows userland to see which subdisks are online, failed, missing, or a hot spare.
MFC after: 1 week Approved by: re (bmah) Reviewed by: sos
|
171813 |
12-Aug-2007 |
maxim |
o You have to reboot the system after tuning softupdates on the root filesystem on to make SU work.
Approved by: re (hrs) MFC after: 1 week
|
171800 |
10-Aug-2007 |
pjd |
Fix fscking gjournaled root file system: root file system is already mounted read-only, so we can't simply exit right after calling gjournal_check(), instead we need to ask about super block reload.
Submitted by: Niki Denev <niki@totalterror.net> PR: misc/113889 Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171732 |
05-Aug-2007 |
bz |
Rename option IPSEC_FILTERGIF to IPSEC_FILTERTUNNEL. Also rename the related functions in a similar way. There are no functional changes.
For a packet coming in with IPsec tunnel mode, the default is to only call into the firewall with the "outer" IP header and payload.
With this option turned on, in addition to the "outer" parts, the "inner" IP header and payload are passed to the firewall too when going through ip_input() the second time.
The option was never only related to a gif(4) tunnel within an IPsec tunnel and thus the name was very misleading.
Discussed at: BSDCan 2007 Best new name suggested by: rwatson Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: re (bmah)
|
171723 |
04-Aug-2007 |
csjp |
Remove references to mpsafenet. This option no longer exists.
Approved by: re@ (bmah)
|
171678 |
01-Aug-2007 |
thompsa |
Add a bridge interface flag called PRIVATE where any private port can not communicate with another private port.
All unicast/broadcast/multicast layer2 traffic is blocked so it works much the same way as using firewall rules but scales better and is generally easier as firewall packages usually do not allow ARP blocking.
An example usage would be having a number of customers on separate vlans bridged with a server network. All the vlans are marked private, they can all communicate with the server network unhindered, but can not exchange any traffic whatsoever with each other.
Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
171571 |
24-Jul-2007 |
brueffer |
First round of cleanups.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
171568 |
24-Jul-2007 |
scottl |
Introduce Danny Braniss' iSCSI initiator, version 2.0.99. Please read the included man pages on how to use it. This code is still somewhat experimental but has been successfully tested on a number of targets. Many thanks to Danny for contributing this.
Approved by: re
|
171453 |
14-Jul-2007 |
rwatson |
Disconnect netatm from the build as it is not MPSAFE and relies on NET_NEEDS_GIANT, which will shortly be removed. This is done in a away that it may be easily reattached to the build before 7.1 if appropriate locking is added. Specifics:
- Don't install netatm include files - Disconnect netatm command line management tools - Don't build libatm - Don't include ATM parts in rescue or sysinstall - Don't install sample configuration files and documents - Don't build kernel support as a module or in NOTES - Don't build netgraph wrapper nodes for netatm
This removes the last remaining consumer of NET_NEEDS_GIANT.
Reviewed by: harti Discussed with: bz, bms Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171319 |
09-Jul-2007 |
sam |
updates for 802.11-related parameters
Reviewed by: thompsa Approved by: re (hrs)
|
171247 |
05-Jul-2007 |
thompsa |
Allow the LACP state to be queried from userland which at the moment is the actor and partner peer info. Print out the active aggregator and per port data in verbose mode from ifconfig.
Approved by: re (mux)
|
171246 |
05-Jul-2007 |
bz |
Remove the -DFAST_IPSEC from Makefiles again.
This was needed during the IPSEC->FAST_IPSEC->IPSEC transition period to not break the build after picking up netipsec header files. Now that the FAST_IPSEC kernel option is gone and the default is IPSEC again those defines are superfluous.
Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
171187 |
03-Jul-2007 |
thompsa |
Use the -n flag on ifconfig so that dhclient does not cause the kernel module to be reloaded when the interface is torn down.
Reviewed by: brooks Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171173 |
03-Jul-2007 |
mlaier |
Link pf 4.1 to the build: - move ftp-proxy from libexec to usr.sbin - add tftp-proxy - new altq mtag link
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
171135 |
01-Jul-2007 |
gnn |
Commit IPv6 support for FAST_IPSEC to the tree. This commit includes all remaining changes for the time being including user space updates.
Submitted by: bz Approved by: re
|
171023 |
25-Jun-2007 |
rafan |
- Remove UMAP filesystem. It was disconnected from build three years ago, and it is seriously broken.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch@ Approved by: re (mux)
|
170923 |
18-Jun-2007 |
maxim |
o Make ipfw set more robust -- now it is possible: - to show a specific set: ipfw set 3 show - to delete rules from the set: ipfw set 9 delete 100 200 300 - to flush the set: ipfw set 4 flush - to reset rules counters in the set: ipfw set 1 zero
PR: kern/113388 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov Approved by: re (kensmith) MFC after: 6 weeks
|
170692 |
14-Jun-2007 |
delphij |
In the previous changeset a cast of myminor to u_int were removed, which will cause problems on architectures where longs are longer than ints, for instance, "mknod foo c 0 0xffff00ff" would fail in such cases.
Use a proper cast instead.
Prompted by: bde
|
170681 |
13-Jun-2007 |
thompsa |
Add the vlan tag to the bridge route table. This allows a vlan trunk to be bridged, previously legitimate traffic was not passed as the bridge could not tell that it was on a different Ethernet segment.
All non-tagged traffic is treated as vlan1 as per IEEE 802.1Q-2003
|
170679 |
13-Jun-2007 |
rwatson |
Remove IPX over IP tunneling pieces from ifconfig(8), omitted portion of previous commit:
Remove IPX over IP tunneling support, which allows IPX routing over IP tunnels, and was not MPSAFE. The code can be easily restored in the event that someone with an IPX over IP tunnel configuration can work with me to test patches.
This removes one of five remaining consumers of NET_NEEDS_GIANT.
Approved by: re (kensmith)
Spotted by: Artem Naluzhny <tutat nhamon dot com dot ua>
|
170653 |
13-Jun-2007 |
delphij |
WARNS=6
|
170636 |
12-Jun-2007 |
phk |
Add recoverdisk to the base system, it is far too useful to live in obscurity over in src/tools.
(Repocopied)
|
170603 |
12-Jun-2007 |
thompsa |
Catch up with variable name changes in struct lagg_protos.
|
170588 |
12-Jun-2007 |
thompsa |
Reset the pointer to the ioctl buffer after it gets changed.
|
170578 |
11-Jun-2007 |
andre |
Add reporting and toggling of TCP LRO (large receive offload) support to ifconfig(8).
|
170575 |
11-Jun-2007 |
cognet |
Exclude inet_addr.c from the build. It only provides inet_aton(), which is already provided by the libc. This causes multiple symbol definitions when linking statically.
Reviewed by: darrenr
|
170558 |
11-Jun-2007 |
bde |
When we return from a "show" function without printing anything except a warning, return 1 instead of 0 to indicate that we didn't print anything, so that top-level callers don't print a spurious newline. This is mainly to fix output formatting when stderr is redirected. It also helps in some cases when stderr is interleaved with stdout, depending on the details of the interleaving (this program has the usual null explicit support for syncing stderr with stdout).
Return 1 instead of -1 after printing the "malloc failed" warning, since the return value is boolean.
|
170531 |
11-Jun-2007 |
sam |
Update for revised 802.11 support: o revised channel handling support; ifconfig now queries the kernel to find the list of available channels and handles channel promotion; channel attributes can be specified as part of the channel; e.g. 36:a for channel 36 in 11a (as opposed to turbo A or HT A) o use channel list to map between freq and IEEE channel #; this eliminates all knowledge of how the mapping is done and fixes handling of cases where channels overlap in the IEEE channel # space but are distinct in the frequency+attributes space (e.g. PSB) o add new knobs: bgscan, ff (Atheors fast frames), dturbo (Atheros Dynamic Turbo mode), bgscanidle, bgscanintvl, scanvalid, roam:rssi11a, roam:rssi11b, roam:rssi11g, roam:rate11a, roam:rate11b, roam:rate11g (roaming parameters), burst, doth (forthcoming 11h support) o print contents of WME, ATH, WPA, RSN, information elements with -v option o print signal strength in dBm o print noise floor in dBm o add list txpow to print tx power caps/channel o change default channel display in status to be more informative
|
170514 |
10-Jun-2007 |
dwmalone |
Some improvements to the int-type printing code based on suggestions by bde.
|
170513 |
10-Jun-2007 |
dwmalone |
Fix a number of WARNS, including printf, constness and unsigned comparison warnings.
|
170512 |
10-Jun-2007 |
dwmalone |
Some style improvements suggested by bde, including removing an unused include, adding parens for return and sizeof and renaming, adding some missing whitespace and sorting some variables.
|
170287 |
04-Jun-2007 |
dwmalone |
Use common code for printing ints and longs by coppying the sysctl value into a variable of the right type and then printing it via an intmax_t. This makes avoids some duplication and makes it easy to add a new integer format Q for printing things of type CTLTYPE_QUAD.
|
170268 |
04-Jun-2007 |
darrenr |
Merge IPFilter 4.1.23 back to HEAD See src/contrib/ipfilter/HISTORY for details of changes since 4.1.13
|
170195 |
01-Jun-2007 |
remko |
I understood the MLINK part incorrectly, it should be the other way around also remove the init mlink to securelevel.
Discussed with and sharing pointyhat with: brueffer
|
170166 |
31-May-2007 |
trhodes |
The newfs_msdos utility does not store the boot signature in the correct place on large sector disks. The boot signature should be at offset 0x1fe in the BPB; newfs_msdos currently stores it 2 bytes from the end of the sector.
Taken from: NetBSD
|
170054 |
28-May-2007 |
kevlo |
Check fdopen return value.
Reviewed by: phk
|
169930 |
24-May-2007 |
ru |
Fix the online usage for the "dump" command.
|
169873 |
22-May-2007 |
thompsa |
Add the -n flag for disabling automatic module loading, this will be used by rc.d to stop it reloading the network module on unload.
|
169833 |
21-May-2007 |
cognet |
Force the alignment of the chars arrays, as they are casted later to structs. gcc 4.2 doesn't do it by default, and that results in unaligned access on arm.
|
169672 |
18-May-2007 |
keramida |
Add an example which shows how mdconfig(8) can be used to mount an ISO 9660 CD image file.
PR: 112691 Submitted by: Warren Block, wblock at wonkity.com MFC after: 3 days
|
169659 |
17-May-2007 |
marcel |
Fix the construction of the gctl_req that got broken by my previous commit and that introduced optional parameters. Existing classes (like geli(8)) use empty strings by default and expect the parameter to be passed to the kernel as such. Also, the default value of a string argument can be NULL. Fix both cases by making the optional parameter conditional upon gc_argname being set and making sure to test for NULL before dereferencing the pointer.
Reported by: brueffer@
|
169631 |
16-May-2007 |
marcel |
Bump G_LIB_VERSION to reflect the ABI change.
Pointed out by: pjd@
|
169586 |
15-May-2007 |
marcel |
Add gpart(8).
In order to support gpart(8), geom(8) needs to support a named argument. Also, optional string parameters are a requirement. Both have been added to the infrastructure. The former required all existing classes to be adjusted.
|
169560 |
14-May-2007 |
remko |
-n is used by newfs to tell "do not generate a .snap directory" instead of specifying rotational-positions, reflect that in the command arguments.
PR: bin/110178 Submitted by: Alex Kozlov <spam at rm-rf dot kiev dot ua> Approved by: imp (mentor)
|
169511 |
12-May-2007 |
pav |
Replace incomprehensive description of -m by much clearer text from OpenBSD, with the exception of one word.
PR: docs/112465 Submitted by: naddy Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
169441 |
10-May-2007 |
nyan |
Another merging from sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8.
PR: 109929 Submitted by: Alex Kozlov
|
169425 |
09-May-2007 |
gnn |
Integrate the Camellia Block Cipher. For more information see RFC 4132 and its bibliography.
Submitted by: Tomoyuki Okazaki <okazaki at kick dot gr dot jp> MFC after: 1 month
|
169424 |
09-May-2007 |
maxim |
o Teach get_mac_addr_mask() to not silently accept incorrect MAC addresses. o Swap a couple of magic 6s by ETHER_ADDR_LEN.
PR: bin/80913 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov MFC after: 1 month
|
169419 |
09-May-2007 |
nyan |
Reduce diffs against fdisk/fdisk.8.
|
169416 |
09-May-2007 |
nyan |
- A partition number is allowed to 1-8. - Remove non-exist -b flag. - Add reference to boot98cfg and newfs. - s/disklabel/bsdlabel/
|
169324 |
06-May-2007 |
andre |
Add Apple HFS+ (0xAF) MBR partition type identificator.
Submitted by: rpaulo (SoC2007 student)
|
169312 |
06-May-2007 |
pjd |
Correct some typos.
|
169297 |
06-May-2007 |
pjd |
Fix mdoc warnings.
|
169245 |
04-May-2007 |
bz |
Add support for filtering on Routing Header Type 0 and Mobile IPv6 Routing Header Type 2 in addition to filter on the non-differentiated presence of any Routing Header.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
169193 |
01-May-2007 |
pjd |
Do some cleanups (like freeing memory and closing file descriptors) before leaving the functions.
|
169143 |
30-Apr-2007 |
maxim |
o Add -p flag: print a slice table in fdisk configuration file format. Now it is possible to do something like fdisk -p ad0 | fdisk -f - ad1.
PR: bin/110182 Submitted by: Jukka A. Ukkonen MFC after: 1 month
|
169139 |
30-Apr-2007 |
maxim |
o Make ipfw(8) show rules with mac/mac-type options correctly.
Before:
$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x01 00100 count icmp 0x0001 $ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac any any 00100 count icmp MAC any any any
After:
$ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x01 00100 count icmp from any to any mac-type 0x0001 $ ipfw -n add 100 count icmp from any to any mac any any 00100 count icmp from any to any MAC any any
PR: bin/112244 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov MFC after: 1 month
|
169129 |
30-Apr-2007 |
yar |
Fix a typo: argv -> argvp
Rationale: We are interested in the current (last) element of the argv array there, not in its first element. The if construct is there because we want to avoid adding empty (zero-length) arguments to argv, so we just don't advance argvp if the current argument is empty, and it gets overwritten at the next iteration. Note that strsep(3) doesn't treat consecutive delim characters as a single separator, it returns empty fields between such characters, and it's up to the caller to handle them this or that way.
Also add a comment that the argv array ends up null-terminated in any case (it's due to the design of the for loop) as an answer to a possible question why the whole argv isn't zero-filled.
Submitted by: yongari Tested by: yongari MFC after: 3 days
|
168972 |
23-Apr-2007 |
phk |
Improve reporting in recoverdisk a good deal.
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein@gmail.com> PR: 111630
|
168934 |
21-Apr-2007 |
imp |
Because there are so many more partitions on pc98 than on wintel (16 vs 4), supress all unused partition output unless -v is specified. This makes operating on a 'typical' disk with one partition less painful. The 30 lines needed for the empty partitions no longer scroll the useful information off the screen. When the user requests a specific partition, the unused information is not suppressed.
Also add the partition name to the -s output.
Initialize the partition name to 'FreeBSD' when -I is specified.
|
168866 |
19-Apr-2007 |
mtm |
Correct two issues in ping6: 1. The static buffer that ping6(8) uses to hold the control data it gets from recvmsg(2) is too small in some cases. 2. When it prints the extra header information it doesn't do any checking to make sure the data it's printing is within the bounds of the supplied buffer.
Fix this by: o Increasing the buffer to hold extra headers to 10240 bytes (the minimum according to RFC3542 sec. 20.1) and allocate it dynamically. o In verbose mode, specify a warning if any control data from recvmsg(2) was truncated because the buffer was too small. o When printing the extra headers make sure not to overrun the buffer boundaries.
Reviewed By: mlaier PR: kern/99425 MFC After: 1 month
|
168819 |
17-Apr-2007 |
maxim |
o Add missed w/space in the error message.
Spotted by: Ivan Voras MFC after: 1 week
|
168793 |
17-Apr-2007 |
thompsa |
Rename the trunk(4) driver to lagg(4) as it is too similar to vlan trunking.
The name trunk is misused as the networking term trunk means carrying multiple VLANs over a single connection. The IEEE standard for link aggregation (802.3 section 3) does not talk about 'trunk' at all while it is used throughout IEEE 802.1Q in describing vlans.
The lagg(4) driver provides link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance.
Discussed on: current@
|
168726 |
14-Apr-2007 |
maxim |
o IFNAMSIZ includes a terminating null byte.
Submitted by: rdivacky MFC after: 1 week
|
168698 |
13-Apr-2007 |
phk |
Align -p output in TAB built columns suitable for /etc/fstab.
|
168689 |
13-Apr-2007 |
emaste |
The minimum size of an RFC3442 destination descriptor is five bytes, so correct test to -ge 5. Without this change an RFC3442 encoded default route would be ignored.
Reported by: Cedric Jonas <cedric at decemplex dot net>
|
168568 |
10-Apr-2007 |
thompsa |
Bump document date for new trunk commands.
|
168563 |
10-Apr-2007 |
thompsa |
Hook trunk(4) up to the build.
|
168561 |
10-Apr-2007 |
thompsa |
Add the trunk(4) driver for providing link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance. This driver allows aggregation of multiple network interfaces as one virtual interface using a number of different protocols/algorithms.
failover - Sends traffic through the secondary port if the master becomes inactive. fec - Supports Cisco Fast EtherChannel. lacp - Supports the IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) and the Marker Protocol. loadbalance - Static loadbalancing using an outgoing hash. roundrobin - Distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through all active ports.
This code was obtained from OpenBSD and this also includes 802.3ad LACP support from agr(4) in NetBSD.
|
168422 |
06-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Implement a work-around for poor ggate write performance.
|
168420 |
06-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
Remove temporary files when there are no longer needed.
|
168392 |
05-Apr-2007 |
thomas |
(bread): For a read that is contained entirely within a block, never copy out more than size bytes to the caller's buffer.
PR: bin/111191 Reviewed by: pb MFC after: 1 week
|
168304 |
03-Apr-2007 |
pjd |
- Protect against specifing journal less than 100MB and against journal which size is not multiple of sector size.
Reported by: Eric Anderson <anderson@centtech.com>
- Improve wording in error message. I'm sorry, I don't remember who submitted this one.
|
168075 |
30-Mar-2007 |
sam |
don't display ssid cloaking status as "ssid HIDE", use the cmd line parameter like everything else
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
168031 |
29-Mar-2007 |
thompsa |
Correct the name of the 'proto' command.
MFC after: 3 days
|
167871 |
24-Mar-2007 |
yar |
Back out rev. 1.129 because it breaks the practice of auto-loading hardware drivers. Unlike pseudo-device drivers, which just attach to the cloning framework and wait for "ifconfig create", h/w drivers create interfaces for installed cards as soon as loaded. The issue of devd(8) involuntarily reloading modules should be dealt with in a different way.
|
167842 |
23-Mar-2007 |
pjd |
Exit status should be 1 on error.
PR: bin/110705 Reported by: Tom Judge MFC after: 2 weeks
|
167485 |
12-Mar-2007 |
yar |
Attempt to load the kernel module only if we are going to create a new interface. In other cases loading the module is unwanted and can lead to ill side effects. One such effect found is as follows: "kldunload if_foo" tells the module to kill all its interfaces, which results in messages sent to devd; the module unloads. Then devd starts processing the messages, which ends up in a etc script running ifconfig fooX, which reloads the module.
|
167388 |
09-Mar-2007 |
sam |
point-to-point address should come from ifa_dstaddr
|
167286 |
07-Mar-2007 |
yar |
Don't leave a NULL value in mdsuffix when a particular md unit w/o suffix is specified. It had better be an empty string as it will be passed to a printf-like function that builds the command line to run.
PR: kern/109863 MFC after: 1 week
|
167259 |
06-Mar-2007 |
mckusick |
Move macros describing extended attributes in UFS from <sys/extattr.h> to <ufs/ufs/extattr.h>. Move description of extended attributes in UFS from man9/extattr.9 to man5/fs.5.
Note that restore will not compile until <sys/extattr.h> and <ufs/ufs/extattr.h> have been updated.
Suggested by: Robert Watson
|
167236 |
05-Mar-2007 |
thomas |
Add "fg" option as antonym to "bg"; add "hard" option as antonym to "soft". This is for better compatibility with other environments (Linux, Solaris, HP-UX, AIX and Tru64 support these options).
PR: bin/109924 MFC after: 1 week
|
167229 |
05-Mar-2007 |
pjd |
Warn when user use sectorsize bigger than the page size, which will lead to problems when the geli device is used with file system or as a swap.
Hopefully will prevent problems like kern/98742 in the future.
MFC after: 1 week
|
167227 |
05-Mar-2007 |
pjd |
Fix incorrect comment. Geli will protect against data modification, of course! It won't protect against reply attacks - try harder to explain them correctly.
MFC after: 1 week
|
167179 |
02-Mar-2007 |
pjd |
Document -J in usage.
Submitted by: Eric Anderson <anderson@freebsd.org>
|
167081 |
27-Feb-2007 |
sam |
o consistently check strlcpy result o warn when we skip an interface because it's name is too long
|
167079 |
27-Feb-2007 |
sam |
correct type to silence const complaint
|
167078 |
27-Feb-2007 |
sam |
unbreak create operation, must copy argument to global name
Spotted by: des
|
167060 |
27-Feb-2007 |
ale |
Call the multipath device with its real name.
|
167058 |
27-Feb-2007 |
brueffer |
First cleanup pass: new sentence -> new line, typos fixed, some markup errors fixed.
|
167056 |
27-Feb-2007 |
mjacob |
Add a man page.
|
167055 |
27-Feb-2007 |
mckusick |
Fix an error in dumping large sparse files containing extended attributes.
|
167050 |
27-Feb-2007 |
mjacob |
First cut at GEOM based multipath. This is an active/passive{/passive...} arrangement that has no intrinsic internal knowledge of whether devices it is given are truly multipath devices. As such, this is a simplistic approach, but still a useful one.
The basic approach is to (at present- this will change soon) use camcontrol to find likely identical devices and and label the trailing sector of the first one. This label contains both a full UUID and a name. The name is what is presented in /dev/multipath, but the UUID is used as a true distinguishor at g_taste time, thus making sure we don't have chaos on a shared SAN where everyone names their data multipath as "Fred".
The first of N identical devices (and N *may* be 1!) becomes the active path until a BIO request is failed with EIO or ENXIO. When this occurs, the active disk is ripped away and the next in a list is picked to (retry and) continue with.
During g_taste events new disks that meet the match criteria for existing multipath geoms get added to the tail end of the list.
Thus, this active/passive setup actually does work for devices which go away and come back, as do (now) mpt(4) and isp(4) SAN based disks.
There is still a lot to do to improve this- like about 5 of the 12 recommendations I've received about it, but it's been functional enough for a while that it deserves a broader test base.
Reviewed by: pjd Sponsored by: IronPort Systems MFC: 2 months
|
167011 |
26-Feb-2007 |
mckusick |
Update the dump program to save extended attributes. Update the restore program to restore all dumped extended attributes.
If the restore is running as root, it will always be able to restore all extended attributes. If it is not running as root, it makes a best effort to set them. Using the -v command line flag or the `verbose' command in interactive mode will display all the extended attributes being set on files (and at the end on directories) that are being restored. It will note any extended attributes that could not be set.
The extended attributes are placed on the dump image immediately following each file's data. Older versions of restore can work with the newer dump images. Old versions of restore will correctly restore the file data and then (silently) skip over the extended attribute data and proceed to the next file.
This resolves PR 93085 which will be closed once the code has been MFC'ed.
Note that this code will not compile until these header files have been updated: <protocols/dumprestore.h> and <sys/extattr.h>.
PR: bin/93085 Comments from: Poul-Henning Kamp and Robert Watson MFC after: 3 weeks
|
166956 |
24-Feb-2007 |
sam |
use getifaddrs from libc instead of private code
Reviewed by: bms MFC after: 1 month
|
166892 |
22-Feb-2007 |
pjd |
Correct typo.
Spotted by: Tomasz Dudzisz
|
166854 |
20-Feb-2007 |
n_hibma |
Kris suggested that swap is a better choice as a default than malloc.
MFC: 1 week
|
166853 |
20-Feb-2007 |
n_hibma |
[Found the original diff I made, see previous commit for other part] Assume '-a' and '-t malloc' flags for '-s <size>' (malloc ramdisk) if not specified.
Reviewed by: phk (some time ago) MFC: 1 week
|
166852 |
20-Feb-2007 |
n_hibma |
Make attach the default for -f. That way
mdconfig -f image
works like a charm.
Reviewed by: phk (some time ago) MFC: 1 week
|
166804 |
17-Feb-2007 |
sam |
correct type definition of option routine callback
|
166803 |
17-Feb-2007 |
sam |
remove (now) duplicate definition of IEEE80211_IS_CHAN_PASSIVE
|
166772 |
15-Feb-2007 |
ceri |
Grammar nits.
|
166765 |
15-Feb-2007 |
matteo |
Add examples for configuring and mounting geom_uzip(4) based disks' image and sliced/partitioned memory disks. MFC after: 1 week
|
166752 |
15-Feb-2007 |
matteo |
Correct -c and -d description.
Other requests made in the PR were already solved in the past.
PR: bin/66763 MFC after: 1 week
|
166750 |
15-Feb-2007 |
piso |
Mention the nat command in the synopsis and in the action section.
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
|
166749 |
15-Feb-2007 |
matteo |
Enhances mdmfs(8) to mount md-based device such as uzip. Examples of use can be found in the PR text.
PR: 103501 MFC after: 1 week
|
166726 |
14-Feb-2007 |
brian |
Default output to stdout as the man page suggests.
|
166725 |
14-Feb-2007 |
brian |
Only go through our cylinder group and inode info when we need to. This allows ``ffsinfo -o - -l1 /tmp'' to run a lot quicker.
|
166724 |
14-Feb-2007 |
brian |
Re-indent main() in preparation for further changes.
|
166690 |
13-Feb-2007 |
brueffer |
Mark up lkm with .Nm, since lkm is name of an api.
Submitted by: ru
|
166684 |
13-Feb-2007 |
rodrigc |
Raise WARNS level to 6.
|
166626 |
10-Feb-2007 |
pjd |
Forgot to hook up gjournal manual page to the build.
Reminded by: simon, piso
|
166616 |
10-Feb-2007 |
brueffer |
Don't reference lkm(4), it doesn't exist.
PR: 108980 Submitted by: Yonatan
|
166602 |
09-Feb-2007 |
emaste |
Implement RFC3442, the Classless Static Route option.
The original DHCP specification includes a route option but it supports only class-based routes. RFC3442 adds support for specifying the netmask width for each static route. A variable length encoding is used to minimize the size of this option.
PR: bin/99534 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher@yandex.ru> Reviewed by: brooks
|
166597 |
09-Feb-2007 |
emaste |
Add a $FreeBSD$ tag missing after the original import. Note that this file isn't actually installed; the one in src/etc is.
|
166526 |
06-Feb-2007 |
rodrigc |
Print warning that "-t msdos" is deprecated and being converted to "-t msdosfs". The conversion has been happening since 1.43, but no equivalent conversion happens in "umount -t", which led to some confusion with some users.
PR: 79296 Submitted by: Nobuhiro Yasutomi <nobuhiro yasutomi nifty ne jp>
|
166498 |
04-Feb-2007 |
bms |
Be explicit in examples about the correct grammar for 'alias' and '-alias', and that 'add' and 'delete are in fact synonyms for these in the ifconfig(8) grammar.
Use network prefixes explicitly specified in IETF RFCs for documentation purposes. (bz)
PR: 102701 MFC after: 1 day See also: RFC 3330, RFC 3849 Submitted by: bz
|
166485 |
04-Feb-2007 |
mpp |
If two files systems, /a and /b are marked as having quotas enabled in fstab and they are normally mounted as /a/b, if /b is not mounted, the various quota utilities will incorrectly operate with the quotas on /a (silently) when operations are attemted on /b.
Sync up all the hasquota() routines between all the different quota utilities and change it to detect if the file system we are attempting to perform quota operations on is not currently mounted and warn the user accordingly.
PR: bin/38918
|
166484 |
04-Feb-2007 |
imp |
Patches to allow one to allow one to specify a directory to chroot to. This includes support for running a script to setup that directory. The kenv variables init_chroot and init_script control this behavior, and are documented in loader(8) that's about to be committed (along with the other variables like init_path...).
Submitted by: Oliver Fromme Reviewed by: myself, jhb (earlier versions)
|
166458 |
03-Feb-2007 |
mpp |
Do not touch the block or i-node grace times for id 0. These are used to indicate the default grace period for the file system, and should not be touched by quotacheck.
|
166457 |
03-Feb-2007 |
mpp |
Fix quotqcheck to correctly use the curinode count, and not the curblock count when checking if the inode soft limit has been crossed.
|
166446 |
03-Feb-2007 |
bms |
Backout revision 1.4; it is not verified as the correct fix for the PR. A more correct fix has been committed to ifconfig(8).
Submitted by: bz PR: 102701
|
166445 |
03-Feb-2007 |
bms |
Add an EXAMPLES section to ifconfig(8), clearly showing how to configure IPv6 addresses in FreeBSD.
See also: http://www.telscom.ch/index.php/downloads/configure_ipv6_features
MFC after: 1 week PR: 102701 Obtained from: OpenBSD (partly, with edits)
|
166439 |
02-Feb-2007 |
pjd |
Use pidfile(3) API to restart mountd(8) on success mount. This why we won't kill random process if there is a stale PID in /var/run/mountd.pid.
|
166399 |
01-Feb-2007 |
rodrigc |
Remove, since code has been merged into mount_nfs, and mount_nfs Makefile builds mount_nfs and creates a mount_nfs4 link to it.
|
166337 |
29-Jan-2007 |
pjd |
Add gjournal(8) manual page. Documentation of kern.geom.journal.* sysctls is still missing, ehh.
Reviewed by: trhodes
|
166330 |
29-Jan-2007 |
brooks |
Actually implement rev 1.12 for host names and NIS domain names. We were removing the invalid option, but still rejecting the lease.
Reported by: Yoshihiko Sarumaru <mistral at imasy dot or dot jp>
|
166326 |
29-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Pass "errmsg" to nmount(), so that if nmount() fails, we can get strings provided by vfs_mount_error().
|
166324 |
28-Jan-2007 |
wilko |
typo: s/tranport layer/transport layer/
MFC after: 1 week
|
166290 |
28-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Convert mount_ext2fs to a simple program which passes "-o option" to nmount().
|
166244 |
25-Jan-2007 |
peter |
Remove unused reference to objformat.h
|
166230 |
25-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Bump .Dd.
|
166217 |
25-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Add a BUGS section that shows that ids that appear to be negative are now ignored by the quota system and that extremely large ids may make quotacheck run for a very long time.
Also mention that "options QUOTA" is required for the kernel to provide quota support.
|
166216 |
25-Jan-2007 |
pjd |
When the following conditions are meet: - First configured key is based only on keyfile (no passphrase). - Device is attached. - User changes first key (setkey) from keyfile to passphrase and doesn't specify number of iterations (with -i option). ...geli(8) won't store calculated number of iterations in metadata. This result in device beeing unaccesable after detach.
One can recover from this situation by guessing number of iterations generated, storing it in metadata and trying to attach device. Recovery procedure isn't nice, but one's data is not lost.
Reported by: Thomas Nickl <T.Nickl@gmx.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
166215 |
25-Jan-2007 |
pjd |
Implement gctl_change_param() function, which changes value of existing parameter.
MFC after: 1 week
|
166192 |
23-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Remove mount_nfs4 from SUBDIR list. The mount_nfs Makefile links mount_nfs to mount_nfs4 now.
|
166191 |
23-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Link mount_nfs -> mount_nfs4, and mount_nfs.8 -> mount_nfs4.8.
Suggested by: rees
|
166183 |
23-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Merge mount_nfs4.c and mount_nfs.c into one program. If argv[0] == "mount_nfs4", then default to mounting NFSv4, otherwise if argv[0] == "mount_nfs", default to the old mount_nfs behavior.
- Add a -4 option. - Add the University of Michigan copyright from mount_nfs4.c, for the code merged from mount_nfs4.c.
Reviewed by: rees
|
166180 |
23-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Use fseeko to seek in the file, instead of fseek to prevent seek errors for extremely large uids (e.g. in the billions range).
|
166179 |
23-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Make sure that unknown uids/gids that now have non-zero usage and had a previously recorded usage of zero are correctly displayed in verbose mode. Generalize the print routine a little too.
|
166169 |
22-Jan-2007 |
marius |
Actually fully emulate NetBSD and print the media instance number only for non-zero instances so the typical output for IFM_IEEE80211 type media doesn't overflow 80 columns.
Requested by: sam
|
166143 |
20-Jan-2007 |
mpp |
Quota system cleanup.
1) Do not account for uids/gids that appear negative to prevent the creation of 131GB+ quota files. This is the same as the kernel now determines which files to provide quota accounting for. Related to PR kern/38156. This should also prevent boots from hanging if a negative uid appears in the file systems. 2) Do not count system files in the usage counts. These currently are file system snapshot and quota data files. This is how the kernel now handles those files. 3) Correctly generate new quota data files if the current files do not exist or are zero length in size. PR kern/30958. It should now be possible to newfs / mount / touch quota.{user,group} and quotaon a file system and have everything work. 4) Change some diagnostics to report the file system and type of id (uid or gid) that is being reported. 5) Truncate the quota data files if possible, instead of letting them grow to a big enough size to hold the largest UID/GID on the system (typically "nobody"). The kernel should now be able to grow the files as needed without deadlocking the system.
PR: kern/30958, kern/38156
|
166113 |
20-Jan-2007 |
marius |
- Display the media instance numbers and allow the user to set the active one. This is based on NetBSD but unlike NetBSD this implementation prints the instance number for all media instances and doesn't skip it for the first one as I don't see a reason to suppress it except for the vague reason to preserve the output for single-instance configurations. - Fix some whitespace nits.
|
166015 |
15-Jan-2007 |
sam |
Add initial support for 900MHz channels; still has some rough edges but ifconfig ath0 list chan works and you can use ieee channel #'s to lock/select a channel.
MFC after: 1 month
|
165851 |
07-Jan-2007 |
mlaier |
Fix a parsing bug when specifying more than one address with dotted decimal netmask.
Reported by: Igor Anishchuk PR: kern/107565 MFC after: 3 days
|
165788 |
05-Jan-2007 |
rodrigc |
Fix parsing of -o uid and -o gid options, so that -o uidxx and -o gidxx are not accepted.
Submitted by: daichi, Masanori OZAWA <ozawa ongs co jp>
|
165740 |
02-Jan-2007 |
rse |
fix typo: "adaptor" -> "adapter"
|
165730 |
02-Jan-2007 |
rse |
Fix typo: effected -> affected
Submitted by: Gordon Stratton <tsr2600 (at) gmail (dot) com>
|
165692 |
31-Dec-2006 |
hrs |
Fix wrong markup and some wordsmithing.
Submitted by: ru
|
165648 |
29-Dec-2006 |
piso |
Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 2 of 2
With the second (and last) part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:
-ipfw's in kernel nat
-redirect_* and LSNAT support
General information about nat syntax and some examples are available in the ipfw (8) man page. The redirect and LSNAT syntax are identical to natd, so please refer to natd (8) man page.
To enable in kernel nat in rc.conf, two options were added:
o firewall_nat_enable: equivalent to natd_enable
o firewall_nat_interface: equivalent to natd_interface
Remember to set net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass to 0, if you want the packet to continue being checked by the firewall ruleset after being (de)aliased.
NOTA BENE: due to some problems with libalias architecture, in kernel nat won't work with TSO enabled nic, thus you have to disable TSO via ifconfig (ifconfig foo0 -tso).
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
|
165641 |
29-Dec-2006 |
bz |
Fix an off-by-one which could mean writing beyond the end of the array when copying the interface name. This code part should probably be rewritten.
|
165639 |
29-Dec-2006 |
ru |
- Fix markup.
- Somewhat improve wording.
- Change the layout of the EXAMPLES section so that descriptions come before example, as in most other manpages.
- Fix a bad example that edits a label using a `c' partition.
|
165570 |
27-Dec-2006 |
sam |
Add half/quarter rate 11a channel support: o add hack/nonstandard channel mapping for public safety band channels to mirror kernel (temporary until we have proper 802.11 state) o change ieee80211_mhz2ieee to take channel flags (unused right now)
While here do some minor fixups like using IEEE80211_IS_CHAN_ANYG.
|
165444 |
21-Dec-2006 |
ceri |
Remove duplicate "clear" subcommand.
PR: docs/106947 Submitted by: TAOKA Fumiyoshi
|
165359 |
19-Dec-2006 |
jkim |
Clear full-duplex when half-duplex flag is set. This actually makes 'mediaopt half-duplex' working as it should. It is now equivalent of '-mediaopt full-duplex'.
|
165327 |
18-Dec-2006 |
pjd |
For consistency use 'unsigned' instead of 'u_int'.
|
165251 |
15-Dec-2006 |
pjd |
Fix ggated for platforms with 64bit size_t. The DIOCGSECTORSIZE ioctl returns u_int.
Reported by: Javier Martín Rueda <jmrueda@diatel.upm.es> PR: amd64/91799 MFC after: 3 days
|
165121 |
12-Dec-2006 |
ru |
- Document -u, -i, and the difference between them better. - Remove some historical notes about "future" decisions.
|
165105 |
11-Dec-2006 |
thompsa |
These days P2P means peer-2-peer (also well known from serveral filesharing protocols) while PointToPoint has been PtP links. Change the variables accordingly while the code is still fresh and undocumented.
Requested by: bz
|
165070 |
10-Dec-2006 |
imp |
Style: Shorten a couple of lines with u_int and u_long.
|
165045 |
09-Dec-2006 |
sam |
fix handling of ssid "-" etc; we're writing 1 byte past the end of the result buffer
Noticed by: Sepherosa Zieha Reviewed by: cperciva MFC after: 2 weeks
|
165017 |
08-Dec-2006 |
ru |
Document the following change in behavior:
: fdisk.c revision 1.74 : date: 2004/06/14 07:21:19; author: phk; state: Exp; lines: +3 -3 : Make fdisk initialize the first instead of the last slice by default.
|
164977 |
07-Dec-2006 |
rodrigc |
Pass a char buffer parameter with name "errmsg" to nmount(). For filesystems which use vfs_mount_error() to log an error, this char buffer will be populated with a string error message. If nmount() fails, in addition to printing out strerror(errno), print out the "errmsg" populated by vfs_mount_error().
|
164911 |
05-Dec-2006 |
dwmalone |
Add a "-D" flag to restore which puts it into "degraded" mode. This makes restore less efficient, but it makes a bigger effore to read corrupted dumps. Specifiacally, when in degreded mode:
1) Restore shifts the input by 1 byte if it sees a problem, rather than one tape block. 2) It doesn't assume the inodes are stored in ascending order. 3) It turns some panics into warning printfs.
We also verify some fields more carefully than before.
There's probably more a degreded mode could do, but this seems to help a lot.
Approved by: imp, iedowse, mckusick MFC after: 3 weeks
|
164875 |
04-Dec-2006 |
maxim |
o Correct a function prototype.
|
164842 |
03-Dec-2006 |
mjacob |
It's confusing to say that "Command Queueing Supported" just based upon the scsi flag validity field. Instead, just say "Command Queueing Enabled" when it is- otherwise remain mute.
|
164829 |
02-Dec-2006 |
rodrigc |
Many, many thanks to Masanori OZAWA <ozawa@ongs.co.jp> and Daichi GOTO <daichi@FreeBSD.org> for submitting this major rewrite of unionfs. This rewrite was done to try to solve many of the longstanding crashing and locking issues in the existing unionfs implementation. This implementation also adds a 'MASQUERADE mode', which allows the user to set different user, group, and file permission modes in the upper layer.
Submitted by: daichi, Masanori OZAWA Reviewed by: rodrigc (modified for minor style issues)
|
164733 |
29-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Pass a string buffer named "errmsg" to nmount(). This will allow the NFS mount code to return a string error message in addition to returning an error integer value.
Reviewed by: mohans MFC after: 1 month
|
164732 |
29-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Deduce the "fstype" parameter to pass to nmount() by looking at the "_nfs" part of argv[0]. This should facilitate unifying mount_nfs and mount_nfs4 into one binary.
MFC after: 1 month Reviewed by: mohans
|
164718 |
28-Nov-2006 |
ru |
- Revert signedness type changes to "struct vmtotal"; by making them unsigned I made the possible overflows hard to detect, and it only saved 1 bit which isn't principal, even less now that the underlying issue with the total of virtual memory has been fixed. (For the record, it will overflow with >=2T of VM total, with 32-bit ints used to keep counters in pages.)
- While here, fix printing of other "struct vmtotal" members such as t_rq, t_dw, t_pw, and t_sw as they are also signed.
Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 3 days
|
164698 |
27-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Add descriptions for p2p and autop2p.
|
164697 |
27-Nov-2006 |
ceri |
Bump .Dd for r1.127.
|
164691 |
27-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Show the MAC address cache size and timeout.
|
164688 |
27-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Keep the command name the same as the values display name in ifconfig.
|
164653 |
27-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Sync with the OpenBSD port of RSTP - use flags rather than sperate ioctls for edge, p2p - implement p2p and autop2p flags - define large pathcost constant as ULL - show bridgeid and rootid in ifconfig
Obtained from: Reyk Floeter <reyk@openbsd.org>
|
164616 |
26-Nov-2006 |
ru |
- When building world WITHOUT_LIBPTHREAD, link libthr to libpthread. - Don't build ngctl(8) and cached(8) if threading libs aren't built. - Fix various issues in a cached(8) makefile.
|
164557 |
23-Nov-2006 |
ru |
Fix the format specifier suitable for uintmax_t.
|
164527 |
22-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Detach mount_devfs, mount_ext2fs, mount_fdescfs, mount_procfs, mount_linprocfs, and mount_std from the build. They are no longer used, and can be replaced with "mount -t fstype".
|
164509 |
22-Nov-2006 |
jkoshy |
Cross-reference nextboot(8).
MFC after: 3 days
|
164459 |
21-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Increase WARNS to 3.
|
164458 |
21-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Fix last element of nc_protos[] array to appease GCC.
|
164457 |
21-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Convert mount_nfs from old mount(2) API to new nmount(2) API.
Reviewed by: mohans
|
164443 |
20-Nov-2006 |
ru |
- Fix types of "struct vmmeter" members so they are unsigned.
- Fix overflow bugs in sysctl(8), systat(1), and vmstat(8) when printing values of "struct vmmeter" in kilobytes as they don't necessarily fit into 32 bits. (Fix sysctl(8) reporting of a total virtual memory; it's in pages too.)
|
164266 |
14-Nov-2006 |
rodrigc |
Fix debugging output of '-d', to more accurately reflect if we exec an external mount program, or just call nmount() to mount a filesystem.
Noticed by: kris
|
164112 |
09-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Add a new address cache type called sticky. On an interface marked sticky any address learned by the bridge is made permanent, the address will not age out and most importantly will not migrate to another interface.
This can be used to stop mac address poisoning or clients roaming in much the same way as static entries without the hassle of preloading the table.
|
164071 |
07-Nov-2006 |
ceri |
Document the -l option.
Reviewed by: brd Approved by: ru (mentor)
|
164008 |
05-Nov-2006 |
danger |
- I forgot to bump a date.
Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor) (implicit)
|
164006 |
05-Nov-2006 |
danger |
- add some files to FILES section and provide their description - reference devfs.conf and devfs.rules in SEE ALSO section
Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor) PR: docs/103347 MFC-after: 3 days
|
163999 |
05-Nov-2006 |
trhodes |
Sync up with rhyolite routed 2.31 which fixes the handling of varargs. Remove -p from usage, it's gone completely now.
PR: 83387 Submited by: arved
|
163952 |
03-Nov-2006 |
ru |
Remove the -C option as it does more harm than good. To be fully compatible, it would have to (at least):
- support the "compat-compat" -T option, - *not* support the -l, -O, and -v options, - default to soft updates being disabled.
Worse, the compatibility mode makes it impossible to mount_mfs(8) a file system from fstab(5) with soft updates disabled (-S). [1]
Now, the only difference when called as "mount_mfs" or "mfs" (as opposed to "mdmfs") is that the file mode of the mount point is set by default to 01777. All options available to mdmfs(8) are also available to mount_mfs(8); the -C option is still recognized but ignored for backward compatibility.
PR: bin/98860 [1] MFC after: 2 weeks
|
163908 |
02-Nov-2006 |
ceri |
Bump .Dd for -f|-F.
|
163896 |
02-Nov-2006 |
mjacob |
2nd and final commit that moves us to CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE as the default.
Reviewed by multitudes.
|
163888 |
01-Nov-2006 |
pjd |
Now, that we have gjournal in the tree add possibility to configure gmirror and graid3 in a way that it is not resynchronized after a power failure or system crash. It is safe when gjournal is running on top of gmirror/graid3.
|
163887 |
01-Nov-2006 |
pjd |
G_TYPE_NONE was replaced with G_TYPE_BOOL.
|
163866 |
01-Nov-2006 |
ru |
Fix -fstrict-aliasing warning.
|
163864 |
01-Nov-2006 |
pjd |
Fix powerpc build.
Reported by: Peter Grehan <grehan@freebsd.org>
|
163863 |
01-Nov-2006 |
thompsa |
Bring in support for the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1w).
RSTP provides faster spanning tree convergence, the protocol will exchange information with neighboring switches to quickly transition to forwarding without creating loops. The code will default to RSTP mode but will downgrade any port connected to a legacy STP network so is fully backward compatible.
Reviewed by: syrinx Tested by: syrinx
|
163852 |
31-Oct-2006 |
jhb |
Whitespace and style nits.
|
163851 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Hook up gjournal bits to the build.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163849 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Forgot to add file with gjournal specific fsck code.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163846 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Update after function renames.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163845 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Implements gjournal support. If file system has gjournal support enabled and -p flag was given perform fast file system checking (bascially only garbage collecting of orphaned objects).
Rename bread() to blread() and bwrite() to blwrite() as we now link to the libufs library, which also implement functions with that names.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163844 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Teach about new fields (cg_unrefs and fs_unrefs) and new FS_GJOURNAL flag.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163843 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Teach mount(8) about MNT_GJOURNAL flag. MNT_GJOURNAL flag is not a mount-time flag, but it is needed to show 'gjournal' option in mount(8) output.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163842 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Add -J flag to both newfs(8) and tunefs(8) which allows to enable gjournal support. I left -j flag for UFS journal implementation which we may gain at some point.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163838 |
31-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Add userland control utility for gjournal GEOM class.
Sponsored by: home.pl
|
163804 |
30-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
- Handle timeouts from recv(2) properly. - Increase timeout to 8 seconds (should be made configurable).
Reported by: Ulrich Spoerlein <uspoerlein@gmail.com> Reported by: Christian Laursen <xi@borderworlds.dk> PR: kern/104829 MFC after: 1 week
|
163672 |
24-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Two tiny style fixes.
|
163671 |
24-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Revert rev. 1.86 by jmallett@ as it breaks "ro" mounts specified in /etc/fstab.
This has been happening due to the priority inversion; options specified on the command line should take precedence over options from fstab over default "noro" option, but since both the default "noro" and options specified on the command line (-w, -r, -o ...) were put into the same "options" variable, "noro" took precedence over fstab "ro" (this is easily visible with "mount -d").
PR: bin/100164
|
163667 |
24-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Fix the description of "media-type".
|
163628 |
23-Oct-2006 |
ru |
If not compiled for debugging, redirect standard input/output/error to /dev/null before becoming a daemon.
|
163581 |
21-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Revise the markup, sort sections, fix some grammar bugs. Not fixed: the description of media-type is completely bogus.
|
163576 |
21-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Fix .Dd arguments.
|
163539 |
20-Oct-2006 |
maxim |
o '-s' flag was killed in rev. 1.75. Clean getopt(3).
PR: bin/104616 Submitted by: Oliver Fromme MFC after: 1 week
|
163377 |
15-Oct-2006 |
ceri |
Hook up idmapd to the build, as the NFS4 client is not much use without it.
|
163376 |
15-Oct-2006 |
ceri |
.PATH isn't necessary here. Remove hardcoded path to /usr/src/sys.
|
163375 |
15-Oct-2006 |
ceri |
Try to clarify that this daemon should run on the client machine. Fix a .Xr.
|
163335 |
13-Oct-2006 |
trhodes |
Remove mention of "lomac" as it's been gone for a good while now (at least two years).
|
163312 |
13-Oct-2006 |
ru |
- Don't mention (wrong) defaults for FFS file system parameters, replace them with references to newfs(8) which documents them.
- Remove mentions of LFS support for which was retired in 1998.
- Regenerate an example output.
PR: docs/84913 MFC after: 3 days
|
163281 |
12-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Fix utility's short description.
PR: docs/84467 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen MFC after: 3 days
|
163280 |
12-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Make "dump /filesystem" (without options) work.
PR: docs/84408 MFC after: 3 days
|
163277 |
12-Oct-2006 |
harti |
Remove a debugging statement from the previous commit.
|
163275 |
12-Oct-2006 |
harti |
Don't free the buffer with the sysctl value before printing it.
|
163272 |
12-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Mention the -L option of dump(8) that can neutralize negative effects of restoring dumps of live file systems.
PR: docs/91297
|
163205 |
10-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Be sure to not create devices with (mediasize % sectorsize) != 0.
Reported by: xride MFC after: 1 week
|
163204 |
10-Oct-2006 |
pjd |
Be sure to not create device which
|
163195 |
10-Oct-2006 |
ru |
Fix markup botched in previous commit.
|
163189 |
10-Oct-2006 |
trhodes |
Note that the -v option may be used to expand long SSIDs.
PR: 102118 Reviewed by: sam
|
163184 |
09-Oct-2006 |
trhodes |
Add a note about rule syntax compared to the shell used so users do not get frustraited when: ipfw add 201 deny ip from any to table(2) in via xl1 returns "Badly placed ( )'s"
PR: 73638
|
163110 |
07-Oct-2006 |
trhodes |
Properly separate sentences by adding a semi-colon.
Hinted by: bmah
|
163106 |
07-Oct-2006 |
jmg |
flesh out the devd.conf man page... Mostly from the PR, but did a couple gramatical tweaks along w/ sorting the list, and adding that serial is available for USB....
PR: 85097 Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg MFC after: 1 week
|
163048 |
06-Oct-2006 |
ru |
A GEOM cache can speed up read performance by sending fixed size read requests to its consumer. It has been developed to address the problem of a horrible read performance of a 64k blocksize FS residing on a RAID3 array with 8 data components, where a single disk component would only get 8k read requests, thus effectively killing disk performance under high load. Documentation will be provided later. I'd like to thank Vsevolod Lobko for his bright ideas, and Pawel Jakub Dawidek for helping me fix the nasty bug.
|
163012 |
04-Oct-2006 |
keramida |
When addr/mask examples are given, show both a host and network address, to avoid confusing the users that a full address is always required.
Submitted by: Josh Paetzel <josh@tcbug.org> (through freebsd-doc) MFC after: 3 days
|
163009 |
04-Oct-2006 |
marcel |
Use strtoll(3) instead of strtol(3) for the starting block or partition size. On 32-bit platforms sizeof(long) < sizeof(off_t) and using strtol(3) would prevent partitions larger than 4G sectors or beyond 4G blocks.
PR: bin/103991 MFC after: 3 days
|
162948 |
02-Oct-2006 |
schweikh |
Correct some grammos.
|
162921 |
01-Oct-2006 |
matteo |
The UFS filesystem get created only if -P was not specified. Specify this on the description
MFC after: 3 days
|
162883 |
30-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Revise markup.
|
162868 |
30-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
MFp4: G_TYPE_BOOL sounds much better than G_TYPE_NONE.
Changes: 98722
|
162867 |
30-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
MFp4:
- Print proper error message when argument is specified twice. Before the change it was detected properly, because of how G_OPT_DONE() macro worked. - Use err(3) functions where appropriate. - Add some assertions. - Bump version number, because G_TYPE_BOOL addition breaks API and ABI.
Changes: 98721,98722,98723,101360,106985
|
162866 |
30-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
Add __printflike() attribute to various functions.
|
162844 |
30-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Markup nit.
|
162842 |
30-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Revise markup.
|
162773 |
29-Sep-2006 |
maxim |
o Check for a required "pathname" argument presence.
PR: bin/95146 Submitted by: candy-sendpr@kgc.co.jp MFC after: 3 weeks
|
162689 |
27-Sep-2006 |
delphij |
Explicitly say which gid do we use as a fallback, when operator is not found.
Suggested by: kensmith
|
162674 |
26-Sep-2006 |
piso |
Summer of Code 2005: improve libalias - part 1 of 2
With the first part of my previous Summer of Code work, we get:
-made libalias modular:
-support for 'particular' protocols (like ftp/irc/etcetc) is no more hardcoded inside libalias, but it's available through external modules loadable at runtime
-modules are available both in kernel (/boot/kernel/alias_*.ko) and user land (/lib/libalias_*)
-protocols/applications modularized are: cuseeme, ftp, irc, nbt, pptp, skinny and smedia
-added logging support for kernel side
-cleanup
After a buildworld, do a 'mergemaster -i' to install the file libalias.conf in /etc or manually copy it.
During startup (and after every HUP signal) user land applications running the new libalias will try to read a file in /etc called libalias.conf: that file contains the list of modules to load.
User land applications affected by this commit are ppp and natd: if libalias.conf is present in /etc you won't notice any difference.
The only kernel land bit affected by this commit is ng_nat: if you are using ng_nat, and it doesn't correctly handle ftp/irc/etcetc sessions anymore, remember to kldload the correspondent module (i.e. kldload alias_ftp).
General information and details about the inner working are available in the libalias man page under the section 'MODULAR ARCHITECTURE (AND ipfw(4) SUPPORT)'.
NOTA BENE: this commit affects _ONLY_ libalias, ipfw in-kernel nat support will be part of the next libalias-related commit.
Approved by: glebius Reviewed by: glebius, ru
|
162641 |
26-Sep-2006 |
brooks |
It is possible for bpf to return a length such that:
length != BPF_WORDALIGN(length)
This meeans that it is possible for this to be true:
interface->rbuf_offset > interface->rbuf_len
Handle this case in the test for running out of packets. While OpenBSD's solution of setting interface->rbuf_len to BPF_WORDALIGN(length) is safe due to the size of the buffer, I think this solution results in less hidden assumptions.
This should fix the problem of dhclient running away and consuming 100% CPU.
PR: bin/102226 Submitted by: Joost Bekkers <joost at jodocus.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
162637 |
25-Sep-2006 |
bms |
Fix a typo in af_inet6.c such that IPv6 addresses may be deleted from interfaces.
PR: bin/102701 Submitted by: George Mitchell MFC after: 3 days
|
162469 |
20-Sep-2006 |
andre |
In setifcap() only set/unset those capabilities the interface actually supports.
|
162395 |
18-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Markup fixes.
|
162388 |
17-Sep-2006 |
ru |
Add -f option to program's usage(), fix manpage's SYNOPSIS.
|
162371 |
17-Sep-2006 |
brueffer |
Remove a contraction and add a missing article.
|
162363 |
16-Sep-2006 |
jhay |
Check the length of the ipv4 and ipv6 address lists. It must be less than F_LEN_MASK.
MFC after: 5 days
|
162356 |
16-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
Fix copy&paste mistake.
Submitted by: Matthias Lederhofer <matled@gmx.net>
|
162353 |
16-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
Add 'configure' subcommand which for now only allows setting and removing of the BOOT flag. It can be performed on both attached and detached providers.
Requested by: Matthias Lederhofer <matled@gmx.net> MFC after: 1 week
|
162348 |
16-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
Note that we don't destroy keys on read-only attached providers.
MFC after: 1 week
|
162347 |
16-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
First kill detached providers, because of two reasons: - after killing all attached providers, all providers are then detached and operation is repeated for those who were attached, - we don't want to remove keys for read-only attached providers, we only want to detach them.
MFC after: 1 week
|
162344 |
16-Sep-2006 |
jhay |
Use bzero() to clear the whole ipfw_insn_icmp6 structure in fill_icmp6types(), otherwise this command
ipfw add allow ipv6-icmp from any to 2002::1 icmp6types 1,2,128,129
turns into icmp6types 1,2,32,33,34,...94,95,128,129
PR: 102422 (part 1) Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex.ru> MFC after: 5 days
|
162307 |
14-Sep-2006 |
des |
Fix markup snafu.
Spotted by: ru
|
162262 |
13-Sep-2006 |
charnier |
Reduce the number of errors under WARNS=6
|
162253 |
12-Sep-2006 |
charnier |
Add FBSDID, rename local variable time to not conflict with time()
|
162199 |
10-Sep-2006 |
obrien |
Fix the manual build.
|
162154 |
08-Sep-2006 |
danger |
Re-word the description of the "async" flag.
Suggested by: Milos Vyletel (mv@rulez.sk) Reviewed by: ru Approved by: keramida (mentor), trhodes (mentor)
|
162152 |
08-Sep-2006 |
andre |
Fix octal representation of TSO4 and TSO6 bits in interface capabilities description.
|
162142 |
08-Sep-2006 |
pjd |
- Split failure probability configuration into read failure probability and write failure probability. - Allow to specify an error number to return of failure.
MFC after: 3 days
|
162088 |
06-Sep-2006 |
andre |
Make TSO (TCP segmentation offload) capabilities visible and accessible with 'ifconfig em0 tso' and 'ifconfig em0 -tso'. TSO for IPv4 and IPv6 is always enabled or disabled together. The driver may enable only one if it doesn't support both.
Document 'tso' and '-tso' in the ifconfig(8) man pages.
Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005
|
162073 |
06-Sep-2006 |
ru |
While convenient, avoid using alloca() for reasons specified in the BUGS section of the alloca(3) manpage. In particular, when the number of TCP sockets is several tens of thousand, trying to "sysctl -a" would SIGSEGV on the net.inet.tcp.pcblist entry (it would exceed the stacksize ulimit, in an undetectable manner).
Reported by: Igor Sysoev
|
161951 |
03-Sep-2006 |
ume |
Support Celsius (nn.nC), Fahrenheit (nn.nF) and Kelvin (nnnn) to specify temperature.
Reviewed by: njl MFC after: 3 days
|
161605 |
25-Aug-2006 |
maxim |
o Fix style(9) for previous.
|
161598 |
25-Aug-2006 |
maxim |
A bunch of fixes from NetBSD:
o Restore owner/group/mode/atime/mtime of symbolic links, rev. 1.30. o Extract file flags of symbolic link, rev. 1.42. o Call getfile() before altering file attributes. Open file with mode 0600 instead of 0666 so that file won't remain group or world readable/writable even if getfile() terminated. Move skipfile() before altering file attributes in IF{CHR,BLK} and IFIFO case for symmetry, rev. 1.32. o Use file mode 0600 when creating special file or fifo, revs. 1.33, 1.34.
o Remove redundant -N check.
PR: bin/101660 Submitted by: Andrey V. Elsukov Obtained from: NetBSD, enami@netbsd MFC after: 6 weeks
|
161568 |
24-Aug-2006 |
ceri |
Add a note that the btime command only works on UFS2.
Suggested by: maxim (who had also done the btime patch independently).
|
161558 |
23-Aug-2006 |
ceri |
Allow fsdb to manipulate the birthtime entries on UFS2.
Approved by: jhb MFC after: 1 month
|
161550 |
23-Aug-2006 |
dwmalone |
A pipe bandwidth of 10MBits/s should probably be understood as 10Mbits/s not 10MBytes/s.
Submitted by: Gavin McCullagh <gavin.mccullagh@nuim.ie> MFC after: 1 week
|
161536 |
22-Aug-2006 |
thomas |
(media_status): Factor common code between IFM_ETHER and IFM_ATM cases. (print_media_word, print_media_word_ifconfig): Remove unnecessary goto following test for null desc.
PR: bin/102354 Submitted by: Ricardo Nabinger Sanchez <rnsanchez@gmail.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
161526 |
22-Aug-2006 |
ru |
Remove alpha left-overs.
|
161514 |
21-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Revert the addition of -p. It's flawed in that dhclient should not run on an interface without carrier. devd should be used instead to handle link up/down events.
Put on the right path by: brooks, sam
|
161506 |
21-Aug-2006 |
ken |
Implement 'camcontrol reportluns'. This allows users to send the SCSI REPORT LUNS command to a device.
camcontrol.[c8]: Implement reportluns. This tries to print the LUNs out in a reasonable format. Only the periph addressing method has been tested, since very little hardware that I know of supports the other methods.
scsi_all.[ch]: Revamp the report luns CDB structure and helper functions. This constitutes a little bit of an API change, but since the old CDB length was 10 bytes, and the REPORT LUNS CDB length is actually 12 bytes, it's clear that no one was using this API in the first place.
MFC After: 1 week
|
161483 |
20-Aug-2006 |
dwmalone |
Regigle parens to try and get the intended affect. This should fix people having trouble with the "me6" keyword. Also, we were using inet_pton on the wrong variable in one place.
Reviewed by: mlaier (previous version of patch) Obtained from: Sascha Blank (inet_pton change) MFC after: 1 week
|
161466 |
20-Aug-2006 |
julian |
Fix typo.
|
161456 |
18-Aug-2006 |
julian |
comply with style police
Submitted by: ru MFC after: 1 month
|
161424 |
17-Aug-2006 |
julian |
Allow ipfw to forward to a destination that is specified by a table. for example: fwd tablearg ip from any to table(1) where table 1 has entries of the form: 1.1.1.0/24 10.2.3.4 208.23.2.0/24 router2
This allows trivial implementation of a secondary routing table implemented in the firewall layer.
I expect more work (under discussion with Glebius) to follow this to clean up some of the messy parts of ipfw related to tables.
Reviewed by: Glebius MFC after: 1 month
|
161417 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Bump the document date. s/dhclient/.Nm/
Suggested by: ru
|
161411 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Correct usage()
|
161410 |
17-Aug-2006 |
brian |
Add a -p switch to dhclient. The switch tells dhclient to persist despite the interface link status.
Add dhclient_flags_iface and background_dhclient_iface rc.conf options. (where iface is a specific interface). These can be used to give interface specific flags to dhclient.
Reviewed by: brooks@
|
161387 |
17-Aug-2006 |
kan |
Regularly scheduled patch to unbreak regularly scheduled post-ipfilter buildworld breakage.
Exclude loglevel.c from the build. It does not appear to be used by anything in the tree and buildworld succeeds just fine without it.
|
161382 |
17-Aug-2006 |
julian |
Take IP_FIREWALL_EXTENDED out of the man page too. MFC after: 1 week
|
161362 |
16-Aug-2006 |
thomas |
Clarify documentation of '-L' command line switch: the snapshot is unlinked as soon as the dump starts (and removed when the dump is completed, and the dump process exits). Previous wording was confusing because users might expect the snapshot to be visible in the .snap subdirectory while dump is running.
MFC after: 1 week
|
161358 |
16-Aug-2006 |
guido |
Adapt to ipf 4.1.13
|
161333 |
15-Aug-2006 |
mjacob |
If rawname returns NULL, deal with it appropriately.
PR: 94045 Submitted by: Andrey Elsukov MFC after: 1 week
|
161313 |
15-Aug-2006 |
ru |
Fix printing of integer Kelvins broken in rev. 1.71, which is fatal on sizeof(int) != sizeof(long) systems (such as amd64).
MFC after: 1 day
|
161273 |
14-Aug-2006 |
dd |
Print packet loss figures with one decimal place. ping6 already does this, and OpenBSD and NetBSD pings do it too. This is primarily useful for comparing low levels of packet loss.
|
161256 |
12-Aug-2006 |
obrien |
Add an extension to the UINT & ULONG types. The XINT & XLONG types behave the same, except sysctl(8) will print out the values in hex.
|
161248 |
12-Aug-2006 |
yar |
Restore the "plumb" compatibility command, which was lost due to the recent change by sam@ to clone operations in ifconfig(8).
|
161147 |
10-Aug-2006 |
sam |
fixup list station support: o add sanity check to avoid possible looping o use intended api for IEEE80211_IOC_STA_INFO o when operating in sta mode get the sta info for the ap
|
161142 |
10-Aug-2006 |
maxim |
o Spell.
Submitted by: ru
|
161133 |
09-Aug-2006 |
maxim |
o Strip eol whitespaces.
|
161130 |
09-Aug-2006 |
maxim |
o New sentence, new line. o Touch Dd for -r.
|
161127 |
09-Aug-2006 |
pjd |
Allow geli to operate on read-only providers.
Initial patch from: vd MFC after: 2 weeks
|
161052 |
07-Aug-2006 |
pjd |
Add missing #.
|
161025 |
06-Aug-2006 |
marck |
Eliminate a pair of unneeded parentheses slipped in from previous version of fix.
Noticed by: ru
|
161017 |
06-Aug-2006 |
marck |
strlen(3) returns size_t, which is not strictly equivalent to int an 64-bit archs, hence printf(3) warning. Fix this.
Noticed by: tinderbox Approved by: rse
|
161001 |
05-Aug-2006 |
stefanf |
Use the SLIST_NEXT macro instead of sle_next.
Checked with: cmp(1)
|
161000 |
05-Aug-2006 |
rse |
Do not pass-through the tailing newline character from the ctime(3) output to setproctitle(3) in order to get rid of the ugly two-character escape sequence "\n" in the ps(1) output of a dump(8) process:
<< [...] finished in 0:00 at Sat Aug 5 14:44:39 2006\n (dump) >> [...] finished in 0:00 at Sat Aug 5 14:44:39 2006 (dump)
|
160963 |
04-Aug-2006 |
njl |
Use floating point instead of hacking something together. Suggested by bde@. Fix nearby int conversion and a couple style bugs.
MFC after: 1 day
|
160916 |
02-Aug-2006 |
bms |
Block a variety of signals which may afffect reboot(8), before killing init(8), to avoid losing a race to them and dying before being able to call reboot(2).
PR: bin/64664 Submitted by: maxim Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 30 days
|
160914 |
02-Aug-2006 |
bms |
Block SIGHUP before killing init(8), to avoid a race condition which may kill the current process and hang the system when attempting reboot.
PR: bin/64664 Reviewed by: ssouhal, phk (historic) MFC after: 30 days
|
160759 |
27-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Add eye candy while I'm here: a blank line between the license and the $FreeBSD$ line.
|
160758 |
27-Jul-2006 |
yar |
INET6 has no effect on rtsol, it's an IPv6-only tool with its code independent of the macro. This utility is just omitted from the build as a whole by ../Makefile if MK_INET6 is set to false.
Pointed out by: ume Tested with: cmp(1)
|
160757 |
27-Jul-2006 |
yar |
rtsol is just a stripped-down version of rtsold and as such it should be built only if MK_INET6 is true: it's specific to IPv6.
Pointed out by: ume
|
160755 |
27-Jul-2006 |
yar |
These IPv6-only tools have no explicit dependency on the INET6 macro.
Tested with: cmp(1)
|
160747 |
27-Jul-2006 |
yar |
Obey MK_INET6_SUPPORT. This is also a good chance to apply style.Makefile(5) in some cases.
|
160687 |
26-Jul-2006 |
sam |
add beacon miss threshold control
Submitted by: Henrik Brix Andersen <henrik@brixandersen.dk> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
160661 |
25-Jul-2006 |
oleg |
Specify correct argument range for tag/untag keywords.
Approved by: glebius (mentor)
|
160658 |
25-Jul-2006 |
njl |
Fix printing of negative decimal values in Kelvin to Celsius conversion.
MFC after: 3 days
|
160447 |
17-Jul-2006 |
stefanf |
style.Makefile(5): Remove -Wall from CFLAGS.
|
160446 |
17-Jul-2006 |
stefanf |
Remove duplicated assignment.
|
160303 |
12-Jul-2006 |
des |
Teach mount(8) about a 'late' keyword, which means the file system should not be mounted unless the -l flag was specified.
Add an rc script, mountlate, which basically runs 'mount -a -l'. It runs after DAEMON but before LOGIN.
This is useful for things like loopback mounts, because mountcritremote runs before mountd / nfsd (since /usr might be a remote file system), so an attempt to mount a loopback network file system in mountcritremote will fail.
Also add a progress message to mountcritlocal, for the sake of symmetry with similar messages in mountcritremote and mountlate.
Reviewed by: freebsd-rc MFC after: 3 weeks
|
160196 |
09-Jul-2006 |
sam |
o replace special handling of clone operations by a clone callback mechanism o change vlan cloning to use callback and pass all vlan parameters on create using the new SIOCREATE2 ioctl o update vlan set logic to match existing practice
|
160149 |
07-Jul-2006 |
marcel |
Fix cut-n-paste bug: compare argument s against known aliases, not the global optarg. This bug goes unnoticed because optarg is so far always the actual argument for the formal argument s.
|
160089 |
03-Jul-2006 |
jkim |
Send client identifier unconditionally. My ancient D-Link router response with NACK if I don't set it. Setting 'option dhcp-client-identifier' is alternative but it is inconvenient because I have to keep the list of all MAC addresses. As bin/94743 pointed out, it is always sent from Windows clients and I found Mac OS X does the same.
OK'd by: brooks
|
159885 |
23-Jun-2006 |
sam |
remove display of the ERP ie from the list sta output (it's always zero); replace it with station capabilities
MFC after: 1 month
|
159867 |
22-Jun-2006 |
marcel |
Improve support for Intel based Macs: o Accept hfs as partition type. o Print Apple HFS partitions using a friendly name.
|
159865 |
22-Jun-2006 |
marcel |
Move the duplicated logic of parsing partition types into a new function called parse_uuid().
|
159781 |
19-Jun-2006 |
mlaier |
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9
Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
|
159757 |
18-Jun-2006 |
simon |
- Fail with an understandable error message if we cannot detect the sector size, instead of later failing with an error about /boot/mbr not being a multiple of the sector size (since we end up with an assumed sector size of MAX_SEC_SIZE * 2). - We query the sector size via an IOCTL anyway, so if that succeeds use that instead of probing for it via read(2) calls. This fixes the problem with fdisk failing to operate on at least graid3 and md(4) devices on kernels with src/sys/geom/geom_dev.c before rev. 1.90, due to fdisk failing to detect the sector size. - When detecting the root device allow "/" characters in it, which happens with e.g. gmirror devices.
Reviewed by: cperciva MFC after: 1 week
|
159636 |
15-Jun-2006 |
oleg |
Add support of 'tablearg' feature for: - 'tag' & 'untag' action parameters. - 'tagged' & 'limit' rule options. Rule examples: pipe 1 tag tablearg ip from table(1) to any allow ip from any to table(2) tagged tablearg allow tcp from table(3) to any 25 setup limit src-addr tablearg
sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c: 1) new macros GET_UINT_ARG - support of 'tablearg' keyword, argument range checking. PRINT_UINT_ARG - support of 'tablearg' keyword. 2) strtoport(): do not silently truncate/accept invalid port list expressions like: '1,2-abc' or '1,2-3-4' or '1,2-3x4'. style(9) cleanup.
Approved by: glebius (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
159605 |
14-Jun-2006 |
maxim |
o Revert a previous delta as strlcpy(3) operates with NUL-terminated strings and cp is not. Fix logic in the original code and eliminate core dumps on lines without '\n'.
|
159604 |
14-Jun-2006 |
maxim |
o Replace (an incorrect) string copy gymnastics with strlcpy(3).
PR: bin/98905 Submitted by: Fabian Keil MFC after: 1 week
|
159510 |
11-Jun-2006 |
maxim |
o Fix typo.
Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD
|
159480 |
10-Jun-2006 |
trhodes |
Fix a typo s/Made/Make. Use .Pp for a line break, it will quiet the mdoc(7) warning.
|
159473 |
10-Jun-2006 |
jmallett |
Minor style tweaks while nearby. Namely ANSIfy and parens on return values.
|
159472 |
10-Jun-2006 |
jmallett |
Rather than using specified_ro to parse the options list an extra time, and keeping a flag to check whether we actually wanted to mount the filesystem readonly, setup the options list so that we start off by assuming rw is what's desired and let later flags change that.
|
159402 |
08-Jun-2006 |
kib |
Reparent the process that executes the window= command from the ttys to the init. This prevents zombies from being accumulated.
PR: bin/64198 Tested by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen at www svzserv kemerovo su> Approved by: kan (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
|
159361 |
06-Jun-2006 |
pjd |
Allow to use the old -a option to specify an encryption algorithm to use (for backward compatibility), but print a warning to inform about the change.
|
159354 |
06-Jun-2006 |
brueffer |
Clarify and merge two sentences.
Discussed with: pjd
|
159342 |
06-Jun-2006 |
brueffer |
Mdoc cleanup and some wording improvements.
|
159336 |
06-Jun-2006 |
glebius |
Print pfsync interface status if either syncpeer or syncdev is configured.
|
159329 |
06-Jun-2006 |
pjd |
Remove section committed by mistake. It is not yet ready.
|
159310 |
05-Jun-2006 |
pjd |
Document geli(8) data authentication.
Supported by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. (http://www.wheel.pl)
|
159308 |
05-Jun-2006 |
pjd |
Userland bits of geli(8) data authentication. Now, encryption algorithm is given using '-e' option, not '-a'. The '-a' option is now used to specify authentication algorithm.
Supported by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. (http://www.wheel.pl)
|
159177 |
02-Jun-2006 |
rodrigc |
Fix "mount -u -o ro".
Requested by: maxim
|
159169 |
02-Jun-2006 |
maxim |
o Implement findblk command: find the inode(s) owning the specified disk block(s) number(s).
Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 months
|
159160 |
02-Jun-2006 |
mlaier |
Print dynamic rules for IPv6 as well.
PR: bin/98349 Submitted by: Mark Andrews MFC after: 2 weeks
|
159128 |
01-Jun-2006 |
rodrigc |
mount_msdosfs.c: - remove call to getmntopts(), and just pass -o options to nmount(). This removes some confusion as to what options msdosfs can parse, by pushing the responsibility of option parsing to the VFS and FS specific code in the kernel.
msdosfs_vfsops.c: - add "force" and "sync" to msdosfs_opts. They used to be specified in mount_msdosfs.c, so move them here. It's not clear whethere these options should be placed into global_opts in vfs_mount.c or not.
Motivated by: marcus
|
159076 |
30-May-2006 |
matteo |
Make recoverdisk compile on amd64 and possibly other 64bit archs. Bump WARNS to 6.
PR: amd64/97566 Reviewed by: phk@ MFC after: 3 days
|
158879 |
24-May-2006 |
oleg |
Implement internal (i.e. inside kernel) packet tagging using mbuf_tags(9). Since tags are kept while packet resides in kernelspace, it's possible to use other kernel facilities (like netgraph nodes) for altering those tags.
Submitted by: Andrey Elsukov <bu7cher at yandex dot ru> Submitted by: Vadim Goncharov <vadimnuclight at tpu dot ru> Approved by: glebius (mentor) Idea from: OpenBSD PF MFC after: 1 month
|
158856 |
23-May-2006 |
imp |
Remove 'n' from the getopt string. There's no -n option that is parsed, so it winds up at usage anyway.
Add 'b' to the usage summary. Noticed by Ben Mesander.
|
158759 |
20-May-2006 |
delphij |
do_file() is called recursively from several places and cannot safely free() anything related to items that may be recursed on.
Obtained from: DragonFly (rev 1.7, dillon) PR: bin/94767 MFC After: 1 month
|
158738 |
19-May-2006 |
rodrigc |
Remove reference to mount_procfs(8), add reference to procfs(5). mount(8) doesn't use mount_procfs(8), and instead passes an fstype of "procfs" directly to nmount().
|
158721 |
18-May-2006 |
ceri |
Slight grammar fix.
|
158715 |
17-May-2006 |
rodrigc |
Remove reference to mount_ext2fs(8), add reference to ext2fs(5). mount no longer invokes mount_ext2fs, it calls nmount() directly with fstype "ext2fs".
|
158666 |
16-May-2006 |
rodrigc |
Disconnect mount_reiserfs from build. It is no longer needed, because "mount -t reiserfs" calls nmount(2) directly to mount a ReiserFS file system without the use of this external mount program.
Approved by: dumbbell
|
158553 |
14-May-2006 |
mlaier |
For src/dest parsing take off the netmask before checking for AF with inet_pton. This fixes cases like "fe02::/16".
PR: bin/91245 Reported by: Fredrik Lindberge
|
158516 |
13-May-2006 |
pjd |
Correct various mistakes in the last commit.
|
158515 |
13-May-2006 |
pjd |
Include other AES key lengths in the comment.
|
158500 |
12-May-2006 |
mlaier |
Remove ip6fw. Since ipfw has full functional IPv6 support now and - in contrast to ip6fw - is properly lockes, it is time to retire ip6fw.
|
158492 |
12-May-2006 |
mlaier |
Update manpage for net.inet6.ip6.fw.enable sysctl.
Requested by: bz
|
158444 |
11-May-2006 |
phk |
Use sysctlbyname
|
158400 |
10-May-2006 |
maxim |
o Extend rev. 1.75 and restore an ability to specify a non-default quota files location.
Submitted by: Kostik Belousov
|
158353 |
07-May-2006 |
brooks |
Be more like Windows and Linux and send our hostname in the host-name option if none is given in the config file. Also add #ifdefd out support for sending a client ID based on our MAC address.
PR: bin/94743, bin/76401 Submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank at pinky dot sax dot de> X-MFC after: 6.1-RELEASE
|
158343 |
07-May-2006 |
obrien |
fix style nit
|
158337 |
06-May-2006 |
maxim |
o Take an account a media sectorsize for medium and bigsize calculation. o Introduce -r and -w keys which allow to load and save a worklist. o Replace README by man page.
PR: bin/96677 Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein Approved by: phk MFC after: 1 month
|
158214 |
01-May-2006 |
pjd |
Correct error messages.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
158083 |
27-Apr-2006 |
ps |
With minidumps, the dumping partition could be smaller than physical memory, so checking the size of the partition is not necessary.
Tested by: kris
|
157950 |
21-Apr-2006 |
maxim |
o Do recrack(arguments) for commands which actually take NAME as arguments so we do not coredump at "help foo", "back bar" and such.
o Be consistent and print argc - 1 as a command arguments number in all cases.
PR: bin/37096 Submitted by: Joshua Goodall MFC after: 1 month
|
157877 |
19-Apr-2006 |
brueffer |
Add a missing .Pp call.
MFC after: 3 days
|
157847 |
18-Apr-2006 |
maxim |
o Describe what actually boot(8) -m mutes.
PR: docs/67893 Submitted by: Chris Pepper, Daniel Gerzo MFC after: 2 weeks
|
157748 |
14-Apr-2006 |
ru |
Fix markup and some typos.
|
157746 |
14-Apr-2006 |
maxim |
o Yacc's lineno variable holds a total number of parsed lines. Reset it to 1 for each devd config file so if the parser finds a syntax error devd(8) will report a correct line number.
Submitted by: Niki Denev MFC after: 2 weeks
|
157740 |
13-Apr-2006 |
cracauer |
Make CCD be able to read and write Linux software raids.
Supported for raid-0 with <n> disks, raid-1 with 2 disks.
Manpages have examples, warnings etc.
Test scripts on http://www.cons.org/cracauer/ccdconfig-linux/ Reviewed by: alfred
|
157721 |
13-Apr-2006 |
ru |
Add missing library dependencies.
|
157696 |
12-Apr-2006 |
ru |
libc_r is no longer provided, and on alpha and sparc64, libthr is (sym)linked to libpthread. Account for this change and check for MK_LIBTHR instead of MK_LIBC_R where appropriate.
|
157660 |
11-Apr-2006 |
dwmalone |
Dump keeps a bitmap of the state of various inodes, which is sized to match the number of inodes on the disk. If we find a directory entry with a crazy inode number in it, don't look beyond the end of the bitmap to find that inode's state. Instead skip that directory entry and print a warning.
Reviewed by: iedowse MFC after: 3 weeks
|
157595 |
08-Apr-2006 |
scottl |
Document the rest of the 802.11 capability flags.
|
157580 |
07-Apr-2006 |
pjd |
Allocate memory for NUL-termination as well.
MFC after: 2 days
|
157535 |
05-Apr-2006 |
glebius |
Add a new feature to ping(8) - possibility to specify maximum wait time for a packet. This allows to:
- Count number of packets received before and after specified time. - Shorten time of execution of 'ping -c 1' scripts.
Submitted by: Lytochkin Boris <lytboris gmail.com>
|
157375 |
01-Apr-2006 |
phk |
Make WITHOUT_DYNAMICROOT=foo work again: remember to reference libbsdxml and libsbuf.
|
157335 |
31-Mar-2006 |
julian |
Amazing.. two screwups in one commit. I'm piling on thise pointy hats on top of each other. At least they nest..
|
157332 |
31-Mar-2006 |
julian |
I can't believe that no-one noticed that I broke ipfw table del for over a month! put {} around if clause with multiple statements
|
157173 |
27-Mar-2006 |
jasone |
Unbreak the build.
|
157166 |
27-Mar-2006 |
wkoszek |
For now, bring back some of the old bits as a fix for specifying md(4) device number at creation time with -u option. Together with XMLizing mdconfig(8), I broke this functionality.
This change is temporary. Complete fix will be commited soon.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
|
157160 |
26-Mar-2006 |
wkoszek |
Teach md(4) and mdconfig(8) how to understand XML. Right now there won't be a problem with listing large number of md(4) devices. Either 'list' or 'query' mode uses XML.
Additionally, new functionality was introduced. It's possible to pass multiple devices to -u:
# ./mdconfig -l -u md0,md1
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
|
157159 |
26-Mar-2006 |
wkoszek |
Keep proper order of includes. Additionally, sort them. Make functions used in that file static.
Approved by: cognet (mentor)
|
157052 |
23-Mar-2006 |
le |
Implement the 'resetconfig' command.
PR: kern/94835 Submitted by: Ulf Lilleengen <lulf@stud.ntnu.no>
|
156944 |
21-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Unbreak WITHOUT_LIBPHREAD/WITHOUT_LIBC_R option support, depending on platform.
|
156925 |
20-Mar-2006 |
imp |
Minor style(9) and KNF elimination as I prepare to fix a bug.
|
156905 |
20-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Extend coverage of the MK_IPX build option to the following:
- <netipx> headers [1] - IPX library (libipx) - IPX support in ifconfig(8) - IPXrouted(8) - new MK_NCP option
New MK_NCP build option controls:
- <netncp> and <fs/nwfs> headers - NCP library (libncp) - ncplist(1) and ncplogin(1) - mount_nwfs(8) - ncp and nwfs kernel modules
User knobs: WITHOUT_IPX, WITHOUT_IPX_SUPPORT, WITHOUT_NCP.
[1] <netsmb/netbios.h> unconditionally uses <netipx> headers so they are still installed. This needs to be dealt with.
|
156813 |
17-Mar-2006 |
ru |
Reimplementation of world/kernel build options. For details, see:
http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2006-March/061725.html
The src.conf(5) manpage is to follow in a few days.
Brought to you by: imp, jhb, kris, phk, ru (all bugs are mine)
|
156749 |
15-Mar-2006 |
sos |
Add new modes.
|
156591 |
12-Mar-2006 |
glebius |
There is no IFF_POLLING flag anymore.
|
156590 |
12-Mar-2006 |
pjd |
Flush stdout after printing name of created device, so it can be properly read when 'ggatec create' is used in backticks or its output is piped to another command.
Submitted by: Paul Schenkeveld MFC after: 3 days
|
156498 |
09-Mar-2006 |
yar |
Revert to setting vlan and vlandev parametes synchronously, as soon as both have been read from the command line. Still use the callback, but this time only to verify that both vlan and vlandev have been found on the command line.
This should allow for control over the relative order of processing parameters, which is needed to satisfy some caveats of the if_vlan driver. E.g., MTU cannot be changed on a vlan interface until it's attached to its parent.
PR: bin/94028 Reviewed by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
156430 |
08-Mar-2006 |
pjd |
Explain why the first partition should start at offset 16.
Requested by: hrs
|
156422 |
08-Mar-2006 |
pjd |
Add some notes how to properly dump kernel onto gmirror provider.
Reviewed and corrected by: brueffer MFC after: 3 days
|
156315 |
05-Mar-2006 |
ume |
Revert `proto ip' back to the previous behavior. The kernel side of ipfw2 doesn't allow zero as protocol number.
MFC after: 3 days
|
156278 |
04-Mar-2006 |
pjd |
Fix evil examples - first partition should start at offset 16.
MFC after: 3 days
|
156257 |
03-Mar-2006 |
wkoszek |
Print "clear" and "dump" only once.
Reviewed by: pjd Approved by: cognet (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
156229 |
03-Mar-2006 |
keramida |
When there are no mount options, an implicit "rw" should be printed in the output of ``mount -p''.
Approved by: rodrigc
|
156105 |
28-Feb-2006 |
luigi |
use standard mode instead of 500 for /sbin/init.
As discussed on -current, there is no sensitive info in /sbin/init to prevent reading it from non-privileged users, nor any reason to remove the 'x' bit as the first thing the program does is check the uid and exit if it is not run by root.
Instead (and this is why i make the change), mode 500 prevents operation when exporting the partition without -maproot=0 to diskless clients.
All previuos releases are affected by the same problem, so a merge to RELENG_6 at least would be appropriate (after proper re@ approval of course).
|
156093 |
27-Feb-2006 |
wkoszek |
Bump a date in .Dd field. Last change brought some new functionality.
Spotted by: brueffer Approved by: cognet (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
156091 |
27-Feb-2006 |
wkoszek |
Extend kldunload(8) functionality and fix minor problems: o multiple modules can be unloaded at once (specified either by id or be module name) o exit with EX_USAGE after usage() is called. o remove unused variables, since we keep command line flags as bitmask, in 'opt'. o 'kldload -n ...' does nothing. Add comment to this options.
Additionally: o Update manual page to conform new functionality. o Increace WARNS to 6. Because we can.
Approved by: cognet (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
156087 |
27-Feb-2006 |
wkoszek |
Big style(9) fix. This commit brings no functional change.
Approved by: cognet (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
156079 |
27-Feb-2006 |
sam |
explain what list chan displays
MFC after: 1 week
|
156076 |
27-Feb-2006 |
dwmalone |
Avoid moving onto a new line while testing if there is a syslog priority in the buffer. This isn't exactly the patch that Stephen submitted, but is based on one of his suggestions.
PR: 93841 Submitted by: Stephen Montgomery-Smith <stephen@math.missouri.edu> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
156046 |
27-Feb-2006 |
kris |
It has not been possible to specify a dumpdev in loader.conf since 2002, so don't raise false hopes here.
|
156032 |
26-Feb-2006 |
imp |
o Bump date (thanks ru) o Also, fdisk_pc98 appears to support -i, so add it to the man page. o Ditto -v o Change the name from PC partition table maintenance program to NEC PC-98x1 partition table maintenance program, since it is possible to have a DOS MBR formatted disk on FreeBSD/pc98 now (although we don't install any tools for this).
|
156020 |
26-Feb-2006 |
imp |
Fixes and new features: o Merge the -I switch from i386 verison to initialize the partition table to use the maximum amount possible for a single FreeBSD table. o Improve warning when the geom method fails (which I think it always will until geom_pc98 is updated to respond to this ctl message) o when writing out the boot sector, we have to write out a minimum of 1024 bytes or the sector size. This is different than the i386 case where we need to write out a minimum of 512 bytes (which is also the minimum sector size). We already handle this difference on reading, but didn't in writing, so attempting to write a new partition table would fail. o Add MID to the -s output, since pc98 users are likely interested in both of these parameters.
# I can now initialize disks on my pc98 machine either by -I or by # manually entering the parameters. I don't know if fdisk -B works or not, # since I'm not willing to risk my only working boot disk to test it..
|
155997 |
25-Feb-2006 |
rodrigc |
If we specify: mount -u (update), without specifying an additional -r (read-only) flag or or -w (read-write) flag, then assume we want, mount -u -w.
When doing a mount update, this will implicitly pass a "noro" mount option down to the VFS layer. vfs_mergeopts() in vfs_mount.c will then remove the "ro" mount option if it exists in the mount options for a mounted file system. This means that "mount -u" works the same as "mount -u -w" and will convert a read-only mount to read-write.
|
155992 |
25-Feb-2006 |
rodrigc |
Update text to reflect that: - mount(8) now calls the nmount(2) system call directly, not mount(2) - specifying a filesystem type with -t will not automatically invoke an external /sbin/mount_XXXX program....this only happens for certain file system types. For all other file system types, nmount(2) is called directly.
|
155981 |
24-Feb-2006 |
keramida |
Revert a minor glitch of revision 1.69
Submitted by: Andriy Tkachuk <andrit@ukr.net> X-MFC after: RE approval
|
155931 |
23-Feb-2006 |
sam |
cleanup line break formatting
MFC after: 1 week
|
155807 |
18-Feb-2006 |
pjd |
Use kld(3) for loading geom_md.ko.
|
155769 |
16-Feb-2006 |
sobomax |
Add new -E option, which allows to specify location of the mdconfig(8) utility instead of using default _PATH_MDCONFIG (/sbin/mdconfig).
MFC after: 1 week
|
155740 |
15-Feb-2006 |
sam |
add miss args to mac:del and mac:kick
Submitted by: Anders Hanssen MFC after: 3 days
|
155702 |
14-Feb-2006 |
sam |
fix off by one malloc sizes
Submitted by: Michal Mertl MFC after: 1 week
|
155640 |
14-Feb-2006 |
julian |
oops, mismerge from working sources.. not only add new code, but remove old code!
|
155639 |
14-Feb-2006 |
julian |
Stop ipfw from aborting when asked to delete a table entry that doesn't exist or add one that is already present, if the -q flag is set. Useful for "ipfw -q /dev/stdin" when the command above is invoked from something like python or TCL to feed commands down the throat of ipfw. MFC in: 1 week
|
155565 |
12-Feb-2006 |
joel |
s/Februari/February/.
|
155557 |
11-Feb-2006 |
marcel |
Add a simple manpage.
|
155538 |
11-Feb-2006 |
pjd |
Add an example how to use keyfiles for encrypted providers which should be attached before the root file system is mounted.
MFC after: 3 days
|
155536 |
11-Feb-2006 |
pjd |
- Allow to use -b without passphrase or with keyfiles as it will be supported for a moment. - Don't allow to use -i when no passphrase is given. Now if iterations is equal to -1 (not set), we know that we should not ask for the passphrase on boot. It still doesn't handle situation when one key is protected with passphrase and the other is not. There is no quick fix for this. The complete solution will be to make number of iterations a per-key value. Because this need metadata format change and is only needed for devices attached on boot, I'll leave it as it is for now.
MFC after: 3 days
|
155461 |
08-Feb-2006 |
sam |
really truncate long ssid's when !verbose
MFC after: 1 week
|
155453 |
08-Feb-2006 |
cperciva |
Teach gbde(8) to use a key file in addition to a passphrase. This makes it practical to use GBDE for "something you have plus something you know" security together with a USB flash drive.
Reviewed by: phk MFC after: 7 days
|
155394 |
06-Feb-2006 |
jcamou |
Correct RFC for NTP.
PR: docs/92629 Submitted by: Daniel Gerzo <danger@rulez.sk> Noticed by: Michal F. Hanula <f@7f000001.org> Approved by: trhodes (mentor)
|
155263 |
03-Feb-2006 |
ru |
Fix a markup glitch.
|
155254 |
03-Feb-2006 |
jcamou |
Document carp(4) arguments.
PR: docs/92653 Submitted by: Jeremy C. Reed <reed@reedmedia.net> Reviewed by: ru Approved by: trhodes (mentor) MFC after: 5 days
|
155183 |
01-Feb-2006 |
pjd |
Deny init/attach/setkey subcommands when no key components are given.
MFC after: 3 days Tested with: prove /usr/src/tools/regression/geom_eli
|
155181 |
01-Feb-2006 |
joel |
Expand contractions.
|
155175 |
01-Feb-2006 |
pjd |
Remove trailing spaces.
|
155101 |
31-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Remove unused argument.
MFC after: 3 days
|
155073 |
30-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Use pidfile(3).
OK'ed by: imp
|
155071 |
30-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Allow to specify only one disk. This is helpful when we want to extend our concatenated device later.
MFC after: 1 week
|
155064 |
30-Jan-2006 |
rik |
Add support for Cronyx TAU-PCI/32 ce(4).
|
155053 |
30-Jan-2006 |
glebius |
Recognize new VLAN_HWCSUM flag.
|
155050 |
30-Jan-2006 |
yar |
Do address assignment/removal operations after callbacks.
Presently, ifconfig callbacks are used for L2 configuration, media and vlan, so actions associated with address assignment, like sending out a gratuitous ARP, should go when L2 is running already.
This also should fix the problem with setting up vlan interfaces from rc.conf, when both IP and vlan+vlandev parameters are passed to ifconfig at once.
Future work: Consider introducing several ifconfig callback lists to invoke callbacks orderly.
MFC after: 1 week
|
155038 |
30-Jan-2006 |
sos |
Remove accidental debug leftovers.
|
155009 |
29-Jan-2006 |
maxim |
Fix an off-by-one error.
Reviewed by: sam
|
154966 |
29-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Add a reference to geli(8).
MFC after: 3 days
|
154869 |
26-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Fix rev 1.12.
/tmp may not be writeable yet when dhclient is first run via /etc/rc.d/netif so using it may not work. Also, writing to a predictable file in /tmp as root is a really bad idea since a malicious user may be able to win a race and insert a symlink which will allow them to cause any file to be overwritten. To solve these problems, create the tempory file in /var/run which will exist this early and is writable only by root.
Security: Local risk if users can cause dhclient to run on demand (such as by unplugging and replugging the network cable).
|
154821 |
25-Jan-2006 |
dougb |
Crank WARNS up to 6, just because we can.
|
154773 |
24-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
s/<space><tab>/<tab>/
|
154760 |
24-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Give the TIMEOUT case a chance to work by using -t # instead of the OpenBSD -w # when invoking ping.
PR: bin/92187 Submitted by: "Shin'ya Kumabuchi" <kumabu at t3 dot rim dot or dot jp> MFC After: 6 days
|
154705 |
23-Jan-2006 |
sos |
Update copyright header to match rest of ATA.
|
154702 |
23-Jan-2006 |
wes |
Make dhclient-script more agreeable with read-only /etc.
PR: 90518 Submitted by: John E. Hein <jhein@timing.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
154522 |
18-Jan-2006 |
sam |
don't widen the ssid field by default, this screws up other formatting; make it available with the -v option
|
154512 |
18-Jan-2006 |
pjd |
Resolve the mount point's path with realpath(2) before checking if file system is mounted. This prevevents duplicated mounts.
The change I made against the original patch is to fall back to the given path on realpath(2) failure instead of exiting with an error.
Submitted by: Andreas Kohn <andreas@syndrom23.de> PR: bin/89782 MFC after: 3 days
|
154510 |
18-Jan-2006 |
sos |
Properly print the SATA protocal version.
|
154498 |
18-Jan-2006 |
wes |
Revert previous change, "getopts" (with an 's') is a builtin in /bin/sh.
|
154479 |
17-Jan-2006 |
phk |
Fix an 11 year old mistake: Let the hash functions take a void* instead of unsigned char* argument.
|
154465 |
17-Jan-2006 |
dougb |
Fix a "free(): error: chunk is already free" under certain circumstances that include circular dependencies.
PR: bin/91789 PR submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank@pinky.sax.de> Patch submitted by: Divacky Roman <xdivac02@stud.fit.vutbr.cz>
|
154431 |
16-Jan-2006 |
wes |
Remove dependency on getopts because it is on /usr and we want to use 'nextboot -D' in rc. Option parsing cribbed from vgrind.sh.
|
154418 |
16-Jan-2006 |
kris |
Remove scary warning, since nullfs works fine thesedays.
MFC after: 1 week
|
154401 |
15-Jan-2006 |
ru |
Fix an off-by-one bug.
Submitted by: Ulrich Spoerlein
|
154301 |
13-Jan-2006 |
glebius |
Forget about ipfw1 and ipfw2. We aren't in RELENG_4 anymore.
|
154300 |
13-Jan-2006 |
glebius |
Document 'tablearg' keyword.
Wording by: emaste
|
154240 |
11-Jan-2006 |
ambrisko |
Grab the media from the passed in structure to put it into the global structure.
PR: bin/91399 Submitted by: Spencer Minear
|
154189 |
10-Jan-2006 |
pav |
- Xref mount_reiserfs(8)
PR: docs/90902 Submitted by: Scott Robbins <scottro@nyc.rr.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
154165 |
10-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Mention the -b flag in the SYNOPSIS.
MFC after: 1 week
|
154164 |
10-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
When we give up on an interface, use the arp(8) command to remove all entries from the interface rather than using ifconfig's delete command. This preserves non-dhclient configured addresses (though they are wiped out when dhclient is restarted).
MFC after: 1 week
|
154161 |
10-Jan-2006 |
brooks |
Allow users to add aliases to the interface.
PR: bin/87465 (different solution used) MFC after: 1 week
|
154117 |
08-Jan-2006 |
gnn |
Langauge fixes required to disambiguate some statements.
Explain the examples.
|
154109 |
08-Jan-2006 |
imp |
It was always intended that regular expression matching be case insensitive. Make it so.
|
154099 |
07-Jan-2006 |
pav |
- Mention the size of the additional header
PR: docs/85867 Submitted by: dinoex MFC after: 1 week
|
154053 |
05-Jan-2006 |
maxim |
o Typo in the error message: s/invald/invalid.
PR: misc/91341 Submitted by: Guy Harris
|
153961 |
02-Jan-2006 |
dd |
Add a -P option to allow skipping newfs when using a vnode-backed disk. Apparently some people want to use mdmfs as mount_* as a shortcut for mounting existing file-based file systems.
Note that unlike in the patches from the submitters, this option is not available in compat mode. Compat mode was supposed to support only things that mount_mfs used to support. To use this option from fstab, mdmfs should be called mount_md, not mount_mfs. This distinction has not always upkept for new options, and those can't be fixed now without breaking people's systems, but new options should not usually be allowed in compat mode. (Not sure why -F is allowed there at all.)
PR: 57641 Submitted by: Ruben de Groot Submitted independently by: Wojciech A. Koszek, for Urzad Miasta Czestochowa
|
153892 |
30-Dec-2005 |
rwatson |
When printing SSID's in ifconfig(8)'s scan mode, set the width of the ssid field to 32 characters instead of 14, as long SSID's are quite common and hard to type in if you can't read them.
|
153883 |
30-Dec-2005 |
guido |
Add printproto.c to libipf
|
153736 |
26-Dec-2005 |
sam |
document deftxkey
|
153711 |
25-Dec-2005 |
trhodes |
Kill the BUGS section, and remove a similar line noted under -T. As far as I know, Sun's NFS support works with TCP just fine. This is even hinted at in the PR.
PR: 71782
|
153674 |
23-Dec-2005 |
imp |
Add the example that green@ used in his commit log for the dump to a pipe functionality. I've done a cvs log main.c about a dozen times now. Maybe others will find this useful.
|
153637 |
22-Dec-2005 |
dd |
If we're operating without running external programs (-N) and autonumbering is requested, set the unit to 0 instead of -1. This option is just for output, and "/dev/md-1" looks disconcerting.
Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek
|
153636 |
22-Dec-2005 |
dd |
Sort the list results by the unit number. The list returned by the kernel is in the order the devices were made, which is not useful to the user. Also, remove the "%d more" test since the kernel does not return the complete count in md_pad[0] (maybe it should?).
Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek
|
153558 |
20-Dec-2005 |
maxim |
o Remove rev. 1.14 debug printf(3) leftovers.
PR: bin/90389 Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson OK'ed by: phk
|
153531 |
19-Dec-2005 |
avatar |
Fixing multi-session disc mount by passing the correct "ssector" option to the kernel.
Submitted by: Enache Adrian <enache at rdslink dot ro>
|
153522 |
19-Dec-2005 |
jkoshy |
Rev 1.15 should have incremented the date on this manual page.
|
153475 |
16-Dec-2005 |
ceri |
Document the pfsync(4) specific maxupd parameter, with text mostly taken from OpenBSD's manpage.
PR: docs/89256 Submitted by: Pim van Pelt <pim at ipng dot nl> MFC after: 3 days
|
153422 |
14-Dec-2005 |
sam |
add control for packet bursting
|
153410 |
14-Dec-2005 |
maxim |
o Correct usage(): delete command takes as argument array not channel.
PR: bin/90353 Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson MFC after: 1 week
|
153408 |
14-Dec-2005 |
thompsa |
Add support for creating span ports so that one can snoop bridged traffic from another interface/machine/network.
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
|
153405 |
14-Dec-2005 |
sam |
display a bssid that's zero with the -v option
|
153380 |
13-Dec-2005 |
ru |
[mdoc] add missing space before a punctuation type argument.
|
153374 |
13-Dec-2005 |
glebius |
Add a new feature for optimizining ipfw rulesets - substitution of the action argument with the value obtained from table lookup. The feature is now applicable only to "pipe", "queue", "divert", "tee", "netgraph" and "ngtee" rules.
An example usage:
ipfw pipe 1000 config bw 1000Kbyte/s ipfw pipe 4000 config bw 4000Kbyte/s ipfw table 1 add x.x.x.x 1000 ipfw table 1 add x.x.x.y 4000 ipfw pipe tablearg ip from table(1) to any
In the example above the rule will throw different packets to different pipes.
TODO: - Support "skipto" action, but without searching all rules. - Improve parser, so that it warns about bad rules. These are: - "tablearg" argument to action, but no "table" in the rule. All traffic will be blocked. - "tablearg" argument to action, but "table" searches for entry with a specific value. All traffic will be blocked. - "tablearg" argument to action, and two "table" looks - for src and for dst. The last lookup will match.
|
153360 |
12-Dec-2005 |
rodrigc |
For reiserfs, pass mount parameters directly to nmount() instead of forking an external mount_reiserfs program.
Reviewed by: dumbbell
|
153354 |
12-Dec-2005 |
sam |
add mcastrate support
MFC after: 1 week
|
153287 |
10-Dec-2005 |
brooks |
When we get a bogus hostname in an option, drop the option rather than refusing the lease. This allow obtaining leases on misadministered networks that use host names with underscores in them.
MFC After: 3 days
|
153266 |
09-Dec-2005 |
glebius |
Cleanup _FreeBSD_version.
|
153256 |
09-Dec-2005 |
obrien |
Tweak -32 description and add -32 FILES.
|
153250 |
08-Dec-2005 |
pjd |
Teach NOP GEOM class how to gather the following statistics: - number of read I/O requests, - number of write I/O requests, - number of read bytes, - number of written bytes. Add 'reset' subcommand for resetting statistics.
|
153190 |
07-Dec-2005 |
pjd |
- The geom(8) utility only uses three types of arguments: string (char *), value (intmax_t) and boolean (int). Based on that provide three functions: - gctl_get_ascii() - gctl_get_int() - gctl_get_intmax() - Hide gctl_get_param() function, as it is only used internally in subr.c. - Allow to provide argument name as (fmt, ...). - Assert geom(8) bugs (missing argument is a geom(8) bug).
- Clean-up and simplify the code by using new functions and assumtions (no more checking for missing argument).
Tested by: regression tests
|
153062 |
03-Dec-2005 |
rodrigc |
Remove workaround for old GCC bugs.
Submitted by: ru
|
153038 |
03-Dec-2005 |
rodrigc |
Simplify parsing of mount options by passing "rw" option down to kernel, since vfs_donmount() can now parse it.
|
153008 |
02-Dec-2005 |
davidxu |
Remove mqueuefs from LINKS, it is no longer needed for nmount interface.
Noticed by: rodrigc
|
153007 |
02-Dec-2005 |
rodrigc |
Remove unsupported "dev" option from comments of mntopts.h.
Requested by: jkoshy
|
152996 |
01-Dec-2005 |
ru |
Sync usage() with SYNOPSIS.
|
152995 |
01-Dec-2005 |
ru |
Add -q to usage().
|
152974 |
01-Dec-2005 |
avatar |
Fixing yet another regression introduced in rev1.37 by preserving cs_local pointer such that local to DOS code page conversion with combined option '-L,-D' works again.
Reviewed by: rodrigc
|
152923 |
29-Nov-2005 |
ume |
We couldn't specify the rule for filtering tunnel traffic since an IPv6 support was committed:
- Stop treating `ip' and `ipv6' as special in `proto' option as they conflict with /etc/protocols.
- Disuse `ipv4' in `proto' option as it is corresponding to `ipv6'.
- When protocol is specified as numeric, treat it as it is even it is 41 (ipv6).
- Allow zero for protocol as it is valid number of `ip'.
Still, we cannot specify an IPv6 over an IPv4 tunnel like before such as:
pass ipv6 from any to any
But, now, you can specify it like:
pass ip4 from any to any proto ipv6
PR: kern/89472 Reported by: Ga l Roualland <gael.roualland__at__dial.oleane.com> MFC after: 1 week
|
152921 |
29-Nov-2005 |
glebius |
Catch up with ip_dummynet.h rev. 1.38 and fix build.
|
152917 |
29-Nov-2005 |
glebius |
Garbage-collect now unused struct _ipfw_insn_pipe and flush_pipe_ptrs(), thus removing a few XXXes. Document the ABI breakage in UPDATING.
|
152912 |
29-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Remove MNT_NODEV mount option. In RELENG_6, MNT_NODEV was a no-op. The presence of MNT_NODEV was confusing the am-utils autoconf scripts.
PR: conf/79715
|
152854 |
27-Nov-2005 |
davidxu |
Change filesystem name from mqueue to mqueuefs for style consitent, sort LINKS list.
|
152829 |
26-Nov-2005 |
davidxu |
Support mounting POSIX message queue filesystem.
|
152809 |
25-Nov-2005 |
avatar |
It turns out that set_charset() invokes build_iovec_argf() which modifies iov address internally through realloc(3). However, since the function parameter wasn't designed to allow the modified iov being passed back to the caller, we ended up feeding iov with several corrupted entries(this depends on how many arguments were pushed into iovec before set_charset()) to nmount(2).
This commit fixes this regression introduced in rev1.37 such that mount_msdosfs(8) with code page conversion option(-W,-D) enabled works again.
Reviewed by: rodrigc
|
152808 |
25-Nov-2005 |
avatar |
It turns out that set_charset() invokes build_iovec() which modifies iov address internally through realloc(3). However, since the function parameter wasn't designed to allow the modified iov being passed back to the caller, we end up feeding iov with several corrupted entries(depends on how many arguments were pushed into iovec before set_charset()) to nmount(2).
This commit fixes this regression introduced in rev1.31 such that mount_cd9660(8) with code page conversion option(-C) enabled works again.
Reviewed by: rodrigc
|
152778 |
24-Nov-2005 |
avatar |
Fixing a regression introduced in rev1.72 by connecting cd9660 to the external mounting program list as well; otherwise, entry like the following in /etc/fstab wouldn't work:
/dev/acd0 /mnt/cdrom cd9660 ro,-C=big5 0 0
Reviewed by: rodrigc
|
152770 |
24-Nov-2005 |
jkoshy |
Add a -f configfile option to devd(8), based on a patch submitted by Wojciech A. Koszek.
Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek <dunstan@freebsd.czest.pl>
|
152769 |
24-Nov-2005 |
ru |
Fix prototype.
|
152755 |
24-Nov-2005 |
joel |
s/5.5/6.0/ in HISTORY section.
Discussed with: ru
|
152738 |
23-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Remove UFS-specific parts from mount(8). For mounting UFS, all mount options are passed directly to nmount(), without any UFS-specific logic.
|
152737 |
23-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
These files were never hooked into the build, and were the start of an nmount()-based mount program for UFS. Now that mount(8) calls nmount() directly for mounting UFS filesystems, they are unnecessary.
|
152732 |
23-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Do not pass userquota and groupquota mount options to nmount(). These options are read from fstab by quotacheck(8), but are not valid mount options that need to be passed down the the filesystem.
Noticed by: maxim
|
152731 |
23-Nov-2005 |
avatar |
- Adding the missing 'W' option back which was accidentally removed in rev1.37. - Fixing a core dump inside build_iovec_argf by providing a !NULL format string to vsnprintf(3).
Reviewed by: rodrigc
|
152670 |
21-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Bring mount_nullfs up to WARNS=6.
|
152668 |
21-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
For mounting a UFS filesystem, call nmount() directly, instead of having special logic which called mount() in a separate mount_ufs() function.
|
152631 |
20-Nov-2005 |
le |
Fix whitespace issues.
Pointed out by: joel@
|
152616 |
19-Nov-2005 |
le |
Finally bring in what was produced during Google SoC 2005:
Add functions to rename objects and to move a subdisk from one drive to another.
Add manual page (finally).
Bring up-to-date the online help.
Obtained from: Chris Jones <chris.jones@ualberta.ca> Sponsored by: Google Summer of Code 2005 MFC in: 1 week
|
152568 |
18-Nov-2005 |
ru |
-mdoc sweep.
|
152544 |
17-Nov-2005 |
ru |
Do not install boot_i386.8 on all architectures.
|
152465 |
16-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Do not pass noauto to nmount() or external mount program.
Noticed by: maxim
|
152417 |
14-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
In build_iovec(), if passed in len is -1, check to see if val is NULL before doing strlen() to calculate new len.
Submitted by: maxim
|
152416 |
14-Nov-2005 |
maxim |
o Style: restore tab indentation mangled in the previous delta.
|
152406 |
14-Nov-2005 |
bland |
Reuse delete_and_clear() template helper.
Approved by: imp
|
152363 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Increase WARNS level to 6.
|
152362 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Convert mount_msdosfs to use nmount().
|
152358 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Increase WARNS level to 6.
|
152357 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Changes to reflect that size_t parameter to build_iovec() is a size_t.
|
152356 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Increase WARNS level to 6
|
152355 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
Convert mount_cd9660 to use nmount().
|
152354 |
13-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
- Make size parameter to build_iovec() a size_t, not an int - Add build_iovec_argf() helper function, for help converting old mount options which used the mount_argf() function for the mount() syscall.
Discussed with: phk
|
152344 |
12-Nov-2005 |
rodrigc |
- Minor fixes to raise WARNS level to 6. - Teach the mount program to call the nmount() syscall directly - Preserve existing method of calling mount() for UFS, until we clean things up. - Preserve existing method of forking and calling external mount programs for mfs, msdosfs, nfs, nfs4, ntfs, nwfs, nullfs, portalfs, reiserfs, smbfs, udf, umapfs, unionfs - devfs, linprocfs, procfs, ext2fs call nmount() syscall directly, since that is all those external mount programs were doing
Reviewed by: phk Discussed on: arch
|
152323 |
11-Nov-2005 |
jhb |
Document -32 flag in usage() output as well.
Requested by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
152321 |
11-Nov-2005 |
jhb |
Document the -32 switch available on amd64.
Submitted by: Steve Kargl sgk at troutmask dot apl dot washington dot edu MFC after: 1 week
|
152309 |
11-Nov-2005 |
pjd |
Rename GEOM class kernel module g_md.ko to geom_md.ko for consistency with the rest.
mdconfig.c: Simplify mdmaybeload() function. mdioctl.h: Removed (now unused) #define. loader.conf: Sort GEOM classes properly.
OK'ed by: phk
|
152169 |
07-Nov-2005 |
ru |
Fix malloc size (visible on amd64, with "kldconfig -r").
|
151883 |
30-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
SSIDs are of length 32-bytes and not NUL terminated. Use the correct length and bail immediatly if the returned length is wrong rather than attempting to set an correct value.
This commit differs from the patch in the PR in the use of exit instead of return and the use of a defined value for the array.
Submitted by: Daan Vreeken [PA4DAN] <Danovitsch at Vitsch dot net> PR: bin/74509
|
151827 |
28-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
Don't crash when given an invalid nwkey string.
PR: misc/88159
|
151651 |
25-Oct-2005 |
ceri |
gmirror.8: Note the default balancing algorithm and stripe size.
geom_mirror.c: Slightly friendlier error message.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
151587 |
23-Oct-2005 |
csjp |
Restore the documentation about uid, gid or prison based rules requiring that debug.mpsafenet be set to 0. It is still possible for dead locks to occur while these filtering options are used due to the layering violation inherent in their implementation.
Discussed: -current, rwatson, glebius
|
151509 |
20-Oct-2005 |
dds |
Remove a diagnostic message that can't occur: we lost the ability to handle the old filesystem format on 2002/06/21.
|
151486 |
19-Oct-2005 |
brooks |
Make devd WARNS=4 clean and bump WARNS accordingly. This will insure that future variable shadowing bugs don't compile.
Reviewed by: imp Compiled on: alpha i386 sparc64
|
151480 |
19-Oct-2005 |
imp |
As pointed out on current@, we don't want to declare a variable in a scope that just uses the variable and throws it away.
This should fix the subsystem keyword wrt media-type.
MFC After: 2 days
|
151471 |
19-Oct-2005 |
stefanf |
Use the new name H_SETSIZE instead of the old H_EVENT to set the history size.
PR: 86355
|
151367 |
16-Oct-2005 |
sobomax |
Add new option `q', which makes second stage loader quiet unless autoboot is disabled or fails.
MFC after: 1 week
|
151315 |
14-Oct-2005 |
rse |
Fix parsing of mdmfs(8) option "-w <user>:<group>" in case <user> or <group> is a numeric user/group ID instead of a user/group name (as explicitly intended to be allowed by both the manual page and the implementation).
Before this fix, mdmfs(8) aborted:
| # mdmfs -s 32m -w 0:0 md /var/tmp/foo | Assertion failed: (mip->mi_have_uid), function extract_ugid, file /usr/src/sbin/mdmfs/mdmfs.c, line 555. | Abort trap (core dumped)
The "mi_have_[ug]id" fields were only set in case a name lookup was successful. Instead they also have to be set in case the string to integer conversion was successful.
Additionally, as a result of this fix, two assertions at the end of the function are now always true and hence can be just be removed. It is guarrantied that both the UID and the GID are set when the function returns regularily, else it would have been already bailed out with usage()/exit(3) or errx(3) before.
Spotted by: Christoph Schug <chris@schug.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
151293 |
13-Oct-2005 |
ume |
fixed a crush when either -lh or -ls option is used.
Obtained from: KAME
|
151291 |
13-Oct-2005 |
ume |
setkey(8) is not WARNS=2 compliant, yet.
|
151270 |
12-Oct-2005 |
pjd |
setkey(8) was repo-copied from usr.sbin/ to sbin/. This will allow for NFS mount of /usr over IPsec.
Discussed on: arch@
|
151202 |
10-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Replace "/etc/make.conf" with references to make.conf(5) where applicable. The main reason for this change is that the location of make.conf is not constant and can be modified via __MAKE_CONF. This change also improves hyper-text linkage in our manpages.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
151048 |
07-Oct-2005 |
rodrigc |
Switch from K&R-style C prototypes to ISO/ANSI-style C prototypes.
|
151044 |
07-Oct-2005 |
rodrigc |
Bump WARNS up to 3.
|
151043 |
07-Oct-2005 |
rodrigc |
In prmount(), use an unsigned int variable to eliminate 'comparison between signed and unsigned' compiler warning.
|
151042 |
07-Oct-2005 |
rodrigc |
Switch from K&R-style C prototypes to ISO/ANSI-style C prototypes. Make prototype in extern.h match prototype in mount_ufs.c
|
151040 |
07-Oct-2005 |
thompsa |
Display the status of the spanning tree for each port.
member: xl0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP> member: gem0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP> to: member: xl0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP> port 3 priority 128 path cost 55 forwarding member: gem0 flags=7<LEARNING,DISCOVER,STP> port 1 priority 128 path cost 55 learning
|
151000 |
06-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Eliminate some unneeded code bits.
|
150949 |
04-Oct-2005 |
imp |
media-type predicate is used in contexts where device-name is undefined. In those contexted, use subsystem instead.
# This causes dhclient to run again when I plug in my ethernet cable to # my fxp card in my laptop.
|
150907 |
04-Oct-2005 |
yar |
Use a callback to set up a vlan interface so that "vlan" and "vlandev" commands can be specified in any order. This makes the code more compact and clear as well.
Improve error check on vlan argument.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
150881 |
03-Oct-2005 |
blackend |
- s/cd0c/cd0 - Bump revision date to match many content changes since last revision
|
150876 |
03-Oct-2005 |
cognet |
Compile fdisk for arm as well.
|
150820 |
02-Oct-2005 |
ru |
Document that -q option is also applicable to the "change" command.
PR: docs/85095 Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny
|
150818 |
02-Oct-2005 |
maxim |
o Restore kerneldumpheader.architectureversion bytes swopping mangled in rev. 1.72.
PR: bin/86805 Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson MFC after: 3 days
|
150792 |
01-Oct-2005 |
glebius |
Now ifconfig is the one right way to turn polling on. Thus, remove the "if" clauses.
|
150740 |
29-Sep-2005 |
yar |
For the sake of consistency and easier typing, introduce "-tunnel" as an alias for "deletetunnel". The latter is overly long and prone to typos, but keep it for POLA since it costs nothing.
MFC after: 5 days
|
150737 |
29-Sep-2005 |
yar |
Forgot to touch .Dd in the previous commit.
|
150736 |
29-Sep-2005 |
yar |
Deprecate the useless argument to -vlandev.
Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg <fli+freebsd-current at shapeshifter.se> (implementation) Reviewed by: brooks MFC after: 5 days
|
150708 |
29-Sep-2005 |
ru |
err() -> errx() where appropriate.
|
150704 |
29-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Add a note in example as well, that last sector is used for metadata, so it don't provoke confusions.
Noticed by: Victor Sudakov <sudakov@sibptus.tomsk.ru> MFC after: 2 days
|
150679 |
28-Sep-2005 |
tobez |
Introduce "route del" as an alias to "route delete".
Reviewed by: arch
|
150675 |
28-Sep-2005 |
mlaier |
Redirect bridge(4) to if_bridge(4) and rename sysctl accordingly.
Reminded by: ru
|
150662 |
28-Sep-2005 |
ru |
Simplified markup.
|
150509 |
24-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Update usage.
|
150497 |
23-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Add '-q' option, which (when used with '-m' option) just tells if the given module is loaded or compiled into the kernel. This is useful mostly in startup scripts, when module should be loaded only if it wasn't compiled into the kernel nor already loaded, eg.:
kldstat -q -m g_eli || kldload geom_eli.ko || err 1 'geom_eli module failed to load.'
|
150465 |
22-Sep-2005 |
yar |
Since special interface types get their own subsections (not in mdoc(7) sense yet) in ifconfig(8) manpage, create such subsections for gif(4) and vlan(4) so that their specific options are not mixed up with general options.
|
150415 |
21-Sep-2005 |
glebius |
- Understand EADDRINUSE, and forget EDQUOT. [1] - Add description for EEXIST. - Change description for ENOBUFS. Routing socket can return this error for many different reasons, including general memory shortage, mbuf memory shortage and rtentry zone.
PR: kern/64090 [1]
|
150365 |
20-Sep-2005 |
delphij |
Mention the default location of alternative super block on a UFS2 file system, in fsck_ffs(8).
Submitted by: KOMATSU Shinichiro <koma2 at lovepeers ! org> PR: docs/86362 MFC After: 3 days
|
150268 |
18-Sep-2005 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.81. - Call gctl_free() to free resource allocated with gctl_get_handle().
MFC after: 3 days
|
150250 |
17-Sep-2005 |
rodrigc |
Clarify wording for -m flag.
PR: docs/84704
|
150249 |
17-Sep-2005 |
rodrigc |
Call gctl_free() to free resource allocated with gctl_get_handle().
PR: bin/84664 Submitted by: Daan Vreeken <Danovitsch at Vitsch dot net> MFC after: 3 days
|
150167 |
15-Sep-2005 |
rwatson |
Add "-q" argument to sysctl(8), which suppresses a limited set of warnings/ errors generated. In particular, it suppresses "unknown oid" when attempting to get or set a sysctl not present in the kernel.
MFC after: 1 week
|
150154 |
15-Sep-2005 |
rse |
Fix system shutdown timeout handling by again supporting longer running shutdown procedures (which have a duration of more than 120 seconds).
We have two user-space affecting shutdown timeouts: a "soft" one in /etc/rc.shutdown and a "hard" one in init(8). The first one can be configured via /etc/rc.conf variable "rcshutdown_timeout" and defaults to 30 seconds. The second one was originally (in 1998) intended to be configured via sysctl(8) variable "kern.shutdown_timeout" and defaults to 120 seconds.
Unfortunately, the "kern.shutdown_timeout" was declared "unused" in 1999 (as it obviously is actually not used within the kernel itself) and hence was intentionally but misleadingly removed in revision 1.107 from init_main.c. Kernel sysctl(8) variables are certainly a wrong way to control user-space processes in general, but in this particular case the sysctl(8) variable should have remained as it supports init(8), which isn't passed command line flags (which in turn could have been set via /etc/rc.conf), etc.
As there is already a similar "kern.init_path" sysctl(8) variable which directly affects init(8), resurrect the init(8) shutdown timeout under sysctl(8) variable "kern.init_shutdown_timeout". But this time document it as being intentionally unused within the kernel and used by init(8). Also document it in the manpages init(8) and rc.conf(5).
Reviewed by: phk MFC after: 2 weeks
|
150134 |
14-Sep-2005 |
joel |
Xref msdosfs(5)
Approved by: brueffer (mentor)
|
150105 |
13-Sep-2005 |
rwatson |
Don't consider being unable to open the bounds file worthy of printing at LOG_WARNING by default; instead, consider it something to be printed to the tty when 'verbose' mode is set. This avoids printing out extra lines at every boot on a system with crash dumps enabled, but that has not yet had to generate a crashdump.
MFC after: 1 week
|
150044 |
12-Sep-2005 |
le |
Clean up.
Remove unused functions.
Reduce indentation level by reverting the logic of the enclosing conditional statement.
|
149928 |
10-Sep-2005 |
pjd |
Even if there are no valid keys in metadata, but provider is attached we can still use setkey subcommand.
MFC after: 3 days Found by: regression tests
|
149898 |
08-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
Avoid updating resolv.conf when no changes have actually occured.
Submitted by: ume
|
149896 |
08-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
When we fail to aquire a lease, our lease expires without a sucessful renewal, or we lose link, be more forceful about clearing interface state so another interface that connects to the same network has a chance of working. This doesn't address attemping to connect to both at once, but appears to allow unplugging from a wired interface and then inserting a wireless card that associates with an AP bridged to the same LAN.
|
149766 |
03-Sep-2005 |
garys |
Moved descriptions of securelevels from init(7) to security(7).
Files used both "securelevel" and either "secure level" or "security level"; all are now "security level".
PR: docs/84266 Submitted by: garys Approved by: keramida MFC after: 3 days
|
149727 |
02-Sep-2005 |
brooks |
When we supersed the subnet-mask, write the forced value to the lease file. This is what the ISC client does.
Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>
|
149688 |
01-Sep-2005 |
marcel |
Add support for setting GPT partition labels. The partitions to be labeled are selected in the same way as with the remove command. Update the manpage to have the selection options described for the label command and referenced to it from the remove command. The label can be specified on the command line with the -l option or read from a file with the -f option. In both cases, the label is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8.
PR: ia64/83124 MFC after: 1 week
|
149687 |
01-Sep-2005 |
marcel |
Dot the i's: multiple devices can be specified, so the usage should have ellipsis following the device.
|
149684 |
01-Sep-2005 |
marcel |
Add a comment before the statement that is responsible for the removal of the GPT entry. There's a bit of code around that one statement that it's good to have it stand out a bit more.
|
149657 |
31-Aug-2005 |
marcel |
Document the -l and -u options of the show command.
|
149656 |
31-Aug-2005 |
marcel |
o Replace unicode16() by utf8_to_utf16(). o Introduce utf16_to_utf8(). o Add option -l to the show command to display the GPT label instead of the friendly partition type. o Add option -u to the show command to suppress the friendly output and print th raw UUIDs instead.
|
149655 |
31-Aug-2005 |
marcel |
/* -> /*- for license.
|
149639 |
30-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Introduce a new helper function check_search() derived for res_hnok to check the domain-name parameter according to the rules for "search" strings as documented in resolv.conf(5). Specifically, the string must be no more than 256 bytes long and contain no more than six valid domain names separated by white space.
The previous unchecked values could result in a mangled resolv.conf file which could effectively deny access to local sites. This is not a security issue as rogue dhcp servers could already do this without sending invalid strings.
Reviewed by: cperciva MFC After: 3 days
|
149638 |
30-Aug-2005 |
csjp |
When using files as backing stores for devices, and the user has requested the device be created read+write, check to see if the backing store is read only through the use of the access(2) system call. If this check fails returning EACCES, EPERM or EROFS then gracefully downgrade the access to read only. Also print a warning message to stderr, informing the user that the access mode they requested is not available.
This behavior used to be handled by md(4) but was changed in revision 1.154
Discussed with: pjd, phk, Dario Freni <saturnero at freesbie dot org> Reviewed by: phk
|
149611 |
30-Aug-2005 |
marcel |
This script was helpful during development, but has no reason to be kept alive. Removal is long overdue as it is.
|
149610 |
30-Aug-2005 |
marcel |
Don't print the total number of partitions removed now that we print the name of the partitions that we remove. A summary is unnecessary and even makes parsing of the output more difficult.
MFC after: 1 week
|
149605 |
29-Aug-2005 |
sobomax |
Extend utility to allow recovering single file from the deffective media.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
149536 |
27-Aug-2005 |
keramida |
Make it clear that the .ko extention of a module to be loaded is optional.
PR: docs/85356 Submitted by: Julien Gabel <jpeg@thilelli.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
149534 |
27-Aug-2005 |
marius |
As with NO_CRYPT, don't try to compile geli(8) when NO_OPENSSL is defined either.
MFC after: 1 week
|
149519 |
26-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
The $medium string often contains quoted values with spaces in them (ssids, for example). Follow the example of the ISC script and wrap ifconfig calls using $medium in eval "..." so this works.
Reported by: iedowse
|
149493 |
26-Aug-2005 |
takawata |
Update Document.
|
149481 |
26-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
In read_string(), when the last character was a backslash, unincrement the output index instead of keeping what ever trash was in the buffer.
Reported by: iedowse
|
149480 |
26-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Use a more robust, grep-free command to get the interface of the current default route.
Submitted by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>
|
149479 |
26-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Don't and/remove a route to our assigned IP through 127.0.0.1. It serves no apparent purpose (we commented this out ages ago in the ISC scripts) and cases problems with some ADSL setups.
Reported by: Rostislav Krasny <rosti dot bsd at gmail dot com>
|
149400 |
24-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
MFOpenBSD rev 1.9: fix a buffer overflow when processing config file lines that are exactly 81 characters in length.
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC After: 3 days
|
149399 |
23-Aug-2005 |
brooks |
Add __FBSDID to all .c files in dhclient to aid in determining file versions when dealing with user problems.
|
149383 |
23-Aug-2005 |
csjp |
FreeBSD unconditionally supports write filters now.
|
149353 |
21-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
By default, when doing crypto work in software, start as many threads as we have active CPUs and bind each thread to its own CPU.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149318 |
20-Aug-2005 |
simon |
Remove reference to raid(4), the RAIDframe manual page, which was deleted a while ago.
PR: docs/85142 Submitted by: Jeremy Chadwick <freebsd@jdc.parodius.com> MFC after: 3 days
|
149304 |
19-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Allow to change number of iterations for PKCS#5v2. It can only be used when there is only one key set.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149302 |
19-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Move function for calculating number of bits into more central place. I want to use it so more.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149212 |
18-Aug-2005 |
iedowse |
Add the ability to specify the boot2 serial console speed in /boot.config or on the "boot:" prompt line via a "-S<speed>" flag, e.g. "-h -S19200". This adds about 50 bytes to the size of boot2 and required a few other small changes to limit the size impact. This changes only affects boot2; there are further loader changes to follow.
|
149194 |
17-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Update manual page (now dedicated kernel thread is always started).
MFC after: 3 days
|
149155 |
16-Aug-2005 |
brueffer |
Clarify how the 'channel' argument should look like and add an example on how to obtain information on devices on an ata channel.
PR: 84676 Submitted by: Kevin Oberman <oberman@es.net> Jeremie Le Hen <jeremie@le-hen.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
149086 |
15-Aug-2005 |
glebius |
Implement a new feature for ping(8) - sweeping pings. In a sweeping ping ICMP payload of packets being sent is increased with given step. Sweeping pings are useful for testing problematic channels, MTU issues or traffic policing functions in networks.
PR: bin/82625 Submitted by: Chris Hellberg <chellberg juniper.net> (with some cleanups)
|
149061 |
14-Aug-2005 |
iedowse |
Attempt to improve the logic for automatically sizing partitions to take into account the new default of starting the first partition after the boot blocks instead of at sector 0. If you used automatic sizing when the first partition did not start at 0, you would get an error that the automatically sized partition extended beyond the end of the disk.
Note that there are probably still many more complex cases where automatic sizing and placement will not work (e.g. non-contiguous or out of order partitions).
|
149059 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Unfortunately dlerror(3) returns string, so there is no clean way to ignore "no such file" errors only, which I wanted to do. Because of this I ignored all other errors on dlopen(3) failure as well, which isn't good. Fix this situation by calling access(2) on library file first and ignore only ENOENT error. This allows to report all the rest of dlopen(3) errors.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149048 |
14-Aug-2005 |
iedowse |
Don't treat failure to find the operator GID as a fatal error; this made it impossible to use newfs (and mdmfs) when /etc/group is missing and /etc is read-only.
|
149047 |
14-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
When keys were configured without passphrase, number of iterations in metadata is equal to -1. if we then wanted to attach provider (or change keys) and forget about '-p' flag it failed on assertion (quite ok, without assertion it could call PKCS#5v2 with 4294967295 iterations).
Instead of failing on assertion, remind about '-p' flag.
MFC after: 3 days
|
149043 |
14-Aug-2005 |
thompsa |
Document two missed if_bridge commands 'addr' and 'static'.
Noticed by: Michal Mertl Approved by: mlaier (mentor) MFC after: 3 days
|
149029 |
13-Aug-2005 |
sam |
add list mac and mac:kick support
Submitted by: Michal Mertl (original version) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
149020 |
13-Aug-2005 |
bz |
* Add dynamic sysctl for net.inet6.ip6.fw. * Correct handling of IPv6 Extension Headers. * Add unreach6 code. * Add logging for IPv6.
Submitted by: sysctl handling derived from patch from ume needed for ip6fw Obtained from: is_icmp6_query and send_reject6 derived from similar functions of netinet6,ip6fw Reviewed by: ume, gnn; silence on ipfw@ Test setup provided by: CK Software GmbH MFC after: 6 days
|
148982 |
12-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
GELI doesn't need cryptodev.
MFC after: 2 days
|
148978 |
12-Aug-2005 |
pjd |
Add code for Ext2FS and ReiserFS labels recognition.
Submitted by: Stanislav Sedov <stas@310.ru> PR: kern/84638 MFC after: 1 week
|
148833 |
07-Aug-2005 |
stefanf |
The libedit update made a const cast necessary.
|
148730 |
05-Aug-2005 |
sos |
Fix status to report status from the given array.
|
148726 |
05-Aug-2005 |
stefanf |
Use socklen_t where appropriate.
|
148719 |
05-Aug-2005 |
stefanf |
Garbage collect useless variables.
|
148718 |
05-Aug-2005 |
stefanf |
Use the C99 syntax for designated initialisers.
|
148686 |
03-Aug-2005 |
stefanf |
Fix commen typos.
|
148649 |
02-Aug-2005 |
ru |
Add missing check for the NO_CRYPT build option.
Reported by: Alexander Polakov
|
148643 |
02-Aug-2005 |
sam |
Wireless suport fixups: add a bunch of stuff that's been in the code but not documented (e.g. wme, mac acl) and correct some information, etc.
Reviewed by: brueffer
|
148621 |
01-Aug-2005 |
sam |
acm and ack are specified per-ac
MFC after: 3 days
|
148600 |
31-Jul-2005 |
ceri |
Correct the description of the TAPE environment variable. Based on:
PR: docs/84200 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <garys at opusnet dot com> MFC after: 1 week
|
148569 |
30-Jul-2005 |
brueffer |
Misc cleanup (spelling, grammar, mdoc, style, cut >80 char lines).
|
148554 |
30-Jul-2005 |
sam |
oops, revert previous change
|
148553 |
30-Jul-2005 |
sam |
MFC: add fragthreshold parameter and accept - (or any) for rtsthreshold
Approved by: re (kensmith)
|
148511 |
29-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Update manual page after ggate rewrite.
MFC after: 1 day
|
148507 |
29-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
I actually do need libmd.
|
148484 |
28-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
Further fix receive_packet() by using BPF_WORDALIGN to insure the offset is properly aligned when we move to the next packet.
Obtained from: ISC dhclient via krw at OpenBSD
|
148475 |
28-Jul-2005 |
keramida |
Spell "partition" correctly.
PR: docs/84198 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen MFC after: 3 days
|
148465 |
28-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
Don't reject packets with server names containing characters that are not allowed in domain names. RFC 2132 does not list valid or invalid characters and the ISC client accepts anything here.
Reported by: ps
|
148464 |
27-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
I think I found the problem, reconnect geli to the build.
|
148463 |
27-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
- Reduce WARNS level to 3, so it will be compilabe on alpha. - Don't link libmd, it is not needed. - Connect manual page to the build.
MFC after: 1 week
|
148462 |
27-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Disconnect geli from the build for now. I need to find out first what is the cause of sha2.c compilation problem on alpha.
|
148457 |
27-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Connect GEOM_ELI class to the build.
MFC after: 1 week
|
148456 |
27-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Add GEOM_ELI class which provides GEOM providers encryption. For features list and usage see manual page: geli(8).
Sponsored by: Wheel Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheel.pl MFC after: 1 week
|
148451 |
27-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
Fix a bug in the handling of cases where we got a short (or zero) capture. Zero length captures caused an infinte loop and short captures probably caused memory corruption and a crash.
Reported by: many MFC After: 3 days
|
148420 |
26-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
s/if_defaulroute/if_defaultroute/
We may now handle route updates better.
|
148416 |
26-Jul-2005 |
sam |
o add fragthreshold support now that the ioctl exists o accept rtsthreshold - (or any) as a shorthand for rtsthreshold 2346
MFC after: 3 days
|
148411 |
25-Jul-2005 |
brooks |
Change host-name from type "X" to type "t". This allows the client to accept NUL-terminated strings as required by RFC 2132.
This solution is not perfect as it removes the ability to send NUL-terminated host-name options which may be required by some broken servers. Given the current lack of an existance proof of such servers and the fact that servers that send NUL-terminated domain names do exist, this seems like an acceptable compromise. A discussion of these issues can be found at:
http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=dhcp-client&m=96837107208382&w=2
PR: bin/83468 Reported by: Sean Winn <sean at gothic dot net dot au> MFC-after: 3 days
|
148373 |
25-Jul-2005 |
sam |
treat REASSOC events just like ASSOC
MFC after: 3 days
|
148244 |
21-Jul-2005 |
dds |
Interpret correctly the glob(3) return value. Previously, interactive commands specifying a non-existent file or directory used to display an "out of memory error".
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
148216 |
20-Jul-2005 |
marks |
Bump document date.
Reminded by: ru
|
148214 |
20-Jul-2005 |
marks |
Document -b flag of dhclient.
Reviewed by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
148062 |
15-Jul-2005 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk. - Attempt gctl verb "write MBR" when updating.
|
148035 |
15-Jul-2005 |
phk |
Attempt gctl verb "write MBR" when updating.
This should solve the problem of modifying a busy MBR.
|
148011 |
14-Jul-2005 |
brueffer |
- Remove MLINKS to nonexistant manpages - Change some section numbers to match reality - For MLINKS to manpages from ports, mention which port installs them
MFC after: 3 days
|
148001 |
14-Jul-2005 |
rwatson |
Add a new flag '-k' to ifconfig(8), indicating that it is alright to print potentially sensitive keying material to stdout. With the new 802.11 support, ifconfig(8) is now capable of printing 802.11 keys, and did by default for the root user, which is undesirable in some environments. Now it will not print keying material unless requested (and available to the user).
MFC after: 1 week
|
147979 |
13-Jul-2005 |
yar |
Add symbolic names for the IFF_PPROMISC and IFF_NEEDSGIANT flags so that ifconfig(8) can print them.
MFC after: 5 days
|
147973 |
13-Jul-2005 |
marcus |
* Open permissions on /var/run/devd.pipe so that any user can read devd events from this socket * Enable non-blocking I/O on devd.pipe to keep clients from wedging devd. If a write(2) on devd.pipe would block, the client in question will be removed [1]
Requested by: rwatson [1] Approved by: imp
|
147972 |
13-Jul-2005 |
marcus |
Replace fch{mod,own} with straight ch{mod,own} as the former cannot be used on socket file descriptors.
Reviewed by: secteam (cperciva) Approved by: imp
|
147948 |
13-Jul-2005 |
brueffer |
mdoc cleanup and whitespace removal after the last commit.
Submitted by: ru
|
147947 |
13-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Don't forget to initialize 'id' field.
MFC after: 3 days
|
147943 |
12-Jul-2005 |
brueffer |
Information about the capability flags in 'ifconfig foo0 scan' output.
Most content by: avatar Reviewed by: sam Approved by: re (hrs) MFC after: 3 days
|
147885 |
10-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Don't compile ggatec/ggated in NO_LIBPTHREAD case.
Reported by: Andrea Campi <andrea+freebsd_cvs_all@webcom.it> Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147874 |
10-Jul-2005 |
imp |
Add the ability to match the on a media type of the device in question.
Submitted by: sam Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147845 |
08-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Sync which ggate changes.
Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147844 |
08-Jul-2005 |
pjd |
Reimplement ggatec/ggated applications.
Change communication protocol to be much more resistant on network problems and to allow for much better performance.
Better performance is achieved by creating two connections between ggatec and ggated one for sending the data and one for receiving it. Every connection is handled by separeted thread, so there is no more synchronous data flow (send and wait for response), now one threads sends all requests and another receives the data.
Use two threads in ggatec(8): - sendtd, which takes I/O requests from the kernel and sends them to the ggated daemon on the other end; - recvtd, which waits for ggated responses and forwards them to the kernel.
Use three threads in ggated(8): - recvtd, which waits for I/O requests and puts them onto incoming queue; - disktd, which takes requests from the incoming queue, does disk operations and puts finished requests onto outgoing queue; - sendtd, which takes finished requests from the outgoing queue and sends responses back to ggatec.
Because there were major changes in communication protocol, there is no backward compatibility, from now on, both client and server has to run on 5.x or 6.x (or at least ggated should be from the same FreeBSD version on which ggatec is running).
For Gbit networks some buffers need to be increased. I use those settings: kern.ipc.maxsockbuf=16777216 net.inet.tcp.sendspace=8388608 net.inet.tcp.recvspace=8388608 and I use '-S 4194304 -R 4194304' options for both, ggatec and ggated.
Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147795 |
06-Jul-2005 |
sam |
add pureg/-pureg parameter for controlling pureg ap mode support
Reviewed by: avatar Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147720 |
01-Jul-2005 |
cperciva |
Bump document date. Remove EOL whitespace introduced in previous commit. Start new line at sentence break in previous commit.
Approved by: re (implicit, fixing a commit made 5 minutes ago)
|
147719 |
01-Jul-2005 |
cperciva |
Document some limitations of uid/gid rules.
Approved by: re (rwatson) MFC after: 3 days
|
147689 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Don't complain when we receive smtp, pop, nntp, www, finger, and irc server options.
Reported by: Max Boyarov <max_b at tut dot by> Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)
|
147686 |
30-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
People like to do RFC violating things with the domain-name option and include a space seperated list of domains instead of the domain of the host. This is supported on too many platforms to break for now so, remove validation of this option for the moment.
The correct solution longer term is to implement RFC 3397 support and then treat domain-name options containing space seperated lists of domains as domain-search options for backwards compatability.
Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)
|
147596 |
25-Jun-2005 |
ru |
Install the dhcp-options.5 manpage.
Timeout from: brooks Approved by: re (blanket manpages)
|
147575 |
24-Jun-2005 |
ru |
Tidy up the markup.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
147528 |
22-Jun-2005 |
ru |
Line up the markup.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
147516 |
21-Jun-2005 |
dumbbell |
Build mount_reiserfs on every platforms, not only i386 and pc98.
Reviewed by: mux (mentor) Approved by: re (dougb)
|
147506 |
20-Jun-2005 |
dwhite |
Don't bump bounds every time savecore(8) is run.
Submitted by: Ed Maste <emaste@sandvine.com> Approved by: re
|
147489 |
20-Jun-2005 |
avatar |
Appending "..." to a SSID which contains unprintable characters only when necessary.
Submitted by: sam Approved by: re (scottl)
|
147443 |
16-Jun-2005 |
brueffer |
Remove Xref to mount_hpfs(8), it's not hooked up to the build.
Approved by: re (blanket) MFC after: 3 days
|
147437 |
16-Jun-2005 |
ume |
only show a tunnel information of an adequate address family.
Approved by: re (dwhite)
|
147369 |
14-Jun-2005 |
ru |
Markup fixes.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
147351 |
13-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Avoid a null pointer dereference by not expiring our lease if we don't have an active one.
Submitted by: sam Reported by: James Snow <snow at teardrop dot org> Approved by: re (dhclient blanket)
|
147337 |
13-Jun-2005 |
brueffer |
It's spelled 'preceded' of course.
Submitted by: David Adam <zanchey@ucc.gu.uwa.edu.au> Pointy hat to: brueffer
|
147333 |
13-Jun-2005 |
brueffer |
Hex strings are _pre_ceeded by 0x, not _pro_ceeded.
PR: 82187 Submitted by: Anthony Rogers <anthony.j.rogers@gmail.com> Approved by: re (blanket) MFC after: 3 days
|
147242 |
10-Jun-2005 |
delphij |
Use MOPT_END in favor of MOPT_NULL, which better describes the purporse of the macro.
|
147218 |
10-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Add support for /etc/dhclient-enter-hooks to match /etc/dhclient-exit-hooks.
|
147138 |
08-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Add support for /etc/dhclient-exit-hooks file.
Tested by: Max Boyarov <max_b at tut dot by>
|
147106 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Fix build on 64-bit platforms where time_t is 64 bit. Since where talking about time related to leases, it should be OK to cast these to (int)s rather than using intmax_t.
Submitted by: ru Pointy hat: brooks
|
147105 |
07-Jun-2005 |
mlaier |
add_proto() now fills proto for us so stop to 'guess' the protocol from the command and rather trust the value add_proto filled in. While here, fix an oversight in the pretty printing of ip6/4 options.
|
147099 |
07-Jun-2005 |
ru |
- Remove OpenBSD'ism (bsd.own.mk). - Remove redundant and harmful -Wall from CFLAGS.
|
147089 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Now that dhclient builds and /etc/support has been committed, reconnect dhclient to the build.
|
147087 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Use SCRIPTS to install dhclient-script instead of rolling our own.
|
147086 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
FreeBSDize the dhclient-script.
Submitted by: sam
|
147085 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Define _PATH_VAREMPTY.
Add a -b option to background immediatly.
Add support for 802.11 routing messages to "instantly" renegotiate at lease when we associate with a new network.
Submitted by: sam
|
147077 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
NULL is not a valid time_t.
Submitted by: sam
|
147076 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
We don't support BPF write filters at this time.
Submitted by: sam
|
147075 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Take the OpenBSD version of the Makefile to resolve conflicts as the old one is irrelevent. Add $FreeBSD.
|
147073 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r147072, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
147071 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Remove the bits to build the isc-dhclient.
|
147070 |
07-Jun-2005 |
brooks |
Temporarily disconnect dhclient from the build while I import the OpenBSD version.
|
147063 |
06-Jun-2005 |
sos |
Open devices RDONLY for ioctls. That makes it work on open devices to which GEOM doesn't allow WR access.
|
147048 |
06-Jun-2005 |
philip |
Fix a silly little typo I just spotted.
|
146987 |
05-Jun-2005 |
thompsa |
Connect if_bridge to the build.
Approved by: mlaier (mentor)
|
146985 |
05-Jun-2005 |
thompsa |
Add if_bridge, which provides more advanced Ethernet bridging and 802.1d spanning tree support.
Based on Jason Wright's bridge driver from OpenBSD, and modified by Jason R. Thorpe in NetBSD.
Reviewed by: mlaier, bms, green Silence from: -net Approved by: mlaier (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD
|
146962 |
04-Jun-2005 |
green |
Better explain, then actually implement the IPFW ALTQ-rule first-match policy. It may be used to provide more detailed classification of traffic without actually having to decide its fate at the time of classification.
MFC after: 1 week
|
146938 |
03-Jun-2005 |
imp |
Revert last. It was the result of mismerges from cvs not an actual need. _sconfig already was there in the correct place.
Noticed by: ru@
|
146936 |
03-Jun-2005 |
imp |
Build sconfig on i386 to match where drivers are made it configures
|
146894 |
03-Jun-2005 |
mlaier |
Add support for IPv4 only rules to IPFW2 now that it supports IPv6 as well. This is the last requirement before we can retire ip6fw.
Reviewed by: dwhite, brooks(earlier version) Submitted by: dwhite (manpage) Silence from: -ipfw
|
146873 |
01-Jun-2005 |
jhb |
Fix some warnings on 64-bit archs.
Reviewed by: sam
|
146853 |
01-Jun-2005 |
delphij |
Add a handy macro to represent null mount option, MOPT_NULL, and make use of the macro in sbin/mount*'s, by replacing:
mopts[] = { MOPT_STDOPTS, { NULL } }
With: mopts[] = { MOPT_STDOPTS, MOPT_NULL }
This change will help to reduce the situation that we don't explicitly initialize "struct mntopt"'s. It should not contribute to any functional/logical changes as far as I can tell.
|
146838 |
31-May-2005 |
stefanf |
Remove #ident directives, they don't exist on the vendor branch anymore.
|
146763 |
29-May-2005 |
delphij |
Constify savedir pointer, and remove an accompaning strdup() call.
|
146757 |
29-May-2005 |
charnier |
Give variable an initial value. Use errx() instead of fprintf().
|
146754 |
29-May-2005 |
charnier |
rscid -> __FBSDID. Mark parameter as __unused when necessary.
|
146607 |
25-May-2005 |
ru |
Fix order (I introduced some time ago) broken in previous revision.
|
146601 |
24-May-2005 |
mux |
Only build mount_reiserfs(8) on i386, it exists only there for now.
Spotted by: ru
|
146569 |
24-May-2005 |
dumbbell |
Connect mount_reiserfs(8) to the build.
Approved by: mux (mentor)
|
146568 |
24-May-2005 |
dumbbell |
Import of mount_reiserfs(8), used to mount a ReiserFS filesystem.
Approved by: mux (mentor)
|
146546 |
23-May-2005 |
ume |
- do DNS lookup for symbolic names specified for a destination or gateway. - improves error reporting using gai_strerror(3) instead of printing "bad value". - remove "0" for servname argument for getaddrinfo(3).
Submitted by: Andreas Kohn <andreas __at__ syndrom23.de> MFC after: 1 week
|
146465 |
21-May-2005 |
ru |
Synchronize program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.
|
146464 |
21-May-2005 |
mlaier |
Unbreak handling of "ip[v]6" protocol and option flag. No more segfaults and not every protocol is IPv6.
|
146434 |
20-May-2005 |
sos |
Print the rigth argv string on error (too much c&p)..
|
146426 |
20-May-2005 |
sam |
guard against bogus address data
Submitted by: Bakul Shah
|
146321 |
17-May-2005 |
ru |
Fix the contents of the underneath .depend files and "make checkdpadd".
|
146306 |
16-May-2005 |
imp |
Ignore sigpipe so we can properly detach clients to the pipe.
Submitted by: Fredrik Lindberg
|
146277 |
16-May-2005 |
darrenr |
Enable building /sbin/ipf (but not the rescue version) with the ability to parse bpf strings for filter rules in ipf.conf
|
146271 |
16-May-2005 |
ru |
Fixed markup from the previous revision.
|
146267 |
16-May-2005 |
sos |
Reflect the new usage.
|
146266 |
16-May-2005 |
sos |
Change the way ioctls are issue to ATA. The most prominent part is that its now possible to issue ata_requests directly to say acd0, instead of going through the cumbersome /dev/ata device.
|
146187 |
13-May-2005 |
ume |
NI_WITHSCOPEID cleanup. Neither RFC 2553 nor RFC 3493 defines NI_WITHSCOPEID, and our getaddrinfo(3) does nothing special for it, now.
|
146097 |
11-May-2005 |
glebius |
'ngtee' also depends on net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass.
|
146079 |
11-May-2005 |
jmallett |
shutdown(2)'s how argument as 0 is nowhere near as cool as SHUT_RD
|
145865 |
04-May-2005 |
glebius |
IPFW version 2 is the only option now in HEAD. Do not confuse users of future releases with instructions about building IPFW2 on RELENG_4.
|
145861 |
04-May-2005 |
fjoe |
Add -m option (find module using modfind() and stat it).
|
145842 |
03-May-2005 |
mlaier |
Update ifconfig's pfsync module for 3.7 pfsync(4)
|
145841 |
03-May-2005 |
mlaier |
Adapt Makefiles for pfctl(8) and authpf(8) to 3.7 sources.
|
145799 |
02-May-2005 |
delphij |
Cleanups for gcc4:
- Use socklen_t for socket functions - Remove an unnecessary extern - Signed/unsigned cleanups
Reviewed by: harti
|
145797 |
02-May-2005 |
delphij |
WARNS=6 and gcc4 cleanup: - Use const where necessary - Use __unused where applicable - Rename variables that is conflicit with global definations
|
145795 |
02-May-2005 |
delphij |
include stdarg.h for va_list
|
145794 |
02-May-2005 |
delphij |
Make gcc4 happy by making consistent signedness.
|
145765 |
01-May-2005 |
nyan |
- Merged some missing changes from fdisk/fdisk.c. - Remove ifdef PC98. - Make WARN=4 clean.
|
145763 |
01-May-2005 |
nyan |
cosmetic changes.
|
145748 |
01-May-2005 |
nyan |
Merged more changes from fdisk/fdisk.c.
|
145747 |
01-May-2005 |
nyan |
Use NDOSPART macro instead of a magic number.
|
145745 |
01-May-2005 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.77.
|
145690 |
29-Apr-2005 |
phk |
If we resort to opening a slice instead of the base device, do so with the correct mode for our arguments.
|
145662 |
29-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Remove trailing spaces.
|
145630 |
28-Apr-2005 |
darrenr |
Patches from Ruslam Ermilov to remove NetBSD bits from Makefiles and cleanup build problems with rescue.
|
145567 |
26-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
Fix a the previous commit. I wanted to remove the if and always run the body not remove both.
Reported by: ceri Pointy hat: brooks
|
145566 |
26-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
Don't force IPv6 proto to be printed numericaly.
Noticed by: ceri
|
145555 |
26-Apr-2005 |
darrenr |
Not looking for ipfilter source files in the right place
|
145543 |
26-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Fix stripe size in example.
Found by: kris MFC after: 3 days
|
145526 |
25-Apr-2005 |
darrenr |
remove old directories used to build ipfilter tools
|
145525 |
25-Apr-2005 |
darrenr |
There's only one ipfilter directory now
|
145524 |
25-Apr-2005 |
darrenr |
create a new build heirarchy for ipfilter tools
|
145484 |
24-Apr-2005 |
des |
- distinguish between the device name (what the user called it on the command line) and the device path (what we passed to open()). Use the former in diagnostics. - when adding or removing partitions, print a single line to stdout for each partition that was added or removed, indicating its name. - add an -a option to 'gpt remove' which must be explicitly specified to remove all partitions.
Approved by: marcel (in prinicple) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
145445 |
23-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Remove duplicated description of 'clear' subcommand.
Pointed out by: marck X-MFC-after: few seconds
|
145309 |
20-Apr-2005 |
jcamou |
Use .Pa instead of .Xr to follow mdoc(7) specifications.
Noticed by: trhodes Approved by: trhodes (mentor) MFC after: 1 day
|
145246 |
18-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
Add IPv6 support to IPFW and Dummynet.
Submitted by: Mariano Tortoriello and Raffaele De Lorenzo (via luigi)
|
145238 |
18-Apr-2005 |
imp |
'r' disk devices no longer exist, so don't try to create a pathname that has an 'r' in it.
This also eliminates a bogus use of strlcat. PR: 80064
|
145218 |
18-Apr-2005 |
imp |
Fix parsing of nomatch events. minor debug fix.
|
145130 |
15-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Document 'clear' and 'dump' subcommands.
MFC after: 1 week
|
145089 |
14-Apr-2005 |
rees |
Remove dead code.
PR: bin/78125 Submitted by: Gavin Atkinson <gavin.atkinson@ury.york.ac.uk> Approved by: alfred
|
144998 |
13-Apr-2005 |
mdodd |
Show descriptions for type CTLTYPE_NODES.
|
144997 |
13-Apr-2005 |
mdodd |
Zero buffers. Seatbelt against sysctl(3) returning non-NUL terminated string data.
|
144818 |
08-Apr-2005 |
stefanf |
ISO C does not allow unnamed union members.
|
144817 |
08-Apr-2005 |
stefanf |
Fix typo in comment.
|
144793 |
08-Apr-2005 |
ceri |
Grammatical improvement.
|
144757 |
07-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
When accessing the sysctl vfs.nfs.iodmax, don't report errors as being from accessing vfs.nfs.iodmin.
|
144747 |
07-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Allow classes to specify local source files.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
144737 |
07-Apr-2005 |
pjd |
Empty error buffer is not an error.
MFC after: 3 weeks
|
144688 |
05-Apr-2005 |
jcamou |
Document the configuration files used.
PR: docs/79572 Submitted by: Josh Paetzel <josh@tcbug.org> Approved by: trhodes (mentor)
|
144687 |
05-Apr-2005 |
brooks |
Be more specific when complaining about bit masks.
|
144597 |
03-Apr-2005 |
imp |
Remove debug from last commit
|
144564 |
03-Apr-2005 |
imp |
/*-
|
144362 |
31-Mar-2005 |
rwatson |
Don't define FS_DEBUG by default, as this causes growfs to write debugging information to /tmp/growfs.debug, which is a world-writable directory.
MFC after: 3 days Reported by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>
|
144361 |
31-Mar-2005 |
rwatson |
Don't default to '/var/tmp/ffsinfo' for the output of ffsinfo(8), since /var/tmp is a world-writable directory.
MFC after: 3 days Reported by: Jon Passki <cykyc@yahoo.com>
|
144344 |
30-Mar-2005 |
joerg |
Fix grammar error caused by my previous edit. While being here, also update the copyright year.
Submitted by: ru
|
144330 |
30-Mar-2005 |
sos |
This is the much rumoured ATA mkIII update that I've been working on.
o ATA is now fully newbus'd and split into modules. This means that on a modern system you just load "atapci and ata" to get the base support, and then one or more of the device subdrivers "atadisk atapicd atapifd atapist ataraid". All can be loaded/unloaded anytime, but for obvious reasons you dont want to unload atadisk when you have mounted filesystems.
o The device identify part of the probe has been rewritten to fix the problems with odd devices the old had, and to try to remove so of the long delays some HW could provoke. Also probing is done without the need for interrupts, making earlier probing possible.
o SATA devices can be hot inserted/removed and devices will be created/ removed in /dev accordingly. NOTE: only supported on controllers that has this feature: Promise and Silicon Image for now. On other controllers the usual atacontrol detach/attach dance is still needed.
o Support for "atomic" composite ATA requests used for RAID.
o ATA RAID support has been rewritten and and now supports these metadata formats: "Adaptec HostRAID" "Highpoint V2 RocketRAID" "Highpoint V3 RocketRAID" "Intel MatrixRAID" "Integrated Technology Express" "LSILogic V2 MegaRAID" "LSILogic V3 MegaRAID" "Promise FastTrak" "Silicon Image Medley" "FreeBSD PseudoRAID"
o Update the ioctl API to match new RAID levels etc.
o Update atacontrol to know about the new RAID levels etc NOTE: you need to recompile atacontrol with the new sys/ata.h, make world will take care of that. NOTE2: that rebuild is done differently from the old system as the rebuild is now done piggybacked on read requests to the array, so atacontrol simply starts a background "dd" to rebuild the array.
o The reinit code has been worked over to be much more robust.
o The timeout code has been overhauled for races.
o Support of new chipsets.
o Lots of fixes for bugs found while doing the modulerization and reviewing the old code.
Missing or changed features from current ATA:
o atapi-cd no longer has support for ATAPI changers. Todays its much cheaper and alot faster to copy those CD images to disk and serve them from there. Besides they dont seem to be made anymore, maybe for that exact reason.
o ATA RAID can only read metadata from all the above metadata formats, not write all of them (Promise and Highpoint V2 so far). This means that arrays can be picked up from the BIOS, but they cannot be created from FreeBSD. There is more to it than just the missing write metadata support, those formats are not unique to a given controller like Promise and Highpoint formats, instead they exist for several types, and even worse, some controllers can have different formats and its impossible to tell which one. The outcome is that we cannot reliably create the metadata of those formats and be sure the controller BIOS will understand it. However write support is needed to update/fail/rebuild the arrays properly so it sits fairly high on the TODO list.
o So far atapicam is not supported with these changes. When/if this will change is up to the maintainer of atapi-cam so go there for questions.
HW donated by: Webveveriet AS HW donated by: Frode Nordahl HW donated by: Yahoo! HW donated by: Sentex Patience by: Vife and my boys (and even the cats)
|
144328 |
30-Mar-2005 |
joerg |
Support VTOC volume names. This can be useful to distinguish multiple disks in a system. Solaris' format(1m) displays the volume names in the disk overview.
MFC after: 1 month
|
144258 |
28-Mar-2005 |
kan |
Initialize iovlen variable to 0 before passing it by reference to the build_iovec function.
Tripped over by: Craig Rodrigues
|
144134 |
26-Mar-2005 |
ken |
Add "report only" functionality to 'camcontrol format', so users can get a report on the status of a format already running on a drive.
Fix status reporting for 'camcontrol format'. This was broken in rev 1.34 of camcontrol.c, almost 4 years ago!
Submitted by: joerg (most of the reportonly changes) MFC after: 3 days
|
144133 |
26-Mar-2005 |
cperciva |
When executing mount_foo, pass "mount_foo" as argv[0] instead of "foo". This unbreaks "/rescue/mount -t foo" -- previously it was necessary to explicitly call "/rescue/mount_foo".
Hints from: gordon X-MFC after: 3 days (if approved by re@)
|
144130 |
25-Mar-2005 |
brooks |
Remove bogus (but harmless) -I.. from CFLAGS. It makes no difference to .depends other then the commant line.
Also remove -g from CFLAGS. The user should add it to CFLAGS if they desire debug support.
Reviewed by: ru (in concept) MFC After: 7 days
|
144117 |
25-Mar-2005 |
imp |
Revert bogus += -g change. I needed it to debug the problem.
Noticed by: njl, Andrej Tobola
|
144099 |
25-Mar-2005 |
imp |
Restore the ability to read FreeBSD 1 tapes (and I think any net2 based tapes, but I'm not sure where NFS_MAGIC was introduced after 4.3). When support for the pre-4.4 format was removed (the ability to read 4.2 and 4.3 BSD tapes), the old format inode conversion was junked as well. However, FreeBSD 1 dump tapes use the NFS_MAGIC format, but have this inode format. Before, restore would fail complaining that '.' wasn't found and the root directory wasn't on this tape. Since the conversion from the not so old format is relatively trivial, restore the code to make that conversion.
FreeBSD 1 dumps are once again readable.
MFC After: a few days
|
144097 |
25-Mar-2005 |
imp |
dcvt is unused since the support for converting pre-4.4 tapes was removed. Go ahead and remove it and struct odirent since it too is unused.
# FreeBSD 1.1.5 tapes are still unreadable, but 2.0 and newer work.
|
144093 |
25-Mar-2005 |
imp |
c_tapea and c_firstrec are used for TS_TAPE blocks, so convert them for the old (4.4-lite through FreeBSD 4.x and *BSD) format. It looks like they aren't used for TS_INODE, but conversion costs so little there that I've not removed them there (in case my grep was wrong).
This makes at least some of the tapes work for me again. Now, to regresion test all my dusty tapes...
|
144000 |
23-Mar-2005 |
cperciva |
Add verbiage to the description of the noexec mount option clarifying that it really wasn't intended as a security feature.
Wording mostly by: simon Discussed with: secteam
|
143998 |
22-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Fix use of uninitialized buf[0].
Reported by: stefanf MFC after: 3 days
|
143948 |
21-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Truncate nextboot.conf file on creation, so existing garbage will be removed.
Submitted by: Gary Allan <dragonfly@gallan.plus.com> Obtained from: DragonFlyBSD MFC after: 3 days
|
143846 |
19-Mar-2005 |
brueffer |
Xref carp(4) and polling(4).
MFC after: 3 days
|
143819 |
18-Mar-2005 |
imp |
In order to print out the dump dates correctly, the date and ddate fields also need to be convereted for old tapes for records of type TAPE.
|
143818 |
18-Mar-2005 |
phk |
Typo.
Submitted by: Hiroharu Tamaru <tamaru@myn.rcast.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
143817 |
18-Mar-2005 |
imp |
Sync usage and man page with reality. There's no '-c' command line flag today. Maybe we should still retain it, but I'll let others fight that windmill.
|
143617 |
15-Mar-2005 |
harti |
Forgot to change the pointer to the snmp_atm sources after repo-copy. Correct this by pointing to the new location.
Pointy hat to: harti
Submitted by: keramida
|
143589 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Be sure that class name storaed in 'class_name' is lower case.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143586 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Define subcommands' usage inside g_command structure.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143585 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
- Add gc_usage field to g_command structure. This will allow to define usage for a subcommand, so no 'usage' function has to be implemented in class library. - Bump version number as it breaks ABI, but don't provide backward compatibility, because there are probably no external consumers of this geom(8). This allows to print more precise usage for standard commands and simplify class libraries a bit.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143576 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Instead of documenting every standard subcommand's argument everywhere, just leave reference to geom(8).
MFC after: 1 week
|
143575 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Document subcommands' arguments.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143573 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Document '-s' option of 'status' subcommand.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143572 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Add '-s' option to 'status' subcommand. It produces script-friendly output:
# gmirror status Name Status Components mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a ad2s1a mirror/data DEGRADED da0 da1 (76%) da2 # gmirror status -s Name Status Components mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a mirror/root COMPLETE ad2s1a mirror/data DEGRADED da0 mirror/data DEGRADED da1 (76%) mirror/data DEGRADED da2
MFC after: 1 week
|
143558 |
14-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Use int instead of size_t (%*s needs int).
MFC after: 1 week
|
143549 |
14-Mar-2005 |
delphij |
printf(3) expects that %*s having an int parameter, which generates warning on 64-bit platforms. Explicitly cast these values to int to work around this issue, as these values are tend to be small.
Spotted by: ia64 tinderbox
|
143535 |
13-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
- Document 'status' subcommand. - Update copyrights.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143534 |
13-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Add 'status' command which prints general information about devices. For example:
# gmirror status Name Status Components mirror/root COMPLETE ad0s1a ad2s1a mirror/data DEGRADED da0 da1 (76%) da2
MFC after: 1 week
|
143533 |
13-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Update copyrights.
|
143532 |
13-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
Change function names related to 'list' command from 'show_one_*' to 'list_one_*'.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143522 |
13-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
When listing all devices (geoms) from the given class, skip geoms without providers. This prevents from listing geoms like <name>.sync which can be confusing. It still allows to show details about it by giving its name when listing.
MFC after: 1 week
|
143431 |
11-Mar-2005 |
ume |
gbde(8) is also rejndael user.
Reported by: phk
|
143352 |
10-Mar-2005 |
cperciva |
Belatedly update the md5(1) man page to reflect the addition of sha256.
|
143334 |
09-Mar-2005 |
cperciva |
In light of the recent 2^69 operation collision-finding attack on SHA1, add support for SHA256.
Tested on: i386, sparc64 Tested using: NIST test vectors, built-in tests X-MFC-after: 5.4-RELEASE
|
143315 |
09-Mar-2005 |
stefanf |
Prefer the __printflike() macro to GCC's __attribute__ stuff.
|
143235 |
07-Mar-2005 |
delphij |
Make background fsck based summary adjustments actually work by initializing the sysctl mibs data before actually using them.
The original patchset (which is the actual version that is running on my testboxes) have checked whether all of these sysctls and refuses to do background fsck if we don't have them. Kirk has pointed out that refusing running fsck on old kernels is pointless, as old kernels will recompute the summary at mount time, so I have removed these checks.
Unfortunatelly, as the checks will initialize the mib values of those sysctl's, and which are vital for the runtime summary adjustment to work, we can not simply remove the check, which will lead to problem when running background fsck over a dirty volume. Add these checks in a different way: give a warning rather than refusing to work, and complain if the functionality is not available when adjustments are necessary.
Noticed by: A power failure at my lab Pointy hat: me MFC After: 3 days
|
142968 |
02-Mar-2005 |
iedowse |
Use a signal-safe type for two variables that are used to synchronise with a signal handler. This fixes a race condition introduced by compiler reordering that caused dump to sometimes get stuck, especially while dumping large filesystems.
|
142926 |
01-Mar-2005 |
pjd |
We can specify device size in bytes. Document this in usage.
|
142739 |
28-Feb-2005 |
brueffer |
Typos and grammar fixes, wordsmithing
|
142727 |
27-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
- Add md_provsize field to metadata, which will help with shared-last-sector problem. After this change, even if there is more than one provider with the same last sector, the proper one will be chosen based on its size. It still doesn't fix the 'c' partition problem (when da0s1 can be confused with da0s1c) and situation when 'a' partition starts at offset 0 (then da0s1a can be confused with da0s1 and da0s1c). One can use '-h' option there, when creating device or avoid sharing last sector. Actually, when providers share the same last sector and their size is equal, they provide exactly the same data, so the name (da0s1, da0s1a, da0s1c) isn't important at all. - Provide backward compatibility. - Update copyright's year.
MFC after: 1 week
|
142691 |
27-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
- Add GEOM_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable which allows to specify an alternative to /lib/geom/ path where shared libraries are stored. - Improve debugging.
MFC after: 3 days
|
142671 |
27-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
Add SHSEC class to the list of geom(8)-aware classes.
MFC after: 3 days
|
142669 |
27-Feb-2005 |
phk |
Remove filtering on major device number. These are assigned randomly these days so filtering on them makes no sense other than as a foot-shooting device.
|
142533 |
26-Feb-2005 |
obrien |
style(9).
|
142483 |
25-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
Add a missing comma.
|
142359 |
24-Feb-2005 |
obrien |
Allow a forced dump even if the dump header information is inconsistent. Output more verbosity with additional -v's.
Submitted by: seanc
|
142351 |
24-Feb-2005 |
trhodes |
Fix a couple of grammar nits.
PR: 77437 Submitted by: Paul A. Hoadley <paulh@logicsquad.net> (original version)
|
142248 |
22-Feb-2005 |
andre |
Bring back the full packet destination manipulation for 'ipfw fwd' with the kernel compile time option:
options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD_EXTENDED
This option has to be specified in addition to IPFIRWALL_FORWARD.
With this option even packets targeted for an IP address local to the host can be redirected. All restrictions to ensure proper behaviour for locally generated packets are turned off. Firewall rules have to be carefully crafted to make sure that things like PMTU discovery do not break.
Document the two kernel options.
PR: kern/71910 PR: kern/73129 MFC after: 1 week
|
142224 |
22-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Use afswch->af_other_status for carp_status() and pfsync_status().
Sponsored by: Rambler
|
142215 |
22-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing.
Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride.
FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier.
Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
|
142167 |
21-Feb-2005 |
mr |
Document the terabyte "-s" parameter in the usage string. Split the usage line to not exceed 80 chars.
|
142123 |
20-Feb-2005 |
delphij |
The recomputation of file system summary at mount time can be a very slow process, especially for large file systems that is just recovered from a crash.
Since the summary is already re-sync'ed every 30 second, we will not lag behind too much after a crash. With this consideration in mind, it is more reasonable to transfer the responsibility to background fsck, to reduce the delay after a crash.
Add a new sysctl variable, vfs.ffs.compute_summary_at_mount, to control this behavior. When set to nonzero, we will get the "old" behavior, that the summary is computed immediately at mount time.
Add five new sysctl variables to adjust ndir, nbfree, nifree, nffree and numclusters respectively. Teach fsck_ffs about these API, however, intentionally not to check the existence, since kernels without these sysctls must have recomputed the summary and hence no adjustments are necessary.
This change has eliminated the usual tens of minutes of delay of mounting large dirty volumes.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC After: 1 week
|
142119 |
20-Feb-2005 |
delphij |
When creating a new FFS file system, the block size will indirectly affect the largest file size that is allowed by the file system. On the other hand, when creating a snapshot, the snapshot file will appear as it is as big as the file system itself. Hence we will not be able to create a file system on large file systems with small block sizes.
Add a warning about this, and gives some hints to correct the issue.
Reviewed by: mckusick MFC After: 1 week
|
141995 |
16-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
Fix year in copyrights.
|
141965 |
16-Feb-2005 |
obrien |
va_list style tweaks
|
141956 |
15-Feb-2005 |
obrien |
Fix grammar error.
|
141851 |
13-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Expand contractions.
|
141846 |
13-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Expand *n't contractions.
|
141775 |
12-Feb-2005 |
trhodes |
Reword a sentence to conform with our mdoc(7) style. Modify wording in a sentence to avoid a run on within (). Remove a contraction.
Submitted by: Joel Dahl <joel@automatvapen.se> (original version)
|
141769 |
12-Feb-2005 |
ru |
- Fixed description of the "destroy" command options. - Document the "nuke" command. - Mention which commands correspond to which functions.
|
141612 |
10-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Sync program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.
|
141611 |
10-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Sync program's usage() with manpage's SYNOPSIS.
|
141593 |
09-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
- Correctly spell MOD_QUIESCE - use .Dv for it
MFC after: 3 days
|
141580 |
09-Feb-2005 |
ru |
Fixed the misplaced $FreeBSD$.
|
141444 |
07-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Sort SEE ALSO.
Submitted by: ru
|
141366 |
05-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Document how interaction with ng_ipfw node is configured.
|
141351 |
05-Feb-2005 |
glebius |
Add a ng_ipfw node, implementing a quick and simple interface between ipfw(4) and netgraph(4) facilities.
Reviewed by: andre, brooks, julian
|
141216 |
03-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
- Sort options. - Put 'break' into separate line.
|
141214 |
03-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
Fix whitespace.
|
141198 |
03-Feb-2005 |
pjd |
- Remove bogus O_CREAT flag. We really don't want to create a file here.
PR: bin/67793 Submitted by: Amir Shalem <amir@boom.org.il>
- Sync usage with manual page.
Approved by: phk MFC after: 1 week
|
141082 |
31-Jan-2005 |
ssouhlal |
Remove unsigned casts.
Discussed with: delphij, stefanf Approved by: grehan (mentor)
|
141055 |
30-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Document -f in usage().
|
140941 |
28-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Let bsd.prog.mk set SRCS and MAN to their default values.
|
140913 |
27-Jan-2005 |
ambrisko |
Change the ifr_media operation to only get its value and only set its value once per ifconfig run. Use Sam's new callback operation to set it when everything is done.
The purpose for this is that if you did something like ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex multiple times it would end up causing the PHY to re-sync since it would send the IOCTLs: ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX -mediaopt full-duplex ifconfig bge0 media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex This would cause the PHY to be updated twice even though there really wasn't any change since the check in sys/net/if_media.c would always fail.
Caveat is that this doesn't fix the case of: ifconfig bge0 media autoselect etc. since in sys/net/if_media.c it forces an autoselect to go through the entire process in ifmedia_ioctl :-( : /* * If no change, we're done. * XXX Automedia may invole software intervention. * Keep going in case the the connected media changed. * Similarly, if best match changed (kernel debugger?). */ if ((IFM_SUBTYPE(newmedia) != IFM_AUTO) && (newmedia == ifm->ifm_media) && (match == ifm->ifm_cur)) return 0;
Briefly looked at by: sam
|
140818 |
25-Jan-2005 |
ssouhlal |
Get rid of a NULL dereference when oid is too long.
Reviewed by: keramida Approved by: grehan (mentor) MFC after: 1 week
|
140815 |
25-Jan-2005 |
ssouhlal |
- Make WARNS?= 6 clean - Add WARNS?= 6
Approved by: stefanf, grehan (mentor)
|
140797 |
25-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Use new style declarations instead of K&R ones.
|
140796 |
25-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Use modern style defination for main() and move a extern declaration to global section.
Bump WARNS?= to 6
|
140795 |
25-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Code style tweaks: Use static and const where suitable.
|
140794 |
25-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
The kernel specified in main() of reboot(8) will be initialized with -k option and never be used without kflag. This confuses gcc because we set "kflag" at the same time with "kernel", but the logic is not that apparant for gcc.
Since we can initialize "kernel" to NULL then know if "k" option is set through determining whether it is still NULL, don't try to have gcc to guess why we are connecting "kflag" with "kernel" and use "kernel" directly in place of kflag.
Bump WARNS?= from 2 to 6
|
140760 |
24-Jan-2005 |
charnier |
spell "file system" correctly
Approved by: ru
|
140691 |
24-Jan-2005 |
cognet |
Bring back WARNS to 3 for arm until I figure out how to make gcc happy.
|
140627 |
22-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Allow to specify device size in bytes.
MFC after: 1 week
|
140611 |
22-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Document -l and -n options in usage().
|
140610 |
22-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Polish previous revision:
- Bump document date. - Spell "file system" properly. - Add missing markup bits.
|
140603 |
21-Jan-2005 |
wes |
Add an option to suppress the creation of the .snap directory in the new filesystem. This is intended for memory and vnode filesystems that will never be fsck'ed or dumped.
Obtained from: St. Bernard Software RAPID MFC after: 2 weeks
|
140602 |
21-Jan-2005 |
wes |
Improved error checking for existence of a .snap directory to generate snapshots in when -L is requested. If the .snap directory does not exist, or is not a directory, issue a warning and revert to the non- live behavior.
Obtained from: St. Bernard Software RAPID
|
140566 |
21-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Fixed xrefs.
|
140456 |
18-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Use the standard section name.
|
140423 |
18-Jan-2005 |
glebius |
Don't print extra " via ", if we have already printed one. While here, slightly style brackets.
PR: misc/75297 MFC after: 1 week
|
140415 |
18-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Sort sections.
|
140385 |
17-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Oops... Remove the line leaked in the last commit which is not intended to be there...
|
140384 |
17-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
WARNS=6 cleanup:
- Initialize everything in the struct array, not only the mentioned ones - Unconditionally initialize hs to 0 to avoid repeatly doing so - Cast to unsigned int when comparing to unsigned variables.
|
140383 |
17-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
WARNS=6 cleanup:
- signed/unsigned conform. - Better initialization of nlist[]. I think we should have something like NLIST_NULL instead of the current (ugly) form...
|
140368 |
17-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Added the EXIT STATUS section where appropriate.
|
140351 |
16-Jan-2005 |
charnier |
Remove \n at the end of err(3) strings
|
140298 |
15-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Fix arguments syntax.
Manual pages fixes by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
140295 |
15-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Eliminate macro calls inside literal displays.
|
140294 |
15-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Fixed display type.
|
140289 |
15-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Fixed display types.
|
140285 |
15-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Markup nits.
|
140282 |
15-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Markup fixes.
|
140271 |
15-Jan-2005 |
brooks |
Deprecate unmaintainable uses of strncmp to implement abbreviations. This commit replaces those with two new functions that simplify the code and produce warnings that the syntax is deprecated. A small number of sensible abbreviations may be explicitly added based on user feedback.
There were previously three types of strncmp use in ipfw: - Most commonly, strncmp(av, "string", sizeof(av)) was used to allow av to match string or any shortened form of it. I have replaced this with a new function _substrcmp(av, "string") which returns 0 if av is a substring of "string", but emits a warning if av is not exactly "string".
- The next type was two instances of strncmp(av, "by", 2) which allowed the abbreviation of bytes to "by", "byt", etc. Unfortunately, it also supported "bykHUygh&*g&*7*ui". I added a second new function _substrcmp2(av, "by", "bytes") which acts like the strncmp did, but complains if the user doesn't spell out the word "bytes".
- There is also one correct use of strncmp to match "table(" which might have another token after it without a space.
Since I changed all the lines anyway, I also fixed the treatment of strncmp's return as a boolean in many cases. I also modified a few strcmp cases as well to be fully consistent.
|
140248 |
14-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Improve readability for the recently introduced changes by having their sizeof(*p) instead of explicitlly specifying their types.
Suggested by: nectar
|
140244 |
14-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Use a better name than underscore-tmpfile for better representation of the meaning.
Suggested by: stefanf
|
140241 |
14-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
64-bit clean + WARNS=6: - Convert the (char *) cast+cast backs magic to memcpy(3). Without this, the resulting code is potentially risky with higher optimization levels. - Avoid same name when calling local variables, as well as global symbols. This reduces confusion for both human and compiler. - Add necessary casts, consts - Use new style function defination. - Minor style.Makefile(5) tweak - Bump WARNS?= from 0 to 6
** for the aout code: changes are intentionally limited to ease maintaince.
|
140075 |
11-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Connect SHSEC GEOM class to the build.
|
140074 |
11-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Introduce a new GEOM class - SHSEC. It provides sharing secret between the given providers. Without even one of the configured components there should be no way to get the secret.
Supported by: WHEEL Sp. z o.o. http://www.wheel.pl
|
140070 |
11-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Make WARNS=6 happy with our init(8): - Use more ``const''s where suitable. - Define strk() as a static function in global scope. This avoids the "nested extern declaration" warnings. - Use static initialization of strings, rather than referring string constants through char *. - Bump WARNS from 0 to 6.
|
139987 |
10-Jan-2005 |
ru |
Scheduled mdoc(7) sweep.
|
139975 |
10-Jan-2005 |
delphij |
Initialize "he" in DoFile, so savecore(8) is WARNS=6 clean. Bump WARNS accordingly.
|
139936 |
09-Jan-2005 |
trhodes |
Fix build on all (hopefully) 64 bit architectures.
Noticed by: tinderbox Tested on: panther
|
139920 |
08-Jan-2005 |
trhodes |
Use static const char and bump WARNS.
|
139918 |
08-Jan-2005 |
trhodes |
Remove unused variable.
|
139909 |
08-Jan-2005 |
pjd |
Cast to intmax_t when using %jd format.
MFC after: 3 days
|
139856 |
07-Jan-2005 |
rse |
Fix the derivation of the GEOM name from the specified device name by complementing the existing special case of a not existing /dev prefix with the recognition of an already existing /dev prefix.
This implicitly solves the following two issues related to working on GEOM devices /dev/foo/bar (which have the GEOM provider name "foo/bar") with the expected commands like "bsdlabel /dev/foo/bar":
1. the error "Geom not found" when trying to write or edit the BSD label (because previously the incorrect GEOM name "bar" instead of "foo/bar" was derived from "/dev/foo/bar").
2. the multiple times reported "magically introduced" partition offset of 63 blocks and the resulting errors like "partition extends past end of unit" and "partition c doesn't start at 0!".
This implicitly resulted because bsdlabel(8) determines the "MBR offset" via GEOM and (intentionally) silently falls back to an offset of 0 if it could not be queried (which is the case if the name was incorrectly derived).
Usually (at least on PCs) the offset for the first slice is 63 blocks and bsdlabel(8) automatically subtracts them from the absolute offsets in the read on-disk BSD label, resulting in the display of an effective offset of 0. If the GEOM query fails, the assumed offset of 0 is subtracted and an incorrect effective offset of 63 is displayed and tried to be worked upon.
Reviewed by: pjd MFC after: 1 week
|
139847 |
07-Jan-2005 |
guido |
Link a couple of missing manpages
Submitted by: Hideyuki KURASHINA <rushani@FreeBSD.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
139821 |
07-Jan-2005 |
brooks |
Write some bit mask limits in hex rather than decimal so they look less magic.
|
139648 |
03-Jan-2005 |
rwatson |
The badsect(8) utility uses atol(), which doesn't allow very good error checking and only recognizes numbers in base 10. The attached patch checks errno after strtol() and uses a base of 0 to allow octal, or hex sector numbers too.
PR: 73112 Submitted by: keramida MFC after: 2 weeks
|
139647 |
03-Jan-2005 |
rwatson |
The ffsinfo utility uses atol() to parse numeric values out of optarg strings. This isn't necessarily a bug, but it can be slightly inconvenient, because atol() doesn't know how to parse hexadecimal or octal numbers and at least one of the options of ffsinfo(8) would be easier to use if it did.
Changing atol() -> strtol() allows one to use hex masks for -l MASK, i.e.:
orion:/a/freebsd/src/sbin/ffsinfo# ./ffsinfo -l 0x3ff /
PR: 73110 Submitted by: keramida MFC after: 2 weeks
|
139575 |
02-Jan-2005 |
rwatson |
Remove cross reference to uustat(1), which is no longer in the base tree.
MFC after: 3 days Submitted by: bkoenig at cs dot tu-berlin dot de
|
139494 |
31-Dec-2004 |
sam |
Fix special status reporting. Prior to the reorg there was special-purpose code to display status for an interface for state that was not address-oriented. This status reporting was merged in to the address-oriented status reporting but did not work for link address reporting (as discovered with fwip interfaces). Correct this mis-merge and eliminate the bogus kludge that was used for link-level address reporting.
o add an af_other_status method for an address family for reporting status of things like media, vlan, etc. o call the af_other_status methods after reporting address status for an interface o special-case link address status; when reporting all status for an interface invoke it specially prior to reporting af_other_status methods (since it requires the sockaddr_dl that is passed in to status separately from the rtmsg address state) o correct the calling convention for link address status; don't cast types, construct the proper parameter
This fixes ifconfig on fwip interfaces.
|
139493 |
31-Dec-2004 |
sam |
o accept deftxkey as a synonym for weptxkey since that is what is printed for status (allows cut&paste) o accept undef for the deftxkey/weptxkey so you can reset state
Requested by: phk
|
139492 |
31-Dec-2004 |
sam |
recognize atheros information elements
|
139423 |
30-Dec-2004 |
brueffer |
Fix typos.
PR: 75616 Submitted by: n-kogane@syd.odn.ne.jp
|
139422 |
30-Dec-2004 |
obrien |
Clearer va-args usage.
Submitted by: bde
|
139377 |
28-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
Detect if class name is '-h' or 'help' and if it is, show general help message, i.e.: geom: usage: geom <class> <command> [options]
PR: bin/71537 Submitted by: bugghy <bugghy@phenix.rootshell.be> MFC after: 5 days
|
139359 |
27-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
Rewrite piece of code which I committed some time ago that allows to show file name for 'mdconfig -l -u <x>' command. This allows to preserve API/ABI compatibility with version 0 (that's why I changed version number back to 0) and will allow to merge this change to RELENG_5.
MFC after: 5 days
|
139330 |
26-Dec-2004 |
josef |
Fix typo.
Noticed by: clement
|
139322 |
26-Dec-2004 |
jkoshy |
Cross-reference ffsinfo(8).
|
139295 |
25-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
- Add genid field to the metadata which will allow to improve reliability a bit. After this change, when component is disconnected because of an I/O error, it will not be connected and synchronized automatically, it will be logged as broken and skipped. Autosynchronization can occur, when component is disconnected (on orphan event) and connected again - there were no I/O error, so there is no need to not connected the component, but when there were writes while it wasn't connected, it will be synchronized. This fix cases, when component is disconnected because of I/O error and can be connected again and again. - Bump version number. - Implement backward compatibility mechanism. After this change when metadata in old version is detected, it is automatically upgraded to the new (current) version.
|
139213 |
22-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
- Add genid field to the metadata which will allow to improve reliability a bit. After this change, when component is disconnected because of an I/O error, it will not be connected and synchronized automatically, it will be logged as broken and skipped. Autosynchronization can occur, when component is disconnected (on orphan event) and connected again - there were no I/O error, so there is no need to not connected the component, but when there were writes while it wasn't connected, it will be synchronized. This fix cases, when component is disconnected because of I/O error and can be connected again and again. - Bump version number. - Add version change history. - Implement backward compatibility mechanism. After this change when metadata in old version is detected, it is automatically upgraded to the new (current) version.
|
139209 |
22-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
'forget' command takes device names, not provider names.
|
139115 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
NOINET6 -> NO_INET6
|
139112 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
NOSHARED -> NO_SHARED
|
139105 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
NOATM -> NO_ATM
|
139103 |
21-Dec-2004 |
ru |
Start the dreaded NOFOO -> NO_FOO conversion.
OK'ed by: core
|
138978 |
17-Dec-2004 |
jkoshy |
Mark mknod(8) as deprecated. Add text in the 'COMPATIBILITY' section describing the changes in device management since FreeBSD 4.0.
Reviewed by: ru
|
138809 |
13-Dec-2004 |
obrien |
Back the warnings down from 9 to 6, since that is the highest we have. If we added a WARNS 7 level, it shouldn't be assumed this code will pass it.
|
138734 |
12-Dec-2004 |
phk |
Do not pass random bits as mount arguments.
|
138718 |
12-Dec-2004 |
sam |
always display the deftxkey for an 802.11 device if privacy is enabled
|
138671 |
11-Dec-2004 |
sam |
add a callback mechanism for code that wants to defer committing changes until all the command line args have been processed
Reviewed by: ambrisko
|
138643 |
10-Dec-2004 |
csjp |
Update the IPFW man page to reflect reality. mpsafenet=0 is no longer required when using ucred based rules.
Pointed out by: seanc (thanks!) MFC after: 1 month
|
138623 |
09-Dec-2004 |
pjd |
- Turn off 'fast' mode by default and increase maximum memory to consume when this mode is used. - Manual page update.
|
138593 |
08-Dec-2004 |
sam |
Overhaul to cleanup some of the tangled logic that's grown over the years.
o break per-address family support out into separate files o modularize per-address family and functional operations using a registration mechanism; this permits configuration according to which files you include (but beware that order of the files is important to insure backwards compatibility) o many cleanups to eliminate incestuous behaviour, global variables, and poor coding practices (still much more to fix)
The original motivation of this work was to support dynamic addition of functionality based on the interface so we can eliminate the various little control programs and so that vendors can distribute ifconfig plugins that support their in-kernel code. That work is still to be completed.
o Update 802.11 support for all the new net80211 functionality; some of these operations (e.g. list *) may be better suited in a different program
|
138559 |
08-Dec-2004 |
phk |
Make sure we don't pass garbage to the kernel.
The filesystem is named "ufs" not "ffs".
|
138421 |
05-Dec-2004 |
hmp |
Code for automatic name completion in a tcsh(1) environment.
PR: docs/44435 Submitted by: Slaven Rezic slaven dot rezic at berlin dot de
|
138314 |
02-Dec-2004 |
maxim |
o Do not dump core in -W if dumpdates was not readable and ddatev == NULL.
PR: bin/69977
o Remove unused ddates_in.
Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 3 weeks
|
138234 |
30-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Revert last change. It doesn't break mount(8) reporting but allows a "nodev" in /etc/fstab, etc.
|
138195 |
29-Nov-2004 |
rik |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: Janusz Muc'ka (Defacto) <gdef at cvd dot pl> MFC after: 3 days
|
138187 |
29-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Fix the mount(8) status reporting, now that MNT_NODEV is a no-op (zero).
Asked to commit by: phk
|
138162 |
28-Nov-2004 |
ceri |
Clarify that devd will only parse files whose names end in .conf. Prompted by
PR: docs/73668 Submitted by: Dan Pelleg MFC After: 3 days
|
138129 |
27-Nov-2004 |
das |
Don't include sys/user.h merely for its side-effect of recursively including other headers.
|
138112 |
26-Nov-2004 |
le |
Implement 'setstate' to allow setting the state of drives and subdisks for debugging and emergency purposes.
|
138110 |
26-Nov-2004 |
le |
Implement checkparity/rebuildparity.
|
138097 |
25-Nov-2004 |
delphij |
Avoid comparing pointer against a numerical value by adding a * in front of it.
Reviewed by: phk
|
138096 |
25-Nov-2004 |
phk |
Add first cut at dethaumagizing UFS mounting.
|
138095 |
25-Nov-2004 |
phk |
Add a convenience function for building nmount iov arrays.
|
138094 |
25-Nov-2004 |
phk |
Fix bug: don't let "synco" match "sync"
|
138072 |
25-Nov-2004 |
brooks |
Remove a duplicate line from an apparent merge error in rev 1.63.
|
137672 |
13-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Sync usage() and SYNOPSIS.
|
137669 |
13-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Sync usage() with manpage SYNOPSIS and code.
|
137643 |
13-Nov-2004 |
marcel |
For create and migrate, remove the `.Op Fl f' introduced in the previous two commits and combine them with the existing flags that were already there.
Pointed out by: ru@
|
137642 |
13-Nov-2004 |
marcel |
Add an -f option (for force) to the migrate command. Normally an MBR with unknown partitions is not migrated. By specifying the -f option migration will happen and unknown partitions will be lost.
|
137641 |
13-Nov-2004 |
marcel |
Add an -f option (for force) to the create command. The -f option allows the user to force the creation of a GPT even when there's a MBR on the device. The MBR is simply wiped and any partitions described by it are lost. Without the -f option one cannot create a GPT when there's a MBR.
|
137635 |
13-Nov-2004 |
philip |
Reflect the cuaa->cuad namechange in documentation.
Might as well do them all while I'm at it :-)
Submitted by: Steve Kargl <sgk@troutmask.apl.washington.edu>
|
137603 |
12-Nov-2004 |
marcel |
Fix a braino: the partition size in the PMBR is in sectors, not bytes and 'mediasz' is in bytes. As it so happens, we define 'last' as the sector number of the last sector on the medium which also is the size of the PMBR partition. Therefore, use 'last' instead of 'mediasz'.
Submitted by: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>
|
137553 |
10-Nov-2004 |
markm |
Help Tinderbox and remove mount_autofs
|
137511 |
10-Nov-2004 |
phk |
Add 0xbf as new partition id for Solaris.
Submitted by: Lawrence.Lee@sun.com
|
137315 |
06-Nov-2004 |
dd |
Bump .Dd, replace missing letter, and prefer to use a verb that matches the option letter.
Submitted by: ru Should know better by now: dd
|
137313 |
06-Nov-2004 |
ru |
First there was an -m option. Then Peter killed it and made it the default. Then Brooks and Poul-Henning added it again. Then Ruslan fixed the manpage...
|
137310 |
06-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
For file backed md(4) devices output their source file via 'mdconfig -l -u <unit>'. Bump version number, as this change breaks ABI/API.
|
137304 |
06-Nov-2004 |
dd |
Remove a useless use of cat, strip overzealous punctuation, and clarify some text.
|
137303 |
06-Nov-2004 |
dd |
Parse file mode with setmode(3) for consistency with other programs that do this kind of thing.
|
137301 |
06-Nov-2004 |
dd |
Update the description of -l to reflect reality. After mdconfig.c 1.25, -l without -u only lists the names, so specifying -u does more than just limit the output to one device.
|
137300 |
06-Nov-2004 |
dd |
If there aren't any devices to list, output nothing instead of an empty line. This is consistent with other utilities.
While I'm here, remove artifacts of the previous list implementation.
|
137280 |
05-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Note that sysctls documentation is missing.
|
137221 |
04-Nov-2004 |
ceri |
Grammatical and spelling improvements.
Reviewed by: pjd
|
137200 |
04-Nov-2004 |
phk |
Ups! Forgot to put "sbin" on the commit line:
Remove userland vinum(8) stuff.
|
137189 |
04-Nov-2004 |
bms |
Fix markup: .Dv -> .Va Update document dates.
Prodded by: ru
|
137180 |
04-Nov-2004 |
bms |
Document the fact that blackhole routes normally need to be bound to lo(4) interfaces to have an effect, and that this is not needed when using IP fast forwarding.
Sponsored by: eXtensible Open Router Project <URL:http://www.xorp.org/> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
137173 |
03-Nov-2004 |
ceri |
Be more clear that "bridged" is a synonym for "layer2".
PR: docs/44400 Submitted by: Constantin Stefanov <cstef at mail dot ru>
|
137164 |
03-Nov-2004 |
ru |
Introduce the PRECIOUSPROG knob in bsd.prog.mk, similar to PRECIOUSLIB from bsd.lib.mk. The side effect of this is making installing the world under jail(8) possible by using another knob, NOFSCHG.
Reviewed by: oliver
|
137161 |
03-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Remove extra 's'.
Submitted by: ceri
|
137160 |
03-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Be more correct.
Submitted by: ceri
|
137158 |
03-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Remove one more redundant 'not'.
|
137107 |
01-Nov-2004 |
pjd |
Remove redundant 'not'.
|
137096 |
31-Oct-2004 |
dd |
Replace link to nonexistent raid(4) with one to geom(8). I don't like implying that geom(8) is a RAID solution, but it can be used for that purpose, and a pointer in that direction is better than nothing.
PR: 73088 Submitted by: Miguel Mendez <flynn@energyhq.es.eu.org>
|
137093 |
31-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Remove the -k option to migrate. The option causes gpt(8) to preserve the MBR after it is migrated to a GPT. While this was useful during the early days when GPT support was under development, it's something that users can use without knowing what they're getting themselves into. The possible harm outweights the marginal usefulness it now has.
|
136937 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Remove useless inclusion of <sys/disklabel.h>
Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>
|
136936 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Declare variables as static, like I intended.
Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>
|
136935 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Fix bogon. Create the BSD label in the FreeBSD slice.
|
136934 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Catch up with the BSD label changes. The partition offsets are relative to the partition now. While here, make sure we skip unused partition entries.
|
136933 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Build gpt(8) on all platforms.
|
136932 |
25-Oct-2004 |
marcel |
Add byte swapping and UUID encoding/decoding to allow gpt to be compiled on big-endian machines.
Obtained from: Dan Markarian <markarian at apple dot com>
|
136910 |
24-Oct-2004 |
ru |
For variables that are only checked with defined(), don't provide any fake value.
|
136902 |
24-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Fixed misspelling of DPADD.
|
136887 |
24-Oct-2004 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.75. (Don't prepend "/dev" if an argument given is an absolute pathname.)
|
136815 |
23-Oct-2004 |
des |
Use %zu to format size_t instead of %jd and an intmax_t cast.
Approved by: hamlet
|
136808 |
23-Oct-2004 |
phk |
Stop amd64 warnings.
|
136788 |
22-Oct-2004 |
andre |
Refuse to unload the ipdivert module unless the 'force' flag is given to kldunload.
Reflect the fact that IPDIVERT is a loadable module in the divert(4) and ipfw(8) man pages.
|
136721 |
20-Oct-2004 |
rwatson |
Explicitly break out NETA license from Berkeley license to clearly indicate license grant, as well as to indicate that NETA is asserting only two clauses, not four clauses.
Requested by: imp
|
136720 |
20-Oct-2004 |
ru |
Don't prepend "/dev" if an argument given is an absolute pathname.
Reviewed by: jhb
|
136491 |
13-Oct-2004 |
schweikh |
Print a usage message if a non-option is specified. MFC after: 3 weeks
|
136346 |
10-Oct-2004 |
imp |
The got_siginfo = 0 should have been got_sigalarm=0 to match the other passes.
Submitted by: Dworkin Muller
|
136335 |
09-Oct-2004 |
csjp |
Add a note to the man page warning users about possible lock order reversals+system lock ups if they are using ucred based rules while running with debug.mpsafenet=1.
I am working on merging a shared locking mechanism into ipfw which should take care of this problem, but it still requires a bit more testing and review.
|
136322 |
09-Oct-2004 |
le |
Make fsck WARNS=2 clean.
|
136289 |
09-Oct-2004 |
scottl |
3 important fixes for growfs:
1) ginode() is passed a cylinder group number and inode number. The inode number is relative to the cg. Use this relative number rather than the absolute inode number when searching the cg inode bitmap to see if the inode is allocated. Using the absolute number quickly runs the check off the end of the array and causes invalid inodes to be referenced.
2) ginode() checks the absolute indoe number to make sure that it is greater than ROOTINO. However, the caller loops through all of the possible inode numbers and directly passes in values that are < ROOTINO. Instead of halting the program with an error, just return NULL.
3) When allocating new cylinder groups, growfs was initializing all of the inodes in the group regardless of this only being required for UFS1. Not doing this for UFS2 provides a significant performance increase.
These fixes allow growing a filesystem beyond a trivial amount and have been tested to grow an 8GB filesystem to 1.9TB. Much more testing would be appreciated.
Obtained from: Sandvine, Inc.
|
136281 |
08-Oct-2004 |
truckman |
Eliminate linked list used to track inodes with an initial link count of zero and instead encode this information in the inode state. Pass 4 performed a linear search of this list for each inode in the file system, which performs poorly if the list is long.
Reviewed by: sam & keramida (an earlier version of the patch), mckusick MFC after: 1 month
|
136257 |
08-Oct-2004 |
phk |
Only print progress statistics once per second.
|
136248 |
08-Oct-2004 |
green |
Reference altq(4) instead of pf.conf(5).
Tip of the hat to: mlaier
|
136247 |
08-Oct-2004 |
green |
Commit forgotten documentation for "diverted" rules.
|
136110 |
04-Oct-2004 |
des |
Promote mediasize and physmem to uintmax_t when comparing them.
|
136107 |
03-Oct-2004 |
des |
Whitespace nit.
|
136105 |
03-Oct-2004 |
des |
dumpon builds cleanly at WARNS level 6.
|
136104 |
03-Oct-2004 |
des |
Verify that the specified device is at least as large as hw.physmem.
|
136103 |
03-Oct-2004 |
des |
Wrap some long lines (no content changes)
|
136092 |
03-Oct-2004 |
stefanf |
Don't add integers to void pointers.
|
136079 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Remove blindly-copied extra include path.
|
136078 |
03-Oct-2004 |
mlaier |
Remove -I from CFLAGS. This splipped in with the 3.5 import (as I was building on a box with older pfvar.h installed). Didn't intend to commit it.
Requested by: ru (on a C&P to ipfw's Makefile)
|
136075 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Add support to IPFW for matching by TCP data length.
|
136074 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Add the documentation for IPFW's diverted(-loopback|-output) matches.
|
136073 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Add support to IPFW for classification based on "diverted" status (that is, input via a divert socket).
|
136072 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Remove accidentally-added O_DIVERTED section.
|
136071 |
03-Oct-2004 |
green |
Add to IPFW the ability to do ALTQ classification/tagging.
|
136059 |
02-Oct-2004 |
pjd |
Fix a deadlock in ggatel(8) simlar to one which was fixed some time ago in md(4).
Submitted by: Ivan Voras <ivoras@fer.hr>
|
135962 |
30-Sep-2004 |
ru |
Fixed desctiptions of some options:
- Document better what the -C option means. - The -c option is currently a no-op. - The -D and -h options do not allow switching between single/dual console modes and internal/video consoles. (This used to be true for the old biosdisk boot code, but now they just force the multiple consoles mode and serial console, respectively.)
|
135959 |
30-Sep-2004 |
ru |
FreeBSD has full support for multiple consoles since 2001.
|
135957 |
30-Sep-2004 |
maxim |
o Store timestamp in network byte order. o Remove an assumption sizeof(struct timeval) == 8 (this is not true on sparc64).
Reviewed by: imp, -hackers Obtained from: NetBSD (rev. 1.75) MT5 after: 1 month
|
135911 |
28-Sep-2004 |
phk |
This is a small tool which will read an entire disk(partition) using 1M blocks and optionally write the read data to a file or disk.
If a read error happens, the 1M block gets put on the end of the worklist and will be retried with 64k blocksize.
If a read error happens again, the 64k block gets put at the end of the worklist and will be retried with single sector reads.
The program keeps trying until you stop it.
You can refresh a disk:
recoverdisk /dev/ad1 /dev/ad1
or salvage a floppy:
recoverdisk /dev/fd0 myfloppy.flp
|
135868 |
28-Sep-2004 |
imp |
Turns out that revision 1.52 was a bad idea. It broke the long standing ability to list a non-existant device in /etc/ttys to keep it from dying. This is a documented feature of init(8): The init utility can also be used to keep arbitrary daemons running, automatically restarting them if they die. In this case, the first field in the ttys(5) file must not reference the path to a configured device node and will be passed to the daemon as the final argument on its com- mand line. This is similar to the facility offered in the AT&T System V UNIX /etc/inittab.
So rather than fix the man page to 'break' this feature, back out the change.
At the time this change was made, people felt that the spamage from getty was annoying on headless consoles. Andrew Gallatin noted: > Most of my machines are headless without video cards and use a serial > console. With devfs this means that /dev/ttyv[1-N] do not exist and > getty bitches like this: > > Sep 26 11:00:11 monet getty[543]: open /dev/ttyv1: No such file or directory
and we went off and applied this hack rather than fixing getty to sleep forever when it gets an unknown device, as was Andrew's other suggestion. Since it breaks things, I'm off to do that instead.
|
135826 |
26-Sep-2004 |
obrien |
Embellish the man page after trying to migrate to gstripe from ccd(4).
|
135825 |
26-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Don't allow to specify wrong stripe size.
Reported by: obrien
|
135618 |
23-Sep-2004 |
brooks |
Sort the SEE ALSO list correctly. Update the document date.
Reported by: ru
|
135593 |
23-Sep-2004 |
brooks |
Refrence bsdlabel.8 and bsdlabel.5 rather then the obsolete disklabel.8 and disklabel.5. Refrencing bsdlabel.5 is somewhat bogus as it is not connected to the build and is mostly unwritten at this point.
Reported by: Matthias Andree <matthias.andree at web.de> PR: docs/72020
|
135554 |
21-Sep-2004 |
csjp |
Since "d" is an array of 32 bit values, it is more correct to change the cast from unsigned int to uint32_t.
Pointed out by: luigi
|
135465 |
19-Sep-2004 |
ru |
Prepare for 5.x soon becoming -STABLE.
Pointed out by: -current users
|
135460 |
19-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Fix '-s' option for large disks and fix printing maximum file system size.
|
135437 |
18-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Document '-p' flag for 'insert' command correct.
|
135387 |
17-Sep-2004 |
le |
Use correct format string.
Submitted by: ssouhlal
|
135370 |
17-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Do not exit after printing usage, give geom(8) a chance to show standard commands.
|
135369 |
17-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
- Show all commands in usage, even if those commands are not available. - When command is not available, just say it, instead of says, that command is unknown. Old behaviour seems to be too confusing.
|
135340 |
16-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
- Make md(4) 64-bit clean. After this change it should be possible to use very big md(4) devices. - Clean up and simplify the code a bit. - Use humanize_number(3) to print size of md(4) devices. - Add 't' suffix which stands for terabyte. - Make '-S' to really work with all types of devices. - Other minor changes.
|
135259 |
15-Sep-2004 |
sos |
Distinguish between TCQ and NCQ type of tagged queing.
|
135154 |
13-Sep-2004 |
andre |
Make 'ipfw tee' behave as inteded and designed. A tee'd packet is copied and sent to the DIVERT socket while the original packet continues with the next rule. Unlike a normally diverted packet no IP reassembly attemts are made on tee'd packets and they are passed upwards totally unmodified.
Note: This will not be MFC'd to 4.x because of major infrastucture changes.
PR: kern/64240 (and many others collapsed into that one)
|
135097 |
12-Sep-2004 |
alfred |
WARNS=4 safe.
|
135094 |
12-Sep-2004 |
alfred |
Fix build.
|
135093 |
12-Sep-2004 |
alfred |
Hook mount_autofs to the build.
|
135089 |
11-Sep-2004 |
csjp |
Currently when ipfw(8) generates the micro-instructions for rules which contain O_UID, O_GID and O_JAIL opcodes, the F_NOT or F_OR logical operator bits get clobbered. Making it impossible to use the ``NOT'' or ``OR'' operators with uid, gid and jail based constraints.
The ipfw_insn instruction template contains a ``len'' element which stores two pieces of information, the size of the instruction (in 32-bit words) in the low 6 bits of "len" with the 2 remaining bits to implement OR and NOT.
The current code clobbers the OR and NOT bits by initializing the ``len'' element to the size, rather than OR'ing the bits. This change fixes this by changing the initialization of cmd->len to an OR operation for the O_UID, O_GID and O_JAIL opcodes.
This may be a MFC candidate for RELENG_5.
Reviewed by: andre Approved by: luigi PR: kern/63961 (partially)
|
135036 |
10-Sep-2004 |
maxim |
o Initialize a local variable and make gcc happy.
PR: bin/71485 Submitted by: Jukka A. Ukkonen
|
135035 |
10-Sep-2004 |
phk |
Fix a type bug which sometimes wrote unusable lock sectors on the disk.
|
134973 |
09-Sep-2004 |
brooks |
The disk labels generated by bsdlabel can no address more than 0xffffffff sectors. Document this limit and avoid installing bogus labels on disks with more sectors.
Allowing the installation of labels addressing as much of the disk as possiable may be a useful addition in some situations, but this was easy to implement and should reduce confusion.
PR: bin/71408
|
134965 |
08-Sep-2004 |
jmg |
add support for documented readonly option... also print out the option that is unknow so that the user knows what (s)he did wrong..
MFC after: 3 days
|
134940 |
08-Sep-2004 |
alfred |
sync with private code:
fix a 5.x'ism that 4.x needs protection from. make this code compile standalone.
|
134937 |
08-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Fix/clean up return values checking.
|
134841 |
06-Sep-2004 |
pjd |
Allow to setup GBDE on providers which contain '/' in their names, e.g. mirror/<name>, stripe/<name>.
Approved by: phk
|
134609 |
01-Sep-2004 |
brooks |
Use a spare byte in struct if_data to store the structure size without increasing it. Add code to ifconfig to use this size to find the sockaddr_dl after the struct if_data in the routing message. This allows struct if_data to grow (up to 255 bytes) without breaking ifconfig.
Submitted by: peter
|
134597 |
01-Sep-2004 |
scottl |
Move back to WARNS=2
|
134589 |
01-Sep-2004 |
scottl |
Create DIP_SET() and IBLK_SET() macros to fix lvalue warnings.
Inspired by: kan
|
134576 |
31-Aug-2004 |
alfred |
Enter the autofs.
|
134565 |
31-Aug-2004 |
trhodes |
Correct a style bug: remove a gratuitous space between ( and ".
Ok'ed by: fjoe
|
134541 |
30-Aug-2004 |
peter |
Add a suffix descriptor for the acpi thermal values as a hint for the userland sysctl tool to print a more readable value for temperatures.
|
134539 |
30-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
When configuring RAID3 with verification option, force synchronization of parity component, because we can't return an EIO error for read of every sector which wasn't written first.
Discussed with: phk
|
134475 |
29-Aug-2004 |
maxim |
o Restore a historical ipfw1 logamount behaviour: rules with 'log' keyword but without 'logamount' limit the amount of their log messages by net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit sysctl value.
RELENG_5 candidate.
PR: kern/46080 Submitted by: Dan Pelleg MFC after: 1 week
|
134422 |
28-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Warn the user if we are not going to use the whole provider's space.
|
134420 |
28-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Warn the user if we are not going to use whole provider space.
Requested by: Michael Handler <handler@grendel.net>
|
134419 |
28-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
- If error string begins with "warning: ", don't exit, treat it as a warning only. - Use getprogname() function when informing about versions problem.
|
134225 |
23-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Fix 'show' command for pipes and queues.
PR: bin/70311 Submitted by: Pawel Malachowski <pawmal-posting@freebsd.lublin.pl> MFC after: 3 days
|
134196 |
23-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Add missing GEOM classes, which are aware of geom(8).
Submitted by: kuriyama
|
134169 |
22-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Fix sysctl name.
|
134168 |
22-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Implementation of 'verify reading' algorithm, which uses parity data for verification of regular data when device is in complete state. On verification error, EIO error is returned for the bio and sysctl kern.geom.raid3.stat.parity_mismatch is increased.
Suggested by: phk
|
134124 |
21-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Implement new reading algorithm, which will use parity component for reading as well, even if device is in complete state. I observe 40% of speed-up with this option for random read operations, but slowdown for sequential reads. Basically, without this option reading from a RAID3 device built from 5 components (c0-c4) looks like this:
Request no. Used components 1 c0+c1+c2+c3 2 c0+c1+c2+c3 3 c0+c1+c2+c3
With the new feature:
Request no. Used components 1 c0+c1+c2+c3 2 (c1^c2^c3^c4)+c1+c2+c3 3 c0+(c0^c2^c3^c4)+c2+c3 4 c0+c1+(c0^c1^c3^c4)+c3 5 c0+c1+c2+(c0^c1^c2^c4) 6 c0+c1+c2+c3 [...]
|
134011 |
19-Aug-2004 |
jhb |
Generalize the UFS bad magic value used to determine when a filesystem has only been partly initialized via newfs(8) so that it applies to both UFS1 and UFS2.
Submitted by: "Xin LI" delphij at frontfree dot net MFC: maybe?
|
133978 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
- Add a manual page for graid3(8) utility. - Connect it to the build. - Inform geom(8) about it.
|
133967 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Add a line to BUGS section about the need of implementation description.
|
133962 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Add some missing empty lines.
|
133961 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Fix typo.
|
133960 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Actually one can specify more than one device to stop.
|
133959 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Ok, let's try again: Add manual page for gmirror(8) utility.
|
133958 |
18-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
- Add a manual page for gmirror(8) utility. - Connect it to the build. - Inform geom(8) manual page about it.
Reviewed by: trhodes
|
133814 |
16-Aug-2004 |
ru |
Use a local "compress" symbol corresponding to a variable in BSS, rather than the one from libz, corresponding to a function, when linking statically.
PR: bin/70392
|
133812 |
16-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Connect RAID3 GEOM class to the build.
|
133808 |
16-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Introduce GEOM RAID3 class, i.e. kernel module, which implements RAID3 transformation and graid3(8) userland utility, which can be used for configuration. No manual page yet, sorry.
Hardware provided by: Daniel Seuffert
|
133723 |
14-Aug-2004 |
stefanf |
Avoid using void pointers in additive expressions.
PR: 56653
|
133715 |
14-Aug-2004 |
phk |
Don't declare everything we find on a loopback interface for passive:
Only the actual loopback address should be declared passive, other addresses are very likely to be desirable to announce.
Check for IFF_LOOPBACK instead of IFF_PASSIVE to determine if we have an unknown interface type.
|
133650 |
13-Aug-2004 |
ru |
Removed commented out bitrot.
|
133607 |
13-Aug-2004 |
csjp |
Remove trailing whitespace and change "prisoniD" to "prisonID".
Pointed out by: simon Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
|
133600 |
12-Aug-2004 |
csjp |
Add the ability to associate ipfw rules with a specific prison ID. Since the only thing truly unique about a prison is it's ID, I figured this would be the most granular way of handling this.
This commit makes the following changes:
- Adds tokenizing and parsing for the ``jail'' command line option to the ipfw(8) userspace utility. - Append the ipfw opcode list with O_JAIL. - While Iam here, add a comment informing others that if they want to add additional opcodes, they should append them to the end of the list to avoid ABI breakage. - Add ``fw_prid'' to the ipfw ucred cache structure. - When initializing ucred cache, if the process is jailed, set fw_prid to the prison ID, otherwise set it to -1. - Update man page to reflect these changes.
This change was a strong motivator behind the ucred caching mechanism in ipfw.
A sample usage of this new functionality could be:
ipfw add count ip from any to any jail 2
It should be noted that because ucred based constraints are only implemented for TCP and UDP packets, the same applies for jail associations.
Conceptual head nod by: pjd Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
|
133570 |
12-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
The geom(8) utility needs dynamic linker functionality to work, so it can't be staticaly linked. This fixes problems on systems compiled with NO_DYNAMICROOT.
|
133565 |
12-Aug-2004 |
harti |
Add support for the examination and modification of the devices. This is implemented through SNMP and requires the ilmi daemon to run on the system. To prevent bloat in rescue the atmconfig for rescue is compiled without this stuff.
|
133447 |
10-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Forgot to commit those: introduce hardcoded provider functionality, which allow to store provider's name in the metadata and avoid problems when few providers share the same last sector.
|
133387 |
09-Aug-2004 |
andre |
New ipfw option "antispoof":
For incoming packets, the packet's source address is checked if it belongs to a directly connected network. If the network is directly connected, then the interface the packet came on in is compared to the interface the network is connected to. When incoming interface and directly connected interface are not the same, the packet does not match.
Usage example:
ipfw add deny ip from any to any not antispoof in
Manpage education by: ru
|
133384 |
09-Aug-2004 |
des |
The multiplier prefix is actually a multiplier suffix.
|
133373 |
09-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
- Introduce option for hardcoding providers' names into metadata. It allows to fix problems when last provider's sector is shared between few providers. - Bump version number for CONCAT and STRIPE and add code for backward compatibility. - Do not bump version number of MIRROR, as it wasn't officially introduced yet. Even if someone started to play with it, there is no big deal, because wrong MD5 sum of metadata will deny those providers. - Update manual pages. - Add version history to g_(stripe|concat).h files.
|
133357 |
09-Aug-2004 |
jmg |
change the name of the md module, to g_md, introduce a define with the name MD_MODNAME, and make mdconfig use this new define...
|
133352 |
09-Aug-2004 |
yongari |
Fix long standing mediaopt setting bugs seen on sparc64. Though the bug exists in little-endian machine, it was not triggered due to the difference of memory ordering between little/big endian machines. Instead of relying on possibly modified value during function invokcations, use saved copy of ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family. Also add a comment at the top of ifconfig.c clarifying the issue so the bug won't re-appear.
Approved by: jake Reviewed by: yar
|
133348 |
08-Aug-2004 |
des |
Use fallthrough to simplify the multiplier logic; optimistically add support for the T multiplier; improve the error message for unrecognized multipliers.
|
133347 |
08-Aug-2004 |
des |
Fix some whitespace issues, and move a curly brace out of an #ifdef to avoid confusing auto-indenting editors.
|
133270 |
07-Aug-2004 |
le |
Due to popular demand, hook up geom_vinum to the build.
|
133260 |
07-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
Document the remove command.
|
133259 |
07-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
Implement a remove command. The remove command iterates the GPT partitions and removes any that matches the pre-conditions. The options are the same for the add command and are used to select the partitions to remove. Currently the remove command without any options deletes all GPT partitions. This is rather harmful and will need anti-footshooting measures.
|
133256 |
07-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
Use __FBSDID.
|
133254 |
07-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
o Save the partition number (=index) in the internal map. The index starts at 1. No index is represented by 0. o Change the show command to display the partition number at the expense of the partition end columm. We already display the start and size. o Enhance the add command to accept the -i option. The -i option allows the user to specify which partition number the new partition should get. o Update the manpage accordingly.
|
133205 |
06-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Add and document kern.geom.stripe.fast_failed sysctl, which shows how many times "fast" mode failed.
|
133187 |
06-Aug-2004 |
gordon |
Now that we have gcc 3.4, we can flip ia64 to using a dynamically linked /bin and /sbin.
Reviewed by: marcel (via pluto1)
|
133097 |
04-Aug-2004 |
le |
Allow 'create <filename>'.
|
133031 |
02-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
Add Linux swap partition and MS reserved partition descriptions. While here: o Make the UUIDs static to avoid runtime initialization, o Rename ext to mslinux, o Replace the use of memcmp() with uuid_equal(), o Various style(9) improvements, o Order the comparisons based on importance, o Remove the word partition from all the descriptions, o Other description improvements.
Includes patch from: T. Muthu Mohan < Muthu_T at dell dot com >
|
133030 |
02-Aug-2004 |
marcel |
What's in a name: s/disklabel/bsdlabel/
|
133005 |
02-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
Don't use version number in library name. The library version is checked after dlopen() anyway, so we should be safe.
Suggested by: ru
|
133002 |
02-Aug-2004 |
stefanf |
- Signal handlers must have an int argument. - Use prototypes. - Add a cast for a signed vs unsigned comparison. - Mark as WARNS?=3 clean.
|
132982 |
01-Aug-2004 |
pjd |
After changing LIBDIR to SHLIBDIR, because of dependencies problems, new problem shows up: symblic links (<libname>.so) are created under /usr/lib/ now, instead of under /lib/geom/ where geom(8) looks for them. Introduce a workaround to fix this by teaching geom(8) to open libraries via /lib/geom/<libname>.so.<major_number> instead of /lib/geom/<libname>.so.
|
132920 |
31-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Use SHLIBDIR instead of LIBDIR. This should fix buildworld breakage.
Reported by: des
|
132909 |
31-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Add '-p' option for 'insert' command which allows to specify priority of the new component. Version number wasn't bumped (it should be), because I think there are no geom_mirror users yet.
|
132905 |
30-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Connect GEOM_MIRROR class to the build.
|
132904 |
30-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Add GEOM_MIRROR class which provide RAID1 functionality and has many useful features. The gmirror(8) utility should be used for control of this class. There is no manual page yet, but I'm working on it with keramida@.
Many useful tests provided by: simon (thank you!) Some ideas from: scottl, simon, phk
|
132877 |
30-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
- Add '-S' option, which allow to specify sector size for transparent provider. - Bump version number.
This allows for a quite interesting trick. One can setup a stripe with stripe size of 512 bytes and create transparent provider on top of it with sector size equal to <ndisks> * 512. The result will be something like RAID3 without parity disk (every access will touch all disks).
|
132872 |
30-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Fix typo.
|
132847 |
29-Jul-2004 |
kan |
Make lookup_host function invocation parameter match its prototype.
|
132832 |
29-Jul-2004 |
le |
Catch up with recent gcc changes and introduce a DIP_SET macro to use when setting values that depend on the UFS version. Raise WARNS again.
|
132801 |
28-Jul-2004 |
harti |
No need to include if_var.h.
|
132800 |
28-Jul-2004 |
harti |
Get rid of several unneeded includes (if.h, if_var.h, if_mib.h).
|
132763 |
28-Jul-2004 |
kan |
Downgrade WARNS level until GCC 3.4.2 warning are fixed.
|
132762 |
28-Jul-2004 |
kan |
Avoid casts as lvalues.
|
132761 |
28-Jul-2004 |
kan |
Downgrade WARNS level until GCC 3.4.2 warning have been fixed.
|
132690 |
27-Jul-2004 |
yar |
Bump the date, .Dd, since the document content has been changed in the previous commit.
Pointed out by: ru
|
132665 |
26-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Improve geom(8)'s 'list' command to show geoms and their providers and consumers. Teach STRIPE, CONCAT and NOP classes about this improvement.
|
132664 |
26-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Change naming scheme from /dev/<name>.stripe to /dev/stripe/<name>.
|
132663 |
26-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Change naming scheme from /dev/<name>.concat to /dev/concat/<name>.
|
132660 |
26-Jul-2004 |
stefanf |
Assign the result of getopt() to an int rather than to a char (which is possibly unsigned).
|
132658 |
26-Jul-2004 |
yar |
Add two knobs to ifconfig(8), `vlanmtu' and `vlanhwtag', that provide control over the respective capabilities of an interface, reception of extended frames and hardware VLAN multiplexor.
|
132656 |
26-Jul-2004 |
suz |
re-enabled Rev 1.15 (lost during KAME merge at Rev 1.25, due to a KAME bug...)
Obtained from: KAME
|
132629 |
25-Jul-2004 |
phk |
Give better diagnostic for problems with backing files.
|
132608 |
24-Jul-2004 |
le |
Fix potential buffer overflow.
PR: bin/14697 Submitted by: Matthew <kienow@infinet.com>
|
132539 |
22-Jul-2004 |
keramida |
Add references to pf(4) and pfctl(8) at the description of securelevel = 3.
PR: docs/69417 Submitted by: Janos Mohacsi (mohacsi(at)niif(dot)hu)
|
132510 |
21-Jul-2004 |
andre |
Extend versrcreach by checking against the rt_flags for RTF_REJECT and RTF_BLACKHOLE as well.
To quote the submitter:
The uRPF loose-check implementation by the industry vendors, at least on Cisco and possibly Juniper, will fail the check if the route of the source address is pointed to Null0 (on Juniper, discard or reject route). What this means is, even if uRPF Loose-check finds the route, if the route is pointed to blackhole, uRPF loose-check must fail. This allows people to utilize uRPF loose-check mode as a pseudo-packet-firewall without using any manual filtering configuration -- one can simply inject a IGP or BGP prefix with next-hop set to a static route that directs to null/discard facility. This results in uRPF Loose-check failing on all packets with source addresses that are within the range of the nullroute.
Submitted by: James Jun <james@towardex.com>
|
132502 |
21-Jul-2004 |
harti |
The media info is printed with the -hardware option so there is no point to write 'Media' in the table header for the -atm option.
|
132495 |
21-Jul-2004 |
harti |
'atmconfig natm show' shows all currently configured PVCs for IP over ATM, not 'atmconfig natm list'.
|
132494 |
21-Jul-2004 |
harti |
Add special lines for 'help commands'.
|
132493 |
21-Jul-2004 |
harti |
Allow more than one help file. There is a restriction that each help file must start with a level 0 topic.
|
132492 |
21-Jul-2004 |
harti |
Allow the help file path and name to be overwritten by cc -D... Also remove the current directory from the default help file path and add an appropriate directory in /usr/local instead.
|
132463 |
20-Jul-2004 |
harti |
The natm sub-command was missing in the TOC of the helpfile.
|
132381 |
19-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
MFp4: Add two options for gnop(8)'s 'create' command: -o offset - specifies where to start on the original provider -s size - specifies size of the transparent provider
|
132367 |
18-Jul-2004 |
silby |
Clarify boot.8 (i386 version) a bit, so that people know where boot.config needs to reside. Also change /kernel to /boot/loader, as that is the apparent default now. This man page probably requires more updates.
|
132348 |
18-Jul-2004 |
maxim |
`off' is a keyword, not a parameter name.
Obtained from: DragonFly
|
132344 |
18-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
MFp4: Add 'dump' command to gconcat(8), glabel(8) and gstripe(8) which allow to dump metadata from given components.
|
132326 |
18-Jul-2004 |
brueffer |
Mention the vfs.usermount sysctl.
Obtained from: NetBSD via DragonFly BSD MFC after: 3 days
|
132153 |
14-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Add a reference to glabel(8).
|
132117 |
13-Jul-2004 |
phk |
Give kldunload a -f(orce) argument.
Add a MOD_QUIESCE event for modules. This should return error (EBUSY) of the module is in use.
MOD_UNLOAD should now only fail if it is impossible (as opposed to inconvenient) to unload the module. Valid reasons are memory references into the module which cannot be tracked down and eliminated.
When kldunloading, we abandon if MOD_UNLOAD fails, and if -force is not given, MOD_QUIESCE failing will also prevent the unload.
For backwards compatibility, we treat EOPNOTSUPP from MOD_QUIESCE as success.
Document that modules should return EOPNOTSUPP for unknown events.
|
132100 |
13-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Document sysctl variables.
Based on: simon's patch
|
132099 |
13-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Those sysctl are used to control GEOM class, not a userland utility.
Reviewed by: simon
|
132096 |
13-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Document sysctls variables used by GEOM_STRIPE class.
Submitted by: simon
|
131879 |
09-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Decrease default stripe size to 4k, as we have "FAST" mode turned on by default.
|
131835 |
08-Jul-2004 |
trhodes |
Remove support for gemdos, John removed it from the driver awhile ago.
Glanced at by: jhb
|
131763 |
07-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Slight markup and grammar fixes.
|
131754 |
07-Jul-2004 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes.
|
131747 |
07-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Removed redundant and unsafe BINDIR redefinition.
|
131721 |
06-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Fix copy&paste bug.
|
131720 |
06-Jul-2004 |
stefanf |
Parenthesised string literals are invalid in initialisers for character arrays. Use braces instead.
|
131649 |
05-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
- Add 'stop' command, which works just like 'destroy' command, but sounds less dangerous. - Update manual pages and extend examples. - Bump versions.
|
131603 |
05-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
MFp4: gmirror(8) is coming soon, and we need g_metadata_read() there.
|
131567 |
04-Jul-2004 |
phk |
Give natd multi-instance capabilities.
This makes it possible to do load-sharing on two xDSL lines etc.
|
131541 |
03-Jul-2004 |
ru |
One more hard sentence break.
|
131520 |
03-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Grammar nits.
Submitted by: David Magda <dmagda@ee.ryerson.ca>
|
131506 |
03-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Deal with double whitespace.
|
131488 |
02-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Mechanically kill hard sentence breaks.
|
131476 |
02-Jul-2004 |
pjd |
Introduce GEOM_LABEL class. This class is used for detecting volume labels on file systems: UFS, MSDOSFS (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and ISO9660. It also provide native labelization (there is no need for file system).
g_label_ufs.c is based on geom_vol_ffs from Gordon Tetlow. g_label_msdos.c and g_label_iso9660.c are probably hacks, I just found where volume labels are stored and I use those offsets here, but with this class it should be easy to do it as it should be done by someone who know how. Implementing volume labels detection for other file systems also should be trivial.
New providers are created in those directories: /dev/ufs/ (UFS1, UFS2) /dev/msdosfs/ (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) /dev/iso9660/ (ISO9660) /dev/label/ (native labels, configured with glabel(8))
Manual page cleanups and some comments inside were submitted by Simon L. Nielsen, who was, as always, very helpful. Thanks!
|
131471 |
02-Jul-2004 |
arun |
Bump up the date and add spaces around commas. Thanks to ru@ for noticing.
|
131470 |
02-Jul-2004 |
ru |
Deal with harmful leading whitespace.
|
131425 |
01-Jul-2004 |
arun |
Added the ability to create and display Linux/Windows GPT partitions to gpt(8).
|
131397 |
01-Jul-2004 |
imp |
Create a unix domain socket and write to it all the events that come in over the socket.
|
131101 |
25-Jun-2004 |
sobomax |
o Fix semantics of comparison function for qsort(3). According to qsort(3) manpage:
The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
Therefore, simply returning "arg1 > arg2" is incorrect. Actually it works but for the number of items to be sorted less than 7 due to special case handling in qsort(3);
o add missing '\n' to one of usage() calls.
Approved by: phk
|
130918 |
22-Jun-2004 |
eik |
fix handling of an unknown progeam name
Noticed by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net> Approved by: ru
|
130837 |
21-Jun-2004 |
pjd |
Print mediasize in human readable form as well.
|
130753 |
19-Jun-2004 |
iedowse |
Print the `99.99% done, finished soon' message only as often as the normal status messages. Previously a large number of these new messages could be spewed out towards the end of a dump.
Reviewed by: imp
|
130698 |
18-Jun-2004 |
green |
Note that conscontrol set and unset are an interface for TIOCCONS.
|
130692 |
18-Jun-2004 |
joerg |
Fix indentation of continuation lines to (hopefully) comply with style(9).
Reminded by: bde
|
130676 |
18-Jun-2004 |
green |
Add to conscontrol(8) "set" and "unset" commands which modify the virtual console set-up. Specifically, "conscontrol unset" will cause printf(9) output to start going to the console again.
|
130625 |
17-Jun-2004 |
pjd |
Add missing newlines.
|
130617 |
16-Jun-2004 |
mlaier |
Commit userland part of pf version 3.5 from OpenBSD (OPENBSD_3_5_BASE).
|
130591 |
16-Jun-2004 |
pjd |
Implement 3 new functions: - g_lcm() - calculates Least Common Multiple of two given values, it is helpful when we need to find sector size for provider which is based on disks with different sector size; - g_get_mediasize() - returns media size of given provider; - g_get_sectorsize() - returns sector size of given provider; Those function aren't used now, but are used by geom_mirror which will be committed soon.
|
130569 |
16-Jun-2004 |
bms |
When parsing an argument as an address in getaddr(), heed the -host option in all cases. The failure mode in the PR is easily reproducible without this patch.
PR: bin/43139
|
130557 |
16-Jun-2004 |
bms |
Turn on RFC 1724 compliant behaviour with regards to IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP; routed should be able to specify multicast memberships to be added by interface index. This should fix the unnumbered / point-to-point case for RIPv2.
PR: bin/51927 Requested by: Eugene Grosbein
|
130535 |
15-Jun-2004 |
pjd |
Connect geom(8) to the build.
Reminded by: des
|
130498 |
15-Jun-2004 |
bms |
Ignore kernel routes with the RTF_WASCLONED flag set. This is a slight modification of a patch which was already applied for BSD/OS in the Rhyolite.com sources; this file is already off the vendor branch.
PR: bin/57484 Submitted by: Richard Perini
|
130488 |
14-Jun-2004 |
bms |
mdoc(7) police
Submitted by: ru
|
130474 |
14-Jun-2004 |
bms |
Wordsmith the BUGS section re: IPv6 link-local addresses.
PR: docs/66541 Submitted by: Michel Lavondes (with some cleanups/additions)
|
130452 |
14-Jun-2004 |
phk |
Make fdisk initialize the first instead of the last slice by default.
|
130391 |
12-Jun-2004 |
le |
Add gvinum, the geom_vinum userland tool.
|
130351 |
11-Jun-2004 |
eik |
Add sha1 and rmd160 checksum tools.
Since the algorithms are already supported in libmd, the size increase is small when a dynamic root is used.
Approved by: joerg, ru MFC after: 2 weeks
|
130345 |
11-Jun-2004 |
joerg |
Cast the arguments to make_h_number() to uintmax_t before multiplying them... Otherwise the result will be truncated anyway.
|
130298 |
10-Jun-2004 |
ru |
Fixed a bug spotted by compiling with -Wall.
|
130281 |
09-Jun-2004 |
ru |
Introduce a new feature to IPFW2: lookup tables. These are useful for handling large sparse address sets. Initial implementation by Vsevolod Lobko <seva@ip.net.ua>, refined by me.
MFC after: 1 week
|
130134 |
05-Jun-2004 |
ru |
Reapply traditionally lost fixes, fixed some more. This manpage needs an English clenup.
|
130021 |
02-Jun-2004 |
stefanf |
Typedefing an array of incomplete structs is non-standard C code.
Approved by: das (mentor)
|
130014 |
02-Jun-2004 |
pjd |
Remove extra semicolon.
Inspired by: fjoe
|
130013 |
02-Jun-2004 |
csjp |
o Move NEED1 macro to the top of the source file.
o Add sanity checking to the firewall delete operation which tells the user that a firewall rule specification is required.
The previous behaviour was to exit without reporting any errors to the user.
Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
|
130010 |
02-Jun-2004 |
joerg |
ru's mdoc(7) style police was here.
Submitted by: ru
|
129965 |
01-Jun-2004 |
joerg |
Major overhaul of sunlabel(8).
. Implement option -c, all partition sizes will be calculated in cylinders as opposed to sectors. Since the Sun label is inherently cylinder-based, this makes the job a little easier.
. Implement option -h, print the label in `human readable' size/offset format.
. Implement SVR4-compatible VTOC-style elements. They are fully optional, defaulting to the current behaviour where no VTOC-style table will be written to disk. However, if desired, the full functionality of the partitioning menu of Solaris' format(1m) is now offered (and even more).
. When editing the label, do not loop around edit_label() where a new template file is generated for each turn, this used to be annoying in that any possible syntax error caused a complaint, but then the template was created anew, so the user had to perform all their editing again. Rather loop inside edit_label(), similar to bsdlabel(8), so in case of errors, the user will be presented their previous template file again.
. If VTOC-style elements are present, the overlap checks are made less stringent. Overlaps will still be warned about, but overlaps of `unmountable' partitions against other ones are no longer fatal. That way, e. g. VxVM encapsulated disk labels can be fully edited in FreeBSD (but not in Solaris ;-).
. In print_label(), generate the editing hints only if the -e flag is in effect. Additionally, print a hint about the total number of sectors in the (hardware) medium.
. When editing a label, allow for changing the geometry emulation (and textual name) by modifying the "text:" line on top. That way, a more effective emulation can be chosen.
. When editing/reading a label, additionally allow for the suffixes `s' (512-byte sectors), and `c' (cylinders) in the partition size field.
. Finally, turn the stub man page into something that really explains the entire thing.
|
129875 |
30-May-2004 |
le |
Fix typo.
|
129866 |
30-May-2004 |
dwmalone |
Use a better way to calculate POINTER_WIDTH suggested by pjd@.
|
129820 |
28-May-2004 |
dwmalone |
Decide how much space we need to print a pointer using sizeof(void *) rather than if __alpha__ is defined.
|
129754 |
26-May-2004 |
pjd |
Fix order.
|
129745 |
26-May-2004 |
pjd |
Print provider's size in human-readable form as well.
|
129732 |
25-May-2004 |
le |
'ld' lists drives, not volumes.
|
129682 |
24-May-2004 |
pjd |
- Add a cross-reference to geom(8). - Add missing 'a'.
|
129681 |
24-May-2004 |
pjd |
Add manual page for geom(8) utility.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129666 |
24-May-2004 |
stefanf |
Use the correct types for the functions rst_opendir(), glob_readdir() and rst_closedir() which are called by glob().
Reviewed by: md5 Approved by: das (mentor)
|
129665 |
24-May-2004 |
stefanf |
Include <timeconv.h> for time conversion functions.
Approved by: das (mentor)
|
129660 |
24-May-2004 |
stefanf |
Include <sys/linker.h> for kldload().
Approved by: das (mentor)
|
129629 |
23-May-2004 |
maxim |
o Fix usage example.
PR: docs/67065 Submitted by: David Syphers
|
129603 |
23-May-2004 |
brueffer |
Fix typo
Submitted by: edwin
|
129591 |
22-May-2004 |
pjd |
Add standard command "help" to print usage.
|
129586 |
22-May-2004 |
pjd |
Actually we are also able to list only choosen providers.
|
129577 |
22-May-2004 |
pjd |
Be more precise.
|
129576 |
22-May-2004 |
pjd |
style.Makefile(5).
|
129564 |
21-May-2004 |
pjd |
Remove gconcat(8) utility. It was replaced by geom(8).
|
129563 |
21-May-2004 |
pjd |
- More clear example description. - Fix copy&paste bug.
|
129561 |
21-May-2004 |
pjd |
Add manual pages for gconcat(8), gstripe(8) and gnop(8) utilities.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129556 |
21-May-2004 |
imp |
Enter the 1990's and assume that the computer knows what time it is. Print the ETA of dump being finished, rather than a cryptic delta time. Also, if we have written more blocks than the tapesize, assume that we are 99.99% done and that we'll be finished 'soon'.
|
129548 |
21-May-2004 |
pjd |
- Change command name from 'config' to 'configure'. - Bump version number.
|
129512 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
Various style.Makefile(5) improvements.
Inspired by: ru
|
129511 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
Various style.Makefile(5) improvements.
Provoked by: ru
|
129500 |
20-May-2004 |
ru |
Clean up language.
Reviewed by: rik
|
129495 |
20-May-2004 |
des |
Whitespace cleanup.
|
129494 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
Fix supposed compilation problem, using LIBDIR here can confuse core/ compilation.
|
129477 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
- Connect geom(8) and its libraries to the build. - Connect geom_stripe and geom_nop modules to the build. - Connect STRIPE and NOP classes to the LINT build. - Disconnect gconcat(8) from the build.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129474 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
Introduce geom(8)-specific shared libraries for CONCAT, STRIPE and NOP GEOM classes. CONCAT should be 100% compatible with existing gconcat(8) utility, which is going to be removed.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129470 |
20-May-2004 |
pjd |
Bring in geom(8) utility. It is an universal utility for operating on GEOM classes. It works by loading a shared library via dlopen(3) mechanism with class-specific code, it is also responsible for communicating with GEOM via libgeom(3). Per-class shared libraries are going to be stored in /lib/geom/ directory. It provides also few standard commands like 'list', 'load' and 'unload' for existing classes which aren't aware of geom(8). More info will be send on freebsd-current@ mailing list.
Supported by: Wheel - Open Technologies - http://www.wheel.pl
|
129401 |
18-May-2004 |
scottl |
Improve the delay algorithm used in bgfsck. From the author:
shuffles the timing and sleep calls in bgfsck from:
sleep timer_on io timer_off io io io io io io io to sleep io io io io io io io timer_on io timer_off
The original method basically guaranteed that the timed I/O included a disk seek every time, which made bgfsck sleep for much longer than necessary.
Submitted by: Dan Nelson Reviewed by: kirk
|
129389 |
18-May-2004 |
stefanf |
Remove spurious semicolons.
Approved by: das (mentor) Reviewed by: ipfw@
|
129378 |
18-May-2004 |
ru |
Markup overhaul.
|
129363 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Markup nits.
|
129360 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Correct existing usage lines, add two more.
|
129359 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Markup nits.
|
129358 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Markup and grammar nits.
|
129357 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Markup overhaul.
|
129327 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Assorted markup, grammar, and spelling fixes.
|
129326 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Reapply local changes that got simply axed by the latest KAME merge. Fixed some more markup.
|
129322 |
17-May-2004 |
ru |
Added -l to usage().
|
129215 |
14-May-2004 |
cognet |
Use WARNS?=3 for these in the arm case for now, due to toolchain issues.
|
129183 |
13-May-2004 |
ume |
check if the null encryption is supported or not.
Requested by: bms Obtained from: KAME
|
129149 |
12-May-2004 |
ru |
Polish the mdoc(7) markup.
|
129103 |
10-May-2004 |
hmp |
Use strlcpy(3) instead of strcpy(3).
PR: 46761
Philipp Mergenthaler <philipp.mergenthaler@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
129058 |
09-May-2004 |
csjp |
Remove redundant sanity check before add_mac() when adding mac ipfw rules. The exact same sanity check is performed as the first operation of add_mac(), so there is no sense in doing it twice.
Approved by: bmilekic (mentor) PR: bin/55981
|
129034 |
07-May-2004 |
csjp |
Teach route(8) how to deal with root being in a prison. If prison root is allowed to create raw sockets, then they will be able to create routing sockets, too. However prison-root is not able to manipulate routing tables. So when route(8) attempts to write to a routing socket and recieves EPERM from the kernel, exit rather than moving on with execution.
Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
|
128916 |
04-May-2004 |
joerg |
When editing a Sun label, make the search for a valid partition line violate POLA a little less by not requiring exactly two spaces in front of the entry (and silently discarding any non-matching entry). We now recognize anything starting with a letter followed by a colon as the first non-space chars as a partition entry.
|
128912 |
04-May-2004 |
bde |
Include <sys/time.h> for the declaration of struct bintime instead of depending on namespace pollution in <sys/stat.h>. struct bintime is only needed to satisfy leakage of kernel interfaces to userland and namespace bugs in those interfaces...
|
128895 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
Add missing command.
|
128894 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
Add missing commands.
|
128892 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
Connect ggatec(8), ggated(8) and ggatel(8) to the build.
|
128882 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
Don't repeat handshake.
This little thing can cause a deadlock, because taste mechanism start to work after creation of ggate provider and I/O requests are sent from other classes from the g_event thread, so number of pending events isn't 0. Now ggatec(8) start second handshake and ggated(8) is trying to open GEOM provider (for example md(4)) and it can't, because it hangs on g_waitidle() in g_dev_open(). g_waitidle() cannot finish because there is a pending read on event queue, and this read can't be finished, because ggated(8) can't open target device. GEOM Gate will recover from this deadlock, because requests will timeout, but it of course isn't the best solution and I don't know better one for now, so we should avoid opening GEOM providers while there are pending requests in event queue.
|
128878 |
03-May-2004 |
andre |
Link state change notification of ethernet media to the routing socket.
o Print the link state for interface messages in monitor mode.
No objections by: sam, wpaul, ru, bms Brucification by: bde
|
128862 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
Paths correction.
Pointed out by: ache, make buildworld
|
128861 |
03-May-2004 |
pjd |
We don't need this any more, while we have /usr/include/geom/concat/.
|
128836 |
02-May-2004 |
pjd |
Fix compiling on 64-bit architectures.
|
128802 |
01-May-2004 |
marcel |
Build gpt(8) on all platforms, except sparc64. Currently gpt(8) is not endian agnostic and thus will create big-endian GPTs on sparc64. This we don't support. So, before gpt(8) can be used on a big-endian machine, it has to deal with the endianness.
|
128782 |
30-Apr-2004 |
ambrisko |
For both ifconfig and route if we didn't get enough memory from the prior sysctl due to the structure growing between calls try again.
Also try again for deleting routes if things fail. We've seen route -f fail this way which does not actually flush all routes. This fixes it. It will whine but it will do the work.
PR: 56732 Obtained from: IronPort
|
128766 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
GEOM Gate network daemon.
|
128765 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
GEOM Gate network client and control utility.
|
128764 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
GEOM Gate local control utility.
|
128763 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
Stuff shared between ggate utilities.
|
128762 |
30-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
Makefile for building ggate utilities: ggatel(8), ggatec(8), ggated(8).
|
128683 |
27-Apr-2004 |
ghelmer |
Invoke tzset(3) within the main loop to catch changes to /etc/localtime when running as a daemon in the hope that it will fix situations where the CMOS clock was apparently set using the stale TZ offset.
|
128658 |
26-Apr-2004 |
bmilekic |
The previous change to mount(8) to report ufs or ufs2 used libufs, which only works for Charlie root.
This change reverts the introduction of libufs and moves the check into the kernel. Since the f_fstypename is the same for both ufs and ufs2, we check fs_magic for presence of ufs2 and copy "ufs2" explicitly instead.
Submitted by: Christian S.J. Peron <maneo@bsdpro.com>
|
128575 |
23-Apr-2004 |
andre |
Add the option versrcreach to verify that a valid route to the source address of a packet exists in the routing table. The default route is ignored because it would match everything and render the check pointless.
This option is very useful for routers with a complete view of the Internet (BGP) in the routing table to reject packets with spoofed or unrouteable source addresses.
Example:
ipfw add 1000 deny ip from any to any not versrcreach
also known in Cisco-speak as:
ip verify unicast source reachable-via any
Reviewed by: luigi
|
128463 |
20-Apr-2004 |
tjr |
Only compare the interesting part of the bootblock with its backup. Allow check to proceed with bad backup boot block if we're doing a readonly check. Various typos in comments.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
128285 |
15-Apr-2004 |
rees |
use %zu instead of %zd
Requested by: Bruce Evans
|
128186 |
13-Apr-2004 |
luigi |
Replace ROUNDUP/ADVANCE with SA_SIZE
|
128175 |
13-Apr-2004 |
green |
Add -P arguments for dump(8) and restore(8) which allow the user to use backup methods other than files and tapes. The -P argument is a normal sh(1) pipeline with either $DUMP_VOLUME or $RESTORE_VOLUME defined in the environment, respectively.
For example, I can back up my home to three DVD+R[W]s as so: Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on /dev/ad0s2e 40028550 10093140 26733126 27% /home green# dump -0 -L -C16 -B4589840 -P 'growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/fd/0' /home
|
128166 |
12-Apr-2004 |
green |
Improve the warnings for dump -L and do not bother doing the snapshot if it is specified for read-only filesystems.
Submitted by: Jason Young <jyoung8607@hotmail.com> PR: 46672
|
128114 |
11-Apr-2004 |
ru |
Document that -m also causes the capability list to be displayed.
|
128113 |
11-Apr-2004 |
ru |
Added the new interface capability option for drivers that implement user-configurable polling(4) support. Make ifconfig(8) aware of it.
Suggested by: luigi
|
128085 |
10-Apr-2004 |
bde |
Fixed unformatting of copyright clause 4 in previous commit.
|
128073 |
09-Apr-2004 |
markm |
Remove advertising clause from University of California Regent's license, per letter dated July 22, 1999.
Approved by: core, imp
|
128067 |
09-Apr-2004 |
maxim |
o Fix an incorrect parsing of 0.0.0.0/0 expression.
PR: kern/64778 MFC after: 6 weeks
|
128015 |
07-Apr-2004 |
iedowse |
Don't turn off the regular SIGINFO status information. The use of the NOKERNINFO flag only marginally de-clutters the output and has a number of unwanted side effects: o The kernel info might be what you want to see o ^T is left non-functional if ping is killed non-cleanly o "ping -q foo &" gets suspended on tty output
Encouraged by: bde
|
127839 |
04-Apr-2004 |
pjd |
Add a workaround. Now, if we have for example: ad0s1 ad0s1c ad2s1 ad2s1c and we will try to do: gconcat label foo /dev/ad0s1 /dev/ad2s1 we'll get a panic: panic: spoiled but dcr = 1 for inside of geom_slice class, backtrace shows: g_access() g_slice_access() g_access() g_concat_read_metadata() We need to get a proper fix for this race before geom(8) will be committed.
|
127831 |
04-Apr-2004 |
phk |
Fix an off-by-one error in the function used to input the ascii/hex strings. Be a little bit more helpful in error messages.
|
127821 |
04-Apr-2004 |
bde |
Include <time.h> instead of depending on namespace pollution in <sys/stat.h> for the declaration of time().
|
127819 |
03-Apr-2004 |
mux |
It seems growfs(8) is now WARNS?=6 safe.
Tested on: alpha, i386, ia64, sparc64
|
127818 |
03-Apr-2004 |
mux |
Fix the remaining warnings of growfs(8) on my sparc64 box with WARNS=6. I don't change the WARNS level in the Makefile because I didn't tested this on other archs.
The fs.h fix was suggested by: marcel Reviewed by: md5(1)
|
127816 |
03-Apr-2004 |
mux |
- Don't abuse caddr_t when what we really want is a void *. - Use the %jd format and a cast to intmax_t to print an int64_t. - The return type of getopt() is an int, not a char.
This fixes some warnings but there's still much more work to do here.
|
127814 |
03-Apr-2004 |
le |
Temporarily go back to WARNS=0 until I can figure out what's breaking the {powerpc, sparc64, ia64} tinderboxes.
Sorry for the noise. :-(
|
127798 |
03-Apr-2004 |
le |
Make growfs WARNS=6 clean.
Approved by: grog (mentor)
|
127729 |
01-Apr-2004 |
johan |
Remove these MAINTAINER lines since the maintainers has had their commit bits retired for safe keeping.
|
127684 |
31-Mar-2004 |
bms |
Fix regression in setkey whereby parser would fail to recognise tcp as both a security protocol and an upper level protocol for encapsulation.
PR: bin/63616 Submitted by: ume@
|
127650 |
30-Mar-2004 |
luigi |
Implement a '-f' flag to teach bsdlabel to work on files instead of disk partitions.
|
127649 |
30-Mar-2004 |
sam |
add support for setting 802.11 rtsthreshold, transmit power, and 11g protection mode
Reviewed by: imp (just code)
|
127638 |
30-Mar-2004 |
dwmalone |
Remove a stray \n from a setproctitle.
Submitted by: Niki Denev <nike_d@cytexbg.com>
|
127479 |
27-Mar-2004 |
ceri |
Backout revision 1.140; it seems that the previous version is clear enough.
Requested by: ru
|
127469 |
26-Mar-2004 |
le |
Don't read an inode which isn't used to avoid problems on UFS2 where not all inodes are initialized when running newfs.
Approved by: grog (mentor)
|
127467 |
26-Mar-2004 |
rees |
fix for 64-bit arch: use %zd to print size_t types and sizeof()
Approved by: alfred Tested on: sparc64, amd64
|
127461 |
26-Mar-2004 |
maxim |
o The lenght of the port list is limited to 30 entries in ipfw2 not to 15.
PR: docs/64534 Submitted by: Dmitry Cherkasov MFC after: 1 week
|
127455 |
26-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs in the residue of rev.1.14 (mainly initialization in declarations, uncuddled elses and excessive braces).
|
127448 |
26-Mar-2004 |
ru |
Not too much point specifying -N but not specifying -M.
|
127441 |
26-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs in or related to rev.1.13 (mainly misindentation of the getopt() case statement).
|
127435 |
26-Mar-2004 |
rwatson |
Correct the definition of the multilabel flag: it enables multilabel MAC support on the file system, if supported, which causes MAC to treat each object as having its own label, rather than using a single label for all objects on the file system. This doesn't have to be used in combination with the tunefs/newfs flags -- it's an alternative.
|
127407 |
25-Mar-2004 |
cperciva |
Final step of the sbin -> usr.sbin move: cvs rm src/sbin/nologin/*
I meant to do this a week ago, but I forgot.
|
127318 |
22-Mar-2004 |
ceri |
Clarify the description of the "established" option.
PR: docs/50391 Submitted by: root@edcsm.jussieu.fr MFC after: 1 week
|
127285 |
22-Mar-2004 |
obrien |
Share the i386 boot manual page.
|
127250 |
21-Mar-2004 |
peter |
Add initial support for compiling a special 32 bit version of ld-elf.so.1 on 64 bit systems. Most of this involves using alternate paths, environment variables and diagnostic messages.
The build glue is seperate.
|
127143 |
17-Mar-2004 |
ru |
NULL -> 0.
|
127068 |
16-Mar-2004 |
scottl |
Remove the RAIDframe userland tool.
|
127044 |
15-Mar-2004 |
jhb |
When installing boot blocks into an Alpha BSD label, setup the location, length, and flags fields at the end of the SRM boot sector so that SRM can find the bootstrap code. This fixes bsdlabel -m alpha to generate bootable disklabels.
Reviewed by: phk
|
127022 |
15-Mar-2004 |
sos |
Add printing of relevant SATA info where approbiate.
|
127004 |
15-Mar-2004 |
jmallett |
Validate argument to -i.
|
126917 |
13-Mar-2004 |
cperciva |
Don peril-sensitive glasses and throw the switch to move nologin(8) from /sbin to /usr/sbin. A symlink from /sbin/nologin -> /usr/sbin/nologin is created for compatibility purposes.
This will probably not cause any problems, but anyone who is doing anything particularly unusual with nologin(8) or shells in general might be well advised to check that everything still works.
Bikesheds on: cvs-all, current
|
126896 |
13-Mar-2004 |
cperciva |
Fix 10 year old size-of-bcopy bug.
PR: bin/43930 Submitted by: Alan Barrett Approved by: rwatson (mentor) MFNetBSD: revision 1.35 MFC after: 3 days
|
126895 |
12-Mar-2004 |
ru |
The print mask's first part is the base, not the total number of bit identifiers.
|
126894 |
12-Mar-2004 |
ru |
Show the polling(4) flag on the interface.
|
126843 |
11-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Fixed mispellings of '\0' as NULL.
|
126836 |
11-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Fixed misspellings of 0 as NULL.
|
126821 |
10-Mar-2004 |
phk |
Fix a long-standing deadlock issue with vnode backed md(4) devices:
On vnode backed md(4) devices over a certain, currently undetermined size relative to the buffer cache our "lemming-syncer" can provoke a buffer starvation which puts the md thread to sleep on wdrain.
This generally tends to grind the entire system to a stop because the event that is supposed to wake up the thread will not happen until a fair bit of the piled up I/O requests in the system finish, and since a lot of those are on a md(4) vnode backed device which is currently waiting on wdrain until a fair amount of the piled up ... you get the picture.
The cure is to issue all VOP_WRITES on the vnode backing the device with IO_SYNC.
In addition to more closely emulating a real disk device with a non-lying write-cache, this makes the writes exempt from rate-limited (there to avoid starving the buffer cache) and consequently prevents the deadlock.
Unfortunately performance takes a hit.
Add "async" option to give people who know what they are doing the old behaviour.
|
126797 |
10-Mar-2004 |
bde |
Fixed a misspelling of 0 as NULL.
|
126786 |
09-Mar-2004 |
jhb |
Make libgeom usable by C++ programs: - Add DECL wrappers to libgeom.h. - Rename structure members in libgeom.h to use a lg_ prefix for member names. This is required because a few structures had members named 'class' which made g++ very unhappy. - Catch gstat(8) and gconcat(8) up to these API changes.
Reviewed by: phk
|
126756 |
08-Mar-2004 |
mlaier |
Link pf to the build and install: This adds the former ports registered groups: proxy and authpf as well as the proxy user. Make sure to run mergemaster -p in oder to complete make installworld without errors.
This also provides the passive OS fingerprints from OpenBSD (pf.os) and an example pf.conf.
For those who want to go without pf; it provides a NO_PF knob to make.conf.
__FreeBSD_version will be bumped soon to reflect this and to be able to change ports accordingly.
Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
126643 |
05-Mar-2004 |
markm |
Make NULL a (void*)0 whereever possible, and fix the warnings(-Werror) that this provokes. "Wherever possible" means "In the kernel OR NOT C++" (implying C).
There are places where (void *) pointers are not valid, such as for function pointers, but in the special case of (void *)0, agreement settles on it being OK.
Most of the fixes were NULL where an integer zero was needed; many of the fixes were NULL where ascii <nul> ('\0') was needed, and a few were just "other".
Tested on: i386 sparc64
|
126569 |
04-Mar-2004 |
brueffer |
s/considred/considered/
|
126563 |
03-Mar-2004 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by: - including <timeconv.h> to get _long_to_time prototype - removing an unused variable
Bump WARNS to it keep clean.
Approved by: ume on ipfw@
|
126514 |
03-Mar-2004 |
ken |
Fix a couple of camcontrol issues that popped up on sparc64:
- bzero the CCB header in getdevtree() and set the path properly, to avoid having random garbage in the CCB header. - if the lun isn't specified in a device specifier, it should default to 0, not whatever random data happens to be in the lun variable. - move the prototype for getdevtree() out from under #ifndef MINIMALISTIC, since it is used in both cases.
Submitted by: Marius Strobl <marius@alchemy.franken.de> (mostly) MFC After: 2 weeks
|
126472 |
02-Mar-2004 |
dd |
Add CTLTYPE_QUAD to the list of types for which we don't want an empty value. All the other numeric types are doing it . . .
|
126385 |
28-Feb-2004 |
mlaier |
Add skeleton build dirs for pf userland: libexec/ftp-proxy - ftp proxy for pf sbin/pfctl - equivalent to sbin/ipf sbin/pflogd - deamon logging packets via if_pflog in pcap format usr.sbin/authpf - authentification shell to modify pf rulesets
Bring along some altq headers used to satisfy pfctl/authpf compile. This helps to keep the diff down and will make it easy to have a altq-patchset use the full powers of pf.
Also make sure that the pf headers are installed.
This does not link anything to the build. There will be a NO_PF switch for make.conf once pf userland is linked.
Approved by: bms(mentor)
|
126347 |
28-Feb-2004 |
maxim |
o Remove obsoleted '-N' and '-d' flags.
|
126346 |
28-Feb-2004 |
maxim |
o Sync usage() with reality: add 'z' flag.
MFC after: 1 week
|
126345 |
28-Feb-2004 |
scottl |
In the case of a background fsck, periodically update the process title with a progress update.
|
126301 |
27-Feb-2004 |
kan |
Look for both name and if_<name> strings in module metadata. Pseudo-devices like tun are naming their modules using the 'if_; prefix and previous version of the code failed to detect their presence in the kernel, resulting in the same module being loaded twice.
|
126255 |
26-Feb-2004 |
rwatson |
Add a "-l" parameter to mdmfs so that memory file systems can be created with the multilabel flag from inception. This simply passes the "-l" flag on to newfs(8).
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, McAfee Research
|
126254 |
26-Feb-2004 |
rwatson |
Add a "-l" flag to newfs, which sets the FS_MULTILABEL flag. This permits users of newfs to set the multilabel flag on UFS1 and UFS2 file systems from inception without using tunefs.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, McAfee Research
|
126250 |
25-Feb-2004 |
bms |
Sync HEAD sources to vendor branch import of routed v2.27 from rhyolite.com. Update <protocols/routed.h> for the MD5 changes requested in bin/35843. Preserve local changes.
Education by: obrien, markm, pointy-stick PR: bin/35843 (and doubtless others)
|
126186 |
24-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Fixed missing libraries. This unbreaks the -DNO_DYNAMIC_ROOT and -DNOSHARED=yes cases.
|
126178 |
23-Feb-2004 |
johan |
style.Makefile(5): Use WARNS?= instead of WARNS=.
|
126175 |
23-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Connect gconcat(8) to the build.
Approved by: scottl (mentor)
|
126174 |
23-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
- Connect manual page for gconcat utility to the build. - Fix usage.
Approved by: scottl (mentor) (implicity)
|
126163 |
23-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Added manual page for gconcat utility.
Approved by: scottl (mentor) (implicity) Reviewed by: simon
|
126117 |
22-Feb-2004 |
cperciva |
Report login attempts to syslog. Due to the statically-linked nature of nologin(8), this causes a considerable (100K) increase in the binary size, so I've added a NO_LOGIN_LOG option which disables this.
While I'm here, s/sizeof(MESSAGE)/sizeof(MESSAGE) - 1/, in order to avoid writing the string-terminating zero byte.
No complaints from: -current Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
126079 |
21-Feb-2004 |
rees |
change baduser and badgroup from -2 to 65534, 65533 these should probably be looked up instead, but this is better than before also minor format changes for style(9)
|
126068 |
21-Feb-2004 |
yar |
We can cross-reference to vlan(4) as long as the corresponding manpage has been committed. The rest of "vlan" words, which are refering to the technology itself, should be capitalized.
MFC after: 1 week
|
126067 |
21-Feb-2004 |
yar |
The hardware tagging capability is set on the physical interface that is parent to a vlan(4) interface, not on the vlan(4) interface itself.
|
126055 |
20-Feb-2004 |
mux |
Mention that securelevel 1 also blocks access to /dev/io if it exists (not all platforms have it).
|
126042 |
20-Feb-2004 |
tjr |
Merge from RELENG_4 1.28.2.13: Fix saving system crash dumps larger than 2 GB by using fseeko() instead of fseek().
|
126021 |
19-Feb-2004 |
phk |
s/bytes/byte/
|
126010 |
19-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Add control utility for disk concatenation (GEOM_CONCAT class).
Reviewed by: phk, scottl Approved by: scottl (mentor)
|
125970 |
18-Feb-2004 |
dwmalone |
Add a -n option that stops ip6fw making any changes to the rules in the kernel.
Submitted by: Orla McGann <orly@redbrick.dcu.ie> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
125951 |
17-Feb-2004 |
rees |
remove dead code
Approved by: alfred
|
125933 |
17-Feb-2004 |
grog |
Report the difference between ufs and ufs2.
Submitted by: "Christian S.J. Peron" <maneo@bsdpro.com>
|
125924 |
17-Feb-2004 |
grog |
Explain what console names are valid.
|
125923 |
17-Feb-2004 |
grog |
Recognize if the user supplies the full pathname to /dev/console and friends, and DTRT.
Explain if he supplies a pathname that is not in /dev.
|
125916 |
17-Feb-2004 |
tjr |
Remove unnecessary newlines from errx() arguments.
|
125896 |
16-Feb-2004 |
le |
Also remove "makedev" from the online help.
|
125864 |
16-Feb-2004 |
le |
Since DEVFS is mandatory, remove all instances to make_dev*. Keep the "makedev" command for backwards compatibility, but just print out an informational message (this was the current behaviour, anyway) and remove it from the documentation.
Approved by: grog (mentor)
|
125841 |
15-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Support mounting ext2fs file systems with -async to the small extent that ext2fs in the kernel supports async mounts. ext2fs used to effectively force the -async flag on. -async for ext2fs only gives async (more precisely, delayed) writes for inode updates, so it is barely worth using even when it is safe.
|
125793 |
14-Feb-2004 |
le |
Remove unused variable and related bogus checks.
Approved by: grog (mentor)
|
125681 |
11-Feb-2004 |
bms |
Initial import of RFC 2385 (TCP-MD5) digest support.
This is the second of two commits; bring in the userland support to finish.
Teach libipsec and setkey about the tcp-md5 class of security associations, thus allowing administrators to add per-host keys to the SADB for use by the tcpsignature_compute() function.
Document that a single SPI must be used until such time as the code which adds support to the SPD to specify flows for tcp-md5 treatment is suitable for production.
Sponsored by: sentex.net
|
125670 |
10-Feb-2004 |
cperciva |
style cleanup: Remove duplicate $FreeBSD$ tags.
These files had tags after the copyright notice, inside the comment block (incorrect, removed), and outside the comment block (correct).
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
125667 |
10-Feb-2004 |
cperciva |
style cleanup: Remove duplicate $FreeBSD$ tags.
These files had tags at the start of the file (incorrect, removed), and after the copyright notices (correct).
Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
125639 |
10-Feb-2004 |
trhodes |
Reorder Xrefs in SEE ALSO.
|
125638 |
10-Feb-2004 |
trhodes |
Update to inform users of acls and multilabel options. Add Xrefs to the more relevant manual pages.
PR: 62394 Submitted by: Marc Silver <marcs@draenor.org>
|
125610 |
08-Feb-2004 |
iedowse |
Further simplify the code for printing the message buffer: - Ensure that the buffer ends with "\n\0" to avoid special cases and allow the use of strtol(). - Use strvisx() on each complete line instead of character by character.
Submitted by: bde MFC after: 1 week
|
125605 |
08-Feb-2004 |
iedowse |
Certain ICMP error replies cause ping to perform a reverse DNS lookup on an IP address from the packet (such as the IP that sent a TTL exceeded error). If the DNS lookup takes a long time, ^C will appear to be ineffective since the SIGINT handler just sets a flag and returns. Work around this by exiting immediately on receipt of a second SIGINT when DNS lookups are enabled.
PR: bin/4696 MFC after: 1 week
|
125578 |
07-Feb-2004 |
phk |
Fix the last and most important bit of the test case to test the same binary as the rest of it.
Add MD5 check that the md(4) device gets set up correctly.
|
125533 |
06-Feb-2004 |
le |
Correct order of arguments given to checkparity and rebuildparity.
Approved by: joerg (mentor)
|
125503 |
05-Feb-2004 |
ru |
Fixed style of DPADD and LDADD assignments as per style.Makefile(5).
|
125497 |
05-Feb-2004 |
iedowse |
Don't print the oldest line in the message buffer if the buffer is full, since that line is almost always incomplete. Make the parsing of <%d> lines more strict.
Also simplify the logic a little: - Start off by making the buffer linear so that we don't have to deal with it wrapping around (suggested by bde). - Process line by line rather than byte at a time.
|
125486 |
05-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Fixed operation of -f to match its documentation and fsck_ffs. It has now has no effect except in combination with -p, and plain fsck checks all file systems instead of skipping clean ones for msdosfs only.
Renamed the force flag to skipclean and inverted its logic as in fsck_ffs.
|
125485 |
05-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Fixed some bugs in checkdirty(). The check for the clean bit was combined with the the signature check in a wrong way (basically (dirty:= signature_recognised() && !clean) instead of (mightbedirty:= !signature_recognized || !clean), so file systems with unrecognized signatures were considered clean. Many of the don't-care and reserved bits were not ignored, so some file systems with valid signatures were unrecognized. One of my FAT32 file systems has a signature of f8,ff,ff,ff,ff,ff,ff,f7 when dirty, but only f8,ff,ff,0f,ff,ff,ff,07 was recognised as dirty for FAT32, so the fail-unsafeness made my file system always considered clean.
Check the i/o non-error bit in checkdirty(). Its absence would give an unrecognized signature in code that is unaware of it, but we now mask it out of the signature so we have to check it explicitly. This combines naturally with the check of the clean bit.
Reviewed by: rnordier (except for final details)
|
125477 |
05-Feb-2004 |
des |
Don't create a template file if we're not going to let the user edit it.
|
125473 |
05-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Fixed some non-critical memory leaks and one temporary file leak (theoretical).
Approved by: phk, scottl (mentor)
|
125471 |
05-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Document the dirty flag and other bits in the first 2 FAT entries better. There is a related I/O error flag which we don't support in the kernel but must support here. (Support for bits that we don't understand here is mostly automatic by fail-safeness, but checkdirty() has fail-unsafeness.) There are some reserved and don't-care bits that weren't fully documented and aren't always masked properly. The comment about the bits in readfat() will be removed when the masking is fixed.
Submitted by: rnordier
|
125469 |
05-Feb-2004 |
bde |
Prepare to fix checkdirty() by moving it from check.c to fat.c. It is identical to a subset of readfat(), so it belongs near readfat() if not in it.
|
125412 |
04-Feb-2004 |
brooks |
Add ifconfig support for network interface renaming. In the process, reorganize the printing of the interface name when using wildcard cloning so it is not printed if it we either immediately rename or destroy the interface.
Reviewed by: ru
|
125387 |
03-Feb-2004 |
des |
Mechanical whitespace cleanup. Also, note that previous commit was
Sponsored by: Teleplan AS
|
125386 |
03-Feb-2004 |
des |
Remove newline characters from error strings.
|
125365 |
03-Feb-2004 |
nectar |
Correct a typo and unbreak the build.
Pointy hat to: pjd
|
125339 |
02-Feb-2004 |
pjd |
Made use of MNT_USER flag and inform about user responsible for mount in those cases: 1. File system was mounted by an unprivileged user. 2. File system was mounted by an unprivileged root user. 3. File system was mounted by a privileged non-root user.
Point 1 is when file system was mounted by unprivileged user (sysctl vfs.usermount was equal to 1 then).
Point 2 is when file system was mounted by root, while sysctl security.bsd.suser_enabled is set to 0 and sysctl vfs.usermount is set to 1.
Point 3 is because we want to be ready for capabilities.
Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: scottl (mentor)
|
125304 |
01-Feb-2004 |
ceri |
Spell "disklabel" correctly.
Approved by: ru
|
125280 |
31-Jan-2004 |
brooks |
Use memcpy plus a manual NUL termination when copying the interface name from the sdl because strlcpy requires that the source string be NUL-terminated unlike strncpy.
Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <PeterJeremy at optushome dot com dot au>
|
125260 |
31-Jan-2004 |
obrien |
Install a 'disklable' alias.
Technical Reviewed by: ru
|
125211 |
29-Jan-2004 |
obrien |
Sync with bsdlabel/Makefile.
|
125210 |
29-Jan-2004 |
obrien |
Add a very basic manpage.
|
125200 |
29-Jan-2004 |
guido |
Style(9) option sorting
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org>
|
125197 |
29-Jan-2004 |
guido |
Fix manpage and usage() to reflect that -a can be used in combination with -o
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org> Pointed out by: Ceri Davies <ceri@submonkey.net
|
125196 |
29-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Removed duplicate $FreeBSD$ tag.
|
125194 |
29-Jan-2004 |
guido |
Unbreak -o fstab and -o current in combination with -a
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
125157 |
28-Jan-2004 |
obrien |
This has been disconnected from the build since May 2003. GC it, as bsdlabel and sunlabel are what we use now.
|
125107 |
27-Jan-2004 |
des |
Style nit in previous commit.
|
125103 |
27-Jan-2004 |
mckusick |
Preserve acls option on mounts when taking a snapshot.
Submitted by: Wiktor Niesiobedzki <freebsd-lists@w.evip.pl>
|
125060 |
27-Jan-2004 |
brooks |
Use IFNAMSIZ instead of a magic value for the length of an interface name.
Prevent the kernel from potentially overflowing the interface name variable. The size argument of strlcpy is complex because the name is not null-terminated in sdl_data.
|
125036 |
26-Jan-2004 |
cperciva |
Avoid dereferencing null pointers in fsck_ffs. (pfatal may return, so it isn't a safe way of handling [mc]alloc failures.)
PR: misc/61800 Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
125018 |
26-Jan-2004 |
harti |
Add support for virtual interfaces. These have no phy chip and, hence, we need to handle interfaces without phy specially.
|
124924 |
24-Jan-2004 |
maxim |
o Pass a correct argument to errx(3).
PR: bin/61846 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein MFC after: 1 week
|
124876 |
23-Jan-2004 |
blackend |
Fix bogus "ffsinfo -c 0" example with "ffsinfo -g 0 -l 4".
PR: bin/61472 Submitted by: Alex Popa <razor@ldc.ro> MFC after: 1 week
|
124858 |
23-Jan-2004 |
mtm |
grammar
|
124853 |
23-Jan-2004 |
cperciva |
Clarify behaviour of ffsinfo: It appends to outfile without removing any existing contents.
PR: bin/61473 Submitted by: Alex Popa <razon@ldc.ro> MFC after: 7 days Approved by: rwatson (mentor)
|
124830 |
22-Jan-2004 |
grehan |
Userland signed char fixes for PPC build. Problems were using a char return for getopt() and comparing to -1, ditto with fgetc() and EOF, and using the kg_nice value from <sys/user.h>
Submitted by: Stefan Farfeleder <stefan@fafoe.narf.at> Reviewed by: obrien, bde (a while back) Tested lightly on: ppc, i386, make universe
|
124814 |
21-Jan-2004 |
sos |
Cosmetics
|
124784 |
21-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Mark this manpage as i386-only.
|
124601 |
17-Jan-2004 |
ru |
Fixed spacing in previous revision.
|
124587 |
16-Jan-2004 |
ru |
- Build things in pure dictionary order (see sort(1)).
- Unify the conditional assignments section so that architectural exclusions come first, then options and !options, sorted by the option name, also in directory order, then architecture specific sections, sorted by the architecture name, with i386 being a traditional exception.
Prodded by: bde
|
124560 |
15-Jan-2004 |
sam |
802.11 mode bits are now masks; convert to suit
|
124554 |
15-Jan-2004 |
maxim |
o -c (compact) flag is ipfw2 feature.
PR: bin/56328 MFC after: 3 days
|
124553 |
15-Jan-2004 |
maxim |
o -f (force) in conjunction with -p (preprocessor) is ipfw2 feature.
MFC after: 3 days
|
124551 |
15-Jan-2004 |
alex |
Add RSH to the list of enviroment variables.
|
124526 |
14-Jan-2004 |
ume |
-DSMALL will remove the need of dump.c (for rtsol)
Obtained from: KAME
|
124422 |
12-Jan-2004 |
phk |
Note that geometry can also be specified on vnode backed deviecs.
|
124368 |
11-Jan-2004 |
nyan |
'-DPC98' is not needed.
|
124340 |
10-Jan-2004 |
simon |
Add manual page links from fsck_ufs.8 and fsck_4.2bsd.8 to fsck_ffs.8, since there are already the same links for the program binary.
Suggested by: mat
|
124236 |
07-Jan-2004 |
ceri |
Correct an instance of an erroneous "it's".
PR: docs/59937 Submitted by: Ada Lim <ada@bsd.org> MFC After: 1 day
|
124201 |
07-Jan-2004 |
anholt |
Allow trailing slashes for MNT_UPDATE case (mount -u), too.
PR: bin/59144 Submitted by: Stefan Farfeleder <stefan@fafoe.narf.at>
|
124197 |
06-Jan-2004 |
alfred |
Hook mount_nfs4 to the build.
Noticed by: rwatson
|
124132 |
04-Jan-2004 |
iedowse |
Define _PATH_MKSNAP_FFS and use it in dump(8) instead of assuming that mksnap_ffs(8) can be found using the current $PATH.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
124075 |
02-Jan-2004 |
phk |
Warn that big malloc disks are a panic(8) implementation.
Submitted by: Colin Percival <cperciva@builder.daemonology.net> (Who should really get his own bit one of these days!)
PR: 59988
|
123946 |
29-Dec-2003 |
alfred |
Document that mknod(8) can be used to undelete entries under devfs.
|
123917 |
28-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Oops, highly non-KNF indentation is normal for large expressions in this program. Gnu indentation is used for these. Redo the fix for the large expression at the end of the previous commit to give gnu indentation. The original version was gnuish but had 9 bogus extra characters of indentation in its continuation lines, perfect tab lossage on every line, and other bugs.
The previous commit log should have claimed to fix style bugs in the previous-1 commit (1.5), not the forced null previous commit (1.6).
|
123892 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Expanded the comment about the -F flag.
Fixed a nearby style bug (unreachable break).
|
123890 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Use __printflike() and __dead2 instead of hard-coded gccisms.
Declare perror(). We define and use a home made version of perror(3) that can't simply be removed (although it has the same interface as perror(3)) since it is very different (it prints on stdout, doesn't always print the program name, and sometimes exits). Declare it to get a reminder of this brokenness when WARNS is increased enough.
|
123889 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Garbage-collected hotroot, rawname() and unrawname() again. These became garbage when block devices were axed and were removed a few months later, but they came back (with hotroot renamed to hot + hotroot()) when the NetBSD fsck was mismerged.
|
123888 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
fsck_msdosfs/main.c: - Don't use errexit() to (mis)implement usage(). Using errexit() just gave the bogus exit code 8. - Fixed 3 other style bugs in usage().
fsck/fsutil.[ch]: - Garbage-collected errexit(). It is essentially just one of NetBSD's fsck_ext2fs error printing functions, but we don't have fsck_ext2fs and the function is unsuitable for use there too (since pfatal() is also used and it printf to a different stream).
|
123883 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in previous commit (unsorting of declarations and poor wording in a comment).
|
123882 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Fixed quoting of `clean'.
Obtained from: fsck_ffs.8
|
123881 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs in previous commit (mainly highly non-KNF indentation).
|
123880 |
27-Dec-2003 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in previous commit (unsorting of the global declarations and addition of a tab to a blank line).
|
123873 |
26-Dec-2003 |
trhodes |
Make msdosfs support the dirty flag in FAT16 and FAT32. Enable lockf support.
PR: 55861 Submitted by: Jun Su <junsu@m-net.arbornet.org> (original version) Reviewed by: make universe
|
123868 |
26-Dec-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove another instance of 'disklabel' which eluded me last time.
Noticed by: Andre Guibert de Bruet <andy@siliconlandmark.com> (via -doc)
|
123842 |
25-Dec-2003 |
dwmalone |
When calculating the sequence number to use in an ip6fw reset, remember to add one if the SYN flag was set in the original packet. This seems to make ip6fw reset work correctly for new and in-progress connections. Update the man page to reflect the fact it now seems to work.
Glanced at by: ume MFC after: 2 weeks
|
123804 |
24-Dec-2003 |
maxim |
o Legitimate -f (force) flags for -p (preprocessor) case.
PR: bin/60433 Submitted: Bjoern A. Zeeb MFC after: 3 weeks
|
123774 |
23-Dec-2003 |
trhodes |
s/disklabel/bsdlabel
Submitted by: Andre Guibert de Bruet <andy@siliconlandmark.com> (via -doc)
|
123758 |
23-Dec-2003 |
trhodes |
/etc/rc.serial -> /etc/rc.d/serial.
|
123637 |
18-Dec-2003 |
harti |
Add the Solaris x86 boot partition type. This is used in Solaris 10 (and perhaps earlier).
Submitted by: Joerg Schilling <schilling@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
|
123495 |
12-Dec-2003 |
luigi |
Add a -b flag to /sbin/ipfw to print only action and comment for each rule, thus omitting the entire body. This makes the output a lot more readable for complex rulesets (provided, of course, you have annotated your ruleset appropriately!)
MFC after: 3 days
|
123295 |
08-Dec-2003 |
obrien |
Try to catch up with device name changes due to GEOM'ification. Remove note about requirement of operating on 'c' partition, GEOM removed this.
Mention RAIDframe, don't mention DPT hardware RAID as a good alternative.
|
123293 |
08-Dec-2003 |
fjoe |
Make msdosfs long filenames matching case insensitive again.
PR: 59765 Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
|
123268 |
07-Dec-2003 |
trhodes |
Style change
|
123242 |
07-Dec-2003 |
iedowse |
Print out the file system access statistics using uintmax_t types instead of casting the unsigned 64-bit values to longs.
Suggested by: bde
|
123234 |
07-Dec-2003 |
ume |
link-local multicast address must be converted to KAME specific embeded scopeid form.
Reported by: dwmalone MFC after: 3 days
|
123228 |
07-Dec-2003 |
imp |
Update to reflect eni removal
|
123219 |
07-Dec-2003 |
truckman |
Reinstate 1.40 -- swap avgfilesize and avgfpdir column order.
MFC after: 3 days
|
123162 |
05-Dec-2003 |
iedowse |
Don't include the file system ID in the output of `mount -v' if it is all zeros. The kernel now consistently zeroes FSIDs for non-root users, so there's no point in printing these.
Also fix a number of compiler warnings, including two real bugs: - a bracket placement bug caused `mount -t ufs localhost:/foo /mnt' to override the `-t ufs' specification and use mount_nfs. - an unitialised variable was used instead of _PATH_SYSPATH when warning that the mount_* program cound not be found.
Submitted by: Rudolf Cejka <cejkar@fit.vutbr.cz> (FSID part) Approved by: re (scottl)
|
123160 |
05-Dec-2003 |
iedowse |
Don't include the file system ID in the output of `mount -v' if it is all zeros. The kernel now consistently zeroes FSIDs for non-root users, so there's no point in printing these. Also fix a misspelling in a comment.
Submitted by: Rudolf Cejka <cejkar@fit.vutbr.cz> Approved by: re (scottl)
|
123157 |
05-Dec-2003 |
imp |
Fix the case where one goes from zero to more than zero items enabled in /etc/ttys. Before this fix, once the count of active services reaches 0, one could never restart any more without a reboot.
Steve Passe did the leg work on this patch. After he found the fix, we discovered that an identical fix had been made to NetBSD.
Approved by: re@ <scottl> Approval tool: peril sensitive sunglasses
|
123130 |
03-Dec-2003 |
imp |
Remove old cxconfig utility and connect new sconfig utility to the build. The sconfig utility supports more than just cx boards, and those drivers will make their way into FreeBSD shortly (maybe before 5.2).
Confirmed that this doesn't break the build.
Submitted by: Roman Kurakin <rik@cronyx.ru> Approved by: re@ <scottl>
|
123129 |
03-Dec-2003 |
imp |
+ Patch is not my friend, but an evil toad + Patch is not my friend, but an evil toad
Remove redunant copy of each of these files that patch appended to them. # Still not connected to the build.
Approved by: re@ <scottl>
|
123123 |
03-Dec-2003 |
imp |
New cx driver part 2: Commit the new userland pieces.
This is the new cronyx serial control program.
# A future commit will remove the old driver/userland pieces and connect things # to the build.
Submitted by: Roamn Kurakin <rik@cronyx.ru>
|
123114 |
02-Dec-2003 |
brooks |
Reconnect ipfstat, ipnat, and ipftest to the build now that if_xname support is enabled.
Approved by: re (scottl)
|
123096 |
02-Dec-2003 |
sam |
Include opt_ipsec.h so IPSEC/FAST_IPSEC is defined and the appropriate code is compiled in to support the O_IPSEC operator. Previously no support was included and ipsec rules were always matching. Note that we do not return an error when an ipsec rule is added and the kernel does not have IPsec support compiled in; this is done intentionally but we may want to revisit this (document this in the man page).
PR: 58899 Submitted by: Bjoern A. Zeeb Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
123079 |
01-Dec-2003 |
truckman |
I forgot about the code freeze, so back this out.
|
123078 |
01-Dec-2003 |
truckman |
Swap avgfilesize and avgfpdir order to give better column alignment.
|
123070 |
30-Nov-2003 |
murray |
Update maintainer line. mbr has been maintainer for at least the last 6 months.
Approved by: re (murray)
|
123017 |
27-Nov-2003 |
phk |
Clarify that the encrypted device is called foo.bde and mention that unmounting it before detaching GBDE is a good idea.
Insisted on by: Flemming Jacobsen <fj@batmule.dk> Approveed by: re@
|
122998 |
27-Nov-2003 |
wes |
Fix whitespace error in previous commit.
Approved by: RE@ (Robert Watson)
|
122977 |
24-Nov-2003 |
kan |
Correct iov_len values passed to nmount(2) syscall. More accurate parameter checking introduced in vfs_mount.c r1.113 rejects them otherwise.
Submitted by: R. Imura <imura at ryu16 dot org> Approved by: re (scottl,rwatson)
|
122961 |
23-Nov-2003 |
wes |
Don't use UFS2_BAD_MAGIC on UFS (v1) filesystems; it is Not Ready for Prime Time there.
Submitted by: Xin LI <delphij@frontfree.net> Approved by: RE@ (John, Scott)
|
122952 |
22-Nov-2003 |
alfred |
Cleanup manpage for mount_nfs4 (make it actually refer to nfs4 options). Cleanup option parsing for mount_nfs4 program, and remove dead code.
Approved by: re
|
122951 |
22-Nov-2003 |
alfred |
Bring in manpage for idmapd and change domain to @FreeBSD.org.
Approved by: re
|
122903 |
19-Nov-2003 |
gordon |
Make init statically linked by default. It's not worth the pain of having a dynamically linked init as recently seen by ia64 woes.
Approved by: re (jhb)
|
122900 |
19-Nov-2003 |
marcel |
Force a staticly linked /bin and /sbin for ia64. The necessary changes to gcc have not been made for ia64, which means that executables still have /usr/libexec/ld-elf.so.1 as the dynamic linker. This simply does not work if /usr is a seperate filesystem not mounted when the kernel tries to execute init(8).
Note that this is a temporary fix until a new gcc has been imported that does have the required changes.
Approved: re@
|
122874 |
18-Nov-2003 |
mckusick |
Document that the live dump command (`dump -L') creates its snapshot in the .snap directory in the root of the filesystem being dumped. Document that if the .snap directory is missing that it must be created manually and that it should be owned by user root and group operator and set to mode 770 before a live dump can be run.
|
122858 |
17-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
Add an entry to the BUGS section indicating that Vinum cannot currently be used on devices with a block size other than DEV_BSIZE (512), which specifically includes being unable to run on a swap-backed md device. Swap-backed md devices use a 4k block size.
|
122857 |
17-Nov-2003 |
rwatson |
Don't attempt to make devices if we're using devfs. This substantially cleans up the output when running the vinum management tool, and also makes it work better.
Long sustained silence from: grog
|
122843 |
17-Nov-2003 |
das |
Remove the BUGS section introduced in rev 1.11 now that the problem has been addressed.
|
122842 |
17-Nov-2003 |
das |
Reimplement nologin(8) as a C program. This allows us to statically link it at low cost and avoid environment poisoning attacks associated with LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
Suggested by: rwatson
|
122825 |
17-Nov-2003 |
truckman |
Print the dirpref avgfilesize and avgfpdir parameters.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
122822 |
17-Nov-2003 |
das |
Document nologin(8) as being insecure in conjunction with a dynamic root and suggest alternatives.
|
122804 |
16-Nov-2003 |
iedowse |
If the unmount by file system ID fails, don't warn before retrying a non-fsid unmount if the file system ID is all zeros. This is a temporary workaround for warnings that occur in the vfs.usermount=1 case because non-root users get a zeroed filesystem ID. I have a more complete fix in the works, but I won't get it done for 5.2.
|
122787 |
16-Nov-2003 |
mckusick |
Convert the live dump command (`dump -L') to use mksnap_ffs instead of trying to directly create the snapshot itself. This change allows users logged into the system as operator to run live dumps.
Note that dump no longer tries to create the snapshot in the root of the filesystem, but rather in a .snap directory in the root of the filesystem. The reason is that the operator is usually not permitted to write into the root of the filesystem. The newfs command and background fsck have both been modified to create a .snap directory in the root of the filesystem, but if neither of these have been run, then the .snap directory must be created manually by the superuser before a live dump can be run. The .snap directory should be owned by user root and group operator and set to mode 770.
|
122785 |
16-Nov-2003 |
wes |
Add the -E command line option to force error conditions for testing.
Sponsord by: St. Bernard Software
|
122784 |
16-Nov-2003 |
wes |
Catch and report on filesystems that were interrupted during newfs, sporting the new 'BAD' magic number. Exit with a unique error code (11) so callers who care about this can respond appropriately.
|
122783 |
16-Nov-2003 |
wes |
Write the UFS2 superblock with a 'BAD' magic number at the beginning of newfs, to signify the newfs operation has not yet completed. Re- write the superblock with the correct magic number once all of the cylinder groups have been created to show the operation has finished.
Sponsored by: St. Bernard Software
|
122782 |
16-Nov-2003 |
kensmith |
- Add GPT header/table recovery command - Minor related cleanup in add command
Approved by: marcel
|
122781 |
16-Nov-2003 |
kensmith |
- Provide default values for LABELOFFSET and LABELSECTOR so it compiles on all architectures.
Approved by: marcel
|
122778 |
16-Nov-2003 |
gordon |
Change the default for binaries in /bin and /sbin from statically to dynamically linked. This has been a long time coming with the move of critical libraries from /usr/lib to /lib. If you don't feel comfortable with dynamically linked binaries in your root partition, now is the time to define NO_DYNAMICROOT in your make.conf.
Approved by: re
|
122704 |
14-Nov-2003 |
alfred |
University of Michigan's Citi NFSv4 userland client code.
Submitted by: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>
|
122670 |
14-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by - using (intmax_t) and %j instead of %q
Tested by: make universe
|
122669 |
14-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by - using (intmax_t) and %j - giving a non-empty format string to msg()
Include <stdint.h> directly instead of depending on <inttypes.h> to do it.
Tested by: make universe
|
122627 |
13-Nov-2003 |
des |
Warn about partitions that would overlap with the master boot record, and if the user agrees, move them out one track.
MFC after: 7 days
|
122622 |
13-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by - constifying copyright
PR: 39867 Submitted by: Dan Lukes <dan@obluda.cz> Tested by: make universe
|
122621 |
13-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by - #include <timeconv.h> for _time_to_time32 et al - use (uintmax_t) and %j - remove unused variable 'j' (from PR 39866)
PR: 39866 Submitted by: Dan Lukes <dan@obluda.cz> Tested by: make universe
|
122506 |
11-Nov-2003 |
kensmith |
- Add some information about how init, securelevel, and jails interact with each other. - Minor markup fix (.Dq -> .Va for a variable)
Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: blackend (mentor)
|
122423 |
10-Nov-2003 |
brueffer |
Add a describtion for the '-d' flag
While I'm here, add a missing comma
PR: 41787 Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC after: 5 days
|
122412 |
10-Nov-2003 |
ume |
enable aes-xcbc-mac and aes-ctr, again.
|
122254 |
07-Nov-2003 |
des |
Alphabetization braino.
Pointed out by: johan
|
122234 |
07-Nov-2003 |
des |
Whitespace cleanup.
|
122233 |
07-Nov-2003 |
des |
Add a command-line option to format output for human readability. Currently, the only effect it has is to print some (but not all) numbers using thousands separators.
|
122140 |
05-Nov-2003 |
kensmith |
- add explanation of what an active file system is - explain the reason for permitting 32 read errors for a dump
PR: docs/35602 and docs/35607 Reviewed by: jhb Approved by: blackend (mentor)
|
122139 |
05-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make sure argv[x] exists before using it.
PR: 56696 Reported by: Igor Truszkowski <igort@intergate.pl> Submitted by: maxim@ Approved by: sos@ MFC after: 2 weeks
|
122133 |
05-Nov-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=6 clean by: - declaring 'mode2str' as returning a 'const char *' - prototyping all function - rename the argument 'version' to 'ver', not to shadow the now prototyped function 'version'.
Also mark it as WARNS?= 6 clean to try to keep it clean.
Tested by: make universe (including amd64)
|
122108 |
05-Nov-2003 |
ume |
- do hexdump on send. set length field properly - check for encryption/authentication key together with algorithm. - warned if a deprecated encryption algorithm (that includes "simple") is specified. - changed the syntax how to define a policy of a ICMPv6 type and/or a code, like spdadd ::/0 ::/0 icmp6 134,0 -P out none; - random cleanup in parser. - use yyfatal, or return -1 after yyerror. - deal with strdup() failure. - permit scope notation in policy string (-P esp/tunnel/foo%scope-bar%scope/use) - simplify /prefix and [port]. - g/c some unused symbols.
Obtained from: KAME
|
122097 |
05-Nov-2003 |
scottl |
Add support for multibyte character conversions.
Submitted by: imura@ryu16.org
|
122080 |
04-Nov-2003 |
trhodes |
Use 'const' in the copyright stamp, this is done in other utilities. Return linker.h to the includes list.
No objection from: wollman (for the copyright)
|
122060 |
04-Nov-2003 |
iedowse |
In mapdirs(), do not use the `dp' inode pointer after searchdir() has been called, since it points to a shared inode buffer that may be overwritten. The two cases where `dp' was used incorrectly appear to have been overlooked when "nodump" inheritance was first added in revision 1.12.
This is reported to correct propagation of the nodump flag on directories that are larger than one block in size.
PR: bin/58912 Submitted by: Volker Paepcke <vpaepcke@incore.de> MFC after: 1 week
|
122047 |
04-Nov-2003 |
iedowse |
Add missing prototype for cread().
|
122037 |
04-Nov-2003 |
mckusick |
Create a .snap directory mode 770 group operator in the root of a new filesystem. Dump and fsck will create snapshots in this directory rather than in the root for two reasons:
1) For terabyte-sized filesystems, the snapshot may require many minutes to build. Although the filesystem will not be suspended during most of the snapshot build, the snapshot file itself is locked during the entire snapshot build period. Thus, if it is accessed during the period that it is being built, the process trying to access it will block holding its containing directory locked. If the snapshot is in the root, the root will lock and the system will come to a halt until the snapshot finishes. By putting the snapshot in a subdirectory, it is out of the likely path of any process traversing through the root and hence much less likely to cause a lock race to the root.
2) The dump program is usually run by a non-root user running with operator group privilege. Such a user is typically not permitted to create files in the root of a filesystem. By having a directory in group operator with group write access available, such a user will be able to create a snapshot there. Having the dump program create its snapshot in a subdirectory below the root will benefit from point (1) as well.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
122035 |
04-Nov-2003 |
mckusick |
Check that the user running mksnap_ffs has permission to create and remove a snapshot file from the directory in which they have requested to have it made. If they do not have write permission in the directory or the directory is sticky and not owned by the user, then they will not be able to remove the snapshot when they are done with it.
|
121914 |
02-Nov-2003 |
se |
Set exit code to 1 in case at least one of the input files could not be opened.
|
121876 |
02-Nov-2003 |
ru |
Style.
|
121861 |
01-Nov-2003 |
trhodes |
Revert the first part of my previous change.
Requested by: wollman
|
121860 |
01-Nov-2003 |
trhodes |
The copywrite is not a 'static char', remove the #ifdefs and move the copywrite up into the commented out 'copywrite' section.
Include sys/linker.h for kldload(3).
|
121849 |
01-Nov-2003 |
silby |
Fix a few style glitches in the previous commit and make the tunable error message more brief.
Suggested by: bde
|
121827 |
01-Nov-2003 |
brooks |
We want the length of the string, not the size of its pointer.
|
121817 |
31-Oct-2003 |
brooks |
Temporarily disconnect ipfstat, ipnat, and ipftest to unbreak world.
Pointy hat to: brooks
|
121816 |
31-Oct-2003 |
brooks |
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance.
This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics.
Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
|
121739 |
30-Oct-2003 |
harti |
Use (char *)NULL to terminate the argument list for execlp(). Without this cast the compiler cannot know that it has to convert the null pointer constant NULL to a null pointer.
|
121726 |
30-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
In check.c: Avoid shadowing declarations. Avoid compairing signed and unsigned types.
|
121724 |
30-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove a few unused variables.
|
121707 |
29-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
style(9): sort functions.
|
121706 |
29-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Properly prototype C function usage(). Sync usage() with the manual page: s/file/snapshot_name/g.
|
121692 |
29-Oct-2003 |
iedowse |
When removing trailing slashes, don't remove the first character of the name if it is '/'. Also fix a comparison between signed and unsigned quantities (pointed out by trhodes).
|
121690 |
29-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Bump WARNS level and add a '?' to WARNS=.
|
121689 |
29-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove redundant declaration of the perror() function, it's provided by stdio.h. Don't define DKTYPENAMES without using it.
|
121676 |
29-Oct-2003 |
harti |
Defer allocation of the actual receive mbuf until the external buffer is returned from the card to the driver. Add a counter that shows how many times this allocation has failed. Note, that we could even further delay the allocation of the mbuf until we know, that we need it (there are no receive errors and the connection is open). This will be done in a later commit.
Print the new statistics field in atmconfig.
|
121543 |
26-Oct-2003 |
peter |
Fix some 64 bit warnings. You can't fit a pointer in an int.
|
121542 |
26-Oct-2003 |
peter |
Fix a 64 bit warning. Have set_T_dev_t() take a pointer to a size_t rather than a pointer to an int, since that is what it really wants anyway.
|
121541 |
26-Oct-2003 |
peter |
Fix gcc warnings. If NAME_MAX is 255, and d_namlen is a uint8_t, then d_namlen can never be > NAME_MAX. Stop gcc worrying about this by using a preprocessor test to see if NAME_MAX changes.
|
121540 |
26-Oct-2003 |
peter |
64 bit fixes. in_addr_t is an uint32_t, not a u_long.
|
121539 |
26-Oct-2003 |
peter |
Give wider types to sscanf to fix two warnings (u_short cannot be > 0xffff) and to make sure that we catch oversized arguments rather than silently truncate them. I dont know if sscanf will reject an integer if it will not fit in the short return variable or not, but this way it should be detected.
|
121520 |
26-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
style.Makefile: Add a '?' before '=' in WARNS.
|
121487 |
24-Oct-2003 |
imp |
Parse the ! lines that will soon be coming from the kernel. These are a generalized notification mechanism for subsystems wishing to report events.
Revieded by: njl
# The kernel side seems like it might be causing panics for me, but should # be forthcoming shortly.
|
121472 |
24-Oct-2003 |
ume |
Switch Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 from RFC2292 to RFC3542 (aka RFC2292bis). Though I believe this commit doesn't break backward compatibility againt existing binaries, it breaks backward compatibility of API. Now, the applications which use Advanced Sockets API such as telnet, ping6, mld6query and traceroute6 use RFC3542 API.
Obtained from: KAME
|
121429 |
23-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Fix several old bugs which got worse over time:
o WARNS should be WARNS?= (broke in rev 1.21). o Includes should be sorted. o Move "mntopt.h" out of the standard includes section. o Rewrite usage() to match the manual page and make it < 80 characters. o Remove extra .El call on line 187. It is unused and causes mdoc(7) warnings.
Discussed with: bde
|
121373 |
22-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Move prototypes into their function.
|
121363 |
22-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Make WARNS=2 build without error.
|
121360 |
22-Oct-2003 |
trhodes |
Add back the commas ',' in usage to avoid a garbled usage message. They were erroneously removed in revision 1.27.
|
121349 |
22-Oct-2003 |
seanc |
Reduce fstab(5)/mount(8) confusion by changing the man pages to say "ro" instead of "rdonly". "rdonly" works for mount(8) and mount_std(8) but not from /etc/fstab, whereas "ro" works for all mount_*(8) commands.
|
121316 |
21-Oct-2003 |
ume |
stop use of NI_WITHSCOPEID. it was deprecated.
Obtained from: KAME
|
121308 |
21-Oct-2003 |
silby |
Wrap a long line in the previous commit
Suggested by: njl
|
121306 |
21-Oct-2003 |
silby |
Have sysctl print out a more useful error message when it detects that the user has attempted to write to a read only, tunable value.
|
121258 |
19-Oct-2003 |
iedowse |
Change the default mode for lost+found from 01777 to 0700. The original intention of the less restrictive permissions was to allow users to move or delete recovered files that they own. However, it is better to not create world-writable directories by default; the administrator can always pre-create lost+found if different permissions are desired.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
121222 |
18-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Only automatically create an 'a' partition when there is nothing but a 'c' partition.
|
121169 |
17-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Make the regression test run also with obj directories.
|
121155 |
17-Oct-2003 |
ume |
- style - rename variable - use strlcpy - const'fy
Obtained from: KAME
|
121073 |
13-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Insert an overview of the plans here, in case I get run over by a bus.
|
121071 |
13-Oct-2003 |
ume |
- support AES counter mode for ESP. - use size_t as return type of schedlen(), as there's no error check needed. - clear key schedule buffer before freeing.
Obtained from: KAME
|
121061 |
13-Oct-2003 |
ume |
- support AES XCBC MAC for AH - correct SADB_X_AALG_RIPEMD160HMAC to 8
Obtained from: KAME
|
121021 |
12-Oct-2003 |
ume |
- RIPEMD160 support - pass size arg to ah->result (avoid assuming result buffer size)
Obtained from: KAME
|
121007 |
11-Oct-2003 |
fjoe |
Describe '-M' in usage().
PR: 57462 Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
|
121004 |
11-Oct-2003 |
ume |
correct unsafe use of realloc().
Obtained from: KAME
|
121003 |
11-Oct-2003 |
blackend |
Add a full example of a file-backed disk creation, I used the Handbook's example.
PR: docs/51897 Submitted by: Kevin Oberman <oberman@es.net>
|
120998 |
11-Oct-2003 |
blackend |
s/disklabel/bsdlabel where needed.
|
120969 |
10-Oct-2003 |
phk |
I think it is more correct to use modfind() than kldfind() here.
|
120907 |
08-Oct-2003 |
marcel |
Revision 1.61 changed the allocation of buffer 'buf' in DoFile() from the stack to the heap to work around a problem on ia64. Now, roughly 16 months and two compiler updates later, it isn't an issue anymore in the sense that putting a 1M buffer on the stack just works and we don't actually need to work around anything anymore. However, since there's no advantage or need to put the buffer on the stack (again), this change merely removes the XXX comment describing that there's an explicit reason for the heap allocation. Hence, this change is a functional no-op.
PR: ia64/38677
|
120901 |
08-Oct-2003 |
mckusick |
Create a .snap directory mode 770 group operator in the root of each filesystem that is checked in background. Create the snapshot in this directory rather than in the root. There are two benefits:
1) For terabyte-sized filesystems, the snapshot may require many minutes to build. Although the filesystem will not be suspended during most of the snapshot build, the snapshot file itself is locked during the entire snapshot build period. Thus, if it is accessed during the period that it is being built, the process trying to access it will block holding its containing directory locked. If the snapshot is in the root, the root will lock and the system will come to a halt until the snapshot finishes. By putting the snapshot in a subdirectory, it is out of the likely path of any process traversing through the root and hence much less likely to cause a lock race to the root.
2) The dump program is usually run by a non-root user running with operator group privilege. Such a user is typically not permitted to create files in the root of a filesystem. By having a directory in group operator with group write access available, such a user will be able to create a snapshot there. Having the dump program create its snapshot in a subdirectory below the root will benefit from point (1) as well.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
120878 |
07-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Improve regression test with an image file which must work.
|
120877 |
07-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Autoload kernel module if necessary.
Submitted by: mr
|
120876 |
07-Oct-2003 |
phk |
Interior decoration changes.
|
120821 |
05-Oct-2003 |
iedowse |
Remove the hardcoded default block/frag/cpg values from bsdlabel and the logic for setting them according to the partition size. Instead, unspecified filesystem values are left at 0 so that newfs will use its own defaults. It just caused confusion to have the defaults duplicated in two different places.
Reviewed by: phk
|
120715 |
03-Oct-2003 |
sam |
remove include of route.h now that ip_dummynet.h no longer exposes data structures that have an embedded struct route
Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
|
120626 |
01-Oct-2003 |
ru |
By popular demand, added the "static ARP" per-interface option.
|
120492 |
26-Sep-2003 |
fjoe |
- Support for multibyte charsets in LIBICONV. - CD9660_ICONV, NTFS_ICONV and MSDOSFS_ICONV kernel options (with corresponding modules). - kiconv(3) for loadable charset conversion tables support.
Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org>
|
120484 |
26-Sep-2003 |
bms |
Add the -xresolve flag to the route(8) man page.
Reviewed by: ru
|
120474 |
26-Sep-2003 |
rse |
fix typo: s/Instaed/Instead/
|
120473 |
26-Sep-2003 |
rse |
fix typo: s/sytem/system/
|
120372 |
23-Sep-2003 |
marcus |
Add Cisco Skinny Station protocol support to libalias, natd, and ppp. Skinny is the protocol used by Cisco IP phones to talk to Cisco Call Managers. With this code, one can use a Cisco IP phone behind a FreeBSD NAT gateway.
Currently, having the Call Manager behind the NAT gateway is not supported. More information on enabling Skinny support in libalias, natd, and ppp can be found in those applications' manpages.
PR: 55843 Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru MFC after: 30 days
|
120323 |
21-Sep-2003 |
ps |
revert to version 1.25 and use va_copy to obtain another copy of the variable arguments. version 1.26 incorrectly truncated the message if the buffer was too long.
Requested by: bde
|
120319 |
21-Sep-2003 |
phk |
Document the -x and -y options.
|
120306 |
20-Sep-2003 |
ps |
Fix improper use of varargs.
Reviewed by: peter
|
120178 |
17-Sep-2003 |
sam |
o add support for setting 128-bit WEP keys o use IEEE80211_KEYBUF_SIZE instead of magic numbers o distinguish between 40-, 104-, and 128-bit WEP keys when printing status
|
120065 |
14-Sep-2003 |
ceri |
Remove an unneccessary comma.
|
120054 |
14-Sep-2003 |
ru |
Get rid of duplicates.
|
119964 |
10-Sep-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7): Properly mark C headers.
|
119951 |
10-Sep-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7): There cannot be a subsection inside a list.
Reported by: naddy
|
119947 |
10-Sep-2003 |
roam |
Document the alternate way of matching MAC addresses: by a bitmask.
PR: 56021 Submitted by: Glen Gibb <grg@ridley.unimelb.edu.au> MFC after: 1 month
|
119893 |
08-Sep-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7): Use the new feature of the .In macro.
|
119845 |
07-Sep-2003 |
charnier |
Replace a reference to non existant mount_ffs(8) by a reference to mount(8).
|
119740 |
04-Sep-2003 |
tmm |
Apply a bandaid to get this working on sparc64 again; the introduction of do_cmd() broke things, because this function assumes that a socklen_t is large enough to hold a pointer. A real solution to this problem would be a rewrite of do_cmd() to treat the optlen parameter consistently and not use it to carry a pointer or integer dependent on the context.
|
119734 |
04-Sep-2003 |
dougb |
Add a flag that reports the existence of a dump, and does nothing else.
The immediate purpose for this option is to use it in rc.d so that we can make savecore behavior conditional.
Tremendous assistance with ideas and sanity checking provided by tjr and b@etek.chalmers.se.
|
119668 |
02-Sep-2003 |
maxim |
Check an arguments count before proceed in sysctl_handler().
PR: bin/56298 Submitted by: Kang Liu <liukang@bjpu.edu.cn> MFC after: 2 weeks
# We need a regression test suit for ipfw(2)/ipfw(8) badly.
|
119569 |
30-Aug-2003 |
brueffer |
Backout Rev. 1.24
English lessons provided by: jhb
|
119564 |
29-Aug-2003 |
brueffer |
Grammar fix
|
119553 |
29-Aug-2003 |
phk |
Introduce more knobs to slim down FreeBSD userland
NO_TOOLCHAIN skips Compilers and Binutils NO_USB skips USB stuff NO_VINUM skips Vinum stuff NO_ACPI skips ACPI stuff
|
119510 |
27-Aug-2003 |
phk |
When we initialize a disk with a virgin label, create also an 'a' partition which starts after the bootstrap area and fills the entire disk.
|
119506 |
27-Aug-2003 |
phk |
Make build of atm, ip6fw and ping6 depend on existing NOATM and NOINET6 conditionals.
|
119405 |
24-Aug-2003 |
sos |
Adjust to the new sys/ata.h layout
|
119323 |
22-Aug-2003 |
ume |
use arc4random.
MFC after: 3 days
|
119252 |
22-Aug-2003 |
imp |
Fix alignment of the trailing \
|
119172 |
20-Aug-2003 |
harti |
Get rid of a __DECONST by strdup'ing the string in question. When called this way the program just prints its help intro, so the memory leak is not a problem.
Pointed out by: bde
|
119075 |
18-Aug-2003 |
obrien |
style.Makefile(5)
|
119073 |
18-Aug-2003 |
obrien |
Restore vendor ID's.
Requested by: bde
|
119019 |
17-Aug-2003 |
gordon |
At imp's request, force devd to be statically compiled. This avoids the need for libstdc++ in /lib, and the generated binary is actually smaller statically linked than dynamically + sizeof(libstdc++). Additionally, devd doesn't use get*by*() which is one of the main motivations for dynamically linking your root partition anyway.
|
119018 |
17-Aug-2003 |
gordon |
Stage 4 of dynamically linked root support. Add a big knob, WITH_DYNAMICROOT, which will toggle the generation of dynamically-linked binaries for installation in /bin and /sbin. It is currently off, meaning that /bin and /sbin are still statically linked by default.
If something goes wrong (which I hope doesn't), this is what /rescue is all about. Please do not try to use WITH_DYNAMICROOT and NO_RESCUE to save space or some other equally silly reason. If you do and end up having problems, you have been warned.
|
118919 |
14-Aug-2003 |
rwatson |
Hook up ffsinfo(8).
|
118918 |
14-Aug-2003 |
rwatson |
Commit 1 of 2 to fix ffsinfo(8) for UFS2.
Update ffsinfo(8) to use new UFS2 support in the growfs(8) debugging functions. Largely consists of renaming fields and types to be aware of the UFS1/UFS2 distinction, relying on libufs(3) to open and sanity check the device/file/label accessed.
Since libufs(3) now handles label/UFS interactions, remove -L argument.
Note: when submitted, this patch had substantial style changes. I've attempted to remove the restyling from the patch to separate the functional and style changes.
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> PR: bin/53517
|
118916 |
14-Aug-2003 |
ume |
support poll(2).
Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 1 week
|
118915 |
14-Aug-2003 |
rwatson |
Commit 1 of 2 to fix ffsinfo(8) for UFS2.
Add support for UFS2 to the UFS debugging routines in growfs; required to update ffsinfo(8) for UFS2. A variety of types and fs variables are renamed to reflect UFS1/2 structures. Also, the print routines for inodes are now split into separate UFS1 and UFS2 versions. We now define dbg_dump_csum_total(), but lose the printing of rotational information since that's not present in UFS2. In the future, we may want to re-add this functionality to print it solely for UFS1.
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> PR: bin/53517
|
118875 |
13-Aug-2003 |
ru |
- Clarify the port range syntax in -redirect_port.
PR: docs/46286
- "IP number" -> "IP address", for consistency.
|
118873 |
13-Aug-2003 |
ru |
Added an option to specify an alternate PID file.
PR: bin/37159 Submitted by: "Aleksandr A. Babaylov" <.@babolo.ru>
|
118837 |
12-Aug-2003 |
trhodes |
Add a '-M mask' option so that users can have different masks for files and directories. This should make some of the Midnight Commander users happy.
Remove an extra ')' in the manual page.
PR: 35699 Submitted by: Eugene Grosbein <eugen@grosbein.pp.ru> (original version) Tested by: simon
|
118836 |
12-Aug-2003 |
ceri |
Correct a grammatical error.
|
118824 |
12-Aug-2003 |
harti |
Add a program for configuration of the ATM drivers and the IP over ATM stuff. This utility allows inspection of the ATM characteristics, the PHY layer, including statistics of both, the retrival of the list of currently open channels and also allows access to utopia(4).
|
118772 |
11-Aug-2003 |
harti |
Add the new arguments for the add pvc command to the help information. Correct a comment.
Submitted by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@wanadoo.fr> MFC after: 3 days
|
118702 |
09-Aug-2003 |
mbr |
Turn the annoying and long error message off. It was so long that it was even hard to find the real error cause.
Requested by: rwatson
|
118685 |
09-Aug-2003 |
bms |
PR: docs/53688 Submitted by: bms Approved by: jake (mentor)
|
118671 |
08-Aug-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=6 clean by prototyping 'usage'.
Tested by: make universe
|
118632 |
07-Aug-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=6 clean by renaming the variable 'err' to 'error' in order not to shadow err(3).
Tested by: make universe
|
118582 |
07-Aug-2003 |
imp |
Prefer PATH_MAX to MAXPATHLEN. Both contain the trailing NUL, so remove the unneeded +1.
|
118581 |
07-Aug-2003 |
imp |
No need to define optind as an extern. stdlib.h does that for us.
|
118580 |
07-Aug-2003 |
imp |
Prefer PATH_MAX to MAXPATHLEN. PATH_MAX has the trailing NUL.
|
118579 |
07-Aug-2003 |
imp |
MAXPATHLEN includes the trailing NUL, so no need to add 1 here.
|
118526 |
06-Aug-2003 |
ache |
Localize 'ls' output Don't set 8bit in quote processing
|
118500 |
05-Aug-2003 |
yar |
Don't reinvent the wheel: Use setmode(3) to interpret a file mode specification from the command line. This approach is more flexible and less error-prone than using a mere strtoul(3).
|
118493 |
05-Aug-2003 |
yar |
Exit with a non-zero status upon a block allocation failure. The old way of just returning could result in a file system extremely likely to panic the kernel. The warning printed wouldn't help much since tools invoking newfs(8), e.g., mdmfs(8), couldn't detect the error.
PR: bin/55078 MFC after: 1 week
|
118478 |
05-Aug-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=6 clean by: 1: add 'const' to char * where needed; 2: mark unused variables with __unused; 3: remove double prototypes for mode_edit and mode_list. 4: moves the global variables 'bus', 'target', and 'lun' into the main function and protect them with #ifndef MINIMALISTIC, 5: renames 3 variable in order not to shadow other things index -> indx -- in modepage_dump since index is a function from <strings.h.> arglist -> arglst -- in the function parse_btl since arglist is also a global variable convertend -> convertend2 -- in the function editentry_set since that name is used two times within the function. 6: cast 0xffffffff in the macro RESOLUTION_MAX(size) to (int) since it is unsigned otherwise.
Tested by: make universe Approved by: ken
|
118449 |
04-Aug-2003 |
ache |
LANG->LC_ALL
Pointed by: ru
|
118431 |
04-Aug-2003 |
ache |
Fix problem differently, use LANG=C tr 'a-z' 'A-Z' for hypotetical case that script may generate non-ascii characters
|
118428 |
04-Aug-2003 |
ache |
Use tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]' to work with any locale
|
118394 |
03-Aug-2003 |
obrien |
style.Makefile(5)'ize
|
118302 |
01-Aug-2003 |
ru |
Spell "file system" correctly.
|
118265 |
31-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Make firmware version 4.1.12 the default for download to PCA-200E adapters. The old firmware (3.0.1) can still be used by specifying the '-3' option to fore_dnld.
Document the -r option that resets the adapter prior to the download.
Ther newer firmware version allows traffic shaping.
|
118215 |
30-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Fix the code with respect to the assumption that sizeof(long) == 4.
|
118214 |
30-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Fix what was a common idiom in PDP-11 days: declare a local int and use the address of that int for read(2). While this happens to work on LE, it surely is wrong on BE.
|
118213 |
30-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Make this compile with WARNS=6.
|
118211 |
30-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Fix warnings: a variable that was unused, a variable that was unused unless sun was defined and printing of u_longs with %x.
PR: bin/39818 Submitted by: dan@obluda.cz MFC after: 1 week
|
118163 |
29-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Use size_t for buffer sizes. Improve error handling in some places. Remove a __DECONST() that was needed before this interface cleanup.
|
118125 |
28-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Add support for CBR and VBR PVCs. Enhance the error handling for the 'add pvc' command.
Submitted by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@wanadoo.fr> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
118110 |
28-Jul-2003 |
mbr |
Enable dhclient to poll the interface state and send only requests if the interface has an active link. This is a great benefit if you often change networks with your laptop and you do not like to kill/restart dhclient all the time. Changes are automatically detected and the link is refreshed.
The change allows us to start dhclient in background mode Enable dhclient to poll the interface state and send only requests if the interface has an active link. This is a great benefit if you often change networks with your laptop and you do not like to kill/restart dhclient all the time. Changes are automatically detected and the link is refreshed.
The change allows us to start dhclient in background mode while the network cable is not plugged in.
To control the polling interval, the option -i has been introduced. It takes seconds as parameter, the minimum is one second, the default is five seconds.
Polling is done in seconds, not microseconds, because dhclient does internally work with timeouts in seconds.
This change will be part of the next major ISC-dhcpd release.
Tested by: bms, imp, and many many others. Reviewed by: murray, eivind, dhclient folks
|
118107 |
28-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Make atm WARNS=6 clean. The changes are mostly:
- remove some instances of __P() - use real prototypes and un-K&R function headers - constify where necessary (mostly strings and structures containing strings) - make functions and variables static that need not to be global - tag unused function parameters as __unused
Testing: a fresh universe
|
118062 |
26-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
o Fix usage(): remove '-l', add missed '-f', sort.
|
118057 |
26-Jul-2003 |
simon |
Remove references to the '-l' option in synopsis. The rest of the description of this option was removed in v. 1.22.
PR: docs/54880 Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> Approved by: ceri (mentor)
|
118056 |
26-Jul-2003 |
simon |
Minor mdoc(7) cleanup, based on the PR below.
PR: docs/54826 Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ceri (mentor)
|
118013 |
25-Jul-2003 |
harti |
When deciding whether to download the microcode or not look at the API rather than at the vendor. We have three different Fore cards and only the PCA200 need the microcode. Look also at the RAM address and load the code only if it is not zero. A zero RAM address means either a bug in the driver or this is a interface created by harp(4) in which case fatm(4) handles the microcode issue.
|
118001 |
25-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Due to a gcc bug, it doesn't like local variables with names like 'sin'. Rename this for the moment. Also fix a sparc64 alignment warning.
|
118000 |
25-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Make ilmid WARNS=6 clean. The problem were a couple of unused function arguments and missing consts.
|
117948 |
24-Jul-2003 |
peter |
Build /sbin/gpt on amd64 for good luck as well.
|
117945 |
23-Jul-2003 |
imp |
Simplistic C comment re is wrong, use more correct one
|
117944 |
23-Jul-2003 |
imp |
Remove old workaround
|
117868 |
22-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Add a note that net.inet.ip.fw.autoinc_step is ipfw2-specific
|
117824 |
21-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
Quote from a Problem Report:
The output format specifier for the round-trip time in ping6 should be changed to %.3f instead of %g since %g doesn't accurately represent the precision of the number being output. In particular, %g truncates trailing zeroes. 0.01 ms does not mean the same thing as 0.010 ms. Although they are numerically identical, they do not have the same precision.
PR: bin/52324, bin/52750 Submitted by: dg MFC after: 1 week
|
117821 |
21-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
o Initialize do_pipe before command parsing.
PR: bin/54649 Submitted by: Andy Gilligan <andy@evo6.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
117794 |
20-Jul-2003 |
iedowse |
Take advantage of the use of file system IDs to simplify umount(8) and make it work more reliably in a number of cases that have traditionally been troublesome. The new behaviour is: 1) If the filesystem can be determined by the fsid or device, or uniquely identified by the mountpoint, then just go ahead and call unmount(2) using the file system ID. 2) Otherwise use fstatfs(2) to resolve the path into a file system ID (checking with stat(2) that it is a filesystem root directory).
Case 2 can potentially block if an NFS server is down, but it can always be avoided by using an unambiguous specification. It handles all the hard cases such as symlinks and mismatches between the mount list and reality. For example, if a filesystem was mounted as /mnt inside a chroot, it will show up in the mount list as /mnt, but now you can unmount it from outside the chroot with "umount /chroot_path/mnt".
|
117742 |
18-Jul-2003 |
iedowse |
When mount(8) is invoked with the `-v' flag, display the filesystem ID for each file system in addition to the normal information.
In umount(8), accept filesystem IDs as well as the usual device and path names. This makes it possible to unambiguously specify which file system is to be unmounted even when two or more file systems share the same device and mountpoint names (e.g. NFS mounts from the same export into different chroots).
Suggested by: Dan Nelson <dnelson@allantgroup.com>
|
117726 |
18-Jul-2003 |
harti |
Don't call print_pdu() when we are not debugging. This would result in calling fprintf() with a NULL fp. Strange enough this didn't result in cores in stable, but results in cores now.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
117720 |
18-Jul-2003 |
iedowse |
Since checkmntlist() and getmntentry() return a struct statfs that includes the filesystem type name, remove the "type" output parameter.
|
117712 |
18-Jul-2003 |
iedowse |
When the file system to unmount is specified by device name instead of by mount point, umount had to take care not to unmount the wrong file system if another file system was covering the requested one. Now that the file system to unmount is specified to the kernel using the filesystem ID, this confusion cannot occur, so remove the code that checked for it.
|
117655 |
15-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Userland side of: Allow set 31 to be used for rules other than 65535. Set 31 is still special because rules belonging to it are not deleted by the "ipfw flush" command, but must be deleted explicitly with "ipfw delete set 31" or by individual rule numbers.
This implement a flexible form of "persistent rules" which you might want to have available even after an "ipfw flush". Note that this change does not violate POLA, because you could not use set 31 in a ruleset before this change.
Suggested by: Paul Richards
|
117626 |
15-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Make sure that comments are printed at the end of a rule.
Reported by: Patrick Tracanelli <eksffa@freebsdbrasil.com.br>
|
117577 |
14-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Fix one typo in help() string, remove whitespace at end of line and other minor whitespace changes.
Replace u_char with uint8_t in a few places.
|
117550 |
14-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
o Rename local variables, do not shadow global declarations.
|
117549 |
14-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
o Kill MINICMPLEN, there is ICMP_MINLEN already.
|
117548 |
14-Jul-2003 |
maxim |
o Be ready to get a reply with length up to IP_MAXPACKET. o Warn when recieved packet length is not equal to length of the packet we sent out. Idea from NetBSD. o Fit the dump of packet with wrong data to 80 columns (from NetBSD).
Comments from: bde
|
117544 |
14-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
ccept of empty lines when reading from a file (this fixes a bug introduced in the latest commits).
Also:
* update the 'ipfw -h' output;
* allow rules of the form "100 add allow ..." i.e. with the index first. (requested by Paul Richards). This was an undocumented ipfw1 behaviour, and it is left undocumented.
and minor code cleanups.
|
117533 |
14-Jul-2003 |
grog |
Remove reference to max block size. dump no longer limits the block size.
|
117472 |
12-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Add a '-T' flag to print the timestamp as numeric value instead of converting it with ctime(). This is a lot more convenient for postprocessing.
Submitted by: "Jacob S. Barrett" <jbarrett@amduat.net>
|
117470 |
12-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Document the existence of comments in ipfw rules, the new flags handled when reading from a file, and clarify that only numeric values are allowed for icmptypes.
MFC after: 3 days
|
117469 |
12-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
In random order:
* make the code compile with WARNS=5 (at least on i386), mostly by adding 'const' specifier and replacing "void *" with "char *" in places where pointer arithmetic was used. This also spotted a few places where invalid tests (e.g. uint < 0) were used.
* support ranges in "list" and "show" commands. Now you can say
ipfw show 100-1000 4000-8000
which is very convenient when you have large rulesets.
* implement comments in ipfw commands. These are implemented in the kernel as O_NOP commands (which always match) whose body contains the comment string. In userland, a comment is a C++-style comment:
ipfw add allow ip from me to any // i can talk to everybody
The choice of '//' versus '#' is somewhat arbitrary, but because the preprocessor/readfile part of ipfw used to strip away '#', I did not want to change this behaviour.
If a rule only contains a comment
ipfw add 1000 // this rule is just a comment
then it is stored as a 'count' rule (this is also to remind the user that scanning through a rule is expensive).
* improve handling of flags (still to be completed). ipfw_main() was written thinking of 'one rule per ipfw invocation', and so flags are set and never cleared. With readfile/preprocessor support, this changes and certain flags should be reset on each line. For the time being, only fix handling of '-a' which differentiates the "list" and "show" commands.
* rework the preprocessor support -- ipfw_main() already had most of the parsing code, so i have moved in there the only missing bit (stripping away '#' and comments) and removed the parsing from ipfw_readfile(). Also, add some more options (such as -c, -N, -S) to the readfile section.
MFC after: 3 days
|
117430 |
11-Jul-2003 |
kan |
Do not compare unsigned int values with ULONG_MAX. The comparison is always false on 64bit platforms and GCC 3.3.1 issues warning there.
|
117334 |
08-Jul-2003 |
dannyboy |
Correct to match reality regarding interface names.
PR: 51006 Submitted by: "Dmitry Pryanishnikov" <dmitry@atlantis.dp.ua> mdoc clue by: "Simon L. Nielsen" <simon@nitro.dk> MFC after: 10 days
|
117329 |
08-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
* introduce a section on SYNTAX to document the handling spaces and comma-separated lists of arguments;
* reword the description of address specifications, to include previous and current changes for address sets and lists;
* document the new '-n' flag.
* update the section on differences between ipfw1 and ipfw2 (this is becoming boring!)
MFC after: 3 days
|
117328 |
08-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
A bunch of changes (mostly syntactic sugar, all backward compatible):
* Make the addr-set size optional (defaults to /24) You can now write 1.2.3.0/24{56-80} or 1.2.3.0{56-80} Also make the parser more strict.
* Support a new format for the list of addresses: 1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8/30,9.10.11.12/22,12.12.12.13, ... which exploits the new capabilities of O_IP_SRC_MASK/O_IP_DST_MASK
* Allow spaces after commas to make lists of addresses more readable. 1.2.3.4, 5.6.7.8/30, 9.10.11.12/22, 12.12.12.13, ...
* ipfw will now accept full commands as a single argument and strip extra leading/trailing whitespace as below: ipfw "-q add allow ip from 1.2.3.4 to 5.6.7.8, 9.10.11.23 " This should help in moving the body of ipfw into a library that user programs can invoke.
* Cleanup some comments and data structures.
* Do not print rule counters for dynamic rules with ipfw -d list (PR 51182)
* Improve 'ipfw -h' output (PR 46785)
* Add a '-n' flag to test the syntax of commands without actually calling [gs]etsockopt() (PR 44238)
* Support the '-n' flag also with the preprocessors;
Manpage commit to follow.
MFC after: 3 days
|
117246 |
05-Jul-2003 |
imp |
Drop the pid file after we call the final daemon call. w/o -n would give the wrong pid.
Submitted by: ru and Lukas Ertl PR: 54113
|
117241 |
04-Jul-2003 |
luigi |
Implement the 'ipsec' option to match packets coming out of an ipsec tunnel. Should work with both regular and fast ipsec (mutually exclusive). See manpage for more details.
Submitted by: Ari Suutari (ari.suutari@syncrontech.com) Revised by: sam MFC after: 1 week
|
117170 |
02-Jul-2003 |
gordon |
Remove smbfs, portalfs, and nwfs from sbin. The sources live in usr.sbin now.
|
117169 |
02-Jul-2003 |
gordon |
Move mount_portalfs, mount_smbfs, and mount_nwfs from sbin to usr.sbin. They don't have alot of reason to be in sbin and contribute to library bloat in the dynamic case. If you are using any of these filesystem type to hold your /usr, please seek professional help.
The actual code was repo-copied by joe.
|
117132 |
01-Jul-2003 |
iedowse |
Add a new mount flag MNT_BYFSID that can be used to unmount a file system by specifying the file system ID instead of a path. Use this by default in umount(8). This avoids the need to perform any vnode operations to look up the mount point, so it makes it possible to unmount a file system whose root vnode cannot be looked up (e.g. due to a dead NFS server, or a file system that has become detached from the hierarchy because an underlying file system was unmounted). It also provides an unambiguous way to specify which file system is to be unmunted.
Since the ability to unmount using a path name is retained only for compatibility, that case now just uses a simple string comparison of the supplied path against f_mntonname of each mounted file system.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch mdoc help from: ru
|
117037 |
29-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Remove pathnames.h.
Pointed out by: Mathieu Arnold <mat@mat.cc>
|
117036 |
29-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Tweak a couple of utilities so they compile cleanly for /rescue. Mostly path fixes.
Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>
|
117033 |
29-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Move path definitions to include/paths.h. This makes it easier to override these definitions in the /rescue case.
Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>
|
117031 |
29-Jun-2003 |
gordon |
Convert fsck and mount to using execvP to find fsck_foo and mount_foo. This simplifies the code path and makes the default path easy to override in the /rescue case.
Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org>
|
116957 |
28-Jun-2003 |
sam |
o update for new 802.11 support o fix channel command so channel - does what the man page says
|
116919 |
27-Jun-2003 |
luigi |
remove extra whitespace and blank lines
|
116820 |
25-Jun-2003 |
sam |
o correct mode request handling o add 802.11 alias support o suppress display of the default "mode autoselect" when showing the "phy mode"
|
116806 |
25-Jun-2003 |
ru |
The current recommended default time to live (TTL) for the Internet Protocol (IP) is 64 [RFC791, RFC1122].
Prodded by: Igor Kucherenko <kivvy@sunbay.com> Obtained from: http://www.iana.org/assignments/ip-parameters
|
116777 |
24-Jun-2003 |
luigi |
remove unused file (RELENG_5 and above use ipfw2, the old ipfw1 has been unused and unmaintained for a long time).
|
116770 |
23-Jun-2003 |
luigi |
Split some long lines to fit 80 columns (the code in RELENG_4 was already correct).
|
116716 |
23-Jun-2003 |
luigi |
syntactic sugar: support range notation such as 1.2.3.4/24{5,6,7,10-20,60-90} for set of ip addresses. Previously you needed to specify every address in the range, which was unconvenient and lead to very long lines. Internally the set is still stored in the same way, just the input and output routines are modified.
Manpage update still missing.
Perhaps a similar preprocessing step would be useful for port ranges.
MFC after: 3 days
|
116715 |
23-Jun-2003 |
maxim |
o Fix sets of rules usage example.
PR: docs/53625 Submitted by: Kostyuk Oleg <cub@cub.org.ua> MFC after: 1 week
|
116690 |
22-Jun-2003 |
luigi |
Add support for multiple values and ranges for the "iplen", "ipttl", "ipid" options. This feature has been requested by several users. On passing, fix some minor bugs in the parser. This change is fully backward compatible so if you have an old /sbin/ipfw and a new kernel you are not in trouble (but you need to update /sbin/ipfw if you want to use the new features).
Document the changes in the manpage.
Now you can write things like
ipfw add skipto 1000 iplen 0-500
which some people were asking to give preferential treatment to short packets.
The 'MFC after' is just set as a reminder, because I still need to merge the Alpha/Sparc64 fixes for ipfw2 (which unfortunately change the size of certain kernel structures; not that it matters a lot since ipfw2 is entirely optional and not the default...)
PR: bin/48015
MFC after: 1 week
|
116660 |
22-Jun-2003 |
iedowse |
Replace the code for reading and writing the kernel message buffer with a new implementation that has a mostly reentrant "addchar" routine, supports multiple message buffers in the kernel, and hides the implementation details from callers.
The new code uses a kind of sequence number to represend the current read and write positions in the buffer. This approach (suggested mainly by bde) permits the read and write pointers to be maintained separately, which reduces the number of atomic operations that are required. The "mostly reentrant" above refers to the way that while it is now always safe to have any number of concurrent writers, readers could see the message buffer after a writer has advanced the pointers but before it has witten the new character.
Discussed on: freebsd-arch
|
116507 |
17-Jun-2003 |
brueffer |
Remove another reference to ffsinfo.8
|
116499 |
17-Jun-2003 |
brueffer |
Remove references to ffsinfo(8) for now. It was disconnected from the build almost a year ago.
|
116478 |
17-Jun-2003 |
sobomax |
Xref police: chmod(8) -> chmod(1).
|
116473 |
17-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Compile sunlabel on all archs.
|
116438 |
16-Jun-2003 |
maxim |
o Pass a correct argument to printf(3).
PR: bin/51750 Submitted by: Vasil Dimov <vd@datamax.bg> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
116383 |
15-Jun-2003 |
rwatson |
Tighten up the string->integer conversion in sysctl(8):
(1) Reject zero-length strings for CTLTYPE_INT, _UINT, _LONG, _ULONG. Do not silently convert to 0.
(2) When converting CTLTYPE_INT, _UINT, _LONG, and _ULONG, check the end pointer generated by strtol() and strtoul() rather than discarding it. Reject the string if either none of the string was useful for conversion to an integer, or if there was trailing garbage.
I.e., we will not allow you to set a numeric sysctl to a value unless we can completely convert the string argument to a numeric value. I tripped over this when I put the following in /etc/sysctl.conf:
kern.maxfiles="4000"
Ouch.
|
116325 |
14-Jun-2003 |
ken |
Remove MAINTAINER= lines in the makefiles for camcontrol, iostat, libcam and libdevstat, since the new way of doing things is to just list maintainership in src/MAINTAINERS.
Also, remove duplicate entries in src/MAINTAINERS for those utilities. I already had entries for them.
|
116319 |
13-Jun-2003 |
ru |
If the -proxy_only option is used, the -alias_address/-interface options are not required.
Suggested by: Vaclav Petricek MFC after: 2 weeks
|
116248 |
12-Jun-2003 |
grog |
Remove label command. It has been deprecated since December 1998, and recent changes broke it altogether.
Prompted by: phk
|
116247 |
12-Jun-2003 |
grog |
Remove "label" keyword.
|
116224 |
11-Jun-2003 |
obrien |
style clean.
|
116194 |
11-Jun-2003 |
rwatson |
Add "-n" argument, which causes mdconfig to simply print the unit number X, rather than mdX, making it easier to script tests that use md devices but don't want to make assumptions about any existing md use (such as in diskless environments).
|
116126 |
09-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Be consistent about module names.
|
116111 |
09-Jun-2003 |
phk |
GEOMification of CCD.
You need your kernel and ccdconfig(8) to be in sync, particularly if your source tree is on a ccd device.
|
116083 |
09-Jun-2003 |
jmallett |
Marshal newfs -L (filesystem volume names), the names are not marshalled with any quoting, but that should be OK for re-input, regardless.
|
116038 |
08-Jun-2003 |
charnier |
.Nm -> .Xr
|
116037 |
08-Jun-2003 |
charnier |
The .Xr utility
|
116036 |
08-Jun-2003 |
charnier |
mount_msdos -> mount_msdosfs
|
116035 |
08-Jun-2003 |
charnier |
Add section number to .Xr
|
116034 |
08-Jun-2003 |
charnier |
Add section number to .Xr
|
115995 |
07-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Augh! Fix the sparc64 build:
If we don't have a default label location for the compiled architecture, insist that a -m <architecture> option is specified.
|
115948 |
07-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Sanitize setting of labeloffset and labelsector.
|
115895 |
06-Jun-2003 |
guido |
Move my maintainership of parts of ipfilter back to Darren Reed
|
115809 |
04-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Give ia64 the exact same semantics as i386 with respect to non-512 byte sector devices.
|
115794 |
04-Jun-2003 |
marcel |
Unbreak ia64. 'nuff said.
|
115793 |
04-Jun-2003 |
ticso |
Change handling to support strong alignment architectures such as alpha and sparc64.
PR: alpha/50658 Submitted by: rizzo Tested on: alpha
|
115731 |
02-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Further devilification of CCD:
Change the list interface to simplify things. Remove old list ioctls which bogusly exported the softc to userland. Move the softc and associated structures from the public header to the source file.
|
115730 |
02-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Use GEOM OAM api to retrive list of configured ccd devices.
Link against libgeom.
|
115696 |
02-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Fix sectorsize != 512 on i386 and pc98. Add test cases for same.
|
115694 |
02-Jun-2003 |
ru |
Assorted mdoc(7) fixes.
|
115691 |
02-Jun-2003 |
maxim |
Fix SIGINFO handling: do not print incorrect timing statistics when the data for it is not available.
Founded by: ping -s0 localhost; press ^T
|
115624 |
01-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Simplify the GEOM OAM api: Drop the request type, and let everything hinge on the "verb" parameter which the class gets to interpret as it sees fit.
Move the entire request into the kernel and move changed parameters back when done.
|
115616 |
01-Jun-2003 |
phk |
Add pc98 arch to test set. Remove ktrace which leaked out of test-setup.
|
115449 |
31-May-2003 |
obrien |
Protext copyright[].
|
115288 |
24-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
115254 |
23-May-2003 |
peter |
Add amd64 to the MACHINE_ARCH list of systems that link bsdlabel to disklabel. I just got burnt again by having an old disklabel binary kicking around.
Discussed with: phk Approved by: re (safe amd64 stuff)
|
115235 |
22-May-2003 |
dougb |
When newfs'ing a partition with UFS2 that had previously been newfs'ed with UFS1, the UFS1 superblocks were not deleted. This allowed any RELENG_4 (or other non-UFS2-aware) fsck to think it knew how to "fix" the file system, resulting in severe data scrambling.
This patch is a more advanced version than the one originally submitted. Lukas improved it based on feedback from Kirk, and testing by me. It blanks all UFS1 superblocks (if any) during a UFS2 newfs, thereby causing fsck's that are not UFS2 aware to generate the "SEARCH FOR ALTERNATE SUPER-BLOCK FAILED" message, and exit without damaging the fs.
PR: bin/51619 Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> Reviewed by: kirk Approved by: re (scottl)
|
115163 |
19-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes: Fixed the markup in the BUGS section, bumped document date.
|
115162 |
19-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes: Fix the markup in the recently added ENVIRONMENT section.
|
115161 |
19-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes: Mark "gated" with the .Nm macro.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
115160 |
19-May-2003 |
ru |
Add a newline at end of file.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
115143 |
18-May-2003 |
ru |
Fixed troff(1) and mdoc(7) warnings.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
115121 |
18-May-2003 |
brueffer |
Clarify setting sysctl variables via loader(8) tunables
* s/can not/cannot/
Submitted by: ru (*) Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
115119 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) markup overhaul.
|
115116 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
Fixed the markup in the recently added ENVIRONMENT section.
|
115115 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fix: Add the forgotten paragraph command.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
115114 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) fixes: Expand contraction.
|
115110 |
17-May-2003 |
peter |
Add fdisk for $MACHINE_ARCH == amd64
|
115105 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
Style fixes.
Reviewed by: phk Approved by: re (scottl)
|
115104 |
17-May-2003 |
ru |
Moved libgeom.so dependencies to where they belong.
Reviewed by: phk Approved by: re (scottl)
|
115092 |
17-May-2003 |
brueffer |
Add information about setting sysctl variables via loader(8) and loader.conf(5)
PR: 38426 (slightly modified) Submitted by: Phil Pennock <pdp@nl.demon.net> Approved by: re (bmah) MFC after: 3 days
|
115011 |
15-May-2003 |
imp |
Allow zero or more actions in an action list, rather than requiring one or more actions in the list. This makes constructs like:
attach 10 { // echo "Driver $device_name attached" };
to be accepted by the parser. It will be treated as if the user had entered:
// attach 10 { // echo "Driver $device_name attached" // };
(eg totally ignored).
Approved by: re@ (rwatson)
|
114999 |
14-May-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix more breakages from rev. 1.69.
|
114982 |
13-May-2003 |
phk |
Add pc98 archtecture entry.
Approved by: re/rwatson
|
114970 |
13-May-2003 |
sheldonh |
Fix broken comment line introduced in rev 1.69.
Found with: nroff -mandoc ifconfig.8 > /dev/null
|
114956 |
12-May-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove -p from getopt args.
PR: 37221 Submitted by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net> Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: re (jhb)
|
114936 |
12-May-2003 |
grog |
Understand GEOM. This makes growfs work again, but it really needs rewriting.
Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> Approved by: re (scottl)
|
114894 |
11-May-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove remnants of the -p option. While I'm here, remove wording about -P which could be interpreted as 'this option must be specified'.
PR: 37221 && 51886 Discussed with: bmah Approved by: re (blanket)
|
114877 |
10-May-2003 |
iedowse |
Put back the error checking in wtfs() that was lost when newfs was changed to use libufs in revision 1.71. Without this, any write failures in newfs were silently ignored.
Note that this will display a meaningless errno string in the case of a short write as opposed to a write error, since bwrite()'s return value does not allow the caller to determine if errno is valid.
Reported by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at> Reviewed by: jmallett Approved by: re (bmah)
|
114862 |
09-May-2003 |
phk |
Before reading an ascii label, initialize with defaults so that getasciipartspec() has a sectorisize in case it needs one.
Approved by: re/jhb
|
114860 |
09-May-2003 |
phk |
Sigh, this shows just how much one can be conditioned my the environment:
Just because we for the last ten years have fought for every byte in the boot code on i386, doesn't mean that other architectures could not actually have space to spare there.
Remore debugging message.
|
114844 |
08-May-2003 |
trhodes |
Describe the pattern filenames must be in before they are added to the hints file.
PR: 46271 Approved by: re (blanket)
|
114824 |
08-May-2003 |
grog |
vinum_read: Don't lock configuration from userland. If vinum(8) crashes, the config remains locked and causes all subsequent start or read attempts to fail. This is part of a fix for the recently reported hangs.
Approved by: re (scottl)
|
114811 |
07-May-2003 |
hmp |
Bring the dumpon(8) man page closer to reality:
- dumpon utility has not used kern.dumpdev sysctl since rev. 1.14 (sbin/dumpon/dumpon.c) when phk@ updated it to use the DIOCSKERNELDUMP ioctl [1] - remove obsolete reference to sysctl(3)
While I am there, fix two style nits:
- use .Nm instead of `dumpon' - change NOTES to IMPLEMENTATION NOTES, to bring it in line with recommended section headings in mdoc(7)
Original patch by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532brfmasthugget.se> [1]
PR: docs/39293 Approved and Reviewed by: des (mentor), re (scottl, bmah)
|
114810 |
07-May-2003 |
mckusick |
Dump is hard-wired to believe that it can read disks on 1024-byte boundaries. For many years this was a reasonable assumption. However, in recent years we have begun seeing devices with 2048-byte sectors. These devices return errors when dump tries to read starting in the middle of a sector or when it tries to read only the first half of a sector. Rather than change the native block size used by dump (and thus create an incompatible dump format), this fix checks for transfer requests that start and/or end on a non-sector boundary. When such a read is detected, the new code reads the entire sector and copies out just the part that dump needs.
Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@critter.freebsd.dk> Approved by: re (John Baldwin <jhb@FreeBSD.org>) Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
114765 |
05-May-2003 |
dougb |
Add an example of how to create an fstab entry.
|
114763 |
05-May-2003 |
obrien |
Centralize _PATH_* definitions.
Submitted by: Tim Kientzle <kientzle@acm.org> (embellished by me)
|
114759 |
05-May-2003 |
phk |
Compile bsdlabel on all platforms.
Install a link to the disklabel(8) name on i386 and alpha platforms.
Leave old disklabel(8) sources intact but disconnected from the build for now.
|
114738 |
05-May-2003 |
phk |
Typo in last commit.
Spotted by: mbr
|
114737 |
05-May-2003 |
phk |
Add a BUGS section which explains that & why vinum volumes can not be encrypted with gbde(8).
|
114730 |
05-May-2003 |
sos |
DOnt allow getting caps from other than master and slave device :)
|
114714 |
05-May-2003 |
grog |
vinum_start: Call vinum_read with correct number of parameters.
|
114691 |
05-May-2003 |
grog |
vinum_readpol: Get this right.
Submitted by: Allan Saddi <allan@saddi.com>
vinum_read: White space cleanup.
|
114690 |
05-May-2003 |
grog |
Finally implement read policies. The previous "implementation" didn't work because it referred to plexes which were almost invariably when referred to. Instead, deprecate the "prefer" keyword for volumes (though it's still there for the moment) and add a keyword "preferred" to the plex definition. The relationship is like this:
Old:
vol foo ... prefer foo.p3
New:
plex foo.p3 volume foo preferred
printconfig: Print out the "preferred" keyword for plexes where appropriate.
Still print out "prefer" for volumes. The kernel module continues to accept this version, but it's probably not going to live much longer.
|
114673 |
04-May-2003 |
phk |
Add transparent handling of mbroffset for backwards compatibility.
|
114657 |
04-May-2003 |
sos |
Added more descriptive error outputs.
PR: 46096
|
114655 |
04-May-2003 |
sos |
On getting status print the stripesize on RAID0's.
|
114644 |
04-May-2003 |
murray |
Note that gated is a commercial routing product now, and remove references to it's man page, which is almost never installed on a FreeBSD system. The information about using this command with gated has been retained. I have just made it clear that gated is not a part of FreeBSD.
PR: docs/51407
|
114635 |
04-May-2003 |
grog |
Rewrite of startup code:
vinum_read: Accept 0 parameters, hand an empty string to the kernel if so. Use new ioctl VINUM_READCONFIG, not VINUM_CREATE, to read config.
vinum_start: When passed 0 parameters, drop the devstat kludge and call vinum_read instead. It's no longer necessary to distinguish between "start" and "read" if no parameters are passed, and probably one of them should go away.
|
114595 |
03-May-2003 |
ru |
Fix the misspelling of DPADD, then fix "make checkdpadd".
|
114589 |
03-May-2003 |
obrien |
Use __FBSDID() to quiet GCC 3.3 warnings.
|
114574 |
03-May-2003 |
phk |
More axe-work:
Hide all the historical fields of the label, unless people ask for them with -A, set them to intelligently chosen defaults otherwise.
Distill the manual page to remove inaccuracies, misundertandings and obsolete information. It can probably still be done better but now at least it is not misinforming people.
|
114571 |
03-May-2003 |
phk |
Some minor remodelling with a large axe.
|
114569 |
03-May-2003 |
phk |
Use new geom.ctl based OAM instead of ioctls. Various cleanup.
|
114557 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
bsd_disklabel_le_dec() takes an extra argument now.
|
114552 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Vastly simplify architecture handling: Use properties of label as recorded in global variables, rather than checks on the architecture.
Drop horribly code to handle MBR/PC98's embedded in the BSD label area. If you need to have an MBR or PC98 on your disk, you should not overlap it with a BSDLABEL, if you don't need it, this code is nothing but trouble.
|
114551 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Default the location to the compiled for architecture if no -m arg specified.
|
114550 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Add three global variables which contain the location, size and a flag for the alpha checksum, and set them depending on the specified architecture
Don't look for disklabels every 16 bytes, look the only place they should be for the current architecture.
Always read the label from the raw disk and decode it into struct disklabel rather than trust a cast from random addresses.
When writing to the raw disk, encode the label properly.
|
114549 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Pull in geom_bsd_enc.c from sys/geom to encode and decode our labels.
|
114545 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Remove the well-intentioned, but ill thought out check which prevents us from dd(1)'ing the boot code off one drive and have bsdlabel write it on another.
|
114544 |
02-May-2003 |
phk |
Update the test-script based on the sunlabel version, but put a for-loop in there to run over the various architectures.
|
114541 |
02-May-2003 |
imp |
sysctlbyname takes a size_t as its 5th argument, not a pointer. However, since NULL was used, and this is C++, this error went undetected until g++ 3.3 somehow managed to whine about it.
Reported by: obrien
|
114530 |
02-May-2003 |
sos |
Add "addspare" functionality.
|
114515 |
02-May-2003 |
obrien |
bufpos is used in size_t contexts, so make it one.
|
114514 |
02-May-2003 |
obrien |
Set WARNS=1. RESOLUTION_MAX macro has major signed/unsigned issues.
|
114513 |
02-May-2003 |
obrien |
Use __FBSDID.
|
114512 |
02-May-2003 |
obrien |
Use size_t type vars in sizeof contexts.
|
114463 |
01-May-2003 |
ru |
Removed all vestiges of KerberosIV.
|
114460 |
01-May-2003 |
ru |
Style.
|
114456 |
01-May-2003 |
ru |
Fixed the MLINKS assignment style.
|
114452 |
01-May-2003 |
markm |
De-Kerberise (KerberosIV). KerberosIV is no longer present, and remote backups can still be done with Kerberos authentication using SSH and Kerberos 5.
|
114418 |
01-May-2003 |
nyan |
Oops, DIOCGPC98 should be DIOCSPC98.
|
114415 |
01-May-2003 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/Makefile revision 1.10.
|
114413 |
01-May-2003 |
nyan |
Merged from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.69.
|
114397 |
01-May-2003 |
grog |
Remove VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) always compiles with VINUMDEBUG to be able to cope with kernel modules with VINUMDEBUG.
|
114366 |
01-May-2003 |
grog |
Add the #includes previously in individual .c files.
Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.
|
114365 |
01-May-2003 |
grog |
Move most #includes to vext.h.
Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.
Don't try to make devices unless devfs has been removed.
Don't accept resetconfig command from a file.
Abused by: Jens Schweikhardt <schweikh@schweikhardt.net>
Remove dead code (#if 0)
vinum_mirror: Don't try to create mirrors with 0 drives.
Found by: mismatch between enum kw in two different files.
|
114364 |
01-May-2003 |
grog |
Move most #includes to vext.h.
Change name of history file to History to avoid name conflicts.
Rewrite minor number decoding. Now we have only three types of object: subdisks, plexes and volumes. The encoding for plexes and subdisks no longer reflects the object to which they belong. The super devices are high-order volume numbers. This gives vastly more potential volumes (4 million instead of 256).
Don't try to chown directories if they haven't been created.
|
114363 |
01-May-2003 |
grog |
Move most #includes to vext.h.
vinum_info: Use increasing verbosity to show time spent in disk driver.
Correct a comment.
|
114232 |
29-Apr-2003 |
harti |
Add media types and options for ATM. While on most ATM cards media cannot be changed, it is very convenient to be able to toggle SDH/Sonet, idle/unassigned cells and scrambled mode and to see the carrier state.
Reviewed by: -arch (if_media.h definitions)
|
114165 |
28-Apr-2003 |
sam |
document mode directive
|
114164 |
28-Apr-2003 |
sam |
add a "mode" directive to specify the operating mode for multi-mode devices; this is mostly intended for use with multi-mode 802.11 devices that support some combination of 11a, 11b, and 11g
|
114141 |
28-Apr-2003 |
tjr |
This file does not seem to serve any purpose. It has never been hooked up to the build, and performs a subset of the functionality that the getconf(1) utility performs.
|
114133 |
27-Apr-2003 |
jake |
Fix for dynamic linking.
Submitted by: Alex Deiter <tiamat@komi.mts.ru>
|
114098 |
27-Apr-2003 |
dougb |
Add .Xr's to mdmfs(8).
Submitted by: Scot W. Hetzel <hetzels@westbend.net>
|
114097 |
27-Apr-2003 |
dougb |
Also MLINK the man page for mount_mfs.
|
114095 |
27-Apr-2003 |
dougb |
Install a mount_mfs symlink so that you can specify something like this in /etc/fstab to get a memory disk:
md /tmp mfs rw,-s8m,noatime 2 2
Back when mdmfs was created, there was vague discussion about doing this, but it never materialized.
Reminded by: Ralf S. Engelschall <rse@engelschall.com>
|
114086 |
26-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Create a new C++ header file called devd.hh which has all the class definitions in it. Begin to document the classes that we use, and how they interrelate (using comments that I can use with doxygen to automatically generate docs with).
|
114084 |
26-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Update to use is_id_char() in the last patch. I should have done this before the last commit.
|
114081 |
26-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Make better use of the string type when parsing things. This switches expand one from using a fixed buffer to using a string which dynamically allocates these things.
Submitted by: green@ (against an earlier version of devd) Ignored for too long by: imp
|
114067 |
26-Apr-2003 |
schweikh |
Fix typos in comments; some style(9) fixes; no code changes.
PR: misc/50979 Submitted by: Lukas Ertl <l.ertl@univie.ac.at>
|
114000 |
25-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Change default to be 'process all events before calling daemon.'
Also, put a small work around into devd to prevent a hang on boot this would cause because select used to return 2 rather than 0 for no evetnts due to a bug I fixed a few days ago in subr_bus.c. I'll remove this workaround May 7th. You have until then to upgrade your kernel if you want to run a new devd with an older kernel.
|
113994 |
25-Apr-2003 |
jmallett |
Back out previous delta to fix fsck on filesystems without an fstab entry, where we want to take the disklabel filesystem type of "4.2BSD" and use fsck_4.2bsd on those filesystems.
Add a comment about why the code is there, now that we know:
* XXX This is a kludge to make automatic filesystem type guessing * from the disklabel work for "4.2BSD" filesystems. It does a * very limited subset of transliteration to a normalised form of * filesystem name, and we do not seem to enforce a filesystem * name character set.
|
113936 |
23-Apr-2003 |
johan |
style(9): use NULL when assigning/comparing a char *, consitently compare fileid with 0 using == and !=.
Reviewed by: silence on @audit
|
113935 |
23-Apr-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=5 clean by adding () in 'if (a || (b && c))'.
Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@
|
113933 |
23-Apr-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=5 clean by using %j and (uintmax_t).
Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@
|
113932 |
23-Apr-2003 |
johan |
These are WARNS=5 clean, mark them as such to keep them that way.
Look at by: sebastian.ssmoller@web.de on audit@
|
113897 |
23-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Add testcases to ensure that overwriting bootcode does not trash label.
|
113896 |
23-Apr-2003 |
phk |
If we cannot open the parent device for writing, use GEOM::CONFIG_GEOM requests to write label and bootcode.
The -r argument is ignored (with a warning).
With a lot of help from: jake
|
113888 |
23-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Do not link sunlabel to disklabel.
|
113877 |
22-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Add "-r" when we initialize the label first time.
Add two more tests.
|
113866 |
22-Apr-2003 |
johan |
Make this WARNS=2 clean by using %j and (uintmax_t).
Reviewed by: tjr@ on audit@ Approved by: silence from sos@
|
113824 |
21-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Use explicit encoding/decoding funtions for sunlabel data structures. Use #defines for various magic numbers.
Attach test-case to makefile.
Reviewed by: jake
|
113822 |
21-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Add minimal regression test for hotspot handling of the sunlabel.
|
113805 |
21-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Kill debug printf that crept in my last commit
|
113790 |
21-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Implement a two new flags, and change the meaning of another one. 'd': now means don't do daemon(). 'D': Debug 'n': Don't wait to process all pending events before calling daemon.
In the past, devd would call daemon immediately. However, this causes a race. If anything in the boot process depends on configuring the devices configured by devd, maybe they would be configured in time, maybe not. Now we don't call daemon until all pending events are processed, unless -n is specified.
# -n is actually the default for a while due to the select(2) bug in devctl # that I just fixed to give people a chance to upgrade.
|
113787 |
21-Apr-2003 |
imp |
Put an anti-foot-shooting measure in place. Set hw.bus.devctl_disable to 0 when we startup. Print a warning in this case. This allows people that are playing with devd by hand to have something happen. Otherwise, it appears that devd isn't working because /dev/devctl is disabled and producing no events.
Suggested by: peter on irc a long time ago.
|
113785 |
21-Apr-2003 |
imp |
o Skip white space between variables better. This makes 'a="b" c="d" at loc=1 on busN' properly set 'c' and process the rest of the stirng. Before it would ignore everything after variable 'a'. o Parse nomatch and other events differently. They are more different than the code allowed for, so we weren't properly parsing nomatch events. It appears this fixes some of the demand loading issues that I was having with devd.
Noticed by: Gary Palmer
|
113782 |
21-Apr-2003 |
imp |
devd.conf already has the examples in the todo list
|
113760 |
20-Apr-2003 |
brueffer |
Remove reference to diskpart(8)
PR: 51193 Submitted by: Yonatan@xpert.com
|
113751 |
20-Apr-2003 |
rwatson |
Throw the switch--change to UFS2 as our default file system format for FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE and later:
- newfs(8) will now create UFS2 file systems unless UFS1 is specifically requested (-O1). To do this, I just twiddled the Oflag default.
- sysinstall(8) will now select UFS2 as the default layout for new file systems unless specifically requested (use '1' and '2' to change the file system layout in the disk labeler). To do this, I inverted the ufs2 flag into a ufs1 flag, since ufs2 is now the default and ufs1 is the edge case. There's a slight semantic change in the key behavior: '2' no longer toggles, it changes the selection to UFS2.
This is very similar to a patch David O'Brien sent me at one point, and that I couldn't find.
Approved by: re (telecon) Reviewed by: mckusick, phk, bmah
|
113695 |
18-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Add the beginning of a regression test.
So far it checks the overwrites of the BSD label inband (ie: dd if=/dev/ad0a of=/dev/ad2a).
This excercises the geom::slice::hotspot code.
|
113688 |
18-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Solve printf/cast issues to make this compile in i386 as well.
|
113680 |
18-Apr-2003 |
phk |
First scrub of s/disklabel/bsdlabel/
bsdlabel.5 deliberately exempted, its contents looks less than useful.
|
113604 |
17-Apr-2003 |
trhodes |
Quick grammar fix.
|
113559 |
16-Apr-2003 |
ru |
There is an undocument feature that ``route -vnd flush'' prints a nice dump of the entire routing table. Allow non-root users to see it too.
|
113558 |
16-Apr-2003 |
ru |
Normalize, fix ``make checkdpadd''.
|
113552 |
16-Apr-2003 |
sumikawa |
Use NI_xxx macros.
Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 1 week
|
113539 |
15-Apr-2003 |
jake |
Hardlink sunlabel to disklabel so make release is happy. (This only affects sparc64, where bsd^H^H^Hdisklabel isn't built.)
|
113538 |
15-Apr-2003 |
jake |
- Use read(2) to get the existing sunlabel on a disk, instead of parsing kern.geom.conftxt, which md disks don't show up in. If the magic and the checksum are right assume its a valid sunlabel, otherwise use the DIOC ioctls to get the disk parameters and whip up a label out of thin air. - Don't just silently create or correct invalid c partitions, warn about invalid ones in label proto files. - Split checksumming into a function since we do it a couple times. Also don't include the sl_cksum field in the checksum, which avoids needing to clear it first.
This is makes sunlabel a suitable replacement for disklabel in make release.
|
113503 |
15-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Don't abuse module names to facilitate ifconfig module loading; such abuse isn't really needed. (And if we do need type information associated with a module then we should make it explicit and not use hacks.)
|
113466 |
14-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Avoid off_t -> integer overflow when sorting the locksector addresses.
|
113463 |
14-Apr-2003 |
maxim |
o Skip timestamp part when checking payload.
PR: bin/50909 Submitted by: Barney Wolff <barney@lab.databus.com>
|
113454 |
13-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Use symbolic constants from <sys/diskmbr.h> instead of local constants.
Always set the magic sequence when we write, rather than trusting the previously read boot code to do so.
Use explicit encoding/decoding of little endian disk image.
Remove a comment which was OBE.
Change the test vector for "fdisk -I" to reflect that there is a magic sequence in the result now.
Add test case for "fdisk" which reads the image back.
At least for the two test-cases this program now gives the same result on sparc64 as on i386. The lack of an installed /boot/mbr on sparc64 raises an (un)interesting question.
|
113451 |
13-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Pull in the encoding/decoding functions for struct dos_partition.
Add a very simple regression test for "fdisk -I".
|
113289 |
09-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Add a couple of undocumented test options to MD(4) to aid in regression testting of GEOM.
|
113234 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Bump the date for recent commits.
|
113224 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Clarify the behavior of PATH_FSTAB with regard to 'tainted' execution.
Requested by: ru
|
113220 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Implement the '-F' option for mount & umount which allows the user to specify an alternate fstab file.
|
113217 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Deal with a case where the returned packed was smaller than the transmitted packet (because the remote host stripped off our icmp_data).
Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>
|
113216 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Quiet warning.
|
113214 |
07-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Avoid a name conflict with future functionality:
getfstab() -> dump_getfstab()
|
113116 |
05-Apr-2003 |
darrenr |
Change the default syslog facility from LOG_LOCAL0 to LOG_SECURITY after discussion on security@freebsd.org.
|
113039 |
03-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Output machdep.guessed_bootdev as an integer rather than try to format it according to ancient and obsolete rules.
This removes one more user of <sys/diskslice.h>
|
113014 |
03-Apr-2003 |
phk |
Don't pull in geom_enc.c any more.
|
112991 |
02-Apr-2003 |
rwatson |
When kill(-1) returns ESRCH, it could be because the current process doesn't have a process group, which can occur if you're working with a custom init that doesn't set up a full tty context. Rather than refusing to reboot, ignore ESRCH from the kill attempt in reboot(8).
|
112985 |
02-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Back out support for RFC3514.
RFC3514 poses an unacceptale risk to compliant systems.
|
112980 |
02-Apr-2003 |
maxim |
IP_EVIL -> IP_EF
|
112947 |
01-Apr-2003 |
yar |
Give clearer diagnostics on some cases of invalid combinations of mdconfig(8) command-line arguments.
Make mdconfig(8) accept "-a -f file -o options" equally with "-a -f file" (assuming "-t vnode".)
|
112945 |
01-Apr-2003 |
yar |
Don't die of SIGSEGV on a missing fstype field in a saved disklabel file.
MFC after: 1 week
|
112935 |
01-Apr-2003 |
ru |
This can't obviously be cleaner than system headers.
|
112929 |
01-Apr-2003 |
mdodd |
Implement support for RFC 3514 (The Security Flag in the IPv4 Header). (See: ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org/in-notes/rfc3514.txt)
This fulfills the host requirements for userland support by way of the setsockopt() IP_EVIL_INTENT message.
There are three sysctl tunables provided to govern system behavior.
net.inet.ip.rfc3514:
Enables support for rfc3514. As this is an Informational RFC and support is not yet widespread this option is disabled by default.
net.inet.ip.hear_no_evil
If set the host will discard all received evil packets.
net.inet.ip.speak_no_evil
If set the host will discard all transmitted evil packets.
The IP statistics counter 'ips_evil' (available via 'netstat') provides information on the number of 'evil' packets recieved.
For reference, the '-E' option to 'ping' has been provided to demonstrate and test the implementation.
|
112877 |
31-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Use new GEOM OAM. Kernels have supported this for a number of days, so people should be OK.
|
112826 |
29-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Use default geometry in case the device doesn't provide one: 512 for sectorsize. 63 for sectors. 255 for heads. This will mostly show up on MD(4) devices.
|
112766 |
29-Mar-2003 |
seanc |
Small mdoc fix
|
112729 |
28-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Default data length should be 56, not 64.
|
112670 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Fix function declarations. - Provide function prototypes.
Submitted by: trhodes
|
112667 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Get rid of a few caddr_t's.
Submitted by: trhodes
|
112666 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
asn_get_encoded() takes 2 arguments.
|
112664 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Retire set_reqid(), unused since 1.2.
|
112663 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Add const qualifier to char * arrays. - Retire Traps array; this was obsoleted in 1.2
|
112662 |
26-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Don't roll a private copy of basename().
|
112652 |
26-Mar-2003 |
keramida |
There are 5 securelevels, not 4.
PR: docs/50049 Submitted by: Colin Percival <cperciva@sfu.ca>
|
112645 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Replace hexdump() with a prettier version. - Reformat log output. - Consolidate PDU printing code into print_pdu().
|
112640 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Set pdu->pdulen in build_pdu().
|
112639 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Don't compile in lmi_object_instance().
|
112638 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Handle the 'GET PREFIX' request. - Deal with MADGE_OBJECT1 requests. - Move code inside of switch cases to separate functions.
Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>
|
112637 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Correct a comment.
Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>
|
112636 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Add a comment regarding SETPFX_OBJID - Add an Objid definition for MADGE_OBJECT1 - Add an array to map ilmi_states to ASCII descriptions.
Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>
|
112632 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Clean up formatting.
Submitted by: Richard Hodges <rh@matriplex.com>
|
112627 |
25-Mar-2003 |
trhodes |
Remove some more MAKEDEV information.
PR: 50294 Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@FreeBSD.org.ru>
|
112605 |
25-Mar-2003 |
ume |
Make -N option work.
Submitted by: KONDOU Kazuhiro <kazuhiro@alib.jp>
|
112584 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Hook omshell(1) up to the build.
|
112583 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Building crunched things by hand (regenerating boot floppies for example) without a full make release cycle fails as the correct include path isn't setup.
|
112580 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Add mount options 'noinet4' and 'noinet6' which prevent using those address families.
This is useful for preventing NFS mounts from using IPv6 on hosts that have both A and AAAA records for the same name.
|
112570 |
25-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Silence warnings (casting, implicit decl., unused var.). - WARNS=2
|
112568 |
24-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
- Make -M mask and -M time exclusive. - Correct some problems with packet construction.
+--------+------------+----------+-------------+---------+ | | | | | | | IP Hdr | MINICMPLEN | phdr_len | TIMEVAL_LEN | payload | | | | | | | +--------+------------+----------+-------------+---------+ | | | | |<- IP ->|<------- ICMP -------->|<------ datalen ------>|
My previous changes tried to mess around with 'datalen' instead of modifying 'phdr_len'.
I'm including this nice ASCII diagram (from Maxim) to further clarify things in CVS history.
Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>
|
112531 |
24-Mar-2003 |
bde |
Fixed an errx format error in rev.1.81. This should have been fatal when WARNS was increased recently, but __printf0like() has been temporarily disabled for 8 months.
Fixed related style bugs (disordered declaraction and silly type for maxpayload -- assume 16-bit ints like the rest of ping.c).
|
112494 |
22-Mar-2003 |
mux |
- Add a new ioctl to get the maximum number of ATA channels. - Use it in atacontrol(8) when listing ATA devices instead of stopping at the first ENXIO received.
This makes atacontrol list work on my sparc64 where the two ATA channels I have are numbered 2 and 3.
Reviewed by: sos
|
112307 |
16-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Teach disklabel(8) about different hardware architectures. This is aimed at creating floppies during cross-releases. For different endianness machines, a tool like bswapfs(8) is necessary to make the generated floppies readable on the target machine. While here, fixed unaligned access on Alphas.
Tested on: i386, alpha
|
112290 |
15-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Give this manpage a good overhaul, including the markup. Notable changes:
- Removed the "disktype" argument from the -B only synopsis form. This form doesn't touch the disk label, and doesn't use this argument.
- Fixed the first example in the EXAMPLES section. Support for compatibility slices has been recently dropped from the GEOM kernels, and a bit later GEOM became standard.
- Removed the buggy notion from rev. 1.37 that disklabel(8) may be used to define mount points; it cannot. Improve some DOS partition / FreeBSD slice wording. Among these, ``dangerously-dedicated slice'' was just a nonsense. ;-)
|
112282 |
15-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Update to use current version of devstat API.
|
112254 |
15-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Fixed (soon might be fatal) -Wformat warnings.
|
112250 |
15-Mar-2003 |
cjc |
Add a 'verrevpath' option that verifies the interface that a packet comes in on is the same interface that we would route out of to get to the packet's source address. Essentially automates an anti-spoofing check using the information in the routing table.
Experimental. The usage and rule format for the feature may still be subject to change.
|
112231 |
14-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Properly mark "auto" as a keyword.
|
112228 |
14-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Demangle the usage message at the source level.
Submitted by: bde
|
112189 |
13-Mar-2003 |
maxim |
o Partially revert rev. 1.103, fix 'ipfw show': dynamically adjust a width of fields for packets and bytes counters.
PR: bin/47196 Reviewed by: -audit Not objected by: luigi, des
o Use %llu instead of deprecated %qu convert specification for ipfw packets and bytes counters.
Noted by: des MFC after: 1 month
|
112110 |
11-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Fix and sync SYNOPSIS and usage().
Prodded by: bde
|
111996 |
08-Mar-2003 |
tjr |
Uncomment the description of the ipdst parameter, but refer to IPX instead of NS.
|
111961 |
07-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Remove reference to unavailable paper.
|
111943 |
06-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Don't pick the name out of the devstat member of the ccd softc, it will disappear soon. Exporting the softc in the first place is a mistake.
|
111932 |
05-Mar-2003 |
seanc |
Update ping to be WARNS=2 compliant.
Reviewed by: -audit (no objections ~1mo) Approved by: nectar
|
111930 |
05-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Spelling, grammar fixes.
|
111927 |
05-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Remove documentation of old '-M' flag. Re-order.
|
111921 |
05-Mar-2003 |
peter |
Kill #ifdef NS code
|
111848 |
03-Mar-2003 |
ru |
Add an xref to kldconfig(8).
|
111847 |
03-Mar-2003 |
ru |
/modules is gone long ago, use the safe equivalents.
|
111818 |
03-Mar-2003 |
phk |
Add a "-S sectorsize" option to enable Kirk to find a bug :-)
|
111813 |
03-Mar-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Revision.
|
111803 |
03-Mar-2003 |
jmallett |
Strip out bogus difference from when this came from NetBSD: transliterating upper-case alphabetical characters to lower-case ones, and spaces to dashes. The person who added this when bringing the code from NetBSD has no idea why he added it, and nobody on freebsd-fs came up with any cases where the icky part (the conversion of spaces to underscores) was needed. The removal of the upper-case conversion follows an even more obvious logic: it avoids any sort of namespace issues. People using StUdLy caps for filesystem names deserve everything they get. Otherwise, Efs and efs might be totally different things, but would use the same fsck. And we don't want that, right? That just provokes the sort of foot-shooting this would prevent.
If you have problems with this, I'll walk you through using sed on your fstab, cause the only way you could have problems is if you spelled ufs as "UFS". Most likely, you haven't done that.
MFC after: 1 month
|
111765 |
02-Mar-2003 |
mdodd |
Support ICMP_TSTAMP/ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY.
This alters the meaning of the '-M' flag.
|
111725 |
02-Mar-2003 |
mckusick |
Close out a possible race where anybody in group operator could chown an arbitrary file to operator.
Reported by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
111716 |
02-Mar-2003 |
mckusick |
Add the mksnap_ffs command to the sbin directory. This setuid root program allows users in the operator group to take filesystem snapshots. Its first use will be in support of `dump -L'.
Approved by: Technical Review Board <trb@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
111674 |
28-Feb-2003 |
ru |
Don't pretend natd(8) doesn't work with ppp(8) interfaces. While there's probably a better way to achieve the same, nothing precludes us from using natd(8) on tun(4) links.
Noticed by: bde
|
111654 |
28-Feb-2003 |
keramida |
Spell "utilities" correctly.
|
111649 |
27-Feb-2003 |
ru |
Document the rxcsum and txcsum commands.
Submitted by: jlemon
|
111470 |
25-Feb-2003 |
ru |
More fixes.
Submitted by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au> Reviewed by: das
|
111453 |
24-Feb-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Tidy up.
|
111448 |
24-Feb-2003 |
ru |
Killed one more instance of pseudo-devices.
|
111425 |
24-Feb-2003 |
das |
Clarify about NSWAPDEV, add a DIAGNOSTICS section pointing to swapon(2), and correct HISTORY.
Reviewed by: mike (mentor)
|
111424 |
24-Feb-2003 |
das |
- Add a clearer error message for the case where swapon hits the NSWAPDEV limit. - Don't warn about devices that are not in use in 'swapoff -a'. - Re-add behavior mistakenly removed in revision 1.44: If using 'swapon -a', do not warn if the device is already in use.
PR: 46633 Submitted by: Andy Farkas <andyf@speednet.com.au> (in part) Reviewed by: mike (mentor)
|
111309 |
23-Feb-2003 |
johan |
These are WARNS=2 clean, try to keep them that way.
|
111307 |
23-Feb-2003 |
johan |
Remove one of two WARNS=0.
|
111298 |
23-Feb-2003 |
tjr |
Fix two unsafe uses of sprintf().
|
111296 |
23-Feb-2003 |
tjr |
Correct some err() format string bugs.
|
111287 |
23-Feb-2003 |
ru |
Sort options.
|
111286 |
23-Feb-2003 |
ru |
Deal with vestiges of d_boot[01].
|
111285 |
23-Feb-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup laundry.
|
111284 |
23-Feb-2003 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: kill unnecessary xref.
|
111268 |
22-Feb-2003 |
mckusick |
Fix the -R flag so that it provides sequential "random" numbers so that the regression test will succeed.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
111265 |
22-Feb-2003 |
johan |
Remove unused variable to make badsect WARNS=2 clean.
|
111202 |
21-Feb-2003 |
obrien |
Don't try to build devd when NO_CXX is set.
|
111195 |
20-Feb-2003 |
johan |
Make camcontrol WARNS=2 clean.
Approved by: ken
|
111113 |
19-Feb-2003 |
jwd |
Our first keyword hit for apropos ufs2.
|
111006 |
16-Feb-2003 |
phk |
Add #include <sys/resource.h>
|
111002 |
16-Feb-2003 |
phk |
Remove #include <sys/dkstat.h>
|
110885 |
14-Feb-2003 |
mckusick |
Replace use of random() with arc4random() to provide less guessable values for the initial inode generation numbers in newfs and for newly allocated inode generation numbers in the kernel.
Submitted by: Theo de Raadt <deraadt@cvs.openbsd.org> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
110884 |
14-Feb-2003 |
mckusick |
Correct lines incorrectly added to the copyright message. Add missing period.
Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
110881 |
14-Feb-2003 |
imp |
The bugs section hasn't been true since before 5.0-R
|
110877 |
14-Feb-2003 |
imp |
devd bugs section is now OBE
|
110840 |
14-Feb-2003 |
silby |
Improvements to md5.c so that it uses getrusage to time benchmarks, and prints out results in float format.
|
110777 |
13-Feb-2003 |
peter |
Show the paritition types that we recognize in human readable format. eg: pluto2# gpt show da0 start end size contents 0 0 1 PMBR 1 1 1 Pri GPT header 2 33 32 Pri GPT table 34 401595 401562 GPT part - EFI System partition 401596 925883 524288 GPT part - FreeBSD ufs partition 925884 9314491 8388608 GPT part - FreeBSD swap partition ... It'll print a plain uuid string for unrecognized types.
|
110679 |
11-Feb-2003 |
nyan |
MFi386: Use DIOCGPC98 ioctl.
|
110671 |
11-Feb-2003 |
jmallett |
Convert newfs to libufs (really). Solves one real issue with previous version of such. Differences in filesystems generated were found to be from 1) sbwrite with the "all" parameter 2) removal of writecache. The sbwrite call was made to perform as the original version, and otherwise this was checked against a version of newfs with the write cache removed.
|
110670 |
11-Feb-2003 |
ache |
Use srandomdev() for FreeBSD
|
110517 |
07-Feb-2003 |
phk |
Rename bio_linkage to the more obvious bio_parent. Add bio_t0 timestamp, and include <sys/time.h> where needed
|
110415 |
05-Feb-2003 |
charnier |
Use a more standard error message. Add FBSDID.
Reviewed by: ru
|
110396 |
05-Feb-2003 |
charnier |
The .Xr utility
|
110304 |
04-Feb-2003 |
brueffer |
Correct examples for stateful inspection
PR: 47817 Submitted by: Simon L.Nielsen <simon@nitro.dk> Reviewed by: ceri, luigi
|
110174 |
01-Feb-2003 |
gordon |
Bring in support for volume labels to the filesystem utilities.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
110132 |
31-Jan-2003 |
jake |
Build sunlabel on sparc64.
|
110130 |
31-Jan-2003 |
jake |
Add sunlabel, a more or less drop in replacement for bsd^H^H^Hdisklabel(8) which works on sun labels. Due to the lack of an interface other than write(2) to update labels, it cannot modify an open partition.
|
110105 |
30-Jan-2003 |
nyan |
Additional PC98 option is not needed.
|
110065 |
29-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Back out conversion to libufs, for now. It seems to cause problems.
Reported by: phk
|
110054 |
29-Jan-2003 |
mdodd |
Call fill() after maxpayload has been initialized.
Reviewed by: maxim
|
110009 |
28-Jan-2003 |
mdodd |
Send ICMP_MASKREQ packets when the '-M' option is specified.
|
109963 |
28-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Fix problems with how libufs was used, with regard to mounted/active fs's, in the new world order of libufs, where we also do statfs, and add a missing close.
|
109948 |
27-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Update mount_nfs documentation to reference new sysctl for -c default.
|
109930 |
27-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Don't use the kern.disks sysctl to find a list of md devices, use the MDIOCLIST ioctl instead.
Spotted by: keramida
|
109926 |
27-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Convert newfs to use libufs. I've tested this on md filesystems, as has keramida, and all seems well.
|
109901 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
If we fail to open O_RDWR, try opening O_RDONLY, if we use ioctls to fiddle the disk we can get away with it.
Try to use DIOCBSDBB to write boot code.
|
109891 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
IA64 still needs to be able to run on MBR+BSD combination, so put disklabel back.
Pointed out by: peter
|
109889 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Drop the silly notion that i386 has two bootstrap files now that sys/boot creates a single file named just "boot".
Apart from the fact that the option "-s" is now gone and that "-b" should be pointed at /boot/boot instead of /boot/boot1, this patch should be a no-op.
|
109887 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Remove #if checks for NUMBOOT==0, it's not relevant for any architecture and if we get such an architecture, we can just avoid using the relevant options.
|
109884 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Offer better advice in #error.
Remove yet a usage message about -N/-W
|
109883 |
26-Jan-2003 |
ru |
Spell libufs correctly in DPADD.
Reviewed by: juli
|
109882 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Remove ia64 and powerpc #ifdefs: this is i386/pc98/alpha only code.
|
109881 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Make disklabel(8) MD for i386/pc98 and alpha only.
|
109879 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Remove #ifdef __sparc64__ code. GEOM uses native SUN labels on this arch, so no hacks are needed.
|
109878 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Fix typo in last commit. Rearrange bits in writelabel() a bit for improved readability.
|
109875 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Remember to remove -N and -W from usage.
|
109874 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Don't fiddle write-protect status of disklabel, it's a discontinued feature.
|
109872 |
26-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Retire the "-N" and "-W" options which implemented write-protection for the disklabel: This facility is OBE.
First of all, we cannot sensibly implement this in a properly stacked environment.
Second, if we did, it would confuse the heck out of users who wouldn't be able to "start from scratch" by dd(8)'ing /dev/zero onto /dev/da0.
Third, the offered protection is not comprehensive: no other software would respect it.
Fourth and finally, the disklabel is already protected against tampering if it controls open partitions.
Uselessness of these options discussed with: peter
|
109870 |
26-Jan-2003 |
silby |
Change the -x option so that it does an actual REAL test of the correctness of this program. Previously, it printed out the MD5 values of some test strings, but did not tell you if they were correct or not!
|
109846 |
26-Jan-2003 |
keramida |
Convert references to other manpages to .Xr and add entries to the SEE ALSO section.
|
109825 |
25-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Readjust the cache initialization code to make it more obvious that the cache is bypassed when disabled.
|
109811 |
25-Jan-2003 |
kbyanc |
Since route(8) itself is no longer setuid, we can get a meaningful answer for the euid. As a result, fix it such that setuid scripts or programs may call route(8) to do work on their behalf.
Reviewed by: ru MFC after: 3 days
|
109767 |
24-Jan-2003 |
njl |
Parse both old flags location and new one. Print out new flags including acls, multilabel, and location updated.
|
109740 |
23-Jan-2003 |
mdodd |
Add missing #if USE_IF_MEDIA/#endif.
|
109734 |
23-Jan-2003 |
maxim |
Better error handling for -s.
Submitted by: bde
Do not constantify maximum payload size. It is 65467 with -R (record route), and 65507 without it.
Reviewed by: silence on -net Proposed by: bde
I am going to MFC rev.1.77 - 1.81 ping.c and rev.1.39 and 1.40 ping.8:
MFC after: 6 months
|
109733 |
23-Jan-2003 |
maxim |
style(9) sweep.
Submitted by: bde
|
109732 |
23-Jan-2003 |
maxim |
Anti-magic: s/255/MAXTTL/
|
109731 |
23-Jan-2003 |
maxim |
Implement -D (do not fragment) and -z (TOS) options.
PR: bin/29164 Reviewed by: silence of -net Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
109730 |
23-Jan-2003 |
maxim |
Print strict source routing option.
Reviewed by: silence on -net Proposed by: David Wang <dsw@juniper.net>
|
109727 |
23-Jan-2003 |
ru |
Fixed Charles' e-mail here too.
|
109725 |
23-Jan-2003 |
ru |
Added UFS library to the bsd.libnames.mk namespace.
|
109671 |
22-Jan-2003 |
peter |
Fix what I think is an off-by-one in certain worst-case scenarios caused by rev 1.45. (eg: the estimate being exactly half of the result.)
|
109670 |
22-Jan-2003 |
fjoe |
fix link_status() in non-Ethernet case
MFC after: 1 week
|
109600 |
20-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Convert badsect to use libufs.
|
109599 |
20-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Add libufs to dependencies.
|
109597 |
20-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Make tunefs use libufs, it seems to do well enough for printing / setting things.
|
109532 |
19-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Kill initialisation and shadow warnings. Half-hearted cleanup (e.g. only the more important ones) of format warnings. XXX Lots of this assumes int32 can be printed with %d. Yuck.
Reviewed by: bde
|
109525 |
19-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Add support to marshal a filesystem to a newfs(8) command that could be used to create it. A small number of options are not marshalled as they are things it would be dumb to spit out, as they are used by internal computations, and newfs may change them, or they may not be directly apparent.
|
109519 |
19-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Let libufs handle all the work with regard to going through a list of cgs, now.
|
109510 |
19-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Use libufs to read one cylinder group from the disk at a time.
|
109507 |
19-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Simplify the main function now that libufs will hunt for the disk for us.
|
109472 |
18-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Fix two errorchecks to check for negative error returns.
|
109468 |
18-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Consistentify output whitespace.
|
109461 |
18-Jan-2003 |
jmallett |
Simplify conditional.
|
109421 |
17-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Find places to store the previously implicityly passed unit number in the three configuration ioctls which need a unit number.
Add a "ccd.ctl" device for config operations.
Implement ioctls on ccd.ctl which rely on the explicityly passed unit numbers.
Update ccdconfig to use the new ccd.ctl interface.
Add code to the kernel to detect old ccdconfig binaries, and whine about it.
Add code to ccdconfig to detect old kernels, and whine about it.
These two compatibility measures will be retained only for a limited period since they are in the way of GEOM'ification of ccd.
|
109417 |
17-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Fix various details so we get to WARNS=3. Center operation on unit number rather than path name.
|
109399 |
16-Jan-2003 |
joerg |
While being here, remove a couple of unused "default:" labels in switch statements, now that gcc loudly complains about them.
MFC after: 1 week
|
109398 |
16-Jan-2003 |
joerg |
Make vinum disk-related devices readable by group "operator" to match the configuration of any other disk-like devices.
This is the non-DEVFS part which is normally not used in 5.x, but due for MFC into 4.x.
PR: bin/28294, bin/32588 MFC after: 1 week
|
109378 |
16-Jan-2003 |
des |
Clear part_set, part_size_type and part_offset_type before parsing the ascii label; otherwise checklabel() might report spurious errors because of leftovers from a previous pass.
Reviewed by: bde MFC after: 1 week
|
109190 |
13-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
really, this time for sure. Fix formatting in usage().
|
109189 |
13-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Grr. I keep forgetting things. Include -C in dump's usage() .
|
109188 |
13-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Add support for obsolete option form for -C
|
109187 |
13-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Add a caching option to dump. Use -C. Note that NetBSD has a caching option called -r but it takes 512 byte blocks instead of megabytes, and I felt a megabytes specification would be far more useful so I did not use the same option character.
This will *greatly* improve dump performance at the cost of possibly missing filesystem changes that occur between passes, and does a fairly good job making up for the loss of buffered block devices. Caching is disabled by default to retain historical behavior.
In tests, dump performance improved by about 40% when dumping / or /usr.
Beware that dump forks and the cache may wind up being larger then you specify, but a more complex shared memory implementation would not produce results that are all that much better so I kept it simple for now.
MFC after: 3 days
|
109186 |
13-Jan-2003 |
joerg |
Mention the oddities and requirements for mount operations executed by non-root users.
PR: docs/42651 Submitted by: Thomas Seck <tmseck@netcologne.de> MFC after: 3 days
|
109184 |
13-Jan-2003 |
trhodes |
Add the /boot prefix. I forgot this when updating the location.
Neglected by: trhodes
|
109180 |
13-Jan-2003 |
trhodes |
Update the kernel location in FILES.
PR: 47015
|
109126 |
12-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
It turns out that we do not need to add a new ioctl to unbreak a default-to-deny firewall. Simply turning off IPFW via a preexisting sysctl does the job. To make it more apparent (since nobody picked up on this in a week's worth of flames), the boolean sysctl's have been integrated into the /sbin/ipfw command set in an obvious and straightforward manner. For example, you can now do 'ipfw disable firewall' or 'ipfw enable firewall'. This is far easier to remember then the net.inet.ip.fw.enable sysctl.
Reviewed by: imp MFC after: 3 days
|
109113 |
11-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Cleanup the formatting from the last commit, convert everything to a more human-readable 'kilobytes' instead of pages.
|
109097 |
11-Jan-2003 |
dillon |
Make 'sysctl vm.vmtotal' work properly using updated patch from Hiten. (the patch in the PR was stale).
PR: kern/5689 Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@unixdaemons.com>
|
109076 |
10-Jan-2003 |
obrien |
I don't know where we got this ccd creation example from... or if it was ever correct. It certainly hasn't been correct for *years*, and it conflicts with the FAQ. So update this example to match the FAQ.
|
109067 |
10-Jan-2003 |
sheldonh |
Add TAPE to the ENVIRONMENT section and standardize the section, using a list instead of prose.
MFC after: 1 month
|
109066 |
10-Jan-2003 |
sheldonh |
Add TAPE to the ENVIRONMENT section.
MFC after: 1 month
|
109065 |
10-Jan-2003 |
sheldonh |
Add an ENVIRONMENT section so that the reader knows that the TMPDIR envar is honoured.
Reported by: des MFC after: 1 month
|
108985 |
09-Jan-2003 |
imp |
These are OBE. devd.conf now lives in /etc.
|
108929 |
08-Jan-2003 |
peter |
Change this: #include <strings.h> ... foo = (char *)strdup(...); To: #include <string.h> foo = strdup(...); because the former segfaults on an ia64 since there is no prototype for strdup() in strings.h. Converting an "int" to a pointer is fatal.
|
108799 |
06-Jan-2003 |
imp |
Terminate the usage message with \n.
Submitted by: joe
|
108783 |
06-Jan-2003 |
imp |
MFp4: make it work
o Expand variables correctly. o Set variables for each event. o rewrite event loop to execute the commands in the config file, rather than the hard wired generic command o better(?) debug when running -d o sort vectors of actions so that we just have to search for the first one to match rather than the best one that matches. o better attempts to clear all resources used on 'restart' o Remove now bogus comments
MFC After: 1 centiyear
|
108781 |
06-Jan-2003 |
imp |
devd not devdd
submitted by: joe
|
108691 |
05-Jan-2003 |
keramida |
Fix a reference to the order of SYNOPSIS lines.
Submitted by: Olivier Cherrier <Olivier.Cherrier@cediti.be> on freebsd-net MFC after: 3 days
|
108650 |
04-Jan-2003 |
nyan |
Rename the dos_partition structure for pc98 to pc98_partition.
|
108592 |
03-Jan-2003 |
phk |
Remove CCDF_SWAP and CCDF_PARITY. They have never been implemented.
|
108533 |
01-Jan-2003 |
schweikh |
Correct typos, mostly s/ a / an / where appropriate. Some whitespace cleanup, especially in troff files.
|
108470 |
30-Dec-2002 |
schweikh |
Fix typos, mostly s/ an / a / where appropriate and a few s/an/and/ Add FreeBSD Id tag where missing.
|
108459 |
30-Dec-2002 |
mike |
Remove hack from rev 1.15; getbsize(3)'s original interface has been restored.
|
108430 |
30-Dec-2002 |
obrien |
This really isn't WARNS clean.
|
108425 |
30-Dec-2002 |
mike |
Make the first argument to getbsize(3) a `size_t *'. This is a hack since getbsize(3) should have `int *' as its first parameter.
|
108395 |
29-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Make fdisk work on active GEOM devices.
|
108375 |
28-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
Add 'swapctl' - as a hardlink to swapon/swapoff, and augment swapon with swapctl functionality. The idea is to create a swapctl command that is fairly close to the OpenBSD and NetBSD version. FreeBSD does not implement swap priority (and it would be a mistake if we did) so we didn't bother with that part of it.
Submitted by: Eirik Nygaard <eirikn@bluezone.no> Augmented by: dillon (extensively) Reviewed by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU>
|
108317 |
27-Dec-2002 |
schweikh |
english(4) police.
|
108260 |
24-Dec-2002 |
ru |
Spelling: s/then/than/ where appropriate.
|
108257 |
24-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Deal with self-xrefs.
|
108231 |
23-Dec-2002 |
kbyanc |
Make preprocessor support more generic by passing all command-line options after -p except for the last (the ruleset file to process) to the preprocessor for interpretation. This allows command-line options besides -U and -D to be passed to cpp(1) and m4(1) as well as making it easier to use other preprocessors.
Sponsored By: NTT Multimedia Communications Labs MFC after: 1 week
|
108221 |
23-Dec-2002 |
ru |
Fixed the abuses of .Ql visible on stderr in troff mode.
PR: docs/37176
|
108219 |
23-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixed the misplaced .Bl call.
|
108218 |
23-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup nits.
|
108060 |
18-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Solve another bug in the mapping code: correctly skip lock sectors. Make sure sector zero is protected if it contains metadata.
Lower WARNS for gbde to 3 on non-i386 archs. rijndael-fst is evil but appearntly does the right thing and passes the test-vectors.
MFC Candidate.
|
108052 |
18-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Fix two blunders in the mapping functions which can lead to corrupt data, for request sizes larger than the sectorsize or for multi-key setups.
See warning mailed to current@ for details of recovery.
Found by: Marcus Reid <marcus@blazingdot.com>
|
108020 |
18-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Untwist a twisty bit of logic which gcc for some reason cannot see through on ia64.
|
108014 |
18-Dec-2002 |
imp |
Latest snapshot of devd. This one adds re-matching and string expansion.
|
108002 |
17-Dec-2002 |
green |
Back out the previous commit, since there could be dire consequences if /etc/rc were accidentally executed (as requested by other committeers).
|
107994 |
17-Dec-2002 |
green |
/home/green/tmp/cvsSFosXg
|
107987 |
17-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Straighten out a compound if() to improve readability marginally.
|
107982 |
17-Dec-2002 |
phk |
A couple of stylistic improvements.
|
107966 |
17-Dec-2002 |
njl |
Add PERIPH and XPT debug options to camcontrol. This makes all CAM debug options tunable from userland.
Approved by: ken MFC after: 3 days
|
107913 |
15-Dec-2002 |
dillon |
This is David Schultz's swapoff code which I am finally able to commit. This should be considered highly experimental for the moment.
Submitted by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
107873 |
14-Dec-2002 |
trhodes |
Add a list of currently supported modes && an EXAMPLES section.
PR: 40465 Submitted by: Cyrille Lefevre <cyrille.lefevre@laposte.net>
|
107829 |
13-Dec-2002 |
imp |
MFp4: Make ifs consistant with rest of file.
|
107826 |
13-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: sort xrefs in SEE ALSO.
|
107825 |
13-Dec-2002 |
trhodes |
Remove the incorrect information about dump(8) and snapshots. All the dump(8) issues are assumed to be fixed.
PR: 46224 Submitted By: Chris Knight <chris@aims.com.au> Approved By: re (murray)
|
107788 |
12-Dec-2002 |
ru |
Uniformly refer to a file system as "file system".
Approved by: re
|
107776 |
12-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: overhaul.
|
107773 |
12-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup overhaul.
Approved by: re
|
107768 |
12-Dec-2002 |
trhodes |
mount_udf(8) is currently not in 4.X, so obviously it did not first appear in 4.6
PR: 46117 Submitted by: Ryuichiro Imura <imura@ryu16.org> Approved by: re (bmah)
|
107764 |
12-Dec-2002 |
grog |
vinum_info: Correct the print formats to allow for 64 bit pointers.
Approved by: re (jhb).
|
107745 |
11-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Use the default .Os version.
Approved by: re
|
107703 |
09-Dec-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup nits.
Approved by: re
|
107671 |
07-Dec-2002 |
iedowse |
Slow down the operation of background fsck so as to leave some disk bandwidth for other processes. Since the sleeping is done from userland, this avoids the locking issues that affected the kernel version.
The algorithm used here is to measure a moving average of the times taken by a sample of read operations and then delay 1 in 8 reads by 16 times the measured average. This should correspond to a factor of 3 slowdown, but in practice the factor is larger (3.5 to 4) due to hz rounding effects.
Reviewed by: mckusick Approved by: re
|
107665 |
07-Dec-2002 |
imp |
MFp4 (imp_freebsd branch): snapshot of devd work: o improve parsing and lexing o create data structures based on the parsed file now. o Still need to rewrite main loop and add regex (still uses hard coded devd-generic) o minor man page updates.
# There should be one more commit before rc2
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107652 |
06-Dec-2002 |
suz |
corrected buffer lengths for memset()
obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 days
|
107559 |
03-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Add the `L' option to dump to notify it that it is dumping a live filesystem. To obtain a consistent dump image, dump takes a snapshot of the filesystem and then does a dump of the snapshot. The snapshot is removed when the dump is complete.
Also add an operator warning that the `L' option should be used if dump is run on a live filesystem without the `L' option being specified. The alternative would be to silently use a snapshot any time that a live filesystem is dumped, but this change in dump semantics seemed too drastic at this time.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs. Approved by: re
|
107542 |
03-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Correct the estimated block count calculated by dump to account for the minimal amount of space used by a snapshot.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107541 |
03-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Properly handle UFS2 sparsely allocated inodes. The UFS2 filesystem only preallocates a small number of inodes. The dump program tries to scan through all the allocated inodes on a filesystem which causes bad behavior if they have never been allocated. Thus dump must calculate the set of inodes that have actually been allocated and scan only those inodes.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107534 |
02-Dec-2002 |
grog |
Relax partition overlap check to allow Vinum partitions to overlap other partitiosns. This is necessary when migrating conventional partitions to Vinum and was broken by recent more stringent overlap checks. This is arguably the wrong way to do it. A better method would be to have the loader understand a subset of Vinum partitioning and allow an install directly to Vinum, but until then, this is the best we have.
Reviewed by: jhb Approved by: re (rwatson)
|
107519 |
02-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Correctly calculate the initial number of fragments in a filesystem so that fsck does not complain with `SUMMARY BLK COUNT(S) WRONG IN SUPERBLK' the first time it is run on a new filesystem.
Reported by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@freebsd.org> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107518 |
02-Dec-2002 |
mckusick |
Verify that alternate superblocks have a correct magic number before trying to use them. Set a minimum value for numdirs when using an alternate superblock to avoid spurious numdirs == 0 error. Calculate new fields when using an alternate superblock from a UFS1 filesystem to avoid segment faulting.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107482 |
02-Dec-2002 |
marcel |
o Newer EFI implementations require that a GPT is preceeded by a PMBR. Make sure the create command creates a PMBR as well (if not already present). o When parsing the MBR, explicitly check for a PMBR and create a PMBR map node if one is found. o When parsing the MBR, recurse to handle extended partitions. This allows us to flatten nested MBRs when migrating to a GPT. o Have the migrate command bail out if it encounters a partition it doesn't know how to migrate. This avoids data loss. o Change the output of the show command so that the UUIDs of the GPT partitions fit on the same line. o Show when partitions are extended partitions and add the PMBR type.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107475 |
01-Dec-2002 |
rwatson |
Teach mdmfs how to pass UFS version numbers through to newfs. Because of an argument name collision with -O, use -v, and default to whatever the newfs default is for the platform (generally, UFS1). This is required to support diskless workstations that use UFS2 for their mdmfs file systems.
Reviewed by: dd, bmah Approved by: re (bmah) Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
107455 |
01-Dec-2002 |
phk |
Synchronize usage() with reality. Semi-automatic handling of /dev prefix for device names.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs. Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107454 |
01-Dec-2002 |
phk |
De-danglify the manual page.
Submitted by: ceri Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107435 |
01-Dec-2002 |
marcel |
Add a manpage. Nobody expects the spanish inquisition, but the mdoc(7) police... It's all yours ru :-)
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107430 |
30-Nov-2002 |
mckusick |
Mark snapshots so that dump will dump them as zero length regular files rather than trying to interpret the snapshot.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107427 |
30-Nov-2002 |
marcel |
Allow aliases to be used when specifying partition types. The use of UUIDs can then be limited to those cases when an alias doesn't exist. This greatly increases the likelyhood that a sysadmin finishes the partitioning without intermittent mental breakdowns. Current aliases are "efi", "swap" and "ufs".
While here, staticize global variables and expand the usage message.
Approved by: re (blanket)
|
107412 |
30-Nov-2002 |
mckusick |
Add some more checks to newfs so that it will not build filesystems that the kernel will refuse to mount. Specifically it now enforces the MAXBSIZE blocksize limit. This update also fixes a problem where newfs could segment fault if the selected fragment size was too large.
PR: bin/30959 Submitted by: Ceri Davies <setantae@submonkey.net> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107294 |
27-Nov-2002 |
mckusick |
Create a new 32-bit fs_flags word in the superblock. Add code to move the old 8-bit fs_old_flags to the new location the first time that the filesystem is mounted by a new kernel. One of the unused flags in fs_old_flags is used to indicate that the flags have been moved. Leave the fs_old_flags word intact so that it will work properly if used on an old kernel.
Change the fs_sblockloc superblock location field to be in units of bytes instead of in units of filesystem fragments. The old units did not work properly when the fragment size exceeeded the superblock size (8192). Update old fs_sblockloc values at the same time that the flags are moved.
Suggested by: BOUWSMA Barry <freebsd-misuser@netscum.dyndns.dk> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
107291 |
26-Nov-2002 |
keramida |
Align timestamps when -t is used in ipfw and ipfw2.
PR: kern/44843 Approved by: re (jhb)
|
107289 |
26-Nov-2002 |
luigi |
Fix a kernel panic with rules of the type
prob 0.5 pipe NN ....
due to the generation of an invalid ipfw instruction sequence. No ABI change, but you need to upgrade /sbin/ipfw to generate the correct code.
Approved by: re
|
107288 |
26-Nov-2002 |
luigi |
Update documentation to match the behaviour of ipfw with respect to net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass. Add to notes to explain the exact behaviour of "prob xxx" and "log" options.
Virtually approved by: re (mentioned in rev.1.19 of ip_fw2.c)
|
107257 |
26-Nov-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Nits.
Approved by: re
|
107234 |
25-Nov-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Fixed markup now that it was taken out of vendor branch.
Approved by: re
|
107233 |
25-Nov-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup, spelling.
Also fixed a critical bug made in revision 1.62 by phk@.
|
107232 |
25-Nov-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Added missing markup bit.
Approved by: re
|
107213 |
24-Nov-2002 |
julian |
Fsck needs to check each CG's rotor values to ensure thay are not -ve. It seems a common corruption to have them -ve (I've seen it several times) and if fsck doesn't fix it, it leads to a kernel pagefault.
Reviewd by: kirk Submitted by: Eric Jacobs <eaja@erols.com> and me independently. MFC in: 2 days PR: bin/40967 Approved by: re
|
107129 |
21-Nov-2002 |
keramida |
Typo fix that I brought in rev 1.16
|
107094 |
20-Nov-2002 |
mckusick |
Properly handle UFS2 sparsely allocated inodes. Fix bug that caused the error "quotacheck: bad inode number 1 to nextinode".
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs. Reported-by: Franky <franky@jasna.tarnow.pl> and Matthew Kolb <muk@msu.edu>
|
107074 |
18-Nov-2002 |
chris |
o Bring the NOTICE section into the DESCRIPTION section and wrap it in .Bf -emphasis ... .Ef o Grammar/spelling
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
107066 |
18-Nov-2002 |
jhb |
Fixup FILES section to use proper width and to use a cross-reference to devd(8).
|
107065 |
18-Nov-2002 |
jhb |
Remove leading ^ from example of match line in vendor-supplied rules since the ^ is implicit at the beginning of the expressions.
|
107045 |
18-Nov-2002 |
imp |
Add BUGS section and note departure of actual implementation from what is documented so the pioneers will know why it works the way it does.
|
107041 |
18-Nov-2002 |
julian |
Everything in the disklabel is unsigned so make all the input routines take unsigned values. his allows one to label disk with the number of blocks > 31 bits (though less then 32 bits)
e.g. # size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg] c: 3125755904 0 unused 0 0 # (Cyl. 0 - 194569*) d: 3125755840 64 unused 0 0 # (Cyl. 0*- 194569*) which is needd to test UFS2
|
107031 |
17-Nov-2002 |
peter |
Deal with the possibility that time_t != int32_t. Otherwise ia64 thought the fs_old_size was the half part of fs_old_time etc.
|
106970 |
15-Nov-2002 |
mckusick |
Properly calculate the initial number of fragments in a large filesystem.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
106942 |
15-Nov-2002 |
sam |
update vlandev description; vlan code now auto-recognizes devices that support h/w tagging
|
106940 |
15-Nov-2002 |
sam |
o display new interface capability bits o capitilize capability bit strings for consistency
Approved by: re
|
106906 |
14-Nov-2002 |
tjr |
Install devd.conf(5).
|
106875 |
13-Nov-2002 |
jhb |
Try to reword things a bit more to make it clearer.
Reviewed by: imp
|
106869 |
13-Nov-2002 |
jhb |
- Fix some minor grammar and spelling nits. - Massage the wording in a few places. - Put .Nm on lines by itself so it renders correctly.
Reviewed by: imp
|
106829 |
12-Nov-2002 |
peter |
Fix a "bug" in sysctl(8). Limit the length when we print a string from the kernel rather than ignoring the length and keeping on going till we finally hit a \0 character in the buffer.
|
106740 |
10-Nov-2002 |
marcel |
Remove inclusion of <sys/uuid.h>. We now include <sys/uuid.h> in <sys/gpt.h>. This avoids having to include both <sys/uuid.h> and <uuid.h>, which is considered by your friendly committer to be aestheticly displeasing (= ballyhoo barf barf :-)
|
106553 |
07-Nov-2002 |
bmah |
Fix one misspelling and two punctuation nits.
|
106505 |
06-Nov-2002 |
maxim |
Kill EOL whitespaces, style(9) fix.
|
106504 |
06-Nov-2002 |
maxim |
Fix UID/GID options parsing.
PR: bin/42579 Submitted by: Belousov Oleg <oleg@belousov.com> Approved by: luigi MFC after: 2 weeks
|
106477 |
05-Nov-2002 |
jhb |
Take sizeof() the right string for fspath's iovec. The old string was the same size so this doesn't fix a bug, but it makes it cleaner.
|
106456 |
05-Nov-2002 |
jmallett |
Use more non-b0rked error reporting. Print the disk we are trying to open and (we have the disk error from libufs? the disk error: the errno).
Requested by: bde, <many>
|
106417 |
04-Nov-2002 |
gordon |
Hook the new nextboot(8) manpage up to the build.
|
106415 |
04-Nov-2002 |
gordon |
Add a nextboot manual page.
Spotted by: brandt@fokus.gmd.de
|
106407 |
04-Nov-2002 |
phk |
Run a revision on the GBDE encryption facility.
Replace ARC4 with SHA2-512. Change lock-structure encoding to use random ordering rather for obscurity. Encrypt lock-structure with AES/256 instead of AES/128. Change kkey derivation to be MD5 hash based. Watch for malloc(M_NOWAIT) failures and ditch our cache when they happen. Remove clause 3 of the license with NAI Labs consent.
Many thanks to "Lucky Green" <shamrock@cypherpunks.to> and "David Wagner" <daw@cs.berkeley.edu>, for code reading, inputs and suggestions.
This code has still not been stared at for 10 years by a gang of hard-core cryptographers. Discretion advised.
NB: These changes result in the on-disk format changing: dump/restore needed.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
106372 |
03-Nov-2002 |
scottl |
Bring newfs_msdos into the GEOM world. Totally rewrite and simplify getdiskinfo(). For the fixed-disk case, bpb->hid probably isn't handled correctly, but I'm not sure if this is a serious problem since the primary use of this program is to format floppy disks.
Reviewed by: phk
|
106331 |
02-Nov-2002 |
marcel |
o Remove the fallback implementations of uuid_create(), uuid_from_string(), uuid_is_nil() and uuid_to_string(). o Include <uuid.h> where appropriate.
|
106284 |
01-Nov-2002 |
marcel |
o Replace 'struct uuid' with 'uuid_t', o Replace memcmp with uuid_equal(3), o Use uuid_to_string(3) to convert to UUIds to string.
|
106254 |
31-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Give a meaningfull diagnostic when we cannot determine the filesystem type.
|
106227 |
30-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Initialize the new salt field in the lock sector.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs
|
106072 |
28-Oct-2002 |
luigi |
Misc fixes from Chris Pepper, plus additional explainations on dummynet operation.
MFC after: 3 days
|
106071 |
28-Oct-2002 |
chris |
Remove a line that reflected behavior that does not actually exist.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
106047 |
27-Oct-2002 |
nyan |
Merged various changes from src/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c revisions up to 1.66.
|
106033 |
27-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Fix the regexp evilness so that fdisk can (again?) find the device root is on from the root mount path.
Spotted by: imp
|
106031 |
27-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Don't attempt to find the geometry with disklabel based ioctl, it just issues a useless warning now.
|
106013 |
27-Oct-2002 |
marcel |
o Add functionality to add a GPT partition, o Use DCE compliant UUID functions and provide local implementations if they don't exist, o Move dumping of the map to show.c and print the partition type, o Some cleanups and rearrangements.
The default GPT partition type is UFS. When no starting block or size are specified, the tool will create a partition in the first free space it find (or that fits, depending on the size).
|
105967 |
25-Oct-2002 |
chris |
Document the `maclabel' command.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: Network Associates Laboratories
|
105905 |
25-Oct-2002 |
marcel |
Add the functionality to create an (empty) GPT from scratch. The code is directly copied from migrate.c. The intend is to express migrate in terms of create and add. The functionality to add partitions is not yet there.
|
105887 |
24-Oct-2002 |
mux |
Fix ipfw2 panics on 64-bit platforms.
Quoting luigi:
In order to make the userland code fully 64-bit clean it may be necessary to commit other changes that may or may not cause a minor change in the ABI.
Reviewed by: luigi
|
105881 |
24-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Report the MONITOR bit.
|
105825 |
23-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Rename ifconfig's "mac" argument to "maclabel" to prevent confusion regarding 802.1 MAC and Mandatory Access Control (MAC). Some potential for confusion remains further in other areas of the system regarding Message Authentication Codes (MAC).
Requested by: wollman Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105762 |
23-Oct-2002 |
scottl |
Hook raidctl up to the build.
Submitted by: tjr
|
105760 |
23-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Teach ifconfig(8) how to print and set the MAC labels on network interfaces using the 'mac' argument. Without MAC support in the kernel, this does not change the behavior of ifconfig.
Approved by: re Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105759 |
23-Oct-2002 |
marcel |
Don't complain if we have an inconsistent map that may be the result of an incomplete migration. An incomplete migration is one where the MBR is not turned into a PMBR after creating the GPT. This early in the game it's more convenient to allow the inconsistency, because that avoids that we have to destroy the MBR partitioning for now.
|
105741 |
22-Oct-2002 |
jmallett |
Forgot to include <errno.h> when using 'errno' here.
|
105739 |
22-Oct-2002 |
jmallett |
When errno is not set, do not use warn(3).
|
105738 |
22-Oct-2002 |
jmallett |
Use the libufs_printerror() function, which hopefully will deconfuse users getting error cases in a libufsificated dumpfs(8).
Poked by: kkenn
|
105624 |
21-Oct-2002 |
maxim |
Fix LSRR option length check: it has to be less or equal remained header's length minus sizeof(struct ip).
MFC after: 1 week
|
105610 |
21-Oct-2002 |
phk |
I overlooked an absolute path.
Submitted by: Henric Jungheim <henric@attbi.com>
|
105574 |
20-Oct-2002 |
imp |
Add devd to the build.
|
105573 |
20-Oct-2002 |
imp |
devd. A daemon that hooks into the kernel's /dev/devctl to produce arbitrary commands when devices come and go in the device tree (which is different than the /dev directory).
This is an initial version. Much of the planned power isn't here. Instead of doing the full matching, we always run /etc/devd-generic. /etc/devd.generic will go away at some point, I think.
I'm committing it in this early state so I can start getting feedback from early adapters.
Approved by: re
|
105543 |
20-Oct-2002 |
chris |
o Use .Cm for 'attach', 'detach', 'init', 'setkey', and 'destroy' commands o Fix some punctuation and wording o Wording consistency in command-line option documentation o Make use of mdoc's markup a bit more (quoting and the like)
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
105541 |
20-Oct-2002 |
phk |
s/dettach/detach/g etc.
Pointed out by: chris
|
105523 |
20-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Use .PATH instead of VPATH.
Fix typo in man-page: man-section is 8.
|
105513 |
20-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Complete the Geom Based Disk Encryption: Add the OAM utility.
Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs
|
105503 |
20-Oct-2002 |
scottl |
After much delay and anticipation, welcome RAIDFrame into the FreeBSD world. This should be considered highly experimental.
Approved-by: re
|
105436 |
19-Oct-2002 |
mckusick |
Clear the pending counts in the superblock after a successful run of fsck so that the kernel does not complain about them being non-zero when the filesystem is mounted.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
105423 |
18-Oct-2002 |
mckusick |
Bound the size of the superblock to SBLOCKSIZE.
Submitted by: BOUWSMA Beery <freebsd-misuser@netscum.dyndns.dk> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
105367 |
18-Oct-2002 |
keramida |
Typo in verb: zeros -> zeroes.
|
105309 |
17-Oct-2002 |
marcel |
Do not emit values as var=value while everything else looks like XML. Emit the values as <var>value</var> for consistency.
|
105206 |
16-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
s/clear/cleared/ for consistency (sigh)
Reported by: dd
|
105177 |
15-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Spell 'set' as 'cleared' where appropriate.
|
105162 |
15-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Teach tunefs to print the ACL and multilabel flag information when inspecting a superblock.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105156 |
15-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Correct some of the style problems in this file:
I introduced a style problem when I sorted 'a' before 'A'; our preferred order sorts 'A' first. Correct.
Use .Cm instead of .Ar.
Submitted by: bde
|
105120 |
14-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Introduce -a [enable|disable] and -l [enable|disable] flags to the tunefs command, permitting it to set FS_ACLS and FS_MULTILABEL administrative flags on UFS file systems.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
105118 |
14-Oct-2002 |
rwatson |
Teach mount(8) about MNT_ACLS for the purposes of mount options and mount option printing.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, Network Associates Laboratories
|
104975 |
12-Oct-2002 |
seanc |
Increase the max dummynet hash size from 1024 to 65536. Default is still 1024.
Silence on: -net, -ipfw 4weeks+ Reviewed by: dd Approved by: knu (mentor) MFC after: 3 weeks
|
104813 |
10-Oct-2002 |
schweikh |
Document that write(2) et al can return EROFS for attempts to write the disk label area.
PR: 43891 Submitted by: Diomidis D. Spinellis <dds@istlab.dmst.aueb.gr> MFC after: 3 days
|
104773 |
10-Oct-2002 |
keramida |
Make sure strsep() gets a nul-terminated string.
Reviewed by: phk
|
104745 |
10-Oct-2002 |
mckusick |
When verifying a superblock, the lower bound on block size is MINBSIZE (4096), not SBLOCKSIZE (8192).
Submitted by: Tor.Egge@cvsup.no.freebsd.org Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
104744 |
10-Oct-2002 |
alfred |
de-__P()
|
104699 |
09-Oct-2002 |
jmallett |
Update documentation for kldload(8)'s ability to load multiple modules.
Submitted by: Daniel O'Connor <doconnor@gsoft.com.au>
|
104674 |
08-Oct-2002 |
nyan |
Fix to support pc98.
|
104669 |
08-Oct-2002 |
jmallett |
Make it possible to kldload(8) many modules.
MFC after: 2 months Sponsored by: Bright Path Solutions Reviewed by: tjr
|
104653 |
08-Oct-2002 |
dd |
Treat the pathptrn field as a real pattern with the aid of fnmatch().
|
104633 |
07-Oct-2002 |
thomas |
Document behaviour change in reboot(8) introduced in reboot.c rev. 1.17: when using '-p' with reboot, and the power down action failds, reboot the system normally. The behaviour of 'halt -p' and of shutdown(8) is unchanged.
Approved by: roberto
|
104617 |
07-Oct-2002 |
nyan |
Don't use DPCYL and DPSECT macros. These are not needed.
Submitted by: kawanobe@st.rim.or.jp (Kawanobe Koh)
|
104572 |
06-Oct-2002 |
thomas |
Set only the RB_POWEROFF flag (not the RB_HALT flag) when '-p' is used on the reboot(8) command line.
This is intended for use when you want to attempt a power down action, but you want the system to reboot (not halt) if the power down action fails.
This is typically useful when the power-off action performed by the kernel consists in signalling an uninterrupted power supply that it should shut down its inverter if mains power has not returned.
The behaviour of shutdown(8) and init(8) is not modified; only the behaviour of invoking 'reboot -p' manually is modified, and then only in the case when a power-down action fails.
Sounded reasonable to: phk Approved by: roberto (mentor)
|
104543 |
05-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Don't be noisy if DIOCWLABEL fails, it's probably because we're writing the first label to the raw disk.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
104459 |
04-Oct-2002 |
nyan |
Include <sys/diskpc98.h>
|
104429 |
04-Oct-2002 |
peter |
EFI GPT partitions use 'p' as a slice seperator. eg: da0p1 or da0p217. (There is a theoretical limit of 16384 partitions)
|
104347 |
02-Oct-2002 |
mdodd |
Cast malloc() assignments.
|
104339 |
02-Oct-2002 |
dd |
Add an -o option to exit after receiving one reply. This can be used to test whether a link is live.
PR: 38573 Submitted by: David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk> Obtained from: NetBSD
|
104337 |
02-Oct-2002 |
dd |
Don't crash when the user feeds us nonesense in the form: ifconfig IF ether WHATEVER -alias
PR: 42544 Submitted by: Mike Makonnen <makonnen@pacbell.net>
|
104308 |
01-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Remove a comma trailing an if clause.
According to Kirk: "Luckily, the statement is usually true".
Spotted by: FlexeLint
|
104290 |
01-Oct-2002 |
bde |
Changed "file system" back to "filesystem" in the usage message. English rules don't apply to tokens that are supposed to represent single args. This was only fixed in the man page.
Fixed other differences between the man page and the usage message (1 formatting bug and 1 syntax bug).
|
104272 |
01-Oct-2002 |
phk |
Split MBR and PC98 on-disk sliceformats out from disklabel.h, step 1:
Peter had repocopied sys/disklabel.h to sys/diskpc98.h and sys/diskmbr.h.
These two new copies are still intact copies of disklabel.h and therefore protected by #ifndef _SYS_DISKLABEL_H_ so #including them in programs which already include <sys.disklabel.h> is currently a no-op.
This commit adds a number of such #includes.
Once I have verified that I have fixed all the places which need fixing, I will commit the updated versions of the three #include files.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
104198 |
30-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
- bzero() allocations. - check for malloc() failures.
|
104196 |
30-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
Turn warnings back on.
|
104044 |
27-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Add the "Monitor" interface flag.
Setting this flag on an ethernet interface blocks transmission of packets and discards incoming packets after BPF processing.
This is useful if you want to monitor network trafic but not interact with the network in question.
Sponsored by: http://www.babeltech.dk
|
104034 |
27-Sep-2002 |
jhb |
Give up on a tty if opening it's special file returns ENOENT like we do for ENXIO.
Glanced at by: imp, gallatin
|
104018 |
26-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Don't show disklabel in the examples, it is not necessary.
|
103963 |
25-Sep-2002 |
maxim |
Do not dump core on 'ipfw add unreach': handling null strings in fill_reject_code(). Please note ipfw/ipfw2.c is not affected.
PR: bin/42304 Submitted by: Andy@wantpackets.com MFC after: 1 day
|
103949 |
25-Sep-2002 |
mike |
Use the standardized CHAR_BIT constant instead of NBBY in userland.
|
103885 |
24-Sep-2002 |
mckusick |
Add support to fsck_ffs to account for storage for extended attributes.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103802 |
22-Sep-2002 |
maxim |
o Fix a typo. o Remove EOL spaces.
Submitted by: Harold Gutch <logix@foobar.franken.de> (typo patch) Approved by: luigi MFC after: 3 days
|
103798 |
22-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Don't disklabel(8) the md(4) device, it is not needed, and we don't want to propagete BSD disklabels to architectures not already so polluted.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103797 |
22-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Failure to rewrite the disklabel should not be fatal.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103669 |
20-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Construct new disklabels based on the medias stated parameters in userland, rather than expect all possible GEOMetries to know about BSD disklabels.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs
|
103665 |
20-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Straighten out get_params().
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103436 |
17-Sep-2002 |
peter |
Initiate deorbit burn for the i386-only a.out related support. Moves are under way to move the remnants of the a.out toolchain to ports. As the comment in src/Makefile said, this stuff is deprecated and one should not expect this to remain beyond 4.0-REL. It has already lasted WAY beyond that.
Notable exceptions: gcc - I have not touched the a.out generation stuff there. ldd/ldconfig - still have some code to interface with a.out rtld. old as/ld/etc - I have not removed these yet, pending their move to ports. some includes - necessary for ldd/ldconfig for now.
Tested on: i386 (extensively), alpha
|
103417 |
16-Sep-2002 |
mike |
Don't depend on <sys/types.h> pollution in <fcntl.h>. Sort includes.
|
103402 |
16-Sep-2002 |
phk |
I forgot fsdb was still sharing files with fsck.
|
103398 |
16-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Add a source file where EXTATTR checks will happen and hook it in even if it doesn't do anything yet.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
103387 |
16-Sep-2002 |
mike |
Don't depend on <sys/types.h> pollution in <fcntl.h>. Sort includes.
|
103348 |
15-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Try to pick up disk geometry with specific DIOC* ioctls, rather than expecting a bogo-disklabel to contain them, if possible.
This makes fdisk work with GEOM.
|
103318 |
14-Sep-2002 |
mux |
Removed a debugging printf() left here in peter's last commit.
Spotted by: kris
|
103250 |
12-Sep-2002 |
sos |
Use the proper fields for security.
PR: 41870
|
103241 |
12-Sep-2002 |
luigi |
Store the port number in "fwd" rules in host format, same as ipfw1 has always done.
Technically, this is the wrong format, but it reduces the diffs in -stable. Someday, when we get rid of ipfw1, I will put the port number in the proper format both in kernel and userland.
MFC after: 3 days (with re@ permission)
|
103229 |
11-Sep-2002 |
peter |
Commit "unrelated style fixes" part of Bruce's patch (regarding bcopy/memcpy) seperately.
Submitted by: bde
|
103227 |
11-Sep-2002 |
peter |
Modify previous commit to solve the real problem that made gcc think the timestamp was aligned. ie: Use a void * instead of struct timeval * which gcc assumes will be aligned. Go back to memcpy().
Submitted by: bde
|
103146 |
09-Sep-2002 |
nectar |
In reference to previous commit: use err(3).
Noticed by: bde
|
103133 |
09-Sep-2002 |
nectar |
Back out previous commit. I was a bit overzealous: the fd_set size is calculated dynamically here.
|
103130 |
09-Sep-2002 |
nectar |
Check for FD_SET overrun.
|
103129 |
09-Sep-2002 |
nectar |
Check for FD_SET overrun.
|
103094 |
08-Sep-2002 |
blackend |
Typo: s/o packet/on packet/
PR: docs/42543 Submitted by: Michael Lyngbøl <lyngbol@bifrost.lyngbol.dk>
|
103092 |
08-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
Split cam_argmask and move "commands" into cam_cmdmask. This addresses the issue of not having any free bits left for additional commands.
Approved by: ken MFC after: 4 weeks
|
103039 |
06-Sep-2002 |
peter |
Bandaid for mount_nfs segfaulting with the more obscure mount options in /etc/fstab. This isn't a real fix though and I'm still not sure why it started failing. mount(8) breaks up the nfs args into seperate repeated '-o option=value' arguments. But, the altflags variable that we use to track things is incrementally built up each time we see the next option and shows us the cumulative set of flags, not just the flag that we are currently looking at. As a result, the strstr hack for looking up flags in a giant -o opt=val,opt=val, etc string was failing and causing a segfault. I do not know what changed recently that caused this to suddenly break, but the code has been rather bogus for some time.
|
103033 |
06-Sep-2002 |
mdodd |
Add 'camcontrol load' as a complement to 'camcontrol eject'.
Approved by: ken MFC after: 4 weeks
|
103013 |
06-Sep-2002 |
bde |
Removed vestiges of the -a and -d options.
Fixed other bugs in the usage message so that it matches the man page.
|
103005 |
06-Sep-2002 |
phk |
Remove the -a maxcontig option, the kernel doesn't inspect fs_maxcontig anymore.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
102740 |
31-Aug-2002 |
trhodes |
use 'file system superblock' for the error message. This will match other disk utilities.
Discussed with: bde
|
102562 |
29-Aug-2002 |
keramida |
Mention that fdisk(8) should be used to grow the containing slice before growing partitions with growfs(8), if necessary.
PR: docs/42148 Submitted by: Chris S.J. Peron <maneo@bsdpro.com>
|
102471 |
27-Aug-2002 |
iedowse |
Add the -A flag to the usage line.
Submitted by: Yutaka KAWASE <yutaka@mailhost.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
102464 |
27-Aug-2002 |
trhodes |
Fix some 'SYNOPSIS' and 'usage' messages.
|
102446 |
26-Aug-2002 |
trhodes |
Fix Synopsis
|
102437 |
26-Aug-2002 |
iedowse |
Unbreak the -c option by not using connect(2) for mount_nfs's communication with the remote NFS server if this flag is specified.
PR: bin/42003 Submitted by: Jean-Luc Richier <Jean-Luc.Richier@imag.fr>
|
102431 |
26-Aug-2002 |
trhodes |
Print a more realistic usage message 'special_device' 'inode_number'. This matches the synopsis given in the manual page.
MFC after: 3 days
|
102411 |
25-Aug-2002 |
charnier |
Replace various spelling with FALLTHROUGH which is lint()able
|
102400 |
25-Aug-2002 |
cjc |
Check if a host argument is a IPv6 presentation format address before going to gethostbyname2(3).
PR: bin/31632 MFC after: 3 days
|
102395 |
25-Aug-2002 |
peter |
Make this compile without needing NO_WERROR.
|
102232 |
21-Aug-2002 |
imp |
Use '0' instead of NULL when we mean the integer constant 0 and not a "null pointer expression".
|
102231 |
21-Aug-2002 |
trhodes |
s/filesystem/file system/g as discussed on -developers
|
102224 |
21-Aug-2002 |
imp |
Don't use NULL where you really mean 0 to sysctlbyname.
|
102209 |
21-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Whoops, the manpage lied... ipfw2 has always accepted addr:mask specifications.
|
102192 |
20-Aug-2002 |
johan |
Take care of WARNS=3 warnings by using unsigned/signed variable as needed.
Approved by: ken, sheldonh (mentor)
|
102099 |
19-Aug-2002 |
sobomax |
Implement user-setable promiscuous mode (a new `promisc' flag for ifconfig(8)). Also, for all interfaces in this mode pass all ethernet frames to upper layer, even those not addressed to our own MAC, which allows packets encapsulated in those frames be processed with packet filters (ipfw(8) et al).
Emphatically requested by: Anton Turygin <pa3op@ukr-link.net> Valuable suggestions by: fenner
|
102098 |
19-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
One more (hopefully the last one) step in cleaning up the syntax, following Julian's good suggestion: since you can specify any match pattern as an option, rules now have the following format:
[<proto> from <src> to <dst>] [options]
i.e. the first part is now entirely optional (and left there just for compatibility with ipfw1 rulesets).
Add a "-c" flag to show/list rules in the compact form (i.e. without the "ip from any to any" part) when possible. The default is to include it so that scripts processing ipfw's canonical output will still work. Note that as part of this cleanup (and to remove ambiguity), MAC fields now can only be specified in the options part.
Update the manpage to reflect the syntax.
Clarify the behaviour when a match is attempted on fields which are not present in the packet, e.g. port numbers on non TCP/UDP packets, and the "not" operator is specified. E.g.
ipfw add allow not src-port 80
will match also ICMP packets because they do not have port numbers, so "src-port 80" will fail and "not src-port 80" will succeed. For such cases it is advised to insert further options to prevent undesired results (e.g. in the case above, "ipfw add allow proto tcp not src-port 80").
We definitely need to rewrite the parser using lex and yacc!
|
102095 |
19-Aug-2002 |
sobomax |
Fix last-minute typo which breaks the world.
Submitted by: many
|
102087 |
19-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Major cleanup of the parser and printing routines in an attempt to render the syntax less ambiguous.
Now rules can be in one of these two forms
<action> <protocol> from <src> to <dst> [options] <action> MAC dst-mac src-mac mac-type [options]
however you can now specify MAC and IP header fields as options e.g.
ipfw add allow all from any to any mac-type arp ipfw add allow all from any to any { dst-ip me or src-ip me }
which makes complex expressions a lot easier to write and parse. The "all from any to any" part is there just for backward compatibility.
Manpage updated accordingly.
|
102076 |
18-Aug-2002 |
johan |
Remove unused variable. camcontrol is now WARNS=2 clean on i386.
Approved by: ken, sheldonh (mentor)
|
102070 |
18-Aug-2002 |
jdp |
Clarify the explanation of the behavior for setuid programs by noting that the restrictions do not apply if the user invoking the program is also the owner of the program.
Also, capitalize a section header properly.
PR: misc/41180
|
102069 |
18-Aug-2002 |
bde |
Include <nlist.h> for nlist interfaces instead of depending on namespace pollution in <kvm.h>.
|
102052 |
18-Aug-2002 |
sobomax |
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's.
Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
|
101994 |
16-Aug-2002 |
bmilekic |
Fix more breakage due to FSTYPENAMES/DKTYPENAMES split.
Also submitted by: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org>
|
101989 |
16-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Complete list of differences between ipfw1 and ipfw2.
|
101978 |
16-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
sys/netinet/ip_fw2.c:
Implement the M_SKIP_FIREWALL bit in m_flags to avoid loops for firewall-generated packets (the constant has to go in sys/mbuf.h).
Better comments on keepalive generation, and enforce dyn_rst_lifetime and dyn_fin_lifetime to be less than dyn_keepalive_period.
Enforce limits (up to 64k) on the number of dynamic buckets, and retry allocation with smaller sizes.
Raise default number of dynamic rules to 4096.
Improved handling of set of rules -- now you can atomically enable/disable multiple sets, move rules from one set to another, and swap sets.
sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c:
userland support for "noerror" pipe attribute.
userland support for sets of rules.
minor improvements on rule parsing and printing.
sbin/ipfw/ipfw.8:
more documentation on ipfw2 extensions, differences from ipfw1 (so we can use the same manpage for both), stateful rules, and some additional examples. Feedback and more examples needed here.
|
101973 |
16-Aug-2002 |
alfred |
No need to include sys/time.h, this unbreaks a c89 warning about long long constants as well.
|
101970 |
16-Aug-2002 |
alfred |
Don't '#define DKTYPENAMES', we don't use the variable it exposes from the header file.
|
101829 |
13-Aug-2002 |
mux |
Don't depend on namespace pollution in sys/mount.h and include sys/uio.h.
|
101828 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Removed redundant .Ns calls.
|
101810 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
can not -> cannot.
|
101802 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: laundry.
|
101800 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Consistently name options' arguments in the SYNOPSIS and DESCRIPTION sections..
|
101796 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: canonize FreeBSD in e-mail address.
|
101795 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: missing markup bits.
|
101792 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: KAMEism in rev. 1.56, nits in rev. 1.58.
|
101791 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Use the .Ud macro.
|
101790 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
Improve wording even more.
|
101788 |
13-Aug-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: kill hard sentence break.
|
101714 |
12-Aug-2002 |
imp |
Warn that hex keys are the most portable.
Submitted by: Gregory Bond <gnb@itga.com.au> Pr: 40872
|
101688 |
11-Aug-2002 |
jmallett |
Simplify some things to use libufs-provided functionality here, such as the version of UFS on a disk, and bread() instead of other types of idiocy.
Obtained from: jmallett_libufs Perforce branch.
|
101684 |
11-Aug-2002 |
mux |
Update manpage to match the code, we don't use vfsload() here anymore.
|
101683 |
11-Aug-2002 |
mux |
Update the manpage to match the code. The mount utilities now don't try to load the filesystem module, the kernel takes care of this.
|
101676 |
11-Aug-2002 |
mux |
The kldload() system call doesn't return 0 when it succeeded, so compare the return value against -1 to see if it failed instead of simply doing if (kldload("nfs")).
|
101651 |
10-Aug-2002 |
mux |
- Introduce a new struct xvfsconf, the userland version of struct vfsconf. - Make getvfsbyname() take a struct xvfsconf *. - Convert several consumers of getvfsbyname() to use struct xvfsconf. - Correct the getvfsbyname.3 manpage. - Create a new vfs.conflist sysctl to dump all the struct xvfsconf in the kernel, and rewrite getvfsbyname() to use this instead of the weird existing API. - Convert some {set,get,end}vfsent() consumers to use the new vfs.conflist sysctl. - Convert a vfsload() call in nfsiod.c to kldload() and remove the useless vfsisloadable() and endvfsent() calls. - Add a warning printf() in vfs_sysctl() to tell people they are using an old userland.
After these changes, it's possible to modify struct vfsconf without breaking the binary compatibility. Please note that these changes don't break this compatibility either.
When bp will have updated mount_smbfs(8) with the patch I sent him, there will be no more consumers of the {set,get,end}vfsent(), vfsisloadable() and vfsload() API, and I will promptly delete it.
|
101641 |
10-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Fix one parsing bug introduced by last commit, and correct parsing and printing of or-blocks in address, ports and options lists.
|
101640 |
10-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Major revision of the ipfw manpage, trying to make it up-to-date with ipfw2 extensions and give examples of use of the new features.
This is just a preliminary commit, where i simply added the basic syntax for the extensions, and clean up the page (e.g. by listing things in alphabetical rather than random order). I would appreciate feedback and possible corrections/extensions by interested parties.
Still missing are a more detailed description of stateful rules (with keepalives), interaction with of stateful rules and natd (don't do that!), examples of use with the recently introduced rule sets.
There is an issue related to the MFC: RELENG_4 still has ipfw as a default, and ipfw2 is optional. We have two options here: MFC this page as ipfw(8) adding a large number of "SORRY NOT IN IPFW" notes, or create a new ipfw2(8) manpage just for -stable users. I am all for the first approach, but of course am listening to your comments.
|
101628 |
10-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
One bugfix and one new feature.
The bugfix (ipfw2.c) makes the handling of port numbers with a dash in the name, e.g. ftp-data, consistent with old ipfw: use \\ before the - to consider it as part of the name and not a range separator.
The new feature (all this description will go in the manpage):
each rule now belongs to one of 32 different sets, which can be optionally specified in the following form:
ipfw add 100 set 23 allow ip from any to any
If "set N" is not specified, the rule belongs to set 0.
Individual sets can be disabled, enabled, and deleted with the commands:
ipfw disable set N ipfw enable set N ipfw delete set N
Enabling/disabling of a set is atomic. Rules belonging to a disabled set are skipped during packet matching, and they are not listed unless you use the '-S' flag in the show/list commands. Note that dynamic rules, once created, are always active until they expire or their parent rule is deleted. Set 31 is reserved for the default rule and cannot be disabled.
All sets are enabled by default. The enable/disable status of the sets can be shown with the command
ipfw show sets
Hopefully, this feature will make life easier to those who want to have atomic ruleset addition/deletion/tests. Examples:
To add a set of rules atomically:
ipfw disable set 18 ipfw add ... set 18 ... # repeat as needed ipfw enable set 18
To delete a set of rules atomically
ipfw disable set 18 ipfw delete set 18 ipfw enable set 18
To test a ruleset and disable it and regain control if something goes wrong:
ipfw disable set 18 ipfw add ... set 18 ... # repeat as needed ipfw enable set 18 ; echo "done "; sleep 30 && ipfw disable set 18
here if everything goes well, you press control-C before the "sleep" terminates, and your ruleset will be left active. Otherwise, e.g. if you cannot access your box, the ruleset will be disabled after the sleep terminates.
I think there is only one more thing that one might want, namely a command to assign all rules in set X to set Y, so one can test a ruleset using the above mechanisms, and once it is considered acceptable, make it part of an existing ruleset.
|
101623 |
10-Aug-2002 |
peter |
Fix the broken "avoid unaligned data" fix. The problem is that the builtin gcc memcpy "knows" about types that are supposed to be actually already aligned and triggers alignment errors doing the memcpy itself. "Fix" this by changing it to a bcopy(). In this case, we had: struct timeval *tp; struct timeval tv1; memcpy(&tv1,tp,sizeof(tv1)); .. and since gcc *knows* that a pointer to a timeval is longword aligned and that tv1 is longword aligned, then it can use an inline that assumes alignment. The following works too: cp = (char *)tp; memcpy(&tv1,cp,sizeof(tv1)); Simply casting (char *)tp for the memcpy doesn't work. :-( This affected different 64 bit platforms in different ways and depends a lot on gcc as well. I've seen this on alpha and ia64 at least, although alpha isn't doing it right now.
|
101592 |
09-Aug-2002 |
phk |
Fixup preen.c to match its new residence.
The blockcheck() function is still pulled from fsck_ffs, it probably should live in libufs.
|
101585 |
09-Aug-2002 |
phk |
preen.c was a stragler after the fsck/fsck_ffs divorce. fsck_ffs did not need it, but quotacheck did include it from fsck_ffs.
A repocopy has now moved the fsck_ffs/preen.c file to quotacheck/preen.c
quotacheck and fsck should probably use the same checkfstab() function and it should possibly live in libufs.
Trouble is: they have diverged in the meantime.
At least now fsck_ffs is not in the equation anymore.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
101440 |
06-Aug-2002 |
semenu |
Fix -o ac(reg|dir)(min|max) options. The appropriate flags weren't translated from ALTF_* to NFSMNT_* thus these options weren't accepted by kernel.
PR: bin/30334 MFC after: 1 week
|
101295 |
04-Aug-2002 |
luigi |
Fix generation of check-state rules, which i broke in last commit.
|
101275 |
03-Aug-2002 |
mux |
Small diffs that p4 didn't catch when I extracted the diffs from my branch.
|
101274 |
03-Aug-2002 |
mux |
This should have been committed too, I have no idea why p4 didn't gave me this diff too.
|
101271 |
03-Aug-2002 |
mux |
I should have committed this ages ago... Convert init(8) to use nmount() instead of mount() when it has to mount devfs. This doesn't happen normally, since the kernel is supposed to mount devfs itself.
|
101270 |
03-Aug-2002 |
mux |
Now that the kernel is able to load modules itself, remove all the code which was trying to do so. This code was nasty in several ways, it was hiding the kernel bug where the kernel was unable to properly load a module, and it was quitting if it wasn't able to load the module. The consequence is that an ABI breakage of the vfsconf API would have broken *every* mount utility.
|
101205 |
02-Aug-2002 |
rwatson |
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control.
Teach mount(8) to understand the MNT_MULTILABEL flag, which is used to determine whether a file system operates with individual per-vnode labels, or treats the entire file system as a single object with a single (mount) label. The behavior here will probably evolve some now that nmount(2) is available and can more flexibly support mount options.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
101117 |
31-Jul-2002 |
luigi |
Forgot this one: properly initialize an address set when the set size is less than 32 bits (/28 mask or more). Also remove a debugging fprintf().
|
101116 |
31-Jul-2002 |
luigi |
Two bugfixes: + the header file contains two different opcodes (O_IPOPTS and O_IPOPT) for what is the same thing, and sure enough i used one in the kernel and the other one in userland. Be consistent!
+ "keep-state" and "limit" must be the last match pattern in a rule, so no matter how you enter them move them to the end of the rule.
|
101104 |
31-Jul-2002 |
sos |
Also print the serial # on atacontrol cap ....
|
101037 |
31-Jul-2002 |
mux |
Fix a bunch of format string warnings which broke the sparc64 build.
Tested on: sparc64, i386
|
100973 |
30-Jul-2002 |
phk |
Remove some additional paranoia which Kirk forgot to remove from his UFS2 commit.
These bits in essence made any instance of "softupdates expected corrution", (ie blocks marked allocated but not referenced by an inode etc) result in a exit value for fsck_ffs of 2.
2 is part of the magic and appearantly undocumented protocol between fsck_FOO and fsck and means "dump into single user mode ASAP.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
100935 |
30-Jul-2002 |
phk |
Warning cleanup.
Format changes by peter
|
100881 |
29-Jul-2002 |
mike |
Don't depend on pollution in <machine/limits.h> (by way of <sys/param.h>) for definition of <stdint.h> macros.
|
100872 |
29-Jul-2002 |
ru |
Drop support for COPY, -c has been the default mode of install(1) for a long time now.
Approved by: bde
|
100805 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Nuke whitespace at EOL.
|
100803 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
What we're actually passing around is an ioctl request, not a command, and it's an unsigned long, not an int.
|
100802 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
This compiles cleanly with WARNS=5 on i386 and alpha, so try to make sure that doesn't change.
|
100799 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Implement this (quoted from the updated man page): If the first token of a rule specification is a single dash (``-''), rules are read from the standard input and the rest of the specification is ignored.
|
100795 |
28-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Use more standard section names in an attempt to unconfuse new users (and make it easier to find stuff for the old ones). I originally put everything under one "RULE SUBSYSTEM" so it didn't look like devfs(8) is dedicated to the rule subsystem, but since nobody has any idea what else might go here, it's not worth confusing people just to save a little time for someone that might add something rule-unrelated to devfs(8) in a few years.
Suggested by: sheldonh, phk
|
100768 |
27-Jul-2002 |
fenner |
Fix spacing for -P (policy) examples.
|
100659 |
25-Jul-2002 |
sheldonh |
Add SEE ALSO references to papers handling RED.
|
100636 |
24-Jul-2002 |
peter |
Turn nfsiod back on. It is basically now just a sysctl wrapper that also arranges a kldload of the nfs client file system code if necessary.
|
100635 |
24-Jul-2002 |
peter |
WARNS clean
|
100555 |
23-Jul-2002 |
blackend |
s/IPSEC/IPsec according to RFCs
PR: in part docs/38668 Reviewed by: charnier MFC after: 10 days
|
100412 |
20-Jul-2002 |
peter |
Connect up gpt and mca subdirs for ia64
|
100411 |
20-Jul-2002 |
peter |
Grab a snapshot of Marcel's WIP ia64 machine check decoder.
Obtained from: marcel
|
100410 |
20-Jul-2002 |
peter |
Grab a snapshot of Marcel's gpt tool. This is still a work-in-progress but is useful to have handy. EFI GPT partitions are used instead of the fdisk+disklabel combination. They are pure 64 bit LBA, are fully extensible, support up to 16383 partitons per disk, etc.
|
100313 |
18-Jul-2002 |
ru |
s/${INSTALL} -c/${INSTALL} ${COPY}/
|
100231 |
17-Jul-2002 |
roberto |
di_createtime -> di_birthtime.
Submitted by: Udo Schweigert <Udo.Schweigert@siemens.com>
|
100207 |
17-Jul-2002 |
mckusick |
Change utimes to set the file creation time (for filesystems that support creation times such as UFS2) to the value of the modification time if the value of the modification time is older than the current creation time. See utimes(2) for further details.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
100206 |
17-Jul-2002 |
dd |
Introduce the DEVFS "rule" subsystem. DEVFS rules permit the administrator to define certain properties of new devfs nodes before they become visible to the userland. Both static (e.g., /dev/speaker) and dynamic (e.g., /dev/bpf*, some removable devices) nodes are supported. Each DEVFS mount may have a different ruleset assigned to it, permitting different policies to be implemented for things like jails.
Approved by: phk
|
100202 |
16-Jul-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some print format errors. Avoid some warnings about possible (but not actual) alignment problems. Both of these bugs were detected on ia64's and were fatal on ia64's due to premature setting of WARNS to 4.
|
100066 |
15-Jul-2002 |
rse |
Replace extra call to "tunefs" with the equivalent of "newfs -U".
Reviewed by: phk
|
99968 |
14-Jul-2002 |
charnier |
The .Nm utility
|
99909 |
13-Jul-2002 |
luigi |
A bunch of minor fixes:
* accept "icmptype" as an alias for "icmptypes"; * remove an extra whitespace after "log" rules; * print correctly the "limit" masks; * correct a typo in parsing dummynet arguments (this caused a coredump); * do not allow specifying both "check-state" and "limit", they are (and have always been) mutually exclusive; * remove an extra print of the rule before installing it; * make stdout buffered -- otherwise, if you log its output with syslog, you will see one entry for each printf(). Rather unpleasant.
|
99827 |
11-Jul-2002 |
jmallett |
Remove unused variables due to libufs(3) commit. Clean up extraneous use of semicolon at closing paren of a function body.
|
99826 |
11-Jul-2002 |
jmallett |
Convert dumpfs(8) to libufs(3), rather than rolling local functions for a number of things.
|
99817 |
11-Jul-2002 |
trhodes |
Add a bit of information on FFS snapshots to the mount(8) manual page.
PR: 30139 Submitted by: Chris Knight <chris@aims.com.au? MFC after: 3 days
|
99797 |
11-Jul-2002 |
dillon |
Convert old style (type foo *)0 casts to NULLs
PR: kern/40360 Requested by: Hiten PAndya via direct email
|
99796 |
11-Jul-2002 |
bde |
Fixed 4 printf format errors that were fatal on alphas. %qd is not even suitable for printing quad_t's since it is equivalent to %lld but quad_t is unsigned long on alphas. quad_t shouldn't be used anyway.
|
99788 |
11-Jul-2002 |
bde |
Uncommented WARNS=0. ipfw2.c is full of printf format errors that are fatal on alphas.
Fixed setting of WARNS. WARNS should never be set unconditionally, since this breaks testing of different WARNS values by setting it at a higher level (e.g., on the command line).
|
99676 |
09-Jul-2002 |
dillon |
Replace the 'at least the amount of physical memory + 64K' with a better explanation in regards to sizing the dump device.
|
99626 |
08-Jul-2002 |
iedowse |
Oops, the previous revision (1.22) introduced a potential alignment issue, since the MAXBSIZE-sized buffers are accessed as arrays of block pointers, but were declared as char[] arrays. Use a union to avoid this, which also makes a number of casts unnecessary.
Pointed out by: bde Reviewed by: bde
|
99603 |
08-Jul-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some world breakage caused by not updating clients when <timeconv.h> was split off from <time.h>. This became fatal here when -Werror was reenabled.
|
99579 |
08-Jul-2002 |
robert |
- Do not include <utmp.h> for no reason. - Remove unneeded utmp path constant.
|
99564 |
08-Jul-2002 |
iedowse |
Use a fixed MAXBSIZE-size auto array instead of a static pointer to a malloc'd buffer in dmpindir() and dirindir(). These functions recursively call themselves to handle deeper levels of indirect blocks, so a single static buffer was not suitable.
Bug tracked down by: Don Lewis <dl-freebsd@catspoiler.org> Approach suggested by: bde
|
99562 |
08-Jul-2002 |
iedowse |
Replace the use of %qd with intmax_t/%jd and fix a number of -Wall and -Wformat warnings: o Include timeconv.h for the time conversion functions. o Remove unused variables. o Correct a few cases where %d was used when printing longs.
|
99551 |
07-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
Remove nfsd and mountd from src/sbin, look for it in src/usr.sbin
|
99548 |
07-Jul-2002 |
gordon |
Unhook sbin/nfsd and sbin/mountd from the build. They will be moving to /usr/sbin shortly.
Reviewed by: jake (mentor)
|
99540 |
07-Jul-2002 |
ume |
Don't explicit kill of the process' own pid.
PR: bin/38862 Submitted by: Martin Faxer <gmh003532@brfmasthugget.se> with some modification MFC after: 1 week
|
99530 |
07-Jul-2002 |
iedowse |
Fix some printf format errors.
Submitted by: Don Lewis <dl-freebsd@catspoiler.org>
|
99503 |
06-Jul-2002 |
charnier |
The .Nm utility.
|
99502 |
06-Jul-2002 |
charnier |
The .Nm utility. Add FreeBSD Id.
|
99501 |
06-Jul-2002 |
charnier |
The .Nm utility
|
99475 |
05-Jul-2002 |
luigi |
Implement the last 2-3 missing instructions for ipfw, now it should support all the instructions of the old ipfw.
Fix some bugs in the user interface, /sbin/ipfw.
Please check this code against your rulesets, so i can fix the remaining bugs (if any, i think they will be mostly in /sbin/ipfw).
Once we have done a bit of testing, this code is ready to be MFC'ed, together with a bunch of other changes (glue to ipfw, and also the removal of some global variables) which have been in -current for a couple of weeks now.
MFC after: 7 days
|
99447 |
05-Jul-2002 |
maxim |
o Change almost all magic numbers to the appropriate constants. o Fix zero payloading, unbreak ping -s 0. o Increase socket recieve buffer, ping -s 65467 is working now.
Submitted by: anti-magic sweep based on kris's patch Reviewed by: bde, silence on -audit MFC after: 2 months
|
99446 |
05-Jul-2002 |
maxim |
More strict ip options parsing.
Reviewed by: bde (style), silence on -audit MFC after: 2 months
|
99382 |
03-Jul-2002 |
archie |
Update my email address.
|
99365 |
03-Jul-2002 |
markm |
Apply __FBSDID(); fix local variable(names) that stomp on global definitions; fix some const strings; fix some signedness issues.
|
99364 |
03-Jul-2002 |
markm |
Apply __FBSDID(), ISOfy, fix easy warning.
|
99265 |
02-Jul-2002 |
trhodes |
Minor spelling and grammar fixes in the atacontrol(8) manual page.
PR: 39393
|
98943 |
27-Jun-2002 |
luigi |
The new ipfw code.
This code makes use of variable-size kernel representation of rules (exactly the same concept of BPF instructions, as used in the BSDI's firewall), which makes firewall operation a lot faster, and the code more readable and easier to extend and debug.
The interface with the rest of the system is unchanged, as witnessed by this commit. The only extra kernel files that I am touching are if_fw.h and ip_dummynet.c, which is quite tied to ipfw. In userland I only had to touch those programs which manipulate the internal representation of firewall rules).
The code is almost entirely new (and I believe I have written the vast majority of those sections which were taken from the former ip_fw.c), so rather than modifying the old ip_fw.c I decided to create a new file, sys/netinet/ip_fw2.c . Same for the user interface, which is in sbin/ipfw/ipfw2.c (it still compiles to /sbin/ipfw). The old files are still there, and will be removed in due time.
I have not renamed the header file because it would have required touching a one-line change to a number of kernel files.
In terms of user interface, the new "ipfw" is supposed to accepts the old syntax for ipfw rules (and produce the same output with "ipfw show". Only a couple of the old options (out of some 30 of them) has not been implemented, but they will be soon.
On the other hand, the new code has some very powerful extensions. First, you can put "or" connectives between match fields (and soon also between options), and write things like
ipfw add allow ip from { 1.2.3.4/27 or 5.6.7.8/30 } 10-23,25,1024-3000 to any
This should make rulesets slightly more compact (and lines longer!), by condensing 2 or more of the old rules into single ones.
Also, as an example of how easy the rules can be extended, I have implemented an 'address set' match pattern, where you can specify an IP address in a format like this:
10.20.30.0/26{18,44,33,22,9}
which will match the set of hosts listed in braces belonging to the subnet 10.20.30.0/26 . The match is done using a bitmap, so it is essentially a constant time operation requiring a handful of CPU instructions (and a very small amount of memmory -- for a full /24 subnet, the instruction only consumes 40 bytes).
Again, in this commit I have focused on functionality and tried to minimize changes to the other parts of the system. Some performance improvement can be achieved with minor changes to the interface of ip_fw_chk_t. This will be done later when this code is settled.
The code is meant to compile unmodified on RELENG_4 (once the PACKET_TAG_* changes have been merged), for this reason you will see #ifdef __FreeBSD_version in a couple of places. This should minimize errors when (hopefully soon) it will be time to do the MFC.
|
98888 |
26-Jun-2002 |
iedowse |
Remove the kernel file-size limit for UFS2, so that only the limit imposed by the filesystem structure itself remains. With 16k blocks, the maximum file size is now just over 128TB.
For now, the UFS1 file size limit is left unchanged so as to remain consistent with RELENG_4, but it too could be removed in the future.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
98879 |
26-Jun-2002 |
iedowse |
Fix an integer overflow that causes fsck_ffs to crash when it encounters very large file sizes in the filesystem.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
98826 |
25-Jun-2002 |
alfred |
Remove old pre-TIRPC code for getting transport handles. The code that follows spams over the contents of them making the removed code useless.
|
98655 |
23-Jun-2002 |
grog |
Correct default location of history file.
Observed by: Chris Bolt <chris-lists@bolt.cx>
|
98649 |
22-Jun-2002 |
mckusick |
Get rid of paranoia that zeros the boot block area as this has bad effect on existing bootstraps.
Submitted by: Jake Burkholder <jake@locore.ca> Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
98568 |
21-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r98567, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
98566 |
21-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
Reduce the -I's as we don't need them all.
|
98551 |
21-Jun-2002 |
bde |
Don't say that an umounted filesystem is required for -n. An unmounted filesystem is no more or less required for -n than for any other option. The previous commit clarified the actual requirement.
|
98542 |
21-Jun-2002 |
mckusick |
This commit adds basic support for the UFS2 filesystem. The UFS2 filesystem expands the inode to 256 bytes to make space for 64-bit block pointers. It also adds a file-creation time field, an ability to use jumbo blocks per inode to allow extent like pointer density, and space for extended attributes (up to twice the filesystem block size worth of attributes, e.g., on a 16K filesystem, there is space for 32K of attributes). UFS2 fully supports and runs existing UFS1 filesystems. New filesystems built using newfs can be built in either UFS1 or UFS2 format using the -O option. In this commit UFS1 is the default format, so if you want to build UFS2 format filesystems, you must specify -O 2. This default will be changed to UFS2 when UFS2 proves itself to be stable. In this commit the boot code for reading UFS2 filesystems is not compiled (see /sys/boot/common/ufsread.c) as there is insufficient space in the boot block. Once the size of the boot block is increased, this code can be defined.
Things to note: the definition of SBSIZE has changed to SBLOCKSIZE. The header file <ufs/ufs/dinode.h> must be included before <ufs/ffs/fs.h> so as to get the definitions of ufs2_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t.
Still TODO: Verify that the first level bootstraps work for all the architectures. Convert the utility ffsinfo to understand UFS2 and test growfs. Add support for the extended attribute storage. Update soft updates to ensure integrity of extended attribute storage. Switch the current extended attribute interfaces to use the extended attribute storage. Add the extent like functionality (framework is there, but is currently never used).
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs. Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@freebsd.org>
|
98266 |
15-Jun-2002 |
mux |
nmount'ify unionfs further by using separate options instead of passing a flags mount options. This removes the include of sys/fs/unionfs/union.h in mount_unionfs as it should be.
Reviewed by: phk
|
98265 |
15-Jun-2002 |
mux |
Convert UDF to nmount.
Reviewed by: scottl
|
98258 |
15-Jun-2002 |
ume |
Add eui64 option which fills interface index (lowermost 64bit of an IPv6 address) automatically. This should obsolete prefix(8).
Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
|
98187 |
13-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Hook rcorder and rc.d into the build.
Submitted by: Mike Makonnen
|
98173 |
13-Jun-2002 |
obrien |
FreeBSDize the NetBSD Makefile so that this compiles.
|
98058 |
09-Jun-2002 |
keramida |
ANSIfy a few prototypes, thus fixing a few warnings.
Reviewed by: grog
|
98053 |
08-Jun-2002 |
ume |
Don't have -prefixlen 128 on host routes.
Obtained from: KAME
|
97990 |
07-Jun-2002 |
mdodd |
Use a larger data type to prevent counters wrapping so quickly. Silence a warning.
|
97989 |
07-Jun-2002 |
mdodd |
Sync this up with changes made in v1.8 of sys/netatm/atm_if.h
|
97957 |
06-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Remove the old nextboot from Whistler. AFAIK this hasn't been useable in quite a while and only works on i386.
|
97956 |
06-Jun-2002 |
phk |
s/daddr_t/ufs_daddr_t/g
This should fix the issues which cropped up after daddr_t grew up.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
97951 |
06-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Unhook the old nextboot(8) from the build. If no one yells too loudly, this will be accompanied by a cvs rm of the actual nextboot sources.
Approved by: jake (mentor)
|
97898 |
05-Jun-2002 |
keramida |
Add 'utility' in a place that it was missing.
PR: docs/38814 Submitted by: Chris Pepper <pepper@rockefeller.edu> MFC after: 10 days
|
97855 |
05-Jun-2002 |
iedowse |
Oops, unbreak parsing of the `type' field in getasciilabel(). I had changed a `goto' to a `continue' in revision 1.52, but it continued the wrong loop.
Noticed by: bde
|
97844 |
05-Jun-2002 |
gordon |
Fix spelling nit in error message.
|
97746 |
02-Jun-2002 |
marcel |
Fix breakage caused by allocating the I/O buffer. There was a sizeof(buf) lurking around that I missed.
PR: 38811 Submitted by: Adrian Colley <aecolley@spamcop.net>
|
97637 |
30-May-2002 |
wollman |
Avoid construction which results in label at end of block.
|
97636 |
30-May-2002 |
wollman |
Fix syntax errors (labels with no statement).
|
97587 |
30-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: nits.
|
97569 |
30-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup and some wording.
|
97553 |
30-May-2002 |
alfred |
correct comment (replace i386 with __i386__)
|
97552 |
30-May-2002 |
kuriyama |
Fix typos (s/IP6FILREWALL_VERBOSE/IPV6FIREWALL_VERBOSE/, s/netinet/netinet6/).
MFC after: 1 week
|
97535 |
30-May-2002 |
iedowse |
Fix some serious brain damage in the default block/frag/cpg parameters that are used if none at all are specified for a partition. Don't keep replaying the last field if we run out of fields when processing a line. Use a 8:1 frag:block ratio for both defaults.
More work here is required. I think disklabel should not attempt to choose default filesystem parameters, and instead let newfs pick any defaults if required.
PR: i386/38703 Reported by: Martin Kraemer <Martin.Kraemer@Fujitsu-Siemens.com>
|
97534 |
30-May-2002 |
iedowse |
Split out the code for parsing the partition specification lines into a separate function to avoid some over-long lines.
|
97478 |
29-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup nits.
|
97477 |
29-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: nits.
|
97476 |
29-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: nits.
|
97474 |
29-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: nits.
|
97472 |
29-May-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup.
|
97428 |
28-May-2002 |
gordon |
Correct the file that reboot -k creates so that it works with the new nextboot functionality.
Reviewed by: jake (mentor)
|
97340 |
27-May-2002 |
marcel |
Work around a memory fault on ia64 caused by having the 1MB buffer on the stack in DoFile(). This needs some investigation. In the mean time we do a one time malloc() for the buffer to have it on the heap instead.
|
97278 |
25-May-2002 |
ru |
Respect -q with "add" and "delete". Document who respects -q.
PR: bin/38531
|
97256 |
24-May-2002 |
mux |
Convert mount_ext2fs(8) to nmount(2).
Reviewed by: iedowse
|
97232 |
24-May-2002 |
alfred |
Don't err(3) (and exit prematurely) when a sysctl's object size has changed, instead just warn(3)
|
97203 |
24-May-2002 |
gordon |
Add a nextboot script to make it easier to control the loader nextboot support. Also, hook it up to the build.
Approved by: jake (mentor)
|
97196 |
24-May-2002 |
mux |
Convert mount_unionfs(8) to nmount.
|
97187 |
23-May-2002 |
mux |
Make mount_nullfs(8) use nmount(2) rather than mount(2) now that nullfs has been converted to nmount.
|
97073 |
21-May-2002 |
ume |
Allow prefix/prefixlen syntax for IPv6 to have consistency with IPv4.
|
97062 |
21-May-2002 |
ume |
Have RTF_HOST for /128 destionation.
|
97047 |
21-May-2002 |
benno |
Spread the word of PowerPC.
|
96997 |
20-May-2002 |
ume |
Try to guess prefixlen for guessable cases. - /0 if matches ::/128 - /64 if matches 2000::/3 and lowermost 64 bit is all 0 - /128 if matches 2000::/3 and lowermost 64 bit is non-zero 0
Obtained from: KAME/NetBSD
|
96954 |
19-May-2002 |
peter |
Turn nfsiod into a vfs loader and sysctl wrapper that controls the number of nfsiod kernel threads being run.
|
96884 |
19-May-2002 |
rwatson |
Remove IFS from 5.0-CURRENT. This facilitates introducing UFS2 as IFS had its fingers deep in the belly of the UFS/FFS split. IFS will be reimplemented by the maintainer at a later date once the UFS implementation is in place.
Requested by: adrian (maintainer)
|
96807 |
17-May-2002 |
jmallett |
Move _PATH_WALL from dump and shutdown's local pathnames.h to paths.h.
|
96767 |
17-May-2002 |
arr |
- Further replacing of UM_* macros with the appropriate function call. I am fairly certain that this should do it and that I may now remove the UM_ macros from port.h. I will, however, wait a few days to ensure that these can be safely removed.
|
96766 |
17-May-2002 |
arr |
- Replace UM_* macros by replacing them with the appropriate function call. These changes are similar to the ones made to atmarpd and scsp.
|
96738 |
16-May-2002 |
ume |
Don't install scriptdump which is written in Perl. This is corresponding to removal of Perl from base system.
|
96707 |
16-May-2002 |
trhodes |
more file system > filesystem
|
96622 |
14-May-2002 |
iedowse |
Use fgetln to remove the static limit on the length of lines in /etc/exports. Oversized lines were unlikely due to the large 10k limit, but any found would cause mountd to exit with an error. Also fix one or two compiler warnings.
|
96570 |
14-May-2002 |
phk |
Match prototypes to functions over in fsck_ffs.
|
96519 |
13-May-2002 |
ru |
Style.
|
96515 |
13-May-2002 |
phk |
Remove unneeded include.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs. Submitted by: mckusick
|
96513 |
13-May-2002 |
ru |
Removed now unused INTERNALSTATICLIB. INTERNALLIB now implies NOPIC and NOPROFILE. Removed gratuitous NOMAN.
|
96508 |
13-May-2002 |
luigi |
Handle symbolic names for common ethernet types (ip, arp etc.)
Remove custom definitions (IP_FW_TCPF_SYN etc.) of TCP header flags which are the same as the original ones (TH_SYN etc.)
|
96483 |
12-May-2002 |
phk |
UFS2 preparation commit: Remove support for converting old FFS formats to newer.
Submitted by: mckusick Sponspored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
96478 |
12-May-2002 |
phk |
Sigh, more BBSIZE related breakage.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
96476 |
12-May-2002 |
luigi |
Main functional change is the implementation of matching of MAC header fields as discussed in the commit to ip_fw.c:1.186
On top of this, a ton of non functional changes to clean up the code, write functions to replace sections of code that were replicated multiple times (e.g. the printing or matching of flags and options), splitting long sections of inlined code into separate functions, and the like.
I have tested the code quite a bit, but some typos (using one variable in place of another) might have escaped.
The "embedded manpage" is a bit inconsistent, but i am leaving fixing it for later. The current format makes no sense, it is over 40 lines long and practically unreadable. We can either split it into sections ( ipfw -h options , ipfw -h pipe , ipfw -h queue ...) or remove it altogether and refer to the manpage.
|
96475 |
12-May-2002 |
phk |
Retire the bogus uses of the disklabel field d_sbsize and begin to initialize it to zero so we don't have to have everbody and their aunt including FFS specific header files.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
96432 |
12-May-2002 |
dd |
s/demon/daemon/
|
96418 |
11-May-2002 |
mux |
Fix a typo : ".Xr mount_udf 8," -> ".Xr mount_udf 8 ,".
|
96403 |
11-May-2002 |
brian |
Reword the ``alias'' description slightly. We must specify a non-conflicting netmask - not necessarily 0xffffffff.
MFC after: 3 days
|
96381 |
11-May-2002 |
alfred |
unbreak build: include string.h for strcmp prototype.
|
96247 |
09-May-2002 |
joe |
Replace /kernel with /boot/kernel/kernel.
PR: docs/37757 Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
96234 |
08-May-2002 |
ache |
Don't forget to null-terminate string we got from sysctl (f.e. in 'A' format). Stack garbadge may be printed otherwise.
|
96119 |
06-May-2002 |
trhodes |
'file system' > filesystem add FILES section.
PR: 34239 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
96113 |
06-May-2002 |
iedowse |
Address a few minor style and consistency issues in revision 1.32.
Submitted by: Joshua Goodall <joshua@roughtrade.net>
|
96103 |
06-May-2002 |
marcel |
Make argument to printf match format.
|
96078 |
05-May-2002 |
luigi |
Fix a couple of problems which could cause panics at runtime:
+ setting a bandwidth too large for a pipe (above 2Gbit/s) could cause the internal representation (which is int) to wrap to a negative number, causing an infinite loop in the kernel;
+ (see PR bin/35628): when configuring RED parameters for a queue, the values are not passed to the kernel resulting in panics at runtime (part of the problem here is also that the kernel does not check for valid parameters being passed, but this will be fixed in a separate commit).
These are both critical fixes which need to be merged into 4.6-RELEASE.
MFC after: 1 day
|
96063 |
05-May-2002 |
mux |
Fix the fallback to mount(2) with RELENG_4 kernels and -CURRENT utilities by catching SIGSYS.
Submitted by: bde
|
96049 |
05-May-2002 |
fenner |
- revert back to vmcore.# - reimplement -z - use syslog() - improve consistancy of messages - allow -f to recover cleared dumps - return bufsize to 1024 * 1024 - return the ability to write sparse files - update man page - fix minfree to require 2k for info file instead of the kernel size - include Berkeley copyright too due to amount of old code copied
Submitted by: Chad David <davidc@acns.ab.ca>
|
96025 |
04-May-2002 |
mux |
Restore the minfree functionality into savecore. This patch restores the check_space() function with small modifications to make it work with the current code. The patch was slightly modified by Bill Fenner to handle error messages better.
Reviewed by: fenner
|
95957 |
02-May-2002 |
mux |
Swap the order of mount and nmount calls. We now call nmount first, since all the consumers of mount_std in the tree have been converted to nmount.
|
95943 |
02-May-2002 |
iedowse |
Set the permissions on restored symbolic links.
PR: bin/37665 Submitted by: "Michael C. Adler" <mad1@tapil.com>
|
95897 |
02-May-2002 |
mckusick |
Minor bug fixes uncovered while working on UFS2. They should have no effect on existing systems.
|
95861 |
01-May-2002 |
peter |
Make this compile and not segfault on ia64. ptr = strdup("foo"); is fatal if the declaration of strdup() isn't in scope. The upper 32 bits of the pointer are lost since it defaults to returning "int". Fix some warnings while here, including trying to make gcc-3.1 happy.
|
95860 |
01-May-2002 |
peter |
Add a hack so that fdisk(8) can initialize an ia64 disk. There is no /boot/mbr to read the boot code from (ia64 does not *have* bootblocks!). fdisk depended on magic in the /boot/mbr file to initialize some fields.
|
95858 |
01-May-2002 |
cjc |
Enlighten those who read the FINE POINTS of the documentation a bit more on how ipfw(8) deals with tiny fragments. While we're at it, add a quick log message to even let people know we dropped a packet. (Note that the second FINE POINT is somewhat redundant given the first, but since the code is there, leave the docs for it.)
MFC after: 1 day
|
95602 |
28-Apr-2002 |
grog |
Add partition type for IBM's JFS.
Submitted by: Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
95531 |
26-Apr-2002 |
wes |
Rename the file used to specify the nextboot to make it clear that this is a loader configuration file and can be used for more than just a kernel name.
Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@gnf.org>
|
95485 |
26-Apr-2002 |
wes |
Add a -k option to reboot to specify the kernel to boot next time around. If the kernel boots successfully, the record of this kernel is erased, it is intended to be a one-shot option for testing kernels.
This could be improved by having the loader remove the record of the next kernel to boot, it is currently removed in /etc/rc immediately after disks are mounted r/w.
I'd like to MFC this before the 4.6 freeze unless there is violent objection.
Reviewed by: Several on IRC MFC after: 4 days
|
95483 |
26-Apr-2002 |
grog |
vinum_start: examine storage array devices, not just disks.
Submitted by: Holger Kipp <holger.kipp@alogis.com> PR: 37458 MFC after: 5 days (to get 4.6 code freeze)
|
95360 |
24-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Remove the -v option, it is now default behaviour.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs
|
95357 |
24-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Continue the cleanup preparations for UFS2 (& GEOM):
Use only one filedescriptor. Open in R/O or R/W based in the '-N' option. Make the filedescriptor a global variable instead of passing it around as semi-global variable(s).
Remove the undocumented ability to specify type without '-T' option.
Replace fatal() with straight err(3)/errx(3). Save calls to strerror() where applicable. Loose the progname variable.
Get the sense of the cpgflag test correct so we only issue warnings if people specify cpg and can't get that. It can be argued that this should be an error.
Remove the check to see if the disk is mounted: Open for writing would fail if it were mounted.
Attempt to get the sectorsize and mediasize with the generic disk ioctls, fall back to disklabel and /etc/disktab as we can.
Notice that on-disk labels still take precedence over /etc/disktab, this is probably wrong, but not as wrong as the entire concept of /etc/disktab is.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
95318 |
23-Apr-2002 |
mux |
Unbreak NFS mounts when mount(8) is invoked as : mount path@server.
Reviewed by: obrien
|
95289 |
22-Apr-2002 |
mux |
Do our best to determine if the user is attempting an NFS mount when the filesystem type isn't given in the command line. In the case of an IPv6 address containing ':', one must use the '@' separator for it to be properly parsed (mount_nfs(8) still needs fixing at the moment though).
PR: bin/37230 Reviewed by: obrien MFC after: 1 week
|
95258 |
22-Apr-2002 |
des |
Usage style sweep: spell "usage" with a small 'u'. Also change one case of blatant __progname abuse (several more remain) This commit does not touch anything in src/{contrib,crypto,gnu}/.
|
95218 |
21-Apr-2002 |
dwmalone |
Add mount_udf and mount_smbfs to crossrefs.
PR: 37200 Submitted by: Cyrille Lefevre <cyrille.lefevre@laposte.net>
|
95183 |
21-Apr-2002 |
charnier |
Add FBSDID. Start errx(3) messages with lowercase. Remove a ')' with no '('. In usage(), use fprintf(3) instead of errx(3), to make the printed string really start with `usage: ...'. Reviewed by: marcel
|
95122 |
20-Apr-2002 |
charnier |
Use `The .Nm utility'
|
95108 |
20-Apr-2002 |
bp |
Add character translation table between Unix and NetWare according to Sweden standards.
Submitted by: Roger Olofsson <roger.olofsson@kommun.engelholm.se> MFC after: 1 week
|
95077 |
19-Apr-2002 |
charnier |
Use `The .Nm utility'
|
95039 |
19-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Push the .info file contents out when we're done so people can read the description while the megs shift from one place to another.
|
95023 |
19-Apr-2002 |
suz |
just merged cosmetic changes from KAME to ease sync between KAME and FreeBSD. (based on freebsd4-snap-20020128)
Reviewed by: ume MFC after: 1 week
|
95005 |
18-Apr-2002 |
imp |
De-__P, use ansi function definitions
|
95002 |
18-Apr-2002 |
trhodes |
Fix the fdisk(8) manual page. s/partition/slice/ in fdisk.8 fix a bug in fdisk(8) where it did not honer -t when using -I
PR: 36563 and 35688 Submitted by: bde Reviewed by: bde
|
94985 |
18-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Replaced exists() tests with two equivalent defined().
LIBDIR is defined in bsd.own.mk but sys.mk no longer includes bsd.own.mk as of revision 1.60.
|
94911 |
17-Apr-2002 |
trhodes |
dump(8)'s manual page is confusing in its use of records, blocks, blocksizes, etc does not give the default of -b only mentiones rdump in the NAME section uses both filesystem and file system in similar contexts
PR: 34248 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net> MFC after: 3 days
|
94818 |
16-Apr-2002 |
keramida |
Expand the reserved space section. Explain how the amount of reserved space can affect performance.
Submitted by: David Schultz <dschultz@uclink.Berkeley.EDU>
|
94810 |
16-Apr-2002 |
kuriyama |
Change reference URLs.
Submitted by: Olivier Tharan <olivier.tharan@idealx.com> PR: docs/37094 MFC after: 1 week
|
94803 |
15-Apr-2002 |
trhodes |
disklabel(8) manual page:
--change "-s newboot" to "-s newboot2" in an example --Fixed spelling --Fixed some confusion between slice/parition/primary partition and other things.
PR: 35947 and 35951 Noticed by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net> Reviewed by: keramida Thanks to: grog MFC after: 2 days
|
94796 |
15-Apr-2002 |
asmodai |
Sync with UDF p4 tree: Properly initialize part of the mntopts. Move to WARNS=1.
|
94752 |
15-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Take the "tickadj" element out of struct clockinfo. Our adjtime(2) implementation is being changed and the very concept of tickadj will no longer be meaningful.
|
94663 |
14-Apr-2002 |
scottl |
Actually add the UDF files!
|
94658 |
14-Apr-2002 |
scottl |
Add a filesystem driver for the Universal Disk Format. For more info, see http://people.freebsd.org/~scottl/udf
MFC after: when asmodai gets the backport done Prodded by: phk asmodai des
|
94629 |
13-Apr-2002 |
obrien |
Do not use perl where sed is more than adequate.
|
94580 |
13-Apr-2002 |
marcel |
High-level changes (user visible): o Implement -c (clear) to clear previously kept headers (note that dumps not cleared will remain until -c is used), o Implement -f (force) to allow re-saving a previously saved dump, o Implement -k (keep) and make clearing the dump header the default, o Implement -v (verbose) and make most output conditional upon it, o Emit minimal output for the non-verbose case with the assumption that savecore is run mostly from within /etc/rc, o Update usage message to reflect what is and what's not, o mark -d as obsolete.
Low-level changes: o Rename devname to device, for devname mirrors a global declaration and GCC 3.x warns about it, o Open the dump device R/W for clear and !keep to work, o Reorder the locals of DoFile according to style(9), o Remove newlines from strings passed to warn* and err*, o Use stat(2) to check if a dump has been saved before, o Truncate existing core and info files to support force, o First check for the magic and the version before we complain about parity errors. This prevents emitting parity error messages when there's no dump, o Keep track of the number of headers found and the number of headers saved to support the minimal output, o Close files we opened in DoFile. Not critical, but cleaner.
|
94535 |
12-Apr-2002 |
ru |
I don't know what the MAINTAINER means in src/ part of FreeBSD.
I'll still be overseeing the changes that go into natd(8) and will maintain it the way I see it, non-preventing for the rest of developers.
I will re-ask for the MAINTAINER bit if the ${MAINTAINER} gets defined.
|
94531 |
12-Apr-2002 |
trhodes |
restore(8) manual page does not explain rrestore.
PR: 34234 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
94499 |
12-Apr-2002 |
ru |
Removed the cruft that became cruft after rev. 1.4. Fixed CLEANFILES.
|
94300 |
09-Apr-2002 |
trhodes |
Update dumpon manual page to explain single/multi-user usability
PR: 36465 No Objections from: ru
|
94273 |
09-Apr-2002 |
phk |
GC kget(1), userconfig is long dead.
|
94272 |
09-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Rename DIOCGKERNELDUMP to DIOCSKERNELDUMP as it strictly speaking is a "set" not a "get" operation.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
94182 |
08-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Move generic disk ioctls from <sys/disklabel.h> to <sys/disk.h>.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs
|
94166 |
08-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Don't set WARNS to 2, we're default compatible now.
Noticed by: bde
|
94125 |
07-Apr-2002 |
asmodai |
Add the possibility to use a no_rip_out configuration option in order to stop routed from sending out RIP updates.
PR: 29090 Submitted by: Matthew Braithwaite <mab@red-bean.com>
|
94112 |
07-Apr-2002 |
phk |
bbsize and sbsize cannot ever be trusted from the disklabel, in particular as there may not be one. Remove #if 0'ed code which might mislead people to think otherwise.
unifdef -ULOSTDIR, fsck can make lost+found on the fly.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs
|
94094 |
07-Apr-2002 |
mux |
Add code to try the nmount(2) syscall when mount(2) failed with EOPNOTSUPP. This will make things less painful when I will commit the conversion of devfs, fdescfs and pseudofs to nmount.
Reviewed by: phk
|
94065 |
07-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Get us to WARNS=2 with a bit of constification and some printf fiddling.
Pick up the c-partitions magicness from sys/disklabel.h instead of defining our own magicness for it, remove trivial comment.
Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs.
|
94061 |
07-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Nuke a totally pointless optional debug option
Sponsored by: DARPA and NAI Labs.
|
94031 |
07-Apr-2002 |
mckusick |
When checking the alternate superblock, we used to copy any fields that might have changed, then did a byte-by-byte comparison with the alternate. If any unused fields got used, they had to be added to the exception list. Such changes caused too many false alarms. So, I have changed the comparison algorithm to compare a selected set of fields that are not expected to change. This new algorithm causes far fewer false hits and still does a good job of detecting problems when they have really occurred. In particular, this change should ease the transition to kernels supporting UFS2 which make some significant changes to the superblock.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
93910 |
05-Apr-2002 |
sos |
Sync with the new endianness in ata.h
|
93876 |
05-Apr-2002 |
sos |
Be able to print ATA133 mode.
|
93809 |
04-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Remove remaining traces of d_boot[01]
|
93777 |
04-Apr-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs in axings. Whitespace before __P was not axed when __P was axed. The ordering of several things was bogotified by axing ifdefs.
|
93775 |
04-Apr-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some English errors in previous commit.
Fixed some style bugs in the removal of __P(()). Whitespace before "__P((" was not removed.
|
93737 |
03-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Add more DWIM/autoadjustment and less evil style(9) banned exit(2) codes. Add some missing statics.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
93734 |
03-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Unifdef -DCOMPAT
|
93724 |
03-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Kill only usage of the undocumnted and unuse d_boot[01] fields of struct disklabel.
Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
|
93717 |
03-Apr-2002 |
marcel |
Make the kernel dump header endianness invariant by always dumping in dump byte order (=network byte order). Swap blocksize and dumptime to avoid extraneous padding on 64-bit architectures. Use CTASSERT instead of runtime checks to make sure the header is 512 bytes large. Various style(9) fixes.
Reviewed by: phk, bde, mike
|
93662 |
02-Apr-2002 |
sos |
Add get-status to the ATA RAID subsystem.
|
93651 |
02-Apr-2002 |
marcel |
Move savecore back to the MI list so that it compiles for other archs than alpha and i386.
|
93643 |
02-Apr-2002 |
maxim |
WARNS fixes.
Submitted by: kris Reviewed by: bde Approved by: ru MFC after: 2 weeks
|
93638 |
02-Apr-2002 |
maxim |
style(9) cleanup.
Submitted by: kris (an early version of this patch) Reviewed by: bde Approved by: ru MFC after: 2 weeks
|
93562 |
01-Apr-2002 |
jhb |
Add long long casts so that this compiles on archs with 64-bit longs.
Pointy-hat to: phk
|
93515 |
01-Apr-2002 |
phk |
Duh, savecore is called savecore.
|
93501 |
01-Apr-2002 |
ken |
Fix a bzero length calculation. sizeof(struct ccb_getdev) should have been sizeof(struct ccb_getdevstats).
MFC after: 3 days
|
93492 |
31-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Savecore:
Commandline compatible with the previous savecore unless you specify any options, none of them are implemented (yet).
Scans all devices marked "dump" or "swap" for dump header signatures and saves dumps off under a name which is a MD5 hash of the header information. This should give unique filenames. A *.info file contains ascii version of the header information.
|
93491 |
31-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Here follows the new kernel dumping infrastructure.
Caveats:
The new savecore program is not complete in the sense that it emulates enough of the old savecores features to do the job, but implements none of the options yet.
I would appreciate if a userland hacker could help me out getting savecore to do what we want it to do from a users point of view, compression, email-notification, space reservation etc etc. (send me email if you are interested).
Currently, savecore will scan all devices marked as "swap" or "dump" in /etc/fstab _or_ any devices specified on the command-line.
All architectures but i386 lack an implementation of dumpsys(), but looking at the i386 version it should be trivial for anybody familiar with the platform(s) to provide this function.
Documentation is quite sparse at this time, more to come.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
Details:
Dumpon now opens the device and uses ioctl(DIOCGKERNELDUMP) to set it to be the dumpdevice. When "off" is set, /dev/null is used.
|
93433 |
30-Mar-2002 |
sos |
Add support for getting status (fan, temp, 5V and 12V levels) from Promise Superswap enclosures.
Sponsored by: Advanis
|
93394 |
29-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Get this to WARNS=4 and closer to style(9) at a sacrifice in linelength.
|
93281 |
27-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Turn "ether" address family into a generic "link" family that could be used to set/get arbitrary length link level addresses. Alias "lladdr" parameter and "ether" family to the new "link" family for backward compatibility.
PR: bin/31476 MFC after: 1 week
|
93277 |
27-Mar-2002 |
sos |
Add support for creating/deleting ATA RAID's
Sponsored by: Advanis
|
93266 |
27-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Add missing \ before an 'n' to get the proper newline when running fdisk -s for each partition.
|
93233 |
26-Mar-2002 |
pb |
Fix problem in macro definition breaking compiles with -DDEBUG.
PR: bin/35773 Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
|
93202 |
26-Mar-2002 |
darrenr |
add extra include path to get .h files from source being used to compile
|
93132 |
25-Mar-2002 |
pb |
Add forgotten flag in flag lists.
PR: docs/36267 (partial) Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas.cuivre.fr.eu.org>
|
93103 |
24-Mar-2002 |
markm |
Replace __progname with the documented, more acceptable and functionally identical getprogname(3).
|
93102 |
24-Mar-2002 |
markm |
Replace __progname with the functionally identical but more acceptable (documented) getprogname(3).
|
93044 |
23-Mar-2002 |
pb |
Add option -n to i386 boot2 to disallow boot interruption by keypress.
PR: i386/36016 Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org> Reviewed by: rnordier MFC after: 1 week
|
93035 |
23-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Style(9) local vars after 'register' removal.
Requested by: bde
|
92883 |
21-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o remove __P o remove main prototype
|
92882 |
21-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o __P removed o main prototype removed
|
92881 |
21-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o __P removal. o ansi function definitions. o main prototype removal o unifdef __STDC__
|
92874 |
21-Mar-2002 |
mike |
Revert 1.20: Memory disks may be used for other purposes besides newfs(8), so it isn't helpful to require the minimum size meet newfs(8)'s criteria.
|
92868 |
21-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Replaced hacks in sbin/Makefile,v 1.99 and usr.sbin/Makefile,v 1.217 with the NO_IPFILTER make.conf(5) knob.
(So that we can "make the-rest-of-the-world" again.)
|
92866 |
21-Mar-2002 |
mike |
Provide a proper error message in mdconfig(8) when a filesystem is too small, instead of a less meaningful error in newfs(8).
|
92839 |
20-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o __P removed o ansi function prototypes o unifdef -D__STDC__ o __dead2 on usage prototype o remove now-bogus main prototype
|
92838 |
20-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o remove __P o Use ansi function definitions o unifdef -D__STDC__
|
92837 |
20-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o remove __P o Use ANSI function definitions o unifdef -D__STDC__
|
92806 |
20-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Remove 'register' keyword. It does not help modern compilers, and some may take some hit from it. (I also found several functions that listed *every* of its 10 local vars with "register" -- just how many free registers do people think machines have?)
|
92775 |
20-Mar-2002 |
darrenr |
* add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files. (and split the one line up into three to make it more readable)
|
92774 |
20-Mar-2002 |
darrenr |
* add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files.
|
92773 |
20-Mar-2002 |
darrenr |
* need to compile printnat.c now that this function is in a separate .c file * add extra -I path to get the "matching" header files.
|
92763 |
20-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Swing the axe and remove some archaic features from newfs which modern diskdrives do neither need nor want:
-O create a 4.3BSD format filesystem -d rotational delay between contiguous blocks -k sector 0 skew, per track -l hardware sector interleave -n number of distinguished rotational positions -p spare sectors per track -r revolutions/minute -t tracks/cylinder -x spare sectors per cylinder
No change in the produced filesystem image unless one or more of these options were used.
Approved by: mckusick
|
92753 |
20-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Kill register
|
92744 |
20-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
"-" now sends output to stdout.
|
92743 |
20-Mar-2002 |
rwatson |
Teach growfs's dbg_open() that a filename of "-" for output means to open "/dev/stdout". This doesn't actually affect growfs, but does affect ffsinfo, permitting ffsinfo to output to the shell's stdout rather than requiring it be dumped to a file or explicitly pointed at a special device.
Reviewed by: peter
|
92740 |
20-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Remove ipnat until the committer can actually test his changes.
|
92729 |
19-Mar-2002 |
alfred |
Hopefully fix make world.
Submitted by: Steve Kargl <sgk@troutmask.apl.washington.edu>
|
92722 |
19-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Add the undocumented -R option to disable randomness for regression-testing.
Add a couple of simple regression tests accessible with "make test", they depend on the md(4) driver.
FYI I have also tried running the test against a week old newfs and it passed.
|
92717 |
19-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Further cleanups.
|
92715 |
19-Mar-2002 |
imp |
Remove stray register
|
92714 |
19-Mar-2002 |
imp |
De-__P the man page, but I suspect that we need to freshly import sys/disklabel.h since the one in here looks a little crunchy.
|
92712 |
19-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
Replace a number of similar `for' loops with a new `ilog2()' function that computes the base-2 log of a power of 2.
|
92711 |
19-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
Complete the ANSIfication of newfs by converting function declarations to C89 style.
|
92710 |
19-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
The FSIRAND code is always compiled in, and it is unlikely that anyone needs a newfs without it. Remove the #ifdef's from around the code and the -DFSIRAND from the Makefile. Also remove redundant declarations of random() and srandomdev().
|
92709 |
19-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
Remove the ancient STANDALONE code.
Approved by: phk
|
92701 |
19-Mar-2002 |
darrenr |
both ipnat and ipfstat now use libkvm rather than their own home-rolled kmem accessors, allowing them to be used with crash dumps as well as live systems, now.
|
92697 |
19-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o Remove __P o Use ANSI function definitions o mark usage() as __dead2
|
92694 |
19-Mar-2002 |
peter |
Move savecore build enable to MD section of Makefile, currently enabled for i386 and alpha. Although it builds on sparc64, it does not yet work. A similar hack as what is used on the sparc64 MD macros can be used to make ia64 build too, but there doesn't seem to be much point.
|
92589 |
18-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
Remove yet more vestiges of mount_mfs.
|
92542 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o __P o Strict ANSI declarations. o return (foo); o main (int, char *[])
|
92541 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o remove __P o Use ANSI function definitions o const poison o remove register
|
92539 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o __P removal. o Use ANSI function definitions. o main(int, char *[])
|
92538 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o Use real prototypes and ANSI function definitions. o Remove __P.
|
92536 |
18-Mar-2002 |
imp |
o Use real prototypes o Remove __P. o main(int, char *[])
|
92533 |
18-Mar-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs (mainly ones not fixed or made worse by rev.1.44). Don't use ISO string concatentation to obfuscate long single-line messages...
|
92532 |
18-Mar-2002 |
bde |
Fixed some style bugs (mainly ones not fixed or made worse by rev.1.41). Old code obfuscates long (but single-line) messages by printing them in pieces using %s. Rev.1.41 obfuscated some new long messages using ISO string concatenation. This commit only fixes the new obfuscations.
|
92529 |
18-Mar-2002 |
bde |
Removed vestiges of mount_mfs. Sorted the Makefile a bit.
|
92527 |
18-Mar-2002 |
bde |
Fixed 2 layers of breakage of WARNS. Setting WARNS unconditionally to 0 was bad and setting it unconditionally to 2 was worse.
|
92483 |
17-Mar-2002 |
phk |
Remove __P() and register. Set WARNS=2
This is the beginning of a pre-UFS2 cleanup of newfs.
Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
92358 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
This sounds better.
|
92338 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.
|
92337 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: GC duplicate VCS ID.
|
92336 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: misc fixes.
|
92335 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: kill whitespace at eol.
|
92334 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.
|
92333 |
15-Mar-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tiny fixes.
|
92266 |
14-Mar-2002 |
billf |
minor grammar fixes
|
92241 |
13-Mar-2002 |
rnordier |
Clarify the cylinder > 1023 issue, now that EDD support is automatic. Also drop a note about undocumented features that was intended to cover the since-documented slice-selection syntax.
|
92226 |
13-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Document the "slice" syntax.
Prodded by: ambrisko
|
92225 |
13-Mar-2002 |
ru |
Implement -m and -p loader(8) "boot" command options in boot2. (This is more useful for 4.x where boot blocks can still load kernels, modulo the PR kern/17422.)
|
92218 |
13-Mar-2002 |
murray |
Add information about multi-session CDs from the log message of r1.4. Also, add an examples section and show how to mount a Kodak Photo-CD.
PR: docs/35206
|
92141 |
12-Mar-2002 |
luigi |
Document the existence of machdep.guessed_bootdev, as suggested by Sheldon. For a detailed description look at the commit log for sysctl.c rev.1.42 -- i do not think it is appropriate to put the full description in this manpage, and the "boot" and "loader" manpages where this description might go are also missing a description of a number of similar variables, so i think this it is ok to limit documentation to this now, and update it later when I (or someone else) have a chance to revise "boot" and "loader".
|
92086 |
11-Mar-2002 |
des |
Sparc64 support.
|
92066 |
11-Mar-2002 |
luigi |
Make the handling of machdep.guessed_bootdev compiled on i386 only.
|
92058 |
11-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
Add complete Sparc64 support. Submitted by: tmm
Dike out vax support.
|
92057 |
11-Mar-2002 |
obrien |
* Support the Sparc64. * Do not default to any particular platform. Require that we explicitly support a particular platform.
|
92035 |
11-Mar-2002 |
dd |
Chase sysctl name.
Submitted by: Christopher Sharp <christopher_sharp@web.de>
|
92018 |
10-Mar-2002 |
luigi |
Export a (machine dependent) kernel variable bootdev as machdep.guessed_bootdev, and add code to sysctl to parse its value and give a (not necessarily correct) name to the device we booted from (the main motivation for this code is to use the info in the PicoBSD boot scripts, and the impact on the kernel is minimal).
NOTE: the information available in bootdev is not always reliable, so you should not trust it too much. The parsing code is the same as in boot2.c, and cannot cover all cases -- as it is, it seems to work fine with floppies and IDE disks recognised by the BIOS. It _should_ work as well with SCSI disks recognised by the BIOS. Booting from a CDROM in floppy emulation will return /dev/fd0 (because this is what the BIOS tells us). Booting off the network (e.g. with etherboot) leaves bootdev unset so the value will be printed as "invalid (0xffffffff)".
Finally, this feature might go away at some point, hopefully when we have a more reliable way to get the same information.
MFC-after: 5 days
|
92003 |
10-Mar-2002 |
sos |
Check the <channel> arg a bit more.
Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
|
91997 |
10-Mar-2002 |
dd |
Document `sysctl variable=/dev/foo' syntax.
PR: 34184 Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
|
91993 |
10-Mar-2002 |
dd |
Remove inappropriate .Op calls in examples.
PR: 35689 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
91992 |
10-Mar-2002 |
dd |
Minor English fixes.
PR: 35730 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
91646 |
04-Mar-2002 |
sos |
Update headers
|
91603 |
03-Mar-2002 |
phk |
A bit of premptive GEOM POLA magic: If we don't get a virgin disklabel from /dev/food0, then try from /dev/f00d0c, in strange cases this work.
|
91594 |
03-Mar-2002 |
sos |
Add the RAID rebuild command.
|
91540 |
01-Mar-2002 |
iedowse |
Add a new "-S" flag to dump to allow it just print out dump estimate size and then exit.
PR: bin/35450 Submitted by: Mark Hannon <markhannon@optushome.com.au> Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
91523 |
01-Mar-2002 |
ume |
Show standard deviation.
PR: bin/35433 Submitted by: Morten Rodal <morten@rodal.no>, Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
91490 |
28-Feb-2002 |
matusita |
Fix "make release.4" breakage.
src/contrib/isc-dhcp/includes/minires/resolv.h has a 'extern' definition but it makes an error when linking crunched binary just like this:
dhclient.lo: In function `MRres_nquery': dhclient.lo(.text+0x2dcce): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set' dhclient.lo(.text+0x2dd5b): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set' dhclient.lo: In function `MRres_nquerydomain': dhclient.lo(.text+0x2de53): undefined reference to `__h_errno_set'
The author understands this will be a problem (see comments in resolv.h). Murray said that the author will fix this, but as a temporary solution, modifying the source code and not to use __h_errno_set.
BTW, I'm sorry that previous commitlog in src/sbin/dhclient/Makefile should read "Found by:" instead of "Confirmed by"; I just found that rev 1.15 has a typo so fixed.
Tested on: ushi.jp.FreeBSD.org with today's 5-current source code. (belive me, "make release.4" works fine now)
|
91454 |
28-Feb-2002 |
brooks |
Some style(9) whitespace fixes and a correction to the copyright.
|
91450 |
28-Feb-2002 |
matusita |
For unbraking "make release": s/client/common/g (these files are sitting in src/contrib/isc-dhcp/common, not .../client.)
Confirmed by: 5.0-CURRENT-20020228-JPSNAP at snapshots.jp.FreeBSD.org
|
91432 |
27-Feb-2002 |
fenner |
Use network byte order for the ICMP sequence number. This is only significant when monitoring packets on another system, since otherwise the ICMP sequence number is only used by the ping client.
|
91354 |
27-Feb-2002 |
dd |
Introduce a version field to `struct xucred' in place of one of the spares (the size of the field was changed from u_short to u_int to reflect what it really ends up being). Accordingly, change users of xucred to set and check this field as appropriate. In the kernel, this is being done inside the new cru2x() routine which takes a `struct ucred' and fills out a `struct xucred' according to the former. This also has the pleasant sideaffect of removing some duplicate code.
Reviewed by: rwatson
|
91306 |
26-Feb-2002 |
murray |
Add some ifdef(RELEASE_CRUNCH) goo to explicitly list the requisite object files for crunchgen. Without this patch, release.4 will fail to build the crunched binaries for the release floppies.
|
91217 |
25-Feb-2002 |
bde |
#include <sys/time.h> instead of depending on namespace pollution in <sys/stat.h> for its prerequisite <sys/time.h>.
#include <sys/param.h> in the correct place instead of bogusly including <sys/types.h>.
|
90954 |
20-Feb-2002 |
obrien |
Neutralize bits of ns_parse.c with bad juju.
|
90940 |
19-Feb-2002 |
obrien |
Style cleanup.
Approved by: Murray
|
90922 |
19-Feb-2002 |
murray |
Makefile glue for DHCP v3 import.
|
90868 |
18-Feb-2002 |
mike |
o Move NTOHL() and associated macros into <sys/param.h>. These are deprecated in favor of the POSIX-defined lowercase variants. o Change all occurrences of NTOHL() and associated marcros in the source tree to use the lowercase function variants. o Add missing license bits to sparc64's <machine/endian.h>. Approved by: jake o Clean up <machine/endian.h> files. o Remove unused __uint16_swap_uint32() from i386's <machine/endian.h>. o Remove prototypes for non-existent bswapXX() functions. o Include <machine/endian.h> in <arpa/inet.h> to define the POSIX-required ntohl() family of functions. o Do similar things to expose the ntohl() family in libstand, <netinet/in.h>, and <sys/param.h>. o Prepend underscores to the ntohl() family to help deal with complexities associated with having MD (asm and inline) versions, and having to prevent exposure of these functions in other headers that happen to make use of endian-specific defines. o Create weak aliases to the canonical function name to help deal with third-party software forgetting to include an appropriate header. o Remove some now unneeded pollution from <sys/types.h>. o Add missing <arpa/inet.h> includes in userland.
Tested on: alpha, i386 Reviewed by: bde, jake, tmm
|
90866 |
18-Feb-2002 |
joe |
Add some more partition types.
PR: i386/14793 MFC after: 3 days
|
90827 |
18-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
Use a more robust scheme for determining how many blocks to skip after an EOT-terminated volume. We keep track of the current record number, and synchronise it with the c_tapea field each time we read a header. Avoid the use of c_firstrec because some bugs in dump can cause it to be set incorrectly.
Move the initialisation of some variables to avoid compiler warnings.
|
90820 |
18-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
When we reach the end of the dump in findinode(), ask for another volume if we missed some earlier tapes (the user can still enter 'none' later if the tapes are unavailable). Previously with 'x' restores, we might not ask for all tapes if the tapes are supplied in reverse order.
Clarify the message that describes what volume should be mounted first; reverse order is only efficient when extracting a few files.
|
90743 |
16-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
Supply progress information in dump's process title, which is useful for monitoring automated backups. This is based on a patch by Mikhail Teterin, with some changes to make its operation clearer and to update the proctitle more frequently.
PR: bin/32138
|
90742 |
16-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
On receipt of a SIGINFO, schedule an immediate printout of the percentage complete and remaining time estimate.
PR: bin/32138 Submitted by: mi
|
90671 |
15-Feb-2002 |
luigi |
Do not disable IPv6 and vlan support when RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined. We do support already IPv6 in the RELENG_4 boot floppies, and vlan might be desirable as well.
|
90642 |
14-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
In createfiles(), properly handle a number of cases where no further volumes are available, instead of getting stuck in a loop calling getvol(). Normally restore in 'x' or 'i' modes will ask for a new (earlier) volume when the current inode number on the tape is greater than the last inode to be restored, since there can be no further inodes of interest on that volume. However we don't want to change volumes in this case either if the user explicitly said that there are no more tapes, or if we are looking at the first volume.
When no more volumes are available but there are still inodes that we have not found, we now just fall through to the code that prints out a list of any missing files, so the restore completes normally. Also simplify the logic a bit by always returning to the start of the main for(;;) loop whenever the volume has changed.
This should completely fix the "Changing volumes on pipe input" bug that is often observed when restoring dumps of active filesystems.
PR: bin/4176, bin/34604, misc/34675
|
90639 |
14-Feb-2002 |
keramida |
Typo fix: Usally -> Usually.
PR: docs/34918 Submitted by: Harry Newton <harry_newton@telinco.co.uk>
|
90608 |
13-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
Fix a number of long-standing restore bugs in tape.c, mainly relating to multi-volume restores: - In findinode(), keep a copy of header->c_type so that we don't exit the do-while loop until we have processed the current header. Exiting too early leaves curfile.ino set to 0, which confuses the logic in createfiles(), so multi-volume restores with the 'x' command don't work if you follow the instructions and supply the tapes in reverse order. This appears to have been broken by CSRG revision 5.33 tape.c (Oct 1992). - The logic in getvol() for deciding how many records to skip after the volume header was confused; sometimes it would skip too few records and sometimes too many, leading to "resync restore" warnings and missing files. Skip to the next header only when the current action is not `USING'. Work around a dump bug that sets c_count incorrectly in the volume header of the first tape. Some of the problems here date back to at least 1991. - Back out revision 1.23. This appeared to avoid warnings about missing files in the 'rN' verification case, but it made the problems with the 'x' command worse by stopping getvol() from even attempting to find the first inode number on the newly inserted tape. The bug it addressed is fixed by correcting the skipping logic as described above. - Save the value of `tpblksread' in case the wrong volume is supplied, because it is incremented each time we read a volume header. We already saved `blksread' for the same reson.
|
90573 |
12-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
Don't refer to findinode()'s `complain' parameter in a comment; it was removed in 1986.
|
90529 |
11-Feb-2002 |
maxim |
Correct an out of date device node name. We do not have /dev/rsd0.ctl nowadays.
Spotted by: Sergey Osokin <osa@freebsd.org.ru> Reviewed by: ken, ru Approved by: ken, ru MFC after: 1 week
|
90508 |
11-Feb-2002 |
dd |
Note what the default address_family is.
PR: 32463 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen
|
90496 |
11-Feb-2002 |
iedowse |
Make dump's behaviour more sensible when the output file is a fifo. Normally trewind() performs a close-open-close cycle to rewind the tape when closing the device, but this is not ideal for fifos. We now skip the final open-close if the output descriptor is a fifo.
PR: bin/25474 Submitted by: Alex Bakhtin <bakhtin@amt.ru> MFC after: 1 week
|
90492 |
10-Feb-2002 |
dd |
Make it clear that dump(8)'s honoring of the UF_NODUMP flag is subject to the -h option. While here, xref chflags(1).
PR: 33907 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
90352 |
07-Feb-2002 |
maxim |
Document ping6(8) reaction to SIGINFO.
PR: doc/33639 Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
90351 |
07-Feb-2002 |
maxim |
Document ping(8) reaction to SIGINFO.
PR: doc/33639 Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
90326 |
06-Feb-2002 |
markm |
Minor grammar fixes.
|
90221 |
04-Feb-2002 |
sos |
Match the requirements of the new kernel structures.
|
90080 |
01-Feb-2002 |
alfred |
If the dhcpd server doesn't provide a domain name or dns servers then don't clobber /etc/resolv.conf
Add $FreeBSD.
Submitted by: an j. peterson" <rbw@myplace.org> Verified fix in: dhcp-3.0.1rc6 PR: misc/34455
|
89827 |
26-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Something i always wanted to see: add a function to print the list of blocks allocated by some inode. Indirect blocks are printed recursively, so beware :), the list could become lengthy... (We should probably add some output pager to fsdb.)
MFC after: 1 month
|
89826 |
26-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Avoid pointless initialization of global variables to 0. This only bloats the resulting binary file by forcing them out of .bss into .data, while the C standard already guarantees them to become initialized to 0 at program startup.
MFC after: 1 week
|
89810 |
26-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Don't exit with -1 if the user typed "quit".
MFC after: 1 week
|
89797 |
25-Jan-2002 |
phk |
Fix some function prototypes. Cure the "lets put everything in registers" ailment. Set WARNS=2 Fix two problems where casting messed up large quotafiles.
PR: 34108 Submitted by: Maxim Katargin <kmv@asplinux.ru> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
89792 |
25-Jan-2002 |
green |
Remove a not-very-useful printf(3).
|
89791 |
25-Jan-2002 |
green |
Allow fsdb the ability to work with entries named with whitespace embedded.
This works by retokenizing a line with a split limit so that if the argument count for a command is greater than the number of arguments formed by splitting apart the line of user input, the last argument is instead all of the remainder of the input line.
Yes, I needed this capability at one point to fix a filesystem manually, which happened to break with a problematic space-containing directory entry.
|
89754 |
24-Jan-2002 |
schweikh |
Insert a missing paragraph break (.Pp). MFC after: 3 weeks
|
89747 |
24-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Style.
Approved by: ken
|
89699 |
23-Jan-2002 |
sobomax |
CG hard sentence breaks.
Submitted by: ru
|
89671 |
22-Jan-2002 |
sobomax |
Don't use `you'.
Submitted by: ru
|
89601 |
21-Jan-2002 |
sobomax |
Allow dump device be configured as early as possible using loader(8) tunable. This allows obtaining crash dumps from the panics occured during late stages of kernel initialisation before system enters into single-user mode.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
89583 |
20-Jan-2002 |
billf |
from select(2): Any of readfds, writefds, and exceptfds may be given as nil pointers if no descriptors are of interest.
neither wfds nor efds were of interest so now they are nil.
also, do a little better then making an educated guess for nfds.
|
89572 |
19-Jan-2002 |
dillon |
I've been meaning to do this for a while. Add an underscore to the time_to_xxx() and xxx_to_time() functions. e.g. _time_to_xxx() instead of time_to_xxx(), to make it more obvious that these are stopgap functions & placemarkers and not meant to create a defacto standard. They will eventually be replaced when a real standard comes out of committee.
|
89521 |
18-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
By popular demand, also include the "devlist" subcommand into the set of commands available in the boot floppy environment.
MFC after: 1 week
|
89520 |
18-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Well, RELEASE_BUILD_FIXIT has now been renamed into RELEASE_CRUNCH. At least, the old version is still good for the MFC though (where everything is still going the old way). ;-)
|
89515 |
18-Jan-2002 |
ken |
Add 'camcontrol rescan all' and 'camcontrol reset all' functionality to camcontrol.
This enables rescanning all busses or resetting all busses in a system. The current implementation is not the ideal way to do it -- the ideal way to do it would be for the transport layer to handle wildcarded busses on bus rescan and reset operations. The current implementation enumerates all the busses and sends a rescan or reset CCB individually. Handling this behavior in the transport layer will happen later.
Reviewed by: imp Tested by: joerg MFC after: 1 week
|
89498 |
18-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Introduce an interface announcement message for the routing socket so that routing daemons and other interested parties know when an interface is attached/detached.
PR: kern/33747 Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
|
89471 |
17-Jan-2002 |
joerg |
Provide an option to make camcontrol `minimalistic': if the (env/make) variable RELEASE_BUILD_FIXIT is defined, a camcontrol binary will be built that only knows the "rescan" and "reset" subcommands. The resulting code is small enough to still fit onto the boot floppy.
Reviewed by: ken MFC after: 1 week
|
89433 |
16-Jan-2002 |
schweikh |
Fix typo by s/advertise/advertises/ MFC after: 4 weeks
|
89414 |
16-Jan-2002 |
arr |
- Attempt to help declutter kern. sysctl by moving security out from beneath it.
Reviewed by: rwatson
|
89396 |
15-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Back out part of the revision 1.2 changes -- sendto(2) can not return ENOBUFS for unreliable protocols like divert.
This should fix an issue when natd(8) keeps spamming already full dummynet(4) queues with the same packet forever.
Spotted by: chkno@dork.com Explained by: luigi Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari.suutari@syncrontech.com> MFC after: 2 weeks
|
89394 |
15-Jan-2002 |
ru |
First ping after a preload (-l) was sent undelayed.
PR: bin/32354 Obtained from: ping.c,v 1.61
|
89349 |
14-Jan-2002 |
ru |
Fixed two bugs with the "-l preload" option:
- first ping after a preload was sent undelayed - we could send more than -c packets in preload
PR: bin/32354
|
89219 |
10-Jan-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup.
|
89218 |
10-Jan-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tidy up the markup in revision 1.96.
|
89148 |
09-Jan-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: tidy up previous delta.
|
89146 |
09-Jan-2002 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police:
Restore (sorta) a useful piece of information that got lost in the previous delta -- an ability to specify /prefixlength after an IPv6 address.
|
88990 |
07-Jan-2002 |
dd |
tunefs no longer outputs a warning if one tries to set soft-updates on an unmounted filesystem.
PR: 32266 Submitted by: Maxim Konovalov <maxim@macomnet.ru>
|
88989 |
07-Jan-2002 |
dd |
In the words of the submitter:
The first "synopsis" example has a "[/prefixlength]" which shouldn't be there, since that stuff is part of the preceeding "address" as is explained in the description of "address".
(The way it is now, 192.168.0.1/16/prefixlength would be a proper operand. Note that "prefixlength" is not mentioned by name anywhere.)
PR: 32462 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
88987 |
07-Jan-2002 |
dd |
In the words of the submitter:
disklabel(8)'s "Reading the disk label" section starts out "To examine or save the label on a disk drive,...". This is confusing. The given command (disklabel [-r] disk) doesn't save anything (except to standard out, but that should go without saying). It reads as if the command might save something on the disk drive.
PR: 32452 Submitted by: Gary W. Swearingen <swear@blarg.net>
|
88841 |
03-Jan-2002 |
rwatson |
o Note that packets diverted using a 'divert' socket, and then reinserted by a userland process, will lose a number of packet attributes, including their source interface. This may affect the behavior of later rules, and while not strictly a BUG, may cause unexpected behavior if not clearly documented. A similar note for natd(8) might be desirable.
|
88833 |
02-Jan-2002 |
yar |
Move the discussion of how many times a packet will pass through ipfirewall(4) to the IMPLEMENTATION NOTES section because it considers kernel internals and may confuse newbies if placed at the very beginning of the manpage (where it used to be previously.)
Not objected by: luigi
|
88831 |
02-Jan-2002 |
yar |
Clarify the "show" ipfw(8) command.
PR: docs/31263 Permitted by: luigi
|
88829 |
02-Jan-2002 |
yar |
Fix a typo: wierd -> weird
|
88748 |
31-Dec-2001 |
ambrisko |
Fix bugs in the structure for rx_frame by making gap length one byte and a packed array so sizeof work. This broke RFMON mode and passing up 802.11 packets.
The Linux emulation code was derived from the open source Linux driver to maintain compatibility.
LEAP support is added, hints from Richard Johnson. I've verified this locally with PC350v42510.img firmware. More bug fixing from Marco to fix long passwords.
Change DELAYs in flash part of driver to FLASH_DELAY which uses tsleep so it doesn't look like your system died during a flash update.
Install header files in /usr/include/dev/an
Cleanup some ifmedia bugs add "Home" key mode to ifmedia and ancontrol. This way you can manage 2 keys a little easier. Map the home mode into key 5. Enhance ifconfig to dump the various configured SSIDs. I use a bunch of different ones and roam between them. Use the syntax similar to the WEP keys to deal with setting difference SSIDs.
Bump up up the Card capabilities RID since they added 2 bytes to it in the latest firmware. Thankfully we changed it from a terminal failure so the card still worked but the driver whined.
Some cleanup patches from Marco Molteni.
Submitted by: Richard Johnson <raj@cisco.com> Marco Molteni <molter@tin.it> and myself Various checks: David Wolfskill <david@catwhisker.org> Reviewed by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org> Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org> Approved by: Brooks Davis <brooks@freebsd.org> Warner Losh <imp@freebsd.org> Obtained from: Linux emulation API's from Aironet driver.
|
88724 |
30-Dec-2001 |
joerg |
Implement the option to disable IPv6 on an sppp interface (counterpart to the kernel code just committed).
MFC after: 1 month
|
88714 |
30-Dec-2001 |
iedowse |
Oops, the arguments to a bcopy() were reversed, which broke zeroing of unused partition entries and later detection of unused entries.
Use memcpy to be consistent with the rest of the code, and fix a minor style nit.
Submitted by: bde
|
88696 |
30-Dec-2001 |
phk |
Allow setting of variables of type dev_t by indicating the name of a special file on the command line, eg: sysctl kern.dumpdev=/dev/ad1s1b
In parse(), when a value is given for a CTLTYPE_QUAD variable, newval and newsize erroneously fail to be set because of an early "break".
show_var() contains code that duplicates the functionality of the oidfmt() function.
PR: 33151, 33150 Submitted by: Thomas Quinot <thomas@cuivre.fr.eu.org>
|
88598 |
28-Dec-2001 |
julian |
Fix documentation to match reality
|
88559 |
27-Dec-2001 |
joerg |
Clean up half a dozen of header files that are no longer needed now that we use struct sppp_parms instead of struct sppp for userland programs.
MFC after: 1 month
|
88551 |
27-Dec-2001 |
joerg |
Userland part of making the LCP restart timer configurable.
Obtained from: i4b (with changes)
|
88536 |
27-Dec-2001 |
joerg |
Implement knobs to enable/disable VJ header compression.
Submitted by: i4b (modified) MFC after: 1 month
|
88413 |
22-Dec-2001 |
alfred |
declare locally used globals as static.
|
88360 |
21-Dec-2001 |
yar |
Implement matching IP precedence in ipfw(4).
Submitted by: Igor Timkin <ivt@gamma.ru>
|
88249 |
20-Dec-2001 |
dd |
Actually make use of the md_version field of 'struct mdio'. In order not to needlessly break compatibility, decrement MDIOVERSION to 0.
Approved by: phk
|
88226 |
19-Dec-2001 |
phk |
Fix md5 -q -s foo to not expect input on stdin after hashing the string.
MFC after: 1 week
|
88031 |
17-Dec-2001 |
iedowse |
Ignore the value of fs_active when comparing superblocks.
Noticed by: "Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen" <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk>
|
88007 |
16-Dec-2001 |
silby |
Add comments on where to look if you wish to auto-load modules at boot time.
MFC after: 1 day
|
88006 |
16-Dec-2001 |
luigi |
Add code to export and print the description associated to sysctl variables. Use the -d flag in sysctl(8) to see this information.
Possible extensions to sysctl: + report variables that do not have a description + given a name, report the oid it maps to.
Note to developers: have a look at your code, there are a number of variables which do not have a description.
Note to developers: do we want this in 4.5 ? It is a very small change and very useful for documentation purposes.
Suggested by: Orion Hodson
|
87960 |
14-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Kernel support for smbfs is only built on the i386 at the moment, so limit the building and installation of the userland utilities to that architecture for now.
Reported by: bmah
|
87952 |
14-Dec-2001 |
rse |
At least once mention the long names of WF2Q+ (Worst-case Fair Weighted Fair Queueing) and RED (Random Early Detection) to both give the reader a hint what they are and to make it easier to find out more information about them.
|
87884 |
14-Dec-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: add -p to the synopsis line as well.
|
87874 |
14-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Add bmake glue for src/contrib/smbfs and connect userland smbfs support to the build.
The MFC reminder below is subject to <re@FreeBSD.org> approval prior to 4.5-RELEASE.
Reviewed by: bp, fjoe MFC: 1 week
|
87668 |
11-Dec-2001 |
charnier |
spelling move some err() calls to errx() when message explains the pb enough do not set errno just before exiting the program lowercase errx() strings
|
87667 |
11-Dec-2001 |
charnier |
Spelling
|
87661 |
11-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Update the default newfs block and fragment sizes from 8192/1024 to 16384/2048.
Following recent discussions on the -arch mailing list, involving dillon and mckusick, this change parallels the one made over a decade ago when the default was bumped up from 4096/512.
This should provide significant performance improvements for most folks, less significant performance losses for a few folks and wasted space lost to large fragments for many folks.
For discussion, please see the following thread in the -arch archive:
Subject: Using a larger block size on large filesystems
The discussion ceases to be relevant when the issue of partitioning schemes is raised.
|
87647 |
11-Dec-2001 |
ru |
s/sysctl -w/sysctl/
|
87620 |
10-Dec-2001 |
guido |
Add new boot flag to i386 boot: -p. This flag adds a pausing utility. When ran with -p, during the kernel probing phase, the kernel will pause after each line of output. This pausing can be ended with the '.' key, and is automatically suspended when entering ddb.
This flag comes in handy at systems without a serial port that either hang during booting or reser. Reviewed by: (partly by jlemon) MFC after: 1 week
|
87491 |
07-Dec-2001 |
sheldonh |
Fix typo: 'fragement' -> 'fragment'
|
87413 |
05-Dec-2001 |
obrien |
Files in subdirectories of directories that have the nodump flag set are sometimes incorrectly being dumped.
The problem arises because the subdirectory only gets its entry cleared from usedinomap if it is also present in dumpinomap, and it is the absence of a directory in usedinomap that internally indicates that the directory is under the effects of UF_NODUMP (either directly or inherited).
PR: 32414 Submitted by: David C Lawrence <tale@dd.org>
|
87378 |
05-Dec-2001 |
ken |
Fix breakage in 'camcontrol defects' introduced in rev 1.34 (the new error recovery code) back in March, 2001.
In effect, this brain-o would cause 'camcontrol defects' to always return an error.
Pointed out by: joerg Tested by: mdodd
|
87376 |
05-Dec-2001 |
mike |
Move the WARNS attribute down so that it also applies to the RELEASE_CRUNCH case.
|
87360 |
04-Dec-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: section 1 and 8 manpages document their exit codes under the DIAGNOSTICS section, not RETURN VALUES, which is for section 2, 3, and 9 manpages.
|
87328 |
04-Dec-2001 |
obrien |
Actually I haven't enumerated the return values yet (thats why I hadn't committed it yet). So vague'ize the wording a little bit to make up for it.
|
87325 |
04-Dec-2001 |
obrien |
Default to WARNS=2. Binary builds that cannot handle this must explicitly set WARNS=0.
Reviewed by: mike
|
87274 |
03-Dec-2001 |
ru |
MTU and metric are available with NET_RT_IFLIST.
MFC after: 3 days
|
87152 |
30-Nov-2001 |
rwatson |
o Update sysctl.8 to reflect renaming of various security-related sysctls, and to introduce new ones.
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
|
86996 |
27-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Fix the example of suggested default settings. It stated that settings were only of benefit to large filesystems, which recent research suggests is not the case, and which the original author of the text no longer endorses.
|
86987 |
27-Nov-2001 |
sheldonh |
Correct the example introduced in rev 1.29, which suggested a block:frag size ratio other than 8:1. Currently, we only recommend an 8:1 ratio, because the impact of others ratios has not been adequately investigated.
Also, do not recommend the use of the -c option in the example, since newfs now automatically calculates the best cyl:cylgrp ratio.
This change was discussed with the author of rev 1.29.
|
86955 |
27-Nov-2001 |
ru |
Make -log_ipfw_denied active by default with -verbose.
Discussed with: phk
|
86954 |
27-Nov-2001 |
ru |
Fixed (local) style bugs in previous revision.
|
86881 |
24-Nov-2001 |
dd |
Spelling police: sucessful -> successful.
Submitted by: Anders Andersson <anders@codefactory.se>
|
86875 |
24-Nov-2001 |
dd |
Spelling police: "more then" - "more than" where appropriate.
|
86838 |
23-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Fix decode table
PR: 32233 Submitted by: Basileios Anastasatos <B.Anastasatos@MyRealBox.com>
|
86695 |
20-Nov-2001 |
ache |
Add Greek conversion table
PR: 32119 Submitted by: Basileios Anastasatos <B.Anastasatos@MyRealBox.com>
|
86514 |
17-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Fix a large number of -Wall, -Wformat and -W compiler warnings. These were mainly missing casts or wrong format strings in printf statements, but there were also missing includes, unused variables, functions and arguments.
The choice of `long' vs `int' still seems almost random in a lot of places though.
|
86512 |
17-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Give a more useful diagnostic when an extraneous hard link to a directory is encountered. This includes the full path of the directory that will be removed if the user answers "y" to the "REMOVE?" question.
PR: bin/226851 Submitted by: KOIE Hide <hide@koie.org> MFC after: 1 week
|
86473 |
17-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Zap a number of #ifdef sunos blocks, and all of the `register' keywords.
|
86470 |
16-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Give a sensible error message when the filesystem to be dumped is not listed in /etc/fstab. Previously, the user would be greeted with "DUMP: bad sblock magic number" when dump tried to parse the directory contents as an FFS filesystem.
PR: bin/12789 Submitted by: Bob Willcox <bob@pmr.com>
|
86407 |
15-Nov-2001 |
asmodai |
Back out previous commit. This works for wi(4), but apparantly other wireless drivers seem to do the right thing.
Submitter and yours truly both got Mislead(tm).
Submitted by: udp <udp@sneakerz.org>
|
86403 |
15-Nov-2001 |
asmodai |
Report ad hoc mode correctly.
Submitted by: udp <udp@sneakerz.org>
|
86285 |
12-Nov-2001 |
alfred |
note that 'nolockd' can't be used when updating mount flags
|
86284 |
12-Nov-2001 |
alfred |
Allow users to use the 'nolockd' or -L options with mount_nfs in order to avoid the need for rpc.lockd to perform client locks. Using this option a user can revert back to using local locks for NFS mounts like we did before we had rpc.lockd.
|
86258 |
11-Nov-2001 |
iedowse |
Check that the mode argument to fsdb's `chmod' command contains no inode type bits set. Previously it would let you set IFMT bits (but not clear them). The `chtype' command should be be used instead for changing the inode type; having chmod half-work only causes confusion.
|
86075 |
05-Nov-2001 |
murray |
Add a few articles to improve the readability of this manual page.
PR: docs/31583 Submitted by: setantae@submonkey.net
|
86052 |
04-Nov-2001 |
luigi |
sync the code with the one in stable (mostly formatting changes).
|
86049 |
04-Nov-2001 |
dd |
Refer people looking to figure out what major to use for a device to MAKEDEV and sys/conf/majors, not sys/conf/device.<arch>, which has never existed in the history of FreeBSD (well, at least it isn't in the repository).
PR: 31558
|
86032 |
04-Nov-2001 |
peter |
Repocopy pc98 fdisk out of its hidden subdir. Reconnect it to the build.
|
85960 |
03-Nov-2001 |
peter |
Remove support for FreeBSD/tahoe
Submitted by: phk
|
85955 |
03-Nov-2001 |
peter |
Repo copied contents of src/sbin/i386 to src/sbin and set specific SUBDIR lists there. Some of these are used on other platforms.
|
85954 |
03-Nov-2001 |
peter |
Move i386/{fdisk,cxconfig,nextboot} to src/sbin. Eliminate the i386 subdir. Add fdisk to ia64 SUBDIR list. Add all the previous occupants of the i386 subdir to the i386 SUBDIR list.
|
85860 |
02-Nov-2001 |
phk |
style(9) cleanup.
Submitted by: j mckitrick <jcm@freebsd-uk.eu.org> Reviewed by: phk, /sbin/md5
|
85853 |
02-Nov-2001 |
yar |
Cosmetic: Don't output a blank line if a driver provides no media status.
PR: bin/30587 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de> MFC after: 1 week
|
85814 |
01-Nov-2001 |
luigi |
Fix a typo in a format string, and fix error checking for missing masks in "limit" rules.
|
85770 |
31-Oct-2001 |
phk |
Do not uselessly whine in syslog about packets denied by ipfw rules.
Set 'log_ipfw_denied' option if you want the old behaviour.
PR: 30255 Submitted by: Flemming "F3" Jacobsen <fj@batmule.dk> Reviewed by: phk MFC after: 4 weeks
|
85769 |
31-Oct-2001 |
tobez |
Replace `=' with more correct ``.Ql =''.
Mdoc-policed by: ru
|
85747 |
30-Oct-2001 |
tobez |
Implement -e option. It modifies the output produced by sysctl(8) in such a way that the name and the value of the variable(s) are separated with `=' instead of the usual `: '. This is useful for producing output that can be fed back to the sysctl utility (pasted to sysctl.conf, for example).
Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: markm MFC after: 2 weeks
|
85746 |
30-Oct-2001 |
tobez |
Fix a bug where restore(8) segfaults while trying to restore on a read-only FS.
Reviewed by: audit silence Approved by: markm MFC after: 2 weeks
|
85661 |
29-Oct-2001 |
joe |
More white space changes.
|
85660 |
29-Oct-2001 |
joe |
More stylistic tidying.
|
85650 |
29-Oct-2001 |
joe |
Remove training white spaces, and some other style violations.
|
85637 |
28-Oct-2001 |
dillon |
Properly convert long to time_t
|
85635 |
28-Oct-2001 |
dillon |
Make the protocol/dumprestore.h header match restore's idea of the dump header for the case where sizeof(time_t) != sizeof(int). dumprestore.h was embedding time_t when it should have been embedding int32_t.
Use time_to_time32() and time32_to_time() to convert between the protocoll/file-format time and time_t.
|
85630 |
28-Oct-2001 |
n_hibma |
Typo.
|
85629 |
28-Oct-2001 |
n_hibma |
Add a Xref to dumpon.
|
85622 |
28-Oct-2001 |
dillon |
deltat declared time_t, msg("") call used %d (assumed time_t == int). Changed deltat to be an int (result of delta time calculation).
MFC after: 1 day
|
85613 |
28-Oct-2001 |
joe |
Remove some extraneous spaces from the usage message.
|
85611 |
28-Oct-2001 |
dillon |
Add missing cast for improper time_t use in computation.
|
85492 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Put WARNS into the right place.
|
85486 |
25-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
Style and WARNS cleanups.
Submitted by: ru
|
85473 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ru |
The directory of the makefile that's including the file is tried first. See section 3.2 of "PMake - A Tutorial" in /usr/share/doc/psd/12.make.
|
85469 |
25-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Sort SUBDIR.
|
85464 |
25-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
Mdoc fixes and clarification.
Submitted by: sheldonh
|
85382 |
23-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
Add a manual page.
|
85380 |
23-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
Hook up conscontrol to the build.
|
85378 |
23-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
Add conscontrol, a front end interface for manipulating consoles.
|
85349 |
23-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Connect cxconfig(8) to build.
PR: 30447
|
85348 |
23-Oct-2001 |
ru |
WARNSify.
|
85218 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
include ipfs in subdirs
PR: 27063
|
85216 |
20-Oct-2001 |
darrenr |
build ipfs for -current
PR: 27063
|
85098 |
18-Oct-2001 |
roberto |
Fix diskless clients by removing the code for calculating the minimum value for cpg. The change was bogus.
Submitted by: bde MFC after: 2 days
|
85075 |
17-Oct-2001 |
jlemon |
When specifying an interface to ifconfig, first look up the interface index, then retrieve statistics for that index, rather than retrieving all interfaces and then looking for a matching name. This allows the user to refer to an interface via an alias name.
While I'm here, also perform a few assorted cleanups.
|
85048 |
17-Oct-2001 |
ru |
Bring in latest CSRG revisions to this file.
|
85034 |
16-Oct-2001 |
iedowse |
When nfsd was started with only UDP servers, the master nfsd would spin in a loop eating CPU time. This bug has existed since the TI-RPC import. The problem is that we should only enter the select loop if at least one TCP server was started. Fix this by having the master nfsd become a UDP server itself if there are no TCP servers.
Also improve/correct the code for cleaning up slave nfsd processes and unregistering with rpcbind when the master nfsd exits.
One issue that remains open is that if a slave nfsd dies, then all nfsds will shut down. This is because nfssvc() in the master nfsd returns 0 when the master nfsd receives a SIGCHLD.
Submitted by: tmm
|
85027 |
16-Oct-2001 |
bde |
Fixed spelling error in previous commit.
|
85013 |
15-Oct-2001 |
dougb |
Document the optimal block:fragment ratio, per discussion on -arch and cvs-all.
Reviewed by: dillon
|
85010 |
15-Oct-2001 |
des |
Allow reboot during runcom.
PR: bin/28116 Submitted by: Valentin Nechayev <netch@netch.kiev.ua> MFC in: 1 week
|
84964 |
15-Oct-2001 |
peter |
Add 0xEE (EFI GPT) and 0xEF (EFI System Partition)
|
84948 |
15-Oct-2001 |
grog |
Reinstate VINUMDEBUG. Removing it also removes some diagnostic commands. I should reconsider whether I just leave them in without #ifdef VINUMDEBUG.
|
84943 |
14-Oct-2001 |
dd |
Repair typo.
PR: 31262 Submitted by: <swear@blarg.net>
|
84868 |
13-Oct-2001 |
iedowse |
Oops, fix a missing condition that broke umount's `-h' option. I had somehow removed an error check in revision 1.26, causing errx() to be called unconditionally in the -h case.
|
84765 |
10-Oct-2001 |
ru |
-r is implied with -B.
|
84613 |
07-Oct-2001 |
sos |
Update to reflect the change in ata.h
Forgotten by: sos
|
84509 |
05-Oct-2001 |
peter |
Remove some bogus "(off_t)(dumplo + value)" and "(off_t)dumplo" casts, since dumplo is now an off_t. Scratch a couple of other itches as well. s/L_SET/SEEK_SET/
|
84508 |
05-Oct-2001 |
peter |
Argh. Fix another >2GB savecore problem.
Reported by: mki@mozone.net
|
84472 |
04-Oct-2001 |
dwmalone |
Hopefully improve control message passing over Unix domain sockets.
1) Allow the sending of more than one control message at a time over a unix domain socket. This should cover the PR 29499.
2) This requires that unp_{ex,in}ternalize and unp_scan understand mbufs with more than one control message at a time.
3) Internalize and externalize used to work on the mbuf in-place. This made life quite complicated and the code for sizeof(int) < sizeof(file *) could end up doing the wrong thing. The patch always create a new mbuf/cluster now. This resulted in the change of the prototype for the domain externalise function.
4) You can now send SCM_TIMESTAMP messages.
5) Always use CMSG_DATA(cm) to determine the start where the data in unp_{ex,in}ternalize. It was using ((struct cmsghdr *)cm + 1) in some places, which gives the wrong alignment on the alpha. (NetBSD made this fix some time ago).
This results in an ABI change for discriptor passing and creds passing on the alpha. (Probably on the IA64 and Spare ports too).
6) Fix userland programs to use CMSG_* macros too.
7) Be more careful about freeing mbufs containing (file *)s. This is made possible by the prototype change of externalise.
PR: 29499 MFC after: 6 weeks
|
84471 |
04-Oct-2001 |
ru |
<mntopts.h> -> "mntopts.h" in SYNOPSIS.
Submitted by: bde
|
84466 |
04-Oct-2001 |
roberto |
Following the discussion in -arch and the submission of a patch by bde, here it is. I added the manpage change.
Submitted by: bde MFC after: 1 week
|
84352 |
02-Oct-2001 |
cjc |
Documentation fixes:
- The '-d' option was not documented on the manpage or in the usage message.
- The '-N' option was not included in the usage.
|
84306 |
01-Oct-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Use the new .In macro for #include statements.
|
84299 |
01-Oct-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix markup.
|
84261 |
01-Oct-2001 |
obrien |
*** empty log message ***
|
84167 |
30-Sep-2001 |
iedowse |
Enable bug-for-bug compatibility with mount_mfs when the program name is "mount_mfs" or "mfs". Previously, the condition was that the program name must start with "mount_", but this both missed the case where mount(8) invokes mdmfs with argv[0] = "mfs", and it included cases such as "mount_md" where compatibility is not required.
Reviewed by: dd
|
84166 |
30-Sep-2001 |
iedowse |
Don't require that the special/filesystem argument translates into a block or character device; the rest of tunefs works just fine on filesystem images in regular files. Instead, if getfsfile() failed and if the specified filesystem is a directory then print a more useful "unknown file system" error.
Also, _PATH_DEV already contains a trailing slash, so don't add another one when constructing a device path, and use errx() instead of err() in a case where errno is meangingless.
|
84110 |
29-Sep-2001 |
billf |
now that jlemon has added a hash table to lookup locally configured ip addresses (and the macros that ipfw(4) use to lookup data for the 'me' keyword have been converted) remove a comment about using 'me' being a "computationally expensive" operation.
while I'm here, change two instances of "IP number" to "IP address"
|
84058 |
27-Sep-2001 |
luigi |
Two main changes here: + implement "limit" rules, which permit to limit the number of sessions between certain host pairs (according to masks). These are a special type of stateful rules, which might be of interest in some cases. See the ipfw manpage for details.
+ merge the list pointers and ipfw rule descriptors in the kernel, so the code is smaller, faster and more readable. This patch basically consists in replacing "foo->rule->bar" with "rule->bar" all over the place. I have been willing to do this for ages!
MFC after: 1 week
|
83940 |
25-Sep-2001 |
iedowse |
The -A option (beep when packets are dropped) didn't work quite right; after a single packet was dropped it beeped after every transmission.
Change its implementation to only output a bell when there is an increase in the maximum value of the number of packets that were sent but not yet received. This has the benefit that even for very long round-trip times, ping -A will do roughly the right thing after a few inital false-positives.
Reviewed by: ru
|
83888 |
24-Sep-2001 |
rwatson |
o Reduce userland inclusion of kernel headers -- remove unneeded include of <sys/mbuf.h>.
Reviewed by: jlemon
|
83725 |
20-Sep-2001 |
luigi |
A bunch of minor changes to the code (see below) for readability, code size and speed. No new functionality added (yet) apart from a bugfix. MFC will occur in due time and probably in stages.
BUGFIX: fix a problem in old code which prevented reallocation of the hash table for dynamic rules (there is a PR on this).
OTHER CHANGES: minor changes to the internal struct for static and dynamic rules. Requires rebuild of ipfw binary.
Add comments to show how data structures are linked together. (It probably makes no sense to keep the chain pointers separate from actual rule descriptors. They will be hopefully merged soon.
keep a (sysctl-readable) counter for the number of static rules, to speed up IP_FW_GET operations
initial support for a "grace time" for expired connections, so we can set timeouts for closing connections to much shorter times.
merge zero_entry() and resetlog_entry(), they use basically the same code.
clean up and reduce replication of code for removing rules, both for readability and code size.
introduce a separate lifetime for dynamic UDP rules.
fix a problem in old code which prevented reallocation of the hash table for dynamic rules (PR ...)
restructure dynamic rule descriptors
introduce some local variables to avoid multiple dereferencing of pointer chains (reduces code size and hopefully increases speed).
|
83688 |
20-Sep-2001 |
peter |
Deal with nfs server module changes for autoloading.
|
83687 |
20-Sep-2001 |
peter |
Deal with module name changes and autoloading.
|
83669 |
19-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Non-decimal ``skipto'' rule numbers are meaningless.
Noticed by: "Marc G. Fournier" <scrappy@hub.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
83653 |
18-Sep-2001 |
peter |
Userland part of nfs client/server split and cleanup.
|
83637 |
18-Sep-2001 |
jlemon |
Split hwcsum into rxcsum and txcsum components.
|
83626 |
18-Sep-2001 |
jlemon |
Teach ifconfig about the new interface capability words.
|
83415 |
13-Sep-2001 |
gallatin |
fix savecore so that it works on the alpha after the size change of dumpmag from an int to a u_long in rev 1.41 -- without this change, savecore will always fail like this:
#savecore -v /var/crash dumplo = 874356736 (1707728 * 512) savecore: magic number mismatch (8fca0101 != 8fca0101) savecore: no core dump
|
83391 |
13-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Set BINOWN=root explicitly for setuid root binaries.
This is not "useless", as one may have non-default setting for BINOWN in make.conf, and we still want these to be installed setuid root in this case.
|
83369 |
12-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Use ${MACHINE}, it works with cross-builds.
|
83333 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: restore fix in rev. 1.52; .Dt should be in CAPITALS.
|
83332 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: restore the correct sorting of SEE ALSO.
|
83331 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: markup nits, improve -W option text, mount_msdos(8) is called mount_msdosfs(8) nowadays.
|
83329 |
11-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Removed -M and -N from getopt(3) call as well.
|
83234 |
09-Sep-2001 |
grog |
Use a better stripe size in the examples.
Noted by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@kithrup.com>
|
83229 |
08-Sep-2001 |
semenu |
Stole unicode translation table from mount_msdos. Add kernel code to support this translation.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
83140 |
06-Sep-2001 |
kris |
* Switch from doing compress(1)ed crashdumps with the -z flag to using gzip(1). gdb doesn't understand these, but then again it didn't understand compressed crashdumps either. * Change a stray lseek() into a Lseek() * Remove the extraneous prototype for log() which has apparently never existed in FreeBSD's sources
Obtained from: NetBSD (partially) MFC after: 2 weeks
|
83112 |
05-Sep-2001 |
dd |
Use CFLAGS, not COPTS, in the Makefile. bsd.prog.mk conveniently adds COPTS towards the end of final CFLAGS so that it can be used to override Makefile and other defaults. Using it in Makefiles risks having options set using it clobbered when somebody uses it on the command line.
Approved by: bde
|
83083 |
05-Sep-2001 |
ru |
SECURITY.
Notify operators using wall(1)'s -g option. Drop ``setgid tty'' privilege.
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC after: 1 month
|
83066 |
05-Sep-2001 |
ru |
The defaults for bsize and fsize were interchanged.
PR: docs/30330
|
82974 |
04-Sep-2001 |
ru |
Don't reinvent the wheel; use strptime(3).
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
82946 |
04-Sep-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: removed hard sentence breaks.
|
82943 |
04-Sep-2001 |
phk |
Duh! forgot this bit of the NCCD patch.
Submitted by: sobomax Reviewed by: phk
|
82912 |
04-Sep-2001 |
murray |
Mention collision attacks on MD5. From the md5(3) man page.
PR: docs/14158 Reviewed by: kris Submitted by: Eric Frias <efrias@sg505.net>
|
82877 |
03-Sep-2001 |
jlemon |
IPFilter source code in contrib/ipfilter apparently can't make up its mind where the headers should live, as the code references both "ip_fil.h" and "netinet/ip_fil.h" (among others). As a consequence, put both sys/contrib/ipfilter and sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet to the include path so either variant works.
PR: 29384 Pointed out by: Thomas.Quinot@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG
|
82664 |
31-Aug-2001 |
ru |
SECURITY: Drop `setgid kmem' bit as early as possible.
|
82651 |
31-Aug-2001 |
ru |
Synch with NetBSD and OpenBSD.
Allow non-superuser to open, listen to, and send safe commands on the routing socket. Superuser priviledge is required for all commands but RTM_GET.
Lose `setuid root' bit of route(8).
Reviewed by: wollman, dd
|
82556 |
30-Aug-2001 |
ru |
restore(8) doesn't need to be setgid `tty', and never did.
At the times, restore(8) and rrestore(8) were the different utilities. rrestore(8) was installed setuid `root', while restore(8) with usual ownership and privileges. Later on, on August 28, 1991 (what a coincidence!), rrestore(8) code was merged with restore(8). The setgid `tty' bit then was accidentally put.
|
82265 |
24-Aug-2001 |
peter |
Banish hard-coded KERNBASE references from savecore. Dynamically adjust to whatever kernbase is in the kernel that we are dumping.
|
82145 |
22-Aug-2001 |
yar |
``create'' and ``destroy'' are command modifiers (.Cm), not flags (.Fl).
|
82139 |
22-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Fixed broken xrefs.
|
81980 |
20-Aug-2001 |
brian |
Handle snprintf() returning < 0 (not just -1)
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
81976 |
20-Aug-2001 |
brian |
Handle snprintf() returning -1.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
81941 |
20-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Fix grammar.
|
81940 |
20-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Respect the -N flag when changing directory attributes in setdirmode).
PR: 29671 Submitted by: Sascha Blank <sblank@addcom.de>
|
81911 |
19-Aug-2001 |
kris |
Silence non-constant format string warnings by marking functions as __printflike()/__printf0like(), adding const, or adding missing "%s" format strings, as appropriate.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
81862 |
17-Aug-2001 |
brooks |
Actuall make plumb work in addition to create as per the manpage.
PR: bin/29812 Submitted by: Joao Carlos Mendes Luis <jonny@eng05.embratel.net.br>
|
81774 |
16-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: restore markup bit that got accidentally lost in rev. 1.44.
|
81773 |
16-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: replace `\*(Ba' with a simple `|', it's handled specially.
|
81752 |
16-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Section cross-references are marked with .Sx. -compat is not a valid keyword.
|
81742 |
16-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Implement a better compatibility mode with mount_mfs. It is the default if the executable is named (called as) "mount_*", or can be enabled with the -C option. This allows users to leave their old fstab entires unchanged (modulo symlink'ing mdmfs to mount(md|mfs)) and have things behave the way they should (by emulating mount_mfs silliness), while still allowing mdmfs to be used as a generic make-an-md-and-mount-it type thing.
Right now, the only effects of this option is to set the mount-point mode to 01777 as if "-p 1777" was given, and to complain about getting command-line options that mount_mfs didn't take (e.g., -X, -L, et al). The latter is mostly to try to catch operator errors.
Also implement -U, which turns on soft-updates. It's redundant (since softdep is the default), but implement it anyway for compatibility.
|
81687 |
15-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: utilize the new .Ex macro.
|
81628 |
14-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
style(9) tweak
Approved by: dd
|
81622 |
14-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: s/BSD/.Bx/ where appropriate.
|
81604 |
13-Aug-2001 |
peter |
ftrace is already initialized
|
81588 |
13-Aug-2001 |
ru |
Spell "FreeBSD" with "F" and "BSD" in uppercase.
|
81586 |
13-Aug-2001 |
ru |
Removed duplicate VCS ID tags, as per style(9).
|
81579 |
13-Aug-2001 |
sobomax |
Honour `TMPDIR' environment variable.
Reviewed by: ru Approved by: ru MFC after: 2 weeks
|
81525 |
11-Aug-2001 |
kris |
Don't hard-code BINOWN and BINGRP (BINGRP was hard-coded to 'bin', which is the wrong value on FreeBSD).
MFC after: 1 week
|
81497 |
10-Aug-2001 |
kris |
Mark some functions as __printflike()
MFC After: 1 week
|
81462 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: join split punctuation to macro calls.
|
81458 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixed the "new sentence" bogons.
|
81449 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: protect trailing full stops of abbreviations with a trailing zero-width space: `e.g.\&'.
|
81429 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: removed (now gratuitous) .Xo/.Xc brackets.
|
81418 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: spelling, punctuation and markup nits.
|
81416 |
10-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: compute the exact tag width.
|
81345 |
09-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Document how to cancel a scheduled shutdown.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
81311 |
08-Aug-2001 |
chm |
fixing a bug in test mode (growfs -N)
Submitted by: Chris Boltwood <chris@hiendmedia.com> Reviewed by: tomsoft MFC after: 5 days
|
81306 |
08-Aug-2001 |
sheldonh |
Add mention of /var/run/dmesg.boot.
Yes, this isn't really the right place for it. No, it really can't remain undocumented.
|
81298 |
08-Aug-2001 |
sheldonh |
can not -> cannot
|
81258 |
07-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Move all the prototypes to one place.
|
81257 |
07-Aug-2001 |
dd |
Introduce a force option, MD_FORCE, that instructs the driver to bypass some extra anti-foot-shooting measures. Currently, its only effect is to allow detaching a device while it's still open (e.g., mounted). This is useful for testing how the system reacts to a disk suddenly going away, which can happen with some removeable media.
At this point, the force option is only checked on detach, so it would've been possible to allow the option to be passed with the MDIOCDETACH operation. This was not done to allow the possibility of having the force flag influence other tests in the future, which may not necessarily deal with detaching the device.
Reviewed by: sobomax Approved by: phk
|
81251 |
07-Aug-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police:
Avoid using parenthesis enclosure macros (.Pq and .Po/.Pc) with plain text. Not only this slows down the mdoc(7) processing significantly, but it also has an undesired (in this case) effect of disabling hyphenation within the entire enclosed block.
|
81229 |
07-Aug-2001 |
mckay |
Spelling.
|
81215 |
06-Aug-2001 |
ume |
printed current sequence number of the SA. accordingly, changed into sadb_x_sa2_sequence from sadb_x_sa2_reserved3 in the sadb_x_sa2 structure. Also the output of setkey is changed. sequence number of the sadb is replaced to the end of the output.
Obtained from: KAME
|
81199 |
06-Aug-2001 |
ru |
Fixed one more breakage introduced in 1.103 cleanup. ICMP types were reported incorrectly:
# ipfw add allow icmp from any to any icmptypes 0,8
PR: bin/29185 Submitted by: Mike Durian <durian@boogie.com>
|
81164 |
05-Aug-2001 |
iedowse |
Fix a number of bugs and annoyances in fdisk, many of which were pointed out by bde: - Ask for user confirmation before adjusting to a head/cylinder boundary (only when running interactively), and separate this adjustment from the automatic calculation of c/h/s parameters. - In sanitize_partition, don't change any values in the slice until we know that the automatic adjustment will succeed. - When auto-adjusting, ignore unused slices and give an appropriate error for other zero-size slices depending on the cause. - Change dos() to do all of the c/h/s calculations for a whole slice; this fixes a bug where the ending c/h/s of an unused slice was set incorrectly. - When changing the active slice, detect the currently active slice number instead of always defaulting to slice 4. - Call fflush(stdout) before calling fgets(). - Test for fgets() returning NULL so we don't loop on EOF.
Reviewed by: bde
|
81133 |
04-Aug-2001 |
tmm |
Add some features to libdevstat, and overhaul the interface a bit:
1.) prefix all functions in the library with devstat_ (compatability functions are available for all functions that were chaned in an incompatible way, but are deprecated). 2.) Add a pointer to a kvm_t as the first argument to functions that used to get their information via sysctl; they behave the same as before when NULL is passed as this argument, otherwise, the information is obtained via libkvm using the supplied handle. 3.) Add a new function, devstat_compute_statistics(), that is intended to replace the old compute_stats() function. It offers more statistics data, and has a more flexible interface.
libdevstat does now require libkvm; a library depedency is added, so that libkvm only needs to be explicitely specified for statically linked programs. The library major version number is bumped.
Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@freebsd.org.ru>, ken (3) Reviewed by: ken
|
81045 |
02-Aug-2001 |
yar |
Document the deprecated `-w' option in the COMPATIBILITY section.
|
80898 |
01-Aug-2001 |
sheldonh |
MFS: in HISTORY section, fix release number of first appearance
|
80856 |
01-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
style(9)
|
80836 |
01-Aug-2001 |
obrien |
This is actually making its enterance in FreeBSD 4.4.
|
80634 |
30-Jul-2001 |
yar |
Since the ``-w'' sysctl(8) option has been deprecated, don't mention it in the manpages.
|
80608 |
30-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Document -X.
Submitted by: kris
|
80607 |
30-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Nuke my e-mail address since it seems out of place here.
|
80519 |
28-Jul-2001 |
ache |
Add KOI8-U tables
Submitted by: Olexander Kunytsa <kunia@istc.kiev.ua>
|
80392 |
26-Jul-2001 |
ume |
ifconfig if0 netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.0 didn't change the netmask.
PR: bin/28833 MFC after: 3 days
|
80381 |
26-Jul-2001 |
sheldonh |
Use STD{ERR,IN,OUT}_FILENO instead of their numeric values. The definitions are more readable, and it's possible that they're more portable to pathalogical platforms.
Submitted by: David Hill <david@phobia.ms>
|
80315 |
25-Jul-2001 |
brooks |
Fix a stupid bug which resulted in a blank line in the status output if WEP is supported, but not keys are set.
MFC after: 3 days
|
80277 |
24-Jul-2001 |
kris |
sprintf -> snprintf
Obtained from: OpenBSD MFC After: 1 week
|
80203 |
23-Jul-2001 |
kris |
s/adress/address/
Inspired by: OpenBSD MFC After: 1 week
|
80146 |
22-Jul-2001 |
iedowse |
Fix some bugs and general brain damage in mounttab: - Declare mtabhead as an extern in mounttab.h and define it only in mounttab.c. - Remove shared global `verbose' and instead pass it as a parameter. - Remove the `mtabp' argument to read_mtab(). It served no purpose whatsoever, although read_mtab() did use it as a temporary local variable. - Don't check for impossible conditions when parsing mounttab, and do detect zero-length fields. - Correctly test for strtoul() failures - just testing ERANGE is wrong. - Include a field name in syslog errors, and avoid passing NULL to a syslog %s field. - Don't test if arrays are NULL. - If there are duplicates when writing out mounttab, keep the last entry instead of the first, as it will have a later timestamp. - Fix a few formatting issues.
Update rpc.umntall and umount to match the mounttab interface changes.
|
80132 |
22-Jul-2001 |
cjc |
Error messaging in ipfw(8) was out of hand, almost 50 lines of usage information for any command line error, the actual error message almost always (and sometimes irretrievably) lost scrolling off the top of the screen. Now just print the error. Give ipfw(8) no arguments for the old usage summary.
Thanks to Lyndon Nerenberg <lyndon@orthanc.ab.ca> for the patch and PR, but I had already done this when ru pointed out the PR.
PR: bin/28729 Approved by: ru MFC after: 1 week
|
80118 |
22-Jul-2001 |
iedowse |
Include the remote hostname in RPC-related warning messages. Exit immediately if a host specified by the -h flag cannot be parsed instead of attempting to unmount all NFS filesystems, which was bad.
Add a missing return statement at the end of checkname(); this could result in a non-zero exit status in some cases even if the unmount succeeded.
Group two separate NFS-related operations into one block to make it more obvious that a variable (hostp) is not dereferenced when uninitialised. Initialise it to NULL anyway to avoid a warning.
Pass in the read_mtab()'s bogus argument as NULL instead of messing with a local variable to achieve the same effect. A later commit will clean up this mounttab interface.
|
80086 |
21-Jul-2001 |
iedowse |
Change the foreground mount behaviour so that we keep retrying forever by default. This matches what mount_nfs did before revision 1.40, and it is the generally expected behaviour for NFS mounts.
Document the current defaults near the start of the man page and mention the options that can be used to change them.
Discussed on: -hackers
|
80057 |
21-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Dike out the IPX bits if RELEASE_CRUNCH is defined.
|
80029 |
20-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Perform a major cleanup of the usr.sbin Makefiles. These are not perfectly in agreement with each other style-wise, but they are orders of orders of magnitude more consistent style-wise than before.
|
80006 |
19-Jul-2001 |
iedowse |
Since revision 1.40/1.41, the default behaviour for mount_nfs is to give up after one attempt unless a background mount is requested. Background mounts would retry 10000 times (at least 7 days) before giving up.
For some situations such as diskless terminals, an NFS filesystem may be critical to the boot process, so neither the "try once" nor background mounts are appropiate. To cater for this situation, unbreak the -R (retry count) parameter so that it also works in the non-background case. Interpret a zero retry count as "retry forever".
The defaults are now "try once" for non-background mounts and "retry forever" for background mounts; both can be overridden via -R. Add a description of this behaviour to the manpage.
|
79978 |
19-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Document "-F".
|
79977 |
19-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Change exit return value to better match fsck_ffs(8).
|
79976 |
19-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Recognize the "-F" option which requests whether the filesystem needs to be cleaned immediately in foreground, or if its cleaning can be deferred to background.
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>
|
79863 |
18-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Use MD_NAME and MDCTL_NAME constants where appropriate.
|
79850 |
18-Jul-2001 |
ru |
fdisk(8): document the default for -b, add xref to boot0cfg(8). boot0cfg(8): add FILES section.
Reviewed by: rnordier
|
79762 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Sort options in DESCRIPTION.
|
79761 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Bump date for addition of -D.
|
79758 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Set WARNS=2 on programs which compile cleanly.
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
79755 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Remove whitespace at EOL.
|
79754 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Remove whitespace at EOL.
|
79750 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Constify, de-register-ify, and set WARNS=2.
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
79749 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Constify, de-register-ify, __unused-ify, and set WARNS=2.
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
79748 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Constify and set WARNS=2.
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
79747 |
15-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Fix a prototype and set WARNS=2.
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
79736 |
14-Jul-2001 |
billf |
add -a to usage()
Submitted by: Ashley Penney <ashp@unloved.org> MFC after: 3 days
|
79681 |
13-Jul-2001 |
joerg |
After some (long-standing ;-) critics from Bruce, throw away the old device search code i introduce nearly six years ago in rev 1.8. Bruce suggested to rather use the device name of the root filesystem instead which is certainly the most sensible default. Since there are many possible cases for a root filesystem name (device with and without slices, consider /dev/vinum/root even though it currently could not work as such), there's some heuristic using a RE in order to find out the canonical device name from the mounted name. This probably won't quite fit for a NFS root (can't test that right now), but then, there's hard to find a good default for those machines anyway. ;-)
This unbreaks the functionality of rev 1.2 i once broke in 1.8. :)
|
79658 |
13-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: -xwidth has been fold into -width.
|
79588 |
11-Jul-2001 |
ru |
Due to the documented bug in inet_aton(3), it wasn't possible to use 0xffffffff (INADDR_NONE) as a netmask value. The fix is to use inet_addr(3) which doesn't suffer from this problem.
PR: bin/28873
Also, while here, fixed the bug when netmask value was ignored (RTF_HOST flag was set) if the "destination gateway netmask" syntax is used, e.g. ``route add 1.2.3.4 127.1 255.255.255.255''.
|
79578 |
11-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixed markup and program name.
|
79530 |
10-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: removed HISTORY info from the .Os call.
|
79521 |
10-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: minor markup tweaks.
|
79520 |
10-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Restored .Pa for ``dumpdates'' (it's still a file). Also, removed duplicate ``file'' words.
|
79510 |
10-Jul-2001 |
cjc |
Fix rule parsing breakage introduced in 1.103 cleanup. 'tcp' and 'icmp' rules could drop into infinite loops when given bad arguments.
Reviewed by: ru, des Approved by: ru
|
79458 |
09-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Fix disordering.
|
79457 |
09-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Add fsck_msdosfs
|
79456 |
09-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Style tweaks.
|
79455 |
09-Jul-2001 |
obrien |
Add fsck_msdosfs.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
79454 |
09-Jul-2001 |
dd |
mdoc(7) police: remove extraneous .Pp before and/or after .Sh.
|
79452 |
09-Jul-2001 |
brian |
Fix the type of the NULL arg to execl()
Idea from: Theo de Raadt <deraadt@openbsd.org>
|
79442 |
09-Jul-2001 |
dillon |
Add manual page and usage for dump -D (supplied by Dima Dorfman) (will also be MFC'd)
Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>
|
79428 |
08-Jul-2001 |
dillon |
Oops, forgot to add 'D' to the option morphing block.
|
79427 |
08-Jul-2001 |
dillon |
Add a -D option to dump, allowing the path for the /etc/dumpdates file to be changed, so independant entities backing up the same thing to different media can be made not to trip over each other.
MFC after: 3 days
|
79403 |
07-Jul-2001 |
mjacob |
Ian Dowse writes:
The original code was certainly broken; it knows that whereto is to be used for a sockaddr_in, so it should be declared as such. To support multiple protocols, there is also a sockaddr_storage struct that can be used; I don't think struct sockaddr is supposed to be used anywhere other than for casts and pointers.
Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie> MFC after: 3 weeks
|
79381 |
07-Jul-2001 |
mjacob |
Fix unaligned access faults on alpha.
This one is strange and goes against my rusty compiler knowledge.
The global declaration
struct sockaddr whereto;
produces for both i386 && alpha:
.comm whereto,16,1
which means common storage, byte aligned. Ahem. I though structs were supposed to be ALDOUBLE always? I mean, w/o pragma packed?
Later on, this address is coerced to:
to = (struct sockaddr_in *)&whereto;
Up until now, we've been fine on alpha because the address just ended up aligned to a 4 byte boundary. Lately, though, it end up as:
0000000120027b0f B whereto
And, tra la, you get unaligned access faults. The solution I picked, in lieu of understanding what the compiler was doing, is to put whereto as a union of a sockaddr and sockaddr_in. That's more formally correct if somewhat awkward looking.
|
79366 |
06-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: sort SEE ALSO xrefs (sort -b -f +2 -3 +1 -2).
|
79351 |
06-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: cosmetics.
|
79319 |
05-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix markup.
|
79318 |
05-Jul-2001 |
tmm |
Update the dmesg man page to reflect the recent changes to dmesg.
Reviewed by: ru
|
79314 |
05-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixed formatting.
|
79306 |
05-Jul-2001 |
joerg |
Make open_disk() fail nicely upon encountering an ENOENT so to not prematurely terminate the search for a usable disk. ENOENT is quite normal in particulare now with the advent of devfs.
While being here, also remove /dev/wd0 and /dev/od0 from the list of disks to search since we don't have them anymore.
MFC after: 1 week
|
79297 |
05-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Spelling police: extention -> extension.
|
79215 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Keep document title (.Dt) in CAPITALS, as required by the mdoc(7) manpage.
|
79214 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: don't xref to itself.
|
79213 |
04-Jul-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: cosmetics.
|
79154 |
03-Jul-2001 |
tmm |
Use the kern.msgbuf sysctl to get the message buffer on a running kernel, and remove setgid kmem, which is not needed any more.
|
79144 |
03-Jul-2001 |
yar |
Fix a typo: "must be have" -> "must have"
MFC after: 5 days
|
79118 |
02-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Document continuation line support.
PR: 8479 Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>
|
79117 |
02-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Correct handling of continuation lines. Instead of treating the backslash as nothing, treat it like a space so that adjacent lines aren't glued together.
PR: 8479 Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>
|
79105 |
02-Jul-2001 |
brooks |
Support network device cloning via create and destroy options.
Reviewed by: ru, ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
|
79052 |
01-Jul-2001 |
kris |
Add __printflike() to those static functions which need it.
|
79049 |
01-Jul-2001 |
dd |
Correct grammar.
|
79048 |
01-Jul-2001 |
kris |
Silence format string warnings.
MFC after: 2 weeks
|
79039 |
01-Jul-2001 |
mikeh |
Convert two instances of a lseek()+read() combination to a pread().
PR: bin/17640 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
79018 |
30-Jun-2001 |
rwatson |
Modify ping so that it increases the send socket buffer size if the user runs with privilege, allowing the sending of icmp packets with larger size (up to 48k, the default receive buffer size in ping), which is useful for network driver development testing, as well as experimentation with fragmentation.
Reviewed by: wpaul
|
79002 |
29-Jun-2001 |
roam |
Properly cast a size argument to an unsigned type.
Thanks to: dd for noticing the need for a cast.
|
78995 |
29-Jun-2001 |
ume |
- fixed typo - a wording improvement in BUGS (ping vs ping6 issue)
Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 1 week
|
78990 |
29-Jun-2001 |
ume |
sync usage/description with reality.
Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 1 week
|
78984 |
29-Jun-2001 |
ume |
stop sending echo packets whenever the upper limit is specified by the -c option, regardless of the -f option. based on a comment from Tomohide Nagashima <tomohide@japan-telecom.co.jp>.
Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 1 week
|
78982 |
29-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Silence warnings on the Alpha: don't assume size_t is an int.
|
78978 |
29-Jun-2001 |
roam |
Connect the new kldconfig(8) utility to the build.
|
78977 |
29-Jun-2001 |
roam |
Add kldconfig(8), a utility to modify the kernel module search path.
Reviewed by: -arch, -audit
|
78949 |
29-Jun-2001 |
des |
Fix include ordering breakage from rev. 1.23.
Please-read-style(9): dd
|
78756 |
25-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Only checksum stdin if nothing has been checksummed yet.
PR: bin/28386
|
78736 |
24-Jun-2001 |
kuriyama |
Merge from ipfw.8 (1.57). o Sync with netinet6/ip6_fw.c (1.12).
MFC after: 10 days
|
78735 |
24-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Nuke unused variables.
|
78734 |
24-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Include missing header files whicih define functions for which gcc has builtints (e.g., exit, strcmp).
|
78732 |
24-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Include missing header files which define functions for which gcc has builtins (e.g., exit, strcmp).
|
78711 |
24-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Use strdup(3) instead of reimplementing it inline.
|
78686 |
24-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Remove duplicate words.
|
78679 |
23-Jun-2001 |
iedowse |
Use the new CLSET_CONNECT clnt_control() request on UDP clients to ensure that we never proceed with the mount() syscall if the server is replying from the wrong source address. Previously the userland RPC call to the remote nfsd would succeed, but the kernel uses connect() so it would not see the replies, resulting in a hung mount.
|
78657 |
23-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Fixed DPADD.
Submitted by: bde
|
78624 |
22-Jun-2001 |
dd |
WARNS= -> WARNS?=
Submitted by: Mike Barcroft <mike@q9media.com>
|
78576 |
22-Jun-2001 |
iedowse |
Make it much more obvious that the use of NQNFS is discouraged (the NQNFS code is ancient, bug-ridden, and should probably be removed). The wording here was very confusing; it was easy to get the impression that NQNFS is an extension to NFSv3 when in fact it just uses some NFSv3-like extensions on top of NFSv2. As witnessed by the mailing lists and PRs, some people were reading the description and deciding that NQNFS was what they wanted to use.
MFC after: 1 week
|
78569 |
21-Jun-2001 |
mjacob |
Fix compilation error on alpha.
|
78549 |
21-Jun-2001 |
joe |
Revert the previous commit on objection from the maintainer. I missed that natd has a -v option that will give similar functionality.
Requested by: ru
|
78547 |
21-Jun-2001 |
joe |
When reporting that a packet can't be written back, usually because of a restrictive firewall rule, also report detail on the packet that caused the failure.
MFC after: 3 days
|
78526 |
21-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Constify mdmaybeload(), add a prototype for usage(), and get rid of a sizeof(int) == sizeof(long) assumption; clamp down with WARNS=2.
|
78525 |
21-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Don't assume the length of MD_NAME is 2.
|
78524 |
21-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Fail if -s isn't specified for an MD_MALLOC or MD_SWAP disk; the driver itself obviously won't configure such a disk, but the error returned (EDOM) is more cryptic to the average user than it should be.
Also assert that the argument to -u is in fact a valid unit; don't just accept any string to mean 0.
Approved by: phk
|
78518 |
20-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Add a missing word.
Submitted by: Alexander Leidinger <Alexander@Leidinger.net>
|
78486 |
20-Jun-2001 |
mikeh |
Document the interactive command `what'.
Reviewed by: ru MFC after: 2 weeks
|
78484 |
20-Jun-2001 |
mikeh |
Fix typo which could lead to memory leak.
PR: misc/28283 MFC after: 2 weeks
|
78480 |
20-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Add a SEE ALSO section.
|
78479 |
20-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Miscellaneous mdoc(7) fixes; also expand contractions.
Submitted by: ru
|
78454 |
19-Jun-2001 |
dd |
This command has more than four options.
|
78448 |
18-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Hook mdmfs into the build.
|
78447 |
18-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Introduce mdmfs(8), a wrapper around mdconfig(8), disklabel(8), newfs(8), and mount(8) that mimics the command line option set of the deprecated mount_mfs(8).
Approved by: jkh, phk, -hackers
|
78434 |
18-Jun-2001 |
pirzyk |
modfied sysctl command to allow setting values > 2GB if the mib supports it.
PR: kern/21132 Reviewed by: no objections to by -arch MFC after: 1 month
|
78416 |
18-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Pick up the correct headers from sys/contrib/ipfilter/netinet.
|
78345 |
16-Jun-2001 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r78344, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
78140 |
12-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Allow route(8) to create "proxy only" published ARP entries.
PR: bin/12357 Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>
|
78139 |
12-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Fixed the -iface breakage introduced with the latest KAME merge in revision 1.48. It is pretty valid and often feasible to use a non-point-to-point interface as the gateway. One might, for example, use this to route some hosts through an ARP on a local interface, without having to assign an additional IP address:
Script started on Tue Jun 12 16:16:09 2001 # ifconfig rl0 inet rl0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 inet 192.168.4.115 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.4.255 # netstat -arn -finet | grep -w rl0 192.168.4 link#1 UC 3 0 rl0 => 192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 0 rl0 1197 # route add -net 192.168.100 -iface rl0 add net 192.168.100: gateway rl0 # ping 192.168.100.1 PING 192.168.100.1 (192.168.100.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192.168.100.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=0.551 ms 64 bytes from 192.168.100.1: icmp_seq=1 ttl=255 time=0.268 ms ^C --- 192.168.100.1 ping statistics --- 2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.268/0.410/0.551/0.142 ms # netstat -arn -finet | grep -w rl0 192.168.4 link#1 UC 3 0 rl0 => 192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 0 rl0 1165 192.168.100 link#1 UCSc 1 0 rl0 => 192.168.100.1 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 1 4 rl0 1192
Script done on Tue Jun 12 16:17:12 2001
|
78080 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Backout previous change (removal of -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys/netinet). This is needed to pick up the right headers. Wrong headers from src/contrib/ipfilter are used otherwise.
The right fix would be to fix contrib/ipfilter C sources to pick up headers from <sys/netinet>.
Noticed by: peter
|
78064 |
11-Jun-2001 |
ume |
Sync with recent KAME. This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some critical problem after the snap was out were fixed. There are many many changes since last KAME merge.
TODO: - The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT. - ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should be removed under 5-CURRENT.
Reviewed by: itojun Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 weeks
|
78039 |
11-Jun-2001 |
mjacob |
Add 'SKIP' as an action so that verification works for multivolume restores. Tested with filesystem files.
PR: 27218 Submitted by: mad1@tapil.com MFC after: 3 weeks
|
78034 |
11-Jun-2001 |
grog |
Correct typo.
Submitted by: Normand Leclerc <leclercn@videotron.ca>
|
77929 |
09-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Since we use getopt (in rev. 1.12), there's no need for the case's for the individual options to increment argv and decrement argc. This caused the -T option to swallow an extra argument.
PR: 27982 Submitted by: Samuel Greear <sgreear@vsni.com>
|
77928 |
09-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Normalize the use of sizeof according to style(9).
Reviewed by: md5(1)
|
77927 |
09-Jun-2001 |
peter |
dumpmag is 'u_long dumpmag' in the kernel, not 'int'. If this worked on the Alpha, it was because of luck that it was little endian.
Tidy up the dumpsize/dumppages confusion and the out of date comments.
|
77924 |
08-Jun-2001 |
schweikh |
Fix a "this sentence no verb" grammar bogon. MFC after: 1 week
|
77908 |
08-Jun-2001 |
ru |
When changing an indirect route, kernel routing code allocates a route to the gateway and caches it in the route structure. It may happen (if the routing table is screwed) that the gateway route is the same route as the one being modified, in which case a kernel reports EDQUOT. Be more verbose about this:
# route add -net 10 192.168.4.65 add net 10: gateway 192.168.4.65 # netstat -rn -finet Routing tables
Internet: Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire default 192.168.4.65 UGSc 1 7 rl0 10 192.168.4.65 UGSc 0 0 rl0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 UH 0 178 lo0 192.168.4 link#1 UC 2 0 rl0 => 192.168.4.65 0:d0:b7:16:9c:c6 UHLW 2 0 rl0 1123
Before:
# route change -net 10 10.0.0.1 route: writing to routing socket: Disc quota exceeded change net 10: gateway 10.0.0.1: Disc quota exceeded
After:
# ./route change -net 10 10.0.0.1 route: writing to routing socket: Disc quota exceeded change net 10: gateway 10.0.0.1: gateway uses the same route
PR: bin/1093, misc/26833
|
77904 |
08-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Change the host/bits syntax introduced in route.c,v 1.24 to the net/bits syntax, for consistency with netstat(1) in particular.
OK'ed by: phk MFC after: 1 week
|
77894 |
08-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Remove xref to blackhole(4). sysctl has nothing to do with blackhole(4), except that blackhole(4) uses sysctl's. This xref obviously isn't appropriate unless we want to xref all the other man pages which mention sysctls, which we obviously don't (we may want to list those sysctls, but that's another story).
PR: 27937 Submitted by: yar
|
77892 |
08-Jun-2001 |
peter |
'int dumpsize; /* memory size in bytes */' is not good for machines with 2GB or more of ram.
|
77885 |
07-Jun-2001 |
tomsoft |
cleanup to get rid of most warnings on alpha and yes now it also works on alpha
Reviewed by: chm MFC after: 3 weeks
|
77878 |
07-Jun-2001 |
sobomax |
Correct cross-reference: portmap.8 --> rpcbind.8
Submitted by: .Xr testing script
|
77873 |
07-Jun-2001 |
ru |
- Exit 1 if "add", "change", or "delete" operation fails.
PR: bin/12489
- Use inet_ntoa(3) where it should have been used. This part of code simply wasn't converted to the "new" style after the routename() function was converted from the protocol-generic version to protocol-specific version in CSRG revision 5.6.
MFC after: 1 week
|
77836 |
06-Jun-2001 |
chris |
Mention Alexandre Peixoto's share/examples/ipfw/change_rules.sh in the checklist.
MFC after: 1 week
|
77835 |
06-Jun-2001 |
phk |
Fix a byteorder problem in a diagnostic message.
PR: 16625 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@ALCATEL.COM.AU>
|
77779 |
05-Jun-2001 |
tomsoft |
fix a bug of a only partitally initialization which could result in an unclean filesystem after growing by a large amount of cylinder groups
Reviewed by: chm
|
77739 |
04-Jun-2001 |
des |
Invert the meaning of the -d option (i.e. default to *not* list dynamic rules, but list them if -d was specified).
Avoid listing expired dynamic rules unless the (new) -e option was specified.
If specific rule numbers were listed on the command line, and the -d flag was specified, only list dynamic rules that match the specified rule numbers.
Try to partly clean up the bleeding mess this file has become. If there is any justice in this world, the responsible parties (you know who you are!) should expect to wake up one morning with a horse's head in their bed. The code still looks like spaghetti, but at least now it's *properly intented* spaghetti (hmm? did somebody say "tagliatelle"?).
|
77611 |
02-Jun-2001 |
dd |
ARP works on networks other than Ethernet.
PR: 22062 Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de>, Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>
|
77610 |
02-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Mention the 'ether' parameter.
PR: 23767 Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>, Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>
|
77577 |
01-Jun-2001 |
ru |
- VFS_SET(msdos) -> VFS_SET(msdosfs) - msdos.ko -> msdosfs.ko - mount_msdos(8) -> mount_msdosfs(8) - "msdos" -> "msdosfs" compatibility glue in mount(8)
|
77575 |
01-Jun-2001 |
ru |
Remove vestiges of MFS.
|
77567 |
01-Jun-2001 |
dd |
Remove unused variable (descr) in show_var().
PR: 22582 Submitted by: Giorgos Keramidas <charon@gray.westgate.gr>
|
77479 |
30-May-2001 |
bde |
Don't link ${BINDIR}/newfs to nowhere.
Don't clutter this Makefile (not to mention the error output) with $(BDECFLAGS}.
|
77447 |
29-May-2001 |
dd |
Remove -DMFS from CFLAGS.
|
77446 |
29-May-2001 |
dd |
Remove all references to MFS.
|
77436 |
29-May-2001 |
iedowse |
Ignore the new superblock fields fs_pendingblocks and fs_pendinginodes when comparing with the alternate superblock. These fields are used for temporary in-core information only. This should fix the "VALUES IN SUPER BLOCK DISAGREE WITH THOSE IN FIRST ALTERNATE" error from fsck_ffs that has been seen a lot recently.
|
77435 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
Remove MFS
|
77420 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
A more complete removal of MFS related code.
XXX: This program badly needs a style(9) + BDECFLAGS treatment.
|
77418 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
Initial cleanout of MFS from newfs. More complete wash needed.
|
77405 |
29-May-2001 |
iedowse |
Since the netexport struct was centralised to 'struct mount', attempting to remove nonexistant exports with MNT_DELEXPORT returns an error; before this change it always succeeded. This caused mountd(8) to log "can't delete exports for /whatever" warnings.
Change the error code from EINVAL to a more specific ENOENT, and make mountd ignore this error when deleting the export list. I could have just restored the previous behaviour of returning success, but I think an error return is a useful diagnostic.
Reviewed by: phk
|
77385 |
29-May-2001 |
phk |
When using interfaces that support if_media, the supported media list is printed on a single, very long, and generally unreadable line. This isn't very useful. It's also really ugly and most of the time you don't care what media is supported anyway.
PR: 27701 Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>
|
77374 |
29-May-2001 |
dd |
Update the document date after DES's updates, move the description of the -b option below -a to maintain alphabetical order, and add a missing ".It" before "Fl o".
|
77348 |
28-May-2001 |
ru |
Use new backup feature of install(1).
|
77332 |
28-May-2001 |
des |
Perform random drive-by style cleanups, and rewrite a while loop that offended my artistic sensibilities.
|
77330 |
28-May-2001 |
des |
Try to make sysctl options slightly more orthogonal:
- introduce a -o option that displays opaque variables. - introduce a -x option that displays opaque variables in full. - deprecate -A in favor of -ao and -X in favor of -ax. - remove -A and -X from usage() and SYNOPSIS (but not from DESCRIPTION). - ignore -a if one or more variables were listed on the command line. - deprecate -w, it is not needed to determine the user's intentions. - some language and style cleanup in the man page.
This commit should not break any existing scripts.
MFC after: 4 weeks
|
77223 |
26-May-2001 |
ru |
- sys/n[tw]fs moved to sys/fs/n[tw]fs - /usr/include/n[tw]fs moved to /usr/include/fs/n[tw]fs
|
77218 |
26-May-2001 |
phk |
Forgot to cvs add these two files for the previous commit.
|
77217 |
26-May-2001 |
phk |
Currently, each wireless networking driver has it's own control program despite the fact that most people want to set exactly the same settings regardless of which card they have. It has been repeatidly suggested that this configuration should be done via ifconfig. This patch implements the required functionality in ifconfig and add support to the wi and an drivers. It also provides partial, untested support for the awi driver.
PR: 25577 Submitted by: Brooks Davis <brooks@one-eyed-alien.net>
|
77162 |
25-May-2001 |
ru |
- sys/msdosfs moved to sys/fs/msdosfs - msdos.ko renamed to msdosfs.ko - /usr/include/msdosfs moved to /usr/include/fs/msdosfs
|
77133 |
24-May-2001 |
ru |
Actually rename FDESC, PORTAL, UMAP and UNION file systems.
OK'ed by: bp
|
77128 |
24-May-2001 |
ru |
Missed one mount_null(8) -> mount_nullfs(8) in previous commit.
|
77122 |
24-May-2001 |
nik |
Remove the "undocumented" comment in re lflag.
|
77121 |
24-May-2001 |
nik |
Document the -l option.
PR: docs/27440 Submitted by: Flix-Antoine Paradis <reel@sympatico.ca>
|
77119 |
24-May-2001 |
phk |
Add a -A option to ping which beeps when packets are lost.
PR: 11818 Submitted by: Marc Evans marc@destek.net
|
77102 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
*sigh* We can't remove VINUMDEBUG entirely, since we include kernel header files and sources which depend on it. For userland, define VINUMDEBUG here. Also remove a now superfluous #ifdef.
|
77101 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
Remove cruft.
|
77042 |
23-May-2001 |
ru |
Rename (after a repo-copy) some mount(8) programs:
mount_fdesc -> mount_fdescfs mount_null -> mount_nullfs mount_portal -> mount_portalfs mount_umap -> mount_umapfs mount_union -> mount_unionfs
|
77031 |
23-May-2001 |
ru |
- FDESC, FIFO, NULL, PORTAL, PROC, UMAP and UNION file systems were repo-copied from sys/miscfs to sys/fs.
- Renamed the following file systems and their modules: fdesc -> fdescfs, portal -> portalfs, union -> unionfs.
- Renamed corresponding kernel options: FDESC -> FDESCFS, PORTAL -> PORTALFS, UNION -> UNIONFS.
- Install header files for the above file systems.
- Removed bogus -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys CFLAGS from userland Makefiles.
|
77026 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
Remove -DVINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options if the kernel module is built that way.
|
77025 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
Remove #ifdef VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options if the kernel module is built that way.
Remove the gross debug device/non-debug device hack used to recognize whether the kernel module was in sync with the userland module.
|
77024 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
vinum_debug: Check for kernel module debug support, print error message if not present.
|
77023 |
23-May-2001 |
grog |
Remove #ifdef VINUMDEBUG. vinum(8) now always supports debug options if the kernel module is built that way.
vinum_info: Check for kernel module debug support, print error message if not present.
|
76988 |
22-May-2001 |
ru |
Fix argument processing. Make this compile with WARNS=2.
PR: bin/27524 MFC after: 3 days
|
76969 |
22-May-2001 |
grog |
Update description of the stripe size created by vinum_stripe, vinum_mirror, vinum_raid4, vinum_raid5.
Correct typos.
Show new output of the 'list' and 'ls' commands.
Update examples to use 279 kB stripe sizes instead of 256 kB.
Clarify some text.
Remove the description of the 'invalid ioctl' messages which now no longer occur.
Add a description of the 'retryerrors' keyword.
|
76968 |
22-May-2001 |
grog |
Major tidy up. Add explicit header files, thus enabling the .c files to avoid including the kernel headers.
Move a number of definitions of userland functions from dev/vinum/vinumext.h.
Desired by: bde
This commit is the first of a general cleanup of the header files.. It won't be enough to make bde happy.
Remove vinum_perror and associated DEVBUG definition.
|
76967 |
22-May-2001 |
grog |
Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.
Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's what the ioctls return now.
Remove vinum_perror.
main: Check kernel version with userland version in _vinum_conf. This field is a constant which gets incremented every time the kernel-userland interface changes. This enables vinum(8) to check for the correct kernel version and to produce a useful message if it doesn't match. For previous versions, which don't have a version number, the length of the structure is different, so we can recognize it via the EINVAL return from ioctl.
Supply count parameter to tokenize().
Change method of recognizing active devfs: replace devfs_is_active with (complemented) no_devfs.
make_devices: remove references to devfs. If we're running devfs, we don't need to call make_devices at all.
vinum_makedev (user command 'makedev'): Print a warning message if devfs is running and don't do anything else.
|
76966 |
22-May-2001 |
grog |
Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.
Remove vinum_perror.
Modify 'list' brief printout to fit in 80 columns.
Modify 'ls' brief printout to show the drive to which the subdisk before instead of the plex offset, which is usually less interesting. The verbose printout remains unchanged.
Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's what the ioctls return now.
Move checkupdates here to simplify header file mess.
|
76965 |
22-May-2001 |
grog |
Tidy up header files. Don't include stuff we don't need.
Remove 'vinum_perror'.
Only call make_devices if we're not running devfs.
Use userland expurgated versions of kernel structures, since that's what the ioctls return now.
Update help list, which was lagging behind reality.
checkupdates: move to list.c to simplify header file mess.
vinum_stripe, vinum_mirror, vinum_raid4, vinum_raid5: change the default stripe size from 256 k to 279 k, thus hopefully spreading superblocks more evenly.
|
76891 |
20-May-2001 |
dwmalone |
Add a flag to "ipfw show" which supresses the display of dynamic rules. Also, don't show dynamic rules if you only asked to see a certain rule number.
PR: 18550 Submitted by: Lyndon Nerenberg <lyndon@orthanc.ab.ca> Approved by: luigi MFC after: 2 weeks
|
76812 |
18-May-2001 |
ru |
Removed -I${.CURDIR}/.../sys from CFLAGS.
|
76811 |
18-May-2001 |
sos |
Fix bogon introduce by last commit.
|
76750 |
17-May-2001 |
brian |
Allow ``ip4'' as an ``upperspec'' value, and update the man page with *all* the permissible values.
This should really be spelt ipencap (as /etc/protocols does), but a precedent has already been set by the ipproto array in setkey.c.
It would be nice if /etc/protocols was parsed for the upperspec field, but I don't do yacc/lex...
This change allows policies that only encrypt the encapsulated packets passing between the endpoints of a gif tunnel. Setting such a policy means that you can still talk directly (and unencrypted) between the public IP numbers with (say) ssh.
MFC after: 1 week
|
76743 |
17-May-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: update document date.
|
76742 |
17-May-2001 |
sos |
Update to use the new ioctl interface.
Add the list command.
|
76624 |
15-May-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix markup in revision 1.27.
|
76604 |
14-May-2001 |
grog |
Clarify the currently used partition types.
Add cross-references to ccd(4) and vinum(8).
|
76530 |
13-May-2001 |
iedowse |
- Split out the {family,socktype}->netid conversion into a separate function; we now handle unknown protocols more gracefully.
- Cache the return from getnetconfigent() so that we don't have to remember to call freenetconfigent() each time. This fixes a memory leak that would cause retrying background mount_nfs processes to slowly increase their memory usage.
|
76352 |
08-May-2001 |
mckusick |
Just notify us once when encountering a partially allocated inode.
|
76326 |
07-May-2001 |
ru |
Cosmetics: .Dl -> .Li.
|
76295 |
05-May-2001 |
jesper |
Let ifconfig(8) catch up with the new functionality where one can specify addresses and netmask in CIDR notation.
Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>
|
76276 |
04-May-2001 |
jesper |
Implement slash/CIDR notation for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
MFC after: 1 week
Reviewed by: phk Obtained from: NetBSD
|
76224 |
02-May-2001 |
obrien |
* include/elf.h has been repo copied to include/elf-hints.h, and it no longer includes machine/elf.h. * consumers of elf.h now use the minimalist elf header possible.
This change is motivated by Binutils 2.11.0 and too much clashing over our base elf headers and the Binutils elf headers.
|
76198 |
02-May-2001 |
dd |
Implement the -r and -w options as `-o ro' and `-o noro', respectively. At least in -w's case, simply unsetting the correct bit in init_flags was not enough. The bit may be reset later if, say, the filesystem is marked `ro' in fstab. The command line option should override the fstab setting, but did not. The implementation of -r was changed for consistency.
PR: 26886 Reviewed by: archie
|
76143 |
30-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Update usage message with new options.
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@FreeBSD.org>
|
76069 |
27-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix markup.
|
76063 |
27-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: document date updated, removed history info from the .Os call, cosmetics.
|
76062 |
27-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: update document date, sort xrefs, fix markup.
|
76024 |
26-Apr-2001 |
ru |
Added missing no's to the -o options list. Fixed markup.
|
76022 |
26-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix markup.
|
75980 |
25-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Add support for -F flag (trivial as background check is never possible).
|
75936 |
25-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Add support for running foreground (-F) and background (-B) checks. Traditionally, fsck is invoked before the filesystems are mounted and all checks are done to completion at that time. If background checking is available, fsck is invoked twice. It is first invoked at the traditional time, before the filesystems are mounted, with the -F flag to do checking on all the filesystems that cannot do background checking. It is then invoked a second time, after the system has completed going multiuser, with the -B flag to do checking on all the filesystems that can do background checking. Unlike the foreground checking, the background checking is started asynchonously so that other system activity can proceed even on the filesystems that are being checked.
At the moment, only the fast filesystem supports background checking. To be able to do background checking, a filesystem must have been running with soft updates, not have been marked as needing a foreground check, and be mounted and writable when the background check is to be done (i.e., not listed as `noauto' in /etc/fstab).
These changes are the final piece needed to support background filesystem checking. They will not have any effect until you update your /etc/rc to invoke fsck in its new mode of operation. I am still playing around with exactly what those changes should be and should be committing them later this week.
|
75927 |
24-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Add support for the -F flag which determines whether a specified filesystem needs foreground checking (usually at boot time) or can defer to background checking (after the system is up and running). See the manual page, fsck_ffs(8), for details on the -F and -B options. These options are primarily intended for use by the fsck front end.
All output is directed to stdout so that the output is coherent when redirected to a file or a pipe. Unify the code with the fsck front end that allows either a device or a mount point to be specified as the argument to be checked.
|
75915 |
24-Apr-2001 |
imp |
Say "add -r" rather than 'use -r' since the former is more correct. The latter implies to many people that they use only -r, which is incorrect.
|
75904 |
24-Apr-2001 |
kris |
sprintf() -> snprintf()
Partially submitted by: "Andrew R. Reiter" <arr@watson.org> Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
75884 |
23-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
In fsdb, call sblock_init() which is now necessary to initialise the global variable dev_bsize. Add a prototype for sblock_init() to fsck.h, and set the return type correctly.
|
75861 |
23-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
Reinstate one more old bugfix that got lost in the tirpc commit: always look up -network and -mask addresses numerically before trying getnetbyname(). Without this, we may end up attempting DNS queries on silly names such as "127.0.0.0.my-domain.com". See the commit log from revisions 1.21 and 1.20 for further details.
|
75841 |
22-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
When exporting a directory that is not a mountpoint, mountd repeatedly removes the last path component until the mount() succeeds. However, the code never checks if it has passed the mountpoint, so in some cases where the mount() never succeeds, it can end up applying the flags from a mounted filesystem to the underlying one.
Add a sanity check to the code which removes the last path component: test that the fsid associated with the new path is the same as that of the old one.
PR: bin/7872
|
75801 |
21-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
The introduction of IPv6 support from NetBSD's mountd invalidated a number of assumptions related to the parsing of options in /etc/exports, and missed a few necessary new error checks.
The main problems related to netmasks: an IPv6 network address missing a netmask would result in the filesystem being exported to the whole IPv6 world, non-continuous netmasks would be made continuous without any warnings, and nothing prevented you specifying an IPv4 mask with an IPv6 address.
This change addresses these issues. As a side-effect we now store netmasks in sockaddr structs (this matches the kernel interface, and is closer to the way it used to be). Add a flag OP_HAVEMASK to keep track of whether or not we have successfully got a mask from any source. Replace some mask-related helper functions with versions that use the sockaddr-based masks.
Also tidy up get_net() and fix the code that interprets IPv4 partial networks such as "127.1" as network rather than host addresses. Properly zero out some structures that were ending up partially containing junk from the stack, fix a few formatting issues, and add a comment noting some assumptions about export arguments.
|
75754 |
21-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
Fix a long-standing bug relating to the handling of SIGHUP: mountd would call malloc, stdio and other library functions from the signal handler which is not safe due to reentrancy problems.
Instead, add a simple handler that just sets a flag, and call the more complex function from main() when necessary. Unfortunately to be able to check this flag, we must expand the svc_run() call, but the RPC library makes that relatively easy to do.
|
75689 |
19-Apr-2001 |
jkh |
Fix bogon with the nodump flag.
Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>
|
75670 |
18-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: normalize .Nd.
|
75641 |
18-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
A few more mountd cleanups: - Remove some horrible code that faked a "struct addrinfo" to be later passed to freeaddrinfo(). Instead, add a new group type "GT_DEFAULT" used to denote that the filesystem is exported to the world, and treat this case separately. - Don't clear the AI_CANONNAME flag in a struct addrinfo returned by getaddrinfo. There's still a bit more struct addrinfo abuse left in here. - Simplify do_mount() slightly by using an addrinfo pointer to keep track of the current address.
|
75635 |
17-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
Various bugfixes and cleanups, mainly from Martin Blapp: - Revert del_mlist() to its pre-tirpc prototype. Unlike NetBSD's version, ours lets the caller generate any syslog() messages, so that it can include the service name in the message. - Initialise a few local variables to clarify the logic and avoid some compiler warnings. - Remove a few unused functions and local variables, and fix some whitespace issues. - Reinstate the logic for avoiding duplicate host entries that got removed accidentally in revision 1.41 (added in r1.5). This bit was submitted in a slightly different form by Thomas Quinot.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>, Thomas Quinot <quinot@inf.enst.fr> PR: bin/26148
|
75574 |
17-Apr-2001 |
kris |
Add a missing argument to an error message format string.
|
75557 |
16-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Minor background cleanups: 1) Set the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag when unexpected problems are encountered. 2) Clear the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag after a successful foreground cleanup. 3) Refuse to run in background when the FS_NEEDSFSCK flag is set. 4) Avoid taking and removing a snapshot when the filesystem is already clean. 5) Properly implement the force cleaning (-f) flag when in preen mode.
Note that you need to have revision 1.21 (date: 2001/04/14 05:26:28) of fs.h installed in <ufs/ffs/fs.h> defining FS_NEEDSFSCK for this to compile.
|
75545 |
16-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: prepare for mdocNG.
|
75498 |
13-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Do not allow the soft updates flag to be set if the filesystem is dirty. Because the kernel will allow the mounting of unclean filesystems when the soft updates flag is set, it is important that only soft updates style inconsistencies (missing blocks and inodes) be present. Otherwise a panic may ensue. It is also important that the filesystem be in a clean state when the soft updates flag is set because the background fsck uses the fact that the flag is set to indicate that it is safe to run. If background fsck encounters non-soft updates style inconsistencies, it will exit with unexpected inconsistencies.
|
75495 |
13-Apr-2001 |
dd |
mdoc(7) police: properly use a -diag list in the DIAGNOSTICS section.
Reviewed by: ru
|
75460 |
13-Apr-2001 |
dd |
Back out most of revision 1.28: lists of diagnostics must use -diag, not -tag. Instead, put a period after the error messages to aide those using dumb terminals not capable of properly displaying markup.
Requested by: ru
|
75459 |
13-Apr-2001 |
ru |
Update comment to match ipfw/ipfw.c,v 1.95.
|
75454 |
13-Apr-2001 |
gshapiro |
Match ip6fw's command line options to those of ipfw (specifically, added the ability to use a preprocessor, use the -q (quiet) flag when reading from a file). The source used is from ipfw.
Clean up exit codes while I am here.
KAME has been informed and plans on integrating these patches into their own source as well.
|
75401 |
11-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
Fix a typo relating to the "-U" (force UDP for mount protocol) option. When specified, make sure to use the correct netid for the getnetconfigent() call, and also in error messages.
|
75395 |
10-Apr-2001 |
jhb |
Catch up to the dirpref changes by copying new fields in the alternate superblock from the original superblock so that differences in those new fields are ignored.
|
75394 |
10-Apr-2001 |
iedowse |
Split out all the RPC code into a separate function and address a number of issues:
- Fix background mounts; these were broken in revision 1.40. - Don't give up before trying all addresses returned by getaddrinfo(). - Use protocol-independent routines where possible. - Improve error reporting for RPC errors. - In non-background mode, give up after trying all protocols once. - Use daemon(3) instead of rolling our own version. - Never go ahead with the mount() syscall until we have received a reply from the remote nfsd; this is especially important with non-interruptible mounts, as otherwise a mistyped command might require a reboot to correct.
Reviewed by: alfred, Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
75385 |
10-Apr-2001 |
ru |
vnconfig(8) -> mdconfig(8).
|
75379 |
10-Apr-2001 |
nik |
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do with some fleshing out.
|
75377 |
10-Apr-2001 |
mckusick |
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>. His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm. The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports". The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release. It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb, number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at: http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup First system normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44 async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29 sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43 softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34 Second system normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81 async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56 sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9 softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds. speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/* * Find a cylinder to place a directory. * * The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from * among those cylinder groups with above the average number of * free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories. */
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically located relatively far from each other. 2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps. It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers. On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data. The algorithm is: /* * Find a cylinder group to place a directory. * * The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a * directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent * directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes * and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be * allocated one after another in the same cylinder group * without intervening allocation of files. * * If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation * in another cylinder group. */
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case: those applications that create their entire directory structure first and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group. There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */ int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories, decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
|
75365 |
10-Apr-2001 |
dd |
Make the list in the DIAGNOSTICS section "-tag" instead of "-diag": the former makes it more obvious as to there the error message starts and the explanation begins.
PR: 26431
|
75312 |
08-Apr-2001 |
dd |
wd0 -> ad0
PR: 26343 Submitted by: Sergey A. Osokin <osa@FreeBSD.org.ru>
|
75289 |
07-Apr-2001 |
phk |
Don't make fsck go quite _that_ fast: In Preen mode we only checked one partition per disk device.
|
75286 |
07-Apr-2001 |
ru |
beforeinstall -> SCRIPTS.
|
75221 |
05-Apr-2001 |
bde |
Fixed some printf format errors (don't assume that ntohl() returns u_long).
|
75163 |
04-Apr-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use .Nm instead of hardcoded name.
|
75154 |
04-Apr-2001 |
nik |
wd1s1a -> ad1s1a
Submitted by: sanpei
|
75124 |
03-Apr-2001 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in previous commit.
|
75099 |
02-Apr-2001 |
obrien |
Document the newfs.c rev 1.33 changing the default c/g from 16 to 22.
|
75098 |
02-Apr-2001 |
obrien |
Fix patch merge braino.
|
75078 |
02-Apr-2001 |
obrien |
Allow enabling soft updates (with -U) on a new filesystem.
[I first added this functionality, and thought to check prior art. Seeing OpenBSD had already done this, I changed my addition to reduce the diffs between the two and went with their option letter.] Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
75047 |
31-Mar-2001 |
mckusick |
Use fs->fs_ipg rather than cg->cg_niblk as the latter is only 16-bits and may overflow.
Obtained from: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
|
75046 |
31-Mar-2001 |
ache |
- Back out the last (wrong) commit, and readd a modified version of pingnfsserver(). The pingnfsport() function is now called everytime. If we don't get RPC_SUCCESS or RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH back, there's something wrong with the NFS server and we just exit.
- Fix cfs mount on IPv4-only machines
- Fixed the looping when we did not run background mode.
- Fixed a getnameinfo() call with uninitialized adress. This is a NetBSD bug I didn't notified :-( Thanks Ian !
- Added some #ifdef NFSKERB
- Removed some unused variables.
- Fixed idention
- Remove unnecessary ":" in openlog ident
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch> Reviewed by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>
|
75037 |
31-Mar-2001 |
adrian |
Quoting from the email thrown around between kirk, bde and iedowse@..
<QUOTE> Overflow of cg_niblk causes spurious "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" warnings prompts in fsck_ffs. cg_niblk has type int16_t, but it is (ab)used to hold the number of inodes per group (it has nothing to do with the number of inode blocks in the cg as claimed in ffs/fs.h), and there can be lots of inodes per group. E.g.,
newfs -i 8192 -b 16384 -f 16384 -c 255 ...
gives 0xA900 inodes/group. Assignment of this to cg_niblk gives -0x5700. This is mostly harmless (ufs/ffs doesn't use cg_niblk, and bug-for-bug compatible overflow occurs in newfs), but in fsck_ffs/pass5.c, negative values of cg_niblk limit cg_irotor to 0 and the summary info appears to be bad. </QUOTE>
Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au> Obtained from: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>
|
75023 |
30-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Remove two lint directives that aren't needed since rev 1.5.
|
75015 |
30-Mar-2001 |
phk |
This change sanitizes the way fsck deals with pass numbers.
Consider this /etc/fstab:
# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass# /dev/ad1s1b none swap sw 0 0 /dev/ad0s1b none swap sw 0 0 /dev/ad0s1a / ufs rw 1 1 /dev/ad0s1e /home ufs rw 2 2 /dev/ad1s1e /tmp ufs rw 2 2 /dev/ad1s1f /usr ufs rw 2 2 /dev/ccd0c /syv ufs rw 2 11 proc /proc procfs rw 0 0
ccd0c is striped over /dev/ad0f and /dev/ad1g
Without this pass, fsck in preen mode will check ad0s1a first, and then issue three processes in parallel:
One process doing ad0s1e One process doing ad1s1e and ad1s1f One process doing ccd0c
There is no way to tell it that ccd0c overlaps ad0 and ad1.
With the patch, it will do it this way:
pass 2: One process doing ad0s1e One process doing ad1s1e and ad1s1f
and when they are complete:
pass 11: One process doing ccd0c
This is much faster and more sane.
Valid pass numbers are anything from 1 to INTMAX-1.
I retired the '-l' option which tried to allow people to do something like this, but which didn't work and which complicated the code an awful lot.
|
74948 |
28-Mar-2001 |
phk |
Allow specification of which source address to use for encapsulation.
PR: 25847 Submitted by: Eugene Polovnikov <eugene@brain-fag.org>
|
74873 |
27-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Make rev 1.5 better match the rest of dump(8)'s output.
|
74872 |
27-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Do not exit if unable to read /etc/dumpdates or create it. If one is trying to dump or repair an ill system, give the user a fighting chance. Refusing to operate w/o a very non-critical file (feature) is just plain stupid.
|
74844 |
27-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
give the "netgrent" functions a home in netdb.h
|
74840 |
27-Mar-2001 |
ken |
Rewrite of the CAM error recovery code.
Some of the major changes include:
- The SCSI error handling portion of cam_periph_error() has been broken out into a number of subfunctions to better modularize the code that handles the hierarchy of SCSI errors. As a result, the code is now much easier to read.
- String handling and error printing has been significantly revamped. We now use sbufs to do string formatting instead of using printfs (for the kernel) and snprintf/strncat (for userland) as before.
There is a new catchall error printing routine, cam_error_print() and its string-based counterpart, cam_error_string() that allow the kernel and userland applications to pass in a CCB and have errors printed out properly, whether or not they're SCSI errors. Among other things, this helped eliminate a fair amount of duplicate code in camcontrol.
We now print out more information than before, including the CAM status and SCSI status and the error recovery action taken to remedy the problem.
- sbufs are now available in userland, via libsbuf. This change was necessary since most of the error printing code is shared between libcam and the kernel.
- A new transfer settings interface is included in this checkin. This code is #ifdef'ed out, and is primarily intended to aid discussion with HBA driver authors on the final form the interface should take. There is example code in the ahc(4) driver that implements the HBA driver side of the new interface. The new transfer settings code won't be enabled until we're ready to switch all HBA drivers over to the new interface.
src/Makefile.inc1, lib/Makefile: Add libsbuf. It must be built before libcam, since libcam uses sbuf routines.
libcam/Makefile: libcam now depends on libsbuf.
libsbuf/Makefile: Add a makefile for libsbuf. This pulls in the sbuf sources from sys/kern.
bsd.libnames.mk: Add LIBSBUF.
camcontrol/Makefile: Add -lsbuf. Since camcontrol is statically linked, we can't depend on the dynamic linker to pull in libsbuf.
camcontrol.c: Use cam_error_print() instead of checking for CAM_SCSI_STATUS_ERROR on every failed CCB.
sbuf.9: Change the prototypes for sbuf_cat() and sbuf_cpy() so that the source string is now a const char *. This is more in line wth the standard system string functions, and helps eliminate warnings when dealing with a const source buffer.
Fix a typo.
cam.c: Add description strings for the various CAM error status values, as well as routines to look up those strings.
Add new cam_error_string() and cam_error_print() routines for userland and the kernel.
cam.h: Add a new CAM flag, CAM_RETRY_SELTO.
Add enumerated types for the various options available with cam_error_print() and cam_error_string().
cam_ccb.h: Add new transfer negotiation structures/types.
Change inq_len in the ccb_getdev structure to be "reserved". This field has never been filled in, and will be removed when we next bump the CAM version.
cam_debug.h: Fix typo.
cam_periph.c: Modularize cam_periph_error(). The SCSI error handling part of cam_periph_error() is now in camperiphscsistatuserror() and camperiphscsisenseerror().
In cam_periph_lock(), increase the reference count on the periph while we wait for our lock attempt to succeed so that the periph won't go away while we're sleeping.
cam_xpt.c: Add new transfer negotiation code. (ifdefed out)
Add a new function, xpt_path_string(). This is a string/sbuf analog to xpt_print_path().
scsi_all.c: Revamp string handing and error printing code. We now use sbufs for much of the string formatting code. More of that code is shared between userland the kernel.
scsi_all.h: Get rid of SS_TURSTART, it wasn't terribly useful in the first place.
Add a new error action, SS_REQSENSE. (Send a request sense and then retry the command.) This is useful when the controller hasn't performed autosense for some reason.
Change the default actions around a bit.
scsi_cd.c, scsi_da.c, scsi_pt.c, scsi_ses.c: SF_RETRY_SELTO -> CAM_RETRY_SELTO. Selection timeouts shouldn't be covered by a sense flag.
scsi_pass.[ch]: SF_RETRY_SELTO -> CAM_RETRY_SELTO.
Get rid of the last vestiges of a read/write interface.
libkern/bsearch.c, sys/libkern.h, conf/files: Add bsearch.c, which is needed for some of the new table lookup routines.
aic7xxx_freebsd.c: Define AHC_NEW_TRAN_SETTINGS if CAM_NEW_TRAN_CODE is defined.
sbuf.h, subr_sbuf.c: Add the appropriate #ifdefs so sbufs can compile and run in userland.
Change sbuf_printf() to use vsnprintf() instead of kvprintf(), which is only available in the kernel.
Change the source string for sbuf_cpy() and sbuf_cat() to be a const char *.
Add __BEGIN_DECLS and __END_DECLS around function prototypes since they're now exported to userland.
kdump/mkioctls: Include stdio.h before cam.h since cam.h now includes a function with a FILE * argument.
Submitted by: gibbs (mostly) Reviewed by: jdp, marcel (libsbuf makefile changes) Reviewed by: des (sbuf changes) Reviewed by: ken
|
74836 |
27-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
The common wisdom is to use the largest number of cylinders per group. So bump the default from `16' to `22', which is the largest value allowed with the current default block size. This change increases the the group size from 32MB/g to 44MB/g on a 4GB SCSI disk.
|
74816 |
26-Mar-2001 |
ru |
- Backout botched attempt to introduce MANSECT feature. - MAN[1-9] -> MAN.
|
74815 |
26-Mar-2001 |
ru |
- Backout botched attempt to introduce MANSECT feature. - MAN[1-9] -> MAN.
|
74800 |
25-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Don't call daemon() and setup our signal handlers until after we check and do the unregister/reregister work.
Don't call syslog in the unregister/reregister code as we haven't called openlog() yet.
Be a more conservative about accepting errno values from socket(2), only EPROTONOSUPPORT means that the kernel isn't supporting it something like INET6. The other possible errnos would be returned if there was a mistake in the socket(2) call so remove them from the list of "acceptable" return values.
|
74799 |
25-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Disable ipv6 when getnetconfigent("udp6"/"tcp6") fails.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
74792 |
25-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Replace pmap_unset() with rpcb_unset() which fixes the unregistering.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
74791 |
25-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Deal with lack of IPv6 support gracefully.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
74790 |
25-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
fix -o port=xxx
|
74652 |
22-Mar-2001 |
roberto |
Respect style(9), one must not include both <sys/types.h> and <sys/param.h> (the latter includes the former).
Submitted by: bde
|
74594 |
21-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Include headers to unbreak world.
Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@eurocontrol.fr>
|
74556 |
21-Mar-2001 |
mckusick |
Additions to run checks on live filesystems. This change will not affect current systems until fsck is modified to use these new facilities. To try out this change, set the fsck passno to zero in /etc/fstab to cause the filesystem to be mounted without running fsck, then run `fsck_ffs -p -B <filesystem>' after the system has been brought up multiuser to run a background cleanup on <filesystem>. Note that the <filesystem> in question must have soft updates enabled.
|
74532 |
20-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Set the default manual section for usr.sbin/ to 8.
|
74531 |
20-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Set the default manual section for sbin/ to 8.
|
74525 |
20-Mar-2001 |
iedowse |
Reboot(8) normally waits 5 seconds after sending SIGTERMs to all processes and then sends SIGKILLs. If a lot of processes are swapped out, this delay may not be long enough, so processes such as an X server may be killed before they have had time to clean up properly.
Make this delay more dynamic by waiting up to 60 seconds for swap page-in activity to end. While I'm here, ANSIfy and remove a `register' specifier.
|
74519 |
20-Mar-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixes to the previous revision:
- fixed bad formatting - avoid using German - removed hard sentence break
|
74462 |
19-Mar-2001 |
alfred |
Bring in a hybrid of SunSoft's transport-independent RPC (TI-RPC) and associated changes that had to happen to make this possible as well as bugs fixed along the way.
Bring in required TLI library routines to support this.
Since we don't support TLI we've essentially copied what NetBSD has done, adding a thin layer to emulate direct the TLI calls into BSD socket calls.
This is mostly from Sun's tirpc release that was made in 1994, however some fixes were backported from the 1999 release (supposedly only made available after this porting effort was underway).
The submitter has agreed to continue on and bring us up to the 1999 release.
Several key features are introduced with this update: Client calls are thread safe. (1999 code has server side thread safe) Updated, a more modern interface.
Many userland updates were done to bring the code up to par with the recent RPC API.
There is an update to the pthreads library, a function pthread_main_np() was added to emulate a function of Sun's threads library.
While we're at it, bring in NetBSD's lockd, it's been far too long of a wait.
New rpcbind(8) replaces portmap(8) (supporting communication over an authenticated Unix-domain socket, and by default only allowing set and unset requests over that channel). It's much more secure than the old portmapper.
Umount(8), mountd(8), mount_nfs(8), nfsd(8) have also been upgraded to support TI-RPC and to support IPV6.
Umount(8) is also fixed to unmount pathnames longer than 80 chars, which are currently truncated by the Kernel statfs structure.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch> Manpage review: ru Secure RPC implemented by: wpaul
|
74452 |
19-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Fix minor mdoc(7) and spelling nits.
|
74448 |
19-Mar-2001 |
sos |
Activate atacontrol
|
74447 |
19-Mar-2001 |
sos |
Some minor cleanups to the code, no new functionality.
|
74446 |
19-Mar-2001 |
sos |
Incorporate most of Ruslans changes plus minor addtion by me
|
74425 |
18-Mar-2001 |
ume |
Correct typo in usage.
Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
|
74345 |
16-Mar-2001 |
ru |
It is the ``nostrictjoliet'' option equivalent to -b.
Reviewed by: bp
|
74334 |
16-Mar-2001 |
imp |
Back out ru's changes. Soren has requested this and I see no reason to not just do it. It is his new code that is being actively developed so he has say over it. ru's direct changes were premature as they occurred less than 4 hours after it was committed to the tree.
|
74333 |
16-Mar-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: removed hard sentence break introduced in rev 1.82.
|
74319 |
16-Mar-2001 |
dd |
Explain that TCP fragments with an offset of 1 are reported as being dropped by rule -1 if logging is enabled.
PR: 25796 Submitted by: Crist J. Clark <cjclark@alum.mit.edu> Approved by: nik
|
74308 |
15-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Make this compile with ${BDECFLAGS}, apply style(9), cleanup manpage.
|
74305 |
15-Mar-2001 |
sos |
Add atacontrol, a util to control variuos aspects of the ATA.4 driver, please consult atacontrol.8 for usage..
|
74151 |
12-Mar-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: add a missing An call.
|
74097 |
11-Mar-2001 |
bp |
Update userland interface for broken Joilet disks.
Reviewed by: adrian
|
74052 |
09-Mar-2001 |
sobomax |
In the absence of explicit ``-t type'' option assume that ``-f file'' implies ``-t vnode''.
Approved by: phk
|
74047 |
09-Mar-2001 |
phk |
Make md(4) and mdconfig(8) take over the role of vn(4) and vnconfig(8) entirely as previously advertised.
md(4) adopted all assets of vn(4) some time back and has proper devfs support and cloning abilities to boot.
|
74044 |
09-Mar-2001 |
phk |
1) If mdconfig isn't given an action argument, it assumes detach. 2) Running `mdconfig -l` without any attached devices results in mdconfig printing "md0" to standard output.
Submitted by: dd [1]
[1] no, not "dd(1)" but "Dima Dorfman"
|
74029 |
09-Mar-2001 |
ru |
Add new option -m which allows the user to set IP TTL.
|
74028 |
09-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
bye-bye documented raw devices
|
74027 |
09-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
bye-bye documented raw device
|
73986 |
08-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Move _PATH_DEFTAPE to <paths.h> to remove all the duplication of definitons, and remove leading `r'(aw) from it.
|
73828 |
06-Mar-2001 |
des |
Restore the -c option, which was accidentally removed from the getopt string two revisions ago.
|
73755 |
05-Mar-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: misc formatting fixes. (This page still needs a lot of work.)
|
73573 |
05-Mar-2001 |
imp |
First attempt to not overflow in disk space calculations. Use off_t for the size variable used to calculate the size of the partition. Also use ULL suffix for constants to ensure that we use 64 bit math.
|
73516 |
04-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Fix style nit.
|
73427 |
04-Mar-2001 |
kris |
Correct grammar in comment.
|
73375 |
03-Mar-2001 |
obrien |
Support inheritance of the "nodump" flag down a hierarchy.
Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org> Obtained from: NetBSD
|
73373 |
03-Mar-2001 |
asmodai |
Fix typo present since 1997: single used mode -> single user mode.
|
73236 |
28-Feb-2001 |
obrien |
Use _PATH_DEV.
Reviewed by: grog
|
73233 |
28-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Eliminate mdocNG warnings caused by misplaced or extraneous macro calls.
|
73094 |
26-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Remove "autounit" from settable options, it's the default unless you specify -u.
Spotted by: dcs
|
73076 |
26-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Backout -a restriction hack.
Requested by: rwatson
|
73034 |
25-Feb-2001 |
jwd |
Allow for easier configuration when using disklabel. A sample being:
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg] a: 400M 0 4.2BSD 4096 16384 75 # (Cyl. 0 - 812*) b: 1G * swap c: * * unused e: 204800 * 4.2BSD f: 5g * 4.2BSD g: * * 4.2BSD
These patches are the original work of Randell Jesup, and I believe Matt Dillon, with additional work by Warner Losh. Please let me know if I've left someone out.
Incorporated into this is the fix for PR bin/22727.
This patchset still has style issues and a possible problem on large disks. However, it was a agreed to get these committed before performing major surgery on them.
PR: bin/22727 Submitted by: Randell Jesup <rjesup@wgate.com>
|
73027 |
25-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Forgot to remove unneeded "intcmp" function.
|
73026 |
25-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Make "md" and "mdctl" macroized parameters.
Implement "-l" option to mdconfig which can list one or all md devices.
Submitted by: Dima Dorfman <dima@unixfreak.org>
|
72981 |
24-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Make md/mdconfig do kld.
Submitted by: dcs
|
72973 |
24-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Restrict -a to root only.
PR: bin/25337
|
72923 |
22-Feb-2001 |
ps |
Elminate common declaration.
Reviewed by: peter
|
72914 |
22-Feb-2001 |
ume |
some reasoning why we separated ping(8) and ping6(8) comments/additions/corrections are welcome.
Obtained from: KAME
|
72876 |
22-Feb-2001 |
nik |
Mention the edquota(8) utility when talking about editing quota.user and quota.group.
PR: docs/25124
|
72864 |
22-Feb-2001 |
ru |
Document that the IPFW messages are logged via syslogd(8).
|
72805 |
21-Feb-2001 |
ume |
if no address is setted, do not call ioctl(SIOCAIFADDR)
Obtained from: KAME
|
72777 |
20-Feb-2001 |
alfred |
Fix vinum for both devfs and non-devfs systems.
userland tool:
Use the vfs.devfs.generation sysctl to test for devfs presense (thanks phk!) when devfs is active it will not try to create the device nodes in /dev and therefore will not complain about the failure to do so.
Revert the change in the #define for VINUM_DIR in the kernel header so that vinum can find its device nodes.
Replace perror() with vinum_perror() to print file/line when DEVBUG is defined (not defined by default).
kernel:
Don't use the #define names for the "superdev" creation since they will be prepended by "/dev/" (based on VINUM_DIR), instead use string constants.
Create both debug and non-debug "superdev" nodes in the devfs.
Problem noticed and fix tested by: Martin Blapp <mblapp@fuchur.lan.attic.ch>
|
72650 |
18-Feb-2001 |
green |
Switch to using a struct xucred instead of a struct xucred when not actually in the kernel. This structure is a different size than what is currently in -CURRENT, but should hopefully be the last time any application breakage is caused there. As soon as any major inconveniences are removed, the definition of the in-kernel struct ucred should be conditionalized upon defined(_KERNEL).
This also changes struct export_args to remove dependency on the constantly-changing struct ucred, as well as limiting the bounds of the size fields to the correct size. This means: a) mountd and friends won't break all the time, b) mountd and friends won't crash the kernel all the time if they don't know what they're doing wrt actual struct export_args layout.
Reviewed by: bde
|
72640 |
18-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Preceed/preceeding are not english words. Use precede or preceding.
|
72542 |
16-Feb-2001 |
des |
Document the new -k option in usage message and man page.
|
72541 |
16-Feb-2001 |
des |
Add a -k option that prevents clearing the dump after saving it.
Use sysctlbyname() instead of sysctl().
Clear up and simplify the version extraction code.
Attempt to detect stretches of zeroes in the dump and avoid writing them to disk to save space and time.
|
72536 |
16-Feb-2001 |
nyan |
Added pc98 support.
Submitted by: Akio Morita <amorita@meadow.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp>
|
72525 |
15-Feb-2001 |
tegge |
Don't allow special devices of type NODEV (NOUDEV as seen from kernel). They can't be created via mknod and the kernel crashes if it encounters such an inode. Approved by: mckusick
|
72508 |
15-Feb-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: normalize the construct.
|
72487 |
14-Feb-2001 |
sheldonh |
Fix grammar nit in previous commit.
|
72440 |
13-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Introduce a new feature in IPFW: Check of the source or destination address is configured on a interface. This is useful for routers with dynamic interfaces. It is now possible to say:
0100 allow tcp from any to any established 0200 skipto 1000 tcp from any to any 0300 allow ip from any to any 1000 allow tcp from 1.2.3.4 to me 22 1010 deny tcp from any to me 22 1020 allow tcp from any to any
and not have to worry about the behaviour if dynamic interfaces configure new IP numbers later on.
The check is semi expensive (traverses the interface address list) so it should be protected as in the above example if high performance is a requirement.
|
72432 |
13-Feb-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use the default ``file ...'' feature of the .Ar macro.
|
72417 |
12-Feb-2001 |
nik |
Use ".Nm fsck_ffs", so that this turns up in whatis(1), and others. Add .Xr to fsck.
Prompted by: JM Jr's script that shows binaries with no whatis info Reviewed by: adrian
|
72188 |
08-Feb-2001 |
phk |
Fix a cosmetic problem with some very defensive programming: The devfs mount would show up as "/dev/", loose that trailing slash.
|
72126 |
07-Feb-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Change -filled displays (which just happen to be the same as -ragged in the current implementation) to -ragged. With mdocNG, -filled displays produce the correct output, formatted and justified to both margins.
|
72089 |
06-Feb-2001 |
asmodai |
Fix typo: seperate -> separate.
Seperate does not exist in the english language.
Submitted to look at by: kris
|
72015 |
04-Feb-2001 |
dan |
mount a --> mount an
PR: 24842 Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
71916 |
02-Feb-2001 |
nik |
Add an xref for mount_ntfs.
PR: docs/24693 Submitted by: Etienne Vidal <hallik@libertysurf.fr>
|
71898 |
01-Feb-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: split punctuation characters + misc fixes.
|
71895 |
01-Feb-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: split punctuation characters + misc fixes.
|
71884 |
31-Jan-2001 |
iedowse |
Fsck_ffs did not properly range-check the inode 'di_size' field, so it was possible for a filesystem marked clean by fsck_ffs to cause kernel crashes later when mounted. This could occur when fsck_ffs was used to repair a badly corrupted filesystem.
As pointed out by bde, it is not sufficient to restrict di_size to just the superblock fs_maxfilesize limit. The use of 32-bit logical block numbers (both in fsck and the kernel) induces another file size limit which is usually lower than fs_maxfilesize. Also, the old 4.3BSD filesystem does not have fs_maxfilesize initialised.
Following this change, fsck_ffs will enforce exactly the same file size limits as are used by the kernel.
PR: kern/15065 Discussed with: bde Reviewed by: bde, mckusick
|
71865 |
31-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Strip optional prefixes "/dev/" and "md" from the -u argument.
|
71833 |
30-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Make mount_mfs annoy users for 15 seconds and point them at mdconfig(8).
|
71790 |
29-Jan-2001 |
ben |
Fix 'tunefs -p'
Reviewed by: sheldonh
|
71787 |
29-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Use <sys/queue.h> instead of home-rolled list.
Submitted by: "Jason Smethers" <jsmethers@pdq.net>
|
71750 |
28-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Use \a instead of \007 for making noise.
Submitted by: "Jason Smethers" <jsmethers@pdq.net>
|
71745 |
28-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Duh, the version of mdconfig.c I committed came from the wrong machine.
Commit the right version, but without the -b option which is too evil for the present.
Remove -b and preload from the manpage as well.
|
71743 |
28-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Don't specify fragment size, it autosizes from the sectorsize.
Remember to set mode 1777 on /tmp
Submitted by: mjacob
|
71652 |
25-Jan-2001 |
bsd |
Print out the target device when the mount fails.
|
71651 |
25-Jan-2001 |
bsd |
Always print out the target device when the mount fails, not just on ENOENT.
|
71645 |
25-Jan-2001 |
bsd |
Provide a better error message when the /dev entry is non-existant. Due to the old message, I spent way more time debugging a diskless root problem than it should have taken.
|
71450 |
23-Jan-2001 |
kris |
Fix the vulnerability with TCP ECE packets recently fixed in ipfw. This is untested, but believed to work.
|
71389 |
22-Jan-2001 |
ume |
avoid conflicting #define symbol (s/FW_IFNLEN/IP6&/).
Obtained from: KAME
|
71386 |
22-Jan-2001 |
ben |
mdoc police.
Submitted by: ru
|
71378 |
22-Jan-2001 |
ru |
man(7) -> mdoc(7).
|
71306 |
20-Jan-2001 |
ume |
Room to hold rules should be dynamically allocated.
PR: kern/24248
|
71303 |
20-Jan-2001 |
ben |
Add 'netrange' parameter to 'range' command and fix a couple of typos.
PR: 23984 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
|
71147 |
17-Jan-2001 |
bde |
Removed unused copy of ../mount/getmtopts.3.
Removed used copies of ../mount/getmntopts.c ../mount/mntopts.h. Use the versions in ../mount directly like all other mount utilities.
Removed used copy of ../mount/pathnames.h. Use the version in ../mount for free as a side effect of using the mntopts files there. We should not use it at all, since the 2/3 of the definitions in it are in <paths.h> and the other 1/3 should be in ../mountd/pathnames.h and is not used by mount_ifs anyway.
|
71146 |
17-Jan-2001 |
bde |
Removed unused rotting copy of ../mount/mount.8. It should never have been repo-copied.
|
71107 |
16-Jan-2001 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fixed broken references.
|
71099 |
16-Jan-2001 |
ru |
Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.
|
71081 |
15-Jan-2001 |
grog |
Fix typo.
Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it> PR: 24233
Fix typos.
Submitted by: "Jeroen C. van Gelderen" <jeroen@vangelderen.org>
|
71073 |
15-Jan-2001 |
iedowse |
The ffs superblock includes a 128-byte region for use by temporary in-core pointers to summary information. An array in this region (fs_csp) could overflow on filesystems with a very large number of cylinder groups (~16000 on i386 with 8k blocks). When this happens, other fields in the superblock get corrupted, and fsck refuses to check the filesystem.
Solve this problem by replacing the fs_csp array in 'struct fs' with a single pointer, and add padding to keep the length of the 128-byte region fixed. Update the kernel and userland utilities to use just this single pointer.
With this change, the kernel no longer makes use of the superblock fields 'fs_csshift' and 'fs_csmask'. Add a comment to newfs/mkfs.c to indicate that these fields must be calculated for compatibility with older kernels.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
71061 |
15-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Add a couple of newlines in the output from route monitor
|
71049 |
15-Jan-2001 |
eivind |
Replace reference to replacing mkfs(8) with a paragraph actually describing what newfs *does*.
|
71043 |
14-Jan-2001 |
des |
Document the -N option in the usage message and the man page.
|
71034 |
14-Jan-2001 |
des |
Add a -N option that makes sysctl(8) print out just the variable names. Zsh users can add the following to their .zshrc for sysctl completion:
function listsysctls { case $1 in *.*) set -A reply $(sysctl -AN ${1%.*}) ;; *) set -A reply $(sysctl -AN) ;; esac } compctl -K listsysctls sysctl
While I'm here, brucify the getopt() switch.
|
71028 |
14-Jan-2001 |
grog |
Remove references to lockinfo.plex.
Reported by: dougb
|
70888 |
10-Jan-2001 |
ru |
Mdoc(7)ify.
|
70826 |
09-Jan-2001 |
rwatson |
o IPFW incorrectly handled filtering in the presence of previously reserved and now allocated TCP flags in incoming packets. This patch stops overloading those bits in the IP firewall rules, and moves colliding flags to a seperate field, ipflg. The IPFW userland management tool, ipfw(8), is updated to reflect this change. New TCP flags related to ECN are now included in tcp.h for reference, although we don't currently implement TCP+ECN.
o To use this fix without completely rebuilding, it is sufficient to copy ip_fw.h and tcp.h into your appropriate include directory, then rebuild the ipfw kernel module, and ipfw tool, and install both. Note that a mismatch between module and userland tool will result in incorrect installation of firewall rules that may have unexpected effects. This is an MFC candidate, following shakedown. This bug does not appear to affect ipfilter.
Reviewed by: security-officer, billf Reported by: Aragon Gouveia <aragon@phat.za.net>
|
70633 |
03-Jan-2001 |
iedowse |
Document fsck_ffs's new SIGINFO handler.
Reviewed by: sheldonh
|
70581 |
01-Jan-2001 |
ben |
Minor layout fixes.
PR: 24004 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
|
70573 |
01-Jan-2001 |
phk |
Add padding space and a version number to the md_ioctl structre for future extension.
Add ability to create a preload disk giving an address and a length (suggested by imp)
Fix bug relating to very small md(4) devices.
Update md.c copyright to reflect the status of code copied from vn.c. (noticed by dillon)
|
70565 |
01-Jan-2001 |
peter |
Further tidy up the sbin/init and release builds.
|
70562 |
01-Jan-2001 |
phk |
This is not necessarily the correct fix, but at least sbin/init compiles in a sterile environment like "make release"
|
70541 |
31-Dec-2000 |
phk |
This is the first snapshot of the new all-singing-and-dancing md(4).
Using the mdconfig(8) program you can now configure memory disks on malloc(9), swap or a file/vnode. preloaded md disks also work as usual.
|
70538 |
31-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Improve cmdline parsing and messages.
Add a rudimentary man-page. (I'm no mdoc wizard, feel free to attack my mistakes and blunders)
|
70522 |
30-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Use macro API to <sys/queue.h>
Submitted by: "Peter Avalos" <pavalos@theshell.com> Reviewed by: /sbin/md5
|
70450 |
28-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add mdconfig into the build.
|
70448 |
28-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Preliminary scaffolding for the new integrated vn+md device driver.
I decided to work on the md(4) driver and integrate the vn(4) functionality into it mainly based on the name being more suitable. Ideally 'vd' as in "virtual disk" would probably be the most logical but our sound-master pointed out that this would cause uncontrollable fits of giggles in the brits. Another complication would the needed changes to the ramdisk boot/root functionality.
The vn driver will stay around for some time after I complete this merge for transition reasons, and I'll make it whine to people that they should migrate to the md(4) driver for some time before it dies.
The kernel part of the new md(4) driver will be committed after more testing.
|
70434 |
28-Dec-2000 |
hoek |
typo: modifes -> modifies
|
70427 |
28-Dec-2000 |
des |
Retire kernfs (userland part).
|
70415 |
27-Dec-2000 |
phk |
When trying to deduce the diskname from the name so we can run parallel fsck's one per drive, use the shortest prefix ending in a digit rather than the longest prefix ending in a digit.
This makes "/dev/ad0s1a" and "/dev/ad0s2a" appear to both reside on the disk "/dev/ad0" and consequently they will be fsck'ed sequentially rather than in parallel as now.
In general this heuristic is rather soft and errorprone. For instance ccd may often reside on two or more physical disks. A good solution would be to look for passes larger than 1 until no disks are found in a particular pass, that way people could put ccd stripes in pass 3... and have them fsck'ed sequentially.
Reviewed by: mjacob
|
70413 |
27-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Use official API to <sys/queue.h> instead of groping around inside the data structures.
Reviewed by: imp
|
70401 |
27-Dec-2000 |
ru |
Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.
|
70226 |
20-Dec-2000 |
sheldonh |
Fix hard sentence break introduced in previous commit.
|
70208 |
20-Dec-2000 |
grog |
Cosmetics.
Correct location of history file.
Change references from /dev/wd to /dev/ad.
Use more appropriate defaults for stripe size in examples.
|
70207 |
20-Dec-2000 |
grog |
roughlength: Use correct format strings.
|
70206 |
20-Dec-2000 |
grog |
Correct some comments.
vinum_attach: Get correct names (were being overwritten).
Submitted by: Terry Glanfield <Terry.Glanfield@program-products.co.uk>
|
70203 |
19-Dec-2000 |
imp |
o Add an example for a large file system. o Remove bug about boot blocks hating non-8k file systems. This hasn't been the case for a long time.
Not Objected to by: hackers, doc
|
70192 |
19-Dec-2000 |
ru |
Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.
|
70166 |
18-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add a missing period and newline to a message.
PR: 23334 Submitted by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
70152 |
18-Dec-2000 |
ru |
Prepare for mdoc(7)NG.
|
70123 |
17-Dec-2000 |
phk |
Add a -a option to show the entire message buffer.
|
70121 |
17-Dec-2000 |
jdp |
Extend the ldconfig security check so that it ignores group-writable directories in addition to world-writable directories. As before, this check can be disabled with the "-i" option, which in turn can be made the default for boot-up by setting "ldconfig_insecure=YES" in "/etc/rc.conf".
Also fix an mdoc nit in the manual page.
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mux@qualys.com>
|
70050 |
15-Dec-2000 |
iedowse |
Add a simple SIGINFO handler to fsck_ffs. Shortly after receipt of a SIGINFO (normally via Ctrl-T), a line will be output indicating the current phase number and progress information relevant to the current phase.
Approved by: mckusick
|
70025 |
14-Dec-2000 |
phantom |
Add missing coma in SEE ALSO section
Reported by: Rich Morin <rdm@cfcl.com>
|
70022 |
14-Dec-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: added missing .Os call.
|
70015 |
14-Dec-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: removed history info from the .Os FreeBSD call.
|
69999 |
13-Dec-2000 |
tomsoft |
Fix a logical bug introduced by changing the formatting.
Submitted by: ru Reviewed by: chm
|
69977 |
13-Dec-2000 |
ru |
Mdoc(7)ify.
|
69926 |
12-Dec-2000 |
tomsoft |
corrected spelling mistakes in comments check a couple of mallocs usage of errx linebreaks of DBG_ macros, correcting the usage of nroff macros
Submitted by: grog, charnier Reviewed by: chm
|
69906 |
12-Dec-2000 |
iedowse |
Stop restore from looping under certain error conditions. This corrects cases where restore would spew an infinite stream of "Changing volumes on pipe input?" messages, or would loop waiting for a response to the "set owner/mode for '.'" question.
PR: bin/14250 Reviewed by: dwmalone
|
69895 |
12-Dec-2000 |
mckusick |
Don't give up on file write errors. Just log them and continue.
|
69858 |
11-Dec-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use canonical form of .Dd macro.
|
69829 |
10-Dec-2000 |
charnier |
The tunefs code assumed that the last argument was the device specification. We need to parse the arguments first, then open the device (if specified) and then apply the changes. This change will disallow the (undocumented) use of multiple instances of the same argument on the same command line for the sack of a better error message.
Other changes are: 1) the softupdates (-n) now issue a warning about remaining unchanged 2) the usage and man page is changed to specify "space | time" instead of "optimization preference".
PR: bin/23335 Submitted by:Mark Peek <mark@whistle.com>
|
69800 |
09-Dec-2000 |
tomsoft |
added growfs(8) including ffsinfo(8) to the freebsd base system
Reviewed by: grog
|
69793 |
09-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
Add `_PATH_DEVZERO'. Use _PATH_* where where possible.
|
69720 |
07-Dec-2000 |
ben |
Explicitly document the fact that securelevel > 0 means that kernel modules may not be (un)loaded.
PR: 23350 Submitted by: Gordon Tetlow <gordont@bluemtn.net>
|
69640 |
05-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
Change the spelling of `.' to `.' from .OBJDIR since `.' really is where generated files land. Also give precedence to generated files.
|
69571 |
04-Dec-2000 |
ume |
test strdup() failures. from: Chris Faulhaber <jedgar@fxp.org>
Obtained from: KAME
|
69534 |
03-Dec-2000 |
abial |
Properly check the return values from malloc(3). Remove some PNP-related dead code that is unlikely to survive the changes in -current PNP anyway.
Submitted by: fixes from Chris Faulhaber <jedgar@freebsd.org>
|
69471 |
01-Dec-2000 |
jedgar |
Properly check malloc(3) return values
Approved by: ken
|
69453 |
01-Dec-2000 |
obrien |
The GCC 2.96 snapshots have slightly different rules for finding include files. Mostly -I${.CURDIR} was needed -- especially for YACC generated files as the new cpp does not look in the ultimate source file (ie, the .y file)'s directory as told by the "#line" directive. Some were misspellings of "-I${.CURDIR}" as "-I.".
|
69424 |
30-Nov-2000 |
ache |
Add missing && which absense stops 'make world'
|
69414 |
30-Nov-2000 |
luigi |
remove an undefined reference when no VLAN support is compiled in.
|
69371 |
29-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
I didn't maintain the "chs" ordering. Rather the bug was in print_part().
Requested by: bde.
|
69323 |
28-Nov-2000 |
ben |
Fix typos and layout problem.
PR: 23109 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
|
69314 |
28-Nov-2000 |
charnier |
Remove .Op when arg is required (special | filesystem). Document that at least one flag is required and check this in the code. Make use of getopt(3). Generalyze printing `... remains unchanged ...'.
|
69261 |
27-Nov-2000 |
ume |
Add missing initialization for IPv6 address lifetime.
PR: misc/22884 Obtained from: KAME
|
69254 |
27-Nov-2000 |
kris |
Fix format string warnings
|
69232 |
26-Nov-2000 |
dannyboy |
Typo fix: forgot -> forget.
PR: 23113 Submitted by: Jimmy Olgeni <olgeni@uli.it>
|
69077 |
23-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: misc minor fixes.
|
69072 |
23-Nov-2000 |
grog |
Correct the pathname of the history file.
Reported by: Crist J . Clark <cjclark@alum.mit.edu>
|
69057 |
22-Nov-2000 |
phantom |
o get rid lfs mentions o remove non-mdoc groff's instructions
|
69056 |
22-Nov-2000 |
phantom |
We do not support lfs. Remove it from list of remountable fs'es.
|
69051 |
22-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: Er macro usage cleanup.
|
69027 |
22-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: do not split author names in the AUTHORS section.
|
68965 |
20-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use the new features of the Nm macro.
|
68960 |
20-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use the new features of the Nm macro.
|
68905 |
19-Nov-2000 |
kris |
Format string paranoia
|
68878 |
18-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: fix errors uncovered by the new feature of the Nm macro.
|
68871 |
18-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
Make the order of values prompted for with the "-i" option match print_part()
|
68854 |
17-Nov-2000 |
ru |
mdoc(7) police: use certified section headers wherever possible.
|
68823 |
16-Nov-2000 |
ru |
Describe -deny_incoming better, highlight some keywords, add myself to the AUTHORS section.
|
68754 |
15-Nov-2000 |
ben |
more removal of trailing periods from SEE ALSO.
|
68728 |
14-Nov-2000 |
grog |
Document the correct default states for additional plexes of a multi-plex volume.
Confusion reported by: many
Clarify recommendations for default plex stripe size.
|
68720 |
14-Nov-2000 |
ru |
Spell the `daemon' correctly.
|
68716 |
14-Nov-2000 |
ru |
Use Fx macro wherever possible.
|
68640 |
12-Nov-2000 |
nik |
Be a little clearer about the relationship between these two.
PR: docs/20067 Submitted by: Takayuki Hagihara
|
68575 |
10-Nov-2000 |
ru |
Avoid use of direct troff requests in mdoc(7) manual pages.
|
68521 |
09-Nov-2000 |
adrian |
Remove the block/char device distinction. badsect only worked on bdevs, and then mapped /dev/foo into /dev/rfoo to get to the character device. This isn't needed anymore.
Reviewed by: ps
|
68503 |
08-Nov-2000 |
obrien |
Update usage().
Submitted by: nectar
|
68111 |
31-Oct-2000 |
nectar |
Build with -DUSE_INET6 so that we can actually use the IPv6 support in IPFilter 3.4.x.
Approved by: darrenr, guido
|
68044 |
31-Oct-2000 |
jkh |
Add support for virgin disklabels
Submitted by: dillon
|
67937 |
30-Oct-2000 |
ru |
IPFW does not discard *any* IP fragments with OFF=1, only TCP ones.
|
67884 |
29-Oct-2000 |
nik |
.Xr to mount_ext2fs, mount_hpfs, mount_linprocfs, mount_nwfs, and mount_std.
PR: docs/20369 Submitted by: bmah
|
67870 |
29-Oct-2000 |
jedgar |
Remove obsolete /dev/drum references
Reviewed by: alex, asmodai, billf
|
67479 |
24-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
Cast block number to off_t to avoid possible overflow bugs.
Pointed out by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
|
67478 |
24-Oct-2000 |
jwd |
The write combining code in revision 1.30 needs a few additional touch ups. The cache needs to be flushed against block reads, and a final flush at process termination to force the backup superblocks to disk.
I believe this will allow 'make release' to complete.
Submitted by: Tor.Egge@fast.no
|
67476 |
23-Oct-2000 |
gallatin |
Give correct results for SYSCTL_LONG arrays when sizeof(int) != sizeof(long) This fixes unaligned access on alpha for, eg, sysctl kern.ipc.mbtypes.
|
67264 |
17-Oct-2000 |
des |
Work much harder at obtaining a correct device node. If what devname(3) returns doesn't exist, or doesn't match the desired device, fall back to scanning /dev for a matching node, and as a last resort, if that fails, try to create the node ourselves as /dev/dump.
Add comments to several variables and functions.
Clean up syslog(3) usage; use %m instead of strerror(3).
Other minor cleanup.
|
67239 |
17-Oct-2000 |
peter |
Implement simple write combining for newfs - this is particularly useful for large scsi disks with WCE = 0. This yields around a 7 times speedup on elapsed newfs time on test disks here. 64k clusters seems to be the sweet spot for scsi disks using our present drivers.
|
67105 |
14-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
Pre-IFS commit. Commit IFS-aware fsck and mount utilities.
mount_ifs: repocopy of sbin/mount, with most of the intelligence ripped out and "ufs" replaced with "ifs" in the right places. It will only mount a single filesystem, rather than the -t <type> magic that our real mount does.
fsck_ifs: repocopy of sbin/fsck_ffs, but the directory structure stuff (pass2 and some refcount checks) has been #ifdef'ed out.
src/sbin/Makefile: Build these two utilities
There is probably cruft code left in both which can be removed at a later date, especially in mount_ifs, but I trust that people will not try mount_ifs -a ..
Note: there are no man pages installed for these two commands as I haven't actually written them yet.
|
67003 |
12-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Allow for IP_FW_ADD to be used in getsockopt(2) incarnation as well, in which case return the rule number back into userland.
PR: bin/18351 Reviewed by: archie, luigi
|
66979 |
11-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Reset globals for every new command read from preprocessed file.
|
66976 |
11-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Only interpret the last command line argument as a file to be preprocessed if it is specified as an absolute pathname.
PR: bin/16179
|
66918 |
10-Oct-2000 |
obrien |
We want the FreeBSD ID as the RCS ID, not the NetBSD one.
|
66915 |
10-Oct-2000 |
bde |
Fixed breakage of CFLAGS and misplacement of $FreeBSD$ in previous commit.
|
66907 |
10-Oct-2000 |
wollman |
Don't depend on <sys/stat.h> bogusly including <sys/time.h> (and thereby <time.h>).
|
66869 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
.. fsck wrappers aftercommit #1: I don't know how these files got lost, but they did. Oops.
|
66868 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
Reviewed by: rwatson, bp Approved by: rwatson Obtained from: NetBSD source tree
Second part of the fsck wrappers commit. This commit enables the new fsck code (removing the fsck/* code and replacing it with the netbsd fsck wrapper code), and enabling some FFS-based utilities to compile.
Details:
* quotacheck, fsdb required modification to use the fsck_ffs/ code rather than fsck/ . This might change later since quotacheck requires preen.c which should exist in fsck/ rather than fsck_ffs/
* src/Makefile has fsck_ffs added to it so it it built as part of the tree now
* share/doc/smm/03.fsck/ uses the SMM.doc/ stuff from fsck_ffs, not fsck.
I've tested this, and it shouldn't require any changes on your machine. The fsck wrapper reads /etc/fsck and is command-line-compatible enough to not require rc changes (well, most changes unless you want to do anything nifty by specifying the fs types explicityly, read the man page if you want further details on what it can do.)
This now allows us to support multiple filesystem types during bootup.
|
66867 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
Reviewed by: rwatson, bp Approved by: rwatson Obtained from: NetbSD source tree
Second part of the fsck wrappers commit. This commit enables the new fsck code (removing the fsck/* code and replacing it with the netbsd fsck wrapper code), and enabling some FFS-based utilities to compile.
Details:
* quotacheck, fsdb required modification to use the fsck_ffs/ code rather than fsck/ . This might change later since quotacheck requires preen.c which should exist in fsck/ rather than fsck_ffs/
* src/Makefile has fsck_ffs added to it so it it built as part of the tree now
* share/doc/smm/03.fsck/ uses the SMM.doc/ stuff from fsck_ffs, not fsck.
I've tested this, and it shouldn't require any changes on your machine. The fsck wrapper reads /etc/fsck and is command-line-compatible enough to not require rc changes (well, most changes unless you want to do anything nifty by specifying the fs types explicityly, read the man page if you want further details on what it can do.)
This now allows us to support multiple filesystem types during bootup.
|
66866 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
.. forgot a ; at the end of the $FreeBSD$ string. How did I actually forget this? :-)
It builds again.
|
66864 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
Some missed magic in the fsck wrapper commit which is required by other utilities which use bits of fsck_ffs - namely quotacheck and fsdb. In depth, utilities.c contains blockcheck() which is needed by both, but also a slew of routines which require bits of the FFS code to be compiled in. This breaks the fs-specific and non-fs-specific code up into two files (well, blockcheck() is the only routine in utilities.c, that'll change later) which makes building fsck_ffs, quotacheck and fsdb work yet again.
(You won't find commits to fsdb and quotacheck here before I haven't committed the post-fsck-wrappers version of them yet.)
|
66861 |
09-Oct-2000 |
adrian |
Reviewed by: rwatson, bp Approved by: rwatson Obtained from: NetBSD-current source tree
The beginnings of the fsck wrappers stuff from NetBSD. This particular commit brings a newly repo-copied sbin/fsck_ffs/ (from sbin/fsck/) into fsck wrappers mode.
A quick overview (the code reflects this):
* Documentation changed to reflect fsck_ffs instead of fsck * Simply acts on a single filesystem, doesn't try to do any multiple filesystem magic - this is done by the fsck wrappers now
And then specific to fsck_ffs:
* link to /sbin/fsck_4.2bsd and /sbin/fsck_ufs. This is because right now the filesystem is of type ufs not ffs, and that during autodetection the labeltype rather than the VFS type is used - this is because when doing an autodetection of filesystem type in the fsck wrapper program, it does not have any link between label type (4.2bsd, vinum, etc) and VFS string.
Note that this shouldn't break a build since the required buildworld Makefile magic and import of the fsck wrapper code into src/sbin/fsck/ will happen in a seperate commit.
|
66811 |
08-Oct-2000 |
kris |
Don't overflow our fd_set. This is not a full sync with KAME because there are a whole lot of other changes which may not be suitable for us.
Obtained from: KAME
|
66773 |
06-Oct-2000 |
kris |
Format string fix.
|
66733 |
06-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Convert this Makefile to the usual style.
|
66732 |
06-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Document the latest firewall knobs.
|
66623 |
04-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Respect the protocol when looking the port up by service name.
PR: 21742
|
66580 |
03-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Do not force argument to ``ipid'' modifier be in hex, and accept value of zero as valid for IP Identification field.
|
66579 |
03-Oct-2000 |
ru |
Fixed the printing of TCP flags.
|
66521 |
02-Oct-2000 |
billf |
Add new fields for more granularity: IP: version, tos, ttl, len, id TCP: seq#, ack#, window size
Reviewed by: silence on freebsd-{net,ipfw}
|
66450 |
29-Sep-2000 |
ru |
- Documented the host/bits syntax for destination argument. - Documented that netmask could be specified with third argument.
|
66449 |
29-Sep-2000 |
ru |
Interpret the address argument as network-type address for `destination' argument only. Before that, the `route add default gateway' first tried the `gateway' as network address and passed its name to getnetbyname(3), which in the BIND resolution case does the T_PTR lookup on that name.
|
66448 |
29-Sep-2000 |
ru |
Fixed the case where argument of 0.0.0.0/8 would match the default route.
|
66445 |
29-Sep-2000 |
ru |
Document that net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass only affects dummynet(4).
Noticed by: Peter Jeremy<peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
|
66429 |
28-Sep-2000 |
des |
Remove superfluous code:
1) use devname() instead of searching /dev for the dump device
2) use fopen() instead of open() so we don't need to differentiate between compressing and not compressing when writing the core file or the kernel (zopen() returns a FILE *, so we just use fwrite() in both cases)
There should be no functional changes.
|
66284 |
23-Sep-2000 |
grog |
Add 'setupstate' to RAID-10 example.
Tripped-over-by: Nicole Harrington <nicole@picturetrail.com>
|
66003 |
17-Sep-2000 |
ken |
Adjust 'camcontrol negotiate -v' so it prints out the initiator ID from the Path Inquiry CCB.
|
65921 |
16-Sep-2000 |
phk |
Turn dkcksum() into an __inline function.
Change its type to u_int_16_t.
|
65803 |
13-Sep-2000 |
sheldonh |
Improve the clarification of the handling of the securelevel.
Submitted by: bde
|
65786 |
12-Sep-2000 |
mjacob |
Fix sign extension.
PR: 21232 Obtained from: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.inka.de>
|
65773 |
12-Sep-2000 |
sheldonh |
Clarify the handling of the securelevel.
PR: 20974
|
65564 |
07-Sep-2000 |
des |
Fix comment to match previous commit, as per bde.
|
65532 |
06-Sep-2000 |
nectar |
Add nsswitch support. By creating an /etc/nsswitch.conf file, you can configure FreeBSD so that various databases such as passwd and group can be looked up using flat files, NIS, or Hesiod.
= Hesiod has been added to libc (see hesiod(3)).
= A library routine for parsing nsswitch.conf and invoking callback functions as specified has been added to libc (see nsdispatch(3)).
= The following C library functions have been modified to use nsdispatch: . getgrent, getgrnam, getgrgid . getpwent, getpwnam, getpwuid . getusershell . getaddrinfo . gethostbyname, gethostbyname2, gethostbyaddr . getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr . getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, getnodebyname, getnodebyaddr
= host.conf has been removed from src/etc. rc.network has been modified to warn that host.conf is no longer used at boot time. In addition, if there is a host.conf but no nsswitch.conf, the latter is created at boot time from the former.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
65525 |
06-Sep-2000 |
des |
Don't warn about unknown mount types, since they most likely simply mean that the right module hasn't been loaded yet (and mount(8) will do so when necessary).
|
65520 |
06-Sep-2000 |
ache |
/modules -> /boot/kernel
|
65505 |
06-Sep-2000 |
grog |
Bring LDADD in line with DPADD.
Reported by: bde
|
65396 |
03-Sep-2000 |
peter |
I'm not sure what changed to cause this, but using 'dirname' as a variable was colliding with dirname() in libc.a and causing a Sig 10/bus error. Just change dirname to savedir and be done with it.
|
65384 |
03-Sep-2000 |
grog |
Clean up now that setproctitle() is in libc.
Submitted by: brian
|
65379 |
02-Sep-2000 |
brian |
Don't use libutil now that setproctitle() is in libc
|
65183 |
29-Aug-2000 |
grog |
Correct typo.
|
65159 |
28-Aug-2000 |
n_hibma |
No more hunting around for ipnat.conf(5) man page.
|
65155 |
28-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Explain the notion that additional mount options may be described in mount_XXX manual pages. Remove explicit mention of NFS mount options, since they are accurately described by this rule.
PR: 20814
|
65114 |
26-Aug-2000 |
phk |
Mount DEVFS with no options.
|
65054 |
24-Aug-2000 |
jhb |
- When adjusting the end of a partition to lie on a cylinder boundary, don't adjust the size, but the actual end. - Break out some of the sanity checks on partitions into a sanitize_partition function. - When adjusting partitions, always adjust the start "up", and the end "down" so that we stay within the boundaries of the original request. - Various small nits found by bde.
Reported by: bde, imp, rgrimes
|
65023 |
23-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Only print information about reads and writes when the -v flag (for verbose mode) is specified. This should really have been the case when this extra cruft was first introduced in rev 1.23.
PR: 20710 Reported by: Mike Meyer <mwm@mired.org>
|
64714 |
16-Aug-2000 |
imp |
optreset is declared in unistd.h, so we don't need to declare it here again.
Reviews by: ken
|
64696 |
16-Aug-2000 |
imp |
optreset is declared in unistd.h now.
|
64685 |
15-Aug-2000 |
rnordier |
Remove redundant code left over on removal of /dev/rXXX handling in r1.12.
|
64682 |
15-Aug-2000 |
rnordier |
Partially revert r1.12, in which a warnx() if the device is not a character device is changed to an errx(). This unnecessarily compromises device independence.
|
64542 |
11-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Explain why adding ``options NFSKERB'' breaks the kernel build.
PR: 10642 Reported by: Stefan Eggers <seggers@semyam.dinoco.de> Submitted by: johan
|
64535 |
11-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add text from NetBSD's rev 1.12 which should have accompanied the changes made to our own source on 1997-01-01.
PR: 20445 Submitted by: Jon Masami Kuroda <jkuroda@eecs.berkeley.edu>
|
64525 |
11-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Add $FreeBSD$.
|
64483 |
10-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Resolve conflicts.
|
64474 |
10-Aug-2000 |
kbyanc |
Fix an order-of-operations bug and properly shift page_control values for comparison with SMS_PAGE_CTRL_* macros.
|
64468 |
09-Aug-2000 |
kbyanc |
Include new modepage list (-l) option in the verbose usage.
|
64435 |
09-Aug-2000 |
jhb |
Fix a typo in the last commit so that this compiles.
|
64393 |
08-Aug-2000 |
kbyanc |
Fix some whitespace errors.
Pointed out by: ps
|
64391 |
08-Aug-2000 |
kbyanc |
Replace -l with .Fl l
Pointed out by: sheldonh
|
64382 |
08-Aug-2000 |
kbyanc |
This is an overhaul of the mode page handling in camcontrol as well as related patches. These include: * Mode page editting can be scripted. This involves two things: first, if stdin is not a tty, changes are read from stdin rather than invoking $EDITOR. Second, and more importantly, not all modepage entries must be included in the change set. This means that camcontrol can now gracefully handle more intrusive editting from the $EDITOR, including removal or rearrangement of lines. It also means that you can do stuff like: # echo "WCE: 1" | camcontrol modepage da3 -m 8 -e # newfs /dev/da3 # echo "WCE: 0" | camcontrol modepage da3 -m 8 -e * Range-checking on user-supplied input values. modeedit.c now uses the field width specifiers to determine the maximum allowable value for a field. If the user enters a value larger than the maximum, it clips the value to the max and warns the user. This also involved patching cam_cmdparse.c to be more consistent with regards to the "count" parameter to arg_put (previously is was the length of strings and 1 for all integral types). The cam_cdbparse(3) man page was also updated to reflect the revised semantics. * In the process, I removed the 64 entry limit on mode pages (not that we were even close to hitting that limit). This was a nice side-effect of the other changes. * Technically, the new mode editting functionality allows editting of character array entries in mode pages (type 'c' or 'z'), however since buff_encode doesn't grok them it is currently useless. * Camcontrol gained two new options related to mode pages: -l and -b. The former lists all available mode pages for a given device. The latter forces mode page display in binary format (the default when no mode page definition was found in scsi_modes). * Added support for mode page names to scsi_modes. Allows names to be displayed alongside mode numbers in the mode page listing. Updated scsi_modes to use the new functionality. This also adds the semicolon into the scsi_modes syntax as an optional mode page definition terminator. This is needed to name pages without providing a page format definition. * Updated scsi_all.h to include a structure describing mode page headers. * Added $FreeBSD$ line to scsi_modes.
Inspired by: dwhite Reviewed by: ken
|
64360 |
07-Aug-2000 |
jdp |
Add a "-i" option ("insecure") which disables the checks for root ownership, etc. I will soon commit a companion knob for "/etc/rc.conf".
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>
|
64316 |
07-Aug-2000 |
joe |
0xA0 = Suspend to disk.
|
64293 |
06-Aug-2000 |
rnordier |
Consistency fix.
|
64282 |
05-Aug-2000 |
alex |
Fix world-breakage: warnx("..') --> warnx("...")
Submitted by: Alain Thivillon <Alain.Thivillon@hsc.fr>, Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de> Approved by: green
|
64277 |
05-Aug-2000 |
kris |
Don't call errx() without a format string, to protect against possible % characters in localized error messages from ipsec_strerror().
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
64275 |
05-Aug-2000 |
kris |
Don't call warnx() without a format string (localized error messages could conceivably cause a crash).
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
64131 |
02-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Resolve conflicts from vendor merge.
|
64100 |
01-Aug-2000 |
sheldonh |
Use ${LIBDATADIR} instead of hardcoding /usr/libdata into the ${TABDIR} path.
PR: 17945 Submitted by: Benno Rice <benno@netizen.com.au>
|
64018 |
30-Jul-2000 |
darrenr |
Darren,
Could you please enable my "state top" patches in the FreeBSD distribution. I developped the stuff under FreeBSD, so it must be good there :-)
Here is a patch (relative to the RELENG_4 branch).
Thanks,
Frank
|
63962 |
28-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Rename the loadable nullfs kernel module: null -> nullfs
|
63939 |
27-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Add reference to sysctl.conf.
|
63926 |
27-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r63925, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
63892 |
26-Jul-2000 |
asmodai |
Fix the reporting of a raw device node.
Change a warnx to an errx since we should only attempt to use this utility on a character device.
Approved by: green
|
63881 |
26-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Describe the syncer(4)-related sysctls kern.filedelay, kern.dirdelay and kern.metadelay, thanks to mckusick's feedback.
|
63872 |
26-Jul-2000 |
jdp |
If a directory is world-writable or is not owned by root, skip it and emit a warning. This is a security measure since ldconfig influences the shared libraries used by all programs.
I think the check should be made even more stringent by also ignoring group-writable directories. I will make that change soon unless we encounter a good reason not to do it.
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>
|
63810 |
24-Jul-2000 |
mckusick |
If the lost+found directory is created by fsck, it will do a cacheino() which sets the inoinfo's i_parent and i_dotdot to 0, but they never get set to ROOTINO. This means that propagate will never find lost+found and its descendents, subdirectories will remain DSTATE (instead of DFOUND) even though they *are* correctly linked in, and pass4.c will try to clear them unsuccessfully, thinking that there is no link count from the DSTATE directory's parent. The result is that you need to run fsck twice and get link count increasing errors (which are unexpected and fatal when running in preen mode). The fix is to set i_parent and i_dotdot to "parent" after the second cacheino() call in dir.c:allocdir().
Obtained from: "Ethan Solomita" <ethan@geocast.com> (of the NetBSD Project)
|
63732 |
21-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Blah, need to add /usr/bin to the path also. Of course this is a bug in that the dhclient script will not work properly if one has a local / and an NFS mounted /usr and needs to obtain its IP address via DHCP before being able to mount /usr.
|
63729 |
21-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
Fix a really stupid bug where I assumed sizeof(int) == 2. This resulted in MBR's with a 4th slice failing the signature check and fdisk saying that they are invalid.
Submitted by: bde
|
63633 |
20-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Need /usr/sbin for arp(8).
|
63630 |
20-Jul-2000 |
obrien |
Patchlevel 3 of the ISC 2.0 dhcp client now requires us to give it the shell script's PATH setting in the environment.
|
63542 |
19-Jul-2000 |
archie |
Show the actual command line usage in the man page and usage error string.
|
63473 |
18-Jul-2000 |
archie |
Make "ifconfig" with no arguments equivalent to "ifconfig -a".
|
63439 |
18-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Cross-reference mount_nfs(8) and showmount(8).
PR: 20008 Reported by: Gerald Pfeifer <pfeifer@dbai.tuwien.ac.at>
|
63438 |
18-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Order the cross-references in the SEE ALSO section, in preparation for PR 20008.
|
63329 |
17-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
- Don't try to free mboot.bootinst before it has been allocated. If, for some reason, mboot.bootinst is not initialized to NULL at the beginning of the program, then the last commit to this would try to free whatever bogus address is in it. - Restore the behavior of free()'ing the mboot.bootinst buffer after we abuse it to determine the sector size of the disk (as clearly noted in the comments). Properly fix the double free() bug by setting the pointer to NULL after we free it.
|
63300 |
17-Jul-2000 |
ru |
Suggest looking at rc.conf(5) on how to start natd(8) during boot.
Submitted by: dcs
|
63293 |
17-Jul-2000 |
billf |
Fix a paste-o in the tcpoptions check (not a security problem, just a error in the usage printf())
Reviewed by: rwatson
|
63283 |
16-Jul-2000 |
dwmalone |
Don't try to make files immutable (ie. chflags) before setting access times.
PR: 19973 Submitted by: Arjan de Vet <Arjan.deVet@adv.iae.nl> Reviewed by: Matthew Jacob <mjacob@feral.com>
|
63231 |
15-Jul-2000 |
mckusick |
Make a tighter test for valid inode numbers in getnextinode().
|
63218 |
15-Jul-2000 |
ache |
Fix memory leak/double free found by phkmalloc Uniform mboot.bootinst allocation code to be independent of functions order
|
63162 |
14-Jul-2000 |
ben |
* Clarify text on choosing a dump device * Remove the text which states only devices with minor number 1 can be used - this is no longer true. * Mention that dumpon(8) cannot be used to capture dumps from panics during kernel initialization. * /dev/wd -> /dev/ad
PR: 19848 Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de> Reviewed by: sheldonh
|
63073 |
13-Jul-2000 |
dwmalone |
Clarify "mount -a -t" example - it only unmounts stuff in /etc/fstab. Fix a typo.
PR: 19438 Submitted by: Eoin Lawless <eoin@maths.tcd.ie> Reviewed by: sheldon
|
63029 |
12-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
Note that "ether" is a supported address family for setting addresses.
|
63027 |
12-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
- Always respect cylinder boundaries when creating slices unless the user explicitly sets the geometry. - Allow for MBR boot loaders that are longer than one sector. Only accept boot loaders if their size is a multiple of the sector size, however.
|
63026 |
12-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
Add support to the 'ether' address family to support setting of addresses. This allows you to set ether addresses with 'ifconfig ether'. Also, use some saner socket address families that allow several special case tests to be removed.
|
63003 |
12-Jul-2000 |
mckusick |
Ensure that block and character devices as well as fifo's and sockets all have zero length. A non-zero length panic's the kernel when one of these is deleted.
PR: 19426 Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie> Reviewed by: dwmalone@FreeBSD.org
|
62975 |
11-Jul-2000 |
phk |
Array of long support.
Submitted by: Ian Dowse <iedowse@maths.tcd.ie>
|
62884 |
10-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Don't call sprintf() with no format string.
|
62882 |
10-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Don't call warn() with no format string.
|
62881 |
10-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Don't call err with no format string.
|
62858 |
09-Jul-2000 |
jdp |
Make "ldconfig" with no arguments behave the same as "ldconfig -R".
Submitted by: Maxime Henrion <mhenrion@cybercable.fr>
|
62668 |
06-Jul-2000 |
mckusick |
Teach fsck about snapshot files. These changes should have no effect on operation of fsck on filesystems without snapshots. If you get compilation errors, be sure that you have copies of /usr/include/sys/mount.h (1.94), /usr/include/sys/stat.h (1.21), and /usr/include/ufs/ffs/fs.h (1.16) as of July 4, 2000 or later.
|
62666 |
06-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Correct style bugs in previous commit
|
62664 |
06-Jul-2000 |
mckusick |
Add the snapshot option to mount_ufs.
|
62629 |
05-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Sync with KAME
Obtained from: KAME
|
62628 |
05-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Sync with KAME
Obtained from: KAME
|
62627 |
05-Jul-2000 |
kris |
Sync with latest KAME code.
Obtained from: KAME
|
62622 |
05-Jul-2000 |
jhb |
Support for unsigned integer and long sysctl variables. Update the SYSCTL_LONG macro to be consistent with other integer sysctl variables and require an initial value instead of assuming 0. Update several sysctl variables to use the unsigned types.
PR: 15251 Submitted by: Kelly Yancey <kbyanc@posi.net>
|
62583 |
04-Jul-2000 |
itojun |
synchronize with latest kame tree.
behavior change: policy syntax was changed. you may need to update your setkey(8) configuration files.
|
62470 |
03-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove the use of a dash in the usage, since this isn't in keeping with other utilities which offer similar functionality.
This change was discussed with ache, who brought in the ability to use a dash to represent stdin in comcontrol.
|
62460 |
03-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
What the commit log for rev 1.16 neglected to mention was that the delta touched the Name Description (Nd). It introduced a grammar error and did not fix the extraneous punctuation (Nd lines are not terminated with a period).
|
62459 |
03-Jul-2000 |
sheldonh |
Explicitly state that mountd can be made to re-read the exports file, even though this may seem obvious to some folks.
Requested by: obrien
|
62361 |
01-Jul-2000 |
n_hibma |
Print the correct speed when speed is less than 1MB/s.
Fixed in cam_xpt.c, r1.81
Submitted by: Gerd Knops <gerti@bitart.com>
|
62327 |
01-Jul-2000 |
ps |
Backout rev 1.8. This really does not give us the version number of the kld's.
Pointed out by: bp
|
62252 |
29-Jun-2000 |
ru |
"Ease understanding" of how -punch_fw works.
Reviewed by: sheldonh
|
62196 |
28-Jun-2000 |
ken |
When printing out the transfer rate display for 'camcontrol inquiry', use the current setting for tagged queueing when deciding whether or not to print "Tagged Queueing Enabled" instead of using the device's actual capabilities.
This is more consistent with the rest of the transfer rate display, which relies on current settings, and is more consistent with the way we display things on boot.
Reported by: Gustavo Vieira Goncalves Coelho Rios <kernel@tdnet.com.br> Reviewed by: mjacob
|
62178 |
27-Jun-2000 |
jhb |
Catch the usage() function up to the command line changes. Add -I and remove -e.
|
62160 |
27-Jun-2000 |
ru |
Added new option (-punch_fw) which allows to `punch holes' in the ipfirewall(4) for incoming FTP/IRC DCC connections.
Submitted by: Rene de Vries <rene@canyon.demon.nl> Rewritten by: ru
|
62157 |
27-Jun-2000 |
ru |
- mdoc(7) style cleanup - new version of security note from alex.
|
62128 |
26-Jun-2000 |
alex |
Back out both previous commits. The first one got screwed up by me because of rev 1.33, which was incorrectly merged into my patches by myself, and so Ruslan (maintainer) asked me to back them out.
Ruslan was ok with the second one, but since it needs rework, it'll be readded later, when it doesn't conflict with the backout of the first one.
Pointy hat: alex Beer on next meeting: ru
|
62122 |
26-Jun-2000 |
alex |
Add note about security concerns w/o a firewall but other machines on your LAN to the "RUNNING NATD" introduction.
In a different way requested by: PR: 18802 Submitted by: Zachary K Drew <drew0054@tc.umn.edu>
|
62121 |
26-Jun-2000 |
alex |
mdoc style cleanup.
Reviewed by: sheldonh
|
61881 |
20-Jun-2000 |
jmb |
display version number of each kld module when using the -v flag.
|
61864 |
20-Jun-2000 |
ru |
Remove ``pptpalias'' since this is now done transparently by libalias(3).
|
61761 |
18-Jun-2000 |
billf |
Reorder the "prob" section in the output of list/show so it can be copy/pasted into add without problems.
The previous commit had the other half of this original patch which handled tcpflags/tcpflgs confusion in output/input.
|
61734 |
16-Jun-2000 |
wpaul |
Implement SIOCSIFLLADDR, which allows you to change the link-level address on an interface. This basically allows you to do what my little setmac module/utility does via ifconfig. This involves the following changes:
socket.h: define SIOCSIFLLADDR if.c: add support for SIOCSIFLLADDR, which resets the values in the arpcom struct and sockaddr_dl for the specified interface. Note that if the interface is already up, we need to down/up it in order to program the underlying hardware's receive filter. ifconfig.c: add lladdr command ifconfig.8: document lladdr command
You can now force the MAC address on any ethernet interface to be whatever you want. (The change is not sticky across reboots of course: we don't actually reprogram the EEPROM or anything.) Actually, you can reprogram the MAC address on other kinds of interfaces too; this shouldn't be ethernet-specific (though at the moment it's limited to 6 bytes of address data).
Nobody ran up to me and said "this is the politically correct way to do this!" so I don't want to hear any complaints from people who think I could have done it more elegantly. Consider yourselves lucky I didn't do it by having ifconfig tread all over /dev/kmem.
|
61726 |
16-Jun-2000 |
ru |
Remove unused parameter.
|
61657 |
14-Jun-2000 |
luigi |
Fix behaviour of "ipfw pipe show" -- previous code gave ambiguous data to the userland program (kernel operation was safe, anyways).
|
61570 |
12-Jun-2000 |
ru |
Fixed style bugs of rev 1.66.
|
61568 |
12-Jun-2000 |
brian |
0x39 == plan9
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
61536 |
11-Jun-2000 |
dillon |
Fix memory leak in mount_nfs's background (-b) mode which occurs when the mount is not available.
Submitted-by: Jonathan Hanna <pangolin@home.com>
|
61514 |
10-Jun-2000 |
phk |
Handle minors like ls(1) does it.
PR: 19179 Submitted by: Kelly Yancey <kbyanc@posi.net>
|
61461 |
09-Jun-2000 |
ghelmer |
Add QNX 4 partitions to fdisk's list.
PR: bin/8809 Submitted by: "John C. Place" <jcplace@ibm.net> Prompted by: <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
61447 |
09-Jun-2000 |
alex |
Add MLINK init.8 --> securelevel.8
Requested by: Brett Glass <brett@lariat.org> PR: 13792 Submitted by: nik
|
61438 |
09-Jun-2000 |
asmodai |
Fix occurences of nos_tun to nos-tun, this improves internal consistency as well as an usage printout.
PR: 10538 Submitted by: piazza Nudged by: nrahlstr
|
61420 |
08-Jun-2000 |
dan |
Add tcpoptions to ipfw. This works much in the same way as ipoptions do. It also squashes 99% of packet kiddie synflood orgies. For example, to rate syn packets without MSS,
ipfw pipe 10 config 56Kbit/s queue 10Packets ipfw add pipe 10 tcp from any to any in setup tcpoptions !mss
Submitted by: Richard A. Steenbergen <ras@e-gerbil.net>
|
61417 |
08-Jun-2000 |
luigi |
Document new dummynet functionality, namely WF2Q+ and RED
|
61414 |
08-Jun-2000 |
luigi |
userland side of WF2Q+ support in dummynet. Manpage coming later...
|
61408 |
08-Jun-2000 |
grog |
Clarify which bit of the daemon config disables configuration saves.
This is still terrible. I need to finally implement variables.
Reported-by: jmg
|
61358 |
07-Jun-2000 |
grog |
Update description of checkparity and rebuildparity commands.
|
61357 |
07-Jun-2000 |
grog |
continue_revive: Set the revive blocksize correctly in the ioctl request.
|
61356 |
07-Jun-2000 |
grog |
vinum_start: Set the revive blocksize correctly.
checkparity: Allow the -v flag to display progress.
|
61283 |
05-Jun-2000 |
rwatson |
o Mention kern.suser_permitted
Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
|
61278 |
05-Jun-2000 |
nyan |
Sync with sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.c revision 1.37. (Don't try to open the /dev/rXXX device.)
|
61233 |
04-Jun-2000 |
ken |
Eliminate the default device name (da) and unit number (0) in camcontrol.
This may break some scripts, but with the number of ways users can damage a system with this tool, it's important to make sure they specify which device they want to talk to.
Suggested by: joerg
|
61229 |
03-Jun-2000 |
ken |
Use the Ic (Internal command) mdoc macro to denote camcontrol subcommands.
Submitted by: sheldonh
|
61228 |
03-Jun-2000 |
ken |
Send 'camcontrol help' usage output to stdout instead of stderr, so it can be viewed more easily with a pager.
Regular (i.e. short) usage output is still sent to stderr.
PR: bin/12358 Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.rhein-neckar.de>
|
61186 |
02-Jun-2000 |
jlemon |
Fix memory leak when route addition fails.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
61162 |
02-Jun-2000 |
grog |
Add new function declarations.
|
61161 |
02-Jun-2000 |
grog |
Change the default command history file from /var/tmp/vinum_history to /var/log/vinum_history. Also check that any existing history file is a regular file.
Admonished-by: imp
Allow stopping long-running commands with ^C (well, SIGINTR). Previously this would stop the program.
|
61160 |
02-Jun-2000 |
grog |
Add new function dumpconfig: dump the configuration information directly off the drives.
This command shows a minor problem: it requires that the device nodes exist, whereas kernel Vinum does not. Thus dumpconfig may show no configuration for certain drives which are up and happily running. This is documented in the man page.
|
61159 |
02-Jun-2000 |
grog |
attach command: allow attaching striped or parity plexes if the -f option is given. This will break the data in the plex.
|
61104 |
31-May-2000 |
msmith |
Don't try to do anything with the /dev/rXXX device.
|
61103 |
31-May-2000 |
msmith |
Don't try to open the /dev/rXXX device.
|
60885 |
24-May-2000 |
darrenr |
add common.c to SRCS to fix compile problems
|
60784 |
22-May-2000 |
sheldonh |
Fix a small grammar nit, with the maintainer's implicit approval.
|
60767 |
21-May-2000 |
ken |
Implement a new camcontrol function, 'camcontrol format'.
libcam/Makefile: Add scsi_da.c to libcam for the new scsi_format_unit() function.
camcontrol.8: Update the man page for the new format functionality, and take out the examples section describing how to do it with 'camcontrol cmd'.
camcontrol.c: New format functionality. Note that unlike the rest of the camcontrol subcommands, this one is interactive by default. Because of the potential destructiveness of the format command, I thought it necessary to get confirmation from the user before spamming a disk. You can disable the interactive behavior, and the status meter with command line arguments.
scsi_da.c: Add the new scsi_format_unit() cdb building function and use #ifdef _KERNEL to make this file compile in both the kernel and userland. The format unit function is currently only defined in the non-kernel case, because nothing in the kernel is using it. If that changes, it should be un-ifdefed and compiled in both cases.
scsi_da.h: New function declaration, CDB structure and format data structures.
Thanks to Nick Hibma for providing some valuable input on these changes.
|
60736 |
20-May-2000 |
obrien |
Document "-alias".
|
60683 |
18-May-2000 |
ru |
Add new option (-target_addr) to control how to deal with incoming packets not associated with any pre-existing link.
Submitted by: brian
|
60602 |
15-May-2000 |
hoek |
Fix a bunch of typos.
Some Submitted by: docs/18543 (Anatoly Vorobey)
|
60595 |
15-May-2000 |
hoek |
Typo: "ealgo" -> "aalgo"
PR: docs/18547 (OKAZAKI Tetsurou <okazaki@be.to>)
|
60501 |
13-May-2000 |
hoek |
.Xr boot0cfg 8 ,
PR: misc/18267 (Usov Alexander <[3]usov@ups.kiev.ua>)
|
60371 |
11-May-2000 |
grog |
Add external for -i option.
|
60362 |
11-May-2000 |
grog |
Remove description of the -v option for init and start.
Describe -i option for start.
Update description of start command (will now work on plexes).
Update discussion of choice of stripe size (don't use power of 2).
Remove references to raw devices.
|
60361 |
11-May-2000 |
grog |
Add -i (interval) option, for use with start command.
|
60360 |
11-May-2000 |
grog |
vinum_info: Use the correct field to determine whether trace entries are read or write.
Bug-introduced-in: Revision 1.26
Show percentage complete in brief status of reviving and initializing subdisks.
|
60359 |
11-May-2000 |
grog |
start plex/subdisk: Add -i option to delay between blocks copied, to reduce performance impact.
Remove -v option, things work now.
Rewrite parity maintenance functions.
Rebuildparity: Add -v option to check whether it was broken before rebuilding each block.
|
60311 |
10-May-2000 |
sheldonh |
Supply only one author name per instance of %A, as per mdoc.samples(7).
PR: 18465 Submitted by: Kazu TAKAMUNE <takamune@avrl.mei.co.jp>
|
60293 |
09-May-2000 |
ps |
Tidy up the offset calculations.
Submitted by: bde
|
60256 |
09-May-2000 |
nyan |
Add '-DPC98' to CFLAGS if MACHINE == pc98.
|
60219 |
09-May-2000 |
ps |
Read the correct size into kdumplo.
Botched/Noticed by: peter
|
60213 |
08-May-2000 |
ps |
Allow savecore to work on > 2GB partitions.
Submitted by: peter
|
60132 |
07-May-2000 |
kris |
Update device name.
|
60128 |
07-May-2000 |
kris |
Update references to disk and tape devices.
|
60127 |
07-May-2000 |
kris |
Update device names in examples.
|
60096 |
06-May-2000 |
phantom |
Fix typo
Noticed by: hoek
|
60016 |
05-May-2000 |
mpp |
Correct an xref.
PR: doc/13218 Submitted by: phantom
|
60013 |
05-May-2000 |
mpp |
Correct the usage of the ".Bd -literal -offset xxx" macro to use a proper offset. This silences warnings when the man page is formated with groff.
PR: bin/14534
|
59971 |
04-May-2000 |
phantom |
mdoc(7) style fixes and cleanup
|
59970 |
04-May-2000 |
phantom |
Fix path to ip6fw
|
59964 |
04-May-2000 |
phantom |
. clean `.Os' macro value since this tool is not KAME-only tools anymore . sort Xr's in SEE ALSO section . add integration note
|
59961 |
04-May-2000 |
phantom |
Remove outdated BUGS section. We'll never rename comcontrol to siocontrol.
|
59921 |
03-May-2000 |
ru |
New option: -redirect_proto.
|
59919 |
03-May-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove extraneous Dv macro that slipped in, in rev 1.64.
|
59871 |
01-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove unused include.
|
59870 |
01-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove unused include, and place sys includes at top, which enabled us to remove this include.
|
59869 |
01-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove unused includes.
|
59867 |
01-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove unused #include.
|
59864 |
01-May-2000 |
asmodai |
Remove unused #include.
|
59851 |
01-May-2000 |
phantom |
. clear `.Os' macro value since this tool is not KAME only anymore . add integration note
|
59838 |
01-May-2000 |
ache |
Print options only supported by device, back out printing options separately
Pointed-by: bde
|
59801 |
30-Apr-2000 |
nik |
Removed xref to mount_lfs, this died in 2.mumble.
PR: docs/18272 Submitted by: Michael Lucas <mwlucas@blackhelicopters.org>
|
59799 |
30-Apr-2000 |
joe |
Fixes a potential buffer overflow with the pid filename.
Submitted by: Mike Heffner <spock@techfour.net> Submitted on: audit@freebsd.org
|
59798 |
30-Apr-2000 |
joe |
Fixes a potential buffer overflow with the command line arguments.
Submitted by: Mike Heffner <spock@techfour.net> Submitted on: audit@freebsd.org
|
59791 |
30-Apr-2000 |
ache |
Allow "-" for working with STDIN Allow printing of each option separately when keyword specified without a number
|
59775 |
30-Apr-2000 |
green |
Allow overriding of net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit; if you want to make a rule that logs without a log limit, use "logamount 0" in addition to "log".
|
59703 |
27-Apr-2000 |
ru |
Load Sharing using IP Network Address Translation (RFC 2391, LSNAT).
|
59648 |
26-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
/dev/r<FOO> => /dev/<FOO>
|
59457 |
21-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
A local WIP snook in rev 1.31.
Noticed by: bde
|
59429 |
20-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
Found more places where 'r' was being prepended to the device name.
|
59267 |
16-Apr-2000 |
grog |
Remove MAINTAINER.
|
59216 |
14-Apr-2000 |
imp |
Add include of errno.h where needed, remove extern int errno where not.
These commits were inspired by a similar commit to netbsd.
|
59215 |
14-Apr-2000 |
imp |
Better error message for a case that I hit.
|
59114 |
10-Apr-2000 |
obrien |
Don't prepend "r" for the raw device anymore.
|
59035 |
05-Apr-2000 |
bp |
Pass timezone information to an nwfs mount.
|
58946 |
02-Apr-2000 |
brian |
Correct Charles Mott's email address Requested by: cmott@scientech.com
|
58928 |
02-Apr-2000 |
joerg |
Avoid rawname() stupidly prepending an `r' before the device name even in cases where the supplied name was already pointing to a character special device. This fixes the breakage that occured when trying to dump a filesystem by name (e. g. /usr), with an fstab already mentioning the raw device name (like /dev/rda0g) where dump attempted to use /dev/rrda0g then.
Also removed the now obsolete remark that fstab were carrying block special names.
|
58821 |
30-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Add new rtmsg types which already defined in kernel.
|
58814 |
30-Mar-2000 |
kato |
Added 640KB and 1232KB formats, which were standard MS-DOS formats of 2DD and 2HD disks in Japan.
Submitted by: Shigeharu TAKENO <shige@iee.niit.ac.jp> Pointed out by: chi@bd.mbn.or.jp (Chiharu Shibata)
|
58805 |
30-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Prevent buffer overflow.
PR: bin/17657 Submitted by: tanimura
|
58746 |
28-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Back out the new advice introduced in the previous commit, which at least one reviewer is now unhappy with, since it contains incomplete and misleading advice that is not easy to correct.
The net effect of this commit and the previous commit is to simply remove all discussion of setting dumpdev to catch crash dumps prior to entering user mode.
|
58732 |
28-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Update instructions for setting the dump device prior to multi-user mode.
Reported by: dcs Submitted by: asmodai
|
58697 |
27-Mar-2000 |
bde |
Fixed a missing library in DPADD.
Fixed some misformattings.
|
58681 |
27-Mar-2000 |
bde |
Fixed missing DPADDs.
Fixed style bug for LDADD (don't use += for initial definitions).
|
58677 |
27-Mar-2000 |
bde |
Use the same order in DPADD as in LDADD so that `make checkdpadd' doesn't report an error for it.
Fixed some style bugs (the usual ones for DPADD and LDADD, and misformatting).
|
58631 |
26-Mar-2000 |
charnier |
1000000 usec -> 1 sec 0 usec; fix
|
58561 |
25-Mar-2000 |
des |
Mention linprocfs.
|
58558 |
25-Mar-2000 |
des |
Add mount_linprocfs.
|
58537 |
24-Mar-2000 |
jhb |
Now that we have uc_device.h, use that instead of hard-coding struct uc_device's definition into kget.
|
58512 |
24-Mar-2000 |
mpp |
Spelling fix.
|
58403 |
20-Mar-2000 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in rev.1.28. Rev.1.28 was not submitted by bde.
|
58392 |
20-Mar-2000 |
phk |
B_READ is gone, check for BIO_READ instead.
Not tested.
|
58329 |
20-Mar-2000 |
peter |
Make this compile. This is a hack.
|
58324 |
20-Mar-2000 |
ps |
Only character devices exsist these days. Make savecore understand this.
|
58235 |
18-Mar-2000 |
kato |
Activate the pc98 directory.
|
58234 |
18-Mar-2000 |
kato |
Added PC98 version of fdisk.
|
58172 |
17-Mar-2000 |
phk |
Make the fore_dnld program more robust and reliable.
In particular HZ=1000 would seem to break it before.
|
58102 |
15-Mar-2000 |
mph |
Typo ("frequencey").
|
58068 |
14-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Use CMSG_LEN() to compute ping SCM_TIMESTAMP cmsg_len. Without this, cmsg_len size should be smaller than necessary on alpha. (Though, no obvious error was seen on ping time value on beast.)
|
58047 |
14-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Open the device read-only initially and re-open read-write if necessary later. This allows tunefs -p on mounted filesystems.
Side-effects: Use K&R prototypes. Use definitions from fcntl.h for the flags argument to open(2).
There are cosmetic differences between this and the submitted patch.
PR: 17143 Reported by: Peter Edwards <peter.edwards@ireland.com> Submitted by: luoqi
|
57976 |
13-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Fix nits in previous commit: restore option ordering of the option description list; break an overly long line; use the Fx macro instead of "FreeBSD".
|
57953 |
13-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Add missing end of semi colon of an example setkey command.
Submitted by: kuriyama
|
57942 |
12-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Typo fix. s/SAD/SPD/.
Specified by: jdp
|
57918 |
11-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Clear sin6_scope_id before passing routes into kernel, becaues kernel don't support routes with sin6_scope_id set. Without this fix, routes with IPv6 scoped addr won't work when it is assigned by "route" command.
Approved by: jkh
Reviewed by: ume
|
57896 |
10-Mar-2000 |
imp |
-e -> -I change. -s for sumary
Approved by: jkh
|
57872 |
09-Mar-2000 |
obrien |
Don't use the old raw name for disk devices.
|
57851 |
09-Mar-2000 |
shin |
Update icmp node info query message bit order of query types, according to draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-04 to 05 change. This is necessary before 4.0, because, -This change is non backword compatible -Other KAME derived platforms applied 05 -Author of the draft said he never do backword imcompatible changes again.
Approved by: jkh
Obtained from: KAME project
|
57782 |
06-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove more single-space hard sentence breaks.
|
57776 |
06-Mar-2000 |
peter |
Purely cosmetic tweak, use consistant whitespace with scopeid.
|
57719 |
03-Mar-2000 |
shin |
CMSG_XXX macros alignment fixes to follow RFC2292.
Approved by: jkh
Submitted by: Partly from tech@openbsd Reviewed by: itojun
|
57716 |
03-Mar-2000 |
jkoshy |
The new boot code uses `ad' for ATA disks, not `wd'. Correct the manual page.
|
57695 |
02-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove more single-space hard sentence breaks.
|
57689 |
02-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Replace abuse of a literal block display with a more appropriate tag list.
Apologies to translators for mixing in a few language clean-ups.
|
57673 |
01-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.
|
57669 |
01-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.
|
57668 |
01-Mar-2000 |
sheldonh |
Remove single-space hard sentence breaks. These degrade the quality of the typeset output, tend to make diffs harder to read and provide bad examples for new-comers to mdoc.
|
57662 |
01-Mar-2000 |
nik |
Remove xrefs to obsolete bad144(8).
PR: docs/17060 Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>
|
57660 |
01-Mar-2000 |
nik |
Remove xrefs to obsolete ft driver.
PR: docs/17080 Submitted by: Udo Erdelhoff <ue@nathan.ruhr.de>
|
57644 |
01-Mar-2000 |
grog |
Remove description of defunct DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT by commenting out.
Describe stop -f to stop when config updates are disabled.
Explain in more detail why Vinum needs its own partition type, and why you can't make it the c partition.
Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh
|
57643 |
01-Mar-2000 |
grog |
Add declaration for parityops.
Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh
|
57642 |
01-Mar-2000 |
grog |
Increase the time we'll wait for a reviving disk to carry on and not be marked as stalled, from 1 second to 5 seconds.
Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh
|
57641 |
01-Mar-2000 |
grog |
Implement vinum_rebuildparity, which had got forgotten. In the process, move the body of vinum_rebuildparity and vinum_checkparity to a new function, parityops.
Implicitly-sanctioned-by: jkh
|
57623 |
29-Feb-2000 |
markm |
Change DISTRIBUTION to match new world order.
|
57607 |
29-Feb-2000 |
grog |
Add definitions for vinum_raid[45] and checkupdates.
Approved-by: jkh
|
57606 |
29-Feb-2000 |
grog |
Don't print any error message if we can't open the history file. This replaces an older attempt to silence vinum(8) when started in single-user mode.
Add entries for vinum_raid[45].
Replace the preprocessor variable name CDEV_MAJOR with VINUM_CDEV_MAJOR.
continue_revive: Set the proc title to 'reviving <sdname>' so that it can be recognized in a ps list.
Approved-by: jkh
|
57605 |
29-Feb-2000 |
grog |
vinum_ldi: Honour the 'recurse' flag and show the subdisks on this drive if it is set.
vinum_lvi: Change line spacing. This is still not right.
Change checks for striped or RAID-5 plexes to a macro 'isstriped', which now also includes RAID-4.
Change checks for RAID-5 plexes to a macro 'isparity', which now also includes RAID-4.
vinum_lsi: If the subdisk is initializing or reviving, don't wait a whole second to check whether it's advancing; wait in increments of 50 ms up to 1 second. This makes for a barely perceptible delay.
Approved-by: jkh
|
57604 |
29-Feb-2000 |
grog |
New function checkupdates: check whether configuration updates are enabled and print a warning message in varous places if they are not.
Fix typos in comments.
Change some indents to approach style(9).
initvol: If init fails, place the subdisks in a "down" state.
vinum_start(): If we're starting a plex, try doing it directly. It's possible that the state of the plex differs from that of the subdisks, for example if somebody has used 'setupstate'.
New functions vinum_raid4 and vinum_raid5 to create RAID-4 and RAID-5 volumes, analagous to vinum_mirror and vinum_stripe.
vinum_checkparity: Don't try to check the parity of a non-parity plex, print a rude remark instead.
Approved-by: jkh
|
57578 |
28-Feb-2000 |
gsutter |
correct wording in BUGS section; it's not possible to dismount swap devices, but it's certainly possible to make use of them.
PR: 17013 Submitted by: Giorgos Keramidas <keramida@ceid.upatras.gr>
|
57573 |
28-Feb-2000 |
mckusick |
Yesterday I had to fix a badly broken disk, and found that fsck kept dying:
DIR I=64512 CONNECTED. PARENT WAS I=4032 fsck: cannot find inode 995904
fsdb found the inodes with no problem:
fsdb (inum: 64512)> inode 995904 current inode: directory I=995904 MODE=40777 SIZE=512 MTIME=Feb 14 15:27:07 2000 [0 nsec] CTIME=Feb 14 15:27:07 2000 [0 nsec] ATIME=Feb 24 10:31:58 2000 [0 nsec] OWNER=nobody GRP=nobody LINKCNT=4 FLAGS=0 BLKCNT=2 GEN=38a41386 Direct blocks: 8094568 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Indirect blocks: 0 0 0
The problem turns out to be a program logic error in fsck. It stores directory inodes internally in hash lists, using the number of directories to form the hash key:
inpp = &inphead[inumber % numdirs];
Elsewhere, however, it increments numdirs when it finds unattached directories. I've made the following fix, which solved the problem in the case in hand.
Submitted by: Greg Lehey <grog@lemis.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Dillon <dillon@apollo.backplane.com> Approved by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>
|
57562 |
28-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Print scope id for scoped addrs.
Approved by: jkh
|
57557 |
28-Feb-2000 |
ru |
A huge rewrite of the manual page (mostly -mdoc related).
Reviewed by: luigi, sheldonh
|
57521 |
26-Feb-2000 |
chris |
Spelling: ``adress'' -> ``address''
|
57520 |
26-Feb-2000 |
rwatson |
Introduce ``add'' and ``remove'' as alternatives to ``alias'' and ``delete''. Improve compatibility with BSD/OS, and also more accurately reflect that IP aliases aren't really any different than the primary IP address on an interface.
Reviewed by: dcs Approved by: jkh
|
57516 |
26-Feb-2000 |
steve |
Use 'following' instead of 'follow' in a couple of places for a slightly better read.
|
57512 |
26-Feb-2000 |
brian |
Suggest ppp -nat, not ppp -alias
|
57480 |
25-Feb-2000 |
ru |
Remove the config file line length restriction.
PR: 16900 Reviewed by: "Crist J. Clark" <cjclark@home.com>, jkh Approved by: jkh
|
57449 |
24-Feb-2000 |
markm |
Use libcrypto instead of libdes.
|
57439 |
24-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Security fixes. (Just same as sbin/ping and usr.sbin/traceroute) -Open socket() at first and then setuid() to actual user. -Allow ping6 preload option only for root.
Approved by: jkh
Submitted by: Neil Blakey-Milner <nbm@mithrandr.moria.org>
|
57396 |
23-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Add an scope index embedded IPv6 link local addr creation support, by route command. This is a workaround for some kernel interface which can't treat sin6_scope_id, yet.
|
57384 |
22-Feb-2000 |
alfred |
Don't scare the users. Kirk argees that the comment about corruption caused by switching the flags on an already mounted manpage are bogus, it doesn't happen.
Ok by: mckusick
|
57349 |
20-Feb-2000 |
ken |
Fix 'camcontrol inquiry'. The inquiry data structure changes (increased to 256 bytes) caused it to break on many devices.
The SCSI spec says that for commands with 8-bit length fields, a value of 0 means 256 bytes. As it turns out, many devices don't deal with that properly. Some interpret the 0 as 0, and return no data. Others return more than 256 bytes of data, and cause an overrun.
The fix is to tell the device we've only allocated SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH (36 bytes) of inquiry data, instead of sizeof(struct scsi_inquiry_data).
camcontrol.c: Change inq_len in the call to scsi_inquiry() to SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH, and add a long comment explaining the reason for the change.
scsi_all.h: Add a comment above the definitinon of SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH alerting people that it is both the initial probe inquiry length, and the minimum amount of data needed for scsi_print_inquiry() to function.
scsi_all.c: Add a comment about SHORT_INQUIRY_LENGTH being the minimum amount of data needed for scsi_print_inquiry() to function.
Reviewed by: gibbs Approved by: jkh Reported by: "John W. DeBoskey" <jwd@unx.sas.com>
|
57344 |
19-Feb-2000 |
alfred |
detect deleted tty lines in /etc/ttys.
|
57340 |
19-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Change IPv6 scoped addr format again based on recent standard discussion. Sorry for the flapping, but no change will be done for 4.0 anymore. Official standard will be published around April or later. If different format would be adopted at that time, then support for the new format will be added to the succeeding FreeBSD 4.x.
Approved by: jkh
|
57268 |
17-Feb-2000 |
unfurl |
Committed changes to restore(8) for previously undocumented -N option.
PR: 15600 Reviewed by: jim
|
57229 |
15-Feb-2000 |
phk |
With the kind permission of Marconi Communications (Formerly "Fore Communication" include a copy of the 3.0.1 firmware for the PCA200E card in the fore_dnld program.
There are various and subtle compatibility issues between the hfa driver and the microcode, this version is belived to work best.
If a file is specified on the command line it will be used instead of the embedded image.
Approved by: jkh
|
57183 |
13-Feb-2000 |
luigi |
Use correct field for dst_port when displaying masks on dynamic pipes.
|
57139 |
11-Feb-2000 |
ru |
Add ata(4) support.
Approved by: jkh
|
57115 |
10-Feb-2000 |
luigi |
Support and document new stateful ipfw features.
Approved-by: jordan
|
57108 |
10-Feb-2000 |
shin |
Support IPv6 scoped addr in ifconfig and route
IPv6 scoped addr display is not yet supported by ifconfig and route. Now almost of IPv6 apps support it, so its support in ifconfig and route is important to keep consisetncy, and to avoid user confusion.
Approved by: jkh
|
57098 |
09-Feb-2000 |
guido |
Add ipl.4 manpage
|
57091 |
09-Feb-2000 |
chris |
Repair incorrect ``first appeared in'' reference, which originally stated that we supported an IPv6 firewall since version 2.0. It now correctly says `4.0'.
|
57032 |
08-Feb-2000 |
shin |
ping -S option was missing from IPsec merge, so enable it again.
Approved by: jkh
Submitted by: Matthew Reimer <mreimer@vpop.net>
|
57005 |
06-Feb-2000 |
peter |
Don't use /dev/vinum/rsd/XXX for init as it doesn't exist any more. Without this change, you cannot do the required init on a new raid5 volume.
Reviewed by: grog Approved by: jkh
|
56985 |
04-Feb-2000 |
ken |
Fix a couple of typos in the 'camcontrol negotiate' output.
Submitted by: T-Om <tom@iki.fi> Approved by: jkh
|
56910 |
30-Jan-2000 |
kris |
Add Xref to camcontrol(8) (replacing previously-removed scsiformat(8)).
Submitted by: joerg
|
56902 |
30-Jan-2000 |
luoqi |
Remove unused #include and prototype declaration.
|
56901 |
30-Jan-2000 |
luoqi |
Typo fix. While I am at it, remove the name translation from block to raw device, they are equivalent now (or more accurately we no longer have block devices).
Submitted by: Gregory Sutter <gsutter@pobox.com>
|
56815 |
29-Jan-2000 |
shin |
Add ip6fw. Yes it is almost code freeze, but as the result of many thought, now I think this should be added before 4.0...
make world check, kernel build check is done.
Reviewed by: green Obtained from: KAME project
|
56740 |
28-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Changed setflags() to set_flags(). This fixes part of the world breakage due to recently incremented namespace pollution in <unistd.h>.
|
56588 |
25-Jan-2000 |
sumikawa |
Fix return value check for inet_pton().
Obtained from: KAME Project
|
56587 |
25-Jan-2000 |
ru |
Now that kernel is capable of notifying user processes about the interface MTU change (src/sys/net/if_sl.c,v 1.83), track interface MTU with -dynamic option as well.
PR: 15494
|
56407 |
23-Jan-2000 |
mpp |
Fix various man pages to stop abusing the .Bx macro to generate the strings "FreeBSD" and "NetBSD". Use the .Fx or .Nx macro instead.
|
56384 |
21-Jan-2000 |
mjacob |
Do some intptr_t casting for alpha. Reviewed by: ken@freebsd.org
|
56383 |
21-Jan-2000 |
mjacob |
Specify the system directory for which we put in our include path as a separate line so we can override it on the command line if we need to.
Reviewed by: ken@freebsd.org
|
56357 |
21-Jan-2000 |
jdp |
If a directory on the command line doesn't exist, warn about it and proceed rather than quitting with a fatal error message.
PR: bin/16056 Submitted by: Philipp Mergenthaler <un1i@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
56342 |
20-Jan-2000 |
billf |
Brucify: add an upper limit to -t match the types of return values and the variables they are stuffed in make the man page and usage() a little more consistantly ugly less obfuscation.
Submitted by: adrian, billf
|
56125 |
16-Jan-2000 |
kris |
Fix insecure tempfile handling
Reviewed by: audit@freebsd.org
|
56121 |
16-Jan-2000 |
mjacob |
use XPT_GDEV_STATS- XPT_GDEV_TYPE was deprecated a while back
|
56059 |
15-Jan-2000 |
mks |
Handle GetResponse errors correctly.
|
56038 |
15-Jan-2000 |
green |
This is another in Martin Blapp's N-series of mount-related cleanups :) Changes are: - rpc.umntall is called at the right places now in /etc/rc* - rpc.umntall timeout has been lowered from two days (too high) to one - verbose messages in rpc.umntall have been clarified - kill double entries in /var/db/mounttab when rpc.umntall is invoked - ${early_nfs_mounts} has been removed from /etc/rc - patched mount(8) -p to print different pass/dump values for ufs filesystems. (last patch recieved from dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>)
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>, dan <bugg@bugg.strangled.net>
|
56036 |
15-Jan-2000 |
bp |
More style fixes, both to code and man page.
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>
|
55996 |
14-Jan-2000 |
billf |
Add '-t X' which times out after pinging for X seconds.
Submitted by: adrian
|
55983 |
14-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Adjust paths after repository copy.
|
55980 |
14-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Move sbin/i386/{mount_msdos,comcontrol} back to sbin, they are not i386 specific.
Submitted by: bde
|
55978 |
14-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Removed yet another vestige of the ft driver.
|
55937 |
13-Jan-2000 |
dillon |
Thresh-out the nfs manual page references a bit
Reviewed by: Julian Elischer <julian@elischer.org>
|
55836 |
12-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Unremoved used include of <sys/stat.h> (don't depend on pollution in <sys/mount.h). Broken in: previous commit.
Removed unused include of <nwfs/nwfs.h>.
|
55795 |
11-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Backed out removal of vendor id and gratuitous change of tmpfile prefix in previous commit.
|
55773 |
10-Jan-2000 |
peter |
Fix the use of an uninitialized variable in the previous commit.
Also, in addition to the previous log message, the last change had a fix for the case where where f.mntfromname is a relative path like da0a.
Submitted by: bde
|
55768 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Add `.Nm rrestore' to NAME section.
|
55766 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Add `.Nm fastboot' and `.Nm fasthalt' to NAME section.
|
55760 |
10-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Add `.Nm rdump' to NAME section.
|
55744 |
10-Jan-2000 |
kris |
10 X's for mktemp(). This seems to be free from race conditions.
|
55742 |
10-Jan-2000 |
kris |
10 X's for mkstemp(), and don't redefine _PATH_TMP
|
55725 |
10-Jan-2000 |
peter |
- Style/bde changes. - Don't use realpath as stat does the right thing. - Only check ufs filesystems in getmntpt. - Dont' bother checking that the ufs-mounted-on device is a special file. It *must* be a special file, or ufs wouldn't have mounted it.
Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>
|
55724 |
10-Jan-2000 |
peter |
- Forgot to nuke hotroot completely.
Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>
|
55616 |
08-Jan-2000 |
ache |
Add Latin2 conversion table
Submitted by: Cejka Rudolf <cejkar@dcse.fee.vutbr.cz>
|
55613 |
08-Jan-2000 |
ache |
Allow #-comments in conversion table file
|
55602 |
08-Jan-2000 |
shin |
Merge bug fix from KAME repository. This fix enables inet6 default route addition.
Suggested by: itojun
|
55596 |
08-Jan-2000 |
bp |
Some code cleanup based on the ideas from submitter.
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>
|
55595 |
08-Jan-2000 |
luigi |
Support per-flow queueing in dummynet. Implement masks on UDP/TCP ports. Large rewrite of the manpage.
Work supported by Akamba Corp.
|
55574 |
07-Jan-2000 |
msmith |
Don't try to include ipsec support if we are building for the install floppy image.
|
55560 |
07-Jan-2000 |
phantom |
Document a waring that tunefs(8) emits when enabling/disabling soft updates on an unmounted filesystem.
PR: docs/15657 Submitted by: Mark Ovens <mark@ukug.uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
55505 |
06-Jan-2000 |
shin |
libipsec and IPsec related apps. (and some KAME related man pages)
Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
|
55496 |
06-Jan-2000 |
obrien |
Add chown(8)-like functionality. This will allow us to not use chown(8) in MAKEDEV(8) -- removing the need of having /usr mounted.
|
55489 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
make_devices(): Create devices with permissions 640, not 740.
Pointed-out-by: "Rodney W. Grimes" <freebsd@gndrsh.dnsmgr.net>
|
55479 |
05-Jan-2000 |
mjacob |
Cast myminor/mymajor results to u_int so comparisons to longs work correctly on alpha.
|
55469 |
05-Jan-2000 |
bde |
Refreshed the silly copy of <sys/disklabel.h>. The old copy was seriously out of date. It older than Lite1 (it has an undeprecated DISKTAB but not _PATH_DISKTAB).
|
55436 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
Describe 'move' function.
Submitted-by: Marius Bendiksen <marius@marius.scancall.no>
Describe state transitions in more detail, in particular how to revive subdisks.
|
55435 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
Change parameters of some declarations.
Add declaration for vinum_mv.
|
55434 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
makedev: Give all devices permissions 740.
Suggested-by: Bernd Walter (ticso@cicely.de)
Add key pairs for 'mv' and 'move' (a synonym for 'mv'). Required for the move command code submitted by Marius Bendiksen <marius@marius.scancall.no>
make_devices: Don't create symlinks for drives if they are only referenced. Previously, spurious symlinks appeared in the current directory.
Problem-reported-by: Bernd Walter (ticso@cicely.de)
No longer create character devices, now that there is no difference. Make the devices as character devices, not block devices.
|
55433 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
Explicitly type large scalar parameters to avoid compilation warnings on alpha.
Submitted-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de>
Replace %q formats with %lld.
Desired-by: bde
Remove #ifdef RAID5
vinum_lsi: If a subdisk is in 'reviving' state, check the status of the revive and report the status of the revive. In verbose mode, display the pid of the reviver.
|
55432 |
05-Jan-2000 |
grog |
Explicitly type large scalar parameters to avoid compilation warnings on alpha.
Submitted-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de>
Add function vinum_mv, which moves subdisks to different drives. This function just does the low-level configuration changes; the resultant subdisk is stale if it previously had any contents, otherwise it is empty (i.e. in need of initializing if it's RAID-5). We still need to handle getting the contents moved over, but the current version will suffice to migrate subdisks from a disk which has failed.
Submitted-by: Marius Bendiksen <marius@marius.scancall.no>
vinum_start: Get the revive block size right.
|
55415 |
04-Jan-2000 |
phk |
The dumpon sysctl only accept cdevs thse days.
Submitted by: bde
|
55336 |
03-Jan-2000 |
marcel |
Remove -g compiler flag.
|
55275 |
30-Dec-1999 |
peter |
Make fsck(8) do a MNT_RELOAD after cleaning for all read-only mounted filesystems, not just for the root fs.
Reviewed by: mckusick Submitted by: Paul Saab <ps@yahoo-inc.com>
|
55215 |
29-Dec-1999 |
ru |
- do not dereference a null pointer. - minor sanity.
PR: 15318
|
55167 |
28-Dec-1999 |
shin |
Small bug fix and improvements (1)added error check of if_nameindex() return value at getaddrinfo(). (2)print out more detailed information when getaddrinfo() error value is EAI_SYSTEM.(in this case system error num is kept in errno)
(1) is Discovered by: jinmei@kame.net in KAME environment.
|
55163 |
28-Dec-1999 |
shin |
Getaddrinfo(), getnameinfo(), and etc support in libc/net. Several udp and raw apps IPv6 support.
Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
|
55118 |
26-Dec-1999 |
eivind |
Fix tab completion mounts (like /cdrom/)
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
54933 |
21-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Fix bogus initialization of using a sledge hammer to quite -Wall, bad indention, and size issue between 32 and 64bit machines.
Submitted by: bde
|
54872 |
20-Dec-1999 |
billf |
'clri' takes an argument.
Reviewed by: phk
|
54706 |
17-Dec-1999 |
ken |
Fix the example in the bugs section.
|
54668 |
16-Dec-1999 |
nik |
Document that securelevel >= 2 clamps time changes to at most one second.
PR: docs/14449 Submitted by: James FitzGibbon <james@targetnet.com>
|
54664 |
16-Dec-1999 |
billf |
Spelling fix (manuall -> manual)
Submitted by: Jeroen C. van Gelderen <jeroen@vangelderen.org>
|
54662 |
16-Dec-1999 |
billf |
Spelling correction (adress -> address)
|
54653 |
15-Dec-1999 |
guido |
Add MAINTAINER tag.
The Makefiles in sbin/{ipfstat,ipmon,ipnat} were repository copied from the respective directories in usr.sbin
|
54624 |
15-Dec-1999 |
shin |
Enable INET6 by default. This should be OK on non INET6 enabled kernel.
|
54371 |
09-Dec-1999 |
semenu |
First version of HPFS stuff.
|
54283 |
08-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
When erroring out that there is not enough space to write the corefile, tell the user how much space is avaible for writing the corefile, and how much space we wanted.
|
54263 |
07-Dec-1999 |
shin |
udp IPv6 support, IPv6/IPv4 tunneling support in kernel, packet divert at kernel for IPv6/IPv4 translater daemon
This includes queue related patch submitted by jburkhol@home.com.
Submitted by: queue related patch from jburkhol@home.com Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
|
54225 |
06-Dec-1999 |
guido |
Move basic ifilter utils to sbin where they shold have been committed by me in the first place. While we're at it: add MAINTAINER line
|
54199 |
06-Dec-1999 |
sheldonh |
Correct the ttys.5 and init.8 manpages with respect to the incorrect assumption that only getty processes can be managed. Describe the SysV-like ability to keep arbitrary long-running processes alive using a non-device first field in /etc/ttys.
PR: 12767 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
|
54177 |
06-Dec-1999 |
archie |
Turn on 'ipfw tee'. Update man page. Please note (from the man page):
Packets that match a tee rule should not be immediately accepted, but should continue going through the rule list. This may be fixed in a later version.
I hope to fix this soon in a separate commit.
|
54130 |
04-Dec-1999 |
marcel |
Properly align the columns of the header on Alpha.
|
54109 |
04-Dec-1999 |
obrien |
Add -q quite mode.
|
54093 |
03-Dec-1999 |
semenu |
Added ntfs filesystem to be exported.
|
53976 |
01-Dec-1999 |
mckusick |
Print out the filesystem read counts now collected by the kernel.
Submitted by: Craig A Soules <soules+@andrew.cmu.edu> Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>
|
53958 |
30-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Accept both types of devices to work with older kernels too Fix confusing message
|
53919 |
30-Nov-1999 |
ache |
Allow character devices too
|
53838 |
28-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Convert dumpon to work on character devices instead of block devices.
NB: You may need to change your /etc/rc.conf!
|
53781 |
27-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Make fsck even more char/blk dev tolerant.
|
53754 |
27-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Allow root-reloading also for chr devices.
|
53644 |
23-Nov-1999 |
guido |
rewire userland ipfilter programs
|
53643 |
23-Nov-1999 |
guido |
Revive userland stuff for ipfilter. Also fixes: PR: 7791
|
53561 |
22-Nov-1999 |
des |
Belatedly back out rev. 1.20.
|
53550 |
22-Nov-1999 |
dillon |
Finish up umntall support. init now passed an argument to the rundown script 'reboot' or 'single'. ISO support (which never worked) has been removed from mount_nfs. mount_nfs and umount now use mounttab, which allows umntall to work properly. The rc scripts now call umntall as appropriate.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
53523 |
21-Nov-1999 |
jdp |
Add a "-d" option which causes the system to generate a crash dump.
|
53505 |
21-Nov-1999 |
phk |
Add comment about aliases on same subnet.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>
|
53369 |
18-Nov-1999 |
pb |
Make last commit bde-compliant: - correct indentation - change data types for consistency with the rest of ping.c - create new variable separate from "answer" for clarity
|
53317 |
17-Nov-1999 |
grog |
Allow octal or hex input. Suggested-by: Geoff Steckel <gwes@sitaranetworks.com>
|
53191 |
15-Nov-1999 |
pb |
Fix aliasing bug causing in_cksum() to fail on odd packet sizes due to compiler optimization.
PR: bin/13292 Suggested by: wollman
|
53168 |
15-Nov-1999 |
kris |
Typo
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
53167 |
15-Nov-1999 |
kris |
Remove dead xref to scsiformat(8)
Obtained from: OpenBSD (kind of)
|
53166 |
15-Nov-1999 |
kris |
Remove dead xrefs to gated(8) and htable(8)
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
53151 |
14-Nov-1999 |
bp |
Add reference to the share/examples/nwclient directory.
|
53117 |
12-Nov-1999 |
billf |
(1) Remove ISO support, it's dead in the kernel anyway. (2) Check for ENOENT when checking for /var/db/mountdtab (3) Remove a signal handler that called broken functions. (4) Remove the broken functions.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch> Reviewed by: bde (1), billf ([234])
|
53096 |
11-Nov-1999 |
dillon |
Give nfsd the ability to bind to specific IP addresses through the -h option and add explicit option to bind to the wildcard address. The default is to bind to the wildcard address when no -h option has been specified and thus backwards compatibility is maintained.
PR: kern/13049 Reviewed by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie> Submitted by: Matt Dillon <dillon@freebsd.org>, David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
|
53092 |
11-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Make `-r -s' also match the BSDI output.
|
53084 |
10-Nov-1999 |
imp |
vsprintf -> vsnprintf in msg().
|
53060 |
09-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Change the "-r" output format to match BSDI's default output format.
|
52949 |
07-Nov-1999 |
obrien |
Add a new "-r" (right) option that reverses the order a filename and the hash is printed. This aids visual diffs.
|
52703 |
31-Oct-1999 |
ken |
Fix Bus Device Resets from userland, and specifically from camcontrol.
camcontrol was setup to use the old scheme of going through the xpt(4) device, which never worked properly (and has been disabled for a while).
camcontrol now sends BDRs through the pass(4) device, and XPT_RESET_DEV CCBs are put on the device queue in the transport layer, as they should be.
Submitted by: luoqi Reviewed by: ken
|
52693 |
30-Oct-1999 |
mpp |
Some spelling/grammar fixes.
|
52683 |
30-Oct-1999 |
mpp |
Minor grammar fix.
|
52679 |
30-Oct-1999 |
green |
Fix an overflow or two and replace a while with a for.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mbr@imp.ch>
|
52678 |
30-Oct-1999 |
green |
Fix a few things:
1. Get rid of the evilly bogus strdup(fstab) and free if (fstab == "") as in umount. 2. Don't use /etc/fstab info if the mount instance does not exactly match the fstab entry. 3. Reversed the mountpoint checking order in getmntpt(). 4. Clarify the "not mounted" error message in mount -u. The previous "unknown special file or file system" wasn't quite right. 5. Get rid of a 1-byte memory leak; this was reported by jhb.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
52622 |
29-Oct-1999 |
green |
Fix a logic problem that broke umount -a.
Reported by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
52601 |
28-Oct-1999 |
mph |
Add references to cam(4) and xpt(4). Delete references to cam(9) and xpt(9) which do not exist. Delete statement in BUGS that cam(9) and xpt(9) will be added soon.
PR: 14567 Submitted by: Ronald F. Guilmette <rfg@monkeys.com> Approved by: ken
|
52541 |
26-Oct-1999 |
luoqi |
Restore alphabetical order of command line options parsing.
Requested by: ken
|
52535 |
26-Oct-1999 |
luoqi |
Debug flags -T and -S were reversed.
|
52440 |
23-Oct-1999 |
green |
Small bugfixes (point not getting marked in one case, string not NUL and wrong size in the other.)
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
52407 |
20-Oct-1999 |
ru |
Remove one obsoleted entry from the BUGS section.
|
52374 |
18-Oct-1999 |
green |
Fix a few things. Unbogosify a free(), {,UN}MARK with correct args, and fix count checks.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
52340 |
17-Oct-1999 |
green |
quoting << Martin_Blapp
- Completly changed the internals of umount(8). We do three checks now to see if 'argv' is in the mounttable. It they all fail, we return to main and print a warning.
- fixed the umount mount-order. The checks are rather complex to do this. Cause umount(8) should also be able to unmount several devices at once ('umount -a', 'umount -A', 'umount /mnt /mnt2'), the mount-order get's important. I added checks to mark and unmark already unmounted devices.
- Various fixes with nfs-unmounts (no rpc-calls were done, or they were done although there was an existing mount). Since we allow overlay-mounts, we should also handle them properly.
- Translate the deprecated nfs-syntax with '@' to ':' like mount_nfs does. The ':' syntax has now precedence, but '@' still works.
- 'umount -v' is now fixed for all cases and doesn't print garbage like two times the mountpoint etc.
- removed non documented and useless umount '-F'.
- hanged nfsmounts can now unmounted 'without' any problems. I've removed stat() and realpath() checks on the mountpoint. Instead we just do a realpath() on the basedir of the mountpath and add the dirname again. Implemented this as an idea from phk. But there are still vfs-restrictions if the nfs_mount is busy. If there are unwritten metadata on a hanged nfs-mount, and we modify nfs_vfsops.c to not return EBUSY, we get a deadlock :( The problem has now moved from userland to kernel.
- removed the BUGS part from the umount(8) manpage.
- Converted it to ANSI C (more than 60% of the code have changed).
Martin_Blapp
Fixed PR's ----------
o [1999/02/03] bin/9893 NFS umount of regular file impossible
s [1995/11/27] bin/841 stale nfs mounts cannot be umounted
o [1999/08/01] bin/12911 alfred NFS umounts are not properly done if just the mountpoint gets umounted
Only partially solved: ----------------------
The problem is now in kernel:
o [1999/04/07] bin/11005 `umount -f' does not work if the NFS-server is down.
PR: bin/9893 bin/841 bin/12911 bin/11005 Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
52323 |
16-Oct-1999 |
nsayer |
MFS: forego->forgo
|
52320 |
16-Oct-1999 |
nsayer |
spell check != grammar check. :-)
|
52253 |
15-Oct-1999 |
phantom |
Sync with reallity (USERCONFIG_BOOT option was removed long time ago) mdoc(7)'fy
|
52252 |
15-Oct-1999 |
bp |
Add mount_nwfs program. Now -current can mount NetWare volumes.
|
52200 |
13-Oct-1999 |
ru |
ioctl -> sysctl for interface address changes.
PR: 14169 Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
52196 |
13-Oct-1999 |
grog |
Describe the new options of start and init commands.
|
52195 |
13-Oct-1999 |
grog |
Change default init sizes from 64 kB to 60 kB, since the block device interface limits it to this anyway.
Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag', indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).
Add -S flag to specify the size of some operations.
|
52194 |
13-Oct-1999 |
grog |
Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag', indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).
Add -S flag to specify the size of some operations.
|
52193 |
13-Oct-1999 |
grog |
Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag', indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).
vinum_ldi: Show active requests for the drive if -v is specified. White space cleanup.
vinum_lsi: Show the progress of an init command if -v is specified.
vinum_info: Print the number of active requests.
Print out loginfo_sdio and loginfo_sdiodone log entries.
|
52192 |
13-Oct-1999 |
grog |
Change the name of the v flag variable from 'verbose' to 'vflag', indicating the multiple use (verbose or verify).
initsd: rewrite: Initialization is now done in the kernel.
Verify (again!) if -v is specified.
Allow specification of a blocksize, the length to be transferred in one transfer.
vinum_revive: Allow specification of a blocksize, the length to be transferred in one transfer.
|
52095 |
10-Oct-1999 |
green |
Let a file with '@' or ':' in it take precedence over defaulting to nfs.
|
52088 |
10-Oct-1999 |
peter |
Nuke the old antique copy of ipfilter from the tree. This is old enough to be dangerous. It will better serve us as a port building a KLD, ala SKIP.
|
52074 |
09-Oct-1999 |
phk |
Remove the ft program, the driver is long gone.
|
52055 |
09-Oct-1999 |
phk |
mount* fixes from Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>:
Made mount more userfriendly (bad slashes are now filtered out) and we remove in mount_nfs trailing slashes if there are any.
Fixed mount_xxx binarys to resolve with realpath(3) the mountpoint.
Translate the deprecated nfs-syntax with '@' to ':' . The ':' syntax has now precedence, but '@' still works. Notify the user that the '@' syntax should not be used.
PR: 7846 PR: 13692 Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch> Reviewed by: phk
|
52037 |
08-Oct-1999 |
n_hibma |
Fix -Wall warnings
Submitted-By: Martin Blapp <mblapp@kassiopeja.lan.attic.ch>
|
52036 |
08-Oct-1999 |
n_hibma |
- Fixed some cases in which mount was segfaulting. Original patch from Adrian. Martin added a check for free().
- Included the filesystem type in output of mount
PR: bin/13143 Submitted-By: Martin Blapp <mblapp@kassiopeja.lan.attic.ch>
|
51968 |
06-Oct-1999 |
alfred |
Put the umount request through the same translation as the mount request. Fix some uninitialized warnings and a style bug while we are here. Problem still exists where a failed umount can be misreported as success.
Submitted by: Martin Blapp <mb@imp.ch>
|
51963 |
06-Oct-1999 |
ru |
Fixed the description of how packets re-enter IP firewall filter.
Suggested by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
51957 |
05-Oct-1999 |
n_hibma |
Removal of sys/device.h
- Move intrhook stuff into kernel.h - Remove all occurrences of #device <device.h> - Add kernel.h were necessary (nowhere) - delete device.h
This file contained the structures for cfdata (old style config) and is no longer used. It was included by most drivers.
It confuses the remote debugger as the definition of 'struct device' in device.h is found before the one in bus_private.h.
|
51873 |
02-Oct-1999 |
dillon |
Print a warning that includes the mount source when the foreground mount fails prior to going into the background when a background NFS mount is requested.
PR: misc/12376
|
51784 |
28-Sep-1999 |
grog |
Add description of checkparity and rebuildparity.
Remove a half-started message.
Reported-by: "Jeffrey J. Mountin" <jeff@mountin.net>
|
51783 |
28-Sep-1999 |
grog |
Brucify comments.
vinum_lpi: Add information about progress of rebuildparity and checkparity commands.
listconfig: Print object counts in a different format, don't refer to the internal number of slots allocated:
Caused-confusion-to: Norbert Meissner <norbert.meissner@daimlerchrysler.com>
vinum_info: Change format of device numbers so that they fit in the column (ignore high-order minor number bits, which aren't really of much interest).
|
51782 |
28-Sep-1999 |
grog |
vinum_init: Fix message typo.
vinum_start: bzero the statinfo.dinfo struct. The lack of this was causing sporadic failures of the start command.
Add body of vinum_checkparity command.
|
51763 |
28-Sep-1999 |
obrien |
Document the "noasync" option.
|
51751 |
28-Sep-1999 |
ru |
Do not defer setting of the aliasing address from interface name if not operating in dynamic mode.
Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
51737 |
28-Sep-1999 |
ken |
Use mkstemp(3) instead of tmpnam(3) when creating temporary files for mode page editing.
Submitted by: roberto Reviewed by: imp, ken
|
51723 |
27-Sep-1999 |
ken |
Fix two rather embarrassing bugs in camcontrol. The first caused the CAM_PASS_ERR_RECOVER flag to be set unconditionally on READ DEFECTS commands, and also caused the CAM_DIR_IN flag to not be set. This was the cause of all of the "camcontrol defects doesn't work with my NCR controller" bugs.
The second prevented camcontrol negotiate from negotiating any bus width other than 8 bits.
Submitted by: groudier@club-internet.fr (Gerard Roudier)
|
51691 |
26-Sep-1999 |
billf |
-Wall cleanups, handle unknown cases.
Submitted by: billf, ken Reviewed by: ken
|
51690 |
26-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Silence -Wall
Reviewed by: dillon
|
51669 |
26-Sep-1999 |
nik |
Mention /dev/vn0b and /dev/vntab. ascii -> ASCII transform had already happened in an earlier commit.
PR: docs/13645 Submitted by: Stephen Roznowski <sjr@home.com>
|
51640 |
25-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Remove two more unnecessary function declarations/prototypes.
|
51639 |
25-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Include the proper headers, remove the unnecessary function declarations.
|
51637 |
25-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Remove duplicate declarations for two internal functions. Remove delcaration for getenv(), we already get it from stdlib.h
|
51636 |
25-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Stuff a variable declaration inside a #if block that is only used for that #if.
|
51635 |
25-Sep-1999 |
billf |
Remove declaration of getenv(), we get that from stdlib.h already.
|
51604 |
23-Sep-1999 |
dillon |
Bring documentation up to date
|
51457 |
20-Sep-1999 |
phantom |
Correct spelling : ascii -> ASCII
PR: docs/13702 Submitted by: Stephen J. Roznowski <sjr@home.com> Reviewed by: mpp
|
51452 |
20-Sep-1999 |
msmith |
If we don't appear to have a module loaded supporting the interface we're about to operate on, try to load one. Don't complain if the load fails, and always press on regardless (there may not be a module suitable or required).
With the renaming of the PCI ethernet driver modules and the addition of appropriate miibus dependancies on those modules that need it, it is now no longer necessary to compile many ethernet drivers into the kernel; they will be loaded on demand the first time they are ifconfig'ed.
Inspiration from: mount Reviewed by: obrien
|
51444 |
20-Sep-1999 |
markm |
Prepare for K5.
|
51435 |
19-Sep-1999 |
markm |
Fix for new KerberosFix for new Kerberos44
|
51242 |
13-Sep-1999 |
ru |
`permanent_link' is obsolete; update examples.
|
51241 |
13-Sep-1999 |
ru |
Add Ari Suutari as a maintainer.
Approved by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
51074 |
08-Sep-1999 |
bde |
Fixed bitrot in usage message (-n is now optional).
|
51063 |
07-Sep-1999 |
ru |
Config file parser changes:
- Trailing spaces and empty lines are ignored. - A `#' sign will mark the remaining of the line as a comment.
Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
51041 |
06-Sep-1999 |
mph |
Indicate that we now control quota checking via an rc.conf variable, instead of putting it in rc.local.
Submitted by: Alex Perel <veers@disturbed.net>
|
51008 |
06-Sep-1999 |
kato |
FreeBSD kernel doesn't allow any process to decrease securelevel. So, init(8) cannot decrease securelevel. The manual page explains this and single_user() doesn't try to downgrade kernel to insecure mode.
Reviewed by: bde (manual page)
|
51006 |
06-Sep-1999 |
n_hibma |
Show that the -n option is optional
Suggested by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au> Reviewed by: dfr
|
50969 |
05-Sep-1999 |
peter |
$Revision$ -> $FreeBSD$ (more cleanup needed here)
|
50851 |
03-Sep-1999 |
green |
Make the "uid" and "gid" code better. Now it can detect invalid user names/numbers.
Reviewed by: chris
|
50847 |
03-Sep-1999 |
chris |
Add cross-references to respective syscalls.
|
50831 |
03-Sep-1999 |
mdodd |
Get this to compile again. struct pnp_cinfo went away so this is just a temporary hack until someone figures out what they want to do with the override tables etc.
Example copied: sys/isa/{pnp,sio}.c
|
50810 |
02-Sep-1999 |
ru |
Allow signals to interrupt system calls. Remove redundant signal() call.
PR: 6676 Submitted by: luoqi Reviewed by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
50711 |
31-Aug-1999 |
phk |
Fix savecore so that it operates correctly on character devices with sectorsizes up to 8k.
Pointed out by: sos
|
50476 |
28-Aug-1999 |
peter |
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
|
50382 |
26-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Update and tidy descriptions of info -V. Describe use of -w option with start. Tidy up descriptions of scale factor suffixes.
|
50370 |
25-Aug-1999 |
dwhite |
Add -e option to usage().
|
50293 |
24-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Document the setstate command.
|
50292 |
24-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Change declaration for initsd.
Add declarations for vinum_setstate, vinum_checkparity and vinum_rebuildparity.
|
50291 |
24-Aug-1999 |
grog |
parseline(): Reset the -w flag.
continue_revive: Implement the -w flag.
|
50290 |
24-Aug-1999 |
grog |
vinum_info(): Add support for logging subdisk I/O.
|
50289 |
24-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Tidy up some indentation and comments.
vinum_init(): Change name of variable plexindex to objindex, which better describes its purpose.
initsd(): Add a second parameter to determine whether it should wait for completion or not. This allows it to DTRT when called with the -w flag either directly or via initplex().
Add 'setstate' command (function vinum_setstate ()) to implement the VINUM_SETSTATE_FORCE ioctl for diddling individual object states. This is a repair tool which can also be used for panicing the system. Use with utmost care if at all.
Add unimplemented commands 'checkparity' and 'rebuildparity'. Watch this space.
|
50215 |
23-Aug-1999 |
phk |
Add new option to fdisk: -e
This wipes the MBR and creates slice 1 as a FreeBSD slice covering the disk starting from the second track to the cylinder aligned end of the disk.
This is the most compatibly layout we have as far as I know.
|
50134 |
21-Aug-1999 |
billf |
Don't print a "," after the last superblock.
Submitted by: adrian
|
50129 |
21-Aug-1999 |
green |
To christen the brand new security category for syslog, we get IPFW using syslog(3) (log(9)) for its various purposes! This long-awaited change also includes such nice things as: * macros expanding into _two_ comma-delimited arguments! * snprintf! * more snprintf! * linting and criticism by more people than you can shake a stick at! * a slightly more uniform message style than before! and last but not least * no less than 5 rewrites!
Reviewed by: committers
|
49994 |
18-Aug-1999 |
chris |
Bad cross-reference of getservbyname(2) changed to getservbyname(3)
Reviewed by: ru
|
49974 |
17-Aug-1999 |
csgr |
Add reference to blackhole(4)
|
49920 |
16-Aug-1999 |
chris |
Re-add -Wmissing-prototypes to `COPTS'. I mistook -W for -Wno in this case.
|
49918 |
16-Aug-1999 |
chris |
Fix some bad references.
|
49880 |
16-Aug-1999 |
chris |
-Wmissing-prototypes is unnecessary here. There are no warnings produced with this option disabled.
|
49834 |
15-Aug-1999 |
mpp |
Minor mdoc fix.
|
49833 |
15-Aug-1999 |
mpp |
Minor style fix.
|
49822 |
15-Aug-1999 |
mpp |
Various man page cleanup:
- Sort xrefs - FreeBSD.ORG -> FreeBSD.org - Properly xref RFCs. - Be consistent with section names as outlined in mdoc(7). - Other misc mdoc cleanup.
PR: doc/13144 Submitted by: Alexey M. Zelkin <phantom@cris.net>
|
49818 |
15-Aug-1999 |
grog |
initsd: On completion, put the subdisk in 'initialized' status, not 'up'. This matches changes in the kernel module.
Reported-by: Bernd Walter <ticso@cicely.de> Remy Nonnenmacher <remy@synx.com>
|
49803 |
14-Aug-1999 |
chris |
Bad reference getsockname(8) -> getsockname(2)
|
49763 |
14-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Correct typo.
|
49714 |
14-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Add declarations for initvol, initplex and initsd helper functions for vinum_init.
|
49713 |
14-Aug-1999 |
grog |
vinum_info: add code to print out lock events. modify format of other event printouts.
|
49712 |
14-Aug-1999 |
grog |
make_plex_dev: make them raw. Volume-related plex devices will probably die a death soon (yes, DES, that's correct usage).
|
49710 |
14-Aug-1999 |
grog |
vinum_init: add code to initialize subdisks as well as plexes. Also provide for initializing volumes; this code is not yet complete.
|
49652 |
12-Aug-1999 |
luigi |
Whoops, forgot one line in previous patch.
|
49631 |
11-Aug-1999 |
luigi |
Userland and manual page changes for probabilistic rule match. Because the kernel change was done in a backward-compatible way, you don't need to recompile ipfw if you don't want to use the new feature.
|
49585 |
09-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Correct typo.
PR: docs/13050 Reported-by: Dan Langille<junkmale@xtra.co.nz>
|
49496 |
07-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Update to reflect recent changes.
|
49493 |
07-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Remove code to detect RAID-5/non-RAID-5 kernel modules.
|
49492 |
07-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Remove code to detect RAID-5/non-RAID-5 kernel modules.
Add function definition for readpol command.
Rewrite make_devices with a view to incremental making. In the process, effectively kill off plex-bound subdisk device numbers.
|
49491 |
07-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Import RAID-5 code. Add Cybernet copyright.
OK'd-by: Chuck Jacobus <chuck@cybernet.com>
vinum_ldi: Calculate the percentage used correctly.
vinum_lsi: Flag detached subdisks.
vinum_info: Request info: get the major and minor numbers and print them correctly.
list_defective_objects: New function, for listing objects which aren't up after vinum_start.
Requested-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>
|
49490 |
07-Aug-1999 |
grog |
vinum_init: wait correctly for completion. set object in initializing state before initializing. Don't set the plex up, it should go up automatically.
vinum_start: If any objects are not up on start, list them.
Requested-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>
vinum_attach: Make sure we always have the object information before examining it.
vinum_replace: Start writing.
create_drive, vinum_concat, vinum_stripe, vinum_mirror: Check the ioctl return values correctly
vinum_readpol: Start writing.
|
49454 |
06-Aug-1999 |
jkoshy |
Mention that CCD requires partitions of type FS_BSDFFS.
PR: docs/12985 Submitted by: Kiril Mitev <kiril@ideaglobal.com>
|
49448 |
06-Aug-1999 |
dwhite |
Typo police. 'Acknowledgement' is spelled correctly so it was left untouched.
PR: docs/12986 Submitted by: Seth <seth@freebie.dp.ny.frb.org>
|
49432 |
05-Aug-1999 |
ru |
Backup existing init(8) as /sbin/init.bak.
PR: 12976 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
|
49356 |
01-Aug-1999 |
sada |
Typo of sample command line.
Submitted by: Seiichi Satomi <ssatomi@rr.iij4u.or.jp>
|
49350 |
01-Aug-1999 |
green |
Make ipfw's logging more dynamic. Now, log will use the default limit _or_ you may specify "log logamount number" to set logging specifically the rule. In addition, "ipfw resetlog" has been added, which will reset the logging counters on any/all rule(s). ipfw resetlog does not affect the packet/byte counters (as ipfw reset does), and is the only "set" command that can be run at securelevel >= 3. This should address complaints about not being able to set logging amounts, not being able to restart logging at a high securelevel, and not being able to just reset logging without resetting all of the counters in a rule.
|
49339 |
01-Aug-1999 |
grog |
Remove inappropriate references to the wrong name for the bootstrap manager, thus killing two birds with one stone.
Objected-to-by: bde rnordier
|
49306 |
31-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Make intelligible: Describe the command formats in English. Add references to other programs (boot0cfg, fdisk). Remove some old cruft, including FUD about single-level bootstraps. Add example of output format.
Not-objected-to-by: msmith rnordier
|
49166 |
28-Jul-1999 |
ru |
Become a maintainer.
Approved by: brian
|
49164 |
28-Jul-1999 |
ru |
Back out previous commit.
|
49079 |
25-Jul-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add a sensible message if an invalid ID was entered
PR: 8739 Submitted by: Love lha@stacken.kth.se Reviewed by: Doug Rabson <doug@freebsd.org>
|
49018 |
23-Jul-1999 |
ru |
Fix a non-critical memory leak.
PR: 12769 Submitted by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
|
48975 |
22-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Modify device numbering method to work with latest -CURRENT. Briefly, the device numbers are now minor number only, so that we can still compare them after dev_t has turned into a blob.
Broken-by: dev_t changes Reported-by: Vallo Kallaste <vallo@matti.ee> "Niels Chr. Bank-Pedersen" <ncbp@bank-pedersen.dk>
|
48957 |
21-Jul-1999 |
billf |
Fix a gcc stupidity where it thought a variable was being used uninitialized
Add a case for UNSPEC which is in order by the enum definition, but out of order alphabetically.
|
48956 |
21-Jul-1999 |
billf |
Avoid ambigious if/else
|
48954 |
21-Jul-1999 |
billf |
Avoid ambigious if-else
|
48953 |
21-Jul-1999 |
billf |
Since we are using strlen() let's assign it to the correct type and include the proper header.
|
48935 |
20-Jul-1999 |
phk |
Also check against chardevs when looking for root.
|
48916 |
19-Jul-1999 |
luoqi |
Check if an fs is mounted before checking if it is mounted read-only. Pointed out by: Mike Smith <msmith@freebsd.org>
|
48875 |
18-Jul-1999 |
mpp |
Print out the fields that are set in fs_flags.
|
48790 |
12-Jul-1999 |
nik |
Add $Id$ to these manpages.
Approved by: bde
|
48688 |
08-Jul-1999 |
billf |
Fix nested if/else within an if
|
48629 |
06-Jul-1999 |
yokota |
Remove reference to the obsoleted COMCONSOLE option.
Pointed out by: Crist J. Clark <cjc@cc942873-a.ewndsr1.nj.home.com>
|
48592 |
05-Jul-1999 |
mph |
"Cannot" is one word. "Can not" has a different meaning if taken literally.
|
48568 |
04-Jul-1999 |
billf |
(1) Include linker.h because we use kldload() (2) Clear up an ambigious, nested if/else (3) Cast a ccio_size to a long and use the correct format identifier.
Reviewed by: green
|
48494 |
02-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Add definitions for simplified config commands Change definition of sflag
Reported-by: Johan Karlsson <k@numeri.campus.luth.se> Doug <Doug@gorean.org> green
World-broken-by: grog Pointy-hat-passed-to: grog
|
48456 |
02-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Remove the volume, plex, sd and drive commands which allowed the user to bypass the create command.
vinum_stop: Allow -f option.
Add commands for simplified configuration: concat - create a volume with one concatenated plex stripe - create a volume with one striped plex mirror - create a volume with two concatenated or striped plexes
Egged-on-by: jkh
|
48455 |
02-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Change the name of the s option to indicate that it wears more than one hat.
Change formats as the result of changes in drive structure.
|
48454 |
02-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Change the name of the s option to indicate that it wears more than one hat.
Add -n option for specifying names of volumes created with the simplified commands.
Add function find_drive_by_devname to help the simplified configuration commands.
|
48453 |
02-Jul-1999 |
grog |
Document simplified configuration commands.
|
48447 |
02-Jul-1999 |
jkh |
Fix time of last dump handling.
Submittted by: Richard Wiwatowski <rjwiwat@ozemail.com.au>
|
48419 |
01-Jul-1999 |
mks |
Modify code to be -Wall'able.
PR: bin/11315
|
48395 |
01-Jul-1999 |
ru |
Turn System V command line syntax ``on'' by default.
Requested by: peter Reviewed by: des, billf
|
48282 |
27-Jun-1999 |
rnordier |
Drop the embedded boot code in favour of a -B option which reads the boot code from /boot/mbr, or elsewhere as defined by the revised "-b bootcode" option; use getopt(3); clarify usage(); partially revise man page; etc.
|
48271 |
27-Jun-1999 |
phk |
Print out the fs_id field.
|
48256 |
26-Jun-1999 |
rnordier |
Document -P (keyboard probe) assumptions.
|
48174 |
24-Jun-1999 |
obrien |
Add new file that needs compiling.
|
48128 |
23-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Clarify some details.
|
48098 |
22-Jun-1999 |
grog |
Document the -f flag to detach.
Document the dangers of adding subdisks to striped and RAID-5 plexes.
|
48097 |
22-Jun-1999 |
grog |
Remove ancient, mouldy comments.
|
48096 |
22-Jun-1999 |
grog |
vinum_ldi: Show the available sectors relative to the user-available part of the drive (don't include the config space at the beginning). This stops an empty drive reporting only 99% available.
Requested-by: staylor
printconfig:
Show sizes in sectors with the suffix 's' instead of the now-deprecated 'b'.
|
48095 |
22-Jun-1999 |
grog |
Allow a 'start <drive>' command.
|
48078 |
21-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Signal init(8) instead of executing halt(8) or reboot(8) when halting or rebooting the system. It benefits from running /etc/rc.shutdown by init(8).
``-o'' flag is provided for backward compatibility.
PR: 5451 Discussed with: des
|
48063 |
21-Jun-1999 |
brian |
Mention that data going from one internal address to another will not be processed by natd. Requested by: Ludwig Pummer <ludwigp@bigfoot.com>
|
48062 |
21-Jun-1999 |
jkoshy |
Minor cleanups to shutdown(8):
- Make the -k "don't actually halt" flag incompatible with the halt/reboot options -h, -p, and -r. - The -n "don't sync" option is ignored if -k is specified. Issue a warning message. - Compute the actual shutdown time written to /var/run/nologin correctly in the case of "now" being specified.
|
48027 |
19-Jun-1999 |
phk |
Move the IFSTATUS stuff after the address listing.
|
48023 |
19-Jun-1999 |
green |
This is the much-awaited cleaned up version of IPFW [ug]id support. All relevant changes have been made (including ipfw.8).
|
48021 |
19-Jun-1999 |
phk |
Add a new interface ioctl, to return "aux status".
This is inteded for to allow ifconfig to print various unstructured information from an interface.
The data is returned from the kernel in ASCII form, see the comment in if.h for some technicalities.
Canonical cut&paste example to be found in if_tun.c
Initial use: Now tun* interfaces tell the PID of the process which opened them.
Future uses could be (volounteers welcome!): Have ppp/slip interfaces tell which tty they use. Make sync interfaces return their media state: red/yellow/blue alarm, timeslot assignment and so on. Make ethernets warn about missing heartbeats and/or cables
|
48019 |
19-Jun-1999 |
n_hibma |
Add again the ':' after the x option in th eargument list to getopt.
It disappeared in rev. 1.23 newfs.c
PR: 12292 Submitted by: Cy Schubert <cy@cschuber.net.gov.bc.ca>
|
48004 |
18-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Fix a coredump with negative (due to overflow) offset values.
|
48002 |
18-Jun-1999 |
jkh |
This lets you specify "gemdosfs", "shortnames", "longnames", and "nowin95" as arguments to the "-o" flag, as alternatives to "-G", "-s", "-l", and "-9"; when running "mount_msdos" by hand, that doesn't let you do anything you couldn't already do, but if you're letting "mount" run it, it lets you specify those options, which is especially useful if, for example, you have an entry in "/etc/fstab" for some file system, with "noauto" set, so you can conveniently mount a DOS partition from a removable drive and force it to treat the file system as VFAT rather than boring old FAT.
Submitted by: Guy Harris <guy@netapp.com>
|
47998 |
18-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Bring in System V run-level patches (turned off by default). While I'm here, fix some typos in the manpage.
Requested by: des
|
47993 |
18-Jun-1999 |
ken |
Add a MAINTAINER line to modules that I maintain.
Suggested by: brian, markm
|
47962 |
16-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Init(8) will halt the system if sent USR1 signal, or halt and turn the power off if sent SIGUSR2.
PR: 5451 Submitted by: Leif Neland <leifn@image.dk> Reworked by: ru Reviewed by: -hackers
|
47925 |
15-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Document the usage of escape character in a service name.
PR: 7101 Reminded by: jhs
|
47874 |
11-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Workaround the problem that the first (and only first) port name can't have a dash character (it is treated as a ``range'' operator). One could now use such a name by escaping the ``-'' characters. For example:
# ipfw add 1 count tcp from any to any "ms\-sql\-s" # ipfw add 2 count tcp from any ftp\\-data-ftp to any
PR: 7101
|
47867 |
10-Jun-1999 |
ken |
For vendor-specific commands sent using the 'camcontrol cmd' facility, use the passed in CDB length, not 1.
Submitted by: Jean-Marc Zucconi <jmz@FreeBSD.ORG>
|
47777 |
06-Jun-1999 |
phk |
Introduce IFF_SMART bit.
This means that the driver will add/delete routes when it knows it is up/down, rather than have the generic code belive it is up if configured.
This is probably most useful for serial lines, although many PHY chips could probably tell us if we're connected to the cable/hub as well.
|
47775 |
06-Jun-1999 |
kris |
sprintf -> snprintf
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
47754 |
05-Jun-1999 |
archie |
When incrementing through a SIOCGIFCONF list, enforce a lower limit of sizeof(ifr->ifr_addr) for the variable length field ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len. Otherwise the increment will be wrong in certain cases.
Obtained from: Whistle source tree For the record: Garrett Wollman <wollman@khavrinen.lcs.mit.edu> suggests SIOCGIFCONF should be dropped in favor of a sysctl mechanism.
|
47732 |
04-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Fix the parsing of ip addresses on a command line.
PR: 5047 Reviewed by: des Test case: ipfw add allow ip from 127.1 to any
|
47691 |
02-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Spelling corrections for dummynet. Reviewed by: des,luigi
|
47668 |
01-Jun-1999 |
ru |
Get rid of segfaults in a set-uid program. PR: 11823 Reviewed by: des
|
47595 |
29-May-1999 |
kris |
$Header$ -> $Id$ Manpage formatting/grammatical fixes. Check return value of malloc() Add sccsid[], other minor source code cleanups
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier
|
47594 |
29-May-1999 |
kris |
Xref mountd in text.
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier
|
47593 |
29-May-1999 |
kris |
Manpage cleanup, move $Id$ to #ifndef lint, remove unused includes, grammatical fixes.
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier
|
47555 |
28-May-1999 |
ghelmer |
Add the missing cd9660-specific options to the -o flag. While I'm here, add the missing -j flag to the synopsys.
PR: docs/1667
|
47455 |
24-May-1999 |
luigi |
close pr 10889: + add a missing call to dn_rule_delete() when flushing firewall rules, thus preventing possible panics due to dangling pointers (this was already done for single rule deletes). + improve "usage" output in ipfw(8) + add a few checks to ipfw pipe parameters and make it a bit more tolerant of common mistakes (such as specifying kbit instead of Kbit)
PR: kern/10889 Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov
|
47446 |
24-May-1999 |
jmz |
Fix typo in dump reporting
PR: bin/10573 Submitted by: Christian Weisgerber <naddy@mips.rhein-neckar.de>
|
47441 |
23-May-1999 |
imp |
Getopt(3) returns -1 not EOF.
|
47392 |
22-May-1999 |
rnordier |
Include a table of disk error codes and a note about the cylinder > 1023 issue.
|
47325 |
19-May-1999 |
ken |
Fix a typo, and get rid of the bugs section that talks about adding different ways to specify devices. That code has been added.
|
47261 |
17-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
Use current names for swap devices.
PR: docs/11708 Submitted by: Matthew D. Fuller <fullermd@over-yonder.net>
|
47260 |
17-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
Refer to current names for swap partitions in the `FILES' section.
PR: docs/11709 Submitted by: Matthew D. Fuller <fullermd@over-yonder.net>
|
47122 |
13-May-1999 |
brian |
Oops - missing parenthesis
|
47121 |
13-May-1999 |
brian |
/sbin/natd portrange documentation and bugfix Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua> PR: 11690
3.2 candidate ?
|
47095 |
13-May-1999 |
luoqi |
Read dumpdev using sysctl(3) interface. Now savecore should work again after the dev_t changes.
|
46938 |
10-May-1999 |
ken |
Add a new device specification syntax to camcontrol. It is now possible to do things like:
camcontrol tur da5 or camcontrol tur 1:2:0 or camcontrol tur 1:2
These changes are fully backwards compatible with the original device specification syntax (-n dev -u unit), so it is possible to use either method to specify a device now.
The device specification changes do not affect the rescan, reset or debug commands, since by design, those commands work on a bus or bus:target:lun basis only.
Also, shorten the default usage statement so that it fits in a 24 column terminal. The full usage statement is still available by using the "help" "-h" or "-?" arguments to camcontrol.
Submitted by: Joerg Wunsch <joerg_wunsch@interface-business.de>
|
46878 |
10-May-1999 |
obrien |
Move sysctl/ to src/sbin/ where it now belongs.
Repository copied by: Peter
|
46859 |
10-May-1999 |
phk |
Fix mknod which overloaded a little too much on "minor" and "major"
|
46839 |
09-May-1999 |
abial |
Silence message about absence of PnP overrides.
|
46643 |
07-May-1999 |
mckay |
Make flood ping flood again. It hasn't worked since 2.2.6. Make the "-l" option work as described in the manual, not as another flood ping variant.
Once discussed to death with: bde
|
46626 |
07-May-1999 |
grog |
Arrange the "CONFIGURATION FILE" section in the order in which the entries go into the config file.
Clarify what names can be used for Vinum drives, and what will happen to you if you use other names.
Forcibly-demonstrated-by: Thomas Stromberg <tstromberg@rtci.com> Peter K Campbell <PCampbel@vtrlmel1.telstra.com.au> George Cox <george.cox@sophos.com> many others, but those were the only three today.
|
46620 |
07-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
Null commit.
> PR: bin/6399 > Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
Also reviewed by: bde
|
46619 |
07-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
1. Enhanced syntax for mount(8). The -o option now supports two 'meta' options:
-o fstab brings in filesystem options specified in /etc/fstab -o current incorporates the current set of options for the file system
The rightmost option wins in the case of conflicting options being specified.
E.g.:-
# mount -u -o current,nosuid /home
will preserve the current mount options while adding the 'nosuid' flag.
2. Rewording of manual page to be hopefully clearer; small -Wall cleanups.
Thanks to David Malone for his patience and willingness to work multiple patches on request.
PR: bin/6399 Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
|
46581 |
06-May-1999 |
ken |
Add a number of interrelated CAM feature enhancements and bug fixes.
NOTE: These changes will require recompilation of any userland applications, like cdrecord, xmcd, etc., that use the CAM passthrough interface. A make world is recommended.
camcontrol.[c8]: - We now support two new commands, "tags" and "negotiate".
- The tags commands allows users to view the number of tagged openings for a device as well as a number of other related parameters, and it allows users to set tagged openings for a device.
- The negotiate command allows users to enable and disable disconnection and tagged queueing, set sync rates, offsets and bus width. Note that not all of those features are available for all controllers. Only the adv, ahc, and ncr drivers fully support all of the features at this point. Some cards do not allow the setting of sync rates, offsets and the like, and some of the drivers don't have any facilities to do so. Some drivers, like the adw driver, only support enabling or disabling sync negotiation, but do not support setting sync rates.
- new description in the camcontrol man page of how to format a disk - cleanup of the camcontrol inquiry command - add support in the 'devlist' command for skipping unconfigured devices if -v was not specified on the command line. - make use of the new base_transfer_speed in the path inquiry CCB. - fix CCB bzero cases
cam_xpt.c, cam_sim.[ch], cam_ccb.h:
- new flags on many CCB function codes to designate whether they're non-immediate, use a user-supplied CCB, and can only be passed from userland programs via the xpt device. Use these flags in the transport layer and pass driver to categorize CCBs.
- new flag in the transport layer device matching code for device nodes that indicates whether a device is unconfigured
- bump the CAM version from 0x10 to 0x11
- Change the CAM ioctls to use the version as their group code, so we can force users to recompile code even when the CCB size doesn't change.
- add + fill in a new value in the path inquiry CCB, base_transfer_speed. Remove a corresponding field from the cam_sim structure, and add code to every SIM to set this field to the proper value.
- Fix the set transfer settings code in the transport layer.
scsi_cd.c:
- make some variables volatile instead of just casting them in various places - fix a race condition in the changer code - attach unless we get a "logical unit not supported" error. This should fix all of the cases where people have devices that return weird errors when they don't have media in the drive.
scsi_da.c:
- attach unless we get a "logical unit not supported" error
scsi_pass.c:
- for immediate CCBs, just malloc a CCB to send the user request in. This gets rid of the 'held' count problem in camcontrol tags.
scsi_pass.h:
- change the CAM ioctls to use the CAM version as their group code.
adv driver:
- Allow changing the sync rate and offset separately.
adw driver
- Allow changing the sync rate and offset separately.
aha driver:
- Don't return CAM_REQ_CMP for SET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.
ahc driver:
- Allow setting offset and sync rate separately
bt driver:
- Don't return CAM_REQ_CMP for SET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.
NCR driver:
- Fix the ultra/ultra 2 negotiation bug - allow setting both the sync rate and offset separately
Other HBA drivers: - Put code in to set the base_transfer_speed field for XPT_GET_TRAN_SETTINGS CCBs.
Reviewed by: gibbs, mjacob (isp), imp (aha)
|
46577 |
06-May-1999 |
phk |
don't use <sys/disk.h>
|
46552 |
06-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
Fix typos and -mdoc usage.
PR: docs/11537 Submitted by: Motomichi Matsuzaki <mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp>
|
46524 |
05-May-1999 |
markm |
Incomplete. Back out until I can revisit.
|
46489 |
05-May-1999 |
markm |
Restore perror --> err changes.
|
46436 |
04-May-1999 |
ghelmer |
Mention the special destination "default" for default routes. Fix a couple of formatting bugs.
PR: docs/9960
|
46398 |
04-May-1999 |
jkoshy |
Fix typos.
PR: docs/11485 Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <horikawa@jp.freebsd.org>
|
46360 |
03-May-1999 |
mjacob |
temporary workaround for bin/11464
|
46348 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
timestamp: Assign explicit variable for sec to get it to compile on Alpha.
Submitted by: dfr
|
46303 |
02-May-1999 |
markm |
Merge-o-matic and add a bunch of $Id's
|
46270 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
Update documentation of new functions.
Describe new scale letter for sizes: 's' (sector) instead of 'b' (block). Both mean 512 bytes, but 'b' is deprecated because it's confusing.
Document log file and environment variables.
|
46269 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
Add definitions for history functions and printconfig split.
|
46268 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
printconfig: split into vinum_printconfig (interactive) and printconfig (called from vinum_printconfig and from vinum_create when starting an interactive update.
|
46267 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
vinum_create: If no file name is specified, create one and edit it with the editor specified in the EDITOR environment variable, by default vi.
vinum_help: Update.
Fix typos in messages.
|
46266 |
02-May-1999 |
grog |
Maintain a log file, by default /var/log/vinum.history, showing what has been done. This name can be overridden by the value of the VINUM_HISTORY environment variable.
Print dates in log file according to the variable VINUM_DATEFORMAT, by default %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S.
|
46226 |
01-May-1999 |
kris |
Fixes for -t option:
* Don't buffer "Digesting..." output - flush it immediately. * Increase the number of repetitions by a factor of 100, and the block size by a factor of 10 so as to give meaningful results on modern machines (108 seconds on my P120, and ~26 seconds on a P-II 350).
PR: bin/10604 Submitted by: Stanislav Shalunov <shalunov@lynxhub.lz.att.com>
|
46182 |
29-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Add ICMP types to list of information about each packet.
|
46135 |
28-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Explain when packets are tesed by the firewall rules and what attributes of packets can be tested.
PR: docs/7437
|
46080 |
25-Apr-1999 |
imp |
More egcs warning fixes: o main returns int not void o use braces to avoid potentially ambiguous else
Note: The fix to natd is potentially functional in nature since I used the indentation as the right thing rather than the struct semantics. Someone more familiar with the code should double check me on this one.
Reviewed by: obrien and chuckr
|
46032 |
24-Apr-1999 |
peter |
The infrastructure to build these fellows has been replaced with kld.
|
45970 |
24-Apr-1999 |
sada |
Typo of `same_ports' directive. Submitted by: Masaki Nohtomi <noutomi@jbm-net.or.jp>
|
45927 |
21-Apr-1999 |
alex |
Typo fix in diagnostic: -alldir --> -alldirs
PR: 11049 Submitted by: Gerhard Gonter <gonter@whisky.wu-wien.ac.at>
|
45925 |
21-Apr-1999 |
billf |
Make usage() reflect reality (add the -aout and -elf options).
OK'd by: bde
|
45792 |
18-Apr-1999 |
peter |
Disconnect modload/modunload/modstat from their Makefiles..
|
45773 |
18-Apr-1999 |
dcs |
Add support for Joliet extensions to the iso9660 fs. The related PR cannot yet be closed, though.
I hope I got all credits right, and that the multiple submitted by lines do not break anyone's scripts...
PR: kern/5038, kern/5567 Submitted by: Keith Jang <keith@email.gcn.net.tw> Submitted by: Joachim Kuebart <joki@kuebart.stuttgart.netsurf.de> Submitted by: Byung Yang <byung@wam.umd.edu> Submitted by: Motomichi Matsuzaki <mzaki@e-mail.ne.jp>
|
45734 |
17-Apr-1999 |
grog |
When looking at all objects, look at all objects.
main: If the wrong version is started, execve the correct version.
|
45733 |
17-Apr-1999 |
grog |
When looking at all objects, look at all objects.
vinum_lsi: Print rough size of plex in parentheses. Print drive info with -v option (previously required -V).
|
45732 |
17-Apr-1999 |
grog |
vinum_init: count dead children correctly when waiting for completion.
vinum_resetstats: count objects correctly.
|
45641 |
13-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Correctly ref editline(3).
PR: docs/10973
|
45636 |
13-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Change LKM/modload to KLD/kldload.
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45563 |
10-Apr-1999 |
grog |
Add external declaration for wait flag, rather later than intended.
Complained-about-by: jkh Jim Bloom <bloom@acm.org> Michael Reifenberger <root@nihil.plaut.de>
|
45527 |
10-Apr-1999 |
grog |
Document -w option for init command. Reorganize OPTIONS section into alphabetical order.
|
45526 |
10-Apr-1999 |
grog |
Add -w option to init command: wait for init to complete before returning.
|
45502 |
09-Apr-1999 |
grog |
If the wrong version of vinum(8) has been started (i.e. non-RAID-5 when the kernel module is RAID-5, or the other way round), execve() the correct one.
Add \n to an error message.
|
45498 |
08-Apr-1999 |
eivind |
Add a comment that natd is made for use with NICs, not PPP links - I'm tired of the five people each day that ask me how to set up natd for use with PPP.
|
45478 |
08-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Change LKM/modload to KLD/kldload.
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45476 |
08-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
modload -> kldload and add ref to kldload(8) in See Also section.
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45473 |
08-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Convert LKM/modload to KLD/kldload. Add ref to kldload(8).
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45329 |
05-Apr-1999 |
peter |
kldload("ccd") if the ccd module isn't present.
|
45326 |
05-Apr-1999 |
grog |
Add GOTCHAS entries warning against using partition c for vinum, and explaining the syntax of the 'read' command.
Shot-in-foot-by: Bob Gustwick <gustwick@oldzoom.bga.com>
|
45259 |
03-Apr-1999 |
bde |
Install dhclient-script under ${DESTDIR}.
PR: 10615, 10891
|
45212 |
01-Apr-1999 |
ghelmer |
Update refs for KLD's and kldload.
Submitted by: Nathan Ahlstrom <nrahlstr@winternet.com>
|
45210 |
01-Apr-1999 |
jdp |
Rename spppcontrol.1 to spppcontrol.8. The latter file was created by repository copy.
|
45208 |
01-Apr-1999 |
jdp |
Null commit to note that spppcontrol.1 has been repository copied to spppcontrol.8.
|
45181 |
31-Mar-1999 |
grog |
vinum_resetstats: Reset stats for drives correctly when recursing.
|
45180 |
31-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Change the meaning of the combination of -s and no -v option in the list functions. Previously, it would produce a non-verbose listing of the objects followed individually by a statistics listing. Now it produces only a one-line-per-object statistics listing.
|
45143 |
30-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Disable reads on our ICMP socket. We only use it for sending. PR: 9253
|
45114 |
29-Mar-1999 |
phk |
Add ability to set protocol number.
PR: 10753 Submitted by: Isao SEKI <iseki@gongon.com>
|
45076 |
28-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Get date right.
Remove comments about not being able to unload from the command line.
Add another example configuration output.
Clarify when to use 'vinum start' and when to use 'vinum read'.
|
45075 |
28-Mar-1999 |
grog |
main (): Don't loop waiting for children to finish.
|
45074 |
28-Mar-1999 |
grog |
vinum_start: Allow user to specify a plex. In this case, revive all subdisks in need of revival.
vinum_stop: sleep for a second before unloading. This solves a race condition with a potential daemon when the stop command is specified on the command line.
|
45052 |
26-Mar-1999 |
nate |
- There exists a manpage, so use/install it.
|
45047 |
26-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Add `const's that I forgot to commit. Not bad - I broke the -stable and -current builds in the space of 1 day !
Pointed out by: jdp
|
45011 |
24-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Add some const-cleanliness and avoid some warnings.
|
45010 |
24-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Allow port ranges when specifying -redirect_port.
Submitted by: Wes Santee <wes@bogon.net> PR: 9696
|
44988 |
24-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Add a tutorial-like section "How to set up Vinum"
|
44983 |
24-Mar-1999 |
grog |
'start' command: check that the objects in question aren't already up, and produce an intelligble message if they are.
|
44981 |
23-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Correct ioctl calls VINUM_STARTCONFIG. The last commit broke the 'vinum start' command.
|
44960 |
23-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Describe the new semantics of 'create':
When creating a new drive, if the drive already has a vinum label, and name doesn't match the specified drive, do it anyway if the 'force' flag is specified.
Continually-tripped-over-by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz@tdx.co.uk>
Update information about partition type for Vinum drives. They *should* be of type 'vinum', but currently we still accept (and complain about) partitions of type 'unused'. At a later date, only 'vinum' will be accepted.
Threatened-since: over a year
|
44959 |
23-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Print correct message if the wrong module is loaded.
|
44958 |
23-Mar-1999 |
grog |
vinum_create: pass 'force' flag to ioctl VINUM_STARTCONFIG. Semantics:
When creating a new drive, if the drive already has a vinum label, and name doesn't match the specified drive, do it anyway if the 'force' flag is specified.
Continually-tripped-over-by: Karl Pielorz <kpielorz@tdx.co.uk>
|
44929 |
21-Mar-1999 |
jkh |
The attached patch to /usr/src/sbin/dump/optr.c changes the comparison so that dumps are treated by dump -w as having been done on midnight of the day they were actually run. This makes dump -w behave as expected for regularly scheduled daily dumps - if they all run the same day. It makes dump -w behave strangely if you dump late in the day and check again after midnight, but that is the lesser of two evils.
Submitted by: Mike Meyer <mwm@phone.net> PR: 9429
|
44888 |
19-Mar-1999 |
grog |
If we fail to open the super device, open the "wrong" device (that is, the debug superdevice when we're compiled without debug, or the normal superdevice when we're compiled with debug. If this succeeds, print an informative comment and exit.
make_devices: Create both debug and normal superdevices.
|
44871 |
18-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Clarify the synchronization options in additional plexes to a volume.
|
44811 |
16-Mar-1999 |
bde |
Fixed `mount -a -u ...'. Rev.1.19 broke this by trying too hard to avoid mounting filesystems multiple times.
PR: 10572 Submitted by: Cy Schubert <cy@cschuber.net.gov.bc.ca>
|
44800 |
16-Mar-1999 |
rnordier |
Add cross-reference to loader man page, plus various minor improvements.
|
44764 |
15-Mar-1999 |
wpaul |
Grrr... botched remote commit. Let's try this again: vlan updates, take two.
|
44730 |
14-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Clarify that the stop command only works in interactive mode.
|
44729 |
14-Mar-1999 |
grog |
create command: get the message right if an error occurs with a non-verbose create.
|
44716 |
13-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Describe the new debug flags DEBUG_EOFINFO and DEBUG_MEMFREE.
Fix a confusion between slices and partitions.
Clarify the problems of small stripe sizes (< 128 kB).
|
44715 |
13-Mar-1999 |
grog |
info command: Remove opencount parameter, print value of open flag.
|
44714 |
13-Mar-1999 |
grog |
create command: if an error occurs, print the offending line even if the -v flag has not been set.
|
44700 |
13-Mar-1999 |
rnordier |
Note that a standard MBR supports booting only from hard drive 0
|
44690 |
12-Mar-1999 |
brian |
src/usr.sbin/natd -> src/sbin/natd (after a repo-copy by jdp)
|
44688 |
12-Mar-1999 |
gallatin |
Fix savecore so that it works on alphas Reviewed by: Doug Rabson <dfr@nlsystems.com>
|
44654 |
11-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Fix a diagnostic typo Submitted by: Martin Machacek <mm@i.cz>
|
44648 |
10-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Describe the default values for useful options.
Clarify which options are no longer useful.
|
44558 |
07-Mar-1999 |
brian |
Upgrade (almost) to natd 2.0b1
- Transparent proxy support. - PERMANENT_LINK IS NOW OBSOLETE, use redirect_port instead. - Drop support for early FreeBSD 2.2 versions - If separate input & output sockets are being used use them to find out packet direction instead of normal mechanism. This can be handy in complex environments with multiple interfaces. - PPTP redirect support by Dru Nelson <dnelson@redwoodsoft.com> added. - Logging enhancements from Martin Machacek <mm@i.cz> added.
Obtained from: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
44418 |
02-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Document "stop" command with no parameters.
Document "printconfig" and "saveconfig" commands.
Add warning about running "create" multiple times.
|
44417 |
02-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Take definitions of VINUMMOD and WRONGMOD from v.c.
|
44416 |
02-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Move definitions of VINUMMOD and WRONGMOD to vext.h.
Wait4 zombies.
make_devices: Don't try if the /dev directory is mounted read-only. Create daemon superdevice /dev/vinum/controld.
Format a couple of multiline comments conformant with style(9).
|
44415 |
02-Mar-1999 |
grog |
Change the format of the lists to reflect loss of pid field. Show open state as a flag.
vinum_ldi: Show available space in short form listing.
|
44414 |
02-Mar-1999 |
grog |
resetconfig: don't log the "obliterated" message, the kernel does that for us.
Rebuild the (almost empty) /dev/vinum directory.
vinum_start: remove superflous "read" parameter when starting with no parameters.
vinum_stop: without an argument, stop Vinum and remove the kld if it's idle.
vinum_saveconfig: New command to save configuration.
|
44345 |
28-Feb-1999 |
gj |
Make buf in authflags a little bigger because 2 strings can be concatenated and 20 bytes (the old size) is kind of tight.
|
44320 |
27-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Make this work with the new alias library since, evidently, we're not providing the backwards-compatability routines in libalias anymore (which I think may have been a mistake).
|
44317 |
27-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Don't install kget on alpha - it doesn't do much useful there.
|
44316 |
27-Feb-1999 |
ken |
Fix misspelling of Julian's last name. Oops.
|
44309 |
27-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Add kget.
|
44308 |
27-Feb-1999 |
jkh |
Bring in kget, a utility for saving kernel change information.
Submitted by: abial
|
44242 |
23-Feb-1999 |
gj |
Make the buf in authflags big enough to hold " norechallenge". I've been running with this for a few weeks.
Submitted by: someone on the freebsd-isdn maillist
|
44143 |
19-Feb-1999 |
semenu |
Added description of how they can access particulary NTFS attribute and write files.
|
44138 |
19-Feb-1999 |
imp |
Finish documenting -S src-addr change.
Forgotten by: me Forgotten for: Far Too Long Gently Reminded by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua> Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov <ru@ucb.crimea.ua>
|
44120 |
18-Feb-1999 |
obrien |
More style fixes to bring this almost to bde's suggested version.
|
44113 |
18-Feb-1999 |
obrien |
bde suggests not to trust ${COPY} to always be defined. also fix style bugs submitted by Bruce
|
43873 |
11-Feb-1999 |
grog |
Modify example configuration file to show more optimum stripe size of 256 kB instead of 16 kB.
Pointed-out-by: Steve Taylor <staylor@cybernet.com>
Modify description of start command to include 'start' with no parameters, which reads the config from all drives found on the system.
|
43872 |
11-Feb-1999 |
grog |
Extend 'start' command: if used without any parameters, vinum scans all disks known to devstat for vinum drives and reads their configuration.
|
43871 |
11-Feb-1999 |
grog |
Check for both kinds of Vinum module (with and without RAID-5). Using the wrong module can cause confusion, including loading both versions (which conflict with each other) and incorrect ioctls, which cause unintelligible error messages.
Extend 'start' command: if used without any parameters, vinum scans all disks known to devstat for vinum drives and reads their configuration.
|
43870 |
11-Feb-1999 |
grog |
Include libdevstat in executable, for extended start command.
|
43859 |
10-Feb-1999 |
obrien |
hook in dhclient
|
43856 |
10-Feb-1999 |
obrien |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r43855, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
43804 |
09-Feb-1999 |
dillon |
Fix bug in mount_mfs whereby mount_mfs would sometimes return before the mount is completely active, causing the next few commands attempting to manipulate data on the mount to fail. mount_mfs's parent now tries to wait for the mount point st_dev to change before returning, indicating that the mount has gone active.
|
43657 |
05-Feb-1999 |
rnordier |
Note that nextboot requires the legacy boot code.
|
43557 |
03-Feb-1999 |
semenu |
Added mount_ntfs subdirectory. Reviewed by: David O'Brien <obrien@NUXI.com>
|
43549 |
03-Feb-1999 |
semenu |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r43548, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
43510 |
01-Feb-1999 |
wosch |
Added xref to nologin(5).
|
43509 |
01-Feb-1999 |
wosch |
Added xref to nologin(8).
|
43489 |
31-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Correct include paths Remove unnecessary additional CFLAGS Remove BINGRP and BINMODE
|
43404 |
30-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Add MAINTAINER
|
43259 |
27-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Fix broken command tables (change formatting from tbl to .Bl/.El) Move the BUGS section to vinum.4: the only bug in vinum.8 was the man page, fixed with this commit.
|
43054 |
22-Jan-1999 |
rnordier |
Add a -b option as a simple way to rewrite the mbr code (eg. replacing a boot manager with a standard mbr)
|
43031 |
22-Jan-1999 |
archie |
Fix bug where 'ipfw list' would choke if there were a large number of rules.
|
43002 |
21-Jan-1999 |
archie |
Fix misleading wording in ipfw(8) man page. PR: docs/9603
|
42947 |
21-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Update to reflect major changes in vinum kernel module
|
42946 |
21-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Update to reflect changes in kernel lkm
|
42945 |
21-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Remove -DRAID5 from CFLAGS
|
42908 |
20-Jan-1999 |
mks |
Clarify the number of network interfaces per physical interface available with each type of signalling manager and bring the atm command into agreement with the man page.
|
42895 |
20-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
nuke dset - it doesn't work in a post-ELF world and abial has something better as a replacement (kget).
|
42873 |
20-Jan-1999 |
luoqi |
Allow tuning of read-only mounted file system.
Reviewed by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
|
42871 |
20-Jan-1999 |
mks |
Re-write of ilmi daemon. Among the major changes, it does not use predefined PDUs and should handle multi-request OIDs on GETs.
|
42828 |
19-Jan-1999 |
rnordier |
Make some further revisions to the boot documentation.
|
42647 |
14-Jan-1999 |
gibbs |
Properly print devices that do not have attached peripherals.
Submitted by: Kenneth Merry <ken@FreeBSD.org>
|
42637 |
13-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Don't install vinum(8) sgid.
Reported-by: Paul Hart <hart@iserver.com>
|
42619 |
13-Jan-1999 |
des |
Sort options alphabetically.
|
42587 |
12-Jan-1999 |
asami |
Oops, I missed a few more /etc/nologin references yesterday. It appears my check of the tree was incomplete. Sorry guys.
Reported by: Ben Smithurst <ben@scientia.demon.co.uk>
|
42534 |
11-Jan-1999 |
dt |
Update to match rev. 1.28 of msdosfs_lookup.c.
|
42515 |
11-Jan-1999 |
asami |
Move nologin from /etc to /var/run. This means one less file that has to be written to /etc.
The only essential change is in paths.h, so any third-party software written correctly will pick it up in the next rebuild.
Reviewed by: the committers list (actually an old version)
|
42456 |
10-Jan-1999 |
des |
Clean up option handling a little. Add an option for showing sysctl descriptions instead of their values.
|
42438 |
09-Jan-1999 |
bde |
Removed ROOTSLICE_HUNT. The root device is now found better by getvfsent() in most cases. (The main exception is when /etc/fstab still hasn't been converted to use a slice for the root device, the root device is a SCSI device, and the /dev/sd* inode for this device still hasn't been renamed to /dev/da*.)
|
42422 |
09-Jan-1999 |
grog |
- Format corrections for troff output - Comment out the description of the unimplemented replace command - Explain in even stronger language that resetconfig is not for everyday use
Motivated by: Marko Schütz <marko@ki.informatik.uni-frankfurt.de>
- Correct the description of the start command (no longer used to start vinum, just specific objects)
Motivated by: dg
- Remove .TH N commands, which conflict badly with the doc macros, causing strange headings in nroff output and endless loops in troff. The current version produces warning messages with some screen sizes, and will be fixed when I have time.
Bug-report: docs/9328 (nroff) Reported-by: joerg (troff)
- Add gotcha info for the setupstate keyword and the use of label and resetconfig.
- Add bug entry for the warning messages introduced by fixing docs/9328.
- Add references to web pages on Vinum
|
42348 |
06-Jan-1999 |
rnordier |
Make a start on revising the boot documentation.
|
42337 |
06-Jan-1999 |
imp |
Allow PINGing from any address on multihomed hosts
In the words of the submitter: "The patch below allows to ping from any address on the multihomed host. The man page is also updated, the text was cutted from traceroute(8)."
Submitted by: Ruslan Ermilov PR: 6832
|
42328 |
06-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Complete change from DEBUG to VINUMDEBUG. Now it still builds when VINUMDEBUG is set as well.
|
42327 |
06-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Complete previous commit: change debug macro from DEBUG to VINUMDEBUG
Reported by: dg
|
42326 |
06-Jan-1999 |
grog |
Fix problems compiling without -DVINUMDEBUG
Reported by: dg
|
42261 |
03-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
Clean up some more residual /usr/mdec references. I left all the extra rbootd/boot rom cruft pointing at /usr/mdec since it either doesn't exist or doesn't work anyway, so who cares? :)
|
42256 |
02-Jan-1999 |
jkh |
Update for boot block location change.
|
42144 |
29-Dec-1998 |
dfr |
Here is a patch to make mountd work. It just replace u_long with u_int32_t and shouldn't affect on i386. Without this patch, - unaligned accesses occur - permission denied randomly
Submitted by: Hidetoshi Shimokawa <simokawa@sat.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
42125 |
28-Dec-1998 |
peter |
Tweaks as a result of having vinum statically buildable in a kernel.
|
42117 |
28-Dec-1998 |
sos |
Reenable vinum after repository copy.
Forgotten by: Peter.
|
42099 |
27-Dec-1998 |
sos |
Temporaryly disable vinum, awaiting repository copy of misplaced files.
|
42073 |
27-Dec-1998 |
luigi |
Remove coredump when running "ipfw pipe" without more arguments. PR: 8937
|
42070 |
27-Dec-1998 |
grog |
- Correct alphabetical order of commands - Describe subdisk attachment in more detail - Describe new 'makedev' command - Correct use of 'partition' and 'slice' - Describe 'setupstate' keyword - Include performance guidelines for striped plexes - Correct numerical values in examples - Add examples for disklabel(8) - Clarify problems creating Vinum drives on inappropriate partitions
Prodded by: NAGANUMA Yasuhiro <y_naga@carat.rim.or.jp> (slices and partitions)
|
42003 |
22-Dec-1998 |
jkh |
User reports that using mount_null destroyed his filesystem, I reply that nullfs really doesn't work, he askes why this isn't noted for the "dangerous" filesystems, I go "hmmm."
|
41968 |
20-Dec-1998 |
mjacob |
Bad Dog! No Biscuit! *Never* commit without testing- even if it was "just a printf formatting change"....
|
41962 |
20-Dec-1998 |
mjacob |
add Bus and Device Reset commands
|
41901 |
17-Dec-1998 |
jkh |
Look for boot blocks in new default location.
|
41873 |
16-Dec-1998 |
ghelmer |
Mention affect of securelevel 3 and higher on attempts to change filter lists.
Prompted by: PR docs/7785
|
41872 |
16-Dec-1998 |
ghelmer |
Mention securelevel 3 as affecting ipfw and dummynet. Generalize comment about fdisk and securelevel 2. PR: docs/7785
|
41845 |
16-Dec-1998 |
imp |
Fix two possible non-exploitable buffer overflows.
Thanks to: A friend at Sun auditing dump/restore for Solaris.
|
41828 |
15-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
Add pt_tcplisten.c functionality, fix a few minor bugs
PR: kern/8793, misc/8796, kern/8797, kern/8798, kern/8050, kern/6758 Submitted by: Duncan Barclay <dmlb@ragnet.demon.co.uk>
|
41795 |
14-Dec-1998 |
luigi |
ipfw changes for dummynet. manpages still missing
|
41701 |
12-Dec-1998 |
dillon |
sendmsg() didn't like the MSG_EOR flag and returned an error. Removing the flag makes portal tcp operation work.
|
41684 |
11-Dec-1998 |
bde |
Merged from Lite2 (one bcopy -> memmove, one significant change: don't unlink _PATH_NOLOGIN for the -k case even if shutdown terminates abnormally. NetBSD already has this change).
|
41683 |
11-Dec-1998 |
bde |
Fixed missing 'p' and `-' flags and other defects in the usage message.
Fixed some style bugs.
|
41680 |
11-Dec-1998 |
bde |
Merged from Lite2 (just an English fix or pun removal).
Updated date. I think dates in man pages should be changed at least when a new feature is described.
|
41679 |
11-Dec-1998 |
bde |
Fixed disordered options in synopsis.
|
41678 |
11-Dec-1998 |
bde |
Fixed missing `p' flag in synopsis.
Broken in: previous commit
|
41666 |
10-Dec-1998 |
msmith |
Add a '-p' flag to shutdown which corresponds to the '-p' flag to halt, requesting a system power-off after shutdown.
|
41586 |
07-Dec-1998 |
rnordier |
Use '#' flag in place of "0x" in format strings.
|
41576 |
07-Dec-1998 |
archie |
Disallow ipfw "tee" rules until it is actually implemented. PR: bin/8471
|
41477 |
03-Dec-1998 |
julian |
Cosmetic and documentation changes brought from earlier FreeBSD versions. (e.g. RCS Id:)
|
41474 |
03-Dec-1998 |
julian |
Reviewed by: Don Lewis <Don.Lewis@tsc.tdk.com> Submitted by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM> Obtained from: Mckusick, BSDI and a host of others
This exactly matches Kirks sources imported under the Tag MCKUSICK2. These are as supplied by kirk with one small change needed to compile under freeBSD.
Some FreeBSD patches will be added back, though many have been added to Kirk's sources already.
|
41471 |
02-Dec-1998 |
julian |
These shouldn't have been checked in here..
Reviewee by:
|
41466 |
02-Dec-1998 |
billf |
Insert missing macro, and while I'm here change the inconsistent "page_ctl" and "pagectl" to "pgctl" to reflect ``camcontrol --help''.
PR: docs/8781 Submitted by: Norihiro Kumagai <kuma@jp.FreeBSD.org>
|
41462 |
02-Dec-1998 |
julian |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r41461, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
41409 |
29-Nov-1998 |
bde |
Fixed non-use of .Nm and hard line breaks in rev.1.16-1.17:
|
41408 |
29-Nov-1998 |
bde |
Straightened the terminology straightening in 1.17-1.18. Fixed hard line breaks in rev.1.16-1.18.
|
41383 |
28-Nov-1998 |
rnordier |
Refer to "da" rather than "sd" device.
|
41381 |
28-Nov-1998 |
rnordier |
Refer to "da" rather than "sd" device.
Suggested by: jdp
|
41354 |
26-Nov-1998 |
joerg |
sd0 -> da0
|
41308 |
23-Nov-1998 |
joerg |
Preprocessor support for `ipfw [-q] ... file'.
This allows for more flexible ipfw configuration files using `variables' to describe frequently used items in the file, like the local IP address(es), interface names etc. Both m4 and cpp are useful and supported; with m4 being a little more unusual to the common C programmer, things like automatic rule numbering can be achieved fairly easy.
While i was at it, i've also untangled some of the ugly style inside main(), and fixed a bug or two (like not being able to use blank lines when running with -q).
A typical call with preprocessor invocation looks like
ipfw -p m4 -Dhostname=$(hostname) /etc/fwrules
Someone should probably add support for this feature to /etc/rc.firewall.
|
41255 |
19-Nov-1998 |
asami |
Change sd -> da in examples.
Inspired by: a mail by Scott Smyth <smyth@bashful.realminfo.com>
|
41112 |
12-Nov-1998 |
ken |
Fix a typo in a comment.
|
41108 |
12-Nov-1998 |
obrien |
Fill-in the manpages a little.
|
41061 |
10-Nov-1998 |
bde |
Fixed disorder.
|
41041 |
09-Nov-1998 |
dima |
Reenable adjkerntz for alpha.
|
41023 |
09-Nov-1998 |
truckman |
Fix some calculations that use sizeof to attempt to find the end of an array that were doing sizeof on an unrelated variable. This just happened to work right on the i386, but would not on the alpha.
PR: bin/8427
|
41019 |
08-Nov-1998 |
phk |
Allow for printing out integer arrays.
|
40981 |
07-Nov-1998 |
des |
Bitch if both an id and a name are specified. Make the man page and usage message reflect this. As a bonus, make the -n optional so that 'kldunload name' works as one would expect.
|
40980 |
07-Nov-1998 |
des |
Cosmetic fix (make header align with data)
|
40947 |
06-Nov-1998 |
alex |
Add an entry for the new NetBSD partition id.
|
40946 |
06-Nov-1998 |
jkoshy |
Add an entry for BSD/OS [23].x partition types.
I don't have access to a BSD/OS machine to check the veracity of the magic number. However, no harm will be done by the commit and since someone was motivated enough to file a PR, I'm committing the change.
PR: 7629 Submitted by: Jos Backus <jbackus@plex.nl>
|
40918 |
05-Nov-1998 |
mjacob |
For large filesystems you can run past default resource limits causing fsck to exit unhappily. Fix this by doing a getrlimit/setrlimit for RLIMIT_DATA. I made the same fix in NetBSD.
Reviewed by: dg@root.com
|
40848 |
03-Nov-1998 |
grog |
Correct u_int_64 casting to remove warnings in printf()
|
40823 |
02-Nov-1998 |
grog |
Show revive pointer in percentage complete as well as absolute value.
|
40822 |
02-Nov-1998 |
grog |
Remove kludge to set subdisk states when bringing up a plex
|
40765 |
30-Oct-1998 |
dg |
Rename a function name so that it doesn't conflict with a future system call.
|
40668 |
27-Oct-1998 |
dima |
64bit fixes. (Note: ``dump'' doesn't work on alpha yet. Apparently there's a problem somewhere is the physio() area)
Submitted by: myself && Matt Dillon.
|
40615 |
23-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Oops, don't quite use RAW_PART instead of RAWPARTITION. Use 'a' + RAW_PART in both places.
|
40543 |
21-Oct-1998 |
grog |
list.c: Add dump of last requests with 'info -V'. This requires the requests to be enabled with 'debug 8'.
|
40489 |
17-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Honour the default CFLAGS. This fixes a spew of warnings for compiling unused static inlines in headers without -O.
Fixed missing libraries in DPADD.
Use .PATH instead of a symlink farm.
Removed bogus dependency of util.c on statetext.h (only util.o depends on it). Removed rule for building statetext.h. The dependency was used to get statetext.h built, but statetext.h is a non-generated source file so it doesn't need building. This fixes an annoying message for the null build and use of `make' instead of ${MAKE} to do the null build.
Fixed some style bugs.
|
40488 |
17-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Don't assume that time_t is long.
|
40487 |
17-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Don't assume that time_t is long.
|
40475 |
17-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Updated the error message for EXDEV to match recent kernel fixes. Fixed nearby indentation.
Use RAW_PART instead of RAWPARTITION.
|
40470 |
17-Oct-1998 |
bde |
Backed out previous commit. It broke fsck again. See rev.1.22 and the references there, and rev.1.38 of sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_disksubr.c.
|
40466 |
17-Oct-1998 |
jkh |
Don't rewrite the disk label. The type field is already set correctly and we don't use the frags info, so why bother? More to the point, it seems to result in an EXDEV error when the label is written out and we lose because of it (don't know why though). This is a work-around and is marked as such.
|
40422 |
16-Oct-1998 |
des |
Warn about "mount -u" bug.
|
40390 |
15-Oct-1998 |
mckay |
Spelling.
|
40319 |
13-Oct-1998 |
ken |
When we send a stop unit command to a device, send it as an ordered tag so that any transactions in front of the stop command get flushed to disk first. This will have no effect on devices that have tagged queueing turned off, or don't support tagged queueing.
Reviewed by: gibbs
|
40305 |
13-Oct-1998 |
ken |
Fix a bug in camcontrol that caused 'camcontrol start' to not work.
Noticed by: Philippe Regnauld <regnauld@deepo.prosa.dk>
|
40184 |
10-Oct-1998 |
rnordier |
Kill an extraneous dot. PR: 8103 Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <horikawa@jp.freebsd.org>
|
39990 |
06-Oct-1998 |
msmith |
Teach dset about isa_devtab_cam
|
39984 |
06-Oct-1998 |
ken |
Add a missing word.
|
39932 |
03-Oct-1998 |
ken |
Add the -c flag in to the usage summaries in the man page and the usage() function in camcontrol.
Also, fix the modepage example in the examples section of the man page. It didn't quite come out right with the '.Dl' macro.
|
39903 |
02-Oct-1998 |
ken |
Add a new CAM debugging mode, CAM_DEBUG_CDB. This causes the kernel to print out a one line description/dump of every SCSI CDB sent to a particular debugging target or targets.
This is a good bit more useful than the other debugging modes, I think.
Change some things in LINT to note the availability of this new option.
Fix an erroneous argument to scsi_cdb_string() in scsi_all.c
Reviewed by: gibbs
|
39812 |
30-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Correct source file corruption in last checkin
Observed by: jkh
|
39791 |
29-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Don't require an argument for -v flag Correct checks for null special file names Add Usage entry for -v flag Get terminology straight in man page Reviewed by: bde
|
39771 |
29-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Add history.
|
39759 |
29-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Bring man page up to date
|
39743 |
29-Sep-1998 |
jkoshy |
`kern.maxproc' is not changeable using sysctl(1). Change examples that show `kern.maxproc' being written.
PR: docs/7978 Submitted by: jlemon@americantv.com
|
39734 |
28-Sep-1998 |
alex |
The flags type was recently changed from u_short to u_int, breaking icmptypes.
PR: 8067 Submitted by: Jonathan Hanna <jh@cr1003333-a.crdva1.bc.wave.home.com>
While I'm here, staticize functions.
|
39707 |
28-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Include vinum in SUBDIR
|
39588 |
23-Sep-1998 |
yokota |
Remove the reference to the -b option; it's gone.
|
39584 |
23-Sep-1998 |
nate |
- Back out softupdate change that already existed in FreeBSD from V1.6, which caused the reference count of a directory to get doubly decremented.
PR: bin/8030 Reviewed by: nate Submitted by: Don Lewis <Don.Lewis@tsc.tdk.com>
|
39559 |
22-Sep-1998 |
roberto |
Change rst0 into rsa0.
|
39547 |
21-Sep-1998 |
ken |
Fix a grammar problem.
PR: docs/7975
|
39495 |
19-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Remove useless `BINOWN=root' now that it is the default.
|
39430 |
17-Sep-1998 |
imp |
Prevent buffer overflow with extra long arguments.
|
39422 |
17-Sep-1998 |
ken |
Page control field values go from 0-3, not 1-4.
Reported by: Tony Maher <tonym@angis.usyd.edu.au> on -current
|
39412 |
17-Sep-1998 |
phk |
Two patches from the HARP people:
Various Makefile related fixes.
-Wformat fixes.
Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@networkcs.com>
|
39406 |
17-Sep-1998 |
ken |
Fix a typo. "Primay" -> "Primary"
|
39401 |
17-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Obsoleted by CAM.
|
39382 |
16-Sep-1998 |
andreas |
checked, that new sa CAM driver takes care of using buffer sizes <= 64 KB. Was able to dump/restore with block sizes of 96, 128 and 200. using systat -vmstat I noticed transfer blocksizes <= 64KB, so physio's limits aren't touched. Since this check was originally from me, I feels safe now to back it out.
|
39377 |
16-Sep-1998 |
obrien |
Linux swap and Solaris x86 use the same BIOS partition id.
|
39333 |
16-Sep-1998 |
grog |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r39332, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
39290 |
15-Sep-1998 |
phk |
Remove blank after -I
|
39271 |
15-Sep-1998 |
phk |
(this is an extract from src/share/examples/atm/README)
=================================== HARP | Host ATM Research Platform ===================================
HARP 3
What is this stuff? ------------------- The Advanced Networking Group (ANG) at the Minnesota Supercomputer Center, Inc. (MSCI), as part of its work on the MAGIC Gigabit Testbed, developed the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) software, which allows IP hosts to communicate over ATM networks using standard protocols. It is intended to be a high-quality platform for IP/ATM research.
HARP provides a way for IP hosts to connect to ATM networks. It supports standard methods of communication using IP over ATM. A host's standard IP software sends and receives datagrams via a HARP ATM interface. HARP provides functionality similar to (and typically replaces) vendor-provided ATM device driver software.
HARP includes full source code, making it possible for researchers to experiment with different approaches to running IP over ATM. HARP is self-contained; it requires no other licenses or commercial software packages.
HARP implements support for the IETF Classical IP model for using IP over ATM networks, including:
o IETF ATMARP address resolution client o IETF ATMARP address resolution server o IETF SCSP/ATMARP server o UNI 3.1 and 3.0 signalling protocols o Fore Systems's SPANS signalling protocol
What's supported ---------------- The following are supported by HARP 3:
o ATM Host Interfaces - FORE Systems, Inc. SBA-200 and SBA-200E ATM SBus Adapters - FORE Systems, Inc. PCA-200E ATM PCI Adapters - Efficient Networks, Inc. ENI-155p ATM PCI Adapters
o ATM Signalling Protocols - The ATM Forum UNI 3.1 signalling protocol - The ATM Forum UNI 3.0 signalling protocol - The ATM Forum ILMI address registration - FORE Systems's proprietary SPANS signalling protocol - Permanent Virtual Channels (PVCs)
o IETF "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" model - RFC 1483, "Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5" - RFC 1577, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" - RFC 1626, "Default IP MTU for use over ATM AAL5" - RFC 1755, "ATM Signaling Support for IP over ATM" - RFC 2225, "Classical IP and ARP over ATM" - RFC 2334, "Server Cache Synchronization Protocol (SCSP)" - Internet Draft draft-ietf-ion-scsp-atmarp-00.txt, "A Distributed ATMARP Service Using SCSP"
o ATM Sockets interface - The file atm-sockets.txt contains further information
What's not supported -------------------- The following major features of the above list are not currently supported:
o UNI point-to-multipoint support o Driver support for Traffic Control/Quality of Service o SPANS multicast and MPP support o SPANS signalling using Efficient adapters
This software was developed under the sponsorship of the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).
Reviewed (lightly) by: phk Submitted by: Network Computing Services, Inc.
|
39256 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Add support for dealing with ENOSPC as the error code returned by a tape device hitting EOM on a write.
|
39255 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Add camcontrol. Remove scsiformat.
|
39232 |
15-Sep-1998 |
phk |
Add new files for HARP3
Host ATM Research Platform (HARP), Network Computing Services, Inc. This software was developed with the support of the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).
|
39228 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Update system to new device statistics code.
Submitted by: "Kenneth D. Merry" <ken@plutotech.com> mike@smith.net.au (Mike Smith)
|
39214 |
15-Sep-1998 |
gibbs |
Camcontrol - A utility for configuring/manipulating the CAM subsystem
Submitted by: "Kenneth D. Merry" <ken@plutotech.com>
|
39067 |
11-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Reviewed by: bde (again)
Correct terminology (partitions are in slices, not the other way around)
|
39066 |
11-Sep-1998 |
grog |
Reviewed by: bde,jkh
Add -v flag to newfs:
-v Specify that the partition does not contain any slices, and that newfs should treat the whole partition as the file system. This option is useful for synthetic disks such as ccd and vinum.
|
39008 |
09-Sep-1998 |
bde |
Don't refuse to pass the force and sync options to the kernel. The kernel supports them, and the force option will be more important when mounting of unclean ext2fs file systems is not permitted unless it is forced.
|
38960 |
09-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
Add a new library function getobjformat(). It checks all the standard places ("/etc/objformat", ${OBJFORMAT}, argv) for an indication of the user's preferred object file format. This consolidates some code that was starting to be duplicated in more and more places.
Use the new function in ldconfig.
Note: I don't think that gcc should use getobjformat(), even though it could. The compiler should limit itself to functions that are widespread, to ease porting and cross-compilation.
|
38885 |
06-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
Fix calls to mmap. It returns void *, and on failure it returns MAP_FAILED.
Don't try to extend the mapping in place if it is too short. There's no guarantee it will be possible. Remap the file instead.
Put in a few style fixes.
Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde>
|
38868 |
05-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
For a.out mode, ignore shared libraries that don't have at least 2 version numbers.
|
38865 |
05-Sep-1998 |
dfr |
Disable gcc's builtin memcpy for alpha since it doesn't cope with unaligned regions properly and this triggers an unaligned access trap.
|
38852 |
05-Sep-1998 |
jb |
Change MACHINE to MACHINE_ARCH to support MACHINE=pc98.
|
38843 |
05-Sep-1998 |
jb |
Now that ldconfig does elf work too, build it on alpha as well.
|
38836 |
05-Sep-1998 |
jdp |
Implement ldconfig functionality for ELF. The hints are stored in a different file than the a.out hints, namely, "/var/run/ld-elf.so.hints". These hints consist only of the directory search path. There is no hash table as in the a.out hints, because ELF doesn't have to search for the file with the highest minor version number. (It doesn't have minor version numbers at all.)
A single run of ldconfig updates either the a.out hints or the ELF hints, but not both. The set of hints to process is selected in the usual way, via /etc/objformat, or ${OBJFORMAT}, or the "-aout" or "-elf" command line option. The rationale is that you probably want to search different directories for ELF than for a.out.
"ldconfig -r" is faked up to produce output like we are used to, except that for ELF there are no minor version numbers. This should enable "ldconfig -r" to be used for checking LIB_DEPENDS in ports even for ELF.
I implemented the ELF functionality in a new source file, with an eye toward eliminating the a.out code entirely at some point in the future.
|
38702 |
31-Aug-1998 |
wosch |
Sort cross references.
|
38653 |
30-Aug-1998 |
gpalmer |
Split lines into one subdir per line.
|
38637 |
30-Aug-1998 |
jkoshy |
Install ipmon.8 in man8/ not man1/.
PR: 7778 Submitted by: horikawa@jp.freebsd.org
|
38588 |
27-Aug-1998 |
dillon |
Updated manual page. Removed description of (now defunct) -c restrictions.
|
38579 |
27-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Use explicitly sized types when formatting cylinder groups.
|
38560 |
26-Aug-1998 |
des |
Remove -c restrictions from previous commit.
|
38549 |
26-Aug-1998 |
dillon |
(well tested at BEST): -i option can now take FP values (e.g. -i 0.1), extremely useful for networking testing. Other options secured from user-level D.O.S. attacks. -f, -s now root-only. -i wait times < 1.0 root-only. -c count limited to 100 and defaults to 16 when ping run by non-root user.
|
38533 |
25-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Change length arguments to sysctl to size_t.
|
38483 |
23-Aug-1998 |
bde |
Attempt to fix my breakage of the alpha makebootarea() in rev.1.19. The previous attempt just converted compile time breakage to runtime breakage.
|
38474 |
21-Aug-1998 |
gpalmer |
Try to make this compile on both alpha and i386
|
38458 |
20-Aug-1998 |
jb |
Fix the machine dependent SUBDIR I removed by mistake in the last commit.
|
38411 |
17-Aug-1998 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in previous commit.
Added some comments on #endifs.
|
38384 |
17-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Teach disklabel how to install a bootstrap on an alpha with SRM console.
|
38334 |
15-Aug-1998 |
jb |
All but two if these build on alpha now, but most are untested. ldconfig isn't required.
|
38328 |
15-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Use explicitly sized types when laying out the cylinder groups. This bug was the cause of the 'freeing free frag' panics that people have been seeing with FreeBSD/alpha. I have a similar patch to newfs but I've not finished testing it.
|
38255 |
12-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Forgot to remove a ';' in my previous commit.
|
38254 |
12-Aug-1998 |
jdp |
Add "-aout" option when calling the linker, so that this will work in an ELF world. This will have to be revisited when the kernel moves to ELF.
|
38154 |
07-Aug-1998 |
phk |
unifdef -UISO
Inspired by bdes comment to PR: 7419
|
38149 |
06-Aug-1998 |
markm |
Fix LIBDIR (for aout/ELF).
|
38092 |
04-Aug-1998 |
thepish |
PR: 7475 Added support for -q (suppress output) when firewall rules are taken from a file. Solves PR 7475
|
38067 |
04-Aug-1998 |
phk |
There seem to be two messages that were added with soft-updates support, which need a final "\n". I only observed one line of mangled output, but I think there is another one which suffers from the same problem, and thus I provide a patch that covers both.
PR: 7483 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Stefan Esser <se@FreeBSD.org>
|
38041 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Use errx() instead of err() for malloc failures. -Wall. Do not dot terminate errx() string. Remove unused #includes. Use .Tn for NFS.
|
38040 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Document -n (soft-update) flag. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Sync usage() and SYNOPSIS.
|
38039 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
.Nm swapon -> .Nm. Sort #includes. Add rcsid.
|
38038 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm and .Ev. Add rcsid, rmove unused #include. Spelling.
|
38037 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Typo: i. e. -> i.e. Remove unused #include.
|
38036 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Do not dot terminate err(3) strings. Spelling.
|
38035 |
03-Aug-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm, add .An.
|
38023 |
02-Aug-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
38002 |
01-Aug-1998 |
dfr |
Avoid trying to malloc > (1<<32) bytes of memory due to an arithmetic underflow on the alpha.
|
37943 |
29-Jul-1998 |
joerg |
Document the kern.logsigexit sysctl variable (sort of).
Reminded by: bde
|
37923 |
28-Jul-1998 |
imp |
Commit patch from Tor Egge to fix the "large filesystem restore" problem. This appears to work for me in the old case, but I don't have large enough filesystems to test the fix case.
Reported working by: karl@mcs.net
|
37910 |
28-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Spelling. Errx() on malloc() failure.
|
37909 |
28-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm, add rcsid, remove unused #include.
|
37908 |
28-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Spelling, add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Convert 1000000 usec to 1 sec 0 usec. Use provided safe malloc (rtmalloc()) instead of malloc(): exit on allocation failure. Correct use of .Nm Add usage() and use errx().
|
37907 |
28-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Comment is .\" not .|'. Add -d and -t flags to SYNOPSIS and usage(). Getopt returns -1. Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid and remove unused #include.
|
37906 |
28-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Add missing prototypes and others -Wall cleanings. Spelling.
|
37893 |
27-Jul-1998 |
hoek |
Use an error message that more clearly indites(sp?) an out-of-sync kernel+userland when that is the case.
PR: bin/7414
|
37865 |
25-Jul-1998 |
bde |
Fixed bugs in `disklabel -R...': - nonstandard sector sizes didn't work because the sector size in the ASCII label was not read before a (default, wrong) sector size was used. - the exit status was 0 after exiting early due to an invalid ASCII label.
Abort `disklabel -B...' if the secondary bootstrap doesn't fit.
|
37815 |
22-Jul-1998 |
phk |
/usr/src/sbin/routed/parms.c and .../routed/rtquery/rtquery.c both contain code that compare a char pointer with a char. As this doesn't make much sense, it looks very much as if a '*' has been dropped by mistake. I have made no analysis of the possible consequences of the problem.
PR: 7319 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Anders Thulin <Anders.X.Thulin@telia.se>
|
37814 |
22-Jul-1998 |
phk |
Memory management error in init.
PR: 7320 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Anders Thulin <Anders.X.Thulin@telia.se>
|
37810 |
21-Jul-1998 |
joerg |
Document sef's recent changes in the corefile naming. Reviewed by: sef (well, i believe his `Looks good' was a review result :)
|
37775 |
20-Jul-1998 |
bde |
Backed out rev.1.9 (except don't bring back the vax code deleted in rev.1.9). fsck uses the per-partition ffs-related information in the label to find alternate superblocks when the main superblock is hosed. Rev.1.9 broke this by deleting the code that wrote the label.
PR: 2537 xref: fsck/setup.c rev.1.8
|
37773 |
20-Jul-1998 |
bde |
Clear d_boot0 and d_boot1 in the virgin label. These are overlaid by d_packname in in-core labels, so they are garbage if d_packname is initialized in the dummy label for the whole disk. dsopen() will soon initialize d_packname to "fictitious" if it is not already initialized.
Fixed nearby error handling. Rev.1.7 apparently confused Perror() with perror().
|
37759 |
19-Jul-1998 |
rnordier |
Minor consistency fixes.
|
37708 |
16-Jul-1998 |
rnordier |
Reverse charnier's changes to usage.
|
37707 |
16-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Make it compile again in the !__STDC__ case. Found by: Bruce.
|
37674 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. -Wall. Add -p flag in usage string (was missing).
|
37672 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use warn(). Errx(1, "malloc failed") is better than err(1, NULL).
|
37671 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes. Use warn(). cosmetic in usage() string. Translate 0 sec 1000000 usec to 1 sec 0 usec.
|
37669 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Do not uppercase first letter in syslog() string.
|
37668 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add Id. .Nm nologin -> .Nm.
|
37667 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Do not dot terminate syslog() strings. Remove unused #includes. Add rcsid. -Wall.
|
37666 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Do not dot terminate syslog() string. Remove unused #includes. Add rcsid. -Wall.
|
37665 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes. Short usage() string, see man page for details.
|
37664 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add prototypes. Check malloc() return value. Use err(). Remove unused #includes Do not \n nor dot terminate syslog()/err() messages. -Wall.
|
37663 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct improper use of .Sm. Document -d flag. Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes. Add usage(). Use warnx(). Correct spelling. Abort when malloc() fails.
|
37661 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
.Nm mount_union -> .Nm.
|
37660 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Use .Ar when appropriate. Remove unused #includes. Typos.
|
37658 |
15-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Remove unused #includes.
|
37650 |
15-Jul-1998 |
jkoshy |
Fix inconsistent port numbering in man page.
PR: 7250 Submitted-by: Norihiro Kumagai <kuma@jp.freebsd.org>
|
37635 |
14-Jul-1998 |
jkoshy |
Make `dump' exit codes confirm to manual page.
PR: 5346 Style-check-by: bde
|
37633 |
14-Jul-1998 |
jkoshy |
Add $Id$.
PR: 7249
|
37529 |
09-Jul-1998 |
phk |
The '-h' option cannot toggle the kernel from a serial console if the kernel was built with COMCONSOLE
PR: 7202 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Greg A. Woods <woods@zeus.leitch.com>
|
37526 |
09-Jul-1998 |
jkoshy |
Add a CAVEAT section documenting the minimum permissions required for a mount point to be traversable in both directions by all users.
PR: 7172
|
37523 |
09-Jul-1998 |
jdp |
Fix a bug that prevented the restoration of hard links to files that had the schg flag set. Reported by Matthew Thyer <thyerm@camtech.net.au>.
|
37448 |
06-Jul-1998 |
rnordier |
Activate newfs_msdos.
|
37447 |
06-Jul-1998 |
rnordier |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r37446, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
37445 |
06-Jul-1998 |
bde |
ioctl() request args are unsigned longs, so don't attempt to store them as ints. Among other bugs, doing so at best caused benign overflow followed by fatal sign extension on machines with 32-bit ints and 64-bit longs.
|
37443 |
06-Jul-1998 |
bde |
Restored rev.1.11, which I somehow clobbered in rev.1.12.
|
37429 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid and remove unused #includes.
|
37428 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
-Wall.
|
37427 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Sync usage string and man page. Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Remove unused #includes.
|
37426 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm.
|
37425 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Remove unused #includes. Spelling. Add rcsid. Do not dot terminate err() strings.
|
37424 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Spelling.
|
37423 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid, remove unused #includes, spelling.
|
37422 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Remove unused #include. Add usage().
|
37421 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes, use err(3).
|
37420 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. remove unused #includes. Getopt returns -1 not EOF. Add usage(). Cosmetics in err(3) string.
|
37419 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Lowercase 1st char. in err(3) strings.
|
37418 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
remoce unused #include.
|
37417 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct .Nm use. Add rcsid. Use min for minutes instead of mn.
|
37416 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Update man page to allow adding address_family when -l is used (this is a no op for now). Correct use of .Nm. Short usage string (see man page for full list). Spelling. Use err(3).
|
37415 |
06-Jul-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm, use .Bx Free for FreeBSD. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Spelling. Use err(3) and add usage().
|
37409 |
06-Jul-1998 |
julian |
Support for IPFW based transparent forwarding. Any packet that can be matched by a ipfw rule can be redirected transparently to another port or machine. Redirection to another port mostly makes sense with tcp, where a session can be set up between a proxy and an unsuspecting client. Redirection to another machine requires that the other machine also be expecting to receive the forwarded packets, as their headers will not have been modified.
/sbin/ipfw must be recompiled!!!
Reviewed by: Peter Wemm <peter@freebsd.org> Submitted by: Chrisy Luke <chrisy@flix.net>
|
37374 |
04-Jul-1998 |
brian |
Make things clearer. Submitted (some time ago) by: Ted Mittelstaedt <tedm@portsoft.com>
|
37368 |
04-Jul-1998 |
brian |
Suggest port 8668 rather than 6668 for natd. 6668 is IRC.
|
37278 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3) and check spelling. Reorganize man page.
|
37277 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Split usage string.
|
37276 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Document -r flag, document use of TAPE env variable. Add rcsid. Use err(3). Remove unused vars (-Wall).
|
37275 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Do not dot terminate SEE ALSO list. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Err(3) messages should start with a lowercase letter.
|
37274 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add SYNOPSIS section and change NULL to NUL in man page. Add rcsid, missing #includes. Use err(3).
|
37273 |
30-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3).
|
37266 |
29-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Don't assume that time_t is long.
|
37253 |
29-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Fix bogon in man page. "-o conn" actually turns off NFSMNT_NOCONN as it is a "negative" option. This makes it equivalent to /not/ specifying "-c". The compile time default is /not/ to have the NFSMNT_NOCONN flag set, so "-o conn" should never be needed---truly a deprecated option :-).
PR: 6905.
|
37244 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37243 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37242 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors, scanf format errors and scanf error handling.
|
37241 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37240 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors. Sure is dusty here.
|
37239 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37238 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37237 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37236 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37235 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37234 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37233 |
28-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Fixed printf format errors.
|
37157 |
25-Jun-1998 |
wpaul |
A long time ago I hacked mountd so that it would deal intelligently with export lines where the same hostname was specified more than once (this happens a lot with netgroups sometimes). Recently I discovered that it needs to be hacked to deal with multiple instances of the same IP address too.
I've been using this modification locally for several months with no hassles.
|
37055 |
19-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Fixes per PR 2850: (a) Note that the default securelevel value is -1, in -current and -stable. (b) Mention kernel sysctl variable that controls securelevel. (c) Add warning the `fsck' will fail if securelevel >= 2. (d) Suggest end of /etc/rc as the right place to raise securelevel.
and one spelling fix.
PR: 2850
|
37030 |
17-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Remove reference to non-existent htable(8).
PR: 6940
|
37004 |
15-Jun-1998 |
joerg |
Oops, the previous commit missed one line of code.
|
37003 |
15-Jun-1998 |
joerg |
Watch out for null hostnames in netgroup entries, to avoid dumping core. This happens if someone tries to export to a netgroup like:
mygroup (,,mynisdomain)
|
37001 |
15-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Use .Bl/.El for enumerating options. Use .An. Correct formatting of rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Do not use memory after freeing it.
|
37000 |
15-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3).
|
36999 |
15-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Capitalize at the start of sentence. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use `dumpon' instead of argv[0].
|
36998 |
15-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes.
|
36997 |
15-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes.
|
36910 |
12-Jun-1998 |
peter |
Force -DFREEBSD_AOUT incase ldconfig is being compiled under elf. Without this, <link.h> defines stuff for elf linking which is not what ldconfig needs.
|
36772 |
08-Jun-1998 |
bde |
Print the write counts if they are nonzero even if we're mounted readonly, since they tell us about previous write activity.
Use the correct format to print the write counts.
|
36758 |
08-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Use err(3).
|
36756 |
08-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Use warnx()+fprintf() to handle multi-line messages. Correct K&R support and KNF continuation indent rule. Requested by: Bruce.
|
36743 |
08-Jun-1998 |
danny |
Fix typo: exit -> exist
|
36730 |
07-Jun-1998 |
thepish |
PR: docs/3636 Submitted by: Gary Palmer gpalmer@FreeBSD.ORG Add mention of the 1024-character line length limit on the netgroup database.
|
36713 |
06-Jun-1998 |
jb |
Fix an alignment problem on alpha by doing a bytewise copy.
|
36681 |
05-Jun-1998 |
julian |
Reviewed by: Kirk Mckusick (mckusick@mckusick.com) Submitted by: luoqi Chen fix a type in fsck. (also add a comment that got picked up by mistake but is worth adding)
|
36650 |
04-Jun-1998 |
steve |
Fix a spelling error.
PR: 6857 Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <josh@quick.net>
|
36634 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Use .Pa for filenames. Use .Bl/.El in FILES section. Remove unused #includes.
|
36632 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Add section number to .Xr. Use of .Nm. Typo. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes. Use err(3).
|
36630 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct .Nm. Spelling. Add rcsid, remove unused #includes. Add usage(). Do not dot-terminate errx() strings.
|
36628 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm, use .Bl/.El in FILES section. Add rcsid. Remove unused #includes and make it a little more -Wall-friendly.
|
36626 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add section number to .Xr. Add rcsid, usage(). Use err(3).
|
36625 |
04-Jun-1998 |
charnier |
Correct use of .Nm. Add missing .El. Add rcsid. Remove unused #include.
|
36601 |
03-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Spelling corrections.
PR: 6829 Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <josh@quick.net>
|
36597 |
03-Jun-1998 |
jkoshy |
Correct typo.
PR: 6844 Submitted by: Adrian Filipi-Martin <adrian@ubergeeks.com>
|
36570 |
01-Jun-1998 |
peter |
SUBDIR += ldconfig
|
36567 |
01-Jun-1998 |
peter |
Build ldconfig in /sbin environment directly, rather than under the gnu ld directory. The rcs files were repository copied.
|
36498 |
31-May-1998 |
bde |
Fixed overflow in the calculation of the number of inodes per group for filesystems with almost the maximum number of sectors. The maxiumum is 2^31, but overflow is common for that size, and overflow normally occurred here at size (2^31 - 4096).
|
36461 |
29-May-1998 |
jkoshy |
Use the correct macro for file names. Remove empty `HISTORY' section.
PR: 6780 Submitted by: Yoshishige Arai <ryo2@on.rim.or.jp>
|
36414 |
27-May-1998 |
jkoshy |
Correct manual page, based on feedback from Bruce Evans.
Reviewed by: Bruce Evans <bde@freebsd.org>
|
36397 |
26-May-1998 |
sos |
ELF preparation step 2:
Move a.out libraries to /usr/lib/aout to make space for ELF libs. Make rtld usr /usr/lib/aout as default library path. Make ldconfig reject /usr/lib as an a.out library path. Fix various Makefiles for LIBDIR!=/usr/lib breakage.
This will after a make world & reboot give a system that no longer uses /usr/lib/*, infact one could remove all the old libraries there, they are not used anymore.
We are getting close to an ELF make world, but I'll let this all settle for a week or two...
|
36378 |
25-May-1998 |
fenner |
Use select() timeouts instead of SIGALRM to schedule packet transmission. Fixes bin/6649 and removes the last abusive signal handler. Use SO_TIMESTAMP to get the kernel to timestamp packets on reception. Fixes bin/5658 and provides slightly better accuracy. Explicitly zero and terminate the IP options when using -R.
PR: bin/5658 PR: bin/6649
|
36365 |
25-May-1998 |
jkoshy |
Manual page fix: add cross references, refer to ``dumpdev'' variable in "/etc/rc.conf".
PR: 6117 Submitted by: Mark Mayo <mark@vmunix.com>
|
36357 |
25-May-1998 |
steve |
Revert the previous fix. As it turns out Warner Losh is working a better fix.
|
36350 |
25-May-1998 |
steve |
Attempt to stop another DoS attack related to ping flooding.
PR: 6649 Submitted by: Jason Young <doogie@forbidden-donut.anet-stl.com>
|
36262 |
20-May-1998 |
jraynard |
Fix typo in prompt.
|
36185 |
19-May-1998 |
danny |
Reminded by: Alex Nash Bring man page up to date with -q flag behaviour.
|
36179 |
19-May-1998 |
phk |
Make the size of the msgbuf (dmesg) a "normal" option.
|
36178 |
19-May-1998 |
peter |
Support changing the attribute cache limits per-mount. We don't have many option letters left, I used long names only (like the previous port= option)
|
36170 |
19-May-1998 |
max |
Typo fix.
|
36145 |
18-May-1998 |
jb |
Make this safe for an alpha build, leaving out just about everything that has some sort of kernel issue associated with it.
|
36134 |
17-May-1998 |
dt |
Remove extraneous ")" from output.
|
36115 |
17-May-1998 |
fenner |
Turn on TCP_NODELAY on the remote socket, to turn off sender silly window syndrome avoidance. The combination of SWS avoidance and ack-every-other causes low throughput if the block size divided by the MSS is odd (which is true with the default block size and MSS). Turning on TCP_NODELAY disables the Nagle algorithm and sender SWS avoidance. The rdump request/response protocol can not invoke Nagle and cannot cause SWS, so this has no negative effects.
|
36089 |
16-May-1998 |
jb |
When a timeval is stored at the beginning of icmp_data, the fields are unaligned for access by the alpha, so copy the value to a variable that is aligned.
When checking the returned data, be careful to avoid confusing the size of the icmp header with the size of a timeval. On i386 these are both 8, but on alpha, a timeval is 16 bytes. This means that a packet sent from an alpha contains 48 bytes of data, not 56 like on i386.
|
36065 |
15-May-1998 |
danny |
PR: 6641 Submitted by: Andre Albsmeier <andre.albsmeier@mchp.siemens.de> Make -q work for zeroing a specific rule.
|
36016 |
13-May-1998 |
phk |
The SYNOPSYS of mount_umap(8) says
mount_umap [-o options] target mount-point uid-mapfile gid-mapfile
This should read
mount_umap [-o options] -u uid-mapfile -g gid-mapfile target mount-point
PR: 6586 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Amakawa Shuhei amakawa@hoh.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp
|
36015 |
13-May-1998 |
phk |
The description of the format of the id mapfile is wrong. You have to write an original-id and a local-id in the other way around.
PR: 6593 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Amakawa Shuhei <amakawa@hoh.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>
|
35939 |
11-May-1998 |
peter |
Fix PR 1607, hopefully without breaking the PR 5208 fixes.
umount() was trying to stat() the mountpoint, this would fail if the mountpoint was a NFS mountpoint, and the fallback code would try and pass a hostname:/dir path as the mountpoint to unmount(2), which would fail.
This whole stat() of the name supplied on the command line business is trouble as it'll wedge on a hung NFS mount.
I'm not entirely sure why we are not simply looking up both arguments in the mount table and doing the right thing without accessing the filesystem. It seems that we're going to a lot of trouble to allow mountpoints on symlinks and other wierd things.
PR: 1607
|
35911 |
10-May-1998 |
steve |
Fix minor typo.
PR: 6571 Submitted by: Stephen J. Roznowski <sjr@home.net>
|
35852 |
09-May-1998 |
jkh |
Well, nobody objected, so here's my -u (unlink) flag to restore.
|
35734 |
05-May-1998 |
charnier |
Add usage() and rcsid. Getopt() returns -1 not EOF. Remove unused #includes. Use .An/.Aq in man page.
|
35583 |
01-May-1998 |
peter |
Mention the 2GB NFS v2 filesize limit.
PR: 6335 Submitted by: tom@sdf.com
|
35582 |
01-May-1998 |
peter |
Don't give examples or use the depreciated usage to nfsd
PR: 5635
|
35469 |
26-Apr-1998 |
phk |
say a few words about the -b option.
Reviewed by: Bill Trost <trost@cloud.rain.com>
|
35468 |
26-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Add warning about root-fs blocksize expectations. PR: 4485 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Kees Jan Koster <kjk1@ukc.ac.uk>
|
35379 |
22-Apr-1998 |
phk |
When ipfw reads its rules from an input file, the optind variable is not reinitialized to 1 after calling getopt. This results in parsing errors on all but the first rule. An added patch also allows '#' comments at the end of a line.
PR: 6379 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Neal Fachan <kneel@ishiboo.com>
|
35341 |
20-Apr-1998 |
rnordier |
Check bytes read to prevent random error message.
|
35306 |
19-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Problem whith "subnet=" statement in /etc/gateways. routed discards the first character of the network address. Example: "subnet=10.0.0.0/24,1" The network address is interpreted as 0.0.0.0/24,1. PR: 4825 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Mike E. Matsnev <mike@azog.cs.msu.su>
|
35266 |
18-Apr-1998 |
brian |
Fix incorrect flag spec PR: 6339 (part of) Submitted by: Chris Dillon <cdillon@wolves.k12.mo.us>
|
35216 |
15-Apr-1998 |
phk |
If ping write fails with short packet count, the error message prints the two numbers backwards. PR: 6313 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Archie Cobbs
|
35151 |
12-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Remove these copies, they now live the right place.
|
35150 |
12-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Change noc-tun to nos-tun after Peter did the repository copy to cover up the tracks of my blunder.
|
35142 |
11-Apr-1998 |
ache |
Implement Helbig idea of offset calculation reducing mktime() calls Immediately exit if /etc/wall_cmos_clock not present
|
35138 |
11-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Add noc-tun to list
|
35137 |
11-Apr-1998 |
phk |
Program which implements "nos" alias "ka9q" alias "IP-IP" tunnels.
PR: 1154 Reviewed by: phk Manpage by: phk Submitted by: Nickolay N. Dudorov nnd@itfs.nsk.su
|
35105 |
08-Apr-1998 |
wosch |
New mount option nosymfollow. If enabled, the kernel lookup() function will not follow symbolic links on the mounted file system and return EACCES (Permission denied).
|
35100 |
08-Apr-1998 |
cracauer |
(evil) hackers -> crackers
|
35095 |
07-Apr-1998 |
bde |
Guess the position of the drive number in the device name better so that `fsck -p' doesn't check multiple slices on the same drive concurrently. Don't invoke undefined behaviour when searching for the drive number in strange device names.
PR: 6129 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Yuichi MATSUTAKA <matutaka@osa.att.ne.jp>, but rewritten by me.
|
34998 |
02-Apr-1998 |
imp |
Add aback in a line a accidentally killed in my last commit. Submitted by: Bill Fenner
|
34995 |
02-Apr-1998 |
eivind |
Make this compile (and seemingly work).
|
34976 |
01-Apr-1998 |
imp |
A fairly rare possible buffer overflow: Theo fixed this and tqbf reported it Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
34963 |
30-Mar-1998 |
phk |
Pickup _time_second instead of _time
|
34960 |
30-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Add workaround suggestion for 'nonexistent time' diagnostic
|
34952 |
29-Mar-1998 |
obrien |
Add NTFS partition type. Add "." at the end of some sentances. Also print "flag 80" in English. Give hint that "sysid" for FreeBSD is 165 decimal. Ensure active partition specified by user is 1-4.
|
34910 |
27-Mar-1998 |
peter |
Don't print the 'writes: sync & async' stuff if we're mounted readonly or if the fs isn't keeping the stats..
|
34851 |
23-Mar-1998 |
jkh |
The logic in tape.c:getfile() doesn't allow for a filesystem with a blocksize smaller than the tape block size. The problem seems to be most easily fixed by changeing where fssize is set.
PR: 5704 Submitted by: David Malone <dwmalone@maths.tcd.ie>
|
34809 |
23-Mar-1998 |
charnier |
.Sh AUTHOR -> .Sh AUTHORS. Use .An/.Aq.
|
34795 |
23-Mar-1998 |
danny |
PR: 6104 Submitted by: Anatoly Vorobey <mellon@pobox.com> Fix typo
|
34753 |
21-Mar-1998 |
peter |
Initial bmake scaffolding for ipfilter userland stuff.
Obtained from: large chunks stolen from OpenBSD and NetBSD
|
34691 |
19-Mar-1998 |
eivind |
Make 'ifconfig -l ether' only list Ethernet interfaces. This is useful, intuitive, and match the old comments in the source. Previously, 'ifconfig -l ether' and 'ifconfig -l' were equal.
|
34674 |
19-Mar-1998 |
charnier |
Use .An/.Aq.
|
34673 |
19-Mar-1998 |
charnier |
.Sh AUTHOR -> .Sh AUTHORS. Use .An/.Aq.
|
34582 |
14-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Add more DOS/Win95 partition types
|
34554 |
13-Mar-1998 |
jb |
Some things only work on i386.
|
34538 |
13-Mar-1998 |
alex |
Get the arguments to show_usage right (like the MFC'ed code in -stable).
Submitted by: bde
|
34438 |
09-Mar-1998 |
andreas |
set timeout to 4 hours, large disks take a long time to low level format.
|
34333 |
08-Mar-1998 |
jdp |
Fix a type mismatch between a scanf format string and the corresponding argument.
|
34322 |
08-Mar-1998 |
steve |
Make this compile again.
PR: 5948 Submitted by: Brian Feldman
|
34304 |
08-Mar-1998 |
msmith |
If we are mounting the root filesystem, and we're accessing it through something that might refer to the compatability slice rather than the correct slice entry, try all the possible slice entries first.
This is a compatability hack to deal with the case where the kernel has correctly mounted the root filesystem out of its slice, but the user has not updated their /etc/fstab file to reflect this. A diagnostic is emitted if the mount succeeds, indicating that the file should be updated.
This is a prelude to fixing the kernel to behave as alluded to above. Reviewed by: (discussed with) julian, phk
|
34266 |
08-Mar-1998 |
julian |
Reviewed by: dyson@freebsd.org (john Dyson), dg@root.com (david greenman) Submitted by: Kirk McKusick (mcKusick@mckusick.com) Obtained from: WHistle development tree
|
34209 |
07-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Oops, merge back 32bit fat description from -stable. It was added to -stable but not to -current, strange.
|
34148 |
07-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Add primary fat-32
|
34033 |
04-Mar-1998 |
phk |
If numdirs is zero, print a helpful message instead of divding by zero later.
|
34001 |
02-Mar-1998 |
jraynard |
Don't assume sigset_t and int are equivalent.
|
33956 |
01-Mar-1998 |
joerg |
Andreas Klemm reported that 2 hours are too few to format a 9 GB Barracuda. Bump the timeout to 3 hours.
|
33941 |
01-Mar-1998 |
ache |
Add more info about special characters in dos2unix/unix2dos tables
|
33831 |
25-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Minimize clock drift between getting and setting time Submitted by: bde
|
33775 |
24-Feb-1998 |
bde |
Fixed annoying warning for unused sccsid.
|
33771 |
23-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add more info about -W option
|
33770 |
23-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Note that default local charset assumed as ISO 8859-1
|
33769 |
23-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Implement loadable DOS<->local conversion tables for DOS names Additionly load toupper table to create DOS names always in uppercase
|
33761 |
23-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Implement loadable upper->lower local conversion table Recently introduced -w renamed to -W
|
33759 |
23-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add missing DESTDIR
|
33749 |
22-Feb-1998 |
ache |
Add loadable local<->Unicode conversion support for Win95 names Note: DOS names still not work and require similar changes
|
33659 |
20-Feb-1998 |
jb |
Remove the casts on signal() returns and compare the returned value with SIG_ERR to detect the error case.
Suggested by: bde.
|
33549 |
18-Feb-1998 |
jkh |
Support for FAT32 partitions. Submitted by: Dmitrij Tejblum <dima@tejblum.dnttm.rssi.ru> Obtained from: NetBSD
|
33304 |
13-Feb-1998 |
bde |
Converted putfsent() to Lite2 mount interface - don't use numeric filesystem types.
|
33260 |
12-Feb-1998 |
alex |
Alter ipfw's behavior with respect to fragmented packets when the packet offset is non-zero:
- Do not match fragmented packets if the rule specifies a port or TCP flags - Match fragmented packets if the rule does not specify a port and TCP flags
Since ipfw cannot examine port numbers or TCP flags for such packets, it is now illegal to specify the 'frag' option with either ports or tcpflags. Both kernel and ipfw userland utility will reject rules containing a combination of these options.
BEWARE: packets that were previously passed may now be rejected, and vice versa.
Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>
|
33199 |
10-Feb-1998 |
msmith |
Document the enhanced behaviour of the '-c' flag.
|
33139 |
06-Feb-1998 |
jhay |
opt_diagnostic.h isn't needed anymore.
|
33118 |
05-Feb-1998 |
jhay |
fsdb and fsck use the ffs code which needs opt_diagnostic.h.
|
33038 |
03-Feb-1998 |
bde |
Fixed the previous fix. The original path was annulled when it was a directory, so the error message for attempting to unmount an unmounted-on directory was more broken than before.
|
32999 |
01-Feb-1998 |
bde |
Don't define KERNEL before including <nfs/nfs.h>. It is no longer necessary. This fixes warnings about missing forward declarations for structs in kernel-only prototypes.
|
32968 |
01-Feb-1998 |
steve |
Spell 'implements' correctly.
PR: 5614 Submitted by: Dag-Erling Coidan Smorgrav <dag-erli@ifi.uio.no>
|
32967 |
01-Feb-1998 |
steve |
Revert last commit and SEE ALSO pstat(8) instead.
Submitted by: Bruce Evans
|
32894 |
30-Jan-1998 |
phk |
Retire dumplfs, mount_lfs and newlfs
|
32893 |
30-Jan-1998 |
phk |
Retire dumplfs mount_lfs newlfs
|
32856 |
29-Jan-1998 |
brian |
Make it clear that aliasing is done on the public interface, not the private one.
|
32774 |
25-Jan-1998 |
steve |
SEE ALSO swapinfo(8).
PR: 5447 Submitted by: Craig Leres <leres@ee.lbl.gov>
|
32759 |
25-Jan-1998 |
jb |
signal() returns an pointer, so must be cast to long, not int before comparing < 0.
|
32758 |
25-Jan-1998 |
jb |
read() and write() return ssize_t not int, so the first arg to atomic() should be ssize_t too.
|
32656 |
20-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Converted to Lite2 mount interface - use vfc_typenum from the already looked up vfsconf struct for nfs instead of MOUNT_NFS. Removed related FreeBSD ifdefs.
|
32645 |
20-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Removed definition of _NEW_VFSCONF. The new vfsconf interface is now the default.
|
32626 |
19-Jan-1998 |
bde |
mount(8) only uses realpath() for the mountpoint, so don't look up the real path here for the mount device (or path). This fixes difficulties unmounting devices that are actually symlinks to real devices.
Also, print the original path instead of the real path in early error messages. nfs path handling and later error messages may still be wrong, probably only in silly cases where the original path is both a symlink and a remote path.
PR: 5208
|
32623 |
19-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Don't create superblocks with size larger than SBSIZE (8192). The size was rounded up to a multiple of the fragment size, but this gave invalid file systems when the fragment size was > SBSIZE (fsck aborts early on them). Now a fragment size of 32768 seems to work (too-simple tests with fsck and iozone worked).
|
32622 |
19-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Guard against a block size of 0 in the label. When the first superblock is invalid, fsck looks at the label to help guess where the next superblock should be. If the partition type is 4.2BSD, fsck assumed that the block size was valid and divided by it, so it dumped core if the size was 0.
Initialization of the label was broken almost 3 years ago in rev.1.9 of newfs/newfs.c. Newfs does not change the label at all, so there is no problem (except the breakage of the automatic search for backup superblocks) unless something else sets the partition type to 4.2BSD. However, it is too easy to set partition types to 4.2.BSD by copying an old label or by using a disktab entry to create the label.
PR: 2537
|
32570 |
16-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Removed most unused includes of <net/if_var.h> outside the kernel.
|
32537 |
16-Jan-1998 |
bde |
Fixed some spelling errors.
|
32502 |
14-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Change exit(-1). Remove unused #include.
|
32472 |
12-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Change exit(-1), and make exit values equal to 1 when errors. Remove unused #includes.
|
32428 |
11-Jan-1998 |
darrenr |
change s_port to ntohs(s_port) for printf in DEBUG.
|
32399 |
10-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Pass an actual empty environment to execle() as per POSIX rather than rely on undocumented behavior.
The following fixes were obtained from OpenBSD:
o -Wall fixes to tlist array initialization and assignment used as truth value. o Use a restricted environment. o Improved error message when shutdown fails to exec reboot or halt.
|
32344 |
08-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Added environment parameter to execle calls.
Obtained from: NetBSD PR2737 (augustss@cs.chalmers.se) via OpenBSD
|
32330 |
08-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Bump up packet and byte counters to 64-bit unsigned ints. As a consequence, ipfw's list command now adjusts its output at runtime based on the largest packet/byte counter values.
NOTE: o The ipfw struct has changed requiring a recompile of both kernel and userland ipfw utility.
o This probably should not be brought into 2.2.
PR: 3738
|
32329 |
08-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Correct a comment from my last commit.
|
32328 |
08-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Allow 'shutdown datespec' to work into the next century. Handle dates in the 22nd century and beyond even though it's irrelevant with a 32-bit time_t which expires in the year 2038.
|
32326 |
08-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Format mismatch in error message.
Submitted by: bde
|
32313 |
07-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Remove more unused #includes. Obtained from: Bruce.
|
32303 |
07-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Support listing/showing specific rules supplied on the command line.
Use error codes from <sysexits.h>.
|
32280 |
06-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Display a better error message and use a non-zero exit code when zero/delete operations fail.
PR: 4231 Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>
|
32274 |
05-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Add rcsid. Remove uneeded #include. Use fprintf() in usage() instead of err(3) to make it print: usage: progname ...
|
32270 |
05-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Sync. usage string and synopsis. Add rcsid.
|
32269 |
05-Jan-1998 |
charnier |
Add -v in usage string. Add rcsid.
|
32219 |
03-Jan-1998 |
steve |
The default dumplevel is 0.
PR: 5413 Submitted by: NOKUBI Hirotaka <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp>
|
32206 |
03-Jan-1998 |
brian |
Correct -r and -f descriptions. Suggested by: joerg
|
32147 |
01-Jan-1998 |
alex |
Removed /etc/ld.so.conf reference from FILES section (people get confused when they can't find it), but leave the reference to it as being a standard filename (which doesn't imply that it exists).
Discussed with: jkh
|
32116 |
30-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Properly drop group privs to open file names specified by the user. Submitted by: Niall Smart rotel@indigo.ie Obtained from: OpenBSD (rev 1.7 and 1.8)
|
32107 |
30-Dec-1997 |
alex |
Added copyright (taken from natd.c).
Approved by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
32101 |
29-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Add a "scsi -f /dev/ssc -p" example and xref ssc(4). Make the other examples prettier.
|
32087 |
29-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Mention that the -r flag reprobes the entire bus on which the given device resides and that the -f flag must specify the `whole slice' if it's a disk.
|
32086 |
29-Dec-1997 |
steve |
Fix a few style nits from previous commit.
Submitted by: Bruce Evans <bde@zeta.org.au>
|
32075 |
29-Dec-1997 |
charnier |
Add missing .Ar.
|
32074 |
29-Dec-1997 |
steve |
Get md5(1) to use getopt(3). Also some minor -Wall cleaning while here.
PR: 5387 Submitted by: Matthew Hunt <mph@pobox.com>
|
32026 |
27-Dec-1997 |
alex |
Typo/$Id$ police.
|
32008 |
26-Dec-1997 |
imp |
style(9) corrections Submitted by: bde
|
31996 |
26-Dec-1997 |
alex |
Put the return value of getopt into an int, not a char.
|
31959 |
24-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Be extra paranoid about trusting the length of the data returned by gethostbyaddr. Submitted by: Julian Assange
|
31958 |
24-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Two fixes: 1) Correct strncpy usage 2) gethostbyaddr paranoia from Julian Assange
|
31956 |
24-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Minor style nit noticed by bde.
|
31955 |
24-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Be extra paranoid about trusting the length returned by gethostbyaddr. Submitted by: Julian Assange
|
31954 |
24-Dec-1997 |
imp |
Be extra paranoid about trusting the size of the address returned from gethostbyaddr. Submitted by: Julian Assange
|
31937 |
22-Dec-1997 |
eivind |
Remove unused include files
Submitted by: bde
|
31925 |
21-Dec-1997 |
max |
Typo fix in the message displayed.
|
31924 |
21-Dec-1997 |
eivind |
Remove unused private header.
Submitted by: max
|
31922 |
21-Dec-1997 |
eivind |
Remove unused private include files from slattach.
Submitted by: bde
|
31910 |
21-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Fixed overflow in chkrange(). Some out of bounds block numbers, e.g. -1, were not detected. Use a bulletproof check that doesn't depend on special properties of the args or the limit.
PR: 3528
|
31904 |
20-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Fixed style bugs in the printing of statistics after preening. Use floating point better in the percentage calculation there to avoid overflow when there are more than about 20 million fragments. Start using floating point in the other percentage calculation to avoid overflow when there are more than about 2 million fragments.
Fixed printf format strings.
Converted sccsid to rcsid.
|
31903 |
20-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Don't attempt to print the statistics for a "clean" preened filesystem when there isn't even a filesystem. Attempting to print them tended to cause SIGSEGV or SIGFPE depending on how far setup() got before it returned 0. This was broken in the previous revision by removing a return statement that the previous case depended on falling into.
PR: 4840 (fixed by this commit) PR: 2537 (possibly fixed by Lite2 merge and later changes. setup() does more checking now)
|
31877 |
19-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Fixed some FUD (don't blame current msdosfs for old msdosfs+vfs_bio bugs).
|
31856 |
19-Dec-1997 |
brian |
The ``super scsi'' device is /dev/scc. I'm not sure it's fully functional though !
|
31845 |
18-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Install sysctl in /sbin. It is used in some cases in network_pass1(), before /usr is mounted if /usr has type nfs.
|
31773 |
16-Dec-1997 |
bde |
Fixed DPADD.
|
31705 |
13-Dec-1997 |
guido |
Oops..The default behaviour should be *not* to log all succeeded requests. If you want this extra loggin, add the -l option.
|
31665 |
10-Dec-1997 |
guido |
Fix some style bugs. Submitted by: bruce
|
31660 |
10-Dec-1997 |
brian |
natd 1_10 => 1_11 Cosmetic style changes Use u_short for port values. Submitted by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
31656 |
09-Dec-1997 |
guido |
Log all failed mount attempts. Also add a flag (-l) so mountd will also log all succeeded requests to mountd.
|
31576 |
06-Dec-1997 |
brian |
Reverse my previous change and use htons() on an int instead of htonl() !
This results in the int a,b,c,d changing to b,a,c,d, but as it's subsequently coerced to a u_short, the ultimate answer is correct.
If this isn't fixed properly soon (by the author) I'll have a look at it again.
Noted by: eivind & ari@suutari.iki.fi
|
31547 |
05-Dec-1997 |
julian |
Allow ipfw to accept comments and blank lines. This makes ipfw config files a LOT more readable.
|
31468 |
01-Dec-1997 |
steve |
Add mount_devfs(8) to the SEE ALSO section.
PR: 5125
|
31376 |
24-Nov-1997 |
obrien |
Fix syntax error for the mount_mfs example. Also update to a more realistic example.
|
31214 |
18-Nov-1997 |
jdp |
Add missing argument detected by "-Wformat".
|
31208 |
18-Nov-1997 |
jdp |
Fix missing arguments detected by "-Wformat".
|
31206 |
18-Nov-1997 |
jdp |
Fix two missing arguments detected by "-Wformat".
|
31148 |
13-Nov-1997 |
brian |
Use htonl() rather than htons().
|
31144 |
13-Nov-1997 |
julian |
Reviewed by: hackers@freebsd.org in general Obtained from: Whistle Communications tree
Add an option to the way UFS works dependent on the SUID bit of directories This changes makes things a whole lot simpler on systems running as fileservers for PCs and MACS. to enable the new code you must 1/ enable option SUIDDIR on the kernel. 2/ mount the filesystem with option suiddir. hopefully this makes it difficult enough for people to do this accidentally. see the new chmod(2) man page for detailed info.
|
30757 |
27-Oct-1997 |
steve |
Fix a misleading comment.
PR: bin/4861 Submitted by: Alex <garbanzo@hooked.net>
|
30722 |
26-Oct-1997 |
jmg |
use += on cflags
Submitted-by: Steve Price <sprice@hiwaay.net>
|
30693 |
24-Oct-1997 |
markm |
Make this part of the 'krb' distribution if it is being built as the Kerberised version.
|
30692 |
24-Oct-1997 |
markm |
Make this part of the 'krb' distribution.
|
30684 |
24-Oct-1997 |
jmg |
fix mispelling of kld
|
30627 |
21-Oct-1997 |
jmg |
a few code style changes: o start function names in column 1 o sort order of flags in getopt and switch o don't try to reference progname o unspam some changes introduced by a 2.2.1-R build box instead of a -current build box
doc changes: o document when these commands first appeared o put email address in angle brakets o minor mdoc clean up
|
30622 |
21-Oct-1997 |
bde |
Don't install mount_msdos setuid root. Lite2's mount(2) handles permissions centrally and a setuid root mount utility just breaks its security. There was no new breakage in practice because mfdosfs_mount() still checks the ruid.
|
30602 |
20-Oct-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Change err(-1,... to err(1,...
|
30580 |
19-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Introduce a -N option that disables the use of reserved ports, now that -P is on by default. Remove do-nothing code in the -P case (but leave the option itself for backward compatibility).
PR: bin/4500
|
30573 |
19-Oct-1997 |
jmg |
activate the programs that will be used to manipulate kld modules
fix a few problems with missing headers, warn called with an exit value, and undeclared getopt vars
these programs now compile -Wall clean (and yes, I know I should use more than just -Wall) :)
|
30568 |
19-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Fix the man page description about what will go into an incremental backup.
PR: docs/4785 Submitted by: Matthew Dillon
|
30554 |
18-Oct-1997 |
brian |
Add -redirect_port and -redirect_address to the synopsis.
|
30459 |
16-Oct-1997 |
peter |
Make the supported media info output the default. The -m switch is now accepted for backwards compatability.
Suggested by: davidg
|
30449 |
15-Oct-1997 |
max |
Remove Xref to format(8) which does not exist.
|
30341 |
12-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Do not account the tape change time for ETA estimations.
PR: bin/4369 Submitted by: blank@fox.uni-trier.de (Sascha Blank)
|
30338 |
12-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
The unit for the B option is 1 KB, not `dump records'.
PR: docs/4223
|
30304 |
11-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
Enable spppcontrol.
|
30303 |
11-Oct-1997 |
joerg |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r30302, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
30272 |
10-Oct-1997 |
peter |
This has always bugged me. At single user, the implied example it gives is not valid - it says that "sh" is the default, but you can't actually type "sh" at this prompt - it has to be /bin/sh or some other full pathname.
|
30059 |
02-Oct-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Change firewall to firewall_enable in man page according to /etc/rc.conf.
|
29988 |
29-Sep-1997 |
wosch |
Sort cross refereces in section SEE ALSO.
|
29920 |
28-Sep-1997 |
markm |
Changes for the new KTH KerberosIV
|
29919 |
28-Sep-1997 |
markm |
Changes for the new KTH KerberosIV.
|
29890 |
27-Sep-1997 |
kato |
Add noclusterr and noclusterw options. The noclusterr and noclusterw disable clustered read and write, respectively.
Reviewed by: bde
|
29882 |
27-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Spell out a few things for the media options.
|
29582 |
18-Sep-1997 |
phk |
Fix bad assumptions about types. PR: 1649 Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Jason Thorpe <thorpej@nas.nasa.gov>
|
29574 |
18-Sep-1997 |
phk |
Many places in the code NULL is used in integer context, where plain 0 should be used. This happens to work because we #define NULL to 0, but is stylistically wrong and can cause problems for people trying to port bits of code to other environments.
PR: 2752 Submitted by: Arne Henrik Juul <arnej@imf.unit.no>
|
29562 |
18-Sep-1997 |
charnier |
Typo.
|
29321 |
13-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Some tweaks to get this to cope with ELF where the address space starts higher up in memory (0x0800000 upwards) rather than near zero (0x1000 for our qmagic a.out format). The method that mount_mfs uses to allocate the memory within data size rlimits for the ram disk is entirely too much of a kludge for my liking. I mean, if it's run as root, surely it makes sense to just raise the resource limits to infinity or something, and if it's a non-root user mount (do these work? with mfs?) it could just fail if it's outside limits.
|
29317 |
12-Sep-1997 |
jlemon |
If a host in an export line in /etc/exports (or within a netgroup on an export line) is unresolvable, make a note of it via syslog and skip that individual host instead of skipping the entire line.
PR: 1981, 815 Perused by: joerg
|
29314 |
12-Sep-1997 |
danny |
Fix typo in comment.
|
29271 |
10-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Mention the IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT option and it's effect on rule 65535
|
29270 |
10-Sep-1997 |
peter |
Fix typo (65434 -> 65534)
|
29244 |
09-Sep-1997 |
jmg |
tell dset how to save the pnp info in the kernel...
|
29163 |
06-Sep-1997 |
brian |
Ingored incoming packets are now dropped when deny_incoming option is set to yes. Submitted by: Ari Suutari <ari@suutari.iki.fi>
|
28956 |
31-Aug-1997 |
eivind |
Fix my e-mail address. Old work addres is no good.
|
28935 |
30-Aug-1997 |
jmg |
fix a few spelling changes
Submitted by: Josh Gilliam
Closes PR's: 4429, 4431-4438
PS: He has agreed to submit all contrib fixes back to the original author.
|
28917 |
30-Aug-1997 |
kato |
Added hw.machine_arch.
|
28911 |
29-Aug-1997 |
guido |
Plug info agthering attack as pointed out on Bugtraq recently. Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
28771 |
26-Aug-1997 |
imp |
.Xr vnconfig 8. This was suggested by Dworkin Muller <dworkin@village.org> when he tried to figure out how to swap to a file and had to ask me for help.
|
28740 |
25-Aug-1997 |
bde |
Fixed an example.
|
28738 |
25-Aug-1997 |
bde |
Removed duplicate MOPT_FORCE and sorted the first one. Rev.1.5 and Lite2 messed up the ordering differently.
|
28735 |
25-Aug-1997 |
bde |
Moved getmntops() stuff back to mntopt.h so that it is visible in other mount utilities.
|
28734 |
25-Aug-1997 |
bde |
Backed out previous commit - don't clobber the (normally equivalent) default for NOSHARED.
|
28731 |
25-Aug-1997 |
bde |
Support all mount flags that are supported in the kernel.
|
28719 |
25-Aug-1997 |
jmg |
add Id line (so that the commit on RELENG_2_2 will have it too)
|
28672 |
24-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Forgot to cvs add this new file.
|
28671 |
24-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Try to avoid mounting filesystems multiple times. Also while I'm here do some -Wall cleaning.
PR: kern/1839 Reviewed and corrected by: joerg
|
28658 |
24-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
Mention the various reasons for messages of the form:
xxxxx filesystem is not available
Inspired by: PR 3311, and a following discussion with Mikhail
|
28648 |
24-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
Make it explicit that arguments to -c are in hex, while other numbers are in usual "C" notation.
Also fixed the examples section.
PR: 3313
|
28644 |
24-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Always include the section name in the .Xr macro and cleanup .Nm macro usage.
PR: docs/3940 Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp>
|
28633 |
23-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Remove the reference to the nonexistant dump(5) manpage.
PR: docs/3704
|
28629 |
23-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Protect against target containing a '%' which might be misinterpreted by err(3).
PR: bin/3864
|
28613 |
23-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
Make the daemon process a true daemon by calling setsid().
PR: bin/3202 Submitted by: Dmitrij Tejblum <dima@tejblum.dnttm.rssi.ru>
|
28589 |
22-Aug-1997 |
jmg |
another -I/sys to -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys
|
28559 |
22-Aug-1997 |
peter |
Add -R (rescan or refresh) option to rescan and rebuild the hints file based on the previous list of directories stored there which should overcome a weakness of the '-m' switch which can only add libs. This is an ideal way of updating the hints list after adding or removing a shlib since it will remove entries that are gone and doesn't need to have all the directories spelled out each time. (eg: rm -f /usr/lib/libtcl75*; ldconfig -R) This only works for version 2 hints files (which we've been generating for a year or so) which store the path.
|
28556 |
21-Aug-1997 |
jlemon |
Enable simultaneous use of -u and -p options. Release any resources before calling post-processing script. PR: 2864 Submitted by: Mike Spengler <mks@msc.edu>
|
28506 |
21-Aug-1997 |
danny |
Bring comment on '-a' flag in line with reality.
|
28458 |
20-Aug-1997 |
steve |
Fix a typo and while here cleanup the use of the .Nm macro.
PR: docs/4339 Submitted by: Matthew Hunt <mph@pobox.com>
|
28351 |
18-Aug-1997 |
davidn |
".if exists(${CURDIR}/../../secure)" rather than testing relative to the object directory.
|
28344 |
18-Aug-1997 |
davidn |
Test that rc.shutdown exists before attempting to run it - silently return success if it doesn't to prevent any unwanted error msgs.
|
28059 |
11-Aug-1997 |
fenner |
Add an ntohs() and format an IP address with inet_ntoa() when printing the details of a received ICMP packet.
PR: bin/3766 Submitted by: denny1@home.com (Denton Gentry)
|
28045 |
10-Aug-1997 |
brian |
- Buffer space problem found by Sergio Lenzi <lenzi@bsi.com.br> fixed. Natd now waits with select(2) for buffer space to become available if write fails. - Packet aliasing library upgraded to 2.2.
Submitted by: Ari Suutari <suutari@iki.fi>
|
28034 |
10-Aug-1997 |
joerg |
If, in a level N dump, the file with the inode number X is a non-directory file with more than one link to it, but in a level M > N dump, the file with the inode number X is a plain file, "restore", when restoring the level M dump, won't remove all the hard links to the old file.
Submitted by: guy@netapp.com (Guy Harris)
|
27981 |
08-Aug-1997 |
alex |
Support interface names up to 15 characters in length. In order to accommodate the expanded name, the ICMP types bitmap has been reduced from 256 bits to 32.
A recompile of kernel and user level ipfw is required.
To be merged into 2.2 after a brief period in -current.
PR: bin/4209 Reviewed by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>
|
27945 |
07-Aug-1997 |
julian |
don't lose track of how many packets we've sent if we get 'host unreachable'. (or any other errors than ENOBUFS) makes -c work again even if you can't get there.. This really needs a rework..
|
27942 |
06-Aug-1997 |
ache |
runshutdown(): get rid of getdtablesize loop, it gains nothing now but can waste time if many descriptors are available
|
27941 |
06-Aug-1997 |
ache |
rc.shutdown fixes: 1) revoke -> HUP 2) controlling terminal already present 3) add missing setprocresources call
|
27837 |
02-Aug-1997 |
davidn |
Add /etc/rc.shutdown capability to init. Add sample /etc/rc.shutdown (which is just a shell for now). Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>
|
27667 |
25-Jul-1997 |
brian |
Allow service names as the divert/tee arg.
|
27533 |
20-Jul-1997 |
bde |
Cleaned up revisions 1.22 and 1.23. Fixed minor bugs in revisions 1.12 and 1.23 (variables assigned to in signal handlers weren't declared as volatile).
|
27508 |
18-Jul-1997 |
wollman |
Calculate and print out the standard deviation of the round trip times. This isn't necessarily the best statistic, but it is by far the easiest to calculate. Update the man page to be more explicit about precisely which statistics are printed out. Revert some of jmg's bogus man page changes from rev 1.11.
|
27503 |
18-Jul-1997 |
julian |
Check if routed had the same problems that route(1) had. The answer is not really, but almost. it sent data that was ok, though it was a hack, but it was bug-compatible with the kernel on receiving them. This also had been fixed with a hack.. I hacked it better I think.
|
27500 |
18-Jul-1997 |
julian |
fix what appears to me to be absolutle bogus code to do with netmasks.. we fed totally bogus data into the kernel to do with default routes and it just believed us. this led to: 1/ kernel panics 2/ the default route refusing to be deleted or added (depending on a number of factors, usually it worked ok.)
|
27447 |
16-Jul-1997 |
dfr |
Merge WebNFS support from NetBSD.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
27372 |
13-Jul-1997 |
bde |
Removed "hack to prevent overflow of a 32bit block number". Lite2 has a better hack in ffs_vfsops.c. The hack here restricted the maximum file size to 2^39 bytes (512GB). fs_bsize * 2^31 - 1 (16TB for the default blocksize of 8K) would have been better. There is no good way to remove this limit on old BSD4.4 file systems.
|
27369 |
13-Jul-1997 |
peter |
kill the undead
|
27354 |
13-Jul-1997 |
sef |
Fix a problem introduced with a recent change that caused a hang with unreachable hosts. Note that most of this consists of telling SIGINT and SIGALRM to interrupt the system call, instead of restarting them. Also try to get rid of some potential races Bruce didn't like; hopefully they aren't a problem (potential or otherwise) now.
Reviewed by: julian
|
27334 |
11-Jul-1997 |
jkh |
Allow ldconfig to accept files (containing directory paths) as well as directory paths. Reviewed by: jkh & jdp Submitted by: Hans Zuidam <hans@brandinnovators.com>
|
27301 |
09-Jul-1997 |
julian |
don't count packets as being transmitted when we know that the sendto() failed (e.g. ENOBUFS)
|
27299 |
09-Jul-1997 |
julian |
ping called printf() from a signal handler.. this is a NO-NO
re-arange to just set a "please die immediatly" flag in the signal handler and handle this in the normal thread.
also handle ping -f better on slow links by backing off a bit when we get a ENOBUFFS from the sendto().
|
27275 |
08-Jul-1997 |
ache |
Move logwtmp(shutdown) call before any real action in death().
|
27215 |
05-Jul-1997 |
ache |
1. Replace malloc+bzero by calloc 2. Revoke internal active session list only now, not whole /etc/ttys
|
27211 |
05-Jul-1997 |
ache |
Add -D_NEW_VFSCONF to eliminate compilation warning
|
27201 |
05-Jul-1997 |
bde |
Document recent changes (config files and -D...) and not so recent changes (bios drive number...).
Submitted by: mostly by yokota
|
27197 |
04-Jul-1997 |
ache |
death: revoke all lines listed in /etc/ttys instead of sending HUP to all processes
|
27195 |
04-Jul-1997 |
max |
Add Xref to nologin(5).
|
27187 |
04-Jul-1997 |
jdp |
Die and stay dead. Ya got it?!
|
27186 |
03-Jul-1997 |
ache |
Include <libutil.h> instead of private declarations
|
27176 |
02-Jul-1997 |
ache |
Remove unneded cast in login_getclassbyname which cause warning
|
27164 |
02-Jul-1997 |
bde |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r27163, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
27163 |
02-Jul-1997 |
bde |
Import Lite2's src/sbin, except for XNSrouted and routed. All relevant files in src/sbin are off the vendor branch, so this doesn't change the active versions.
|
27107 |
30-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Remove lines inside #ifdef 0/#endif.
|
27083 |
29-Jun-1997 |
bde |
Configure static linkage in the normal way (default to -static using NOSHARED?= yes).
|
27081 |
29-Jun-1997 |
bde |
Print fs_maxfilesize.
|
27080 |
29-Jun-1997 |
bde |
Prepare to remove the declaration of sys_siglist from <unistd.h>. It should only be declared in <signal.h> if at all. Modload used to depend on getting it from <unistd.h> because it only included <sys/signal.h>.
|
27029 |
28-Jun-1997 |
pst |
Attempt to open the device for reading before actually adding the device to the session list. If the device comes back as unconfigured, just ignore that line in /etc/ttys. If someone HUP's init, we'll try again.
This change stops getty's from hanging on vty and sio ports that don't exist, either due to LKM drivers not being loaded, or probes failing. Reviewed by: bde
|
26899 |
24-Jun-1997 |
jhay |
Display tickadj in struct clockinfo.
|
26891 |
24-Jun-1997 |
brian |
Suggest using /etc/services entry rather than a number in the "ipfw add divert" example.
|
26856 |
23-Jun-1997 |
tegge |
Allow use of the name "swap" instead of an actual swap device. This makes configuration of mfs /tmp on diskless clients more intuitive for people like me, that have used this feature on NetBSD and SunOS. Using the -T option and /dev/null, while already supported, is neither intuitive nor documented in the handbook. Obtained from: NetBSD
|
26854 |
23-Jun-1997 |
julian |
Allow ipfw to look up service names from /etc/services (or NIS if turned on) note.. this would be dangerous if your ipfw was blocking NIS access :)
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com (Archie Cobbs)
|
26826 |
23-Jun-1997 |
steve |
Show the real revision date and not the date that this manpage is being viewed.
|
26810 |
22-Jun-1997 |
jkh |
sysconfig -> rc.conf
|
26782 |
22-Jun-1997 |
brian |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r26781, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
26742 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Sync usage string according to man page.
|
26741 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Cosmetic in usage string.
|
26740 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use warn(3).
|
26739 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Add missing prototypes. Cosmetic in usage string.
|
26738 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3). Add usage().
|
26737 |
19-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3).
|
26726 |
18-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Various typos in man page. Cosmetic in usage string. Use err(3) instead of fprintf. Remove unused variables.
|
26725 |
18-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Sync man page and usage string. Remove unused -p option from getopt call.
|
26724 |
18-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Sync man page and usage string.
|
26723 |
18-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Sync beetween man page and usage string.
|
26722 |
18-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Fprintf -> warn.
|
26683 |
16-Jun-1997 |
bde |
Merge from Lite2. - use new getvfsbyname() interface. - new -A option, like -a except only mounted file systems are unmounted.
All non-cosmetic FreeBSD changes in umount.c, except ignoring of realpath() failures, went away because they are done better in Lite2. realpath() failures must be ignored so that non-pathnames like "<above>:/foo" and "host:/bar" get as far as mount(2).
Reviewed by: dfr
|
26677 |
16-Jun-1997 |
max |
Typo fix. PR: 3868 Submitted by: Kazuo Horikawa <k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp>
|
26676 |
16-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3) instead of local copy.
|
26675 |
16-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3) instead of local err() (a errx() like function).
|
26674 |
16-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3).
|
26625 |
14-Jun-1997 |
ache |
Remove srandomdev fallback
|
26617 |
13-Jun-1997 |
max |
Typo fix. PR: 3854 Submitted by: Takahiro Yugawa <yugawa@orleans.rim.or.jp>
|
26595 |
13-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Remove __progname. Cosmetic in usage string.
|
26594 |
13-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use err(3).
|
26558 |
11-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Add Id. Staticize usage function. Typo in usage string.
|
26557 |
11-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Remove __progname. Make -f a no-op flag as stated in the man page. Remove unused variables.
|
26543 |
10-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Add Id. Cosmetic in usage string.
|
26542 |
10-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Add Id. Use err(3). Costmetic in usage string.
|
26541 |
10-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Remove __progname. Cosmetic in usage string.
|
26540 |
10-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Add Id, add usage function.
|
26438 |
04-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Use errx instead of fprintf/exit.
|
26437 |
04-Jun-1997 |
charnier |
Expected to be found in /sbin not /etc.
|
26421 |
03-Jun-1997 |
brian |
Number partitions 1-4, not 0-3.
Any existing config files (using the -f option) will need to be changed although using the old files will usually result in an error (partition 0 is invalid).
|
26417 |
03-Jun-1997 |
dfr |
Allow the 'async' mount flag.
|
26389 |
02-Jun-1997 |
gibbs |
Don't overflow when calculating the size in MB of a partition.
No more 241MB 4+ gig partitions for me!
|
26359 |
02-Jun-1997 |
julian |
Submitted by: Whistle Communications (archie Cobbs)
these are quite extensive additions to the ipfw code. they include a change to the API because the old method was broken, but the user view is kept the same.
The new code allows a particular match to skip forward to a particular line number, so that blocks of rules can be used without checking all the intervening rules. There are also many more ways of rejecting connections especially TCP related, and many many more ...
see the man page for a complete description.
|
26072 |
23-May-1997 |
dfr |
Use realpath on the source as well as the destination.
|
26071 |
23-May-1997 |
dfr |
Typo in previous change.
|
25852 |
16-May-1997 |
dfr |
Generalise the previous change so that only NFS hostnames are looked up.
PR: bin/3588 Suggested by: Joerg Wunsch <joerg_wunsch@uriah.heep.sax.de>
|
25832 |
15-May-1997 |
max |
Typo. PR: 3600 Submitted by: Josh Gilliam <soil@quick.net>
|
25824 |
15-May-1997 |
alex |
Minor rewording of the examples section.
|
25667 |
10-May-1997 |
peter |
Clean up some more. Move parsing of sysctl iflist data into a single place rather than updating the main loop's index variables from within a subroutine and other revolting things like that. Move some more globals into local variables.
|
25660 |
10-May-1997 |
peter |
Grumble.. My last patchup here didn't quite work either. I hate this program and it's use of global variables. Somehow, I managed to miss the most obvious case.. "ifconfig ed0 10.0.0.1" failed (no "inet")
Submitted by: dfr
|
25540 |
07-May-1997 |
dfr |
Add utilities for the kernel linker.
|
25522 |
07-May-1997 |
peter |
Restore unintentially lost backwards compat behavior of defaulting to family inet if not specified. (eg: "ifconfig ed0" down would fail because no family was specified, even though the up/down status is not per family)
Pointed out by: Wolfgang Helbig <helbig@MX.BA-Stuttgart.De>
|
25514 |
06-May-1997 |
joerg |
Fix a long-standing bug with dump not treating errors correctly. They were mishandled as an EOF, which became fatal if your first tape was accidentally write-protected.
PR: bin/850 dump treats write-protect as an EOT...
|
25465 |
04-May-1997 |
eivind |
Fix typo. PR: Closes PR docs/3488 Submitted by: k-horik@yk.rim.or.jp
|
25451 |
04-May-1997 |
peter |
Commit hooks for ifmedia support. It's optional in the Makefile, and can be trivially disabled.
|
25450 |
04-May-1997 |
peter |
Bring in the ifmedia components of NetBSD's ifconfig as a seperate file.
Obtained from: Jason Thorpe via NetBSD
|
25449 |
04-May-1997 |
peter |
Second try at cleanups and fixes (without if_media stuff for the moment) - parse command options using getopt for consistancy - sanitise the command parsing so that it's less like spaghetti - implement a "-l" option (idea from NetBSD - just list names) - attempt to clean up the sysctl parsing loop some more. It still needs to be taken out the back and shot though. - cut down on global usage, but there's a lot more scope for this. - make usage string a bit closer to reality (it was missing lots of things)
Unfortunately, I did this for the second time but with the memory of the NetBSD version still recently in my mind. It's hard to redo simple changes or getopt stuff without making it look like what you've been working with a few hours ago.
|
25448 |
04-May-1997 |
peter |
force null commit to skip over rev 1.25 so there's less cvs trouble
|
25440 |
03-May-1997 |
peter |
Grab some of the NetBSD text for describing the new options and the media commands.
|
25378 |
02-May-1997 |
imp |
OpenBSD uses ID 0xa6 for its partitions on i386, arc and others that need a BIOS-like partition table. We now detect this correctly and print the right thing. Obtained from: Value obtained from OpenBSD sources.
|
25348 |
01-May-1997 |
dfr |
Test both the NFS and MOUNT protocols for v3 support before allowing a v3 mount. It is possible to have v3 MOUNT but only v2 NFS, for instance for a custom user-mode server like CFS.
Reviewed by: "Louis A. Mamakos" <louie@TransSys.COM>
|
25318 |
30-Apr-1997 |
pst |
Back out msmith's recent commit which breaks using symbolic names for netmasks. Instead, reverse the order of the testing, so if a symbolic name starts with a digit, we'll see if we can make a network address out of it first. If that fails, then we'll call getnet...
|
25301 |
30-Apr-1997 |
msmith |
Fix parsing of mount options with '=' in their name. PR: bin/3027 Submitted by: Louis Mamakos <louie@TransSys.COM>
|
25289 |
29-Apr-1997 |
wollman |
Document -k flag here, too.
|
25288 |
29-Apr-1997 |
wollman |
Implement Kerberized rcmd for rdump/rrestore. This is lacking the options one would normally expect to set the realm, enable encryption, and whatnot, but this actually is able to contact the remote server, so at least it's a start. (As a bonus, the stripped static binary is unquestionably exportable.)
|
25286 |
29-Apr-1997 |
joerg |
Userland part of ISO9660 multi-session support. mount_cd9660(8) will now by default mount the last data track (thus last session), as opposed to the very first session it has been mounting previously. This is consistent with the ISO9660 multi-session idea, and the way other operating systems are working.
There's support to mount arbitrary sessions using the -s option. This way, you can simulate multi-session CDs on something like vn devices that don't support CDIO* ioctl commands. You can also force the historic behaviour with
mount -t cd9660 -o -s=0 /dev/cd0a /cdrom
|
25277 |
29-Apr-1997 |
dfr |
Don't try to look up unionfs' <above>, <below> keywords as hostnames.
|
25275 |
29-Apr-1997 |
dfr |
Use realpath() on the source as well as the target otherwise it can be impossible to unmount a union which was mounted with a relative pathname.
|
25120 |
23-Apr-1997 |
ache |
Change vfork to fork, too many memory-clobbering actions present in child
|
25106 |
23-Apr-1997 |
msmith |
Don't call getnetbyname() on a netmask. On a system with a slow net connection, a large set of network exports could take many minutes to time out, giving the appearance of a total hang during boot.
|
25100 |
23-Apr-1997 |
danny |
Spelling police.
|
25087 |
22-Apr-1997 |
dfr |
Add a -2 flag to mountd to allow an admin to disable NFSv3 services. This is handy for testing and possibly to work around busted v3 clients.
|
25004 |
18-Apr-1997 |
dfr |
Use v3 protocol by default if it is supported by the server. Allow the user to force v2 protocol even if the server supports v3.
Obtained from: NetBSD but with a slightly different implementation
|
24978 |
16-Apr-1997 |
danny |
Fix typo: "oder" -> "order".
|
24956 |
15-Apr-1997 |
joerg |
Implement a -r option to fsdb(8), ``read/only''.
|
24760 |
09-Apr-1997 |
guido |
Oops...now really commit the doc change.
|
24759 |
09-Apr-1997 |
guido |
Make a sysconfig variable controlling if teh kernel should accept nfs requests from non-privileged ports.
Change mountd such that it does never set this variable, but only clears it when run with -n. Also document this in the man page.
|
24558 |
02-Apr-1997 |
phk |
Allow "modern" syntax: route add -net 192.168.64.0/20 bla bla bla
|
24554 |
02-Apr-1997 |
phk |
unifdef CCITT, ISO & CRUFT.
|
24546 |
02-Apr-1997 |
dfr |
Make "-o noxxx" work properly, allowing the user to clean e.g. the resvport flag (which is now set by default).
|
24515 |
01-Apr-1997 |
mpp |
Be more specific as to which flags may not be turned off when the system is running in secure mode.
Obtained from: NetBSD PR# 3299
|
24495 |
01-Apr-1997 |
guido |
Make mount_nfs use reserved ports by default.. Mounts already use a reserved port, so why not the nfs rpc's themselves? With user allowed mounts, this perhaps needs a closer look, but on the other hand, a user could already specify the flag. If normal users should not be able to use resserved ports, the kernel should check for the flag at mount time.
|
24489 |
01-Apr-1997 |
bde |
Don't fail when the vfs.nfs.nfs_privport sysctl doesn't exist (presumably because the kernel is old). Moved the declaration of a variable realated to this sysctl outside of an unrelated ifdef.
Not fixed: - this sysctl is badly named (nfs occurs twice). - it's silly to have for FreeBSD in FreeBSD code, especially when only half of the FreeBSD-dependent code is ifdefed.
|
24476 |
01-Apr-1997 |
bde |
Fixed missing DPADD. Removed now-redundant SRCS.
|
24461 |
31-Mar-1997 |
brian |
Remove the syslog stuff, and allow various return values in uu_lock(). Add uu_lockerr() for turning the results of uu_lock into something printable. Remove bogus section in man page about race conditions allowing both processes to get the lock. Include libutil.h and use uu_lock() correctly where it should.
Suggested by: ache@freebsd.org
|
24457 |
31-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Fix the mount_mfs case from the last cleanup. The code was (ab)using it's internal malloc() implementation to try and avoid overstepping it's resource limits (yuk!). Remain using libc's malloc(), but check the resource limits right before trying to malloc the ramdisk space and leave some spare memory for libc. In Andrey's words, the internal malloc was "true evil".. Among it's sins is it's ability to allocate less memory than asked for and still return success. stdio would just love that. :-)
Reviewed by: ache
|
24428 |
31-Mar-1997 |
imp |
compare return value from getopt against -1 rather than EOF, per the final posix standard on the topic.
|
24417 |
30-Mar-1997 |
brian |
Move uucplock into libutil and create a manual page.
|
24408 |
30-Mar-1997 |
phk |
Fix mount call for devfs.
Submitted by: bde
|
24359 |
29-Mar-1997 |
imp |
compare return value from getopt against -1 rather than EOF, per the final posix standard on the topic.
|
24346 |
28-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Make this compile after the fsirand changes that deleted two fields. I was not sure whether the fs_id fields should be printed in the clear in case of sniffing over a network login etc. It might be an idea to have somebody with spare time go through and find any other missing fields that should be reported.
Definate 2.2.x/2.1.x candidate since it breaks the build.
|
24330 |
27-Mar-1997 |
guido |
Add code that will reject nfs requests in teh kernel from nonprivileged ports. This option will be automatically set/cleraed when mount is run without/with the -n option. Reviewed by: Doug Rabson
|
24325 |
27-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Update HISTORY to reflect that this will first appear in 2.2.5.
|
24309 |
27-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Typo fix (now how did that one get by me :-).
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier
|
24303 |
26-Mar-1997 |
guido |
Get rid of __progname. I thought I already did that...
|
24221 |
24-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Typo police. Also update HISTORY to reflect when this first appeared in FreeBSD.
|
24216 |
24-Mar-1997 |
ache |
Include missing <time.h> Add missing RNG initialization Use srandomdev() for RNG initialization
|
24215 |
24-Mar-1997 |
ache |
Cleanup STANDALONE stuff Not replace malloc() family for non-standalone variant Pay attention on malloc() family return code now Use srandomdev() now for RNG initialization
|
24187 |
24-Mar-1997 |
imp |
Fix small race window when creating portal socket. Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
24180 |
24-Mar-1997 |
imp |
Use mkstemp rather than mktemp to prevent a small race.
Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
24174 |
24-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Reactivated dumplfs and newlfs.
|
24172 |
24-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Changed MAN to MAN8 so that this builds.
|
24149 |
23-Mar-1997 |
guido |
Add generation number randomization. Newly created filesystems wil now automatically have random generation numbers. The kenel way of handling those also changed. Further it is advised to run fsirand on all your nfs exported filesystems. the code is mostly copied from OpenBSD, with the randomization chanegd to use /dev/urandom Reviewed by: Garrett Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
24058 |
19-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Mdoc cleanup.
|
24002 |
18-Mar-1997 |
peter |
patch up some "int *" vs. "time_t *" (long) mismatches. They could be nasty if sizeof(int) != sizeof(long).
|
23999 |
18-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Restore check for ridiculous directory sizes.
|
23892 |
15-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Document the -a option in .Fl form instead of .Cm form to be consistant with the rest of the manpage. (Lite2 documents it in getopt form, Lite1 did it in old-style arg format)
|
23891 |
15-Mar-1997 |
peter |
The -a option (autosize) option got mangled during the Lite2 merge.
Pointed out by: Tom Jackson <tom@peeper.jackson.org>
|
23854 |
13-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Fixed bogus casts from (int32_t *) to (time_t *).
|
23844 |
13-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Kill the Lite2 early "filesystem clean abort" check and go back to something closer to how we used to do it. The Lite2 way is to check the "fsclean" flag in the superblock and stop there if so (during preen). We now do the various superblock sanity checks that we used to do before since it's cheap. We now get the filesystem state summary again instead of "FILESYSTEM CLEAN; CHECKING SKIPPED" (or whatever).
|
23841 |
13-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Reactivate fsdb
|
23839 |
13-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Missing $Id$
|
23838 |
13-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Make this compile. Mostly use the new names for the ctime/atime/mtime stamps in the inodes and call one of fsck's utility funcs with a new arg.
|
23811 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Fixed checking for a non-numeric minor number.
|
23807 |
12-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Record num_eisa_slots if it could be found in the kernel.
|
23805 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess; fixed merging errors (mis-sorted prototypes, duplicated MNT_NOATIME, duplicated NULL mntopts fixup).
Updated getopt() usage.
Fixed style bugs in FreeBSD changes (one or two per line for putfsent() stuff).
|
23799 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.
|
23798 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.
Fixed style bugs in FreeBSD changes.
|
23797 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess and fixed a style bug.
Removed a redundant declaration.
|
23796 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.
Fixed misformatting in a comment.
|
23795 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Finished (?) merging with Lite2: cleaned up #include mess.
Updated getopt() usage.
|
23794 |
12-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Restored lost reference to fsdb(8).
Fixed weird quoting of $Id$.
|
23782 |
12-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Add cvs Id.
|
23769 |
12-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
Some minor mdoc cleanup. Partially based on PR# 2959.
|
23685 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 - cleanups, - whiteout support - bug fixes (chflags missing on a few file types etc) The dump/restore folks would want to have a closer look at this, the change is pretty big.
|
23684 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() interface)
|
23683 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 (but does not work)
|
23682 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2: - use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface (mount_mfs) - use new fs include files - updated inode / cg layout calculations (?)
|
23681 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface, cleanup)
|
23680 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 (use new getvfsbyname() and mount(2) interface)
|
23679 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Update to compile under Lite2
|
23678 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 - use new getvfsbyname() interface and mount(2) interface
**DANGER WILL ROBINSON!!** You must be running a -current kernel from within a week or so in order for this to work!
|
23677 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Compile under Lite2 (unistd.h has proto for getopt)
|
23676 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Compile under Lite2 (getopt() is in unistd.h etc)
|
23675 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2. Note that Lite2 has it's own filesystem clean check skipping code that overrides ours sooner. One should be eliminated, but for now it works.
|
23674 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2 (does not work though)
|
23673 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge from Lite2
|
23672 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Merge Lite2 changes (rather bigish, the dump/restore folks should check)
|
23671 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
Disable two newly broken dirs: fsdb (too intimate with old fsck, needs work) newlfs (doesn't build since Lite2 lfs wasn't merged into kernel)
|
23670 |
11-Mar-1997 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r23669, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
23413 |
05-Mar-1997 |
bde |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r23412, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
23412 |
05-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Attempt to import Lite2's mount.
|
23399 |
05-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Force null termination after 2 errant strncpy()s.
|
23385 |
04-Mar-1997 |
imp |
Fix typo introduced in 1.17.
Submitted by: "Philippe Charnier" <charnier@xp11.frmug.org>
|
23335 |
03-Mar-1997 |
bde |
Updated mount_msdos to use the Lite2 getvfsbyname() interface.
|
23327 |
03-Mar-1997 |
imp |
Check the size of the IP address reutrned from gethostbyname2, per PR 2578 from Julian A. Likely not strictly needed, but it doesn't hurt and protects ping against possible buffer overflows if the resolver were to return large IP addresses.
|
23314 |
03-Mar-1997 |
mpp |
An odd merge from 2.2 to -current. Somehow that 2.2 nologin.5 man page was in better shape than the 3.0-current version, so I'm committing the 2.2 version to 3.0. Whatever happened, it was my fault :-).
|
23304 |
02-Mar-1997 |
jmg |
fix man page to use marcos instead of parens, quotes and braces
plus other minor fixes
|
23301 |
02-Mar-1997 |
jmg |
mdoc'ify man page
|
23295 |
02-Mar-1997 |
imp |
1) Minor nits in the usage message from bde. I took out the hard tabs and used spaces to align the second line under the program name. 2) Cache uid after call to setuid(getuid()) so we don't waste a system call for each packet with a call to getuid for the -v case. 3) Update manual to reflect new restriction on -l from last delta.
Suggested by: bde, Bill Fenner
|
23255 |
02-Mar-1997 |
joerg |
Avoid the ``Three seconds until format begins'' construct. It's inconsistent with the remaining unix utilities, so replace it by something better suited.
Learned from: The Unix Hater's Handbook :-)
|
23251 |
02-Mar-1997 |
imp |
1) Fix usage to match convention and manual. Fix manual to match usage. 2) Must be root to run preload (OpenBSD ping.c 1.8) 3) Don't print all replies unless verbose and root (from idea in OpenBSD ping.c 1.10 and 1.11) to avoid leaking information available only to root. 4) Remove unused h: from option string to getopt. 5) Make the compiler happy with exit(0) (Lite-2?)
Reviewed by: Dan Cross <tenser@spitfire.ecsel.psu.edu>
Good candidate for 2.2 and 2.1 (as are many of the 1.17 changes).
|
23247 |
01-Mar-1997 |
wollman |
Make ping -Wall clean (except for one warning). Do a better job of argument parsing. Don't permit ping -f to a multicast address (very antisocial). Don't permit -L, -I, -T options with unicast addresses. Ensure that we ask for only AF_INET addresses (should close PR#2584). Return <sysexits.h> error codes for failures. Document this. Fix man page to identify the author and put sections in correct order.
|
23096 |
25-Feb-1997 |
imp |
Fix a minor problem with restore from tapes from big endian machines. This finishes the closing of PR2446 which J"org Wunsch pointed out to me after I closed it.
Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@idt.ntnu.no>
|
22997 |
22-Feb-1997 |
peter |
Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$
|
22996 |
22-Feb-1997 |
peter |
Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$
|
22990 |
22-Feb-1997 |
peter |
Revert $FreeBSD$ to $Id$
|
22953 |
20-Feb-1997 |
roberto |
Security patch from OpenBSD: fixes potential buffer overflow in a static buffer (so more difficult to exploit but better safe than sorry). Found by comparing FreeBSD & OpenBSD sources/logs for the auditing process.
Reviewed by: Warner Losh Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
22922 |
19-Feb-1997 |
dg |
Protect from stack overrun via /etc/ttys, which could possibly allow a root user to change the securelevel. Pointed out by Thomas H. Ptacek <tqbf@enteract.com>.
|
22841 |
17-Feb-1997 |
bde |
Disabled dumplfs. Importing the Lite2 version was a mistake, since many files haven't left the vendor branch and the sys/ufs/lfs hasn't been merged.
|
22840 |
17-Feb-1997 |
bde |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r22839, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
22810 |
16-Feb-1997 |
jkh |
Update CHANGEDSINCE macro to conform to -current dinode.h
|
22739 |
15-Feb-1997 |
joerg |
Plug a security hole involving $ENV forwarding over telnet. Sigh, i thought i've long since done this.
|
22546 |
10-Feb-1997 |
markm |
Part two of a "fix-and-move". There were some macros declared in ../sbin's Makefile that were a) broken and b) bogusly placed. This brings the repeared macros in.
Pointed-out-by: BDE
|
22545 |
10-Feb-1997 |
markm |
Part one of a "fix-and-move". Init(8) had make macros declared here bogusly. This removes the macros for replacement into init's Makefile.
Pointed-out-by: BDE
|
22535 |
10-Feb-1997 |
danny |
Add '-q' quiet flag for flush/add/zero commands; add 'show' command as synonym for '-a list'; stop SEGV when specifying 'via' with no interface; change 2 instances of strcpy() to strncpy().
This is a candidate for 2.2
|
22505 |
09-Feb-1997 |
eivind |
Removed default setuid and added a comment to the manpage explaining this.
|
22492 |
09-Feb-1997 |
eivind |
Remove suid bit from binary, and update manpage to reflect this.
|
22482 |
09-Feb-1997 |
eivind |
Buffer overflow patch.
|
22441 |
08-Feb-1997 |
wosch |
/usr/lib/libmd.a -> ${LIBMD}
|
22417 |
08-Feb-1997 |
danny |
Reviewed by: Gary Jennejohn <gj@freebsd.org> Submitted by: Bruce Murphy <packrat@iinet.net.au>
Add '-a' audible flag, so terminal will beep upon receipt of a reply packet. Useful for debugging ethernet runs, among other things.
|
22345 |
06-Feb-1997 |
mpp |
Replace "mfs" with "mount_mfs" in the NAME section.
|
22317 |
06-Feb-1997 |
wosch |
/sbin -> ${BINDIR}
|
22192 |
01-Feb-1997 |
joerg |
Add the `a' option (``auto-size'') to bypass all tape length considerations, and dump right to the end of medium.
|
22050 |
28-Jan-1997 |
mpp |
Some various mdoc cleanup.
Partially Obtained from: NetBSD-bugs mailing list
|
22045 |
27-Jan-1997 |
obrien |
I was porting something from sysV world and found our cross references not quite as good as I would expect. So I'm introducing mknod to mkfifo, and vice-versa.
|
21997 |
25-Jan-1997 |
imp |
Apply patch from pr2536, after testing locally.
Fixes: PR2446 and PR2536
Submitted by: Flemming Jacobsen <fj@tfs.com>
2.2 Candidate.
|
21945 |
22-Jan-1997 |
adam |
typo
|
21941 |
22-Jan-1997 |
davidn |
Style police.
|
21931 |
21-Jan-1997 |
adam |
-n was broken
2.2 candidate (probably)
|
21877 |
19-Jan-1997 |
mpp |
Various minor cleanup.
Partially Obtained from: NetBSD-bugs
|
21865 |
19-Jan-1997 |
davidn |
Impose login_cap resource limits on processes started by init. /etc/rc started with "daemon" settings. "window=" started with "default" settings gettys started with "default" settings. This should open the way to junk kernel options MAX_{OPEN,CHILD} and the corresponding sysctl vars.
|
21789 |
17-Jan-1997 |
jkh |
Adjust spelling of `fw_flg' so this thing compiles again.
|
21786 |
16-Jan-1997 |
alex |
Sweep through the tree fixing mmap() usage:
- Use MAP_FAILED instead of the constant -1 to indicate failure (required by POSIX). - Removed flag arguments of '0' (required by POSIX). - Fixed code which expected an error return of 0. - Fixed code which thought any address with the high bit set was an error. - Check for failure where no checks were present.
Discussed with: bde
|
21785 |
16-Jan-1997 |
adam |
implement "not" keyword for inverting the address logic
|
21763 |
16-Jan-1997 |
phk |
Trivial fix for braino. Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: Martin Ibert <mib@ppe.bb-data.de>
|
21673 |
14-Jan-1997 |
jkh |
Make the long-awaited change from $Id$ to $FreeBSD$
This will make a number of things easier in the future, as well as (finally!) avoiding the Id-smashing problem which has plagued developers for so long.
Boy, I'm glad we're not using sup anymore. This update would have been insane otherwise.
|
21635 |
13-Jan-1997 |
wosch |
Sort cross references.
|
21465 |
09-Jan-1997 |
wollman |
If the RTM_NEWMADDR and RTM_DELMADDR messages are defined (in <net/route.h>), then interpret them appropriately. This has no effect until I commit the changes to multicast group management (awaiting review).
|
21413 |
08-Jan-1997 |
peter |
Fix double typo
|
21409 |
07-Jan-1997 |
imp |
Fix many buffer overflows, correct usage of strcat and implement $TAPE. Inspired by OpenBSD's work in this area.
Reviewed by: Peter Wemm, Guido van Rooij and Jordan Hubbard. Obtained from: OpenBSD
|
21407 |
07-Jan-1997 |
pst |
bin/1789: dump estimates a negative number of tapes needed for huge dumps
|
21379 |
06-Jan-1997 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r21378, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
21264 |
03-Jan-1997 |
wollman |
Update to match changes in <net/if.h>.
|
21253 |
03-Jan-1997 |
ache |
Merge to eliminate conflict
|
21174 |
01-Jan-1997 |
guido |
Yet another buffer overflow.
2.2 candidate (and -stable too actually, who does that?) Reviewed by: Warner Losh
|
21149 |
01-Jan-1997 |
imp |
Various security related deltas from OpenBSD
dirs.c: From OpenBSD 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.8, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12 1.2: use unique temporary files; netbsd pr#2544; lukem@supp.cpr.itg.telecom.com.au 1.3: updated patch from lukem@supp.cpr.itg.telecom.com.au to also make -r and -R work again 1.5: mktemp open & fdopen 1.8: /tmp// -> /tmp/ 1.10: Fix strncpy usage and correct strncat length field, from Theo. Also change some occurrence of MAXPATHLEN with sizeof(foo). 1.11: does noone know how to use strncat correctly? 1.12: use mkstemp() From NetBSD: Use open rather than create so we can specify exclusive open mode.
main.c: From OpenBSD 1.2, 1.5 1.2: From NetBSD: support $TAPE. 1.5 Set umask to be read only by owner until we set real file permissions. tape.c: From NetBSD: Use open rather than create so we can specify exclusive open mode.
|
21021 |
29-Dec-1996 |
obrien |
Backing out my change of /etc/rmt -> /usr/sbin/rmt. Added comments in both files stateing why /etc/rmt is correct so someone else wont do the same thing again.
Suggested by: Warner Losh & Ollivier
|
20996 |
29-Dec-1996 |
obrien |
rmt is /usr/sbin/rmt, not /etc/rmt which is a link to /usr/sbin/rmt
|
20913 |
26-Dec-1996 |
wosch |
Add example for mount_mfs(8).
|
20888 |
23-Dec-1996 |
wosch |
comma typos
|
20837 |
23-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Minor mdoc/style fixes.
|
20831 |
23-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Convert to mdoc format.
|
20735 |
21-Dec-1996 |
ache |
FIx coredump with rtquery. It is just quick fix taken from new routed sources, full new routed importing I leave to wollman
|
20610 |
17-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
Delete redundant include of <sys/time.h>
|
20609 |
17-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
Merge from vendor branch.
|
20607 |
17-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r20606, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
20540 |
15-Dec-1996 |
fenner |
Add multicast options -I (source interface), -T (set ttl), -L (no loopback). They were all lowercase in the original, but our ping already uses -i and -l so I made them all uppercase.
Obtained from: Multicast release 3.5
|
20483 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Now that all of the "standard" file system mount commands refer the reader to the detailed information in section 5, remove the mount_* man pages for those file system. mount_std(8) to cover all of the file systems it is currently being used to mount.
mount_{devfs, fdesc, kernfs, procfs}.8 are now MLINKS to mount_std.
|
20481 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Refer the reader to devfs(5).
|
20470 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Refer the reader to fdesc(5) for detailed info on the fdesc filesystem.
|
20467 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Remove the descriptions of the files in /kern and refer the reader to kernfs(5) so that the information only has to be maintained in one place.
|
20463 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Update the newfs(8) man page to reflect current default values for some options better. Closes PR# 1374.
|
20461 |
14-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Remove the detailed description of the files in /proc and instead refer the reader to procfs(5) so that the information does not need to be maintained in two places.
|
20342 |
11-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
Merge from vendor branch.
|
20340 |
11-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r20339, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
20295 |
10-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
Fix if.h lossage. I could have sworn I already fixed this one.
|
20287 |
10-Dec-1996 |
wollman |
Fix up programs which expect <net/if.h> to include <sys/time.h> to instead do it themselves. (Some of these programs actually depended on this beyond compiling the definition of struct ifinfo!) Also fix up some other #include messes while we're at it.
|
20280 |
10-Dec-1996 |
bde |
Cleaned up recent SIGINFO changes.
Simplified average calculations. This also fixes potential overflow errors and minor rounding inconsistencies (always round to nearest now).
Don't lose more SIGINFOs than necessary.
Print \r at the start of the status message. This clears the dots that are sometimes left by ping -f.
Reviewed by: sef
|
20246 |
09-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Improve the format of the usage string output.
Submitted by: Sandro Sigala <sandro@cat.locao.net> as part of PR# 2134
|
20245 |
09-Dec-1996 |
mpp |
Minor formatting/style fixes.
Submitted by: Sandro Sigala <sandro@cat.local.net> as part of PR# 2134
|
20205 |
08-Dec-1996 |
pst |
Fix typo in last patch. empty!=emtpy
|
20195 |
07-Dec-1996 |
sef |
Change how SIGINFO is handled -- set a flag (of sig_atomic_t), and check that flag on every iteration of the loop. This avoids calling fprintf inside a signal handler, which is always somewhat icky.
Reviewed by: bde
|
20099 |
02-Dec-1996 |
fenner |
Fix math in SIGINFO printer.
|
20061 |
01-Dec-1996 |
sos |
This update adds the support for != 512 byte sector SCSI devices to the sd & od drivers. There is also slight changes to fdisk & newfs in order to comply with different sectorsizes. Currently sectors of size 512, 1024 & 2048 are supported, the only restriction beeing in fdisk, which hunts for the sectorsize of the device. This is based on patches to od.c and the other system files by John Gumb & Barry Scott, minor changes and the sd.c patches by me. There also exist some patches for the msdos filesys code, but I havn't been able to test those (yet).
John Gumb (john@talisker.demon.co.uk) Barry Scott (barry@scottb.demon.co.uk)
|
19914 |
21-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
Fix lots of non-bug questionable code:
- Don't link against libkvm and don't uselessly include <kvm.h>. - Declare constant objects as const. - Declare functions with the correct types. - Call functions with the correct parameters.
Not fixed:
- The sysctl parsing remains ugly (but it may be the best we can do). - atnetrange() should use strtoul() rather than sscanf() for better error checking.
|
19896 |
20-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
For some reason the merge of this file didn't get committed properly. Who has the conical hat?
Make things compile again.
|
19885 |
19-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
Merge from vendor branch and use system MD5 library.
|
19883 |
19-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r19882, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
19881 |
19-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r19880, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
19864 |
19-Nov-1996 |
sef |
Move the terminal handling code to a later location; this allows the signal handlers to be set up; it also means that a failed name lookup won't mess up the nokerninfo setting of the tty.
Reviewed by: pst, nate
|
19702 |
13-Nov-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com
clear the fmod flag if it's set.
|
19592 |
10-Nov-1996 |
ache |
Add mount_msdos(8) reference 2.2 candidate
|
19584 |
09-Nov-1996 |
jdp |
Document that "ldconfig -m" rescans all directories previously entered into the hints file, in addition to the directories named on the command line.
2.2 Candidate.
|
19522 |
08-Nov-1996 |
jdp |
Fixed a bug in the handling of the directories in the search path that is stored in the hints file. If that search path contained a non-existent directory (one, say, that had been removed), and "ldconfig -m /a/perfectly/good/directory" was run, ldconfig returned an error status without printing an error message. This caused some confusing bombs when installing ports, in particular.
I changed it so that non-existent directories from the stored search path are silently ignored. Only non-existent directories named explicitly on the command line are treated as errors. Also, a diagnostic is printed if and only if an error status is returned.
In an unrelated fix, ldconfig now silently ignores any directories named on the command line when the "-r" option is given. Formerly, these directories incorrectly made their way into the "search directories" line of the listing. It really should be an error to specify directories together with "-r", but I don't have time to fix the manual page in that way right now.
2.2 Candidate.
|
19459 |
06-Nov-1996 |
jkh |
Allow fdisk to be driven from a configuration file, making a 3rd-party utility for front-ending its operation more of a possibility.
2.2-RELEASE candiate. Closes PR#1960 Submitted-By: Darryl Okahata <darrylo@hpnmhjw.sr.hp.com>
|
19436 |
05-Nov-1996 |
jdp |
Fix a spelling error. 2.2 Candidate.
|
19395 |
04-Nov-1996 |
bde |
Fixed backgrounding of ping, which was broken by the ^T changes in rev.1.3.
|
19376 |
04-Nov-1996 |
wosch |
fix usage string
|
19321 |
01-Nov-1996 |
wollman |
Delete another unnecessary #include <sys/mbuf.h>.
|
19317 |
01-Nov-1996 |
fenner |
Use fprintf(stderr,) instead of msgtail() so it works for restore as well.
|
19315 |
01-Nov-1996 |
peter |
Temporarily disable an information message that was added in the last commit.. This causes a link error in sbin/restore which also uses this file.
|
19300 |
01-Nov-1996 |
fenner |
Make rdump error messages a little clearer and make them look like dump messages, and make it explicit that stderr output came from the remote end. (e.g. "rmt: command not found")
|
19239 |
28-Oct-1996 |
fenner |
If rcmd() fails, return immediately instead of trying a bunch of setsockopt()'s on a -1 file descriptor.
Remove attempt to decrease TCP MSS; it makes no sense.
Set the IP TOS to IPTOS_THROUGHPUT as an indication that this is an application sending large blocks of data, as recommended by RFC1700.
|
19227 |
28-Oct-1996 |
phk |
If passed the -d flag, mount devfs on /dev
|
19212 |
27-Oct-1996 |
phk |
Don't give up just because we cant find the blkdev that corresponds to the name given as a chardev.
|
19209 |
27-Oct-1996 |
fenner |
setuid back to the original caller immediately after opening the route socket. Opening the socket is the only privileged operation route requires.
Make a couple of static buffers bigger, and use strncpy() and snprintf() where there's a chance of overflow.
Fixes PR bin/1903
Partially Submitted by: Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>
Don't look up the network number if we're being asked to add a host route.
Fixes PR bin/1900
Submitted by: Bruce A. Mah <bmah@cs.berkeley.edu> (pr bin/1900)
|
19185 |
25-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Allow the specification of a mountpoint, and resolve it s disk device using the fstab.
Closes PR bin/129.
Submitted by: jmg@nike.efn.org (John-Mark Gurney)
|
19168 |
25-Oct-1996 |
bde |
Moved #include of <sys/types.h> earlier so that this compiles when <stdio.h> doesn't (bogusly) include <sys/types.h>.
Cleaned up #includes.
|
19112 |
22-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Mention the historic mount options, as `deprecated'.
Closes PR # docs/735.
|
19074 |
21-Oct-1996 |
phk |
dumpfs blindly trusts that it has been handed a filesystem. If the magic is bad, don't waste our time.
Submitted by: Giles Lean Giles Lean <giles@nemeton.com.au> Obtained from: NetBSD PR bin/249
|
18972 |
17-Oct-1996 |
alex |
Issue a warning if the user specifies an invalid interface in a rule. The rule is still added to the chain since the interface may get created later on after loading an LKM.
|
18965 |
16-Oct-1996 |
jkh |
Bring back NS support for this utility - we need it for the commercial Novell server software.
|
18934 |
14-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Fix my yesterday's brain-o: don't account for the kilobytes twice.
|
18916 |
13-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
Yikes! Originally, i intended to apply the patch from PR # 1322, but Bill has beaten me on this. ;-)
However, he missed the part to compute the kernelsize in kilobytes, so the minfree consideration was now overcautious. (I've also changed the return type of dump_size() to void since int was useless.)
Being here, the fact that `vmcore' was written world-readable was just a plain security hole: everybody who was able to crash a kernel could later read any confidential information out of it at his will. Create it with umask 077 instead.
|
18915 |
13-Oct-1996 |
bde |
The dos() function needs a new second argument, containing the size of the partition. Only if the size is 0 should the special handling of 0 as first argument be triggered.
[This bug caused offset 0 to give C/H/S = 0/0/0 instead of 0/0/1.]
The init_sector0 function needs to decrease the first argument to the second call to dos() by one to be consistent with the calls to dos() in change_part().
[This bug caused fdisk -i to create bogus partition tables with the ending C/H/S value 1 too high. This usually gives S = 1 instead of S = maximum, so the geometry guessing in the slice code and perhaps in SCSI BIOSes was defeated.]
Submitted by: Tor Egge <tegge@itea.ntnu.no>
|
18914 |
13-Oct-1996 |
fenner |
Make the savecore command work like the man page says: - make minfree work by getting the dump size before checking to see if the dump will fit on the filesystem - also fail to dump if no minfree is specified but there are not enough free blocks.
Fix a typo in the man page.
Fixes PR bin/1322
Submitted by: "Philippe C." <charnier@lirmm.fr>
|
18882 |
12-Oct-1996 |
bde |
Rewrote the section about the "normal" setting of the security level to match reality.
Say that secured devices `may not be opened for writing' instead of `are read-only'.
|
18859 |
10-Oct-1996 |
jdp |
Add a new option "-f hints_file" to specify an alternate file instead of "/var/run/ld.so.hints".
Delete an incorrect statement about LD_LIBRARY_PATH from the manual page.
|
18808 |
08-Oct-1996 |
guido |
Fix the case where fsck would not see sparse directories and the kernel would panic. If such a thing is fixed fsck needs a rerun (and bugs the user to do so).
Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick
|
18718 |
05-Oct-1996 |
wosch |
delete doubled words, e.g.: "the the" -> "the"
|
18712 |
05-Oct-1996 |
joerg |
When MODE SELECT'ing, the ``device-specific parameter'' field is reserved by the SCSI-2 specs. Hence, zero it out. Some drives (correctly) complain about this otherwise.
Reviewed by: craigs@os.com (Craig Shrimpton)
|
18641 |
02-Oct-1996 |
jkh |
Back out my -k changes; there's a better way to do this in the short-term.
|
18623 |
01-Oct-1996 |
jkh |
Add support for dset'ing an arbitrary kernel (experimental).
|
18597 |
01-Oct-1996 |
peter |
Updates to deal with ld.so.hints version 2. It now deals with the ldconfig path (from NetBSD). I added code to make sure there were no duplicates in the path when multiple ldconfig -m's were used.
Reviewed by: nate, jdp Obtained from: NetBSD (partly)
|
18585 |
30-Sep-1996 |
guido |
Get rid of useless -f flag (though left for historical reasons).
|
18549 |
28-Sep-1996 |
wosch |
.Os NetBSD -> .Os FreeBSD. The pages are not NetBSD specific and FreeBSD is not a child of NetBSD.
|
18537 |
28-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Removed references to pathconf-related variables that were never handled by sysctl and never can be in their documented form (kern.name_max would have to become fs.filesystemname.name_max, etc.).
Added missing references to user.stream_max and user.tzname_max. These seem to misnamed. <sys/sysconf.h> says that they correspond to POSIX2 names, but the sysconf names don't have POSIX2 or "posix2" like all the other POSIX2 names.
|
18498 |
26-Sep-1996 |
guido |
Add chlen command so you can set the size of an inode. This was handy in order to create sparse directory files that caused a panic of a filesystem where fsck would not find anything. A fix for fsck is in the make but still has to be reviewed by Kirk McKusick.
|
18485 |
24-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Eliminated includes of the "temporary" backwards compatibility header <sys/dir.h> in applications. Maintained existing (inadequate) ifdefs for dir.h vs dirent.h in libdialog, amd and rarpd, but didn't add any new ones.
|
18480 |
23-Sep-1996 |
wosch |
add missing comma(s) in .Xr macros
|
18439 |
21-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Who would have though that dmesg didn't understand message buffers?
Fixed the following bugs: - the buffer was reprinted endlessly when msg.bufx == 0 and (for a different reason) when msg.bufx == 1. - the last byte of the buffer wasn't printed except in the the infinite loop cases. - the comment about walking the buffer didn't match the (correct) code. - minor -Wall and style bugs. Not fixed: - excessive newline processing which hid the non-printing of the last byte of the buffer.
|
18410 |
20-Sep-1996 |
nate |
ts_sec -> tv_sec ts_nsec -> tv_nsec
|
18406 |
20-Sep-1996 |
nate |
ts_sec -> tv_sec ts_nsec -> tv_nsec
|
18405 |
20-Sep-1996 |
nate |
ts_sec -> tv_sec ts_nsec -> tv_nsec
|
18326 |
16-Sep-1996 |
pst |
rdisc functionality has been incorporated into routed
goodnight ugly prince...
|
18324 |
16-Sep-1996 |
wollman |
Disable rdisc, enable routed in new location.
|
18323 |
16-Sep-1996 |
wollman |
Change location of trace files and disable remote trace file change feature.
|
18322 |
16-Sep-1996 |
wollman |
Layer on FreeBSD local changes from old routed.
|
18317 |
16-Sep-1996 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r18316, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
18303 |
15-Sep-1996 |
alex |
Note that -N is only effective when ipfw is displaying chain entries.
|
18286 |
14-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Don't use __dead or __pure in user code. They were obfuscations for gcc >= 2.5 and no-ops for gcc >= 2.6. Converted to use __dead2 or __pure2 where it wasn't already done, except in math.h where use of __pure was mostly wrong.
|
18159 |
08-Sep-1996 |
dg |
Added description of "noatime" option.
|
18073 |
06-Sep-1996 |
jkh |
Make the noauto flag usable for swap devices too. Closes PR#1542 Submitted-By: David Leonard <d@scry.dstc.edu.au>
|
18050 |
05-Sep-1996 |
bde |
Fixed DPADD.
|
18042 |
05-Sep-1996 |
dg |
Cast the partial result of an expression to an off_t to fix an overflow in the calculation of free disk space. Fixes PR#1569.
Submitted by: Tor Egge <Tor.Egge@idt.ntnu.no>
|
18033 |
04-Sep-1996 |
julian |
Just realised the man page didn't mention the appletalk specific options to ifconfig.. so I 've added them..
|
18032 |
04-Sep-1996 |
julian |
Get rid of an unexpectedly bogus sanity check under appletalk because it stopped us from removing or setting loopback address on lo0:
also make use of the fact the athe sockaddre_at struct now has a "netrange" field.
CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
18007 |
03-Sep-1996 |
dg |
Implemented user side of "noatime" mount option. This option disables the file access time update on reads and can be useful in reducing filesystem overhead in cases where the access time is not important (like Usenet news spools).
|
18003 |
02-Sep-1996 |
peter |
Add ${DPADD}, $Id$
|
17976 |
31-Aug-1996 |
nate |
Because 'ipfw flush' is such a dangerous command (given that most firewalls are remote, and this command will kill the network connection to them), prompt the user for confirmation of this command.
Also, add the '-f' flag which ignores the need for confirmation the command, and if there is no controlling tty (isatty(STDIN_FILENO) !=0) assume '-f'.
If anyone is using ipfw flush in scripts it shouldn't affect them, but you may want to change the script to use a 'ipfw -f flush'.
Reviewed by: alex
|
17891 |
29-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
[HISTORY] command appeared in Version 1 AT&T UNIX Obtained from: A Quarter Century of UNIX, Peter H. Salus, page 41
|
17887 |
29-Aug-1996 |
wpaul |
Add one line fix to stop my old 'don't barf if you see the same hostname/IP twice on same line in /etc/exports' fix from dumping core due to bogus /etc/exports entries.
Submitted by: Toshihiro Kanda <candy@fct.kgc.co.jp>
|
17801 |
24-Aug-1996 |
julian |
Add support to halt, to allow it to request that the power be turned off (the RB_POWEROFF flag)
|
17797 |
23-Aug-1996 |
mpp |
Use the .Bx macro where appropriate.
|
17787 |
23-Aug-1996 |
mpp |
Use the .At macro where appropriate.
|
17786 |
23-Aug-1996 |
mpp |
Use the .Fx macro where appropriate.
|
17724 |
20-Aug-1996 |
fenner |
Print out ICMP errors that are responses to our own packets by default. Turn this behavior off using '-Q'. This makes '-v' useless other than as an ICMP-sniffer, which tcpdump is better at anyway.
Print out another couple of ICMP messages, and fix the printing of the original packet (mostly byte order problems).
|
17717 |
20-Aug-1996 |
wosch |
a header file for zopen.3
Pointed out by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>
|
17674 |
19-Aug-1996 |
julian |
back out a part of the previous patch that garrett objected to..
|
17591 |
13-Aug-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com if making a interface route, and it's a P2P link, then also automatically lable it as an llinfo entry so that gated and friends don't clobber it..
|
17586 |
13-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Completely rewrite handling of protocol field for firewalls, things are now completely consistent across all IP protocols and should be quite a bit faster.
Use getprotoname() extensively, performed minor cleanups of admin utility. The admin utility could use a good kick in the pants.
Basicly, these were the minimal changes I could make to the code to get it up to tollerable shape. There will be some future commits to clean up the basic architecture of the firewall code, and if I'm feeling ambitious, I may pull in changes like NAT from Linux and make the firewall hooks comletely generic so that a user can either load the ipfw module or the ipfilter module (cf Darren Reed).
Discussed with: fenner & alex
|
17566 |
13-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Attempt to unlink any stale .o files before relocating code. Abort if a file is still present, and make output file mode 0600.
Reviewed by: bde
|
17565 |
13-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Cover a potential buffer overrun problem
|
17564 |
13-Aug-1996 |
pst |
Fix tcp/udp port ranges
|
17486 |
09-Aug-1996 |
julian |
Reviewed by: julian Submitted by: archie@whistle.com
This patch allows true interface routing to be controlled from the command line.. you can now do: route add default -interface ppp0 even if you have no clue what the address at the other end is..
this is part of a set of changes that allow true "unnumbered links" such as netcom run between their sites.. In practice you should assign the address from one of your ethernet interfaces to the local side of the P2P link so that IP doesn't say that the packet comes from 255.255.255.255, but there is no need whatsoever to assign an address of any kind to the remote end of the link.. useful for frame relay links etc also.
|
17485 |
09-Aug-1996 |
julian |
add nextboot by default its's proven to be quite reliable.
|
17484 |
09-Aug-1996 |
julian |
slight man page additions re: deficiencies
|
17474 |
09-Aug-1996 |
fenner |
Drop setuid ASAP, to minimize code executed as root.
Reviewed by: pst
|
17459 |
07-Aug-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com slight cleanups
|
17441 |
05-Aug-1996 |
alex |
Filter by IP protocol.
Submitted by: fenner (with modifications by me)
Bring in the interface unit wildcard flag fix from rev 1.15.4.8.
|
17411 |
03-Aug-1996 |
markm |
Add relevant files to the FILES section Submitted by: Julian H Stacey
|
17348 |
30-Jul-1996 |
bde |
Document that the major and minor numbers are parsed by strtoul().
|
17347 |
30-Jul-1996 |
bde |
Use strtoul() more carefully.
Check that the major and minor are valid.
Don't print `.' at the end of error messages.
Fixed all warnings from "cc -Wall".
|
17320 |
28-Jul-1996 |
peter |
Limit the risk of `buf' overrun in ping.c when printing hostnames.
Note, this is not really a security risk, because the buffer in question is a static variable in the data segment and not on the stack, and hence cannot subert the flow of execution in any way. About the worst case was that if you pinged a long hostname, ping could coredump.
Pointed out on: bugtraq (listserv@netspace.org)
|
17302 |
27-Jul-1996 |
joerg |
Finally use strtoul() to convert the major an minor numbers, so proper error-checking can be done, and octal and hexadecimal numbers are allowed.
|
17265 |
23-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com
slight cleanups on yesterday's patches
|
17261 |
23-Jul-1996 |
jkh |
When running 'rrestore foo', you get a segmentation fault because the obsolete() function to convert dump-style args to getopt-style args doesn't check to see that 'f' really has an argument following the option string in argv[1].
Submitted-By: jmacd
|
17260 |
23-Jul-1996 |
peter |
mount_ext2fs somehow got a stray mntopts.h, which was out of sync with the real ../mount/getmntopts.c and ../mount/mntopts.h Closes PR#1419
Submitted by: rhh@stealth.ct.picker.com (Randall Hopper)
|
17254 |
23-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com
appletalk cleanups
|
17243 |
21-Jul-1996 |
jkh |
I have added a new option -p to the mount command. This was inspired by SunOS version of mount which uses option -p to indicate that the mount information should be printed in fstab format. This is a neat way to create a new fstab file to use later when one has modified the mount points or mount options or added or removed mount some mount points. You just type
mount -p > /etc/fstab.new
and there is your new fstab file ready to be used though you will of course have to add any necessary noauto flags manually.
[Committers note: This also seems to do the wrong thing for AMD mounts, but in the more average case this is a nifty feature nonetheless and one can always edit the bogus entries out]
Submitted-By: Jukka Ukkonen <jau@jau.csc.fi>
|
17171 |
14-Jul-1996 |
alex |
Grammar fix described by wollman in response to PR 1363.
|
17142 |
12-Jul-1996 |
jkh |
General -Wall warning cleanup, part I. Submitted-By: Kent Vander Velden <graphix@iastate.edu>
|
17072 |
10-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Adding changes to ipfw and the kernel to support ip packet diversion.. This stuff should not be too destructive if the IPDIVERT is not compiled in.. be aware that this changes the size of the ip_fw struct so ipfw needs to be recompiled to use it.. more changes coming to clean this up.
|
17071 |
10-Jul-1996 |
nate |
Now that we have a manpage, don't have the 'clean' target be a NO-OP.
|
17046 |
09-Jul-1996 |
julian |
changes to allow route to manipulate appletalk routes.
|
17022 |
09-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Submitted by: Archie@whistle.com Obtained from: Whistle Communications patches to allow ifconfig to work with appletalk addresses etc.
|
17019 |
09-Jul-1996 |
julian |
oops, make the magic number match that used in the bootblock.. I guess we should have a single place for this??
|
17018 |
09-Jul-1996 |
julian |
Obtained from: Whistle Communications
control program to control the facility of the bootblocks to fetch a default bootstring from a fixed location on the disk.
See the manpage for more info.
|
16924 |
02-Jul-1996 |
wosch |
Document that suid wrapper like suidperl(1) break option 'nosuid'.
|
16886 |
02-Jul-1996 |
alex |
Correct definition of 'established' keyword.
|
16820 |
29-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Formatting fixes for 'in' and 'out' while listing.
Prevent ALL protocol from being used with port specifications.
Allow 'via' keyword at any point in the options list. Disallow multiple 'via' specifications.
|
16819 |
29-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Fix port specification syntax.
Submitted by: nate
|
16643 |
23-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Fix address mask calculation when using ':' syntax. Allow a mask of /0 to have the desired effect. Normalize IP addresses that won't match a given mask (i.e. 1.2.3.4/24 becomes 1.2.3.0/24). Submitted by R. Bezuidenhout <rbezuide@mikom.csir.co.za>
Code formatting and "frag" display fixes.
|
16603 |
23-Jun-1996 |
peter |
Fix a couple of bogus casts to off_t that caused dumpfs to lseek negative on filesystems > 2GB (which causes the disk slice code to call Debugger!!)
|
16561 |
21-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Code clean up. Prototypes, parentheses around assignments used in if statements, #if 0 some unused code, use off_t in calls to read/ write_disk, fix a printf format, remove unused variables, and #include necessary files.
|
16497 |
19-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Add #include <err.h>.
|
16472 |
18-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Set the program name before trying to use it.
Found by: Aage Robekk <aagero@aage.priv.no>
|
16431 |
17-Jun-1996 |
bde |
Moved initialization of defaults for the label for the whole disk from disklabel(8) to the kernel (dsopen()). Drivers should initialize the hardware values (rpm, interleave, skews). Drivers currently don't do this, but it usually doesn't matter since rotational position stuff is normally disabled.
|
16399 |
15-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Fix a typo in the view accounting records example.
|
16380 |
15-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Bring the man page more into line with reality.
|
16362 |
14-Jun-1996 |
asami |
Our kernel is not called /netbsd. ;)
Submitted by: "Philippe Charnier" <charnier@lirmm.fr>
|
16267 |
09-Jun-1996 |
alex |
Big sweep over ipfw, picking up where Poul left off:
- Filter based on ICMP types. - Accept interface wildcards (e.g. ppp*). - Resolve service names with the -N option. - Accept host names in 'from' and 'to' specifications - Display chain entry time stamps with the -t option. - Added URG to tcpflags. - Print usage if an unknown tcpflag is used. - Ability to zero individual accounting entries. - Clarify usage of port ranges. - Misc code cleanup.
Closes PRs: 1193, 1220, and 1266.
|
15820 |
19-May-1996 |
ache |
Return make_union, s-bit removed
|
15807 |
17-May-1996 |
pst |
Disable setuid permission for mount_union(1).
This covers the security problem descibed in SA-96:10 and Jeff says that when we upgrade to Lite2 (which fixes this problem), mount no longer needs to be setuid, so we'll never be going back.
Submitted by: hsu Reviewed by: pst
|
15801 |
17-May-1996 |
jkh |
Large security hole in mount_union, the underlying filesystem for which doesn't even work. Until pst wakes up, best action deemed to be the simple disabling of this command.
|
15774 |
14-May-1996 |
wollman |
Accept mount(8)'s calling convention of passing just the filesystem type as argv[0].
|
15771 |
13-May-1996 |
wollman |
One program I missed in removing MOUNT_* constants.
|
15770 |
13-May-1996 |
wollman |
Get rid of the last vestiges of the old MOUNT_* constants in the mount_* programs. While we're at it, collapse the four now-identical mount programs for devfs, fdesc, kernfs, and procfs into links to a new mount_std(8) which can mount any really generic filesystem such as these when called with the appropriate argv[0].
Also, convert the mount programs to use sysexits.h.
|
15745 |
12-May-1996 |
jkh |
Document LFS as broken.
|
15735 |
11-May-1996 |
phk |
Some cosmetics and some better error-checking. Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: "Daniel O'Callaghan" <danny@panda.hilink.com.au> Submitted by: Archie Cobbs <archie@whistle.com>
|
15699 |
09-May-1996 |
nate |
From: Terry Lambert <terry@lambert.org> Subject: Fix for annoying fsck bug Date: Wed, 24 Jan 1996 13:33:29 -0700 (MST)
The following small diff fixes the annoying fsck bug that causes it to need to be run twice to end up with correct reference counts for inodes for directories that had subdirectories relocated into the lost+found directory.
I found the need to rerun *extremely* annoying. This fix causes the count to be correctly adjusted later in pass 4 by correctly stating the parent reference count.
Note that the parent reference count is incremented when the directory entry is made (for ".."), but is not really there in the case of a directory that does not make an entry in its parent dir.
This can be tested by waiting for the inode sync after cd'ing from a shell into a test fs. Then you "mkdir xxx yyy zzz", wait a second, and hit the machine reset button.
Reviewed by: nate (Tested lots of crashes :) Submitted by: Terry Lambert <terry@lambert.org>
|
15690 |
08-May-1996 |
wollman |
Update route(8) to print out current meanings of rt_flags RTF_* bits.
|
15614 |
04-May-1996 |
asami |
Connect ccd man page and ccdconfig to parent Makefiles.
Ok'd by: peter
|
15613 |
04-May-1996 |
markm |
Better method of choosing libdescrypt/libscrypt.
|
15612 |
04-May-1996 |
markm |
Split CRYPTOBJDIR -> SCRYPTOBJDIR/DESCRYPTOBJDIR for init(8)
|
15578 |
03-May-1996 |
joerg |
Stupid bug, the default man page goes to section 1, not 8.
Closes PR #misc/1172: Error in sbin/dset/Makefile
Submitted by: masafumi@tky007.tth.expo96.ad.jp (Masafumi NAKANE)
|
15566 |
02-May-1996 |
mpp |
Specify FreeBSd on the .Os line, since this is a FreeBSD-specific program. Use the .Fx (FreeBSD) macro in the HISTORY section.
|
15561 |
02-May-1996 |
joerg |
Oops, forgot to `cvs add' this one first...
|
15559 |
02-May-1996 |
joerg |
Add a man page.
|
15530 |
02-May-1996 |
phk |
NBPG -> getpagesize()
|
15496 |
01-May-1996 |
bde |
Default to udp if neither udp nor tcp is specified. The previous revision was broken. It forced udp in all cases except the extremely unusual case argc == 0.
|
15397 |
26-Apr-1996 |
erich |
changed a strchr to a strrchr so that modules with a `.' in the path can be loaded (e.g. ./mymod.o)
|
15252 |
13-Apr-1996 |
bde |
Fixed a couple of format strings to match the change of pid_t from long to int32_t. I only fixed the ones that I noticed the warnings for. Perhaps most of the format strings are correct now because they were wrong before. Except of course if int32_t isn't compatible with `int'.
|
15222 |
13-Apr-1996 |
scrappy |
default to udp if no flags specified...closes PR#bin/759 - should this be documented in the man page?
|
15188 |
11-Apr-1996 |
scrappy |
removed xref to icheck(8), ncheck(8) as they don't exist
|
15172 |
10-Apr-1996 |
smpatel |
Fix a core dump when the user gives "-w" without an "="
|
15157 |
09-Apr-1996 |
ache |
English corrections from jdp. Add main purpose description (MSDOS timestamps)
|
15136 |
08-Apr-1996 |
mpp |
Do not install the now unsupported netns and netiso related man pages. Comment out cross references to those man pages from other man pages.
|
15135 |
08-Apr-1996 |
mpp |
Correct some man page xrefs, and some other minor changes to bring some man pages up to mdoc guidelines and fix some minor formatting glitches. Also fixed a number of man pages to not abuse the .Xr macro to display functions and path names and a lot of other junk.
|
15082 |
07-Apr-1996 |
mpp |
Correct some man page cross references and file location references.
|
15077 |
06-Apr-1996 |
joerg |
Don't immediately give up if a single read() or write() wasn't sufficient to transfer all the data from stdin, or to stdout. Working on pipes causes further fragmentation.
|
15064 |
05-Apr-1996 |
ache |
More info and more corrections
|
15063 |
05-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Describe new adjkerntz variant + various changes from jdp
|
15057 |
05-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Detect if /etc/wall_cmos_clock gone while adjkerntz paused.
|
15052 |
05-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Dynamically sense /etc/wall_cmos_clock presence/absense
|
15046 |
05-Apr-1996 |
ache |
Fix error with multiply 'adjkerntz -a' copies running. Manage adjkerntz kernel variable even for UTC clocks. Code cleanup.
|
15034 |
03-Apr-1996 |
gpalmer |
Add a small message to the ``CAVEATS'' section saying if you get the warning about the root directory, then you could corrupt your filesystem if you write to it. Someone, please, feel free to improve this :-)
|
15025 |
03-Apr-1996 |
phk |
recognize "allow", "accept" and "pass" add new feature for "established"
|
14996 |
02-Apr-1996 |
phk |
A couple of bug-fixes.
Reviewed by: phk Submitted by: "Frank ten Wolde" <franky@pinewood.nl>
|
14990 |
02-Apr-1996 |
peter |
Move rpc.statd and rpc.lockd to usr.sbin via repository copy as per discussionn when they were initially added some time ago. These programs are not needed before nfs is up and running to possibly mount /usr so they dont need to be static and on the root fs.
|
14982 |
01-Apr-1996 |
peter |
Some minor tweaks for statd - use rpcgen to generate unmodified code instead of havinf it in the repository - use "natural" function names to avoid conflicts with prototypes etc.
|
14981 |
01-Apr-1996 |
peter |
Tweaks for the stub lockd. - Use rpcgen to generate the unmodified boilerplate code rather than having it in the repository. - Eliminate the conflicting function names by changing them to their "natural" rpcgen generated names
|
14702 |
19-Mar-1996 |
bde |
Fixed a type to match Lite2's fixed-width type changes.
Obtained from: 4.4BSD-Lite2
|
14626 |
15-Mar-1996 |
asami |
Change the messages slightly when there is no "mount_type" executable found when the user specifies "mount -t type". Instead of printing out one message for each path element (/sbin, /usr/sbin), it prints out:
mount: exec mount_type not found in /sbin, /usr/sbin: No such file or directory
The code is quite long for such a stupid little piece of aesthesism but it is very straghtforward so I guess it's ok. Besides, I don't want to do a "char foo[100];" and have malloc break down when someone decides to add a few more paths to a variable that's far apart from this code. :)
By the way, there is no malloc() off-by-one error for the '\0' at the end of the string although I don't explicitly add 1 to the length. The code allocates strlen(path element)+2 bytes for each path element, and doesn't use the last two bytes (for the delimiting ", ").
Reviewed by: the list (I hope)
|
14606 |
12-Mar-1996 |
ache |
Properly distinguish 3 different cases: No redial command. Empty redial command. Non-empty redial command. Pointed-by: bde
|
14586 |
12-Mar-1996 |
ache |
Re-open line after hangup in any case
|
14566 |
11-Mar-1996 |
mpp |
Backout my changes to disallow "mount /mnt /mnt" until I can verify that nfs mounts work again (I locked up my home machine testing it and can't see what happened until I get home from work tonight).
|
14474 |
11-Mar-1996 |
mpp |
Only restrict the user from doing something like "mount /mnt /mnt" for file system types that actually cause a panic (ufs, msdos, cd9660). This makes /proc mountable again.
|
14445 |
10-Mar-1996 |
mpp |
Do not allow the caller to specify the same path for the special device file and the mount point. This prevents the "unexpected recursive lock" panic from happening.
This is a temporary fix. A kernel fix would be much much more ugly than this, and still wouldn't be the "right" way to fix it. After some of Terry's file system rework is installed, it will be possible to properly fix this problem in a clean manner. Until then, this change should prevent use from getting a problem report on this every month or so (and I just noticed that someone in one of the freebsd news groups was complaining about this problem, too).
|
14368 |
04-Mar-1996 |
ache |
Prepare to eliminate multiply uucplock.c copies
|
14350 |
03-Mar-1996 |
jkh |
Close PR#17. This may be a contraversal fix in that now mount will spit out two error lines for a bogus filesystem type, e.g:
root@time-> mount -t foo /dev/sd0a /mnt mount: exec /sbin/mount_foo for /mnt: No such file or directory mount: exec /usr/sbin/mount_foo for /mnt: No such file or directory
But I would submit that if you're even going to scan multiple directories for a mount_foo (which I actually think is somewhat bogus - if it's not in /sbin, you're probably in big trouble anyway), you should emit an error for each one. I got multiple complaints (in addition to the PR) that the existing behavior was very confusing.
|
14280 |
27-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Silence some cc -Wall warnings in quotacheck.
|
14271 |
27-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Fix quotacheck to not do a bunch of unneeded fseeks if the quota file information is accurate. This makes it about twice as fast when the uid name space is very large.
|
14260 |
26-Feb-1996 |
pst |
Bring in some of Paul K's fixes for ldconfig from NetBSD-current. This solves the problem of being unable to use shared libraries with dots in their names before the ".so.<version>" code.
This should be brought into -stable.
There are more changes from Paul that look like they should be included, but they change the format of the hints file, so I'm not going to bring them in now (but we should in the future).
Obtained from: pk@netbsd.org
|
14233 |
24-Feb-1996 |
phk |
Update to match kernel code.
|
14231 |
24-Feb-1996 |
phk |
A new ipfw program that can set and control the new features. An almost correct usage is printed.
|
14211 |
23-Feb-1996 |
phk |
Update -current ipfw program as well. I hope it all compiles...
|
14169 |
21-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Print out an informative message if the verbose option is given and an unknown uid/gid is found in the file system. This is useful if you wind up with a file in your file system that has a uid that is extremely large, since quotacheck will wind up running a very very long time due to it not handling large gaps in uids very well (this is a problem that should be addressed some day).
Update the man page to reflect that fact the the -v flag now prints some additional diagnostic messages.
|
14132 |
17-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Fix route to check if inet_addr and inet_network return INADDR_NONE, instead of -1 which is never returned by those routines.
|
14128 |
17-Feb-1996 |
ache |
Call unit-command -1 <new> first time connected, close PR 569
|
14126 |
17-Feb-1996 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r14125, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
14124 |
17-Feb-1996 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r14123, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
14092 |
13-Feb-1996 |
wollman |
XNS sort-of-support is no more.
|
14089 |
13-Feb-1996 |
phk |
Document that the firewall will no longer reorder the rules.
|
14076 |
13-Feb-1996 |
joerg |
The DES-based init(8) belongs to the "des" distribution.
|
14045 |
12-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Another round of man page cleanups.
Down to only about 100 items left to cleanup! :-)
|
14044 |
12-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Removed the boot_*(8) man pages for machines we don't support: hp300, sparc, tahoe, and vax
|
14042 |
12-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Fixed some minor formatting problems to silence manck some more. Corrected some bogus cross references to man pages that we don't/won't have and either deleted them, or found a more appropriate man page that we do have. Various other minor changes to silence manck.
Manck is currently down to about 200 lines of errors, down from the 500 - 600+ when I started all this.
|
14038 |
11-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Correct a bunch of man page cross references and generally try and silence "manck".
ncurses, rpc, and some of the gnu stuff are still a big mess, however.
|
14024 |
11-Feb-1996 |
markm |
#include <kerberosIV/des.h> -> #include <des.h>
|
14004 |
09-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Another round of various man page cleanups.
|
13940 |
06-Feb-1996 |
wollman |
Remove support for OSI networking in user-land (#ifdef OSI aor CCITT) in preparation for its removal from the kernel source tree. NB: because a function was deleted, libc is now at version 3.0 (was 2.2 previously).
|
13922 |
05-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Correct some man page cross references and some file locations.
|
13892 |
03-Feb-1996 |
joerg |
Try to preserve the fdisk table in the primary bootstrap, should it already exist.
Mention the cases where this doesn't work in the BUGS section of the man page.
|
13875 |
03-Feb-1996 |
pst |
Only print statistics in verbose mode
|
13845 |
02-Feb-1996 |
wosch |
man page link tmpfs.8 -> mfs.8 for former SunOS users
|
13831 |
01-Feb-1996 |
mpp |
Added mount_ext2fs to SUBDIR list.
|
13816 |
01-Feb-1996 |
markm |
Add mount_devfs to the subdir list.
|
13802 |
31-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Hacked up a small man page for mount_ext2fs. The existing man page was simply a copy of the mount_lfs man page.
|
13781 |
31-Jan-1996 |
asami |
Add CCDF_MIRROR and CCDF_PARITY to list of flags.
|
13769 |
30-Jan-1996 |
joerg |
A better algorithm to place the numbers on the lines.
Submitted by: satoshi
|
13762 |
30-Jan-1996 |
asami |
Add mirror and parity flags to list of symbolic names.
|
13757 |
30-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Add rdisc to subdirs.. It works for me. :-) (Thanks Bill!)
|
13753 |
30-Jan-1996 |
ache |
Add missing comma in usage printf
|
13750 |
30-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Fix even more spelling errors in some more man pages.
|
13744 |
30-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Fix a bunch of spelling errors in a bunch of man pages.
|
13722 |
30-Jan-1996 |
asami |
ccdcontrol -> ccdconfig.
|
13720 |
29-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Fix a bunch of spelling errors.
|
13679 |
28-Jan-1996 |
wosch |
A manpage. May be the file nologin.5 should located in src/share/man/man5.
|
13637 |
25-Jan-1996 |
joerg |
Make the numbers for the "superblock backups" fit nicely on the screen, even for larger partitions. Until now, partition sizes > 500 MB messed up the screen.
|
13567 |
22-Jan-1996 |
pst |
Disclaimer redundant and man page cleanups
|
13562 |
22-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Change the reference to format(8) (which we don't have) to fdformat(1) and scsiformat(8) (which we do have). Closes PR# 663.
|
13550 |
22-Jan-1996 |
joerg |
Finally implement the "auto" disktype. It attempts to get all the required information from the driver, and produce a virgin disklabel for it. The latter might be further edited with `disklabel -e' to satisfy the user's need.
The magic sequence is:
disklabel -r -w sdX auto disklabel -e sdX
|
13544 |
21-Jan-1996 |
joerg |
Declare functions, resolve printf-format warnings.
|
13515 |
20-Jan-1996 |
mpp |
Route calls the errx routine with the wrong number of arguments when printing "route: bad address: ...".
|
13493 |
19-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Source cleanup: prototypes, varargs, POSIXification, getopts, -Wall clean. Bugfixes: no longer stomps it's argv causing ps to change the string.
Unfortunately, Bill Fenner and I have overlapping changes here...
|
13487 |
19-Jan-1996 |
fenner |
Made router discovery at least build and run. There are a few things left to do (e.g. it doesn't yet run on systems with aliased addresses) but this should work for simple configurations.
I don't plan to enable the rdisc directory in the sbin/ makefile until I get feedback on this and add the missing features, so please, if you have routers that perform router discovery, or if your FreeBSD box is itself a router, give this a try.
|
13345 |
08-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Yet another "fix" for some of the mistakes in the recent versions..
I discovered that when asking for the IFLIST via sysctl(), if you specify only AF_INET address, it actually gives you only AF_INET.. (suprise, suprise..!)
Now, it should "do the right thing" in just about all cases... The only problem, is that "the right thing" isn't exactly clear in all cases.
|
13329 |
08-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Fix some of my mistakes, slight cleanup, improve reliability (the old ifconfig would segfault on "ifconfig ed0 ether up" and the like).
The main reason for this commit was that an "ifconfig -a" would also show the AF_INET addresses in AF_IPX form (if the kernel was configured for IPX) due to insufficient AF checking in my "new way" of doing it.
|
13322 |
07-Jan-1996 |
phk |
Move some tables to "const" and remove some unused vars.
|
13208 |
04-Jan-1996 |
jmz |
Fix the spelling of 'partition'.
|
13189 |
03-Jan-1996 |
adam |
oops, do it right this time
|
13188 |
03-Jan-1996 |
adam |
Link with libutil for kerberos too
|
13171 |
02-Jan-1996 |
wollman |
Clean up GCC warnings, condition out some compatibility cruft, add $Id$.
Pointed-out-by: jmb
|
13145 |
01-Jan-1996 |
peter |
My really ugly hack to ifconfig to make it pick up interface aliases and the ethernet address for non-root users.
I apologise to the world for propagating the ugliness of some of the code constructs within ifconfig... Fixing them would just abou mean rewriting most of the function call interfaces, something I didn't have the stomach for. :-)
|
13141 |
01-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Make nfsd use setproctitle from libutil...
Old code is still #ifdef OLD_SETPROCTITLE for comparison with the old code.
|
13140 |
01-Jan-1996 |
peter |
Add hooks into the mount_mfs code in newfs to do the FreeBSD-style LKM loading if it was not configured into the system.
Note that the LKM for MFS is not enabled by default, but I got it working on my machine.. I'll see what I did..
|
13123 |
30-Dec-1995 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13122, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
13122 |
30-Dec-1995 |
peter |
recording cvs-1.6 file death
|
13070 |
28-Dec-1995 |
asami |
Added $Id$.
|
13052 |
27-Dec-1995 |
asami |
Make it work for FreeBSD-2.1.
|
13050 |
27-Dec-1995 |
asami |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13049, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
13048 |
27-Dec-1995 |
asami |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13047, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
13045 |
27-Dec-1995 |
asami |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r13044, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
12986 |
23-Dec-1995 |
joerg |
Put the superfluous "DUMP:" back in the statistics line, to make Amanda happy.
|
12946 |
21-Dec-1995 |
phk |
The rewamped sysctl program that will find all the variables itself. Also a couple of handy new options.
|
12869 |
15-Dec-1995 |
peter |
The version of setproctitle() inside nfsd was busted. It was not terminating the argv array, causing parts of the argv[0] to be picked up several times by libkvm, causing strange ps results for the nfs-server and nfs-master processes.. :-]
(How many copies of setproctitle() do we need anyway? NetBSD has it in libc and BSDI have it in libutil.)
|
12806 |
13-Dec-1995 |
peter |
Add #include <vm/pmap.h> in order to make savecore compile again after the last round of <vm/*.h> include file changes.
|
12672 |
07-Dec-1995 |
wollman |
Use a dynamically-sized buffer for SIOCGIFCONF so that `ifconfig -a' actually retrieves all the information no matter how many interfaces there are. (Probably there are other utilities which need similar modification.)
Submitted by: Andrew Webster <awebster@dataradio.com>
|
12489 |
26-Nov-1995 |
joerg |
Make the default tape device match dump(8).
|
12481 |
24-Nov-1995 |
peter |
Connect fsdb to /sbin makefile...
|
12480 |
24-Nov-1995 |
peter |
Adjust relative paths in Makefile to ../sbin/fsck and ../../sys/ufs/ffs
|
12377 |
18-Nov-1995 |
joerg |
Andreas Klemm's patch set for dump(8), with some minor (cosmetic) changes and one addition by me.
. Use reasonable defaults for the tape drive (/dev/rst0) instead of something we actually don't have.
. Add a summary line displaying the alapsed time and the total throughput.
. Replace "rmt" for the remote location of rmt(8) by "/etc/rmt", since this is the historical protocol, and relying on the $PATH causes a big pain. Make it adjustable via an environmental variable though.
Reviewed by: joerg (for Andreas' part) Submitted by: andreas@knobel.gun.de (Andreas Klemm)
|
12348 |
17-Nov-1995 |
joerg |
Avoid bogus free() of a junk pointer.
Detected by: phkmalloc Submitted by: grog@lemis.de (Greg Lehey)
|
12344 |
17-Nov-1995 |
phk |
Make sysctl compile again by removing all the debug stuff.
|
12185 |
10-Nov-1995 |
dima |
If root does not have a password, `init' should not ask to enter it. otherwise it's not possible to get into single-user mode, if root does not have password and console insecure.
|
12119 |
06-Nov-1995 |
dyson |
Mount program for EXT2FS. Submitted by: Godmar Back <gback@facility.cs.utah.edu>
|
12051 |
03-Nov-1995 |
peter |
Commit FreeBSD-specific changes. Mainly to do with structure layout differences that we dont have.
|
12049 |
03-Nov-1995 |
peter |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r12048, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
11910 |
29-Oct-1995 |
phk |
Define TRUE & FALSE rather than depending on bogus #includes.
|
11879 |
28-Oct-1995 |
peter |
Add a few more heuristics to modload: 1: generate the outfile in /tmp if it's not specified explicitly. 2: if the outfile was implicitly placed in /tmp, automatically remove it.
This means that you can type: modload /lkm/ipfw_mod.o and it'll work, it wont try and write to /lkm, and it wont leave the (normally) useless symbol file.
This should not interfere with things like ibcs2 and atapi, which export some symbols from one LKM to the other by leaving the symbol file.
|
11864 |
28-Oct-1995 |
peter |
Make modload calculate a reasonable default entry point name, in light of the recent changes to bsd.kmod.mk, which enforces that the entry point be <modname>_mod, unless overridden.
This means that when modloading "/lkm/foo_mod.o", it'll use "foo_mod" as the default entry point (instead of xxxinit) unless you specify another via the -e option.
|
11840 |
27-Oct-1995 |
julian |
Submitted by: john hay
patches to merge the two IPX packages to work with each other and to not break make-world :)
IPXrouted should be working now, (or at least compiling) :)
|
11822 |
26-Oct-1995 |
torstenb |
fix a reference in "SEE ALSO" (modunload(8) mistakenly references itself instead of modload(8))
|
11819 |
26-Oct-1995 |
julian |
Reviewed by: julian and jhay@mikom.csir.co.za Submitted by: Mike Mitchell, supervisor@alb.asctmd.com
This is a bulk mport of Mike's IPX/SPX protocol stacks and all the related gunf that goes with it.. it is not guaranteed to work 100% correctly at this time but as we had several people trying to work on it I figured it would be better to get it checked in so they could all get teh same thing to work on..
Mikes been using it for a year or so but on 2.0
more changes and stuff will be merged in from other developers now that this is in.
Mike Mitchell, Network Engineer AMTECH Systems Corporation, Technology and Manufacturing 8600 Jefferson Street, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87113 (505) 856-8000 supervisor@alb.asctmd.com
|
11796 |
26-Oct-1995 |
nate |
Convert manpage to -mandoc macros.
Submitted by: Gary Palmer <gary@palmer.demon.co.uk>
Minor cleanup by me in the English.
|
11795 |
26-Oct-1995 |
nate |
Convert to proper English in the same manner as the sliplogin manpage.
|
11770 |
24-Oct-1995 |
jkh |
Fix a silly bug where MAXPATHLEN was subtracted from the string length rather than the other way around! Submitted by: Elmar Bartel <bartel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de>
|
11750 |
23-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Remove unneeded ctype.h
|
11749 |
23-Oct-1995 |
ache |
Add setlocale LC_CTYPE
|
11706 |
23-Oct-1995 |
ugen |
Support all the tcpflag options in firewall. Add reading options from file, now ipfw <filename> will read commands string after string from file , form of strings same as command line interface.
|
11307 |
07-Oct-1995 |
joerg |
Totally revamp the man page, update to the state of affairs.
Make a link from boot_${ARCH}.8 to boot.8, so people will get what they expect when asking "man boot".
I think David will lynch me when i'm requesting this to go into 2.1... :-)
|
11189 |
04-Oct-1995 |
jkh |
This upgrades the driver for Cronyx-Sigma multiplexor boards from version 1.2 to version 1.9. Submitted by: Serge Vakulenko, <vak@cronyx.ru>
|
11148 |
03-Oct-1995 |
bde |
Fix $Id$.
|
11143 |
03-Oct-1995 |
julian |
remove the calls to DIOCWLABEL, as it isn't supported any more and the error message confuses the user. (just commented out foe now)
|
11120 |
01-Oct-1995 |
ugen |
Support IP Option smatching in grammar and listing. TcpSyn option removed and will be shortly repoaced by support of all TCP Flags including syn and ack...
|
11114 |
01-Oct-1995 |
markm |
As init/Makefile now 'knows' how to build secure code if necessary, clean out the .if (<building secure>) / .endif
|
11112 |
01-Oct-1995 |
markm |
Make this make work the same way as passwd and xntpd. Here it will allow secure/sbin/init to be cleaned out, and sbin/Makefile to be tidied up.
|
11109 |
01-Oct-1995 |
markm |
Define CRYPTOBJDIR if secure is being built
|
11099 |
01-Oct-1995 |
peter |
Catch the case where the children can die too soon causing wait3() to return ECHILD, which causes the while loop to run forever. (eg: when accidently running nfsiod on a slow system with a kernel without NFS support...) Obtained from: NetBSD; Frank van den Linden <frank@struis.fwi.uva.nl>
|
11075 |
29-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Call the -u UCMD command on exit. The command is called with the current unit number, and the "new" unit number of -1. This allows the script to actually deconfigure the SLIP interface (e.g. by running "ifconfig delete") which has been impossible previously.
This is most likely a candidate for 2.1, too.
|
11066 |
29-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Build secure init if available and allowed
|
11031 |
27-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Log user name with each info and total connection time elapsed (for accounting purposes). Log few additional events like dialing number and connection established. Set speed POSIXly.
|
10976 |
23-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Rename PATH_LOCK to PATH_UUCPLOCK
|
10926 |
20-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Use new _PATH_LOCK for lock names
|
10922 |
20-Sep-1995 |
ache |
From Bruce:
slattach always exited early because fd is not open in acquire_line().
Other (trivial) changes that I've been neglecting for some time:
- Turn off O_NONBLOCK so that `chat' doesn't need to worry about it (`chat' actually does worry about it). - Really set speeds POSIXly :-). cfsetspeed() isn't POSIX. - Fix spelling error in comment. - Gripe about bad programming of doing everything from signal handlers. slattach should be written to do everything from the sigsuspend() loop, but I don't want to do it :-).
From me: Use .PATH to find uucplock.c
Submitted by: bde
|
10912 |
20-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Make uucp-lock optional: -L option
|
10911 |
20-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Make uucp-locking optional: -L option
|
10897 |
19-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Unlock device for redial_cmd, then lock again
|
10889 |
19-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Fix uucp locking Remove unnecesary TIOCSETD Move SLIO* before startup script call
|
10888 |
19-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Implement uucp-locking Cleanup debug/syslog code
|
10880 |
18-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Change new -U option to -S to go the same way as startslip.
|
10879 |
18-Sep-1995 |
ache |
New option: -S #: set SLIP unit number
|
10878 |
18-Sep-1995 |
ache |
New options: -K #: set SLIP keepalive timeout -O #: set SLIP outfil timeout -U #: set SLIP unit number sighup handler now sets tty disc for non-redial case too. Implement SIGURG handling (from keepalive). POSIXing speed settings.
|
10860 |
17-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Add new options: -K: set keepalive SLIP timeout -O: set outfill SLIP timeout Handle SIGURG from keepalive like SIGHUP now, i.e. reconnect. Back out background scription change, cause some synchro problems.
|
10855 |
17-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Turn on scsiformat. reformat.
|
10854 |
17-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Finally replace the defunct 4.4BSD scsiformat.c by Peter's wrapper around scsi(8). I've done extensive testing of it with a spare disk in the past, and it's ready for prime-time now.
Submitted by: dufault
|
10846 |
17-Sep-1995 |
dg |
Shorten a variable name.
|
10843 |
17-Sep-1995 |
dg |
Use default COPTS.
|
10817 |
16-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Use daemon() instead of fork/setsid/close. Rearrange things to do fork as later as possible.
|
10811 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Oops. Fix my error with -W option
|
10806 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Close line before fork, or becomes close twice. Debug output cleanup.
|
10803 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Tune it to REALLY sense carrier drop. Now works with dialin devices too. Add new option in slattach style -l: dont use modem control. Add new option -W: specify max number of dial tries for one phone. Remove -p option, this ugly hack not needed. Fix script timeout expires. Some code cleanups.
|
10800 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Restore TTYDISC on exit. Move setting of control terminal after TTYDISC setting
|
10797 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Wait until login completed before starting SLIP (5 secs)
|
10795 |
15-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Pass sequence number to called scripts via LINE env. variable. It allows specific per phone number tunings
|
10753 |
14-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Add reference to /usr/share/examples/startslip
|
10745 |
14-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Add example scripts
|
10743 |
14-Sep-1995 |
ache |
All changes still related to original version: Don't close line twice. Change typo == to = in assignment. Don't restart, if ioctl fails. Implement uucp-style locking to help dialout pgms.
|
10733 |
14-Sep-1995 |
ache |
Now understand "host!login:" style prompts additionly. Add -t to specify login script timeout. Add -w to specify retry wait time. Describe -p option. Now understand several -s sections (for several host phone numbers). Remove -F sw (software flow control), it is impossible with slip. Change -F hw (hardware flow control) option to -h as in slattach, we don't need option with argument for only one case. Call downscript on SIGTERM. Improve debug diagnostic. Allow startslip work with several slip lines without killing each other. Unlink pid file on exit. Skip \r and \0 in login script parsing instead making them \n. Use absolute path to default script (/sbin/ifconfig). Call up/down script in background to prevent hang on them.
|
10649 |
09-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Avoid the "calculated sectors per cylinder disagrees with disklabel" warning for the default case where the user hasn't specified either -t or -u on the command line. It's been confusing our users.
|
10627 |
08-Sep-1995 |
dg |
Fixed error in maxcontig calculation that caused it to default to "1".
|
10515 |
01-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Check a pointer in skipdirs() before dereferencing it. I don't fully understand why it can become a null pointer under some circumstances, but i've got a pile of tapes where this happens, and running it thru a debugger proved that simply ending the loop in this case did the right thing.
Anyway, it cannot make it worse than now, where restore kills itself with "Memory fault".
|
10514 |
01-Sep-1995 |
joerg |
Update to the slices era. Make /dev/rfoo0 the defaults, not /dev/rfoo0d.
Scan a list of devices instead of insisting on all the world being wd0.
Allow for disk names to be specified (e.g. `sd0') instead of full path names only.
Sync the man page with the reality.
|
10502 |
31-Aug-1995 |
gpalmer |
Correct minor nit - to filter out SYN packets, the keyword is `syn' not `tcpsyn' (which matches `tcp' which blocks all tcp packets)
|
10417 |
29-Aug-1995 |
ache |
Remove -O2 from COPTS, known rogue
|
10291 |
26-Aug-1995 |
dg |
Document the -a option, and mention ``noauto''.
|
10288 |
26-Aug-1995 |
dg |
The changes for adding the "noauto" option were mostly wrong. MNT_NOAUTO is a kernel flag, and the kernel definately doesn't need to know about it.
|
10202 |
23-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Sigh. This isn't my night. I forgot the manpage updates too! Thanks, Andrey.
|
10199 |
23-Aug-1995 |
jkh |
Add a "noauto" flag so that you can do things like prevent your system from not coming up multiuser just because you have a CD mount in fstab but no CD in the drive. Submitted by: "Full Name Not Supplied" <simon@masi.ibp.fr>
|
10158 |
22-Aug-1995 |
gpalmer |
Add $Id$
|
10076 |
16-Aug-1995 |
joerg |
Reset the umask before creating the output file; otherwise running ldconfig as root with a restrictive umask yielded ld.so.hints unreadable by the world (and thus useless).
|
10035 |
12-Aug-1995 |
peter |
Add (apparently) Larry McVoy's warning....
|
10006 |
08-Aug-1995 |
mpp |
Fix init to correctly detect processes that are exiting multiple times per second.
|
9997 |
08-Aug-1995 |
ache |
nspace count was incremented only in child, so warning never displayed Pointed by: Mike Pritchard <mpp@mpp.minn.net>
|
9987 |
07-Aug-1995 |
wollman |
Delete bogus referneces to timezone code internal header file `tzfile.h', which is no longer bogusly installed in /usr/include.
|
9978 |
07-Aug-1995 |
wpaul |
Just when you thought it was safe...
- getnetgrent.c: address some NIS compatibility problems. We really need to use the netgroup.byuser and netgroup.byhost maps to speed up innetgr() when using NIS. Also, change the NIS interaction in the following way:
If /etc/netgroup does not exist or is empty (or contains only the NIS '+' token), we now use NIS exclusively. This lets us use the 'reverse netgroup' maps and is more or less the behavior of other platforms.
If /etc/netgroup exists and contains local netgroup data (but no '+'). we use only lthe local stuff and ignore NIS.
If /etc/netgroup exists and contains both local data and the '+', we use the local data nd the netgroup map as a single combined database (which, unfortunately, can be slow when the netgroup database is large). This is what we have been doing up until now.
Head off a potential NULL pointer dereference in the old innetgr() matching code.
Also fix the way the NIS netgroup map is incorporated into things: adding the '+' is supposed to make it seem as though the netgroup database is 'inserted' wherever the '+' is placed. We didn't quite do it that way before.
(The NetBSD people apparently use a real, honest-to-gosh, netgroup.db database that works just like the password database. This is actually a neat idea since netgroups is the sort of thing that can really benefit from having multi-key search capability, particularly since reverse lookups require more than a trivial amount of processing. Should we do something like this too?)
- netgroup.5: document all this stuff.
- rcmd.c: some sleuthing with some test programs linked with my own version of innetgr() has revealed that SunOS always passes the NIS domain name to innetgr() in the 'domain' argument. We might as well do the same (if YP is defined).
- ether_addr.c: also fix the NIS interaction so that placing the '+' token in the /etc/ethers file makes it seem like the NIS ethers data is 'inserted' at that point. (Chances are nobody will notice the effect of this change, which is just te way I like it. :)
|
9884 |
04-Aug-1995 |
ache |
Remove IMAXBEL clearing, our cfmakeraw() already fixed for it Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
9795 |
30-Jul-1995 |
joerg |
Remove a newline from the output of savecore(8), so the bogus number 1024 that used to remain on a line of its own after savecore completed its job will be overwritten later in the /etc/rc process.
Reviewed by: Submitted by: graichen@sirius.physik.fu-berlin.de (Thomas Graichen) Obtained from:
|
9793 |
30-Jul-1995 |
joerg |
scsi(8) used to fall off the end of main(), returning an arbitrary value.
Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
9701 |
25-Jul-1995 |
bde |
Change `install' to `${INSTALL}' so that default install flags can be specified in the top level Makefiles.
|
9527 |
15-Jul-1995 |
rgrimes |
Man page was incorrectly pointing to /etc/dump, it should be /sbin/dump.
Submitted by: faried nawaz <fn@big-brother.csrv.uidaho.edu>
|
9489 |
12-Jul-1995 |
phk |
Fix to match new API. Fixes memory leak, faster.
|
9481 |
11-Jul-1995 |
bde |
Remove a bogus fclose. Normally the "w" stream for /var/crash/bounds was fclosed twice and this didn't seem to cause any problems, but when /var/crash was on an an unwritable nfs-mounted partition, fclose(NULL) caused a core dump.
|
9480 |
11-Jul-1995 |
dufault |
The mode page editor never cleaned up the temp files. Thanks to Joerg for noticing. This low risk bug fix is appropriate for 2.1.
|
9336 |
27-Jun-1995 |
dfr |
Changes to support version 3 of the NFS protocol. The version 2 support has been tested (client+server) against FreeBSD-2.0, IRIX 5.3 and FreeBSD-current (using a loopback mount). The version 2 support is stable AFAIK. The version 3 support has been tested with a loopback mount and minimally against an IRIX 5.3 server. It needs more testing and may have problems. I have patched amd to support the new variable length filehandles although it will still only use version 2 of the protocol.
Before booting a kernel with these changes, nfs clients will need to at least build and install /usr/sbin/mount_nfs. Servers will need to build and install /usr/sbin/mountd.
NFS diskless support is untested.
Obtained from: Rick Macklem <rick@snowhite.cis.uoguelph.ca>
|
9315 |
25-Jun-1995 |
joerg |
When tuneing filesystems with tunefs, it is not obvious what the current parameters are. You can use dumpfs, but that's not obvious which settings are tuneable, and is far from clear to the non-guru (it's like using a hexdump of a tar archive to get a table-of-contents).
There is also an undocumented option in the man page that can be dangerous. Suppose your disk driver decides to scramble all writes while you tell tunefs to update all backup superblocks.
This suggested change adds a '-p' (print) switch to bring it in line with some SVR4 systems.
(Slightly changed by me, mostly for optics. - joerg)
Submitted by: peter@haywire.dialix.com
|
9294 |
24-Jun-1995 |
joerg |
When using dump/rdump on large filesytems (my case 3 GB), the lseek claims multiple times to have failed. The problem is a off_t is converted into a int and checked for a negative. A true lseek check should be checking if the off_t is equal to -1 for failure.
(Suggested fix from PR #bin/461)
Submitted by: mark tinguely <tinguely@opus.cs.ndsu.NoDak.edu>
|
9290 |
24-Jun-1995 |
asami |
Add an "-m" flag to merge instead of replace the entries. We can now safely add a line like
ldconfig -m ${PREFIX}/lib
in ports' Makefiles and packing lists without throwing away some directories the user may have added.
Submitted by: Mostly by Paul Kranenburg <pk@cs.few.eur.nl>
|
9273 |
21-Jun-1995 |
dima |
`dev_bsize' must be reset to 1 before the bread() or quotacheck -a will fail after the first partition (because dev_bsize is 512 and is messes up the superblock read of the second partition)
Submitted by: dillon@best.com (Mattew Dillon)
|
9230 |
14-Jun-1995 |
karl |
Added -o port option. Use specified port number for NFS requests. The default is to query the portmapper for the NFS port. This is useful for CFS users.
|
9206 |
13-Jun-1995 |
wollman |
Use the correct file pointer when reading the group id map file. The old code tried to read the group id map from the user id file, and thus would never actually allow a umapfs to be mounted. (!)
|
9202 |
11-Jun-1995 |
rgrimes |
Merge RELENG_2_0_5 into HEAD
|
8871 |
30-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
8857 |
30-May-1995 |
rgrimes |
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
8723 |
24-May-1995 |
dg |
Fixed bug where UDP was required to mount a TCP NFS filesystem.
Submitted by: Ken Hornstein, Sept.'94
|
8693 |
22-May-1995 |
phk |
The dset program didn't set the "msize" (iosiz in userconfig).
Reviewed by: davidg
|
8688 |
21-May-1995 |
phk |
Add a undocumented '-d' flag to set debugging.
|
8530 |
15-May-1995 |
dg |
Fixed incompleteness that would allow dirty filesystems to get mounted when the single user shell was terminated. These changes disallow mounting or R/W upgrading filesystems that are dirty unless "-f" (force) option is used with mount. /etc/rc has been modified to abort the startup if one or more non-nfs partitions fail to mount.
Reviewed by: Poul-Henning Kamp, Rod Grimes
|
8517 |
14-May-1995 |
ache |
Add dumpon
|
8502 |
14-May-1995 |
dg |
Take out special error message for EINVAL...we really do want it to be "invalid argument".
|
8487 |
12-May-1995 |
dg |
Fix force flag: It is not a "negative" flag. Add MNT_FORCE to the acceptable options for UFS (which fixes another bug).
|
8479 |
12-May-1995 |
wollman |
Learn how to print out kern.dumpdev as a name.
|
8478 |
12-May-1995 |
wollman |
My utility to specify where you want crash dumps to go. More user and kernel support to follow.
|
8392 |
09-May-1995 |
jkh |
Remove all reference to sysinstall - it's going away.
|
8298 |
05-May-1995 |
dufault |
Add support for editing mode pages.
|
8218 |
02-May-1995 |
dg |
Flush stdout when writing out each superblock backup.
|
8203 |
01-May-1995 |
dufault |
Don't print out zero length names when verbose is set.
|
8202 |
01-May-1995 |
dufault |
Add a "-s" argument to specify the command timeout in seconds. Now you should be able to format a disk with something like: > scsi -f /dev/rsd?c -s 1200 -c "4 0 0 0 0 0" assuming sd.c lets you open it.
|
8145 |
28-Apr-1995 |
dufault |
Add "-m" command to read mode pages. Also add -z for freezing, though the kernel changes aren't committed yet.
|
8089 |
26-Apr-1995 |
pst |
Replace call to obsolete inet_addr routine with inet_aton so we can specify netmasks and broadcast addresses of 255.255.255.255.
|
7967 |
21-Apr-1995 |
julian |
Obtained from: copied fro mount_kernfs
This is copied from the mount_kernfs code.. if it doesn't work there is a working binary in ~julian
|
7936 |
19-Apr-1995 |
gpalmer |
Bugfixes :
- in mount_portal.c: included catching of SIGHUP to get portald to re-read the config file.
- in mount_portal.c: in SIGCHLD handler the return values checked from waitpid were wrong. Note. this routine was written correclty according to the manual page for 4.4BSD, but waitpid does not exhibit this behaviour. It is not returning 0 when WNOHANG is specified. I havent checked this properly.
- in mount_portal.c: initialized the fdset for the select properly.
- in mount_portal.c: corrected poor casting in the select.
- in mount_portal.c: changed a break; to exit (0); so that the children die after doing the hard work, this stops the select: bad file descriptor messages.
- in pt_file.c: the kernel passes kernel style open flags to the portal code which aren't compatible with "normal" O_ flags. I have adjusted these in pt_file.c. In general I think the portal fs code and portal_cred structure need changing to pass to the portald the right style of flags _and_ the permissions.
- in pt_tcp.c: a few mistakes in typing of the socket structures, getservbyname returns the port number as an int but sockaddr wants the port number as an u_short.
- in pt_tcp.c: someone wrote this on a VAX/Sun whatever and forget about byte ordering!! I've included a few htons about the place.
- in all the above I have sprinkled a few more debugging printf's.
Submitted by: "Duncan McL Barclay" <dmlb@ohm.york.ac.uk
|
7932 |
19-Apr-1995 |
phk |
Yank out the rewriting of disklabels. This code can and will get confused in a couple of cases, and it doesn't do much anyway. It used to save only the newfs params (block/frag/cgroup.. and nothing more. Something that don't belong in a disklabel in the first place.
|
7907 |
17-Apr-1995 |
dufault |
Remove "BUG" of not supporting arguments for "-o"
|
7906 |
17-Apr-1995 |
dufault |
Add support for arguments in output "-o" string.
|
7905 |
17-Apr-1995 |
gpalmer |
Bump to 2.0-950418-SNAP
|
7903 |
17-Apr-1995 |
gpalmer |
Claim 0xA7 for NEXTSTEP in here also.
|
7902 |
17-Apr-1995 |
gpalmer |
Add NEXTSTEP as claiming partition code 0xA7.
|
7847 |
15-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
Bump the snap date.
|
7785 |
12-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
We're now shooting for a 950412-SNAP Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
7753 |
11-Apr-1995 |
jkh |
Bump this to 0408. I have my reasons.
|
7744 |
10-Apr-1995 |
wollman |
Fix initialization error that caused `mount -vat' to behave unexpectedly in certain circumstances. Fixes PR #182.
Submitted by: Andrew Atrens <atreand@statcan.ca>
|
7601 |
02-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Update declaration to match the change made to dir.c a few hours ago.
|
7590 |
02-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>, added to by bde
Fix all the warnings from `gcc -Wall'.
|
7589 |
02-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Make this actually work. It always failed in FreeBSD because it attempted to open the mounted block device containing the directory to put the bad sector files in, and opening of mounted block devices hasn't been allowed since Net/2 or before. Attempt to open the raw device instead. Be more careful about long names.
Use lstat() instead of stat() to search for block devices so that my symlink to the default floppy doesn't cause problems.
Check for truncation of the block number when it is squeezed through the mknod() interface. The maximum used to be only 32767, but now it large enough.
|
7586 |
02-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Submitted by: Philippe Charnier <charnier@lirmm.fr>, distilled by bde
Fix a couple more bogus types that aren't reported by `gcc -Wall'.
|
7585 |
02-Apr-1995 |
bde |
Submitted by: phk, added to by bde
Fix all the warnings from `gcc -Wall'.
|
7492 |
30-Mar-1995 |
ugen |
make pass work also as the first keyword (while addf skipped) Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
7401 |
26-Mar-1995 |
wpaul |
Fixed stupid bug in mountd: it would seem that the kernel doesn't allow you to push the same host into its NFS export lists twice, but mountd tries to do it anyway. This means that putting:
/some_file_system -ro host1 host1
in your /etc/exports file causes an error. This is bogus: mountd should be smart enough to ignore the second instance of host1. This can be a problem in some configurations that use netgroups. For example, each host in my netgroups database is has two entries:
startide (startide,-,) (startide.ctr.columbia.edu,-,)
When mountd sees this, it tries to put startide.ctr.columbia.edu into the export list *twice*. Just listing 'startide' /etc/exports list will also screw up because mountd will try to resolve the netgroup 'startide' instead of the hostname 'startide.'
My solution is watch for duplicate entries in get_host() and mark them as grouptype GT_IGNORE, which do_mount() will now cheefully throw away. This is a bit of a kludge, but it was the least obtrusive fix I could come up with.
Also silenced a compiler warning: arguments passwd to xdr_long() should be u_long, not int. :)
|
7398 |
26-Mar-1995 |
ache |
Use more AI to predict initial/final isdst, latest isdst preffered.
|
7150 |
19-Mar-1995 |
phk |
add a \t which has been nagging me too long
|
7106 |
17-Mar-1995 |
phk |
Remove reference to fsdb(8). We don't have it.
|
7085 |
16-Mar-1995 |
wollman |
Fix long-standing core dump when ld returns failure.
|
7065 |
15-Mar-1995 |
dg |
Changed manual page to conform to the reality in FreeBSD.
|
7064 |
15-Mar-1995 |
phk |
Extract the cpio-floppy relative to the root, not /stand.
|
7045 |
12-Mar-1995 |
joerg |
Do not try to make any notice if the PID file cannot be created. Makes folks happy that run slattach in single-user, where /var/run is probably missing.
|
7039 |
12-Mar-1995 |
wpaul |
Impliment -ad and -au flags in addition to -a and document the change in the man page. ifconfig -au affects all interfaces marked as up, and ifconfig -ad affects only the interfaces marked down. ifconfig -a still handles everything. This change is purely for compatibility with SunOS, for those who might be accustomed to the SunOS ifconfig's behavior.
|
7037 |
12-Mar-1995 |
joerg |
Make slattach create a PID file under /var/run when the connection is established. This way, automatic scripts are possible that might control the SLIP connection. It's unacceptable for a daemon that's being controlled by a variety of signals to not leave its PID somewhere. The file name contains the terminal path name component of the associated tty device, so it should be unique even with multiple parallel slattach's running. The file will be unlinked at regular exit.
Also found a minor bug in the option handling by compiling with -Wall.
|
7034 |
12-Mar-1995 |
ugen |
Fix it - now this programm should work probably..It is still commented out in rc and i ask everybody to test it and reply if it makes any troubles...If no - very good..
|
6854 |
03-Mar-1995 |
ugen |
Update manpage..BTW,if somebody wit good English would go through it and fix it would be a really good idea.
|
6853 |
03-Mar-1995 |
ugen |
Oops..remove some debugging leftover..
|
6852 |
03-Mar-1995 |
ugen |
Ok..so everybody picking on me that ipfw syntacs is a pain in ...wel.. trying to fix this * from/to/via position indepenndant syntax * "any" for 0/0 host address * addf/addb default keyword in case you skip it.. * pass = accept new action, seems to be somewhat better in particular cases * on = via (as on ed0 instead of via ed0,loook at reject tcp on ed0 from hacker )
|
6763 |
27-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Fixed manpage..ldeny,lreject and log options are there and others not.. Submitted by: torstenb@FreeBSD.ORG
|
6745 |
26-Feb-1995 |
phk |
The things you have to go through some times! Add a minimal program to read a termcap entry, since tset is picky about filedescriptors...
|
6726 |
26-Feb-1995 |
phk |
oops.
|
6725 |
26-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Add a '-p' option to md5. This will save some time in generation of the ctm deltas.
|
6707 |
25-Feb-1995 |
ache |
configure_network() if carrier already present Submitted by: serg@opus.opu.odessa.ua
|
6688 |
24-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Change utility to accept interface name along with IP as "via" argument
|
6661 |
23-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Fix -Wall warnings.
Yes I have better things to do, but just now I'm waiting...
|
6643 |
22-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Don't clobber d_secperunit in `disklabel -e'. `disklabel -e' replaces all the values that it doesn't print by defaults. This seems wrong. I want to be able to see the total number of sectors more than edit it. The default d_secperunit of (sectors/track * tracks/cylinder * cylinders) is bogus if sectors/track is only an approximation and more bogus if sectors/track and tracks/cylinder are dummy values such as 4096 and 1 to defeat ufs's pessimizations.
|
6636 |
22-Feb-1995 |
ats |
Document the mountdtab file in the man page.
|
6590 |
21-Feb-1995 |
wollman |
Use POSIX.2 regular expressions, get rid of libcompat.
|
6577 |
20-Feb-1995 |
guido |
Implement maxprocperuid and maxfilesperproc. They are tunable via sysctl(8). The initial value of maxprocperuid is maxproc-1, that of maxfilesperproc is maxfiles (untill maxfile will disappear)
Now it is at least possible to prohibit one user opening maxfiles
-Guido
Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
6562 |
20-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Clean this file up so it is readable...
|
6545 |
18-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
ipfirewall.4 is obviously not here anymore! Adjust the Makefile.
|
6522 |
17-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Finally document "via" feature..
|
6513 |
17-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
fstab is in section 5, not section 8. Obtained from: NetBSD
|
6491 |
16-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Fix another bogon in the change before the last.
|
6473 |
16-Feb-1995 |
wollman |
Allow the user access to net.inet.igmp, even though there's nothing sysctl(8) can interpret there. (Someday there might be.)
|
6459 |
15-Feb-1995 |
ache |
Changes for new _menu interface
|
6444 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
Woops, last change wasn't done quite right...fixed.
|
6443 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
Yanked out (now obsolete) support for 'fastboot'.
|
6442 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
Include the special device in the error output so that it makes sense.
|
6441 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
Verify that the last component of the mount point path exists and is a directory - allows for better error reporting.
|
6405 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
Slight change of wording on clean flag not set message to appease some complaints.
|
6404 |
15-Feb-1995 |
dg |
>The fix for the missing ".." in the root directory is enclosed below.
Submitted by: Kirk McKusick
|
6372 |
14-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Ppl asked to make ipfw smarter..ok.. here it is..
|
6371 |
14-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Fix for rather stupid bug by which you couldn't set ports for the destination IP addr/port. Nobody reported this btw , while a lot of other things reported- probably ppl does not use destination ports at all????
|
6340 |
13-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Made the changes needed here to install from a CDrom. Cleaned some cruft in the process. This program becomes curiouser curiouser...
|
6305 |
10-Feb-1995 |
martin |
Added FIFO restore capability.
|
6285 |
10-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Prepare for 950210-SNAP
|
6284 |
09-Feb-1995 |
wollman |
Implement TCP MIB variables.
|
6280 |
09-Feb-1995 |
bde |
Don't allow the alternate superblock block number for one file system to apply to others (except when it is given on the command line).
|
6275 |
09-Feb-1995 |
ugen |
Ok..at least this man page is up to date now To be continued..
|
6202 |
05-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Allow zero as value for certain arguments to indicate "take from disklabel".
|
6192 |
05-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Change the defaults for newfs to disregard the geometry in the disklabel.
We pretend we have one head with two megabyte worth of sectors per cylinder.
The code try to access another head in what it belives to the same physical cylinder, because it belives that it would be faster than waiting for the next free sector under this head to come around.
Most modern drives doesn't have a "classical" geometry, and thus we end up fooling ourselves doing the above optimization. With this change we will fill a cylinder sequentially if we can, and thus get much more mileage from the track-buffer/cache built into the drives.
As a result a lot of seeks to the next or previous track should be avoided by this.
(My disk is a lot less noisy actually...)
You can still get the old behaviour, by specifying zero for the numbers.
This will also solve the problem with newfs barfing at really big drives.
Obtained from: adult advice from Kirk.
|
6125 |
02-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Bump the date to February 2nd.
|
6122 |
02-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Mkdir() now takes two flags.
|
6119 |
02-Feb-1995 |
phk |
Make dirs for msdos fs's.
|
6093 |
01-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Do what I think Poul *intended* to do, rather than what he did.. :-)
|
6092 |
01-Feb-1995 |
jkh |
Bump snap date. Our current version numbering scheme loses. How can we get ONE canonical version string into everything?
|
6082 |
31-Jan-1995 |
phk |
I have taken sysinstall out of the normal SUBDIR rule. There are too many build problems just now, and it isn't that general after all.
|
6043 |
30-Jan-1995 |
dfr |
Add support for kerberised NQNFS. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
6042 |
30-Jan-1995 |
dfr |
Add support for kerberised NQNFS.
|
6022 |
30-Jan-1995 |
phk |
Move the real kernel onto the cpio.flp and read this from the boot.flp make debug handling with serial console obnoxious, but present.
|
6007 |
29-Jan-1995 |
phk |
Some cleanup done.
Include bteasy, bootsd, sdboot and termcap entries using file2.c
Remove all traces of "termcap.small".
The policy in this program regarding termcap is:
| If $TERM is set | do nothing special, rely on usual termcap. | else | use compiled in (via file2c) termcap entries
|
6004 |
29-Jan-1995 |
ats |
fix another bug in the MAKEDEV cludge :-). The x-bit permission are not necessarly copied over. So better call it explicit with a sh ./MAKEDEV .
|
6000 |
29-Jan-1995 |
ats |
Correct the relative path for the etc directory in the makedev cludge :-).
|
5990 |
28-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Less kludge dev.
|
5989 |
28-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
A different kludge for /dev
|
5980 |
28-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Poul lost his copy of K&R again - add a semicolon to the end of the preceeding statement..
|
5979 |
28-Jan-1995 |
phk |
Update to BTEASY 1.7 Submitted by: vak
|
5978 |
28-Jan-1995 |
phk |
Make Jordan a little happier by fixing a couple of bogons.
|
5969 |
28-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Bump the date again - the snapshot doesn't look like it's going to happen until tomorrow.. :-)
|
5968 |
28-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Call the bininst.sh script by its new name.
|
5967 |
27-Jan-1995 |
dg |
Kill used "error" variable.
|
5966 |
27-Jan-1995 |
dg |
Fixed bogus error reporting when the failure is RPC related ("Address already in use", instead of "Permission denied").
|
5961 |
27-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Tweak SNAP date.
|
5945 |
26-Jan-1995 |
dufault |
Fix verbose printout of "" name
|
5927 |
26-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Sync with main termcap
|
5913 |
26-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Add a reference to ft(8).
|
5912 |
26-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Add pointer to the `ft' command.
|
5899 |
25-Jan-1995 |
ache |
DPADD added
|
5846 |
24-Jan-1995 |
dufault |
Added "scsi"
|
5844 |
24-Jan-1995 |
dufault |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5843, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
5834 |
24-Jan-1995 |
bde |
Use the correct include path if there's an obj directory.
|
5800 |
23-Jan-1995 |
ugen |
Add dset to Makefile.
|
5799 |
23-Jan-1995 |
ugen |
src/sbin/dset *blush* this is the commit i meant to do before.. Utility to save device configuration.
|
5797 |
23-Jan-1995 |
wollman |
Make modload more informative about errors encountered while running `ld' by calling execl() directly rather than using system().
|
5786 |
22-Jan-1995 |
wollman |
Document the requirements of dynamic loading on mounting order. Cross-ref to vfsload(3).
|
5713 |
19-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Reflect lastest termcap changes
|
5705 |
18-Jan-1995 |
joerg |
Should that last sentence read "...thus a full dump must be done...", or do I have it all wrong?
Submitted by: "Shawn M. Carey" <smcarey@mailbox.syr.edu>
|
5652 |
16-Jan-1995 |
joerg |
Removed the comment about missing support for the original "High Sierra" format from the bugs section.
|
5591 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Make sure a partition we're about to mount on will always exist on the user's system. Make Mkdir() selectively not die in case of failure.
|
5581 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Correct positioning of text, update version.
|
5576 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Recognise Linux filesystems. Submitted by: remy
|
5575 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Correctly recognise Linux partitions. Submitted by: remy
|
5574 |
14-Jan-1995 |
jkh |
Patch from Remy Card for bogus path in Makefile.
|
5551 |
12-Jan-1995 |
joerg |
Make ldconfig and ld.so not hashing the shared lib minor number. This misfeature caused troubles when a program attempted to access a shlib where one with a higher minor number has been hashed. Ldconfig does only include the highest-numbered shlib anyway, so this is in no way a limitation of generality.
Caution: after installing the new programs, your /var/run/ld.so.hints needs to be rebuiult; run ldconfig again as it's done from /etc/rc.
|
5539 |
12-Jan-1995 |
ugen |
Utility changes following the facility. We have only one firewall chain and one accounting chain now. No blocking/forwarding so commands changed. Man pages are somewhat out of date and will be updated ASAP.
|
5478 |
10-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Add better argument handling Submitted by: jmz
|
5459 |
10-Jan-1995 |
bde |
Remove excessive argc checking. It was impossible to set `dtrwait' and and `drainwait' in a single command.
|
5397 |
05-Jan-1995 |
ache |
Fight agaist hanging modems: add new drainwait option. Reviewed by: Bruce
|
5394 |
04-Jan-1995 |
gibbs |
Honor the values for bsize, fsize and bps from the disklabel.
|
5393 |
04-Jan-1995 |
gibbs |
Allow for the specification of bsize, fsize, and bps (blocks per segment) for LFS filesystems.
|
5344 |
02-Jan-1995 |
joerg |
The -N option takes one argument, hence the getopt control string needs to have a colon for it. Looks like nobody has tested this so far.
|
5299 |
30-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
Tweak the man page too.
|
5298 |
30-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
From: Wankle Rotary Engine <wpaul@skynet.ctr.columbia.edu>
- The -a flag now works just as it does in SunOS: '-a' is actually handled like a wildcard for all interfaces. 'ifconfig -a' displays the status of all interfaces, 'ifconfig -a netmask 0xffffff00' sets the netmask of all interfaces, and so forth. I don't know if many people really need to be able to set the netmasks of all interfaces at once, but the SunOS ifconfig seems to allow this, so there you have it.
- An 'ether_status' function has been added to display the ethernet address of all ethernet interfaces. Again, as in SunOS, you must be root in order for this to work. The ethernet address is read from /dev/kmem using kvm_open() and kvm_read(), much in the same was as it's done with netstat. If you choose to install ifconfig set-gid kmem then normal users will be able to see the ethernet address as well, though this may not be desireable. This feature requires a small change to the ifconfig Makefile: you need to link with -lkvm in order to use the kvm_*() functions.
Submitted by: wpaul
|
5250 |
27-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
Bring the 2.0 RELEASE version back into -current. Now I just need to resurrect my changes for the last snapshot, which were unfortunately lost in a forest fire on time.
|
5232 |
26-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Use timelocal() instead of mktime() hack
|
5205 |
23-Dec-1994 |
nate |
Updated to recent version of Paul K.'s shlib code. This code has better warning handling and allows for link-time warnings with a modified version of gas.
Note: Not all of the newer bits were updated such as some of the non-x86 machine-dependant code is relevant to FreeBSD right now.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
5088 |
13-Dec-1994 |
ugen |
Add interface to clear accounting entry option. Reflect ip_fw structure changes.
|
5084 |
12-Dec-1994 |
ugen |
Add via option,minor changes to interface to reflect internal firewall changes.Check option disabled temporary.
|
5078 |
12-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Fix resetting adjkerntz to 0 (pointed by Bruce), forget to initialize mib variable.
|
5077 |
12-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Optimize setting of DISRTCSET
|
5076 |
12-Dec-1994 |
ache |
Clean internal logic, helps for some unusual cases
|
5054 |
11-Dec-1994 |
ats |
Changed a sum(1) to a cksum(1).
|
5053 |
11-Dec-1994 |
ats |
Changed a reboot(1) to a reboot(8).
|
4995 |
05-Dec-1994 |
ache |
rc.local -> rc.serial cua0? -> cuaa?
|
4992 |
05-Dec-1994 |
pst |
Fix spelling/grammar errors
|
4955 |
04-Dec-1994 |
jkh |
Joe Greco <jgreco@brasil.moneng.mei.com>'s enhancements to startslip. Submitted by: jgreco
|
4949 |
04-Dec-1994 |
bde |
Fix another path that was broken by moving things to sbin/i386.
|
4913 |
02-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
Move i386-specific programs into i386 subdirectory.
|
4911 |
02-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4910, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
4910 |
02-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
Cronyx/Sigma sync/async serial driver with PPP support from Serge Vakulenko
|
4895 |
02-Dec-1994 |
wollman |
Change obnoxious ``Not root dir'' error message into one which actually tells you what's wrong.
|
4862 |
29-Nov-1994 |
dg |
In past releases of FreeBSD, I have used the exit status of "ping" to determine whether a connection to a given machine is up or not.
In FreeBSD 2.0 (and therefore, I assume, BSD 4.4) the exit code of ping is always zero, even if no packets were received.
I would like to propose the following change to /usr/src/sbin/ping/ping.c to restore this useful behaviour:
Submitted by: Denis Fortin
|
4848 |
28-Nov-1994 |
ugen |
Interface changes to support additions to firewall.
|
4844 |
27-Nov-1994 |
ats |
Submitted by: M.C. Wong Obtained from: Don't throw away the /etc/nologin file in the -k case.
|
4822 |
26-Nov-1994 |
ats |
Correct a litle typo in an error message: PRC -> RPC.
|
4804 |
24-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Sectors field too narow (6 digits only), increase it to 7
|
4803 |
24-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Fix draw_box dims
|
4781 |
22-Nov-1994 |
paul |
Added CLEANFILES += makedevs.c
|
4744 |
21-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
ALPHA -> BETA
|
4711 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Another absolute path... Two actually.
|
4708 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Guess what
|
4707 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Whoops.
|
4706 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
I might soon stop to keep count of these...
|
4705 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
And another absolute path -I :-<
|
4704 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
This time: an absolute -I :-<
|
4703 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
fix another BLODDY ABSOLUTE .PATH !!!! :-<
|
4702 |
20-Nov-1994 |
ats |
Add parameters "compress", "normal" and "noicmp" for the slip usage. These names are used in the slip.hosts file as examples, but ifconfig have formerly only accepted link0, -link0 and link1 for this.
|
4696 |
20-Nov-1994 |
ugen |
G-d help me to do it right first time.... Minor patch to man page,test.
|
4689 |
20-Nov-1994 |
phk |
A couple of changes more. Now Paul & Jordan can play again... :-)
|
4687 |
19-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Changes to match Pauls code. Had to "globalize" the variables for the mountpoints.
|
4680 |
19-Nov-1994 |
paul |
Changed the MBR partition type field from being a string to a decimal value.
I don't have the time to deal with users typing in partition names such as "FreeBSD" at the moment so just allow the numerical id to be specified for the moment.
|
4677 |
19-Nov-1994 |
nate |
NetBSD -> FreeBSD
(Poul, bring this into 2.0 please)
|
4675 |
19-Nov-1994 |
paul |
Implemented buttons for all the screens. Could do with some cosmetic tuning regarding placement and things.
Fixed some dialog code (from Andrew). Pass mountpoints onto stage2 in a struct fstab *mounts[] Fix all the field connections to conform to the new L&F document.
|
4665 |
19-Nov-1994 |
paul |
I hope this gets my changes merged back into the current branch.
Removed a layer of menus. Auto select partition to install into -- first FreeBSD partition in MBR table. Abort if no FreeBSD partition. Added a F_BUTTON type. Fixed up label editor to show free space properly. Fixed a few bugs.
|
4663 |
19-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Insert newline into too long line
|
4662 |
19-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Fix more dialog bugs and core dumps introduced by previous commiter
|
4660 |
18-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Fix dialog things broken by previous commiter
|
4655 |
18-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Nuke edit_line crawled in again. Change all occurances to line_edit.
|
4651 |
18-Nov-1994 |
paul |
Update the in-core disklabel when we change the on-disk version. Fix up the editor links for the disklabel editor. Correct the display of fields when they're longer than the viewable length.
|
4646 |
18-Nov-1994 |
paul |
New files that the last commit missed.
|
4645 |
18-Nov-1994 |
paul |
Merge in my new mbr and disklabel code.
|
4625 |
18-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Add a "write Bootcode" option to the Fdisk editor. unzip sysinstall on the way to the hd.
|
4617 |
18-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Give the user a chance to retry the cpio floppy.
|
4587 |
18-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove edit_line(), use line_edit() libdialog function instead in all places
|
4577 |
17-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Use dialog_clear_norefresh() if possible
|
4566 |
17-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Use -1, -1 where is possible
|
4557 |
17-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Rethink the cpio floppy verify a little. Don't use a magic cookie, check for bininst instead (see comments in release/Makefile).
|
4554 |
17-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
1. Add check to see if CPIO floppy extracted properly. 2. See if swapon() failed and at least print a diagnostic. 3. Use -1 instead of strheight()/strwidth() everywhere.
Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
4541 |
17-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
New man pages from Ugen. Delete my old, first attempt. I only hope that the english in Ugen's two replacement pages is not too impenetrable! :-) [Note: Poul - please pull these into the BETA branch along with the other firewall changes]
Submitted by: ugen
|
4536 |
17-Nov-1994 |
gibbs |
Make newlfs work by adding the MAXSYMLINKLEN and a byte padding to struct lfs.
sovs@diku.dk: The pad2 field in struct lfs is a kludge. You need it because the raw devices has to be written in DEV_BSIZE. The lfs_maxsymlinklen is needed because the tells the UFS code that we want to use 4.4BSD directory layout insted of FreeBSD 1.1.5.
Reviewed by: Justin Gibbs Submitted by: sovs@diku.dk
|
4528 |
16-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove str{width,height} functions, they are in libdialog now. It is only first hook for new autosizing changes, more changes will follow.
|
4524 |
16-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Latest from Ugen J.S.Antsilevich" <ugen@NetVision.net.il>. Poul, please take this into BETA. Submitted by: ugen
|
4495 |
15-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Use autodetected dimensions in Sorry! window
|
4494 |
15-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Use TellEm instead of dialog_msgbox
|
4483 |
14-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Check exit code of the dialer, from asa@gw.cronyx.msk.su Set HUPCL as default modem flag, idea from asa@gw.cronyx.msk.su but different implementation.
|
4419 |
13-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
I buggered the last commit. Make sysinstall work again (^$&*!! missing comma!).
|
4417 |
13-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Whoops! Update the size of the main menu to 7 items. I'm sleepy.
|
4412 |
13-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Now I know what this message is really supposed to say.. :-)
|
4403 |
12-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Add hooks for a short trouble shooting document.
|
4379 |
12-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Don't continue if we don't get a /, swap and a /usr or 80Mb in /.
|
4366 |
11-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Make sysinstall deal with user interrupts properly.
|
4357 |
11-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
1. Ask the user one final time before newfs'ing his disk into oblivion. This means that even "proceed" can be chosen now without going irrevokably down that path. 2. Clean up the stage5 text.
|
4291 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Poul's and my idea of avoiding the last reboot at the end was too ambitious; we can't make the transiton from install to /sbin/init without another reboot. Sigh.. Oh well, not that big a deal.
|
4285 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Detect that bininst has finished and go straight into the new system. Reviewed by: phk
|
4282 |
08-Nov-1994 |
phk |
swapon had a bug. Thanks Michael, but couldn't you told me and not Jordan ? now I have to listen to him all morning teasing me...
|
4278 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
More 12th hour fixes from Ugen. Submitted by: ugen
|
4274 |
08-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Remember to set the d_type field correctly
|
4272 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Change TITLE to something more rational. Make sysinstall.c use it instead of its own hardcoded constant.
|
4267 |
08-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Always say the magic word at the end.
|
4264 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Change Fatals to Warnings.
|
4255 |
08-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Fixup: 1. Don't use kernel name for headers - I'm running 2.0.1-Development, not ALPHA, and this messes things up. 2. The last dialog was too big, make it a little smaller. Just cosmetic, while I'm in here.
|
4240 |
07-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
My last cosmetic changes.
|
4232 |
07-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Cosmetic.
|
4227 |
07-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Always clear before we "TellEm()"
|
4220 |
07-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Only Mount relative to Written disklabel.
|
4218 |
06-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Never have more than one active partition.
|
4213 |
06-Nov-1994 |
ache |
After fixing curses bugs use LINExCOLS in show file
|
4209 |
06-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
If a file is not present, it's not an error. This means you're using the 1.2MB floppy image.
|
4200 |
06-Nov-1994 |
phk |
remember to tell dialog that we leave.
|
4199 |
06-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Retreat from the idea of using gzip'd ascii files.
|
4197 |
06-Nov-1994 |
phk |
label.c Make sure we always show 8 disk-partitions. main.c sanitize the logic of what we do when:
if(getpid()!=1) do stage0 & stage1 (very useful actually) else if (floppy-marker-file is there) stage0-2, reboot else stage3-5
|
4195 |
06-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Sigh. My error message printing was still wrong. Wipe the sleep from my eyes and do this properly (debugging is especially difficult when you have to burn a floppy every time you want to test your changes! :-( ).
|
4194 |
06-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Don't use a shell, silly, we don't have one!
|
4190 |
06-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Tweak tweak..
|
4181 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
I misunderstood dialog_prgbox() - fix it.
|
4178 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Make ShowFile() now show gzip'd text files. This should save a fair bit of space on the install floppy. Modify stage0 and the target names accordingly.
|
4177 |
05-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Enable back dialog_msgbox in TellEm, real problem was delwin into edit_line
|
4163 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Whoops! Knew I forgot something.. Bump the menu size.
|
4162 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Add a chance to read the release notes, too.
|
4155 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
I'm not sure if we're just supposed to fall off the end like this, but at least return something.
|
4154 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Make stage5 go either to a shell, or on to the bindist installation.
|
4153 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Make this work the way it was really supposed to - less intrusively.
|
4151 |
05-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Use /DISKSPACE.FAQ as help-file in the disk-editor.
|
4148 |
05-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Change the logic for how error messages are printed so we can actually see them.
|
4147 |
05-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Cosmetics: edit_line() does standend() when done;
|
4146 |
05-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Added a (H)elp function to the fdisk/disklabel code, much needed, now I only have to write the text-file it will dump on you. Stopped using cleartoeol in AskEm(), just as a test to see if the screen looks more sane. Added a attempted auto-recognition of /, swap and /usr for the first disk where it looks sensible. Logic of this might need to be improved. Made a "ShowFile()" which will not bomb/ignore you if the file isn't there.
|
4145 |
05-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Fixed a ghastly mistake. Edit_line() would "delwin(window)". Bad move buddy, you'd better not call with stdwin then! fixed now. Seems like dialog is a LOT more rational now.
|
4143 |
04-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Fix a potential bug in stage2.
disable the dialog_msgbox in TellEm(), until we find out why it hangs on second or third invocation.
|
4142 |
04-Nov-1994 |
dg |
From njw@cs.city.ac.uk (Nick Williams):
/sbin/umount does not return the correct exit status due to incorrect logic in its internals.
Further, because of the nature of the code, you *cannot* use it to umount a directory from a union mountpoint. Well, you can sometimes, it depends on if the directory is at the top of the union stack or not :)
Submitted by: njw@cs.city.ac.uk (Nick Williams)
|
4107 |
03-Nov-1994 |
ache |
-i case goes to background pause and acts like -a case on receiving SIGTERM. This helps to keep CMOS clock updated before reboot. Idea from J.Wunsch.
|
4103 |
03-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore jkh's changes, now it works for const strings
|
4102 |
03-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Now autosizing code works with const strings too. Prototype added.
|
4097 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Don't use autosizing code after all - it doesn't like const strings.
|
4096 |
02-Nov-1994 |
phk |
a missing star.
|
4094 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Last changes before going to bed. Disk label editor should now work a fair bit better.
|
4093 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore back -i, -a
|
4090 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore back -i, -a
|
4087 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Stage0 can't dump you into a shell. There isn't one. Just reboot. Stage5 didn't have a large enough dialog box. Fix that. Also use Andrew's autosizing code.
|
4086 |
02-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Make MkDir() actually do "mkdir -p", so that we can mount on /home/foo, even if /home isn't a mountpoint.
|
4084 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Fix more mongoloid coding style. Make a stab at getting free space display to work. Forward decls to shut compiler warnings up. Increase some fields to width 2 in order to get edit_line to let you actually edit them. Sanity check values and yell at bonehead users.
|
4083 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore things broken by phk, please use patches to 'cvs update' instead of whole files commiting!
|
4082 |
02-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Restore things broken by phk, please use patches on 'cvs update' instead of whole files!
|
4080 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
More miscellaneous changes. Clear the screen in some appropriate spots.
|
4077 |
02-Nov-1994 |
jkh |
Get stage0 and stage5 working. Try to reformat this code to be a little more human. Weird europeans have been writing this, and can't even seem to agree a single coding style for more than 4 consecutive lines! :-)
|
4065 |
01-Nov-1994 |
wollman |
Add support for filesystem-specific `-o' options, and re-implement the most common cd9660 and nfs options like God intended them. (It is now possible to say
mount -o ro,soft,bg,intr there:/foo/bar /foo/bar
again.) This whole getmntopt() business is an incredible botch; it never should have been anything more than a wrapper around getsubopt(3). Because if the way the current hackaround is implemented, options which take arguments (like the old `rsize' and `wsize') are still unavailable, and must be accessed the new, broken way.
(It's unimaginable how Berkeley managed to screw up one of the few things about NFS that Sun actually got right to begin with!)
|
4048 |
01-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove options, run adjkerntz as daemon now
|
4045 |
01-Nov-1994 |
phk |
Public apology: I have walked all over Paul Richards code again, and severely lobotomized some of his stuff, in order to cut some corners for the 2.0-Alpha release. I belive that we can now manipulate fdisk and disklabel-stuff sufficiently for the release to actually be produced. It's not that I don't like Paul and his code, I just need something I can kick out of the door RSN.
Sysinstall is now under absolute code-freeze, only Jordan has my permission to commit to this code (stage0 & 5). I would appreciate if everybody else would finds problems in sysinstall send patches to me, and I will commit them. THANKYOU.
The fdisk/disklabel editors are made in pure ncurses, and follow a model "a`la spreadsheet".
There are some important functions which are missing still, and I would appreciate if somebody would look at them. The FDISK part needs a "whole-disk" option, and it needs a "rewrite MBR-boot code" option. The DISKLABEL part needs to be able to "import DOS-partition". Both need a "HELP" function, (display a file "/HELP" using dialog is OK).
It seems to me like the wd.c and sd.c should reread the physical record when a DIOCGDINFO is made, so that they can pick up changes in the MBR-data. Otherwise there will be a couple of weird cases where we cannot avoid replicating code from the kernel.
If you want to play with this, look at src/release/Makefile. You may need to step back to version 1.38 of sys/i386/isa/fd.c to make "rootable" floppies, it is not clear at this time if that indeed is the problem I have been having.
Sleep well, my friends, and expect the real Alpha in 24H, if the tree is still solid.
|
4040 |
01-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Remove extra :%s from syslog formats
|
4039 |
01-Nov-1994 |
ache |
Now: adjkerntz -i writes kernel clock only, don't touch RTC clock adjkerntz -a writes RTC clock only, don't touch kernel clock
|
4036 |
31-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Latest changes from Uben. Submitted by: uben
|
4026 |
31-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Don't make too big windows, count actually text width/height
|
4025 |
31-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Change hardcoded 24x80 to LINES-1, COLS Remove compiler warning
|
4006 |
30-Oct-1994 |
joerg |
Fixed a type.
|
3997 |
29-Oct-1994 |
pst |
add md5
|
3996 |
29-Oct-1994 |
pst |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3995, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
3991 |
29-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Fixed another bunch of problems. I belive we are in a working shape now.
|
3987 |
29-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Fixed to make sysinstall work again. Notable changes:
Removed a dialog_clear() which somebody aimlessly had slammed into TellEm() in absence of any understanding of the structure of this program. :-(
Skip through stage0 for now.
Make write_bootblocks write the disklabel using the kernel-call, and forget about the boot-blocks for now. This is wrong, but I havn't found the real problem yet. I will continue work on this problem.
Added a Debug-feature. There is a printf' like Debug() now which sends its output to ttyv1 (Alt-F2), and all "discarded output" from sub-processes end up there too. Made TellEm() put it's messages there also, so that we can see where what happens.
Set the PATH for the shell we shouldn't start at the end :-)
set "npartitions" after the disklabel-editor returns, so that we actually can edit all the 8 parts of the label.
|
3986 |
29-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Add ipfw.
|
3974 |
28-Oct-1994 |
joerg |
Fixed an evil bug where rawname() could write across the boundaries of an array. The bug became obvious in the old system where the array was only 32 characters long (now MAXPATHLEN). Dump honored its name then (:-) and dumped its core when calling dump -w for a fstab that contained rather long NFS file system names. Even though this is rather unlikely to happen now, a bug is a bug:)
|
3972 |
28-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Totally refrobnicate stage0. Add an extern to sysinstall.h so we can all share the same `selection' variable.
|
3970 |
28-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Fix up the man page a little more, delete the README that crept in (but I'm actually just as happy to have in the attic, for reference).
|
3966 |
28-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3965, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
3949 |
28-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Added two #defines to make this compile, until Paul gets out of bed again :-)
|
3890 |
26-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Correct a little spelling.
|
3888 |
26-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Clean up the mess from the previous commit which used a out of sync patch file.
Now, we should be able to configure disklabels using the editor.
|
3887 |
26-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Added some glue code so disklabel editor can be used to edit disklabel and have changes propagated to later stages.
|
3883 |
26-Oct-1994 |
phk |
So there. Now we live on the hard-disk!
|
3881 |
26-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Completed disklabel configuration editor. The editor is working but the glue code to pass the edited configuration onto the following stages isn't done yet.
|
3879 |
26-Oct-1994 |
phk |
New and Improved! crunch with gzip, newfs, fsck and cpio. gzip result. fits on 1200 kb floppy with unstripped GENERIC kernel.
|
3878 |
26-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3873 |
26-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Sync with termcap.src
|
3866 |
25-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Remove unneeded dialog_update() because now in dialog_clear()
|
3858 |
25-Oct-1994 |
bde |
Don't write outside of partp[] if the user gives an invalid partition number for the partition to be made active. Do nothing instead. This allows clearing all the active flags by specifying an invalid partition.
|
3828 |
24-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Use configurable dialog attributes instead of hard-coded ones
|
3826 |
24-Oct-1994 |
ache |
label.c: add delwin(window) mbr.c: use proper dims for newwin, add shadow both: add ' ' and ESC as valid end-keys
|
3825 |
24-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Use proper dims for newwin. Remove double-clear. Add shadow.
|
3824 |
24-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Clear screen on exit per Paul request
|
3822 |
24-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Remove a couple of display_disklabel call used for debuging. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
|
3821 |
24-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Round partitions to the next whole cylinder. Fill in devicename and mountpoint structures from default_disklabel() so stage2 code knows what to do. New file label.c for disklabel editing code.
|
3792 |
22-Oct-1994 |
sef |
Reviewed by: jkh
Print out summary information on receipt of SIGINFO; also, stop the kernel printing of information and restore it on exit. Now, it needs an option to be quiet. ;)
|
3771 |
22-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Fatal() fixed: end_dialog() called too early here.
|
3770 |
22-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Cosmetique: just fix tabs after patch of diff -cb (previous)
|
3769 |
22-Oct-1994 |
ache |
ExitSysinstall() fixed: use dialog functions properly. don't clear screen with last message on exit(0), I want to see it still. relay on dialog_active properly.
|
3767 |
22-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Restrict fs_maxfilesize to 2^40; this is part of a bug fix from Kirk McKusick to work around problems in FFS related to the blkno of a 64bit offset not fitting into an int.
Submitted by: Marshall Kirk McKusick
|
3758 |
21-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Fixed a typo and moved a dialog_clear() line.
|
3757 |
21-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Fix all the bugs introduced by the source shuffle.
All the mbr code now seems to be working. We can build a basic unix disklabel in any existing DOS partition while retaining the existing mbr bootcode or we can install to the whole disk which puts FreeBSD's boot code into the MBR and creates a clean MBR partition table with FreeBSD in partition 0 taking up the whole disk.
|
3753 |
21-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Now stage2 runs all the way..
|
3750 |
21-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Add hardcoded cons25-m entry for mono console, if termcap.small not fit on installation floppy.
|
3749 |
21-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Second time bugfix, please be carefully. Use dialog functions in Fatal only if dialog_active, else use fprintf(stderr, because it may be called before dialog initialization
|
3746 |
21-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Latest changes from me. Over to you Paul...
|
3741 |
20-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Remove ncurses.h, now included into dialog.h
|
3739 |
20-Oct-1994 |
ache |
remove unneded includes use dialog functions properly move alloc_memory early to prevent core dump at stage 3 Change 25x80 to 24x80 Fix setenv diagnostic Fix Fatal to call end_dialog()
|
3738 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Now stage 2 should do it's job I hope. Havn't tested yet.
|
3737 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Just a safety measure for me and Paul.
|
3736 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Remake lost changes to sysinstall.h. Sorry Paul !
|
3735 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Integrate my code a lot more with Pauls. (I have left sysinstall.c here, even though it isn't used in the Makefile for Paul not to have an heart-attack when he wakes up. :-)
Way to go still...
|
3734 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
The beginning of some structural changes, and the merge of my code into Pauls.
|
3733 |
20-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Added a big comment about the general scheme of things during install...
|
3727 |
19-Oct-1994 |
paul |
More code rearrangment, moved all mbr code into its own file so it can be used by other programs.
Added all the necessary menus to take the user through the installation of the bootblocks.
|
3723 |
19-Oct-1994 |
bde |
Don't change the active partition when the user says not to change it.
Convert absolute sector 0 to C/H/S 0/0/0, not 0/0/1.
Open in O_RDWR mode for the undocumented -a option, so that -a can be used without -u.
|
3696 |
18-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Fix several dialog/terminal problems. Add code to autodetect terminal entry, if TERM undefined
|
3690 |
18-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Lates snapshot:
Re-organised files, moved bootcode routines into their own files. Check return types of everything and pass error messages to windows so we get good diagnostics.
Made start on stage 2 installation. Implemented a status file that keeeps track of where we are in the installation process and allows installation from media sequences.
|
3681 |
18-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Remove machdep.color_display
|
3666 |
17-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Document new machdep variables, pointed by Rod
|
3658 |
17-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Fixed bug in exec code, cp -R now works. Added code so sysinstall can run as init.
|
3645 |
16-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Remove a bogus BINDIR line
|
3635 |
16-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Add DPADD for libraries.
|
3634 |
16-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Add some missing libraries to LDADD
|
3617 |
15-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Added sysinstall
|
3616 |
15-Oct-1994 |
paul |
Work in progress.
|
3601 |
15-Oct-1994 |
gpalmer |
Move `ft' into machine-dependant section.
|
3594 |
14-Oct-1994 |
ache |
revision 1.6 date: 1994/03/06 08:55:02; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +4 -1 Stop count getty spacing problem, if we issue kill -1 1 ---------------------------- revision 1.5 date: 1994/03/04 17:51:39; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +9 -2 I got a lot of "getty repeating too quickly on port %s, sleeping" from init.bsdi, it means that getty start and exit in five seconds. This is common situation for poor quality Russian phone lines: modem got CONNECT message and after retries got NO CARRIER. So I introduce spacing count, it means that this warning and sleep occurse only after GETTY_NSPACE times of sequental attempts. ---------------------------- revision 1.4 date: 1994/02/28 21:53:52; author: ache; state: Exp; lines: +71 -10 I found (and fix) ugly bugs in init.bsdi (this bugs not present in old init)
1) Init don't setup TERM environment variable for default terminal type from /etc/ttys before calling getty/window.
2) When "kill -1 1" issued, init don't restart getty when /etc/ttys parameters was changed (it only kill "off" end empty entries).
3) Small memory leak if "window" /etc/ttys parameter specified and "kill -1 1" issued.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 1.x
|
3580 |
14-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Add ft. Submitted by: babb
|
3555 |
13-Oct-1994 |
jkh |
Put back the `:' in the trinary ?: so this can actually compile again! :)
|
3550 |
12-Oct-1994 |
phk |
Added '-F file' option of mount_mfs. This allows me to make floppy images without waiting for my floppy-drive all the time :-) Might have other interesting uses too.
|
3467 |
09-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Backed out part of the last change that prevents the rpos table from being output if <= 1 rpos; there is a bug in the kernel which doesn't quite get along with this. Changed default #rpos to 1, and fixed up manual page. Converted nrpos to 1 if user specifies 0.
|
3368 |
04-Oct-1994 |
ache |
Modify adjkerntz to not write RTC clock per initial call, suggested by Bruce
|
3289 |
02-Oct-1994 |
gpalmer |
Moce comcontrol, fdisk & mount_msdos out of machine-independance into an I386 specific statement. Also add necessary code to allow machine-dependance in this makefile
Reviewed by: rgrimes
|
3276 |
01-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Fixed manpage to conform to current reality.
Submitted by: Rod Grimes, with additional sentence by me.
|
3271 |
01-Oct-1994 |
dg |
1) If nrpos <= 1, don't output rpos table (and set fs_cpc to 0) - disabling the use of the rotational position table. 2) Allow specification of 0 rotational positions (disables function). 3) Make rotdelay=0 and nrpos=0 by default.
The purpose of the above is to optimize for modern SCSI (and IDE) drives that do read-ahead/write-behind.
|
3270 |
01-Oct-1994 |
dg |
Corrected message when no rotational position table is found.
|
3249 |
30-Sep-1994 |
pst |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3248, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
3246 |
30-Sep-1994 |
pst |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3245, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
3202 |
29-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Add code to skip "userquota"/"groupquota" options needed for quotaon/quotacheck
|
3111 |
26-Sep-1994 |
pst |
disklabel will dump core if you give it too few numbers to process Obtained from: NetBSD misc/490 - John Kohl
|
3045 |
24-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Fix one more _PATH_UNIX.
|
3041 |
24-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Get rid of _PATH_UNIX completely; use getbootfile(3) instead.
DANGER WILL ROBINSON! _PATH_UNIX is currently defined as the literal string "don't use this". I am of two minds about this myself, but wanted to get something into the tree as quickly as possible.
|
3037 |
23-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Document more MIB variables.
|
3000 |
22-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Add two new flags: -q just shut up, will you?! -u unlink output file after successful load
|
2999 |
22-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Automatically load NFS and a bevy of other filesystems.
|
2969 |
22-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Automatically load filesystem if not present in system and loadable.
|
2968 |
22-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Use getvfs* functions to map between VFS types and names. Automatically load UFS if it is not present but is loadable. (This won't happen now, but could happen if we fix NFS diskless support.)
|
2912 |
19-Sep-1994 |
ache |
Correction for new sysctl interface
|
2910 |
19-Sep-1994 |
ache |
rewritted to use sysctl, no more /var/run/.adjkerntz now
|
2898 |
19-Sep-1994 |
dfr |
Added support for MSDOS file systems.
|
2892 |
19-Sep-1994 |
dfr |
Added mount_msdos.
Obtained from: NetBSD
|
2891 |
19-Sep-1994 |
ache |
bugfix: change gidset[] type from int to gid_t
|
2844 |
18-Sep-1994 |
dg |
Various fixes:
modload doesn't honor it's -p argument.
It also will destroy the input file when you don't specify an output symbol file with -o.
Submitted by: John Kohl
|
2834 |
16-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Per discussion on the mailing-lists, move LKMs from /sbin to /lkm, and arrange for that directory to get created by mtree. Also, process secure directory after all the others, because the programs there may overlay ones installed from the main part of the tree.
|
2810 |
15-Sep-1994 |
bde |
Don't exit early if the device is not character special or if the device driver cannot supply a label (real or faked). This allows you to practice using fdisk on disposable media (e.g., "dd count=1 <dev/zero >/tmp/junk; fdisk /tmp/junk", "dd count=1 </etc/passwd >/tmp/fix-up-the-mess; fdisk /tmp/fix-up-the-mess") and allows me to test DOSpartitioning and labelling on floppies.
|
2787 |
15-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Missing 'break' after setting interface route flag was causing interface routes to not be properly marked as static.
|
2776 |
15-Sep-1994 |
phk |
Fixed a bug where mount_nfs would core-dump if used with IP# directly. Also moved some KERBEROS related stuff inside the #ifdef.
Should we always try to do a reverse lookup (IP#->name) ? It has som merit, but is probably against the tradition or huh ?
|
2767 |
14-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Add ip_mroute_mod, if NOLKM is not defined.
|
2766 |
14-Sep-1994 |
wollman |
Makefile to generate the ip_mroute_mod.o LKM. After talking this over with DavidG, I've come to the conclusion that unless and until we define a new directory to put these things in, /sbin is the right place. (OSF/1 does a lot worse for non-executables in /sbin...).
|
2755 |
14-Sep-1994 |
dg |
Fixed slattach to do flags ioctl via network device rather than tty.
Submitted by: Rich Murphey, and fixed up by me.
|
2715 |
13-Sep-1994 |
jkh |
Add fdisk to SUBDIR.
|
2605 |
09-Sep-1994 |
dg |
Woops, last patch was by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
2603 |
09-Sep-1994 |
dg |
Two fixes from the NetBSD group (Charles Hannum):
1) dir.c: get byte order right in mkentry() 2) pass1.c: When doing -c2 conversion, do secsize reads for a symlink - not doing so was causing the conversion to fail because the device driver can't deal with short reads.
|
2558 |
08-Sep-1994 |
pst |
Fix endian bug introduced at Berkeley during the Net2->4.4-lite transition. Fix is courtesy of the NetBSD folks.
Reviewed by: pst
|
2542 |
07-Sep-1994 |
dg |
Get rid of the need for the readonly mandatory option - set readonly flags regardless of whether the user specified it.
|
2507 |
05-Sep-1994 |
bde |
Fix punctuation.
|
2327 |
28-Aug-1994 |
jkh |
What cretin named both a global and a function "reboot"? Global changed to Reboot. Submitted by: jkh
|
2323 |
27-Aug-1994 |
nate |
Bring in my changes from the 1.1 init.bsdi which causes a reboot (was a halt before) if init is sent an interrupt signal. This is necessary for <CTL><ALT><DEL> to do the right thing if enabled.
|
2296 |
26-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Added comcontrol ...this thing *really* should be renamed.
|
2294 |
26-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Set fs_clean.
|
2236 |
23-Aug-1994 |
rich |
Once again, slattach sources ported from 1.1.5 with fixes.
Reviewed by: davidg, bde Submitted by: rich
|
2235 |
23-Aug-1994 |
rich |
Slattach ported from 1.1.5 plus Bruce Evans suggested fix (close FDs and fork before redialing) to prevent dialer from hanging with newer sio.c.
Also moved history from the source to the cvs log (here) per David G's suggestion.
This compiles but needs testing now... Rich
/* * Hacks to support "-a|c|n" flags on the command line which enable VJ * header compresion and disable ICMP. * If this is good all rights go to B & L Jolitz, otherwise send your * comments to Reagan (/dev/null). * * nerd@percival.rain.com (Michael Galassi) 92.09.03 * * Hacked to change from sgtty to POSIX termio style serial line control * and added flag to enable cts/rts style flow control. * * blymn@awadi.com.au (Brett Lymn) 93.04.04 * * Put slattach in it's own process group so it can't be killed * accidentally. Close the connection on SIGHUP and SIGINT. Write a * syslog entry upon opening and closing the connection. Rich Murphey * and Brad Huntting. * * Add '-r command' option: runs 'command' upon recieving SIGHUP * resulting from loss of carrier. Log any errors after forking. * Rich 8/13/93 * * This version of slattach includes many changes by David Greenman, Brian * Smith, Chris Bradley, and me (Michael Galassi). None of them are * represented as functional anywhere outside of RAINet though they do work * for us. Documentation is limited to the usage message for now. If you * make improovments please pass them back. * * Added '-u UCMD' which runs 'UCMD <old> <new>' whenever the slip * unit number changes where <old> and <new> are the old and new unit * numbers, respectively. Also added the '-z' option which forces * invocation of the redial command (-r CMD) upon startup regardless * of whether the com driver claims (sometimes mistakenly) that * carrier is present. Also added '-e ECMD' which runs ECMD before * exiting. * * marc@escargot.rain.com (Marc Frajola) 93/09/10 * * Minor fixes to allow passive SLIP links to work (connections with * modem control that do not have an associated dial command). Added * code to re-check for carrier after dial command has been executed. * Added SIGTERM handler to properly handle normal kill signals. Fixed * bug in logic that caused message about no -u command to be logged * even when -u was specified and the sl number changes. Tried to get * rid of redundant syslog()'s to minimize console log output. Improved * logging of improper command line options or number of command * arguments. Removed spurious newline characters from syslog() calls. * * gjung@gjbsd.franken.de * * sighup_handler changed to set CLOCAL before running redial_cmd. * added flag exiting, so exit_handler is not run twice. Fork * before reopening tty. */
|
2233 |
23-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Nuked the 2 second DTR wait; this is handled correctly in the sio driver.
|
2227 |
22-Aug-1994 |
ache |
adjkerntz added
|
2179 |
21-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Better support for clean bit: prompt the user to fix it if it's wrong when not preening, and indicate if it was fixed when preening.
|
2171 |
21-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Install aliases "fasthalt" and "fastboot" for halt and boot respectively. This is for "backwards compatibility". Documented these aliases in the manual page.
|
2167 |
21-Aug-1994 |
dg |
fastboot is no longer - don't install it.
|
2154 |
20-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Added a "clean" field to the output - to show the state of the clean flag.
|
2153 |
20-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Added filesystem clean bit support. This only affects fsck during a preen (-p), and in that case the filesystem is skipped if it is clean. A new flag "-f" for 'force' has been added which basically gives back the old behavior of checking all the filesystems all the time. This very closely models the behavior of SunOS and Ultrix.
|
2132 |
19-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Killed explicit OS specification.
|
2131 |
19-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Kill explicit OS specification.
|
2130 |
19-Aug-1994 |
dg |
NetBSD -> FreeBSD
|
2129 |
19-Aug-1994 |
dg |
netbsd -> kernel, NetBSD -> FreeBSD
|
2125 |
19-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Terry Lambert's loadable kernel module support - modload & modunload utilities w/improvements from the NetBSD group.
|
2072 |
15-Aug-1994 |
wollman |
`init' needs crypt() for insecure consoles.
|
2067 |
14-Aug-1994 |
jkh |
Make keywords.h get properly built. Submitted by: jkh
|
2030 |
11-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Use nulls to pad proctitle rather than spaces...makes ps(1) output more readable.
|
1951 |
08-Aug-1994 |
wollman |
Suppress irritating extra newline after kern.boottime.
|
1940 |
08-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Added support for setting the per-interface MTU.
|
1923 |
08-Aug-1994 |
wollman |
Delete obsolete references to librpc.a.
|
1863 |
05-Aug-1994 |
wollman |
Get rid of update. Make man page installation work with our scheme (and rename a few in the process).
|
1859 |
05-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Changed output formatting to accurately represent the precision.
|
1856 |
05-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Converted 'vmunix' to 'kernel'.
|
1855 |
05-Aug-1994 |
wollman |
Convert to our man installation style. Also fixed long-standing bug in `fastboot'/`fasthalt' in which the interpreter would hang around after `reboot' or `halt' is run, causing an irritating ``Killed'' message.
|
1820 |
02-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Fixed so that it can grok old style "fastlinks".
|
1819 |
02-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Don't call getmntopts with a null pointer as an option string; it'll dereference it. Pass optarg from getopts as it should have been done. This bug caused mount_cd9660 to segfault whenever -o was used.
|
1818 |
02-Aug-1994 |
dg |
Fixed NULL pointer dereference that occured when any options were specified.
|
1765 |
22-Jun-1994 |
jkh |
Update this to the latest version from Steve Gerakines. This is an easy drop-in for me and looks substantailly neater than the previous version, so I'll give the floppy tape users a break (but just this once :).
|
1741 |
15-Jun-1994 |
rich |
Changes from Paul Kranenburg which bring us into sync with his sources:
handling of errors through the standard err() and warn() more fixes for Geoff Rehmet's NULL pointer bug. fixes NULL pointer bugs when linking mono and nested X servers. supports a `-nostdlib' option. accept object files without a symbol table don't attempt dynamic linking when `-A' is given
a few variable names have chaged (desc -> fd), and the formatting has changed which should make it much easier to track his sources.
I tested 'make world' for /usr/src and X twice with these changes.
|
1693 |
07-Jun-1994 |
ats |
Commented out a pointer to qtar(1), we don't have that yet. Changed the -description in the SYNOPSIS to description.
|
1683 |
05-Jun-1994 |
ats |
Add the -r and -s flags to the Usage string.
|
1630 |
30-May-1994 |
ache |
From Bde: o Rewrote lots of it to be more like stty.1. The old one was too verbose and the complicated options no longer exist.
|
1629 |
30-May-1994 |
ache |
From Bde: o Removed bidir options.
|
1618 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
I know better than to edit files on freefall, next time take a patch file. Change vm_paramh. to vm_param.h
|
1609 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Remove old style manual page depends so make install with NOMAN set can run.
|
1608 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Disable afterinstall: for manual pages until the manual page fix patch comes in.
|
1607 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Remove stuff for building manual pages the old way.
|
1606 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Comment out missing programs fsdb icheck and ncheck. Comment out porting work needed program scsiformat. Remove XNSrouted and routed as they have been moved to usr.sbin. Reviewed by: Submitted by:
|
1599 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Must now include vm/vm.h and vm/vm_param.h due to the way we define KERNBASE. Reviewed by: David Greenman
|
1597 |
28-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
Don't build /sbin shared.
|
1559 |
26-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1558, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
1558 |
26-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
BSD 4.4 Lite sbin Sources
Note: XNSrouted and routed NOT imported here, they shall be imported with usr.sbin.
|
1554 |
26-May-1994 |
rgrimes |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1553, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
1524 |
20-May-1994 |
jkh |
Latest error correction code from Steve Gerakines
|
1451 |
03-May-1994 |
ache |
FILES entry corrected
|
1411 |
24-Apr-1994 |
jkh |
Fix gross spelling and typographical errors pointed out by Keith Bostic.
|
1360 |
13-Apr-1994 |
ats |
Better link ldconfig static instead dynamic.
|
1336 |
05-Apr-1994 |
ats |
Add that /usr/X386/lib is also in the default path for ldconfig. Bug found by Satoshi Asami ( asami@cs.berkeley.edu ). Fixed also a minor typo problem.
|
1153 |
13-Feb-1994 |
jkh |
This is Paul K's latest set of ld changes. A commit was necessary at this late stage due to the fact that link.h was copyright Sun Microsystems.
This version of ld sync's us up with NetBSD's ld and supports compatablily with NetBSD's -[zZ] flags (which we had reversed). Compiling with this new ld will give you RRS warnings for libraries which do not contain .type infomation - these wsarnings are harmless and will go away as soon as you recompile your libraries (cd /usr/src; make libraries).
|
1146 |
11-Feb-1994 |
nate |
Changed NetBSD -> FreeBSD
|
1117 |
07-Feb-1994 |
rgrimes |
Manual is in section 8, you MUST say MAN8= for this to work. Add $Id$
|
1113 |
07-Feb-1994 |
alm |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1112, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
1092 |
05-Feb-1994 |
ache |
Cosmetique patch from bde
|
882 |
20-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Fix sign of offset diff. Use Bruce initial/final hour scheme to avoid critical hours.
|
871 |
16-Dec-1993 |
nate |
Fixed Makefile per bug report from Julian Stacey. There was an extra DESTDIR in front of BINDIR definition.
|
868 |
16-Dec-1993 |
ache |
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r867, which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
|
866 |
16-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Change default dtrwait time to 2 seconds.
|
840 |
10-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Man page added.
|
839 |
10-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Modified for work without options COM_BIDIR into kernel.
|
837 |
10-Dec-1993 |
ache |
Add 'dtrwait <n>' option to comcontrol to handle TIOCM[SG]DTRWAIT ioctl.
|
811 |
30-Nov-1993 |
jkh |
Many recent fixes from Paul K, add support for chaining of shared lib deps.
|
745 |
09-Nov-1993 |
paul |
Cahnged ldconfig.0 to ldconfig.8 for our man system.
|
740 |
09-Nov-1993 |
paul |
Updated to newest ld from pk.
lib.c: Pull in archives containing definitions needed by shared objects. warnings.c: Less spurious "undefined symbol" msgs for shared library defined symbols. ld.c: Do a better job of recognising data in text segments, eg. `const char []'. shlib.c,ld/rtld/{Makefile rtld.c} Use strsep() in stead of strtok() and restore colons in eg. env. vars.
|
703 |
06-Nov-1993 |
paul |
Changed ldconfig.0 to ldconfig.8 for our man setup.
|
696 |
03-Nov-1993 |
paul |
Imported NetBSD's ld for shared libs.
|
270 |
10-Aug-1993 |
rgrimes |
The fdisk man page doesn't show correctly the usage possibilities of fdisk. It was missing the disk argument.
From: Andreas Schulz <ats@g386bsd.first.gmd.de>
|
86 |
02-Jul-1993 |
root |
New manual page system
|
4 |
12-Jun-1993 |
rgrimes |
Initial import, 0.1 + pk 0.2.4-B1
|